■'  ..t^"^ 


ltJ*f4a>  -.T5»t 


J  >  A 


.^ 


^y-^.  VLDKTM 


'IFT 
JCHxXICAJ, 


IXIT 


THOUSAND 

.lEVTATION 


m 


Hsic:u  . 


li'lf    it 


liforniaj 
Lonal     f  I 
lity 


i^uBLISHEi"^    BY    o,    i.    GORDON    &    SO'r.T. 

13  Ka.-c  '^ocr.TKErTiT  Stueei',  near  Fifth*Ave>  ua. 


/» 


^         \ 


THE  LIBRARY 

OF 

THE  UNIVERSITY 

OF  CALIFORNIA 

LOS  ANGELES 


^^=^^ 


X 


&tw^ 


4 

^ 


^ 


h 


-t 


(• 


Digitized  by  tine  Internet  Arcliive 

in  2007  witli  funding  from 

IVIicrosoft  Corporation 


littp://www.arcliive.org/details/adamsnewmusicaldOOadamiala 


AD  AM  S' 


NE\^  MUSICAL  DICTMAEY 


FIFTEEN    THOUSAND 

TECFNICAL   WORDS,  PHRASES,   ABBREVIATIONS, 
INITIALS,   AND   SIGNS, 


EMPLOYED     IN 


^j'Sital  m\)!i  ^l;!)tl)mial  ^rt  aiib  Snente, 


IN     NEARLY 


FIFTY    INCIENT   AND   MODERN   LANGUAGES. 


BY 

JOHN    S.   ADAMS, 

AUTHOK  OF  "  FIVE  THOUSAND  MUSICAL  TERMS." 


NEW-YORK : 

PUBLISHED    BY    S.    T.    GORDON    &    SON, 
13  East  Foukteentu  Street,  neab  Fifth  Ayknus. 


Entered,  according  to  Act  of  CongroBs,  In  the  year  ISfio,  by 

S.  T.   GORDON, 

In  the  Clerk's  OflSce  of  the  District  Court  of  the  Southern  District  of  New  York. 


I 


STEREOTTPED    AT    Tim 

BOSTON     STKUEOTYPE     FOUXDKT, 

>io,  4  Sprioi;  Laiie. 


PREFACE. 


Music  Ejbrant 


The  author,  encouraged  by  the  success  of  "  5000  Musi- 
cal Terms,"  and  conscious  that  the  many  improvements 
and  additions  which  the  twelve  years  that  have  elapsed  since 
the  publication  of  tliat  volume  have  suggested,  are  called 
for  in  a  work  of  this  kind,  has  endeavored  in  this  "  Xew 
Musical  Dictionary,"  not  only  to  include  all  that  was 
valuable  in  his  previous  work,  but,  by  the  addition  of 
upwards  of  ten  thousand  words,  phrases,  &c.,  fuller 
and  more  correct  definitions  and  valuable  matter,  and 
by  a  more  systematic  arrangement  of  the  whole,  to 
offer  a  work  of  far  greater  value  to  the  public.  Every 
available  source  of  information  has  been  drawn  upon, 
the  best  authorities  carefully  consulted  and  compared, 
and  no  means  spared  to  render  the  book  complete, 
and,    as    far   as   possible,    reliable. 


West  Roxbury,  Mass., 
October,  1865. 


w 


ABBREVIATIONS 

OF   LANGUAGES   USED   IN   THIS   WORK, 

BEING  THOSE  IN  WHICH   THE  WORDS,   TERMS,  AND  PHRASES 
ARE  WRITTEN,  OR  FROM  WHICH  THEY  ARE  DERIVED. 


Ahy Abyssinian. 

Afr. African. 

Ara Arabic. 

Arm Armenian. 

A.  S Anglo-Saxon. 

Bd Belgian. 

Bre Breton. 

Cel Celtic. 

Cha Chaldaic. 

Chi Chinese. 

Cor Cornish. 

Dan Danish. 

Dut. Dutch. 

Egy Egyptian. 

Fre. French. 

Fra Frisian. 

0(te Gaelic. 

Ger German. 

Got Gothic. 

Grk Greek. 

Hav Hausa  (Afr.) 

Heh Hebrew. 

Bin Hindoo. 


Hun Hungarian. 

Ice Icelandic. 

Iri Irish. 

Ita Italian. 

Jap Japanese. 

Jav Javanese. 

Lat Latin. 

Mai Malay. 

Moo Moorish. 

Nor Norman. 

Norw Norwegian. 

Per Persian. 

Pol Polish. 

Por Portuguese. 

Bus Russian. 

8co Scotch. 

Spa Spanish. 

Swe Swedish. 

Syr Syriac. 

Tern Temght  (Afr.) 

Teii Teutonic. 

Tur Turkish. 

Wei Welsh. 


J^  Ths  figures  at  the  end  of  the  definitions  refer  to  illustrations  in  the  Appendix. 


ADAMS' 


NEW  MUSICAL  DICTIONARY. 


A. 


A(Tta.)  To,  for,  by,  at ;  the  alphabeti- 
•  cal  name  g'iven  to  the  sixth  note  of 
the  scale  of  C  in  ascending,  and  termed 
La ;  the  open  note  of  the  second  string  of 
the  violin,  by  wliich  its  other  strings  are 
tuned  and  regulated  ;  the  name  of  that 
note  in  our  musical  system  which  answers 
.  to  the  lowest  sound  used  by  the  ancient 
Greeks,  namely,  the  Proslambanoineiios 
of  the  Ilyperdorian,  or  deepest  Greek 
mode,  placed  by  the  moderns  on  the  first 
space  in  the  bass  clef;  the  name  of  one  of 
tlic  two  natural  modes. 

A  2.  (/<«.)  For  two  voices  ;  A  3,  for  three 
voices  ;  A  4,  for  four  voices  ;  and  so  on. 

A  above  O  Gamut.  That  A,  or  that 
note,  which  is  one  tone  higher  than  G 
gamut. 

A  above  the  Bass  Clef  JVote.  Tliat 
A,  or  that  note,  which  is  a  third  higher 
than  the  bass  clef  note. 

A  above  the  Treble  Clel  Wote.  That 
A,  or  that  note,  which  is  one  not«  higher 
than  the  treble  clef  note. 

Aanes.  {Grk.)  A  term  applied  to  modes 
and  tones  by  modern  Greeks. 

A  Archet.  {Fre.)  With  a  bow;  instru- 
ments played  with  a  bow,  as  the  viol, 
violin,  &c. 

Abacus.  {Lot.)  An  ancient  instrument 
for  dividing  the  intervals  of  an  octave. 

Abacus  et  Palmulte.  (Lat.)  The  name 
given  to  the  machinery  by  which  the 
strings  of  the  ancient  polyplectrum  were 
struck. 

Abacus  Harmonlcns.  (Lat.)  The  struc- 
ture and  disposition  of  the  keys  of  a  mu- 
sical instrument. 

A  Ballata.  (Ita.)  In  the  manner  of  a 
ballad  ;  a  chorus  rexieated  at  the  close  of 
each  verse  of  a  song. 

Abandono  ed  Eispressione,  Con. 
(,Ita.)    With  self -abandon  and  expression. 

A  Battuta.  (Ita.)  By  beating,  or  in  strict 
time,  after  an  ad  libitum. 

Abat  Voix.     {Fre.)    A  reflector  of  the 


Abbadare.  (Ita.)  Take  care ;  pay  atten- 
tion. 

Abbandonasi.  (Ita.)  With  self-nega- 
tion and  abandonment ;  despondingly ; 
without  restraint,  making  the  time  suDor- 
dinate  to  the  expression. 

Abbandonatamente.  (Ita.)  Without 
restraint ;  with  despondency. 

Abbandono,  Cou.  (Ita.)  Despondingly; 
with  submission. 

Abbassamento.  (Ita.)  To  pass  under ; 
in  music  for  the  harpsichord,  piauo,  and 
organ,  showing  that,  when  playing  very 
rapid  passages,  sometimes  one  hand  passes 
over  or  under  the  other. 

Abbassamento  dt  M^ano.  (Ita.)  The 
falling  of  the  hand  in  beating  time. 

Abbassamento  di  Voce.  (Ita.)  The 
fall  or  change  of  the  voice  from  tenor  to 
bass. 

Abbellimenti.  ( Ita.)  Ornaments  intro- 
duced to  set  oiT  a  plain  melody. 

Abbildung  der  Klaviatur  von  sech 
Octaven.  (Ger.)  A  key-board  of  six 
octaves. 

Abblasen.    (Ger.)    To  sound  a  retreat. 

Abbreviamento.    (Ita.)    Shortening. 

Abbreviare.  (Ita.)  To  abridge ;  to 
shorten. 

Abbreviation  Marks.  Oblique  strokes 
which  distinguish  the  eighth,  sixteenth, 
thirty-second  notes,  &c.,  when  applied  to 
unfilled  or  white  notes,  signifying  the 
repetition  of  the  same  tone  (01.  a) ;  a 
diagonal  stroke  with  a  dot  on  each  side, 
signifying  a  repetition  of  groups  of  three 
or  four  notes  (61.  b) ;  horizont-al  cross 
strokes  repeated  with  the  omission  of 
the  notes,  indicating  the  repetition  of 
eighths,  sixteenths,  &c.  (fil.  c) ;  a  waving 
line  (61.  d),  a  row  of  points  (61.  c),  or  a 
short  horizontal  stroke  (61.  f)  under  each 
note  employed  in  place  of  notes  when  two 
voices  or  parts  which  are  parallel  in  time 
and  run  on  the  same  degrees  of  the  staff 
are  to  proceed  by  octaves ;  a  number  of 
rests  so  combined  as  to  denote  a  long  pe- 
riod of  silence  (lil.  g)  ;■  rests  phiced  diaj- 


ABB 


8 


ACC 


onMly  with  figures  above  them,  Bignifjrinp;' 
the  number  of  whole  notes  tlie  pause  is 
to  equal  in  duration  ((11.  ft) ;  figures  placed 
upon  the  stiiff,  indicating'  the  number  of 
whole  notes  or  measures  the  silence  is  to 
be  continued  ((51.  »). 

Abbreviatnr.    ( Ger.)    Abbreviation. 

Abbreviature.  {Ita.)  Contractions  or 
abbreviations  in  musical  notiitions. 

Abbreviren.    ( Ger.)    To  abbreviate. 

Abemolar.    (Spa.)    To  compose  in  B  flat. 

Abendlled.  (Ger.)  Evening  song  or 
hymn. 

Abendinuslk.  (Ger.)  Music  at  night ;  a 
sercuade. 

Abentlstandchen.    ( Ger.)    A  serenade. 

A  Beneplaclto.  (Ita.)  At  pleasure  as 
to  time. 

Abermato.    (Ger.)    Once  more. 

Abertnra.    (Spa.)    Overture. 

Abf  asscn.    ( Ger.)    To  compose. 

Abfledeln.    (Ger.)    To  fiddle. 

Abflngcm.    ( Ger.)    To  finger. 

Abgelgen.    (Ger.)    To  fiddle. 

Abgestossen.    (Ger.)    Detached. 

Abgestotzen.    ( Ger.)    Staccato. 

Abgestzt.    (Ger.)    Staccato. 

Ab^ur^^eln.    ( Ger.)    To  c^irol. 

Abhaucben.    (Ger.)    To  utter  softly. 

Ablllta.  (Ita.)  Skill;  force  of  under- 
standing. 

Abknrxen.  ( Ger.)  To  abridge ;  to  abbre- 
viate. 

Abkurzung.  (Ger.)  Abridgment;  ab- 
breviation. 

Abkurznngen.    (Ger.)    Abbreviations. 

Ablude.    (Lat.)    To  play  out  of  tune. 

Abludo.    (Lat.)    Playing  out  of  tune. 

Abnehmend.    (Ger.)    Diminishing. 

Aborgelu.  (Ger.)  To  play  oiT  on  the 
organ. 

Abposannen.  (Ger.)  To  perform  on 
the  trumpet. 

Abquletken.  ( Ger.)  To  whine  or  squeak 
out. 

Abre^e  des  Prlnclpes  de  Mlaslque. 
(Fre.)    The  first  rudiments  of  music. 

Abrelssung.  (Ger.)  A  sudden  stop  in 
singing  or  playing. 

Abrg.    An  abbreviation  of  Abridged. 

Abridgement.  A  collection,  in  a  small 
compass,  of  the  chief  parts  of  an  overture, 
oratorio,  or  other  musical  work. 

Abrupt  >Iodnlations.  Sudden  modu- 
lations into  kt'vs  which  are  not  closely 
related  to  the  original  key. 

Absatz.  (Ger.)  A  section,  or  musical 
sentence ;  stop  ;  cadenc«\ 

Absetzen.  (Ger.)  A  style  of  perform- 
ance similar  to  staccato. 

Abslnf^en.    (Ger.)    To  carol ;  to  chant. 

Absinfi^ng;.  (Ger.)  Singing ;  chanting ; 
carolliug. 


Absonons.  Unmusical ;  Incapable  of  be- 
ing tuned. 

Abspielen.  ( Ger.)  To  perform  on  an  in- 
strument. 

Abstand  de  TOne.  (Ger.)  Discordant 
tones. 

Abstimmen.  ( Ger.)  To  tune  properly  ; 
to  lower  or  tune  down. 

Abstimmung.  ( Ger.)  Discordance  ;  dis- 
sonance. 

Abstossen.  ( Ger.)  Similar  in  manner  of 
performance  to  staccato. 

Abtonen.  (Ger.)  To  deviate  from  the 
right  toue. 

Abtrommeln.  (Ger.)  To  beat  on  the 
drum  ;  to  publish  by  drumming  ;  to  drum 
forth. 

Abtrompeten.  (Ger.)  To  perform  on 
the  trumpet;  to  trumpet  forth  ;  to  linish 
trumpeting. 

Abnb.    (Heb.)    A  flute  or  hautboy. 

AbMrechselnd.  (Ger.)  Alternately ;  al- 
ternating. 

Abyssinian  Flnte.  A  flute  nearly  the 
size  and  shape  of  the  German  flute,  with 
the  mouthpiece  like  that  of  the  clarinet, 
and  played  upon  lengthwise. 

A  Campana  Herida  o  a  Campana 
Tanida.  (Spa.)  At  the  sound  of  the 
bell. 

Af»nu.    ( Wei.)    To  chant. 

A  Capella.  (Ita.)  In  the  church  or  chapel 
style. 

A  Caprtcclo.  (Ita.)  At  will ;  agreeable 
to  the  fciste  of  the  performer. 

A  Carillon.     (Fre.)     Musical  clocks. 

Acatalectic.  (Grk.)  A  verse  having  the 
complete  number  of  syllables  without  de- 
fect or  superfluity. 

Acatbistns.  (Grk.)  A  hymn  sung  in 
the  ancient  Greek  church  in  lionor  of  the 
Virgin. 

Ace.  An  abbreviation  of  .^ceompay/iarn^rUo 
and  Accordeon. 

Accademia  Tlfnslcale.  (Ita.)  Musical 
academy. 

Accarezzevole.  (Ita.)  In  a  persuasive 
and  caressing  manner. 

Accareaxevolmente.  (Ita.)  I'awnlng- 
ly ;  persuasively. 

Accel.  (Ita.)  An  abbreviation  of  Accele- 
rando. 

Acceldo.   An  abbreviation  of  Accelerando. 

Accelerando.  (Ita.)  With  gradually  in- 
creasing velocity  of  movement. 

Acceleratamente.    (Ita.)    Speedily. 

Accelerate.  (Ita.)  Accelerated  ;  with  in- 
creased rapidity. 

Accent.  A  stress  or  emphasis  upon  a  note 
or  passage  to  mark  its  place  and  relative 
importance  in  a  composition. 

Accent,  l>ead.  An  expression  of  tone 
resulting  from  boldly  attacking  a  violin, 
prossintr  the  bow  with  a  heavy,  dead 
I     weight  upon  the  strings. 


ACC 


9 


ACC 


Accent,  Descriptive.  An  accent  which 
fully  illustrates  the  various  expressions 
or  sentiments  of  a  compositlou  in  its 
most  minute  points. 

Accented.  Uttered  with  accent ;  notes  or 
those  parts  of  a  bar  on  which  the  empha- 
sis or  expression  naturally  fulls. 

Accented  ^'otes.  In  common  time  tlie 
lirst  and  third  notes,  and  in  triple  time 
the  first  note  ;  notes  upon  which  emphasis 
is  placed. 

Accent,  False.  An  accent  removed  from 
the  first  note  of  the  bar  to  the  second  or 
fourth. 

Accent,  Grammatical.  The  stress  laid 
on  the  accented  part  of  the  bar. 

Accent,  3Ceasnre.  A  rejpilar  alternation 
of  strong  and  weak  parts  in  a  measure. 

Accento.    (/<a.)    Accent. 

Accentor.  An  old  term,  signifying'  the 
performer  who  took  the  principal  part  in 
a  duct,  trio,  &c. 

Accent,  Oratorical.  The  emphasis  dic- 
tated by  fooliiijj,  giving  the  music  its  pe- 
culiar expression. 

Accent,  Rhythmic.   Rhythmical  accent. 

Accent,  Rhythmical.  A  uniform  suc- 
cession of  small  or  large  groups  or  ligures 
of  notes  symmetrical  in  their  relation  to 
each  other. 

Accents.    In  old  music,  verse,  or  song. 

Acceutuare.  {Ha.)  To  accentuate;  to 
perform  with  expressive  accentuation. 

Accentuation.  The  act  of  accenting  ;  the 
giving  to  the  several  notes  of  a  composi- 
tion their  due  emphasis,  or  expression  ;  the 
art  of  placing  accents,  or  of  uttering  them. 
.  Accentuation,  >Ietrlca1.  An  elevation 
of  the  voice  accompanied  by  the  ictus,  or 
stroke  of  the  foot  marking  it. 

Accentuato.  (Ita.)  Distinctly  and  strong- 
ly accented. 

Accentuiren.    ( Ger.)    To  accent. 

Accentus.    {Lat.)    Accent. 

Accessory  ]Votes.  Those  notes  situated 
one  degree  above  and  one  degree  below 
the  principal  note  of  a  turn. 

Accessory  Parts.    Accompaniments. 

Accessory  Sounds.  Sounds  which  aid 
in  producing  effect  ia  a  secondary  man- 
ner ;  accessory  tones. 

Accessory  Tones.  Harmonics  ;  tones 
faintly  heard  in  higher  octaves,  as  the 
principal  tone  dies  away. 

Accessory  Voices.  Accompanying  voices. 

Acclaccare.  {Ha.)  A  broken  and  unex- 
pected way  of  striking  a  chord. 

Acclaccatnra.  Uta.)  A  species  of  ar- 
peggio, expressea  by  a  smnll  note  placed 
before  the  principal  note. 

Accldens.  {Fre.)  A  term  applied  to  flats, 
sharps,  and  naturals,  which  are  found  be- 
fore or  after  particular  notes  in  the  course 
of  a  piece. 

Accidental.  An  accessory  sharp,  flat,  or 
natural  not  appertaining  to  the  original 
key  of  the  piece. 


Accidental  Chords.  Chords  containing 
one  or  more  notes  foreign  to  its  proper 
harmony. 

Accidental  Chromatics.  Chromatics 
employed  in  preparing  the  leading  note  in 
the  minor  scale ;  chromatics  incidentally 
employed. 

Accidental  Harmonies.  The  three 
relatives  of  the  key. 

Accidental  IVotes.  Notes  which  do  not 
belong  to  the  harmony. 

Accidentals.  Sharps,  flats,  and  naturals 
used  to  change  the  sound  of  letters,  as  the 
chord,  of  which  these  letters  are  a  part, 
may  require.  They  affect  the  sound  of  the 
letters  upon  which  they  are  set  no  farther 
than  the  compass  of  the  bar  in  wliich  they 
are  enclosed. 

Accidents.  Occasional  sharps,  flats,  and 
naturals  placed  before  notes  in  the  course 
of  a  piece. 

Acclamation.  A  form  of  words  uttered 
with  vehemence,  performed  in  the  later 
ages  of  Rome  by  a  chorus  of  singers  in- 
structed for  the  purpose.  It  somewhat 
resembled  a  song,  and  was  sometimes  ac- 
companied with  applauses  made  by  the 
hands. 

Accodato.    (Ha.)    Accompanied. 

Accolade.  (Fre.)  The  brace  employed 
to  connect  two  or  more  staves  in  piano- 
forte or  harp  music,  and  in  scores.  At 
the  commencement  of  a  tune,  it  shows 
how  many  parts  move  together  (7). 

Accom.  An  abbreviation  of  Accompagna- 
mento. 

Accom.  ad  Ililb.  An  abbreviation  of  Ac- 
companiment ad  Libitum. 

Accomodare.  {Ita.)  Accommodated  or 
adjusted. 

Accomp.  An  abbreviation  of  Accompani- 
ment. 

Accompagnamento.  {Ita.)  An  accom- 
paniment. 

Accompagnando.  {Ha.)  Accompani- 
ment. 

Accompagnare.    {Ita.)    To  accompany. 

Accompagnateur.  {Fre.)  An  accom- 
panist. 

Accompaguatore.  {Ita.)  One  who  ac. 
companies. 

Accompagnatrlce.  {Fre.)  A  female  ac- 
companist. 

Accompagnemena.  {Fre.)  Accom^ 
panimcuts. 

Accompagnement.  {Fre.)  An  accom- 
paniment. 

Accompagner.  {Fre.)  To  accompany; 
to  be  the  accompanist. 

Accompagnist.  {Ger.)  An  accompan- 
ist. 

Accompanied  >ladrlgals.  Those  mad- 
rigals in  which  the  voices  are  sustained 
by  the  piano  forte  or  organ. 

Accompanied  Recitative.  Passages 
ill  oi)eratie  music  entirely  devoted  to  pas- 
sion, but  which,  for  the  reason  that  the 


ACC 


10 


AGO 


mind  of  the  speaker  is  agitated  by  a  rapid 
BucccMsion  of  various  emotions,  are  not 
adapted  to  any  particular  striiin  of  lengtli 
of  melody ;  a  recitative  having  parts  ar- 
rauo;ed  for  other  iastrumcntu  lu  addition 
to  the  bass. 

Accompanied  Shake.  A  shake  in  the 
execution  of  which  two  fing^ers  are  em- 
ployed, while  the  other  fin<,'crs  of  the 
same  hand  play  the  notes  with  wliicb  the 
shake  is  accompanied. 

Accompanied  Style.  That  strle  in 
which  the  voices  are  accompanied  by  the 
organ,  or  some  other  low-toned  instru- 
ment, to  sustain  the  basses. 

Accompauiment.  A  part  added  to  a 
principal,  by  way  of  enhancing  the  effect 
of  the  composition. 

Accompaniment  ad  liibltom.  Use 
the  accompaniment  or  not,  at  pleasure. 

Accompaniment,  Arpeg^gio.  An  ac- 
companiment, the  passages  of  which  con- 
sist chietly  of  the  notes  of  the  several 
chords,  taken  in  returning  successions. 

Accompaniment,  Divided.  A  mode  of 
accompaniment  in  which  the  intervals  are 
taken  by  both  hands  always  maintaining 
the  distance  required  by  their  rules. 

Accompaniment  Obligato.  The  ac- 
compaiiinient  must  be  used. 

Accompaniment  of  the  Scale.  The 
harmony  assigneil  to  the  series  of  notes 
forming  the  diatonic  scale,  ascending  and 
descending. 

Accontpanlment,  Pulsatile.  An  ac- 
compauiment consisting  of  regular  and 
monotonous  repetitions  of  the  chords. 

Accompaniments.  Instrumental  parts 
in  a  composition  which  do  not  include  the 
principal  or  principals,  but  which  are 
added  to  relieve  them,  to  supply  the 
necessjiry  chasms,  fill  up  the  harmonj', 
decorate  and  variegate  the  motive,  and 
heighten  the  general  effect. 

Accompanist.  The  person  playing  the 
accompaniment. 

Accompanv.  The  act  of  performing  the 
accompanying  part. 

Accomp.  Obto.  An  abbreviation  of  Ac- 
companiment Obligato. 

Accomps.  An  abbreviation  of  Accom- 
puitimcnts. 

Accoplate.  (Ita.)  The  union  of  two 
parts. 

Accorciare.  (Ita.)  To  contract;  to  abridge. 

Accorciatnra.     {Ita.)    Abridgment. 

Accord.  (Fre.)  A  chord;  to  agree  in  pitch 
and  tone. 

Aceordable.    {Pre.)    Tunable. 

Accordamento.  (Ito.)  Consonance  ;  nni- 
Kon  ;  harmony  of  parts. 

Accordando.     (Ita.)  Tuning:  in  tune. 

Accordant.  {Fre.)  In  concord;  in  uni- 
son. 

Accordare.  {Ita.)  To  tune  ;  to  agree  in 
sound. 

▲ccordato.    (Ita.)    Harmony ;  tuned. 


Aceordatore.    (Ifn.)    A  tnner. 

Accordatrice.  {Jta.)  A  woman  who 
tunes. 

Accordatura.  {Ita.)  The  scale  of  notes, 
according  to  which  the  open  strings  of  any 
instrument  are  tuned. 

Accordeon.  An  instrument  held  in  the 
hands  while  played  upon,  the  sounds  be- 
ing produced  by  a  current  of  air  from  the 
drawing  and  closing  of  bellows  acting 
upon  metallic  springs. 

Accorder.  {Fre.)  To  tune  an  instrument. 

Accorder  un  Piano.  {Fre.)  To  tunc  a 
pi.iuo. 

Accordeur.    {Fre.)    A  tuner. 

Accordl.    {Ita.)    Play  again  the  chords. 

According.  An  harmonious  blending  of 
various  parts. 

Accordion.    {Fre.)    An  accordeon. 

Accordior.    ( Fre.)    A  tuner. 

Accordiren.    {Ger.)    To  accord. 

Accordo.  {Ita.)  A  chord  ;  a  viol  of  twelve 
or  fifteen  strings,  several  of  which  were 
sounded  at  once,  and  made  harmony  at 
every  stroke  of  the  bow. 

Accords  Sons  de  la  Harpe.  {Pre.) 
Tones  of  the  harp. 

Accozzamente.  {Ita.)  A  striking  to- 
gether. 

Accres.  An  abbreviation  of  Accresci- 
mento. 

Accrescere.  (  na.)To  increase;  to  augment. 

Accrescimento.  {Ita.)  An  increase,  or 
augmentation,  of  a  sound. 

Accresciuto.  {Ita.)  Superfluous;  aug- 
mented in  respect  to  intervals. 

Accts.  An  abbreviation  of  Accompani- 
ments. 

Acelcradamente.  {Spa.)  Speedily ; 
swiftly. 

A  Cemb.    An  abbreviation  of  A  Cembalo. 

A  Cembalo.    {Ita.)    For  the  h.arpsichord. 

Acento.  {Spa.)  Accent ;  a  modulation  of 
the  voice. 

Acetabulum.  {Lot.)  An  ancient  instru- 
ment of  music. 

Acht.    {Ger.)    Eight. 

Achte.    {Ger.)    Octave ;  eighth. 

Achtel.    {Ger.)    Quavers. 

Achtelnote.    {Ger.)     A  quaver. 

Achtstimmlg.    {Ger.)    For  eight  voices. 

Achtzehate.    {Ger.)    Eighteenth. 

Achtzehn.    ( Ger.)    Eighteen. 

A  Chula.  {Ita.)  A  Portuguese  dance, 
rcscnjbliug  the  fandango. 

A  Cinque.  {Ita.)  For  five  voices  or  in- 
struments. 

Acoemetse.  {Grk.)  An  order  of  ancient 
monks  who  performed  their  religious 
offices  (chiefly  consisting  of  singing)  both 
night  and  day. 

Acolytes.  {Grk.)  Persons  employed  in 
the  musical  services  of  the  Bomish 
church;  acolythi. 


AGO 


11 


ADE 


Aeolylhi.  (Grk.)  Young'  persong  em- 
ployed in  the  Komish  church  to  lig'ht  the 
tapers,  carry  the  candlesticks  at  the  cele- 
bration of  all  offices  in  which  music  and 
siuy^in"'  are  introduced,  to  prepare  the 
several  articles  used  in  the  mass,  and  oc- 
casionally to  chant  in  the  choirs. 

Acolythia.  (Grk.)  The  order  of  service 
observed  in  the  Greek  church ;  hymns, 
psalms,  &c.,  of  which  that  service  is  prin- 
cipally composed. 

AcompanAmieiito.  {Spa.)  Accompani- 
ment. 

Acompanar.  (Spa.)  To  sing'  or  play  in 
concert  with  others. 

A  Coinpas.    {Spa.)    In  true  musical  time. 

Acordar.  {Spa.)  To  tune  musical  instru- 
ments. 

Acorde.    {Spa.)    Harmony  of  sounds. 

Acostica.     {Spa.)     Acoustics. 

Acousmate.  {Fre.)  The  sound  of  instru- 
ments or  voices  heard  in  the  uir. 

Acoustics.  ( Grk.)  The  science  of  sound, 
b^  a  knowledge  of  which  we  are  enabled 
to  determine  the  relations  of  tones,  and 
the  ratios  of  the  harmonic  intervals,  as 
produced  by  the  various  vibrations  of  dil- 
ferent  chords,  and  sonorous  bodies. 

Acoustic  Vessels.  Brazen  tubes  or  ves- 
sels, shaped  like  a  bell,  used  in  ancient 
theatres  to  propel  the  voice  of  the  per- 
formers so  as  to  render  them  audible  at  a 
great  distance,  in  some  theatres  at  the 
distance  of  four  hundred  feet. 

Acoustlque.    {Fre.)    Acoustics. 

Acroteleutic.  {Grk.)  Noting  an  addition 
to  a  psalm,  or  to  a  hymn,  as  a  doxology. 

Acte  de  Cadence.    ( Fre.)    A  cadence. 

Acteur.    ( Fre.)    Actor. 

Action,  I>ou1>le  Pianoforte.  The  ac- 
tion of  a  piauoi'ortc  in  which  a  second  or 
under  hammer  is  employed,  and  by  which 
the  velocity  of  the  first  is  multiplied. 

Action,  Pianoforte.  The  mechanism 
of  a  pianoforte,  consisting  of  several 
small,  interposed  parts,  by  which  the 
pressure  of  the  flnjjer  upon  each  key  is  to 
be  transmitted  iu  tlie  most  effective  man- 
ner through  the  hammer  to  the  corre- 
sponding string. 

Actor.  A  singer  whose  profession  it  is  to 
represent  human  nature  by  action,  speech, 
and  musical  intonation. 

Actress.    A  female  actor. 

Actrice.    {Fre.)    Actress. 

Acts.  Parts  of  an  opera  or  musicjil  enter- 
tainment, the  separations  of  which  i'rora 
each  other  form  the  first  and  grand  divis- 
ion of  the  piece. 

Act  Tnnes.  Pieces  performed  between 
the  different  acts  of  any  theatrical  play. 

Acnlte.    {Fre.)    Acutencss. 

Acumen.  {Lnt.)  The  fullest  or  keenest 
sound  of  the  voice  ;  the  power  of  nicely 
discriminating  fine  or  acute  sounds. 

Acnstlca.    (Ita.)    Auditory. 

AcuAtico.    {Jta.)    Acoustics;  auditory. 


Aeustilc.    (Ger.)    Acoustics. 
Acustiscli.    {Ger.)    Acoustic. 

Acute.  A  term  applied  to  any  sound  that 
is  sharp,  or  high,  m  respect  to  some  other 
sound. 

Acutencss.  Blevation  or  sharpness  of 
sound. 

Ad.    {Lat.)    At ;  to  ;  for ;  by. 

Adag.    An  abbreviation  of  Adagio. 

Adagletto.    {Ita.)    Somewhat  adagio. 

Adagio.  ( Ita.  Ger.  and  Fre.)  The  second 
degree,  from  slow  to  quick ;  notiug  a  per- 
formance not  only  slow,  but  graceful  and 
embellished  ;  tender  and  plaintive  in  style. 

Adasio- Adagio.  {Ita.)  A  dTouble  re- 
tardation of  time,  nearly  as  slow  as  grave, 
and  twice  as  slow  as  adagio. 

Adagio  Assal.    {Ita.)     Extremely  slow 

aud  expressive. 
Adagio  Cantabile  e  Sostenuto.   {Ita.) 

The  air  or  movement  to  be  executed  in  a 

slow  time,  with  graceful,  ornamental,  aud 

sustained  expression. 

Adagio  lUolto.  {Jta.)  Very  slow  and 
expressive. 

Adagio  non  Troppo.  {Ita.)  Not  too 
slow. 

Adagio  Patetlco.  {Ita.)  In  a  slow  time, 
and  with  plaintive  expression. 

Adagio  pol  Allegro.  {Ita.)  Slow,  then 
quick. 

Adagio  quasi  una  Fantasia.  {It<i.) 
An  adagio  similar  to  a  fantasia. 

Adagioslsslmo.    {Ita.)    Very  slow. 

Adagio  Sostenuto.  {Ita.)  A  sustained 
adagio. 

Adaglssimo.    {Ita.)    Extremely  slow. 

Ada'o.    An  abbreviation  of  Adaffio. 

Adaptation.  An  harmonious  conjunction 
of  words  to  music ;  a  concord  of  senti- 
ment iu  the  words  aud  the  melody. 

Adapte  a  une  Clef.    {Fre.)    Keyed. 

Adaslo.    {Ita.)    Adagio. 

Adattare.    {Ita.)    Adapted. 

Adattazione.    {Ita.)    Adaptation. 

Ad  Captandum.  {Lat.)  In  a  light  and 
brilliaut  style. 

Added  Hitnes.  Short  lines,  either  above 
or  below  the  staff,  used  when  more  than 
nine  degrees  are  wanted ;  ledger  lines  (-1). 

Added  IVotes.  Notes  written  upon  or 
between  the  added  or  ledger  lines. 

Added  Sixth.  A  sixtli  added  to  a  funda- 
mental chord. 

Addltato.    {Ita.)    Fingered. 

Addition.  The  extra  duration  given  to 
notes  by  affixed  dots. 

Additional  Keys.  Those  keys  of  a 
pianolorle  which  lie  above  or  below  the 
former  compass  of  the  instrument. 

Addolorato.    {Ita.)    With  sadness. 

Addottrinante.  {Ita.)  Teacher;  pro- 
fessor. 


ADE 


12 


AER 


A.  I>eml  Jen.  (Pre.)  Moderate  and  pleas- 
ing style. 

A  Demi  Volx.  (Fre.)  With  moderate 
tone  and  manner. 

A  I>enx.  (.Pre.)  For  two  voices  or  inntru- 
ments. 

A  Dewx  Temp*.  (Fre.)  Two  equal  times 
or  measure  uutes  iu  a  bar  ;  common  time. 

Adiaplionon.  An  instrument  of  the  harp- 
siehortl  and  piano-forte  rl.iss. 

Adlrato.    (/<a.)    Angrily. 

Adjunct  IXotem.  Unaccented  anxiliary 
notes ;  notes  not  forming  any  essential 
part  of  the  harmony. 

Adjutant's  Call.  A  drum-bc.it  directing 
tlic  baud  and  field  music  to  take  the  right 
of  the  line. 

Ad  liib.    An  abbreviation  of  Ad  Libitum. 

Ad  Hilbltnm.  (Lot.)  At  will,  or  discre- 
tion ;  the  time  loft  to  the  pleasure  of  the 
performer ;  liberty  to  introduce  whatever 
emboliishmcuts  fancy  may  suggest! 

Ad  Iflbitum  Accompaniment.  The 
use  of  tlie  iK'dals  or  not,  at  pleasure. 

Ad  liOngunt.  (Lett.)  Applied  b^  the 
e.irly  reformers  to  compositions  consisting 
of  notes  of  equ.il  duration,  and  those  the 
longest  in  use. 

Admirable.  (Spa.)  A  hymn  in  the  Ho- 
man  Catholic  cliurch  in  praise  of  the 
Eucharist. 

Ado.  An  abbreviation  of  Adagio  and 
Adasio. 

A  Due  Clarinl.  (/to.)  For  two  trumpets. 

A  Djie  Soprani,   (/to.)    For  two  trebles. 

A  Due  VIolIni  ^IVecesgarlo.  (/to.)  Must 
be  pl.iyed  with  two  violins. 

Ad  Omnem  Tonunt.  (Xo/.)  At  or  to 
every  note. 

Adonia.  (GrJ:.)  A  solemn  feast  of  the 
ancients,  at  which  odes  and  hymna  were 
sung. 

Adonlco.  (Spa.)  A  Latin  verse  consisting 
of  a  dactyl  and  a  spondee. 

Adonic  Verse.  A  verse  consisting  of  one 
long  and  two  short  and  two  long  sylla- 
bles. 

Adomamento.    (/to.)    An  ornament. 

A-Double.  Double  A  ;  the  A  below  G 
gamut,  one  octave  lower  than  the  pros- 
Iiimbanomenos,  or  lowest  note  of  the  an- 
cient Greeks. 

Adouclr.    (Fre.)    To  soften ;  to  flatten. 

Adqntsta.  (Lat.)  Applied  by  the  ancient 
Greeks  to  the  sound  added  at  the  bottom 
of  the  scale  iu  each  of  their  musical  modes. 

A  Due.  (/to.)  For  two  voices  or  instru- 
inentR. 

A  Due  Corde.  (/to.)  Instruments  hav- 
ing two  strings. 

A  Due  Soli,    (/to.)    For  two  solo  voices. 

A  Due  Soprani,    (/to.)    For  two  trebles. 

Adufazo.    (Spa.)    To  strike  a  timbrel. 

Adufe.    (Spa.)    Timbrel;  tamborinc. 

Adnfero.    (Spa.)    A  timbrel  player. 


Adnlatorlamente.   (/to.)  In  a  flattering 

manner. 
A  Dur.    ( Ger.)    The  key  of  A  mt^or. 
^dopbone.      A  musical   instrument  in- 

vented  iu  the  eighteenth  century. 

JCnatorea.  (Txii.)  An  appellation  ap- 
plied by  the  aucicnts  to  military  musi- 
cinuH  iu  general,  but  particularly  to  those 
who  blew  trumpets,  horns,  buccinx,  and 
the  brazen  or  corneous  instruments. 

Sollan.  (Grk.)  One  of  the  ancient  Greek 
niodcj ;  belonging  to  the  wind  ;  acted  upon 
by  the  wind. 

JEollan  Harp.  An  instrument  the  tones 
of  which  are  caused  by  a  vibration  of  the 
strings  by  the  air. 

^olian  I<yre.    The  iBolian  harp. 

iEollan  ^ute.  A  combination  of  the  A 
^Eoliun  pitch-pipe  and  the  mute,  for  the 
violin. 

^ollan  Pianoforte.  A  pianoforte  to 
conjoined  with  an  ^£oli.'in  or  reed  instru- 
ment that  the  same  set  of  keys  serve  ibr 
both,  or  lor  either  singly,  at  the  pleasure 
of  the  performer. 

iEoIlcon.  A  reed  instrument  resembling  » 
melodeon. 

JBolIc  Scale.  Among  the  ancients,  a  se- 
ries of  tones  beginning  with  A,  the  lowest 
tone  used  in  their  music. 

^olodlcon.  (Grk.)  A  keved  instrument 
whose  tones  are  produced  by  thin  jjieces 
of  metiil  so  placed  as  to  play  freely,  beingf 
put  into  motion  by  means  of  a  current  ot 
air. 

JEoIodion.  A  keyed  instrument  similar 
to  a  melodeon  ;  an  aeolodicon. 

^^olomelodicon.  (Grk.)  A  keyed  in- 
strument, invented  in  U'.irsaw,  sometimes 
in  the  form  of  an  organ,  though  much 
smaller. 

^olopantalon.  (Grk.)  An  instrument 
combining  the  pianoforte  and  the  leolo- 
melodicon. 

JEoIus'  Ilarp.  An  instrument  much  like 
the  ..Eolian  harp,  consisting  of  strings 
extended  between  deal  boards. 

iEotaua.  (Grk.)  A  very  small  musical 
instrument,  consisting  of  several  short, 
elastic,  metallic  lamina;,  or  springs,  fixed 
in  a  frame,  and  acted  on  by  the  breath  of 
the  performer. 

iEquisouans.  (Lat.)  Of  the  same  or 
like  sound  ;  a  unison. 

^qulsouaut.  A  term  given  to  unisons, 
but  frequently  to  octaves,  as  they  seem 
one  and  the  same  sound. 

iEquisonns.    Unisonous  ;  concordant. 

fqulvagans.  (Lat.)  All  the  parts  in 
the  passage  deviated  from  the  natural 
order  of  the  measure  at  the  same  time. 

Aer.    (Iri.)    Air. 

^ramentum.    (Grk.)    Bells. 

^re  Recurvo.    (Lat.)    A  military  wind 

instrument,  in  form  resembling  a  trumpet  i 

the  bnccina. 


AER 


13 


Am 


Aerial  lHasle.  l^Tusic  Rupposed  to  be 
produced  by  aerial  beings. 

AeropKone.  A  French  reed  instrument 
of  the  melodeon  class. 

Esthetics.  {GrL-.)  The  philosophy  of 
musicitl  art  ;  that  department  of  musical 
study  which  pertains  to  tlio  sentiment, 
expression,  and  power  of  music  over  the 
mind. 

^U8serste  Stlmmen.  (Ger.)  The  ex- 
treme parts. 

Afectaclon.    (,Spa.)    Affectation. 

Affaliile.  (/to.)  In  manner  kind  and 
courteous. 

AflTanato.    {Ita.)    Restlessly. 

AiTectatio.    (ia<.)    Affectation. 

Affectation.  An  awkward  and  forced  im- 
itation of  what  should  be  genuine  and 
easy. 

Aflfectlrt.    (Ger.)    With  affectation. 

AfFectueux.    {Fre.)    Affectionate. 

Afltet.    An  abbreviation  of  Affettuoiso. 

AfTettatamente.     (/<a.)    Very  affectedly. 

Aflettazione.  (/to.)  An  artificial  style. 
See  AJfectution. 

Affettlvo.  (/to.)  Affecting;  touching;  pa- 
thetic. 

Affetto,  Con.  (/to.)  TTith  tenderness  and 
pathos. 

AfTettuosaiaente.  {Ita.)  Tenderly;  plain- 
tively. 

Aflettaosisslino.  (/to.)  Tenderly;  af- 
fectingly  ;  delicately. 

Aflettuoso.  (/to.)  A  soft  and  delicate 
style  of  performance. 

Affettuoso  di]IIolto.  (/to.)  With  much 
feeliug. 

Affinity.  A  distinctive  characteristic  of 
chords  which  admit  of  an  easy  and  natu- 
ral transition  from  one  to  the  other. 

Afflocamento.    (/to.)    Hoarseness. 

Afliocato.    (/to.)    Hoarse. 

Aficionado.     (.Spa.)    An  amateur. 

Afiitacion.  (Spa.)  Tuning  of  instru- 
ments. 

Afinador.  (Spa.)  A  key  with  which 
stringed  instruments  are  tuned. 

Afinar.  (Spa.)  To  tunc  musical  instru- 
ments. 

Aimzione.    (/to.)    Sorrowfully. 

Aflllzione,  Con.    (/to.)    Witli  sadness. 

Affireto.     An  abbreviation  of  Affrettando. 

AfTrettando.  (/to.)  Accelerating;  hur- 
rying the  time. 

AfTrettate.  (/to.)  Quickly;  speedily  as 
to  time. 

A-Flat.  That  flat  which  is  the  seventh  of 
U  flat  ;  the  third  flat  introduced  in  modu- 
lating by  fourths  from  the  natural  dia- 
tonic mode. 

A  f  of  a.  ( Por.)  A  Portuguese  dance  re- 
sembling the  fandango. 

Aionia.    (/to.)    Loss  of  voice;  aphony. 
2 


After  TSotc».  Small  notes  occurring  on  the 
unaccented  parts  of  the  measure,  taking 
tlicir  time  from  the  preceding  note  (92). 

After  IVotes,  I>ouble.  Two  after  notes 
taking  their  time  from  the  previous  note. 

After  Song.  A  song  following  the  per- 
formance of  a  drama  or  other  entertain.- 
ment. 

Ajs^entl  Teatralt.  (/to.)  Agents  whose 
business  it  is  to  obtain  engagements  for 
singers  at  the  tlieatres  in  Italy. 

Agevole.  (/to.)  Without  labor;  light; 
easy ;  agreeable. 

Agevolezza.    (Ita.)    Lightness. 

Ags^iustamento.  (Ita.)  Arrangement; 
acfaptation. 

Aggiustare.    (/to.)    Arranged ;  adapted. 

Aggiustato.    (/to.)  Adjusted;  arranged. 

Agia.  (Ork.)  Used  by  the  Greeks  in  char- 
acterizing modes  or  tones. 

Agilita.    (/to.)    Lightness  and  agility. 

Agilita,  Con.  (Ita.)  With  agility  ;  with 
rapidity. 

Agilmente.    (/to.)  Lively  ;  with  gayety. 

Agiren.    (Ger.)    To  act ;  to  mimic. 

Agitato,  (/to.)  With  agitation ;  excitedly. 

Agitato  Allegro.  (Ita.)  A  rapid  and 
perturbed  style  of  perlbrmance. 

Agitato  nn  Poco.    (/to.)    With  slight 

agitation. 
Agitazione.    (Ita.)    Agitation. 
Agitazione,  Con.  (Ita.)  With  agitation. 
Aglte.    (Fre.)    Agitated. 
Agnus  l>el.    (/>«<.)    One  of  the  princip.tl 

movements  of  the  mass. 
Agoge.  (Grk.)  Oncof  the  subdivisions  of 
the  Melopceia  of  the  ancient  Greeks,  a  spe- 
cies of  melodv  or  modulation  in  which  tlie 
notes  proceeded  by  contiguous  degrees. 
A  Grand  Choeur.    (Fre.)    For  the  entire 

chorus. 
A  Grand  Orchestre.     (Fre.)    For  the 

entire  or  complete  orchestra  or  baud. 
Agreniens.    (Fre.)    Embellishments. 
Agutus.   (Lat.)  Shrill :  loud  ;  resounding. 
Al.    (Ita.)    To  the ;  in  the  style  of. 
j  Aigre.     (Fre.)     Harsh. 
I  Aigreiuent.    (Fre.)    Sharply ;  h.arshly. 
j  Algu.    (Fre.)    Shrill. 
'  A  in  Alt.    The  A  placed  on  the  first  upper 

added  Hue. 
i  A  in  Altissiino.    An  octave  above  A  in 
I      Alt. 

I  Air.  A  modulation  of  notes  imparting  to 
I  music  its  character  ;  a  son<j  suited  to  mu- 
sical expression  ;  a  melody  comprising  a 
series  of  sounds  forming  a  tune  ;  that  part 
of  a  tune  or  musical  composition  deBiijned 
to  exhibit  the  variety  of  melody  cont-oiued 
in  the  whole. 

Air  a  Reprises.     (Fre.)    A  catch. 

Alr,'Chariot.  A  musical  air  of  the  an- 
cient Greeks. 


Am 


14 


ALL 


Air,  Hamtatian.  (Grk.)  A  spirited 
martial  Hir  employed  by  tlie  ancients  to 
animate  the  horses  that  drew  the  chariots 
during  battle  ;  the  chariot  air. 

Air  Irlandais.    (Fre.)    Irish  air. 

Air  Italien.    (Fre.)    An  Italian  air. 

Air  Rapide.    (Fre,)    A  flourish. 

Aira  Frauf;oi«.    (Fre.)    French  airs. 

Airs  Rnsses.    (Fre.)    Russian  airs. 

Airs  Tendrcs.  (Fre.)  Airs  or  songs 
characterized  by  a  tenderness  of  style ; 
amatory  song^s. 

Air  Varie.    (Fre.)  An  air  with  variations. 

Ais.    (Ger.)    A  sharp. 

Alse.  (Fre.)  Adagio;  slowly  and  grace- 
fully. 

Aiyar.    (Ara.)    Air. 

AJakli-Keman.  (Tur.)  A  Turkisli  in- 
strument of  the  violin  species. 

AJnster  ses  flutes.  (Fre.)  To  tune  one's 
pil)cs. 

Al.    ( Ita.)    To  the  ;  In  the  style  of. 

Alabado.  (Spa.)  Hynxns  sung  in  praise 
oi  the  Sacrament. 

A  la  Grec.  (Fre.)  Choruses  performed 
at  the  end  of  each  act  of  a  modern  drama, 
in  the  manner  and  style  of  those  intro- 
duced in  the  ancient  Greek  tragedies. 

A  la  ^ttesnre.  (Fre.)  In  time  ;  synony- 
mous with  the  Italian  words  A  tempo. 

A-Ia-ml-re.  (fta.)  A  method  to  determine 
the  key  of  A  by  its  dominant  and  subdom- 
inant,  A  E  D.  In  the  Guidonian  Fcalo  it 
is  the  octave  above  a-re,  or  A  in  the  first 
space  in  the  bass. 

A  I'Antiqne.  (Fre.)  Antique;  in  the 
style  of  the  ancients. 

A  la  Polacca.    (Ita.)    In  the  style  of  the 

I'ulish  music. 

Alarum  Trumpet.  In  military  service, 
the  trumpet  that  sounds  the  onset. 

Albada.    (Spa.)    A  morning  serenade. 

Albert!  Bass.  A  bass  formed  by  taking 
the  notes  of  chords  in  arpeggios,  so  called 
because  iuveuted  by  Domiuico  Alberti. 

Alboffue.  (Spa.)  A  sort  of  pastoral  flute  ; 
a  style  of  martial  music  played  with  cym- 
bals. 

Alboguero.    (Spn.)    One  who  makes  or 

plays  on  Albogues,  or  pastoral  flutes. 

Alborada.  (Spa.)  Music  of  a  morning 
serenade. 

Alcaics.  Several  kinds  of  verse,  one  of 
which  consists  of  Ave  feet,  — n  spondee  or 
iambic,  an  iambic,  a  long  syUable,  and 
two  dactyls. 

Alemanlan  Verse.  A  verse  consisting 
of  six  anupests  ortheir  equivalents,  want- 
ing tlie  last  two  syllables. 

Alelnya.    (Spa.)    Hallelujah. 

Alemaua.  (Spa.)  An  ancient  Spanish 
dance. 

Alexandrian  Verse.  A  verse  conBisting 


of  twelve  syllables,  or  twelve  and  thirtctm 
alternately. 

Al  Fine.    (Ita.)    To  the  end. 

Al  Fine  e  poi  Coda.  (Ita.)  At  the 
close  of  the  piece  perform  the  coda. 

Aliquot  Tones.  Accessory  tones,  or  har- 
monics ;  tones  indistiuctly  heard,  which 
are  always  produced  with  tlie  principal 
tone,  at  harmonic  intervals  above  it. 

A   I'ltalienne.     (Fre.)     In    the  Italiaa 

style. 

A  1.1  vre  Onrert.  (Fre.)  At  sight;  lit- 
erally, at  the  opening  of  the  book. 

All'.     An  abbreviation  of  AUa. 

Alia.    (Ita.)    To  the  ;  in  the  style  of. 

All' Antica.    (Ita.)     In  the  ancient  style. 

Alia  Breve.  ( Ita.)  A  term  employed  to 
indicate  a  quick  species  of  common  time, 
formerly  used  in  church  music. 

Alia  Caccia.  (Ita.)  In  the  hnnting 
style. 

Alia  Camera.    (Ita.)     In   the  chamber 

style. 

Alia  Capella.    (Ita.)    In  the  sacred  or 

church  stylo. 

Alia  Dirltta.  (Ita.)  "With  the  right  hand. 
Alia  >Iadre.    (Ita.)    Songs  and  hymns 

to  the  Virgin  Mary. 
Alia  9faniera  Turca.     (Ita.)     In  the 

Turkish  manuer. 
Alia  jWCarcia.    (Ita.)    In  the  style  of  a 

march. 

.4^11a  9Iente.  (Ita.)  A  sort  of  counter- 
point wluch  is  sung  at  sight  in  chorus. 

Alia  >Iilitaire.  (Ita.)  In  a  martial 
style. 

Alia  ]tIoderna.    (Ita.)    In  the  present  or 

modern  style. 
Alia  Morisca.    (Ita.)    In  the    Moorish 

style. 

Alia  Palestrina.    (Ita.)    An  air  in  thtf 

style  of  rak'Ktriua. 

Alia  Polacca.  (Ita.)  In  the  style  of 
Polish  dance-music. 

Alia  Riversa.  (Ita.)  In  an  opposite  di- 
rection. 

In  contrary  or 


Alia  RoT-ersclo.     (Ita.) 

reverse  movement. 
AUa  Rnsse.    (Ita.)    Resembling  Rassian 

music. 

AUa   Scoxzese.     (Ita.)    In  the  Scottish 

style. 

AUa  Siciliana.    (Ita.)     In  the  manner 
.  ,-  of  Sicilian  dance-  music. 
i'Alla  Stretta.  (Ita.)  Increasing  the  time  ; 
accelerating  the  degree  of  movement. 

AUa  Tedesca.      (Ita.)     In  the  German 

style. 

AUa  Turca.    (Ita.)    In  the  Turkish  style. 

AUa  VeneKiana.    (Ita.)    In  the  style  of 
Venetian  music. 

AUa  Zingaresa.    (Ita.)    lu  the  Gypsey 

style. 


ALL 


15 


ALL 


Alia  Zoppa.    (Ita.)   In  a  constrained  and 

limping  style. 
Alia  3za.  (Ita.)  A  sign  which,  when 
above  the  staff,  implies  that  with  eacli  of 
the  tones  indiciited  by  the  8uo«ossion  of 
notes,  a  hig'her  tone,  at  the  distance  of  a 
third,  is  to  oe  played,  and  when  below  the 
stiiir,  a  tone  lower  at  tlie  same  distance. 

Alia  6ta.  A  sign  which,  when  above  the 
staff,  implies  that  with  each  of  the  tones 
indicated  by  the  succession  of  notes,  a 
higher  tone,  at  the  distance  of  a  sixth,  is 
to  be  played,  and  when  below  the  Btaff,  a 
tone  lower  at  the  same  distance. 

Alle.    (Ita.)    To  the  ;  iu  the  style  of. 

Allegramente.    (Ita.)    With  quickness. 

Allegrante.    {Ita.)    Joyous ;  mirthful. 

Allegratlvo.  (Ita.)  Gladdening;  divert- 
ing; blitlie. 

Allegretto.  (Ita.)  Somewhat  cheerful, 
but'uot-so  quick  as  allegro. 

Allegretto  Scherzando.  (Ita.)  Mod- 
erately playful  and  vivacious. 

Allegrezza.    (Ita.)    Joy. 

Allegrezza,  Con.  (Ita.)  With  cheerful- 
ness. 

Allegrla.    (Ita.)    Joy,  mirthfulness. 

Allegri  dl  Bravura.  (Ita.)  Brilliant 
and  effective  compositions. 

Allesrisslmo.  (Ita.)  Extremely  quick 
and  lively.    The  superlative  of  Allegro. 

Allegro.  (Ita.)  Quick  ;  lively ;  a  rapid 
and  vivacious  movement,  but  frequently 
modified  by  the  addition  of  other  words. 

Allegro  Agitato.  (Ita.)  Quick,  with 
anxiety  and  agitation. 

Allegro  Appassionato.  (Ita.)  Vehe- 
mently joyful. 

Allegro  Assai.    (Ita.)    Very  quick. 

Allegro  Brillante.  (Ita-.)  An  allegro 
^  intended  for  a  brilliant  style  of  execution. 

Allegro  Comodo.  (Ua.)  With  a  con- 
venient degree  of  quickness. 

Allegro  con  Brio.    (Ita.)    Quick,  with 

brilliancy. 
Allegro  con  Brloso.    (Ita.)    Joyful  and 

bold. 
V^Allegro  con  Fuoco.   (Ita.)    Quick,  with 

fire  and  animation. 

Allegro  con  Fuocoso.  (Ita.)  Very  an- 
imated. 

Allegro  con  ^loltissiino  3Ioto.  (Ita.) 
A  very  quick  allegro. 

Allegro  con  3Io to.     (Ita.)    Quick,  with 

more  than  the  usual  degree  of  movement. 
Allegro    con    Splrito.      (Ita.)      Quick, 

itii  spirit. 
Allegro    di    Bravnra.      (Ita.)     Quick, 

dasiiiag,  and  brilliant. 
Allegro  di  jHolto.    (Ita.)    Kxceedingly 

quick. 
Allegro  Fnrioso.      (Ita.)    Quick,  with 

fury. 

Allegro  Oalo.  (Ita.)  An  allegro  of  a 
gay,  spirited  style. 


V^ 


(Ita.)     Quick, 


Allegro,  ma  Grazioso. 

but  gracefully. 
Allegro,  n»a  non  Presto.   (Ita.)  Quicki 

butuot  to  excess. 
Allegro,  ma  non  Troppo.  (Ita.)  Quick, 

but  with  moderation. 
Allegro  Moderato.      (Ita.)      Moderate 

AlU^gro. 
Allegro  ^lolto.  (Ita.)  Extremely  quick. 
Allegro  non  DIolto.    (Ha.)    Not  very 

quick. 
Allegro  non  Tanto.     (Ita.)      Xot  too 

quick. 
Allegro  Veloce.    (Ita.)    Quick  to  abso- 
lute velocity. 

Allegro  Vivace.  (Ita.)  With  viracity ; 
rapidly. 

Allegro  Vivo.  (Ita.)  With  great  life  *nd 
energy. 

Allegrucio.       (Ita.)       Good    humored ; 

sprightly. 
Alleiiisang.    (Ger.)    A  solo. 
Alleinsanger.    (Ger.)    A  solo  singer. 
Alleiuspiel.     (Ger.)    A  solo. 
Alleinspieler.    (Ger.)    One  who  plays  a 

solo. 
Alleluia.    (Fre.)    Hallelujah. 
Allelujah.      (Heh.)      An    ascription    of 

praise  ;  hallelujah. 
Allemande.      (Fre.)      A   slow  dance  or 

melody  in  common  time  of  four  crotchets 

in  each  measure. 

Allentando.  (Ita.)  Decreasing  the  time 
uuto  tlie  close. 

Alleraniento.    (Ita.)    A  breathing  time ; 

a  respite. 

All' Espagnuola.   (Ita.)   In  the  Spanish 

style. 

Alle  Stimmen  Ziehen.  (Ger.)  To  draw 
out  all  tlio  stops. 

Allgtto.     An  abbreviation  of  Allegretto. 
Allied  Tones.  Accessory  tones;  beitones. 
Allievo.     (Ita.)     A  pupil. 
All'  Improviso.    (Ita.)    Suddenly, 
All'  Improvlsta.    (Ita.)    Without  pre- 
vious study ;  unpremeditatedly. 

All'  Inglese.  (Ita.)  In  the  English  style. 
All' Italiana.  (Ita.)  In  the  Italian  stylo. 
Alliteration.    The    frequent    recurrence 

of  the  same  note  or  passage. 
Allmahlicli.     (Gtr.)     Little  by  little. 
Alio.    (lUt.)    To  the  ;  in  the  style  of;  an 

abbreviation  of  Allegro. 
Al  lioco.     (Ita.)     A  term  referring  the 

player    to    some    previous    place  in    the 

piece. 

All'   Ongarese.     (Ita.)     In  the   Hunga- 
rian maimer. 
Allonger.  (Fre.)  To  develop  ;  to  lengthen. 

Allongez  I'Archet.  (Fre.)  Give  de- 
velopment to  the  bow;  lengthea  tbo 
strokes  of  the  bow« 


ALL 


16 


ALT 


All'  Ottava.  (Ita.)  In  the  octivc ;  an  ex- 
pression in  scores  directing  one  part  to 
play  in  the  octave  above  or  below  another. 

All'  Ottava  Alta.  (Ita.)  In  the  octovc 
above. 

All'  Ottava  Bassa.  (Tta.)  In  the  octave 
below. 

All'  Roverslco.  {Ita.)  By  a  contrary  or 
opposite  movument. 

All'  Segno,    (/^a.)    To  the  sign. 

Alltto.  (Ita.)  An  abbreviation  of  AUe- 
gretto. 

All'  Unlsono.  (Ita.)  In  unison,  or  occa- 
sioually  in  octaves. 

All'  8va.    An  abbreviation  of  AW  ottava. 

Alma.  (Ara.)  The  name  given  in  some 
parts  of  the  East,  especially  in  Egypt,  to 
girls  skilled  in  singing  and  dancing,  who 
are  employed  by  the  rich  to  give  instruc- 
tion in  these  accomplishments,  and  by  :'ll 
classes  to  furnish  itmuscment  at  entertain- 
ments and  shows,  or  to  sing  dirges  and 
utter  lamentations  at  funerals. 

Almaln.    An  air  in  common  time. 

Almanda.  A  certain  air  or  tune  where 
the  measure  is  in  common  time,  and  the 
movement  slow. 

Alma  Redemptoris.  (Lot.)  A  hymn 
to  the  Virgin  Mary. 

Almees.  (.4ra.)  Arabian  girls  who  arc 
In  attendance  upon  ^loorisli  cofleo-housus 
for  the  purpose  of  dancing,  and  singing 
melodies  known  by  the  general  name 
Chabatis, 

Almelis.  (TVtr.)  Singing  and  dancing 
girls  ;  the  Almees  of  the  Arabs. 

Alphabet.  The  seven  letters  used  in 
music.  When  either  part  exceeds  these 
seven,  either  ascending  or  descending,  the 
series  is  repeated  in  the  same  order. 

Alpine  Horn.  An  instrument  made  of 
the  bark  of  a  tree,  and  used  to  eonvey 
sounds  to  a  great  distance. 

Al  Rlgore  dl  Tempo.  (Ita.)  In  rigor- 
ously strict  time. 

Al  Itovescio.    (Ita.)    In  reversed  order. 

A  la  Basse.  (Fre.)  In  the  Hussian 
style. 

Al  Scg.     An  abbreviation  of  Al  Segno. 

Al  Scc;no.  ( fta.)  A  mark  (42)  signifyin^^ 
that  "the  performer  must  return  to  a  simi- 
lar character  in  the  course  of  the  move- 
ment, and  play  from  that  place  to  the 
word  jine,  or  a  mark  over  a  double  bar 
(40). 

Alt.  (Ita.)  High  ;  an  expression  applied 
to  those  notes  which  lie  b»!tween  F,  on  the 
fiftli  line  in  the  treble  staff,  and  G,  on  the 
fourth  ledger  line  above. 

Alta.    (Ita.)    Higher. 

Alta.  (Spa.)  A  dance  formerly  common 
in  Spam. 

Alta- Viola.    (Itn.)    A  couuter  tenor  ^1ol. 

Alt  Clarinet.  A  large  elarinet,  curved 
near  the  moutb-pieoe,  and  a  tlftb  deeper 
than  the  ordinary  clarinet. 


Altera  Prima  Donna,    (Ita.)    The  two 

principal  female  singers. 
Alterata.    (Ita.)  Ouc  of  the  terms  given 

by  the  old  theorists  to  the  first  deviation 

from  the  ecclesiastictd  modes. 
Alteratto.     (I^t.)     Formerly  applied  to 

tlie  doubling  the  value  of  a  note. 

Alterati  Snoni.  (Ita.)  Sounds  raised 
or  lowered  by  flats  and  sharps. 

Alterato.  (Ita.)  Augmented,  with  respect 
to  intervals. 

Altere.   (Fre.)  Augmented  with  regard  to 

intervals. 
Altered  IVotes.    Xotes  changed  or  varied 

by  accidentals  being  placed  Mfore  them. 

Altered  Triads.  The  diatonic  dissonant 
triad,  with  its  third  sometimes  flattened 
and  sometimes  sharpened. 

Alteruamente.    (Ita.)    Each  part  to  be 

peribrmcvi  alternately. 
Alternations.    Changes  rung  on  bells. 
Alteruativemeuto.     (Ita.)    To  sing  the 

parts  of  two  songs  iilternutely. 
Alternatl-ro.      (Ita.)     Proceeding  alter- 

n;itely  from  one  movement  to  another.  _ 
Alt-Gcige.   (Ger.)  The  tenor  violin. 
Alti.   (Ita.)   High  ;  the  plural  of  Alto. 
Altlsonante.    (Ita.)    Loud  sounding. 

Altlsonons.  High  sounding ;  a  term 
used  in  the  sixteenth  century  to  denote 
the  highest  of  the  parts  intended  for  the 
natural  adult  male  voice  ;  altisonant. 

Altiss.  (Ita.)  An  abbreviation  of  .-l/tMn'mo. 

Altissinto.  (Ita.)  Extremely  high  as  to 
pitch  ;  a  term  applied  to  all  notes  situated 
.above  F  in  alt ;  i.  c.,  those  notes  which  are 
more  than  an  octave  aljove  F  on  the  fiftli 
line  in  the  G,  or  treble  cleff. 

Altista.  (Itn.)  One  who  has  an  alto  or 
counter  tenor  voice. 

Altiste.  (Fre.)  One  having  an  alto  or 
counter  tenor  voice. 

Altitonans.    (Lat.)  High  sounding. 

Alto.  (Ita.)  In  vocal  music,  the  counter 
tenor,  or  highest  male  voice  ;  the  part  for 
the  tenor  in  instrumental  music. 

Alto  Cle*.  The  C  cleff  on  the  third  line 
of  the  staff  (50). 

Alto  Concertante.  (Ita.)  Tlie  tenor  of 
the  little  chorus  which  continues  through- 
out the  piece. 

Alto  Concertina.  A  concertina  having 
the  compass  of  the  viola. 

Alto  Flauto.  (Ita.)  A  tenor  flute  used 
in  bands. 

Alto  Octavo.    ( Ita.)    An  octave  higher. 

Alto  Primo.    (Ita.)    The  highest  alto. 

Alto  Rlpleuo.  (Ita.)  The  tenor  of  the 
oreat  cliorns,  which  is  porforined  at  some 
particular  place,  or  in  the  full  parts  of  a 
comjK)sition. 

Alto  Secondo.    (Ita.)    The  lowest  alto. 

Alto  Tenore.    (Ita.)    The  highest  tenor. 


ALT 


17 


AMU 


Alto  Trombone.      A  trombone  having' 
a  compass  from  the  small  c  or  e  to  the 
onc-lincd  a  or  two-lined  c,  and  noted  in 
tlie  alto  clef. 
Alto  Viola.  (Ita.)  The  counter  tenor  viol. 
Alto  Vlolino.    (Ita.)    Counter  tenor  viol, 
or  small  tenor  viol,  on  which   the  alto 
may  bo  played. 
Altra.    (Ita.)    Other ;  another. 
Others. 

Other ;  another. 
(Ita.)     Another  manner. 


(  Ger.)    The  C  clef  on  the 


Altrl.  {Ita.) 
Altro.  (/<a.) 
Altro  lUodo. 

or  mode. 
Alt-Schlnssel 

third  lin«. 

AltiES.    {Ita.)    The  upper  or  counter  tenor. 

Alt-Vlole.    {Ger.)    The  tenor  violin. 

Alt-Zelchen.  {Ger.)  The  C  cleff  on  the 
third  line. 

A  I'tJnlssoni.  {Fre.)  In  unison ;  unlsonant. 

Alzamento.  {Ita.)  An  elevating  of  the 
voice  ;  a  lifting  up. 

Alzamento  di  >Iano.  {Ita.)  To  ele- 
vate the  hand  in  beating  time. 

Alzamento  dl  Voce.  {Ita.)  To  elevate 
the  voice. 

Al.  Zop.    An  abbreviation  of  Alia  Zoppa. 

Aiuablle.    {Ita.)    Amiably. 

Amabilita.  {Ita.)  In  an  amiable  or  af- 
fectionate manner. 

Amabilita,  Con.   {Ita.)  With  amiability. 

A  Major.  That  key,  in  modern  music,  in 
which  the  sixth  diatonic  tone  is  assumed 
as  the  fundamental  tone  of  the  major  key. 

Amarevole.  {Ita.)  Affectionately;  ami- 
ably. 

Amarezza.  {Ita.)  Bitterness  and  afQic- 
tion. 

Amarezza,  Con.     {Ita.)    With  sorrow. 

Amateur.  One  versed  in,  or  a  lover  of, 
music,  but  not  engaged  in  it  as  a  profes- 
sion. 

Amateur  Concert.  A  performance  of 
music  by  a  person  or  persons  skilled  in 
music,  but  not  regularly  engaged  in  the 
profession. 

Amati.  Xame  applied  to  violins  made  by 
the  brothers  Amati,  in  Italy,  about  \  he  year 
1C)50,  and  much  esteemed  by  amateurs. 
They  are  rather  smaller  than  violins  of 
the  present  day,  and  are  easily  recognized 
by  their  peculiar  sweetness  of  tone. 

Amnntes.  Persons  who  composed  the 
songs  and  plsiys  with  wliich  the  Incas  of 
I'eni  in  ancient  times  amused  their  sub- 
jects on  festive  occasions. 

Ambitus.  {Lat.)  A  word  once  used  to  i 
signify  the  distance  between  the  highest 
and  lowest  notes. 

Ambo.  {Lat.)  The  desk  at  which  the 
canons  were  sung  in  the  early  ages. 

Ambon.    {Fre.)    The  ambo. 

Ambrosian  CHant.      The   chant   intro- 
duced by  St.  Ambrose  into  the  church  at 
Milan,  in  the  fourth  century. 
2* 


Ambrosianng  Cantns.    (Lett.)   Ambr\ 

sian  Chant. 
Ambubaje.    The  name  of  a  society  of 

strolling  flute-players  among  the  ancient 

Greeks. 
Ame.    {Fre.)    The  Bonnd-post  of  a  violin, 

tenor,  &c. 
Amen.    {Ueb.)    So  be  it ;  truly  ;  verily ;  a 

word  used  as  a   termination  to  psalms, 

hymns,  <ind  other  sacred  music. 
Amen  Cborus.    A  chorus  in  which  the 

word  Amen  forms  the  principal  theme. 
Ameno.    {Ita.)    Pleasing  ;  sweet ;  charm- 


Amenochord.  An  instrument  resembling 

a  harpsichord  and  piano  forte. 
American  Fingering.    The  use  of  the 
Bign  X  *<>  indicate  the  thumb  in  piano 
playing,  in  distinction  from  the  German 
or  foreign  fingering,  in  which  the  thumb 
is  callea  the  first  finger. 
A  Mezza  Aria.    {Ita.)   A  melody  of  mod- 
erate compass  ;  a  style  partly  recitative. 
A  Mezza  dl  Voce.    {Ita.)    In  a  soft,  sub- 
dued tone ;  a  swell  of  the  voice. 
A  Mezzo  Manico.    {Ita)    In  violin  play- 
ing, the  placing  of  the  hand  near  the  mid- 
dle of  the  neck. 
A  Mezzo  Voce.  {Ita.)    In  a  soft,  subdued 

tone. 
Amflmacro.    {Spa.)    An  amphimacer. 
Amlsll.    ( Tern.)    The  voice. 
Ammaestratore.    {Ita.)    An  instructor. 
Ammaestratrice.  {Ita.)  An  instructress. 
Ammodulato.    {Ita.)    Tuned. 
A  Moll.    {Ger.)    The  key  of  A  minor. 
A  Molto  Cori.    {Ita.)    Full  choruses;  a 

collection  of  choruses. 
Amore.    {Ita.)    In  a  tender,  gentle  style. 
Amore,  Con.     {Ita.)     With   tenderness 

and  delicacy. 
Amorevole.    {Ita.)    Soft ;  gentle  ;  tender 

as  relates  to  style. 
Amore volmente.    {Ita.)    With  extreme 

•liTeetion. 
A  Morlsco.    {Ita.)    In  the  style  of  the 

Moorish  or  Morris  dance, 
Amorosamente.    {Ita.)    In  a  tender  and 

affectionate  manner. 
!  Amoroso.    {Ita.)    To  be  performed  in  a 
soft,  delicate  style. 
Amor-Scliall.      An   Instrument   of    the 

harpsii-hord  and  piano  forte  class. 
Amonslkos.  {Gr/c.)  Unniusiciil ;  a  term  of 
reproach  among  the  ancient  Greeks,  im- 
plying a  deficiency  of  natural  tirmuess  in 
the  organs  of  sound,  or  of  their  proper 
cultivation. 
Ampliibrach.   A  metrical  foot  consisting 
of  three  svllables  or  tones,  the  middle  one 
long,  or  aiwented,  and  the  others  short,  or 
unaccented. 
Amphimacer.    {Grk.)     A  metrical  foot 
of  three  syllables  or  tones,  the  middle  one 
short,  or  unaccented,  the  others  long,  or 
accented. 


ANA 


18 


ANG 


A.ina*eineut.  A  light,  pleasing-  composi- 
tion, employed  in  a  course  of  study  as  an 
exercise. 

Anacamptle.  (Ork.)  The  name  given 
by  the  ancient  Greeks  to  sounds  produced 
by  reflection,  as  in  echoes. 

Anacainptos.  ^Grk.)  A  course  of  ret- 
rograde or  reflected  notes  ;  notes  proceed- 
ing downwards,  or  from  acute  to  grave. 

Anaclastlc  Glass.  A  thin  glass  vinl  of 
the  form  of  a  tunnel,  liaving  a  very  large 
bottom,  which  is  made  convex  or  con- 
cave by  an  application  of  the  performer's 
mouth  to  the  oriflce,  and  blowing  or  draw- 
ing the  air,  the  passing  from  one  form  to 
another  being  productive  of  a  very  loud 
noise. 

Anacreontic.  (.Grk.)  In  a  bacchanalian, 
free  and  easy  style  ;  a  verse  consisting  of 
three  feet  and  a  half  foot,  the  first  a 
spondee,  iambus,  or  anapest,  the  others 
usually  iambuses  or  spondees. 

Anaftl.  {Spa.)  A  musical  pipe  used  by 
the  Moors. 

Anafllero.  {Spa.)  A  player  on  the  anafil. 

Anag^aza.    {Spa.)    A  bird-call. 

Analyse.    {Fre.)    An  analysis. 

Aualyzation.  The  division  of  a  musical 
composition  into  its  chords  or  parts  for 
the  purpose  of  examining  each,  and  nseer- 
taiiiing  the  manner  of  the  coustructiou  of 
the  piece. 

Ananes.  (Grk.)  The  modes  or  tones  of 
the  ancient  Greek  church. 

Anapest.  {Grk.)  A  metrical  foot  consist- 
ing of  two  short  or  unaccented  syllnblea 
or  tones,  followed  by  one  long  or  accented 
tone. 

Anapesto.    {Spa.)    An  anapest. 

Anaphora.  An  old  term  denoting  the 
immediate  repetition  of  a  passage. 

Anborung.    (Ger.)     Hearing. 

Anclie.  {Fre.)  The  reed  or  mouth-piece 
of  the  clarinet,  oboe,  or  of  any  other  in- 
strument formed  of  tubes  or  pipes. 

Anclie  d'Orgne.  {Fre.)  A  reed  stop  of 
an  organ. 

Ancher.  {Fre.)  To  reed  a  musical  instru- 
ment. 

Ancia.  {Ita.)  The  reed  of  the  oboe,  bas- 
soon, &c. 

Ancient  Flute.  An  instniment  composed 
of  two  tulies  with  a  mouth-piece  attaclied. 

Ancient  Modes.  The  modes  or  scales 
of  the  ancient  Greeks  and  Komans. 

Ancient  Nig^natures.  A  term  given  to 
a  deviation  produced  when,  instead  of  the 
complete  series  of  sharps  or  flats  of  tiie 
signature,  the  last  sharp  or  flat  is  sup- 
pressed, and  inserted  as  an  accidental 
when  requisite. 

Ancllla.  {Lat.)  Sacred  shields  on  which 
the  ancient  Greeks  beat  the  time  of  their 
music  at  public  festivals. 

Ancora.    ( Ita.)  Once  more ;  repeat  again. 

yVncora  da  Capo.  (Ita.)  From  the  com- 
mencement again. 


Andacht.    ( Ger.)    Devotion. 

AndficHtlff .    ( Ger.)    Devout. 

Andainento.  {/ta.)  An  accessory  ides 
which  tlie  composer  introduces  in  a  fugue 
to  relieve  the  subject  and  its  answers,  and 
to  produce  variety. 

Andante.  {Ita.)  A  slow  and  distinct 
movement ;  a  performance  not  having  any 
prominent  or  peculiar  feature. 

Andante  AlTettuoso.  (Ita.)  Slow,  and 
with  much  pathos. 

Andante  Amabile.  An  andante  ex- 
pressive of  alfeclion. 

Andante  Cantabile.  (Ita.)  Slow,  and 
in  a  pleasing,  melodious  style. 

Andante,  Con  Moto.    (Ita.)    Slow,  but 

faster  than  andante. 
Andante  Grazioso.     (Ita.)     Slow,  but 

gracefully. 
Andante  liargo.    (Ita.)    Slow,  distinct, 

and  exact. 

Andante  Maestoso,    (Ita.)    Slow,  and 

with  majesty. 
Andante,    ma    non    troppo,    e    con 

Tristezza     (Ita.)    Not    too    slow,    but 

with  pathos. 
Andante,  non  troppo.     (Ita.)     Slow, 

but  not  in  excess. 
Andante  Pastorale.     (^Ita.)     Slow,  in 

a  simple  and  pastoral  style. 
Andante,  piu  tosto  Allef^etto.  (Ita.) 

Andante,  or  rather  allegretto. 
Andante,    qnasi     Alleg^retto.      (Ita.) 

Andante,  nearly  as  rapid  as  allegretto. 
Andantino.    (Ita.)    A  little  slower  than 

andante. 
Andantino    Sostennte    e    Sempltce- 

mente,  il  Canto  un  poco  pin  Vorte. 

(ltd.)     In  a   sustained  and   sini])le   stylo, 

with  the  melody  somewhat  louder   than 

the  other  notes. 
Andao,    An  abbreviation  of  Andantino, 
Androides.     Musical    automaton    figures 

so  constructed  as  to  perform  on  niusioal 

instruments. 

Andte.    An  abbreviation  of  Andante. 

Aneancs.  (Grk.)  The  modes  and  tones 
of  the  ancient  Greeks. 

Aneniochord.    (Grk.)    ^Tiolian  harp. 

Anfang^.     {Ger.)    Commencement. 

Anf  anger.    ( Ger.)    Beginner. 

Anfangsgmnde.  (Ger.)  The  elements 
or  principles. 

Anfangs  RItornell.  (Ger.)  An  intro- 
ductory symphony  to  an  air,  &c. 

Anfibraco.    (Spa.)    Amphibrach. 

Anfuliregespan.    (Ger.)    Teacher. 

Anf  nbrer.  ( Ger.)  Conductor  j  director ; 
guide. 

Angellqne.  (Fre.)  Angelot,  an  instru- 
ment ot  the  lute  kind. 

Angelot.    A  musical   instrument  having 

some  resemblance  to  the  lute. 
Angemessenu    (Ger.)    Suitable. 


ANG 


19 


ANT 


An^klonng.  (Jar.)  A  rude  instrument 
of  the  Javauese,  made  of  different  lengths 
of  bamboo,  fastened  to  a  strip  of  wood. 

Anglaise.  {Fre.)  A  tune  adapted  for  a 
country  dance  ;  in  the  English  style. 

Angoaclosamente.  {Ita.)  Anxiously ; 
apprehensively. 

Ansstllclk.    {Ger.)    Timid. 

Anlialtend.    (Ger.)    Holding  out. 

Aniialtende  Cadenz.  (Ger.)  A  pedal 
note  or  organ  point. 

Anhang.  ( Ger.)  An  adjunctive  member 
to  a  musical  sentence  ;  a  species  of  coda. 

Anhitnglich..    ( Ger.)    Attached. 

Auhiingllclikelt.     ( Ger.)    Attachment. 

Antma.  {fta.)  In  an  animated  manner; 
lively  ;  spirited  ;  the  sound-box  of  an  in- 
strument. 

Anlma,  Con.    (/to.)   With  animation  and 

feeling. 
Anima  di    Iffasica.     (fta.)     Animated 

music ;  to  perform  with  full  power  and 
.  feeling. 
Animas.    (Spa.)    The  ringing   of  a  liell 

in  the  Roman  Catholic  church  for  prayers 

for  souls  in  purgatory. 

Antmato.  (Ita.)  Performed  with  bold- 
ness and  spirit. 

Anime.    {Fre.)    Animated. 

Antmo.  (fta.)  Animated ;  in  a  lively, 
spirited  manner. 

Anlmo,  Con.    (Ita.)    With  boldness. 

Anlmoso.   {Ita.)   In  an  animated  manner. 

Anlversario.  (Spa.)  A  mass  celebrated 
on  the  anniversary  of  a  person's  death. 

Anklang.  (Ger.)  Sound  produced  by  the 
collision  of  sonorous  bodies  ;  intonation. 

Anklingeln.    (Ger.)  To  tingle  or  tinkle. 

Anklingen.    ( Ger.)    To  accord. 

Anlage.  ( Ger.)  The  plan  or  outline  of  a 
composition. 

Anleituuff.    (Ger.)    An  introduction. 

Anmutb.    ( Ger.)    AgreeableneSs. 

Anntuthig.    (Ger.)    Agreeable. 

Annnlalre.    (Fre.)    Third  finger. 

Anomalies.  False  scales  or  intervals, 
which  exist  in  keyed  instruments,  from 
their  being  incapable  of  a  true  and  perfect 
temperament. 

^Lnomalous.  The  third  of  the  diatonic 
dissonant  triad,  sometimes  flattened  and 
Bometimes  sharpened,  thus  forming  al- 
tered triads,  termed  by  the  Germans 
anomalous. 

Anomalous  CKord.  A  chord  in  which 
some  intervals  are  greater  or  less  than 
those  of  the  fundamental  chord. 

Anomalous  Triads.    Altered  triads. 

Anoner.  (Fre.)  To  perform  in  a  hesi- 
tating manner. 

Ansatz.  (Ger.)  The  mouth-piece  of  a 
wind  instrument. 

Anschlag.  (Ger.)  The  percussion  of  a 
discord. 


Ansprache.    (Ger.)    Intonation. 
Anstimmen.    (Ger.)    To  begin  to  singi 

to  sound  an  instrument. 
Anstlmmung.  ( Ger.)  Intonation;  tuning. 
Ans-vrer.      To    act    reciprocally,    as    the 

strings  of  an  instrument  to  the  hand ;  a 

reverberated  sound  ;  an  echo. 

Antecedent.    Tlie  subject  of  a  fiigue,  or 

of  a  point  of  imitation. 
Ante-Chapel.   Tliat  portion  of  the  chapel 

leading  to  the  choir. 
Anth..    An  abbreviation  of  Anthem. 

Anthem.  A  vocal  composition  in  the  ia- 
crcd  style,  the  words  of  which  are  gen- 
erally selected  from  the  Psalms. 

Anthema.  (Grk.)  A  dance  practised 
much  by  the  Grecians,  in  which  they  sang 
wlij'e  dancing. 

Anthem,  Choral.  An  anthem  in  a  sim- 
ple, slow,  measured  style,  in  the  manner 
of  a  choral. 

Anthem,  Full.  An  anthem  consisting 
wholly  of  chorus. 

Anthem,  Instrumental.  An  anthem 
furnished  with  accompaniments  for  vari- 
ous instruments. 

Anthem,  Solo.  An  anthem  consisting  of 
solos  and  choruses,  without  verse. 

Anthem,  Verse.  An  anthem  containing 
verse  and  chorus,  but  beginning  in  verse. 

Anthem,  Verse  and  Chorus.     An  an- 

tliem  consisting  of  verse  and  chorus,  but 

beginning  in  chorus. 
Anthem-wlse.    In  the  style  of  anthem 

singing. 
Antibracchius.  A  metrical  foot  of  three 

syllables,  the  first  two  long,  or  accented, 

the  last  short,  or  unaccented. 
Anticipating  Grace.    An  embellishing 

note    which    forestalls     the    succeeding 

note. 
Anticipation.    The  taking  of  a  note  or 

chord  previous  to  its  natural  and  expected 

place. 

Anticipazione.  (Ita.)  The  introduction 
into  a  chord  of  any  note  or  notes  which 
are  to  form  a  part  of  the  chord  immedi- 
ately following ;  the  action  of  the  voice 
or  finger,  by  which  a  following  note  is 
sounded  before  its  regular  time. 

Antieo,  All'.    (Ita.)    In  the  ancient  style. 

Antienne,    (Fre.)    Anthem. 

Antifona.     (Ita.  and  Spa.)    Antfccm. 

Antlfonal.    (Spa.)    A  book  of  anthems. 

Antifonario.  (Ita.  and  Spa.)  Anthem 
book ;  singer. 

Antifonero.    (Spa.)    A  precentor. 

Antifoni  Suoni.  (Ita.)  Notes  which, 
though  distant  one  or  more  octaves  from 
one  another,  are  yet  alternate  concords 
among  themselves. 

Anti-Husical.  Opposed  to  music  ;  hav- 
ing no  ear  for  music. 

Antlpasto.  (Spa.)  A  foot  of  Latin  verse 
consisting  of  four  syllables,  the  first  and 


ANT 


20 


APP 


last  of  which  are  short,  and  the  second 

and  third  long. 
Antipliona.    ( Grk.)    An  anthem. 
Antiphonal.   Relating'  to  antiphony  ;  the 

chantinfj  of  Scripture ;  a  book  of  anthems  ; 

an  antiplionary. 
Antlphonar.    An  antiphonary. 

Antiplaonarium.  A  rolumc  containing 
tlie  responses  made  by  one  side  of  the 
choir  to  the  chants  of  the  otlier. 

Antiphonary.  A  service  book  of  the 
Catholic  church  in  which  tlio  antiphonies 
were  written  ;  a  respousory. 

Antlphonc.  {Grk.)  Responses  made  by 
one  part  of  the  choir  to  another,  or  by  the 
con^ref^ation  to  the  priest,  in  the  Roman 
Catholic  service  ;  in  Greek  music,  the  in- 
terval of  the  octave  whose  ratio  is  half. 

Antlplionel.  N.i-.ne  given  by  Debain  to  an 
automaton  pianist  contrived  by  him. 

Antlplionier.  (Fre.)  A  book  of  an- 
thems ;  antiphonal. 

Antiplionlziiis.     Singing  in  octaves. 

Antiphoits.  Dialogues  on  pacred  sub- 
JL'cts,  chanted  by  the  choirs  of  the  early 
Christian  church. 

AntipUonjr.  Short  passages,  sometimes 
taken  from  the  Scripture,  chanted  or  sung 
at  religious  festivals  by  each  side  of  the 
choir  alternately  ;  a  response. 

Antistrofa.    (Sj^a.)    An  ancient  d:ince. 

Anttstroplie.  Grk.)  The  second  couplet 
of  tlie  periods  of  tlie  ancient  Greek  odes  ; 
that  jiart  oi'  a  song  or  dance  performed  by 
turning  from  left  to  right  in  opposition  to 
the  strophe,  which  was  from  right  to 
left. 

AntOnen.    ( Ger.)    To  begin  to  sound. 

Aiitromineln.  (Ger.)  To  begin  to 
drum. 

Antrompeten.    ( Ger.)    To  trumpet. 

An-waclisend.    {Ger.)    Increasing. 

A  Otto  Vocl.    (Ita.)    For  eight  voices. 

Apa^^ador.  (Spa.)  A  piece  of  cloth 
placed  on  the  jack  of  a  harpsichord  to 
deaden  the  echo  of  the  chords. 

Apagar  la  Voz.  {Spa.)  To  put  a  mute 
on  a  stringed  instrument. 

A  Parte.    {Ita.)    On  the  side  of. 

A  Parte  Egnale.  (Ita.)  A  term  used  to 
designate  'two  or  more  performers  who 
sustain  an  equally  difficult  and  important 
part;  any  musical  performance  where  the 
voices  or  instruments  are  equally  promi- 
nent. 

A  Passo  a  Pasao.  {Tta.)  Step  by  step  ; 
slowly  ;  regularly. 

Apelde.  {Spn.)  The  morning  bell  in  a 
i'ranciscau  convent. 

Aperto.  {!tr.)  Open  ;  an  adjective  some- 
times used  to  indicate  th«  employment  of 
tlie  damper  pedal. 

Apertus.   {Lat.)   An  open  canon. 

Aphonous.    Being  destitute  of  voice. 

Aphony.    A  loss  of  voice. 


A  Placere.    {Ita.)  At  the  pleasure  of  the 

performer. 
A    Piaetmento.     {Tta.)     Subject  to  the 

taste  of  the  performer. 
Apicnl.    {Ita.)    A  term  applied  to  those 

sounds  whicli  arc  distant  one  or  more 

octaves,  and  yet  concordant. 
A  piena  Orcliestra.    {Ita.)    For  a  full 

orclicstra. 
A  Pino.    {Spn.)    Upright;  a  term  applied 

to  bells  turned  half  round  in  ringing. 

A  Ploinb.  {Fre.)  With  exactitude  as  to 
time  ;  firmly  and  energetically  ;  with  em- 
phasis and  precision. 

A  Poco  a  Poco.    {Ita.)  By  degrees. 

A  Poco  plu  liento.  (Ita.)  A  little 
slower. 

A  Poco  pin  Mosso.  {Ita.)  A  little 
quicker }  with  briskness. 

Apolllno.  {Grk.)  A  harmonic  contrivance 
combining  the  tones,  characteristics,  and 
powers  of  eight  different  kinds  of  instru- 
ments, and  capiible  of  playing  them  iudl- 
viclually  or  collectively. 

Apollo.  {Grk.)  In  ancient  mythologv,  the 
go  1  of  tiie  lyre,  and  said  to  bo  the  in- 
ventor of  music. 

Apollonicon.  Name  given  to  a  very 
l:irge  organ  bnilt  i:i  Lonloii  in  i.s  2,  de- 
signed to  hj  played  by  five  perlbrmers  at 
tlie  same  tim<',  or  by  machinery. 

Apopemptic.  A  farewell  hymn,  anciently 
sung  to  a  stranger  about  to  return  to  his 
own  country. 

Apopemptic  Strains.  Songs  or  hymns 
among  tlie  ancients  addressed  to  the  gods 
on  consecrated  days. 

Apotome.  {Grk.)  The  remaining  part  of 
an  entire  tone,  after  a  greater  semitone 
has  been  taken  from  it. 

Apotome  Major.  {Grk.)  The  enhar- 
monic quarter  of  a  tone  ;  an  ancient  inter- 
val corresponding  to  the  enharmonic  di- 
esis. 

Apotome  9flnor.  {Grk.)  An  interval 
smaller  than  that  denominated  .Apotome 
Major. 

Apotropoea.  (Grk.)  Verses  or  hymns 
composed  by  the  ancients  for  the  purpose 
of  averting  the  wrath  of  incensed  dei- 
ties. 

Appasslonatamente.  {Ita.)  With  in- 
tense expression. 

Appasslonamento.  {Ita.)  With  deep 
leeling. 

Appassionato.  {Ita.)  Intensely  and  feel- 
ingly. 

Appeau.  Tones  which  resemble  the  war- 
bling oi  birds. 

Appel.    ( Fre.)    A  call  of  the  drum. 

Appenato.    {.'ta.)   With  concern  or  grief. 

Appllcatur.  (Ger.)  \  position  er  shift 
on  tiie  violin,  violoncello.  <tc. 

Apposrglato.  {Ita)    Dwelt,  leaned  upon. 

Appoggiatara.   ( Ita.)   A  note  of  embel- 


APP 


21 


ARE 


lishmcnt  generally  written  small,  intended 
to  soJteu  and  sniooth  the  eflect  of  certaia 
distances,  and  by  causin"'  the  dwelling 
upon  a  note  of  any  chord  to  retard  tlio 
completion  of  the  subsequent  harmony ; 
a  fore  note  ;  a  leaning  note  (04). 

■^PPO^j?^***'^!  Compotuid.     An  ap- 

pognjiatura  consisting  of  two  or  more 
small  notes  (fvl). 

Appoggiatiira,I>oable.  Aunionoftwo 
short  appog'giaturas. 

-A-Pposgiatwra,  Greater.  The  long  ap- 
poggiatura. 

Appoggiatura,  Inferior.  An  appog- 
giatura  situated  one  degree  below  its  prin- 
cipal note  ((H). 

Appo^glatnra,  X^esser.  The  short  ap- 
poggiatura. 

Appoggiatura,  Liong.  An  nppoggiatu- 
ra  consisting  of  a  single  note  forming  a 
part  of  the  melody,  its  length  being  deter- 
mined by  the  value  of  the  succeeding  note. 
It  borrows  half  the  lengtli  of  the  next 
note,  and  is  always  accented. 

Appo^giatura,  Short.  An  appoggia- 
tura  idrmcd  of  one  or  more  notes  played 
mthout  regard  to  the  value  of  the  next 
note,  though  governed  somewhat  by  the 
chariicter  of  the  piece. 

Appoggiatnra,  Superior.  An  appo^- 
giatura  placed  one  degree  above  its  princi- 
pal note  (64). 

Appoggiatnre.  {Ita.)  An  appoggia- 
tura. 

Apprise.  A  sign  placed  to  direct  the  eye 
from  the  last  note  of  a  staff  to  the  first  of 
the  succeeding  one  ;  a  direct  (114). 

Apre.    (Fre.)    Harsh. 

Aprement.    (Fre.)    Harshly 

Aprete.    {Fre.)    Harshness. 

A  Prima  Vista.    (/<«.)    At  first  sight. 

Apuntacion.  {Spa.)  The  act  of  mark- 
ing musical  notes. 

Apuntador.     (Spa.)     A  prompter. 

Apycni.  (Grk.)  A  collective  name  of 
those  three  sounds  in  the  Greek  scale  or 
system,  which,  separately,  were  called 
proslamb<t7i()menos,  nete  symnemenon,  and 
nete  hyperholaion . 

Apycnos.  (Ork.)  Applied  to  the  diatonic 
genus  from  its  being  jjlain  and  easy,  free 
from  minute  divisions,  and  liaving  great 
or  spacious  intervals,  in  comparison  with 
the  cliromatic  and  enharmonic. 

A  Quartre  M^ains.  (Fre.)  For  four  hands  ; 
for  two  performers  on  one  pianoforte. 

A  Qaatro.  (Ita.)  For  four  voices  or  in- 
struments. 

A  Qnatro  9Ianl.    (Tta.)    For  four  hands 

or  two  players  on  one  piano. 
A  Quatro  Soli.    (Ita.)    For  four  only. 
A  Quatro  Tempi  Staccati  e  Vivace. 

(Ita.)  The  measure  in  four  parts,  to  be 
beaten  with  much  life  and  animation, 

Ar.    (Por.)    Air. 

Ararib.  ( Tern.)  A  species  of  flute  used  in 
Africa. 


Arbltrli.  (Lai.)  Certain  extemporaneous 
preludes,  or  points  introduced  by  the 
singer  while  the  accompaniment  ceases, 
and  I'rom  which  he  returns  at  his  pleasure 
to  the  subject  of  the  air. 

Arbitrio.  (Lat.)  Subject  to  the  judgment 
of  the  pcrtormer. 

Arc.  (Ita.)  The  bow;  an  abbreviation  of 
Arco. 

Arcadians.  A  people  of  Arcadia,  not 
distinguished  in  any  of  the  liberal  arts, 
except  poetry  and  music,  the  latter  be^ng 
a  stated  branch  of  their  education,  and 
under  the  special  patronage  of  the  magis- 
trates. 

Areata.    (Ita.)    Planner  of  bowing. 

Arcato.     (Ita.)    To  be  played  with   the 

bow. 
Arcli.  A  curve  formerly  placed  over  a  bass 

note  to  signify  that  it  was  accompanied 

with  the  imperfect  fifth. 
Arclx-Clianter.    The  chief  chanter  ;  the 

leader  of  the  chants. 

Arclie.  (Ger.)  The  sounding-board  of  an 
organ. 

Archeggiamento.  (Ita.)  The  manage- 
ment of  the  bow  in  playing  the  violin. 

Archeggiare.  (^Ita.)  To  use  the  bow  ; 
to  scrape  ;  to  fiddle. 

Archettlno.    (Ita.)    A  violin  bow. 

ArcUicymbal.  An  instrument  of  the 
harpsichord  and  pianoforte  class. 

Archilaud.    {Spa.)    An  archiluth. 

Archet.  (Fre.)  A  violin,  violoncello,  or 
double-bass  bow. 

Archl  liento.  (Ita.)  A  very  large  and 
long  lute  ;  the  archlute. 

Arcliiloclilan  lilne.    The  third  line  of 

an  alcaic  stanza. 
Arcliilutli.    (Fre.)    The  archlute. 

Arclilnte.  A  stringed  instrument  re- 
sembling the  theorbo,  and  by  some  con' 
sidored  synonymous  with  it, 

Archure.    (Fre.)    Drum. 

Arcbytas' Genera.  (Grk.)  One  among 
the  many  modes  which  the  Greeks  pre- 
tended to  have  of  dividing  thetetrachord, 
or  minor  fourth,  in  forming  their  scales 
of  musical  intervals. 

Arco.  (Ita.)  The  bow  ;  the  utensil  with 
which  the  violin,  viola,  viol  da  gamba, 
violoncello,  and  double  bass  are  per~ 
formed  upon  ;  in  violin  music,  a  term  de- 
noting that  the  bow  is  again  to  be  used 
instead  of  applying  the  fingers  to  the 
strings. 

Ardente.    (Ita.)    With  fire. 

Ardito.  ( Ha.)  Boldly  ;  energetically  ;  with 

emphasis. 
Ardito  dl    M^olto.    (Ita.)    "With    force  j 

passionately. 
Are.    The  note  next  preceding  the  lowest 

in  Guido's  scale. 

Aretlnian  Syllables.    The  syllables  ut, 


ARG 


22 


AKP 


re,  mi, /a,  sol,  la,  used  bv  Guklo  d'  Arezzo 
for  hia  system  of  hexacuords. 

Ar^entia.    (Fre.)    Silvcr-toncd. 

Ar^hool.  (7\ir.)  A  musical  instrument 
ot  tlie  Turlcs,  properly  called  a  double 
flute. 

Aigi'vea.  An  ancient  people  noted  for 
their  attainments  in  the  practice  of  music. 

Argnte.    An  acutcness  of  sound  ;  shrill. 

Aria.    (Tta.)    An  air  or  song. 

Aria  Bulb.  (Ita.)  A  comic  air,  or  hu- 
morous song. 

Aria  Concertata.  (Tta.)  An  air  with 
elaborate  orchestral  accompaniments ;  a 
concerted  air. 

Aria  d'  Abilita.  (Tta.)  An  air  requiring 
great  musical  ability  for  its  just  perform- 
ance. 

Aria  dl  Bravura.  (Ita.)  A  bold,  spir- 
ited !ur,  the  passages  of  which  arc  marked 
by  a  striking,  heroic  style. 

Aria  dl  Cantabile.  {fta.)  An  air  in  a 
gracelul  .ind  flowing  style  ;  elegant,  grace- 
ful, and  replete  with  feeling. 

Aria  di  Sorbetto.  (Jta.)  Pieces  sung 
by  the  second  or  third  singers  while  the 
company  partake  of  refreshments. 

Ariadne  Dance.    A  Grecian  dance. 

Ariad'Ostinazione.  (Ita.)  Obligatoairs. 

Aria  Fngata.  (Jta.)  An  air  the  accom- 
paniments to  which  are  written  in  the 
fugue  style. 

Aria  Par lante.  (Ita.)  A  species  of  can- 
tilena, the  style  of  which  lies  between 
air  and  measured  recitative  ;  a  style  of 
speaking  melody,  or  recitative  a  tempo. 

Aria  Tedesca.  (fta.)  An  air  composed 
in  the  Grerman  style  of  song. 

Aria    mid    Clior.       (Ger.)       Air    and 

chorus. 
Arie.    {Tta.  «a6  Ger.)    Airs. 
Arte  Agg^innte.    {Ita.)    Airs  added  to  or 

introduced  in  any  opera  subsequent  to  its 

first  performance. 
Arlen.    ( Ger.)    Airs. 
Arietta.    {Ita.)    A  short  air  or  melody. 
Arietta   alia  Veneziana.     {Ita.)     Airs 

in  the  style  of  the  Venetian  barcarolles. 

Ariette.    {Fre.  and  Jta.)    An  arietta;  a 

cavatiua  ;  a  small  song. 
Ariettiua.    {Ita.)    A  short  air  or  melody  ; 

au  arietta. 

Arie  nnd  Clior.    ( Ger.)    Air  and  chorus. 

A  Rigorc  del  Tempo.  {Ita.)  In  strict 
time. 

Ariosa.  {Tta.)  In  the  mOTemcnt  of  a 
common  song  or  tunc. 

Ariose.  Characterized  by  melody,  as  dis- 
tinguished from  harmony,  as,  "  Ariose 
beauty  of  Ilandel." 

Arioxe  Cantate.  A  kind  of  speaking  air, 
which,  by  introducing:  frequent  changes 
of  measure  and  manner,  first  served  to 
draw  the  line  between  air  and  recitative. 


Arioao.  (,Jta.)  In  the  style  of  an  air; 
vocal ;  melodious  ;  graceful. 

Ariatoxenns' Cienera.  Certain  modes  in- 
to which  tlie  Greek  writers  divided  their 
tetrachord,  or  minor  fourth. 

Arm.  A  small  piece  of  iron  at  the  end  of 
the  roller  of  au  organ,  in  which  is  placed 
one  of  the  hooks  belonging  to  a  tracker. 

Armazon.    {Spa.)    A  bell  frame. 

Armer  la  Clef.  (Fre.)  An  expression 
ri-lating  to  the  placing  of  the  sharps  or 
flats,  requisite  for  the  key  of  the  piece,  im. 
mediately  after  the  clef. 

Armonia.    {Ita.)    Harmony. 

Armoniaco.    {Tta.)    Harmonized. 

Armonica.  {Ita.)  Harmonious  ;  the  har- 
monica, a  musical  instrument,  invented 
by  Dr.  Franklin. 

Armonica,  Gnida.    {Tta.)    A  guide  to 

harmony. 
Armonici.    {Tta.)    Harmonic. 
Armonlco.    {Ita.)    Musical ;  barmonieal 
Armoniosamente.   {Ita.  and  Spa.)  Har 

moniously. 

Armonioso.  {Tta.  and  Spa.)  With  har 
mouy  ;  harmonious  ;  sonorous. 

Armonista.  {Ita.)  One  who  is  acquainte4 
with  the  doctrine  of  harmony. 

Armonizzameuto.  {Ita.)  Harmonious* 
ncss  ;  agreement ;  concord. 

Armonizzaute.    {Ita.)     Harmonizing. 

Armonizzare.  {Ita.)  To  harmonize ;  t'. 
make  harmony. 

Arm  Viol.  An  instrument,  answering  t<\ 
the  counter  tenor,  treble,  or  fifth  violin, 
called  by  the  Italians  lloUi  di  liraccio. 

A  Rovescio.  {Ita.)  Reversed  ;  in  an  op- 
posite direction. 

Arpa.  {Ita.  Spa.  and  For.)  A  harp. 

Arpa  d'  £olo.     ( Tta.)    An  Eolian  harp. 

Arpa  Doppia.  {Ita.)  A  donble-actioned 
harp. 

Arpador.    {Spa.)    A  harp  player. 

Arpa  Kolica.  {Ita.)    Eolian  lyre  or  harp. 

Arpe.     {Ita.)     Arpa ;  harp. 

Arpeg.    An  abbreviation  of  Arpeggio. 

Arpegement.   {Fre.)   Arpeggio  (07). 

Arpeger.    {Fre.)    To  perform  arpeggios. 

Arpeggi.   {Ita.)   Arpeggios. 

Arpeggiamento.  {Ita.)  In  the  style  of  a 
harp" ;  arpeggio. 

Arpeggiando.  {Tta.)  A  word  implyinff 
that"^the  notes  of  a  chord  must  be  played 
in  quick  succession,  generally  from  the 
lowest  note  to  the  highest,  in  imituUon  of 
the  liarp. 

Arpeggiateljr.    Harp-like. 

Arpeggiato.  {Ita.)  This  term  implies 
that  the  passasje,  or  movement,  against 
whi<-h  it  is  placed,  is  to  be  performed  in 
the  style  of  harp  music. 

Arpeggiatara.  {Tta.)  A  term  applied  ta 


ARP 


23 


ASS 


those  passages  which,  by  taking  the  notes 
of  the  harmony  in  succession,  are  imita- 
tive of  harp  music. 

Arpeggio.  {Jta.)  A  rapid  sue«cssion  of 
the  several  notes  composing  any  chord 
(67). 

Arpeggio  Accompaniment.  An  ac- 
companiment, the  passages  of  which 
chiefly  consist  of  the  notes  of  the  several 
chorcfs,  taken  in  returning  successions. 

Arpicordo.    {Ua.)    Harpsichord. 

Arpio.    An  abbreviation  of  Arpeggio. 

Arpista.  (Ita.  and  Spa.)  A  harper  ;  min- 
strel. 

Arp'o.  An  abbreviation  of  Arpeggiato, 
and  of  Arpeggio. 

Arqueada.  (Spa.)  A  stroke  of  a  violin 
bow. 

Arr.  An  abbreviation  of  Arranged  and 
Arrangement. 

Arrang.  An  abbreviation  of  Arranged 
and  Arrangement. 

Arrangement.  That  extension,  or  selec- 
tion and  disposal,  of  tlie  movements  and 
parts  of  a  composition,  whicli  fit  and  ac- 
commodate it  to  the  powers  of  some 
instrument  or  instruments  for  which  it 
was  not  originally  designed. 

Arrendajo.    (Spa.)    A  buiToou. 

Arrhythmy.    Want  of  rhythm. 

Arrullo.  (Spa.)  A  song  to  lull  infants  to 
sleep. 

Ars  Canendl.    (Lat.)  The  art  of  singing. 

Ars  Coraponentis.  (Lat.)  The  art  of 
composing. 

Arsis.  (Lat.)  The  raising  of  the  hand  in 
beating  time  ;  metrical  accentuation. 

Ars  Mnsica.   (Lat.)   The  art  of  music. 

Art  de  I'Archet.  (Fre.)  The  art  of 
bowing. 

Articolare.  (Ita.)  To  articulate  distinctly 

each  note. 

Articulate.  To  utter  distinct,  separate 
tones,  modified  by  inflection  and  accent ; 
to  sing  witti  distinctness  and  a  clear  enun- 
ciation of  each  sound. 

Articulately.  In  an  articulate  manner  ,- 
clearly  ;  distinctly. 

Articulation.  A  distinct  and  accurate 
expres.sion,  giving  to  every  syllable  and 
sound  a  truthful  and  perspicuous  utter- 
ance. 

Articulate.  (Ha.)  To  be  enounced  with 
distinct  articulation. 

Artificial.  Not  natural ;  a  term  applied 
to  any  note  or  chord  when  chromatics  arc 
introtluccd  with  it. 

Artificial  Compound.  A  mixture  of 
several  different  sounds,  each  of  which 
may  be  recognized  as  distinct  from  the 
Others. 

Artificial  ITarmony.  Combinations 
which,  though  discordant,  are  allowable, 
as  bearing  some  relation  to  the  triad,  or 
•ommon  chord  of  the  fundamcutal  note. 


Artificial  Scale.  A  scale  la  which  there 
are  tiats  and  sharps  in  contradistinction  to 
the  natural  scale,  which  contains  neither 
fiats  nor  sharps. 

Artikuliren.    ( Ger.)  To  articulate. 

Artiste.  (Fre.)  Artist ;  one  skilled  in  the 
performance  of  music. 

Art,  Xnsical.  One  of  the  liberal  arts  j 
the  ability  to  execute  vocal  or  instru- 
mental music. 

Art  of  Music.  The  practice  of  music,  in 
distinction  from  the  tlieory,  the  latter 
being  a  science. 

Arzillo.    (Ita.)    Lively;  sprightly. 

As.     (Ger.)     A-flat. 

Asamlilea.  (Spa.)  A  drum-beat  to  call 
soldiers  together. 

Ascending.  Passing  from  one  note  to 
another  more  acute. 

Asclepiad.  (Grh.)  A  verse  of  four  feet, 
the  first  of  which  is  a  spondee,  the  second 
a  choriamb,  and  the  last  two  dactyls  ;  or 
of  four  feet  and  a  cesura,  the  first  a  spon- 
dee, the  second  a  dactyl,  then  a  cesura 
followed  by  two  dactyls. 

Asclepiadeo.    (Spa.)   An  asclepiad. 

Ascoltatore.  (Ita.)  An  auditor  ;  a  hearer. 

Asculee.  ( Grk.)  A  name  applied  by  the 
ancients  to  those  who  professed  to  per- 
form on  the  organ. 

As  Dnr.  ( Ger.)  A-flat  major. 

A  Sei.    (Ita.)    For  six. 

Asheor.  (Heb.)  A  ten-stringed  instru- 
ment of  the  Hebrews. 

Asmatograpliy.      The    art    of    writing 

songs. 
As  Moll.   (Ger.)  A-flat  minor. 
Asor.    An  ancient  instrument  very  much 

resembling  the  quadrangular  lyre. 

Asperges  Me.  (Lat.)  The  commencement 
of  the  mass  in  the  Catholic  service. 

Aspiracion.  (Spa.)  Aspiration;  a  short 
pause  in  singing. 

Asprezza.   (Ita.)  Dryly;  with  coarseness 

or  harshness. 
Assai.  (Ita.)  Very ;  in  a  high  degree. 
Assa    Tibia    Canere.     (Lat.)    Without 

a  chorus. 

Assaying.  A  flourish  on  the  instrument 
before  the  commencement  of  a  piece,  to 
determine  whether  it  is  in  tune. 

Assembly.  In  military  service,  the  second 
beatin<>-  of  a  drum  before  a  march,  when 
the  soldiers  strike  their  tents. 

Assoluto.  Alone  ;  one  voice ;  without  ac- 
companiment. 

Assonant.    A  similarity  of  sound. 

Assonate.    To  sound  or  ring  like  a  bell. 

Assono.  (Lat.)  Assonate ;  to  sound  like 
a  bell. 

Aasourdir.    (Fre.)  To  muffle. 

Assourdissant.  (Fre.)  Deafening;  stun' 
ning. 


ASU 


24 


AUF 


A  Sno  Arbltiio.  {Ita.)  Ad  libitum  ;  at 
will  as  to  time,  the  choice  of  the  degree  of 
movement  being  lelt  to  the  performer. 

A  Suo  Bene  Plactmeuto.  (Itii.)  An  old 

term  signifying  at   the  pleusure  of  the 

performer. 
A  Suo  Bene  Plaelto.    (Ita.)    Kay  be 

varied  at  the  pleasure  of  the  performer. 
A  Sno  Comntodo.    (.Ita.)    At  the  discre- 
tion of  tlic  perlbrmer  as  to  time. 
Asynartete  Verse.   A  verse  consisting  of 

two  members  having  different  rhythms. 
A.  T.    The  initials  oT  A  Tempo. 
Atabal.    (Spa.)    A  kettle-drum ;  a  kind  of 

tabor  used  by  the  Jews. 
Atabalear.    (Spa.)    To  imitate  the  noise 

of  kettle-drums. 
Atabalejo.    (Spa.)    A  sm.all  kettle-drum. 
Atabalero.  (Spa.)  A  kettle-drum  player. 
Atabalillo.    (Spa.)    Small  kettle-drum. 

A  Table  Sec.  (Fre.)  The  practice  of  vocal 
exercises  unaccompanied  by  an  instru- 
ment. 

Atellanns.  (Lat.)  A  style  of  comedy 
originating  in  AtcUa,  a  city  of  Campania, 
consisting  mostly  of  lascivious  songs. 

A  Tern.  (Ita.)  An  abbreviation  of  A 
Tempo. 

A  Temp.  (Ita.)  Abbreviation  of  ^  Tempo. 

A  Tempo.  (Ita.)  In  time  ;  a  term  used  to 
denote  that  after  some  short  relaxation  or 
deviation  in  the  time,  the  performer  must 
return  to  the  original  degree  of  move- 
ment. 

A  Tempo  dell'  Allegro.  (Ita.)  In  the 
time  allegro  ;  a  quick  movement. 

A  Tempo  di  Ciavotta.  (Ita.)  In  the 
time  of  a  gavot ;  moderately  quick. 

A  Tempo  Oiusto.  (Ita.)  la  strict  and 
equal  time ;  in  a  manner. 

A  Tempo  Ordinario.  (Ita.)  In  an  ordi- 
nary or  moderate  degree  of  movement. 

Athembolen.  (Ger.)  Breathing ;  respi- 
ration. 

Atbmen.   ( Ger.)  To  blow  softly. 

Atlplar.  (Spa.)  To  render  a  sound 
more  acute ;  to  grow  very  sharp. 

A  Ton  Basse.  (Fre.)  In  a  low  tone  of 
voice. 

A  Tre.  (Ita.)  For  three  voices  or  instru- 
ments. 

A  Tre  Soli.  (Ita.)  For  three  solo  voi- 
ces. 

A  Tre  Soprani.  (Ita.)   For  three  trebles. 

Atril.   (Spa.)  A  missal  stand. 

A  Trois.    (Fre.)    I-^or  throe  performers. 

A  Trois  Mains.  (Fre.)  For  three 
hands. 

A  Trontpa  Tanida.  (Spa.)  At  the  sound 
of  the  trumpet. 

Attable.  (I've.)  A  sort  of  a  Moorish 
drum. 

■Attacca.  (Ita.)  Implies  that  the  performer 


must  directly  commence   the   following 
movement. 

Attacca  I'Allegro.  (Ita.)  The  allegro  is 
immediately  to  follow. 

Attacca  Subito.  (Ita.)  Commence  the 
movement  that  follows. 

Attempered  System.  A  system  of  tem- 
perament founded  on  the  diminution  of 
some  intervals,  and  the  augmentation  of 
others. 

Attendant  Keys.  The  relative  key  ;  the 
key  of  the  dominant  and  its  relative,  and 
of  tiie  subdomiuant  and  its  relative. 

Attibbel.   (  Tern.)  A  drum. 

Attillatamente.  (Ita.)  With  affecta- 
tion. 

Atto.  (Ita.)  An  act ;  a  division  of  an  ora- 
torio, opera,  or  play. 

Atto  di  Cadenza.  (Ita.)  A  disposition 
of  tlie  parts  wiiich  indicates  a  cadenc«; 
as  when,  at  the  end  of  a  strain,  the  bass 
rises  a  fourth  or  falls  a  fifth. 

Atto  Primo.  (Ita.)  Act  tlie  first. 

Atto  Secundo.   (Ita.)  Act  the  second. 

Atto  Terio.  (Ha.)    Act  the  third. 

Attori.  (Ita.)  The  principal  male  singers  in 
an  opera  or  oratorio. 

Attrice.  (Ita.)  The  principal  female  singer 
in  an  opera  or  oratorio. 

Aubade.  (Fre.)  A  morning  concert  given 
in  the  open  air. 

Au  Commencement.  (Fre.)  At  the  be- 
ginning. 

Audace.    Bold  ;  spirited  ;  audacious. 

Audace,  Con.   (Ita.)   AVith  boldness. 

Andibility.    Capability  of  being  heard. 

Auf .  ( Ger.)  On  ;  upon ;  at :  to  ;  up. 

Auf  Blasen.      (Ger.)     To  sound  a  wind 

iustruinent. 
Auf  dem  Clariere  Spielen.   (Ger.)  To 

play  on  the  piano. 

Auf  dem  Klavier  Trommeln.     ( Ger.) 

To  drum  on  a  piano. 
Anf  der  Trommel  '^Virbcln.  (Ger.)  To 

boat  on  tlie  drum. 
Auf  der  Trompete  Blasen.   (Ger.)  To 

play  on  tlie  trumpet. 
Auf  einem  Trommeln.   (Ger.)  To  beat 

tlie  drum. 
Auffloten.    (Ger.)    To  play  on  a  flute. 
Aufgeigen.   (Ger.)   To  fiddle. 
Aufgeregt.   (Ger.)   Excited. 
Aufbaltnng.   (Ger.)  A  suspension. 
Anflosung.    (Ger.)    The  resolution  of  a 

discord. 
Auforgeln.    (Ger.)    To  play  on  the  or- 
gan. 
Anfpfeifen.  (Ger.)  To  perform  on  a  pipe 

or  whistle. 
Auf  sclilag.    ( Ger.)    The  unaccented  part 

of  a  bar. 
Anfsclutllen.   ( Ger.)   To  sound  loudly. 


AUF 


25 


AUT 


Aafspielen  (Ger.)  To  play  or  strike  up 
!i  (laucc. 

Auf atrlch.   ( Ger.)  An  up-bow. 

Auftakt.  (Ger.)  The  uaacccated  part  of 
a  bar. 

Anftrompeten.  {Ger.)  To  play  on  a 
trumpet. 

Awgenclavier.  An  instrument  similar 
to"a  harpsieliord  and  piauofortc. 

Angmeutatiou.  In  counterpoint  and 
fu^ue,  the  doubling-  of  tlic  value  of  the 
notes  of  the  subject ;  giving  the  intervals 
in  notes  of  twice  their  original  length. 

Auginentazioue.   {[(a.)   Increase. 

Augmente.  (-Fre.)   Increase. 

Auf^iiteiited  An  epithet  ai^plied  to  such 
intervals  as  are  more  than  major,  or  per- 
fect. 

Augmented  Fifth.  An  interval  con- 
t.uning  four  whole  tones. 

Augmented  Fourtli.  An  interval  con- 
taining throe  wliole  tones. 

Au$;ineiited  Imitation.  A  style  of  imi- 
tation in  whieli  the  answer  is  given  in 
notes  of  greater  value  than  those  of  the 
subject. 

Atiginentcd  Intervals.  Intervals  which 
are  a  semitone  greater  than  the  major  or 
perfect  intervals. 

Augmented  Octave.  An  interval  con- 
taining five  whole  tones,  two  major  semi- 
tones, and  one  minor  semitone. 

An^inentefl  Second.  An  interval  con- 
taining one  whole  and  one  minor  semi- 
tone. 

Augmented  Sixth.  An  interval  con- 
taining five  whole  tones. 

Augmented  Fnison.  A  minor  semitone. 

Aiiletes.    (Lai.)     A  flute  player  ;  a  piper. 

Anietic.    Belonging  to  pipes. 

Au  Lever  du  Rldean.  (Fre.)  When  the 
curtain  rises. 

AuIIar.  (.S'pi.)  To  howl ;  to  yell  ;  to  utter 
a  sound  of  distress. 

Aullido.  {Spa.)  Howl ;  the  cry  of  a  dog 
or  wolf. 

Aullo.  (Spa.)  Howl ;  a  cry  of  horror  or 
distress. 

Aulo.  {Ita.)   A  species  of  ancient  flute. 

Aulodia.    (Ita.)    Singing  accompaniotl  by 

tlie  flut«. 
A  I'ua  Corda.    {Ita.)    On  one  string. 
Aur.  {Chi.)    Air. 
Auricle.    The  external  part  of  the  ear. 

Auricular.  Within  the  sense  of  hear- 
ing. 

Aurth-udhyay.  {Hin.)  The  fifth  division 
of  Hindost;ince  music,  expatiating  on  the 
signification  of  the  poetry  sung. 

Aug.  {Ger.)   From;  out  of. 

Ausarbeitung.  (Ger.)  The  elaboration 
or  last  finish  of  a  musical  composition. 

Ausblanken.   ( Ger.)   To  finish  playing  a 
march  on  a  wind  instrument. 
8 


Aasdehnnng.  ( Ger.)  Extension ;  expan- 
sion. 

Ansdruck.    ( Ger.)    Expression. 

Ausdrucksvoll.    ( Ger.)    Expressive. 

Ausfledeln.  {Ger.)  To  stop  playing  the 
violin. 

Ausfliiten.  (Ger.)  To  stop  playing  the 
flute. 

Ausfnhrung.     (Ger.)    Performance. 

Ansgchaltcn.     {Ger.)    Sostenuto. 

Ansgeigen.    ( Ger.)    To  play  to  the  end. 

Ausgelassen.  (Ger.)  Unrestrained  ;  wild. 

Ansgolasscnhcit.  (Ger.)  Extravagance. 

Auslialteu.  ( Ger.)  To  hold  on  or  to  sus- 
tain a  note. 

AusUaltung.  ( Ger.)  The  sustaining  of  a 
note. 

Austialtungszeiclien.  (Ger.)  The  char- 
acter culled  a  pause  (113). 

Ausklingeln.  (Ger.)  To  give  out  suffi- 
cient tone. 

Ausposaunen.  {Ger.)  To  proclaim  by 
fioun<l  of  trumpet. 

Aussingen.  ( Ger.)  To  sing  to  the  end ;  to 
sing  all  one  knows  ;  to  perfect  by  singing. 

Ansstimmen.  {Ger.)  To  tune  completely. 

Anstroinmeln.  ( Ger.)  To  drum  out ;  to 
publish  by  sound  of  drum. 

Ausiveiclien.  (Ger.)  To  make  a  transi- 
tion from  one  key  to  another. 

Aus-weichung.    (Ger.)    3Iodulation. 

Antentico.    (Ita.)    Authentic. 

Antenr.  (Fre.)  An  author;  a  composer 
of  music. 

Awteur  d'Hymnes.  (Fre.)  A  hymnolo- 
gist ;  one  who  writes  hymns. 

Authentic.  A  name  given  to  those  church 
modes  whose  melody  was  confined  within 
the  limits  of  tlie  tonic,  or  final,  and  its 
octave. 

Authentic  Cadence.  A  perfect  or  final 
evidence  in  any  key  ;  the  chord  or  harmony 
of  the  doininantj'followed  by  that  of  the 
tonic,  or  the  progression  of  the  dominant 
to  the  tonic. 

Authentic  Keys.  Those  keys,  in  the  an- 
cient system  of  the  Greeks,  whose  tones 
extended  from  the  tonic  to  the  fifth  and 
octave  above. 

Authentic  Melodies.  Melodies  having 
their  principal  notes  between  the  key  note 
and  its  oct^ive. 

Authentic  Iflodes.  Church  modes  the 
melody  of  which  was  confined  within  the 
tonic  and  its  octave. 

Authentic  Tones.     Authentic  modes. 

Automatons.  Mechanical  contrivances  in 
the  form  of  men  or  animals,  so  made  as 
to  have  the  appearance  of  self-acting,  and 
to  perform  upon  musical  instruments, 
without  the  assistance  of  any  power  inde- 
pendent of  themselves. 

Antor.    (Spa.)    An  autbor ;  a  manager. 


AUT 


26 


BAL 


Autos  Sacrameutales.  (Spa.)  Dramat- 
ical representations  which  tlie  Spaniartls 
formerly  made  in  their  churcliee  at  public 
reli<fious  festivals. 

AuxtlUtry  jXotes.  Such  notes  as  stand  on 
the  next  degree  of  the  staff  above  or  below 
any  principal  ndte. 

Auxiliary'  Mcalea.  Scales  of  the  relative 
keys  belonging  to  any  principal  key. 

Avant-Dernier.  (Fre.)  The  penulti- 
mate ;  the  last  but  one. 

Avant  Scene.  (Fre.)  Events  preceding 
the  opening  of  an  opera. 

Avec.    ( Fre.)    With. 

Avec  Allegreaae.  (Fre.)  Lively;  with 
sprightllness. 

Avec  Ame,  on  goftt.  ( Fre.)  With  feeling 
or  grace. 

Avec  Feu.    (Fre.)    With  spirit. 

Avec  Force.    ( Fre.)    With  force. 

Avec  goftt.    (jFVe.)    With  taste. 

Avec  Gran^ose.    (Fre.)    Grandly. 

Avec  les  Pleds.  (Fre.)  With  the  feet,  in 
organ  playing. 

Avec  Mouvemcnt.  (Fre.)  With  move- 
ment. 


Ave  Maria.  (Ita.)  A  hymn  to  the  "Virgin 
Mary  ;  a  bell  rung  at  morning  and  even- 
ing twilight  to  announce  the  hour  of 
prayer. 

Avena.  (T^t.  and  .Spa.)  An  oaten  straw  ; 
a  pastoral  pipe,  supposed  to  have  been  the 
third  kind  of  musical  instrument  used  by 
the  ancients. 

A  Vide.    (Fre.)    Open. 

AVlMta.    (Ita.)    At  sight. 

Avivadamente.  (Spa.)  In  a  lively  man- 
ner ;  briskly. 

Avoir  dn  Retentissement.  (Fre.)  To 
be  repeated. 

Avoir  le  Verbe  bant.  (Fre.)  To  have 
a  loud  voice. 

A  Volx  Forte.  (Fre.)  With  a  strong,  loud 
voice. 

AVolonte.    (Fre.)  At  will. 

Awj-r.    ( jrel.)    Air. 

Axamenta.  (Lat.)  Versos  or  songs,  sung 
by  the  .Salii,  in  honor  of  all  men. 

Ayre.   (Spa.)   Air. 

Azione  Sacra.  (Ita.)  A  sacred  musical 
drama. 


B. 


BTHE  nominal  of  the  seventh  note  in 
«  the  natural  diatonic  scale  of  C,  to 
which  De  Nevers,  a  French  musician  in 
the  beginning  of  the  last  century,  first 
appliecT  the  syllable  Si,  Guido  I  aving 
furnished  syllables  for  only  C,  D,  E,  > , 
G,  A  :  an  initial  of  Bass,  denoting  that  the 
bass  is  to  play  alone. 

Babara.  (Spa.)  A  Spanish  country  dance. 

Babel.  A  confused  mixture  of  sounds  ; 
a  combination  of  discordant  utterances. 

B  above  G  Gamut.  That  B,  or  that  note, 
which  is  a  third  higher  than  G  gamut. 

B  above  tbc  Bass  Clei  iVote.  That  B, 
or  that  note,  which  is  a  fourth  higher  than 
the  Ixiss  clef  note. 

B  above  the  Treble  Clef  VSote.  That 
B,  or  that  note,  which  is  a  third  higher 
than  the  treble  clef  note. 

Bacas.  (Spa.)  Qoick  tone  on  the  gui- 
tar. 

Bacchla.  (Ita.)  A  Kamschatdale  dance 
ia  j[  time. 

Bacchanalian  Songs.  Songs  which, 
cither  in  sentiment  or  style,  rel.ite  to 
scenes  of  revelry. 

Baccblcns.  (Lat.)  A  metrical  foot  con- 
sisting of  one  short  or  unaccented,  and 
two  long  or  accented  syllables  or  tones. 

Bacclocolo.  (Ita.)  A  musical  instrument 
common  in  some  parts  of  Tuscany. 

Pacbclor  of  ^iHusic.  The  first  musical 
degree  taken  at  the  uoiversitjes. 


Backfall.  In  an  organ  a  lever  moved  by 
the  Sticker  pulling  down  a  Tracker. 

Backfall,  Bonble.  One  of  the  old  Eng- 
lish graces  comprised  in  the  class  of  cm- 
bcUishmeuts  called  smooth. 

Back  Turn.  A  turn  commencing  on  the 
semitone  below  the  note  on  wliicli  the 
turn  is  made. 

Badajada.  (Spa.)  The  stroke  of  the 
tongue  of  a  Ix^ll. 

Badojo.    (Spa.)  The  tongue  of  a  bell. 

Badinage.    (Fre.)    Playfulness. 

Bagatelle.  (Fre.)  A  small  musical  com- 
position. 

Bagpipe.  A  favorite  Scotch  instrument 
consisting  of  a  leathern  bag  and  pipes, 
played  upon  by  compressing  the  bag  under 
the  arm,  and  regulating  the  notes  by 
stopping  and  opening  tlie  holes  of  the 
pipes,  eight  in  number,  with  the  ends  of 
the  fingers. 

Bagpiper.  One  who  plays  on  a  bag- 
pipe. 

Baguette.   (Fre.)  Drumstick. 

Baguettes  de  Tanxbour.  (Fre.)  Drum- 
sticks. 

Baile.  (Spa.)  The  national  dances  of  Spain. 
Baisser.    (Fre.)    To  lower  or  flatten  in 
pitch. 

BaMser  le  Ridcau.  (Fre.)  To  drop  the 
curtain. 

Balada.    (Spa.)  A  ballad. 


BAL 


27 


BAQ 


B&lalatka.  (Rus.)  An  instrument  of  the 
Kusfsians,  consisting  of  a  piece  of  wood, 
rudely  shaped,  narrower  and  more  flat 
than  the  guitar,  furnished  with  three 
strings. 

Balgentreter.    ( Ger.)   Organ  blower. 

Sal^ng.  (Ger.)  In  an  organ,  the  stop  of 

the  bellows. 
Balltadera.  (Spa.)  An  instrument,  made 

of  reeds,  for  calling  fawns. 
Balken.    (Ger.)    The  bass  bar  of  a  violin, 

or  t>iiuilar  instrument. 
Ballad.    A  short,  familiar  song  of  simple 

aud  natural  construction,  usually  in  the 

narrative  style  ;  formerly,  a  little  history 

told  in  lyric  verse. 
Ballade.  (Fre.  and  Ger.)  A  ballad. 
Balladendicbter.  ( Ger.)  A  ballad  writer. 
Balladensiiuger.  (Ger.)  A  ballad  singer. 

Balladenverk&uier.  (Ger.)  Ballad  mon- 
ger. 

Ballader.    A  maker  or  singer  of  ballads. 

Ballad-Farce.  A  musical  drama  com- 
prising ballads. 

Balladist.    A  writer  of  ballads. 

Ballad  of  Ballads.  The  designation 
given  in  an  old  version  of  the  Itiblc  to 
Solomou's  Song. 

Ballad  Opera.  IJght  opera  ;  an  opera  in 
wliicli  biflads  and  dances  predominate. 

Balladry.  The  subject  or  style  of  ballads. 

Ballad  SlMsrer.  One  whose  employment 
it  Is  to  sing  ballads. 

Ballad  .Style.    In  the  air  or  manner  of  a 

b>illad. 

Ballad  Tune.  The  song  or  tune  of  a 
ballad. 

Ballare.    (Ita.)    To  dance. 

Ballata.  A  ballad  the  melody  of  which  is 
designed  to  regulate  the  meaeure  of  a 
dance. 

Ballated.    A  subject  woven  into  a  ballad. 

Ballatetta.  (Ita.)  A  ballad,  or  short  fa- 
miliar song,  accompanied  with  dancing. 

Ballau.    (}Fel.)    A  bell. 

Ballerino.   (Ita.)   An  opera  dancer. 

Balleronzolo.    (Ita.)  A  little  dance. 

Ballet.  (Fre.)  A  theatrical  representation 
of  some  story  or  fable,  of  actions,  charac- 
ters, sentiments,  and  passions,  by  means 
of  mimic  movements  and  dances,  accom- 
panied by  music. 

Ballet  .>faster.  (Ita.)  The  artist  who 
superintends  the  rehearsals  and  perform- 
ance of  the  ballet,  and  not  unfrequently 
invents  the  fable  and  its  details. 

Ballette.    A  ballet. 

Ballettl.  (Ha.)   Dance  airs. 

Balletto.    (Ita.)  A  ballet. 

Balli.  (Ita.)  Dances  introduced  between 
the  acts  of  Itidian  operas. 

Balli  dcllaStiria.  (Ita.)  Styrian  dances 
resembliug  waltzes. 


Balll  Inglesl.  (Ita.)  English  countrji 
dances. 

Balli  I'ngaresi.  (Ita.)  Hungarian  dance' 
in  ^  time,  usually  accented  on  the  weak 
part  of  the  bar. 

Ballo.    (Ita.)   A  dance,  or  dance  tune. 

Ballonchio.    (Itu.)    A  country  dance,* 
round  dance. 

Ball  Roosn  3Iasic.  Music  compv>sbii 
for  daufiug. 

Bambalina.  (Spa.)  The  proscenium  of 
an  opera  house. 

Bau.  In  military  aifairs,  a  pro'"lamation, 
by  beat  of  drum'or  sound  of  trumpet,  re- 
quiriug  a  strict  observance  of  discipline, 
either  for  declariii"-  a  new  oflScer  or  for 
punishing  an  ofl'cuuer. 

Band.  Practical  musicians,  associated  for 
tlie  i)uri)ose  of  perlorming  together  on 
their  respective  instruments. 

Banda.    (Ita.)  A  baud. 

Band,  Bra!«s.  A  number  of  musicians 
whoso  perlbrmanccs  are  on  brass  instru- 
ments only. 

Band,  Chiamtoer.  A  company  of  musi- 
cians whose  performances  consist  exclu- 
sively of  chamber  music. 

Band,  Choral.    Orchestral  performers. 

Bandereau.    (Fre.)    A  trumpet  string. 

Band,  Fall.  A  band  in  which  all  the 
voices  and  instruments  are  employed. 

Band,  Marine.  A  company  of  musicians 
located  in  a  garrison  or  employed  on  na- 
tional vessels. 

Band  Master.  The  leader,  or  conductor, 
of  a  company  of  instrumental  musiei.ins. 

Bandola.  (Spn.)  .\  four-stringed  instru- 
ment resembling  a  lute. 

Bandora.  (Ita.)  An  imcieut  stringed  in- 
strument of  the  lute  species. 

Bandore.  Bandora,  an  ancient  stringed 
instrument. 

Band,  Reed.  A  company  of  musicians 
whose  performances  are  confined  to  reed 
instruments. 

Band,  Bep^mental.  A  company  of  mu- 
sicians belonging  to  a  regiment  j  a  mili- 
tary band. 

Band,  String'.  A  company  of  perform- 
ers on  stringed  instruments. 

Bandtirria.  (Spa.)  Bandora,  an  old  in- 
strument of  the  lute  species. 

Banjo.  A  mde  imitation  of  the  guitar 
united  with  the  tambourine.  It  has  Ave 
strings,  played  with  the  fingers  and  hand, 
ita  lx)dy  is' in  the  form  ot  a  hoop,  over 
which  parchment  is  stretched,  as  over  a 
drum. 

BSnkelgeJtang.  (Ger.)  The  singing  of 
ballads. 

Bankelsangcr.    (Ger.)    Ballad  singer. 

Baqneta.    (Spt.)    Drumsticks. 

Baquetas  del  Tambor.  (Spa.)  Drum- 
sticks. 


BAQ 


28 


BAS 


Boqulco.    (Spa.)    Bacchanalian, 

Bar.  A  line  drawn  across  the  staff  to  di- 
vide the  music  in  small  and  equal  portions 
of  duration,  also,  cacli  of  these  small  por- 
tions in  themselves  (5). 

Bar.  (Tri.)  An  old  term  given  to  the  ex- 
alted state  of  a  poet  or  musician. 

Barbarism.  False  harmony,  or  modula- 
tion offensive  to  a  musicjil  ear. 

Barbarous.  A  term  applied  to  the  music 
iu  the  early  ages  on  account  of  its  rude 
and  inharmonious  construction. 

Barbiton.  {Grk.)  An  instrument  in- 
vented by  Auacrcon. 

Barbitos.  (Lat.)  An  ancient  instrument 
Bumewhat  resembling  a  lyre. 

Barcarelle.  A  song  of  the  Venetian  gon- 
doliers ;  barcarolle. 

Barcarola.  (Ita.)  A  barcarolle;  a  boat 
song. 

Barcarolles.  (Ita.)  Airs  sung  by  the 
Venetian  gondoliers,  or  boatmen,  "while 
following  their  avocations. 

Barcaruola.  (Ita.)  The  song  of  the 
Venetian  gondoliers. 

Bard.    A  poet  and  musician. 

Bardd.    (IVel.)    B.nrd  ;  a  poet  musician. 

Bardd  Alan.  (Wei.)  Professor  of  music, 
and  master  of  song. 

Bardf^an.    ( Wei.)    A  song. 

Bardo.  (/in.)  A  poet  and  singer  among 
the  ancient  Celts. 

Bar,  Botted  Bonble.  A  double  bar  with 
dots  precetling  it,  showing  that  tlie  pre- 
ceding strain  is  to  be  repeated  ;  a  double 
bar  with  dots  following  it,  showing  that 
the  following  strain  is  to  be  repeated ;  a 
double  b.ar  with  dots  on  both  sides  of  it, 
showing  that  the  prec^-ding  and  following 
strains  are  to  be  repeated  (42). 

Bar,  Bonble.  Two  heavy  strokes  drawn 
through  the  staff  to  divide  the  different 
strains  of  the  movement,  or  to  show  the 
end  of  the  piece  ((>). 

Bardns.    (Cel.)    A  singer. 

Barl.    An  abbreviation  of  Baritone. 

Barlplciii.  ( Grk.)  A  term  applied  by  the 
ancient  Greeks  to  low  sounds  in  general. 

Baripicui  Suoni.    (Ita.)    Fi.xod  sounds. 

Baritoii.   (Fre.)  Baritone. 

Baritone.  The  lowest  but  one  of  the  six 
registers  into  which  the  scale  of  the  hu- 
man voice  is  commonly  divided. 

Baritone  Clef.  The  F  cleff  placed  on  the 
third  line  (51). 

Baritone  Voice.  A  male  voice  intermedi- 
ate iu  respect  to  pitch  between  the  bass 
and  t^'nor,  the  compass  usually  extending 
from  B  flat  to  F. 

Baritono.     (Ita.)    Baritone. 

Bar  L<ines.  Lines  drawn  perpendicularly 
across  the  staff  for  the  purpose  of  mark- 
ing the  measures  (o). 

Barocco.  (Ita.)  A  terra  applici  to  music 
having  a  confused  harmony,  ;m  luiustural 


melody,  and  full  of  modulations  and  dis. 
cords. 

Baroqne.  (Fre.)  31u8ic  having  confused 
harmony  ;  barocco. 

Barre.  ( Fre.)  A  term  used  in  playing  the 
guitar,  implying  that  a  temporary  nut  is 
to  be  formed  by  means  of  the  fore  finger 
of  the  left  hand. 

Barred  C.  C  with  a  bar  across  it ;  the  sec- 
ond mark  of  common  time  (125). 

Barre  de  Me.s«re.  (Fre.)  A  bar  line  (■-'). 

Barre  de  Repetition.  (Fi-e.)  A  dotted 
double  bar. 

Barred  Senjicircle.  A  character  used  to 
denote  a  quicker  movement  tlian  the  semi- 
circle without  the  bar,  and  called  alia 
breve,  because  it  was  formerly  written 
with  one  breve  in  a  measure  (125). 

Barrel.    The  body  of  a  bell. 

Barrel,  Chime.  The  cylindrical  portion 
of  the  mechanism  sometimes  applied  to  a 
chime  of  bells  for  the  purpose  of  ringing 
them. 

Barrel  Organ.  An  organ  which  produces 
music  iu  consequence  of  the  turning  of  an 
enclosed  barrel,  or  cylinder,  in  which  fixed 
pins  touch  a  series  of  steel  points  in  such 
order  and  at  such  intervals  of  time  as  to 
produce  the  various  sounds  of  a  tune. 

Barrer.  The  act  of  pressing  the  first  fin- 
ger of  the  left  hand  upon  two  or  more 
strings  on  the  same  fret  of  a  guitar  at  the 
same  time. 

Barrer,  Great.  The  act  of  pressing  nil 
the  strings  of  a  guitar  at  the  same  time 
with  the  lirst  finger  of  the  left  hand. 

Barrer,  Small.  The  act  of  pres.sing  two 
or  three  strings  of  a  guitar  at  the  same 
time  with  the  first  finger  of  the  left  hand. 

Bary-dd.  (Iri.)  An  old  term  applied  to 
the  highly  exalted  condition  of  a  poet  or 
musician. 

Baryplcnl.  (Grk.)  A  name  given  by  the 
ancients  to  five  of  the  eight  sounds  or 
principal  chords  of  their  system,  viz.,  the 
Hypatc-Hypaton.  the  Hypatc-Meson,  the 
Mcse,  the  Paramese,  and  the  Nete-Diaz- 
eugmenon. 

Barytone.     Baritone. 

Barz.    (  Wei.)    Barrl  j  a  poot  musician. 

Bas.    (Fre.)    Low. 

Bas-Bessus.  (Fre.)  A  mezzo-soprano 
or  second  treble  voice. 

Base.     The  bass;  the  lowest  part. 

Basque  Brum.  An  instrument  of  per- 
cussion in  use  among  the  Gauls. 

Bass.   The  lowest  part  in  music  ;  the  base. 

Bassa.    (Ita.)    Lower. 

Bass  Alberti.  A  ba?3  formed  by  taking 
the  notes  of  chords  in  arpc":gios,  sai  I  to 
have  been  invented  by  one  I)ominico  Al- 
berti. 

Bass  Beam.  The  small  beam  inside  the 
viol,  and  nearly  under  the  bass  string. 

Bassbliiscr.    (Ger.)    Bassoonist. 

Bass  Bridare.     The  b.iss  b:3am. 


BAS 


29 


BAS 


Bass,  Chantante.  (Fre.)  Any  bass  the 
notes  of  which  flow  in  a  smooth  and  pleas- 
ing' manner,  forming  in  themselves,  inde- 
pendent of  the  superior  parts,  an  agree- 
able melody. 

Ba88  Clef.  The  character  placed  at  the 
beginning  of  a  staff,  in  which  the  bass  or 
lower  notes  of  a  composition  are  placed, 
and  serving-  to  determine  the  pitch  and 
names  of  those  notes  (53). 

ISass  Clel  "Xote.  That  note  which  in  the 
Iiass  stall'  is  placed  on  the  same  line  with 
the  bass  clef;  i.  e.,  the  fourth  line. 

Bass  Concertina.  A  concertina  having- 
tlio  compass  of  a  violoncello. 

Bass.Continued.  Bass  continued  throug-h 
tlic  whole  piece  ;  thorough  bass. 

Bass,  Contra,    (/to.)    The  lower  bass. 

Bass  Comet.  An  ancient  instrument 
consisting  of  a  serpentine  tube  four  or  five 
feet  in  length,  gradually  increasing  in  di- 
ameter from  the  mouth-piece  towards  the 
end. 

Bass,  Counter.  The  under-bass  ;  th.it  part 
whicli,  when  there  arc  two  basses  in  a 
comj)osition,  is  performed  by  the  double 
basses. 

Bass,  Double.  The  largest  and  lowest 
toned  instrument  of  the  viol  kind ;  the 
double-bass  viol. 

Bass,  1>rone.  The  monotonous  bass  pro- 
duced by  the  large  tube  of  the  bagpipe  ; 
a  deep,  unchangeable  sound  accompanv- 
ing  a  melody,  or  a  series  of  notes  moving 
above  it. 

Basse.  (.Fre.)  The  bass  part  in  general, 
instrumental  or  vocal. 

Basse  Chantante.  (Fre.)  The  vocal 
bass. 

Basse  CIiiflTree.    (Fre.)    A  bass  figured 

to  indicate  tlie  chords  or  harmony. 
Basse  Continue.  (Fre.)  Thorough  bass. 

Basse  Contrainte.  {Fre.)  A  ground 
bass. 

Basse-Contre.    (Fre.)    Bass-counter. 

Basse  Fi^uree.  (Fre.)  The  figured  bass. 

Basse  Fondamentale.  (Fre.)  The  fun- 
damental bass,  composed  of  only  the  roots 
of  t!ie  chords  which  form  the  harmonic 
tissue. 

Basse  Taille.    (Fre.)    A  counter  tenor. 

Basset  Horn.  An  instrument  resembling 
a  clarinet,  but  of  greater  compass,  em- 
bracing nearly  four  octaves. 

Bassett.  A  little  bass ;  in  general,  a  bass 
lying  somewhat  higher  than   the  usual 

one.' 

Bassetto.  (Itn.)  A  diminutive  term,  im- 
plying the  little  bass. 

Bassetto  Horn.    A  species  of  clarinet  a 

liltli  lower  than  the  C  clawuet. 
Bass,  Figural.     Figured  bass. 

Bass,  Fij^ured.  A  bass  accompanied  with 
numerals  denoting  the  harmonv  formed 
by  the  upper  or  superior  parts  of  the  com- 
position, and  directing  the  chords  to  be 

3* 


played  by  the  organ,  harpsichord,  or  piano- 
forte ;  a  bass  which,  while  a  certain  chord 
or  harmony  is  continued  by  the  parts 
above,  moves  in  notes  of  the  same  har- 
mony. 

Bass,  First.    High  bass. 

Bass,  Fundamental.    That  bass  which 
forms  the  tone  or  natural  foundation  of 
the  harmony,  and  from  which  that  bar-  ^ 
mony  is  derived. 

Bassgeige.    (Ger.)    The  violoncello. 

Bass.  €iiveu.  A  bass  to  which  harmony 
is  to  be  affixed. 

Bass  Grace.  A  small  note,  like  a  short 
appoggiatura,  and  very  similar  to  the 
acciiiccatura  of  tlie  Italians,  struck  only 
once,  and  at  the  same  time  with  the  prin- 
cipal note,  but  immediately  quitted.  It 
is  frequently  used  upon  the  organ  to 
strengthen  the  parts,  and  to  supply  the 
want  of  pedals. 

Bass,  Ground.  A  bass  which  starts  with 
some  subject  of  its  own,  and  continues  tc 
be  repeated  throughout  the  movement, 
while  the  upper  part  or  parts  pursue  a 
separate  air  and  supply  the  harmony. 

Bass,  Hiffli.  A  baritone  ;  a  voice  midway 
between  bass  and  tenor. 

Bass  Horn.  An  instrument  formerly 
much  used  in  bands,  resembling  the  oph- 
iclcide,  by  which  it  has  been  in  a  great 
measure  superseded. 

Bassi.  (fta.)  A  term  implying  the  en- 
trance of  the  bass  instruraeuts. 

Bassist.    (Ger.)    A  bass  singer. 

Bassista.  (If a.)  The  singer  who  takes 
tlie  lowest  part. 

Bass,  Liow.    Second  bass. 

Bass,  Melodious.  The  bass  chantante  ; 
the  singing  bass. 

Basso.    (Tta.)    The  bass  part. 

Basso  Buffo.  (Ita.)  The  first  bass  singer 
in  a  comic  opera. 

Basso  Cantante.  (Ita.)  The  first  bass 
singer  in  a  serious  opera. 

Basso-Comico.  (Ita.)  A  comic  bass 
singer  in  an  opera. 

Basso  Concertante.  (Ita.)  The  lighter 
or  more  delicate  parts  of  a  composition, 
performed  by  the  violoncello  or  bassoon. 

Basso  Constrntto.  (Ita.)  Ground  bass  ; 
constrained  bass. 

Basso  Continuo.  (Ita.)  A  bass  that  is 
figured,  to  indicate  the  harmony. 

Basso,  Contra.    (Ita.)    The  double  bass. 

Basso,  Contro.  (Ita.)  A  double  bass 
viol ;  the  lowest  or  gravest  part  of  a  mu- 
sical composition. 

Basso  d'  Accompat^namento.  (Ita.) 
An  accompanying  bas.s. 

Bass  Oder  F  Schlnssel.  (Ger.)  Tho 
bass  or  V  clef  (53). 

Basso  Figurato.  (Ita.)  TliC  flguree/ 
bass. 

Basso  Fondamentale.  (Ita.)  The  fuu 
damcutal  bass. 


BAS 


SO 


BAT 


Bosson..    {Fre.)    Bassoon. 

Basso  iVuiuerato.    (/<a.)    Flared  bass. 

Bassoon.  A  wiud  instrument  consisting 
of  a  perforated  tube,  and  a  reed  through 
which  it  is  blown.  Its  compass  extends 
from  double  B  flat  to  B  flat  in  alt. 

Bassoonist.  A  performer  on  the  bassoon. 

Bassoon,  ((aart.  An  instrument  whose 
tones  are  a  fourth  lower  than  those  of  the 
bassoon. 

Bassoon  Stop.  A  reed  stop  in  an  organ 
the  tones  of  which  are  imitative  of  the 
sounds  of  the  bassoon. 

Basso  Osttnato.    (Ita.)    A  ground  bass. 

Basso  Primo.    (Ita.)    The  first  bass. 

Basso  Recitante.  (/to.)  Bass  of  the 
small  chorus. 

Basso  Ripieno.  (/to.)  Implvin»  that 
tlie  part  to  which  it  is  applied  is  the  full 
bass,  or  the  bass  of  the  grand  chorus. 

Basso  Rivoltato.  (/to.)  That  bass 
which,  instead  of  bcin"-  tlie  fundamental 
or  lowest  note  of  the  oliord  to  which  it  is 
applied,  consists  of  the  third  or  fifth  of 
the  fundamental  note. 

Basso  Secondo.   (/to.)  The  gecond  bass. 

Basso  Tenuto.    (/to.)    Continued  bass. 

Basso  Vlolluo.  (/to.)  A  small  bass 
viol. 

Basso  Voice.  A  bass  roice. 

Basspfeife.    (Ger.)    Bassoon. 

Bassposaiine.    (Ger.)    Sackbut. 

Bass,  Radical.    The  fundamental  bass. 

Ba8S-8aite.    (Ger.)    Bass  string. 

Bass-ScIUussel.  (Ger.)  The  bass  clef  (53). 

Bass,  Second.  Any  bass  the  notes  of 
which  flow  in  a  smooth  and  pleasing  man- 
ner, forming  in  themselves,  independently 
of  the  superior  parts,  a  pleasing  melody. 

Bass,  Sin^in^.  The  bass  chantante  ;  the 
second  or  melodious  bass. 

Bass  Stair.  The  staff  marked  with  the 
bass  clef. 

Bass  Stimme.    (Ger.)    Bass  voice. 

Bass  String.  The  string  of  any  instru- 
ment upon  which  the  iowest  note  is 
sounded. 

Bass,  Sub.  An  organ  or  set  of  pipes  bo- 
longing  to  its  pedals  ;  the  lowest  notes 
of  an  organ  ;  the  ground  bass. 

Bass,  Supposed.  The  lowest  note  of  a 
chord  when  not  the  fundamental  one. 

Bass,  Tenor.  A  male  voice  midway  be- 
tween bass  and  tenor. 

Bass.  Thorongb.  The  art  by  which 
harmony  is  superadded  to  any  proposed 
bass  ;  the  fundamental  rules  of  musical 
composition  ;  harmonic  science. 

Bass,  Tliorough.,  Practical.  A  knowl- 
edge of  the  m;mner  of  taking  the  several 
chords  on  an  instrument,  as  prescribed  by 
the  figures  placed  over  or  under  the  bass 
part  of  a  composition,  and  a  familiar  ac- 
quaintance with  the  powers  of  those  fig- 
ures, a  facility  in  taking  the  chords  they 


indicate,  and  Judgment  iu  the  various  ap- 
plications and  effects  of  those  chords  m 
accompaniment. 
Bass,  Tiioronxh,  Theoretical.  A  com- 
prehension of  the  connection  and  disposi- 
tion of  all  the  several  chonls,  harmonious 
and  dissonant,  including  all  the  established 
laws  by  which  they  are  Ibrmed  aud  recru- 
lated.  * 

Bass  Trombone.  A  trombone  having  a 
compass  from  the  great  C  to  the  one-lined 
e,  and  noted  in  the  F  clef. 

Bassus.  (Lot.)  An  old  Latin  form  for 
the  fundamental  sounds  of  all  harmony. 

Bass  Viol.  The  violoncello,  a  stringed  in- 
strument in  the  form  of  a  violin,  but  much 
larger,  having  four  strings  and  eight 
stops,  wluch  arc  subdivided  into  semi- 
stops. 

Bass  Viol,  Bonble.  A  stringed  instru- 
ment, the  largest  and  deepest  toned  of  its 

class. 

Bass  Violin.  The  violoncello,  when,  in 
instrumental  music,  the  passage  ascends 
above  the  bass  staff,  the  tenor  cicff  is  in- 
troduced, aud  the  notes  are  played  on  that 
instrument. 

Bass  Voice.     Tlie  gravest  or  deepest  of 

the  male  voices. 
Bass  Zeichen.   (Ger.)   The  bass  clef  (5.3). 
Basta.    (/to.)    Enough,  or  stop  ;  proceed 

no  farther,  unless  directed  by  the  leader 

or  conductor. 
Bastante.    (/to.)    Enough;  sufficient. 
Bastardilla.    (Spa.)    A  species  of  fluti?, 
Batillus.    (Lat.)    An  instrument  used  by 

the  Armenians  in  their  church  service.    It 

was  metallic,  formed  like  a  staff,  and  ftir- 

nished  with  rings. 
Batoccbio.    (/to.)    The  tongue  of  a  bell. 
Baton.     (Fre.)     The  rod  or  roll  used  by 

the  conductor  of  an  orchestra  in  beating 

the  time. 
Baton  de  >Iesare.    (,Fre.)    The  roll  of 

paper  or  other  material  with  which  the 

conductor   of   an    orchestra    marks    the 

time. 
Batoon.    A  term  denoting  a  rest  of  four 

scmilireves. 
Battaglio.    (/to.)    Tongue  of  a  bell. 
Battant.    (Fre.)    The  tongue  of  a  bell. 
Battetuent.   (Fre.)  That  species  of  shake 

called  a  beat  (?',*). 
Battere.    (/to.)    The  downward  or  flr.'^t 

beat  of  any  measure. 

Battere  a  Ricolta.     (/to.)    To  b<.'at  a 

retreat. 
Batterie.    (Fre.)    The  beating  of  drums. 
Batter    la    Cassa.     (/to.)      To    beat    a 

drum. 
Batter    la    Solfa.     (/to.)    To    beat   the 

time. 
Battimento.    (Fre.'j    A  species  of  shake 

called  a  beat  (72). 
Battle  Hymn.     Hymns  and  war  songs 

composed  and  dedicated  to  certain  gods, 


BAT 


31 


BEI 


and  »un<j  previous  to  and  during  their 

buttles. 
Battre.    (Fre.)    To  beat. 
Itatti-e   la  Calsse.    {Fre.)    To  beat  the 

drum. 
Battre  la  Clianiade.    {Fre.)    To  sound 

»  parley. 
Battre  la  ISIesiire.    {Fre.)    To  mark  the 

time  by  beatin<f  with  a  movement  of  the 

Ijand  ;  to  beat  time. 
Battnta.    ( Itn.)    TIio  act  of  bcatinjj  time  ; 

the  accented  part  of  the  bar. 
Bau.    (Ger.)    The  structure,  speaking-  of 

musiejil  instruments. 
Bfinerlsch.    (Ger.)    Rustic ;  coarse. 
Bauernlied.     (Ger.)     A  rustic  ballad. 
Baxo.    (Spn.)    Bass  ;  a  player  on  the  bass 

viol  or  bassoon. 
Baxon.      {Spa.)     A  bassoon;  a  bassoon 

player. 
Baxoucillo.    (Spa.)    Counter  bass. 
Bayladero.    (Spa.)    Suited  to  dancing. 

Bayle.  (Spa.)  An  interlude  between  the 
second  and  third  act ;  a  dance. 

Bayleclto.    (Spa.)    A  little  dance. 

B.  C.    The  initials  of  Basso  Continuo, 

B  Cancellatnm.     (Lat.)    A  sharp. 

B   Bontole.    Double   B;  the  B  bolow  G 

gamut ;  the  twelfth  below  the  bass  clef 

note. 

B  Bur.    (Ger.)    The  key  of  B  flat  major. 

B  Barum.    B  natural. 

Beak.  (Ger.)  The  reed  of  any  instru- 
ment. 

Beam,  Ba.ss.  A  small  beam  inside  the 
viol,  and  nearly  under  the  bass  string. 

BearUcitung.    (Ger.)    Adaptation, 

Bearing  IVotes.  In  the  tuning  of  keyed 
instruiiients,  harps,  &c.,  those  notes  be- 
tween which  the  most  erroneous  or 
highly-tempered  flfth  is  situatcd,ou  which, 
also,  the  wolf  is  said  to  be  thrown. 

Beat.  The  rise  or  fall  of  the  hand  or  foot 
in  marking  the  divisions  of  time  in  music  ; 
one  of  the  principal  graces  in  music,  struck 
immedi.itcly  before  the  note  it  is  designed 
to  ornament,  being  a  quick  operation  of  a 
trill  (72). 

Beat  a  CliarjE^e.  To  give  notice  by  beat 
of  drum  to  charge  the  enemy. 

Beat  an  Alarm.  To  give  notice  of  danger 
by  beat  of  a  drum. 

Beat  a  Parley.  To  give  a  signal  on  a 
drum  for  a  conference  with  the  enemy. 

Beat  a  Reveille.  A  be.it  upon  a  drum 
given  at  break  of  day  for  awakening  tlie 
soldiers  and  putting  a  stop  to  the  chal- 
lenging of  sentries. 

Beat,  Bown.  The  failing  of  the  hand  in 
beating  time. 

Beat,  Half.  An  inferior  note  struck  but 
once,  and  at  the  same  time  with  the  prin- 
cipal note,  then  immediately  quitted. 


Beatings.  Regular  pulsative  heavings  or 
swellings  of  sound,  produced  in  au  organ 
by  pipes  of  the  same  key,  when  they  are 
not  exactly  in  unison  ;  i.  c.,  wlien  tlieir  vi- 
brations are  not  perfectly  equal  in  veloci- 
ty, not  simultaneous. 

Beating  Time.  Marking  the  divisions  of 
the  bar  by  means  of  the  hand,  loot,  or 
baton. 

Beat,  I<eft.  A  movement  of  the  hand 
towards  the  left  in  beating  time. 

Beat,  Riglit.  A  motion  to  the  right  in 
beating  time. 

Beats.  The  audible  phenomenon  attending 
the  sounding  of  two  notes  at  the  same 
time,  whicii  approacli  within  certain  lim- 
its to  the  producing  of  a  concord  with 
each  other. 

Beat  the  General.  To  give  notice  by 
beat  of  drum  lor  the  troops  to  march. 

Beat  tl»e  Tattoo.  A  boat  of  drum,  usu- 
ally at  night,  for  warning  soldiers  to  their 
quarters. 

Beat  the  Troop.  A  beat  of  drum  giving 
notice  to  isoldiers  to  repair  to  their  colors. 

Beat  to  Arms.  A  beat  upon  a  drum  noti- 
fying soldiers  to  repair  to  their  arms. 

Beat,  T^p.  The  raising  of  the  hand  in  beat- 
ing time. 

Beben.    (Ger.)    To  tremble  ;  to  shake ;  t - 

vibrate. 
Bebung.    ( Ger.)    Vibration. 
Bee.    (Fre.)    The  mouth-piece  of  a  clai- 

inet. 

Becarre.    (Fre.)    A  natural. 

Becco.  (Ita.)  The  mouth-piece  of  a  clar- 
inet. 

Becco  Polacco.  (Tta.)  The  name  of  a 
large  species  of  bagpipe,  used  in  some 
parts  ot  Italy. 

Becken.    A  Turkish  musical  instrument. 

Beckenschlager.  (Ger.)  A  cymbal 
player. 

Bedon.    (Fre.)    A  tabret  or  drum. 

Bee.    (Ger.)    Flat. 

Been.  A  stringed  instrument  of  the  guitar 
kind,  having  nineteen  frets,  used  in  India. 
Befabemi.    (Spa.)    A  musical  sign. 

BeA-ol.  (Fre.)  The  frame  which  sup- 
ports the  bell  in  a  belfry  ;  a  belfry. 

Begelstreung.  (Ger.)  Exaltation ;  ex- 
citement ;  ijoetical  enthusiasm. 

Begl.  An  abbreviation  of  Iie<jleitung. 

Begleiten.    (Ger.)    To  accompany. 

Begleltende   Sttmmen.      (Ger.)     The 

accompanying  parts. 
Bcgleiter.     (Ger.)     An  accompanist. 
Begleitung.    (Ger.)   An  accompaniment. 
Beharrlich.    (Ger.)    Persevcringly. 
Beherzt.    (Ger.)    Courageous. 
Beifallklatachen.   (Ger.)   Applauding; 

applause. 


BEI 


32 


BEN 


Betiialie.    (Ger.)    Almost. 
Bei^p.   An  abbreviation  of  Beispid. 
Beisplel.    (Ger.)    Example. 
Belt.    {Per.)    A  distich. 
Beitoueg.    {Ger.)    Accessory  tones. 
Beizelclien.    (Ger.)    An  accidental. 
Belelirer.    ( Ger.)    An  instructor. 

Belfry.  A  tower  or  other  place  In  which 
bells  are  buug. 

Belleben.    (Ger.)    Pleasure  ;  at  pleasure. 

Beliebi^.    {Ger.)    As  clioRen. 

Bcliere.    {Fre.)    The  tongue  of  a  bell. 

Bell.  A  hollow,  metallic  machine,  the 
most  musical  of  instruments  of  percus- 
sion. It  is  formed  of  a  composition  of 
tin  and  copper,  and  consists  of  three  parts, 
—  the  body,  or  barrel;  the  clapper,  or 
tongue ;  and  the  ear,  or  cannon,  by  which 
it  is  suspended  ;  the  broad  end  of  a  horn, 
trumpet,  and  similar  instruments. 

Bella.    {Sax.)    A  bell. 

Bell  Cliamber.  That  portion  of  the 
tower  or  steeple  in  which  a  chime  of  bells 
is  placed  ;  a  belfry. 

Bellen.     {Ger.)    A  bell. 

Bellezza,  Con.  {Ita.)  With  beauty  of 
expression. 

Belezza  Bella  Voce.  {Ita.)  A  beautiftil, 
melodious  voice. 

Bell  Harp.  A  very  old  instrument,  sup- 
posed to  be  the  lyra  or  cithara  of  the  an- 
cients. 

Bell,  Harp.  A  stringed  instrument,  so 
named  from  its  being  swung  like  a  bell  in 
porformanee. 

Bellicozaniente.  {Ita.)  In  a  martial  style. 

Belllcnin.  {Lfit.)  The  sound  of  a  trum- 
pet calling  to  battle. 

Bell,  mass.  A  small  bell,  used  in  the  ser- 
vice of  the  Roman  Catholic  church,  to  di- 
rect attention  to  the  more  solemn  parts  of 
the  mass  ;  the  sacriug  bell. 

Bell  Metallo  dl  Voce.  {Ita.)  Bell-like 
brilliancy,  and  fulness  of  voice. 

Bell  Metronome.  A  metronome  with 
the  addition  of  a  small  bell,  which  strikes 
at  the  commencement  of  each  bar. 

Bello^vs.  A  pneumatic  appendage  for  sup- 
l)lying  the  pipes  of  certain  wind  instru- 
ments. 

Bellows,  ICxIianst.  A  kind  of  bellows 
used  on  melodeous,  and  other  reed  instru- 
ments, the  .lir  from  which,  being  ex- 
hauste<l,  is  drawn  in  through  the  reeds. 

Bellows,  Panting.  A  stvle  of  bellows 
designed  to  prevent  all  jerkings,  and  to 
give  a  regular  flow  of  wind  to  the  pipes  of 
an  organ. 

Bell,  PassintET-  A  bell  rung  at  the  hour 
of  death  to  obtain  prayers  for  the  passing 
soul ;  also,  the  bell  sounded  immediately 
after  death. 

Bellpipe.  Name  given  by  English  bird 
fanciers  in  the  last  century  to  a  certain 
note  of  a  bird. 


Bell  Riuser.  One  whose  occupation  is  to 
ring  a  beU  or  chime  a  set  ol'  bells. 

Bell  Ringers.  Musicians,  who  with  a 
number  ot  hand  bells  ranging  in  size  from 
the  smallest  to  the  largest,  produce  cor- 
rectly every  variety  of  music. 

Bell,  Sacring'.  A  small  bell  used  in  the 
Komau  Catholic  church  to  direct  attention 
to  the  more  solemn  parts  of  the  mass. 

Bell,  Saint's.   The  sacring  bell. 

Bell  Scale.  A  diapason  with  which  bell 
founders  measure  the  size,  thickness, 
weight,  and  tone  of  their  bells. 

Bells,  3Insic.  Carillons  ;  a  set  of  bells 
tuned  to  the  v.irious  degre«'8  of  the  scale, 
and  played  by  means  of  keys  resembling 
those  of  a  pianoforte. 

Bell,  Soul.  The  bell  rung  at  the  hour  of 
death,  or  immediately  following ;  the  sa- 
cring bell. 

Bell  Tone.  A  tone  of  voice  of  a  remark- 
ably clear,  musical  flow,  possessed  only 
by  superior  soprano  voices. 

Bell  Tree.  A  Turkish  instrument  formert 
of  <in  upright  stick  with  branches,  upon 
which  bells  are  fastened. 

Bell,  Vesper.  The  sounding  of  a  bc'l 
about  half  an  hour  after  sunset  in  Roman 
Catholic  countries,  for  the  purpose  of 
calling  the  people  to  vespers. 

Belly  of  an  Instrument.  A  smooth, 
thin  boarding,  over  which  the  strings  are 
distended.  In  a  double  bass,  violoncello, 
tenor  violin,  and  all  instruments  performed 
with  the  bow,  as  also  in  the  guitar,  it  is 
that  part  of  the  body  which  lies  immedi- 
ately under  the  strings. 

Bemol.  B  flat ;  a  semitone  below  B 
natural. 

Bentolado.     (Spa.)    Having  B  flat. 

Bemol,  I>oabIe.    Double  flat. 

Bemollae.    {Fre.)    Marked  with  a  flat. 

Bemolizzare.  {Ita.)  To  depress  the 
pitch  of  the  natural  notes  by  applying  a 
flat  to  them. 

Bemolle.    {Ita.)    Flat. 

Ben.    {/ta.)    Well. 

Bene.    {Ita.)    Excellent;  good. 

Benedirlte.  (Lat.)  A  canticle  used  at 
morning  prayer  in  the  churcli  after  the 
first  lesson. 

Benedictns.  {Lnt.)  A  movement  be- 
longing to  a  mass  of  the  Roman  Catholic 
morning  service. 

Bene  Placito.     (//a.)     At  will. 

Ben  Marcato.  {ftn.)  Well  marked  ;  the 
passage  must  be  executed  in  a  clear,  dis. 
tinct,  imd  strongly  accented  manner. 

Ben  >Iarcato  11  Canto.  {Ita.)  Marlr 
well  the  melody. 

Ben  Pronounciato.  {Ita.)  Distinctly 
pronounced. 

Ben  Prouounziato.  (Ita.)  Firmly  ex- 
pressed. 

Ben  Tenuto.  {Ita.)  Held  on  ;  fully  bub- 
taiued. 


BEQ 


33 


BLA 


Beqiiardo.    (Ita.)    A  natural. 

IXequarre.    (fre.)    A  natural. 

Bequem.    (Ger.)    Convenient. 

Bergainasca.    (Ita.)    A  rustic  dance. 

Bergeret.   An  old  term  signifying'  a  song. 

Bergkreyen.  (6'er.)  A  melody  employed 
in  siiigiuj,'  liistories  iu  rhyme,  in  the  style 
of  the  modern  ballad. 

Bergoitiask.   A  rustic  dance. 

Bergreihen.    (Ger.)    Alpine  melody. 

Berlingozza.    {Ita.)    A  country  dance. 

Berloque.  (Fre.)  In  military  service,  the 
broaktast  or  dinner  drum. 

Beschleuuigeud.    (Ger.)    Hastening. 

Besclirelbung.     (Ger.)  A  description. 

Besiedem.  {Ger.)  To  quill  a  harpsi- 
chord. 

Bestimmt.    (Ger.)    Distinct. 

Betonung.    (Ger.)    Accentuation. 

Betrubniss.    (Ger.)    Grief;  sadness. 

Betrabt.    (Ger.)    Sad ;  grieved. 

Be-weglicli.    ( Ger.)    Movable  ;  nimble. 

Be^vegt.    (Ger.)    Moved  ;  rather  fast. 

Bewegung.    (Ger.)    Movement ;  motion. 

Beyspeil.    (Ger.)    An  example. 

Bexeicliiiiiug.  ( Ger.)  Mark  ;  sign  ;  ac- 
centuation. 

B  Flat.  The  flat  seventh  of  the  natural 
key  C,  and  the  first  flat  introduced,  iu 
modulatiniif  by  fourths,  from  the  natural 
diatonic  mode. 

B  Hard.  B  natural. 

Bhav-udhyay.  (Hin.)  The  sixth  divis- 
ion of  Hindoostanee  music,  relating  to 
expression  and  gesture. 

Bi.  A  syllable  applied  in  solmization,  bv 
the  Spaniards,  to  the  note  B  natural, 
called  by  other  nations  si. 

Bianca.    (Ita.)    A  minim  (10). 

Blciiiium.  (Lot.)  A  composition  in  two 
parts. 

Bien  Attaqner  nne  "Xote.  (Fre.)  To 
make  a  note  tell. 

Bi-£qual  Third.  A  name  given  to  in- 
tervals two  of  which  added  to  a  m.ijor 
third,  make  up  an  octave,  consequently 
two  of  them  equal  a  minor  sixth. 

Bimolle.    (Ita.)    B  flat. 

B  in  Alt.  (Ita.)  The  third  In  alt;  the 
tenth  above  the  treble  clef  note. 

B  ill  Altlssimo.  (Ita.)  The  third  note 
in  altissimo  ;  the  octave  above  B  in  Alt. 

Biuary  Pleasure.  Twofold,  or  double 
mc.isure. 

Bind.  A  ligature,  or  tie,  connecting  two 
or  more  notes  (70). 

Bindcbogen.     (Ger.)    Bind  (70). 

Binder,  Spring.  A  spring-back  folio 
for  holding  sheet  music. 

Binding  'Xotea.  Notes  held  together  by 
curves  or  ties. 

Bindung.  (Ger.)  Legato  ;  tie ;  syncopa- 
tion. 


Bindungszcichen.  (Ger.)  A  tie  or 
bind  (70). 

Binion.    (Bre.)    Bagpipes. 

Binotouous.  (Lat.)  Consisting  of  two 
notes. 

Biol.    (In.)   A  viol. 

Biquadro.    (Ita.)    A  natural  (57). 

Bird  Organ.  A  small  barrel  organ  used 
in  teacluug  birds  to  sing. 

Birn.  (Ger.)  That  part  of  a  clarinet  and 
basset-horn  into  which  the  mouth-piece  is 
inserted. 

Birtelsnote.    (Ger.)    A  crotchet  (17). 

Birth  Song.  A  song  written  for  or  sung 
at  the  nativity  of  a  person. 

Bis.  (Lat.)  Twice  ;  a  term  whicli  indicates 
th.it  a  certain  passage,  distinguished  by  a 
curve  or  dotted  lines  drawn  over  or  under 
it,  must  be  performed  twice  (H) ;  once 
more  ;  encore. 

Biscantare.  (Ita.)  To  bum  ;  to  sing  low  ; 
again  and  again. 

Bischero.  (Ita.)  A  iK-g  of  a  violin,  vio- 
loncello, or  similar  instrument. 

Biscroma.    (Ita.)    A  semiquaver  (19). 

Biscrome.    (Fre.)    Semiquaver  (19). 

Bisdiapason.    (Lat.)    A  double  octave. 

Biseaii  de  I'Orgue.  (Fre.)  The  stop 
of  a  pipe  in  an  organ. 

Bisinia.  (Lat.)  A  term  formed  fi-om  the 
word  bis,  twice,  and  applied  to  pianoforte 
pieces,  or  movements  in  which  both  hands 
are  alternately  employed  upon  the  same 
melody  or  succession  of  intervals. 

Bissed.    (Lat.)    Encored. 

Bis  X'nca.  (Lat.)  The  name  formerly 
given  to  a  semiquaver  (19). 

Bitterkeit.    ( Ger.)    Bitterness. 

Bizzaramcnte.    (Ita.)    AVhimsically. 

Bizzarria,  Con.  (Ita.)  Capriciously;  at 
the  fancy  of  the  player  or  composer. 

Bizzarre.  (Ita.)  An  irregular  and  fantas- 
tic style  ;  wliimsical,  smart,  comical,  in- 
clining to  insipidity. 

Blackboard.  A  board,  colored  bl.-ick, 
used  by  music  teachers,  .and  upon  which 
they  write  notes,  examples,  and  exercises. 

Black  'Sotea.  All  except  the  whole  and 
half  notes  are  so  called  because  their 
heads  are  full,  in  oontr.idistinction  to  tlie 
whole  and  half,  which  arc  open  (11). 

Blanche.  (Fre.)  A  minim  ;  a  half  note  (10). 

Blanche  Pointee.  (Fre.)  A  dotted 
minim  (."{O). 

Blasebalge.  (Ger.)  The  bellows  of  an 
organ. 

Blasegerfith.  (Ger.)  A  wind  instru- 
ment. 

Blaser.  (Ger.)  A  player  on  a  wind  in- 
strument. 

Blasinstrnment.  (Ger.)  A  wind  in- 
strument. 

Blasinstrnmenten.    (Ger.)     Brass  la- 


BLA 


34 


BOO 


Blaamusilc.  ( Ger.)  If  usic  for  wind  in- 
struments. 

Blast.  The  sound  made  by  blowinjj  sud- 
denly or  strongly  a  trumpet  or  any  sim- 
il.ir  mstrumcnt. 

Blatant.    Bleating- ;  bellowing. 

B,  Latticed.  A  term  by  which  the  Ger- 
mans designate  the  character  representing 
a  sharp. 

Blo-w.  To  sound  or  inflate  a  wind  Instru- 
ment. 

Blower,  Clarluo.  The  performer  of  the 
iirst-trunipet  part. 

Blo*ver,  Or{;an.  One  who  works  the 
bellows  of  an  organ. 

Bluette.    A  short,  brilliant  piece. 

B  3Ioll.    {Ger.)    The  key  of  B  flat  minor. 

B  iVatural.  So  named  in  contradistinction 
to  B  Molle ;  tlie  II  and  B  flat  of  the  Ger- 
mans. 

Boaus.   (TxU.)  Echoing;  resounding. 

Board,  Klnger.  The  whole  range  of  keys 
of  a  pianoforte  or  organ  ;  that  part  of  a 
stringed  instrument  on  wliich  the  fingers 
press  in  playing. 

Board,  Fret.  That  part  of  a  guitar  or 
similar  instrument  on  which  the  frets  are 
placed. 

Board,  Key.  Therowsof  keys  of  a  piano- 
forte, organ,  or  similar  instrument,  when 
spoken  of  collectively  ;  an  instrument  for 
dividing  the  intervals  of  the  octave. 

Board,  Sound.  In  an  organ,  a  broad, 
eliallow  bo.v,  extending  nearly  the  entire 
width  of  the  instrument,  and  divided  by 
partitions  into  as  many  grooves  of  various 
breadths  as  there  arc  keys  to  which  it  be- 
longs, and  upon  which  are  placed  the 
ranks  of  pipes  forming  the  stops  ;  in  mu- 
sical instruments  generally,  a  thin  board 
designed  to  contribute  to  their  vibratipn 
and  tone. 

Board,  Sounding.   A  sound  board. 
Boat  Song«.  Songs  sung  by  the  rowers  ; 

gondolier  songs. 
Bob.    A  peal  of  several  courses  or  sets  of 

changes  upon  a  chime  of  bells. 
Bob,  Graudstre.  The  seven  hundred  and 

twenty  changes  upon  a  peal  of  six  bells. 
Bob   3IaJor.     A   full   peal    upon   eight 

bolls. 

Bob  Mlaxlmus.  A  full  peal  upon  twelve 
bells,  containing  479,001,(100  changes. 

Bob  Minor,  Single.  A  plain  bob ;  grand- 
sire  bob. 

Bobo.    (Spa.)    A  buflbon. 

Bob,  Plain.   A  gr.indsire  bob. 

Bocal.  {Fre.  and  Spa.)  The  mouth-piece 
of  a  horn,  trombone,  serpent,  or  other 
wind  instrument. 

Boccbluo.  (fta.)  Mouthpiece  of  a 
horn. 

Bociaccia.    (7ta.)   A  loud,  strong  voice. 

Boclna.  (Spa.)  A  species  of  large  trum- 
pet ;  a  bugle  horn. 


Boclna  de  Cozador.  (Spa.)  A  hunts- 
man's horn. 

Bocinar.  (Spa.)  To  sound  the  trumpet, 
bugle,  or  horn. 

Boclnero.    (Spa.)    A  trumpeter. 

Boclnllla.    A  small  speaking  trumpet. 

Boden.  (Cfcr.)  The  back  of  a  violin, 
tenor,  &c. 

Boelim  Flute.  An  instrument  differing 
from  the  common  flute  in  having  the  size 
and  situation  of  tlie  holes  arranged  in  their 
n.itural  order,  with  keys  b^'  which  each 
finger  is  enabled  to  act  simultaneously 
upon  two  or  more  holes. 

Bogen.    (Ger.)    The  bow. 

Bogenflugel.  (Ger.)  An  instrument 
resembling  a  harpsichord  or  pianoforte. 

Bogenfultrung.  (Ger.)  The  manage- 
ment of  the  bow. 

Bogeninstmment.  (Ger.)  A  bow  in- 
strument. 

Bogenstrlcli.  (Ger.)  A  stroke  of  the 
bow. 

Boglganga.  (Spa.)  A  company  of  stroll- 
ing singers. 

Bolero.  (Spa.)  A  Spanish  national  dance 
in  ^  time,  accompanied  with  castanets  and 
singing. 

Bomb.    A  stroke  upon  a  bell ;  to  sound. 

Bombarde.  (Fre.)  An  old  wind  instru- 
ment of  tlie  hautboy  .species. 

Bombardo.  (Ita.)  An  old  wind  instru- 
ment. 

Bombardon.   A  brass  instrument. 

Bombllate.    Making  a  humming  noise. 

Bombllation.   A  humming. 

Bombilatus.  (Lat.)  To  make  a  hum- 
ming noise. 

Boinbix.  (Grk.)  A  Greek  instrument 
formed  of  a  long  reed  or  tube. 

Bombo.    (Spa.)    A  large  drum. 

Bombus.  (Lat.)  A  species  of  applause 
in  .indent  times,  consisting  of  a  confused 
din  made  by  the  hands  or  mouth. 

Bomme.    (Dttt.)    A  drum. 

Bommen.    (Dut.)    To  drum. 

Bonang.  (Jat\)  A  Javanese  instrument 
consisting  of  a  series  of  small  vases  or 
gongs  placed  in  two  lines  upon  a  irame. 

Bones.  A  name  sometimes  given  to  casta- 
nets ;  castanets  made  of  bone. 

Book,  Choral.  A  collection  of  choral 
melodies,  cither  with  or  without  a  pre- 
scribed harmonic  accompaniment  ;  the 
book  in  which  choral  melodies  are  writ- 
ten. 

Book,  Rymn.  A  collection  or  volume  of 
hymns  for  the  use  of  the  congregation. 

Book,  Mass.  The  Missal;  the  Roman 
Catholic  service  book. 

Book,  Service.  The  Miss.il  ;  a  book  con- 
taining the  musical  service  of  a  churcli. 

Book,  Singing.  A  book  containing 
psalms,   hymirt,  or   songs  with    appro- 


BOO 


35 


BRA 


priate  tunes  for  sing-ing;,  freqnentljf  pre- 
fixed by  a  course  of  instruction  in  the 
elements  of  vocal  music. 

fioom.  A  roaring  noise  like  that  of  the 
waves  of  the  ocean. 

Hoquilla.  (Spa.)  Mouth-pieceof  a  wind 
instrument. 

Bora.  {Tier.)  A  tin  trumpet  used  among 
the  Turkish  military. 

Border  Tunes.  Melodies  composed  in 
tlie  English  counties  bordering  on  Scot- 
land. 

Bordon.  (Spa.)  Bass  of  an  org.nn  and 
stringed  instrument ;  burden  of  a  song. 

Bordoiie.  (/<rt.)  The  double  open  diapa- 
son stop  in  an  organ. 

Bordonear.  (Spa.)  To  play  well  on  the 
thorough  bass. 

Bordone,  Falso.  (Tta.)  A  term  for- 
merly given  to  a  counterpoint  having 
either  a  drone  bass,  or  some  part  con- 
stantly moving  in  the  interval  with  it. 

Boree.  (Fre.)  A  dance  introduced  from 
IJiscay. 

Borro^ved  Harmony.  Chords  of  the 
added  ninth  derived  from  the  dominant 
seventli,  by  substituting  the  ninth  in  the 
place  of  the  eighth. 

Botaaela.  (Spa.)  A  trumpet  signal  for 
cavalry  to  saddle. 

Botto.    (Ita.)    The  tolling  of  a  bell. 

Boudoir  Piano.  An  upright  piano  simi- 
lar iu  form  to  a  parlor  organ. 

Bonffe.    (Fre.)    Buffoon. 

Bourdon.  (Fre.)  A  drone  bass  ;  a  deep, 
unchangeable  sound,  accompanying  a  mel- 
ody or  series  of  notes  moving  above  it ; 
the  drone  of  a  bagpipe  ;  the  double  diapa- 
son or  lowest  stop  in  French  and  German 
organs. 

Bourdon  de  I'Org^ue.  (Fre.)  The 
drone  of  an  organ. 

Bourdonnemeut.  (Fre.)  Humming ; 
singing. 

Bourree.  (Fre.)  A  lively  dance,  in  com- 
mon time,  beginning  with  an  odd  crotchet. 

Bontade.  (Fre.)  An  impromptu  ballet 
in  a  fanciful  stylo. 

Boute-felle.  (^Fi-e.)  A  trumpet-ctll  used 
when  an  army  is  to  decamp  or  march. 

Bo\r.  A  round  stick  having  a  projection 
at  each  end  to  hold  the  hairs,  which  form 
tlio  effective  part  in  playing  the  violin, 
violoncello,  and  other  bow  instruments  ; 
a  horizontal  brace  employed  to  group 
notes  (7). 

Bo-\v,  Contrary.  A  reversed  stroke  of 
tlie  bow. 

Bo-iv  Hair.  Hair,  usually  that  of  the 
horse,  with  which  the  bows  of  violins,  vi- 
oloncellos, and  double-basses  are  formed. 

BoAV  Hand.  A  term  applied  by  violinists 
to  the  right  hand,  because  with  that  hand 
they  hold  the  bow. 

BoMT  IlarpsicHord.  An  instrument  in- 
vented aj  Konigsbcrg  by  Garbrecht. 


Bowing.  Playing  with  the  bow ;  manage- 
ment of  the  bow. 

Bo-w  lustrnments.  All  instruments 
strung  with  catgut  or  goatgut,  from 
which  the  tones  are  produced  by  means  of 
the  bow. 

Box,  M!usic.  A  small  box  producing  tunes 
by  the  revolution  of  a  cylinder,  moved  by 
a  spring,  in  which  steel  jjius  are  fixed  that 
touch,  and  cause  to  vibrate,  steel  points  at 
proper  intervals  of  time. 

Boy  Choir.  A  choir  formed  of  boys  from 
eight  to  fourteen  years  of  age.  The  for- 
mation of  these  choirs  has  been  coufiued 
mostly  to  the  Episcopal  church. 

B  <(uadratuni.  A  term  applied  by  old 
theorists  to  the  character  now  called  a 
natural,  on  account  of  its  shape  (57). 

B  Quadrum.  (Lat.)  Square  B  ;  B  quad- 
ratum  ;  a  natural  (57). 

Braced  Points.  Points  having  braces 
over  them,  showing  th.it  the  notes  over 
which  they  are  placed  are  to  be  performed 
in  a  style  between  that  of  legato  and  stac- 
cato (74). 

Braces.  Curved  or  straight  lines  indica- 
ting- that  the  notes  which  they  connwrt  are 
to  be  played  or  sung  together ;  cords  on 
the  sides  of  a  drum  for  tightening  the 
headd  and  snares  (7). 

Brachycatalectic.  (Grk.)  In  Greek 
and  Latin  poetry,  a  verse  wanting  two 
syllables  and  its  termination. 

BracHygraphy,  Slnsical.  The  art  of 
writing  musical  notation  in  an  abbreviated 
style  by  means  of  signs,  characters,  &c. 

Bracio.  (Ita.)  A  term  applied  to  certain 
instruments  that  are  played  with  a  bow, 
and  held  up  to  the  neck  by  the  left  arm, 
as  the  violin. 

Bramadera.  (Spa.)  A  rattle ;  a  shep- 
herd's horn. 

Branches.  Those  parts  of  a  trumiKJt 
wliioh  conduct  the  wind. 

Bran  de  Inglaterra.  (Spa.)  An  ancient 
Spanish  dance. 

Brando.  (Spa.)  A  tunc  adapted  to  a 
dance. 

Branle.  (Fre.)  An  old  dance,  very  lively, 
and  performed  in  a  circle,  to  a  rondeau 
tune. 

Brass  Band.  A  number  of  musicians 
whose  performances  are  on  brass  instru- 
ments only. 

Brass  Instruments.  Musical  wind  in- 
struments formed  of  brass,  chiefly  used 
for  field  service. 

Bratsche.    (Oer.)    The  tenor  violin. 

Bratschen.    (Ger.)    Violas. 

Bratschenipleler.    (Oer.)    Violist. 

Brat.sclien««tlmnte.  (Ger.)  The  viol  part 
in  any  composition. 

Brantlied.  (Ger.)  Epithalamium  ;  a  mar- 
riage song. 

Brava.  (fta.)  An  exclamation  of  ap- 
proval used  in  theatres  of  Italy. 


BRA 


36 


BUG 


Bravi.    (Tta.)    A  term  of  approval. 

Bravo.    An  expression  of  approval. 

BraT-ara.  ( fta.)  A  temj  applied  to  splen- 
did and  spirited  passages. 

Bravnra,  Con.  (/to.)  With  boldness; 
witli  bravery. 

Bravura,  >Iezza.  (/to.)  A  son"',  the  ex- 
ecution of  wliich  is  of  a  moderate  degree 
of  diiliuulty. 

Bravura  Pieces.  Compositions  requir- 
ing considerable  skill  for  their  proper  exe- 
cution. 

Braj^.  A  harsh  sonnd  with  a  trumpet  or 
similar  instrument. 

Brazen  Instrumeuts.  Brass  instru- 
ments. 

Brazzo.  (/to.)  Instruments  played  with 
a  bow. 

Breakfast  Call.  A  drum-boat  calling  the 
soldiers  to  fall  in  a  line  for  breakfast. 

Breast  Voice.  The  lower  register  of  the 
voice  ;  the  natural  voice  of  adults. 

Breath,  Full.  A  complete  inhalation 
taken  before  the  commoncemcnt  of  sing- 
ing, or  after  an  apparently  entire  expira- 
tion. 

Breath,  Kalf.  An  additional  supply  of 
air,  taken  by  a  partial  inspiration  during 
the  course  of  siuging,  in  order  to  refresh 
tlie  lungs  and  strengthen  the  tone  of  the 
voice. 

Brehons.  (/W.)  Ancient  Irish  poets  and 
musicians  who  proclaimed  the  laws  in 
recitative. 

Breit.    ( Ger.)    Broad. 

Breitheauthaln.  (/ri.)  A  class  of  poets 
and  musicians  among  the  ancient  Irish 
who  promulgated  laws  in  a  style  of  reci- 
tative. 

Breloque.  (Fre.)  In  military  service, 
tlie  beat  of  a  drum  for  breakfast  or  dinner. 

Bretador.    {Spa.)    A  bird  call. 

Brettgeige.    {Ger.)    A  kit. 

Breve.  A  double  note  (14). 

Breve,  Alia,  (/to.)  A  term  used  to  indi- 
cate a  quick  species  of  common  time  for- 
merly employed  in  church  music. 

Breve,  Imperfect.  A  breve  without  a 
dot  afB.xed,  equal  in  duration  to  one  quar- 
ter of  a  large,  or  to  two  semibreves  (14). 

Breve,  Perfect.  A  dotted  breve,  equal  in 
dur.ition  to  three  eighths  of  a  large,  or 
tliree  semibreves  (-30). 

Breve  Rest.  A  rest  equal  in  its  duration 
1o  that  of  a  double  note  (2fi). 

Breviario.    (/to.)    A  breviary. 

Breviary.  A  book  containing  the  matins, 
lauds,  and  vespers  of  the  Roman  Catholic 
church. 

Brcvlg.    (Lat.)    A  breve  (14). 

Bridal  Sonss.  Songs  composed  for  and 
sung  at  weddings,  or  in  celebrating  nup- 
tial occasions. 

Bridge.  That  part  of  a  stringed  instru- 
ment over  which  the  strings  are  drawn. 


Bridge,  Bass.  The  bass  beam  ;  the  small 
beam  inside  a  viol,  nearly  under  the  bass 

Brief.  A  measure  of  quantity;  abreve(U). 
string ;  tin  upright  piece  of  wood  over 
wliii'h  the  strings  of  a  bass  viol  are  drawn. 

Brievete.     (Fre.)    Brevity. 

Brill.    An  abbreviation  of  Brillante. 

Brillador.  {Spa.)  Brilliant ;  sparkling ; 
radiant. 

Brillante.  (/to.)  In  a  gay,  showy,  and 
sparkling  style. 

Brimbaler.    {Fre.)    To  ring. 

Brio.  ( /to.)  Briskness  ;  spirit ;  animation ; 
brilliancy. 

Brio  ed  Animato,  Con.  (/to.)  Ani- 
mated, and  with  brilliancy. 

Brioso.    (/to.)  With  brilliancy  and  spirit, 

Brise.  (Fre.)  Sprinkled  ;  broken  into  ar- 
peggio, iu  treating  of  chords. 

Broach.  An  old  musical  instrument  played 
by  turning  a  handle. 

Broderies.  (Fre.)  An  old  term  applied 
to  casual,  unstudied  ornaments  in  per- 
formance. 

Broken  Chords.  Chords  taken  iu  a 
broken,  interrupted  manner,  not  simulta- 
neously. 

Brokktng.  An  old  term  signifying  qua- 
vering. 

Brouce.   {Spa.)  A  trumpet  made  of  brass. 

Bronco.  {Spa.)  Harsh ;  rough  to  the 
ear. 

Bronquedad.  {Spa.)  Harshness;  rough- 
ness of  sound. 
B  Rotundunt.    {Lat.)    B  flat. 
Bruit.    {Fre.)    Rattle  ;  peal ;  clatter. 
Brnnimen.    {Ger.)    To  hum  ;  to  drone. 
Bruinmtou.    {Ger.)    A  humming  sound. 
Brunette.  {Fre.)  A  delicate  and  simple  air. 
Bruscamente.  (/to.)  Abruptly  ;  coarsely. 

Brusquemeut.  {Fre.)  Impetuous  ;  bois- 
terous. 

B  Sharp.  The  sensible  or  proper  seventh 
of  the  major  diatonic  of  C  sharp  ;  iu  keyed 
instruments,  same  as  C  natural. 

Bnnl-gorn.  ( JFcl.)  A  hunting  or  mili- 
tary horn. 

Buccina.  {Lat.)  A  military  wind  instru- 
ment used  by  the  ancients  ;  a  licrdsman'a 
horn. 

Buccinal.  (Lat.)  Sounding  like  a  horn  or 
trumpet ;  trumpet  shape. 

Buccinality.  The  quality  or  sound  of  a 
trumpet. 

Buccinatenr.    (Fre.)    A  trumpeter. 

Buccino.    (Lat.)    To  sound  a  trumpet. 

Bucclnum.     (Lnt.)    A  trumpet. 

Bncluador.    (Spa.)    A  trumpeter. 

Bncollc.  (Lnt.)  Pastoral  songs,  per- 
formed by  the  ancient  shepherds. 

Bucolical.  (Lat.)  In  the  style  of  an- 
cient pastoral  songs. 


BUC 


37 


CAD 


Bucolico.     (Spa.)     Relating  to  pastoral 

poetry. 
Bncoliqiie.    {Fre.)    A  poem. 

BnlTa.  ( Ita.)  Comic ;  a  singer  who  takes 
the  liglit  and  humorous  parts ;  a  lifiht, 
comic  opera. 

Buflfet  d'Orgue.     {Fre.)    Au  organ  case. 

Buffet  Organ.    A  very  small  organ. 

Biiflo.  {Ita.)  Ludicrous  ;  in  the  style  of 
bulfa. 

BulTo  Burlesco.  (Ita.)  A  bufTo  who,  in 
addition  to  his  singing,  acts  the  part  of  a 
caricaturist. 

Buffo  Cantante.  (Ita.)  A  singing  buffo  ; 
a  character  in  an  opera  combining  comic 
singing  and  acting. 

Buffo  Caricato.  (Ita.)  A  humorous 
character  in  an  opera. 

Buffbne.  (Ita.)  A  comic,  sportive  char- 
acter in  au  opera. 

Buffonescamente.  (Ita.)  Ludicrous ; 
bufl'oon-like  ;  comic. 

Buffo,  Opera.  (Ita.)  A  comic  opera  ;  in- 
termezzi interlude  ;  a  burletta. 

Bufo.    (Spa.)    Comic  opera. 

Bufouazo.    (Spa.)    Great  buffoon. 

BuKle.  A  metal  horn,  used  for  hunting  or 
military  purposes. 

Busle  Horn.  A  trumpet  with  keys  ca- 
pahle  of  all  the  inflexions  of  the  scale;  a 
bugle. 

Bnjjra.  (Hin.)  The  first  of  the  Srootis, 
into  which  the  fourth  note  of  the  Hindoo 
scale  is  divided. 

Bulafo.  An  organ  of  Barbary  operated 
mechanically. 

Bunge.    (Ger.)    Drum ;  kettle-drum. 

Bungeu.    (Ger.)    To  drum. 

Buon.    (Ita.)    Good. 

Buonaccordo.  (Ita.)  An  instrument  re- 
sembling a  spinet,  and  of  small  dimen- 
sions, to  acooiTiniodate  the  fingers  of  very 
young  practitioners. 

Buon  Cantate.  (Ita.)  A  well-mformcd 
vocalist. 


Buon  Gusto.  (Ita.)  A  performance  in 
the  best  style,  by  one  whose  taste  is  unex- 
ceptionable. 

Buon  ^ano.  (Ita.)  A  good  hand  ;  a  per- 
former having  perfect  comm.-ind  of  tlie 
most  brilliant  and  effective  styles. 

Bnonocardo.  (Ita.)  An  instrument  like 
the  spinet. 

Burden.  A  regular  return  of  the  theme 
in  a  song  at  the  close  of  each  verse  ;  tlie 
chorus ;  the  open  string  of  a  violin  or 
similar  instrument. 

Burla.  (Ita.)  Comical ;  with  great  humor. 

Burlando.  (Ita.)  In  a  jesting  and  play- 
iul  manner. 

Burlescauiente.  (Ita.)  Facetious  ;  droll. 
Burlesco.    (Ita.)    With  extravagant  and 
burlesque  humor. 

Burlesque  >fu8tc.  A  musical  composi- 
tion or  performance  in  which  a  trifling 
subject  is  treated  with  great  gravity,  or  as 
a  matter  of  importance. 

Burletta.  (Ita.)  A  light  species  of  mu- 
sical drama,  somewhat  in  tlie  nature  of 
the  English  farce. 

Burrasca.  (Ita.)  A  storm  piece  ;  a  com- 
position descriptive  of  a  tempest. 

Burre.    (Fre.)    A  dance  melody. 

Burthen.    A  burden. 

Buslie-Buslie.  (Hau.)  A  general  name 
for  wind  instruments. 

Busna.    (Ita.)    A  sort  of  trumpet. 
Bussone.    (Ita.)    A  bassoon. 

Bntra.  (Hin.)  The  first  of  the  four  Sroo- 
tis into  which  the  first  note  of  the  Hindoo 
octave  is  divided. 

Buxum.    (Lat.)  A  pipe. 

BuxuK.    (Lat.)    A  pipe  with  two  rows  of 

holes. 
Buzz.    A  low,  humming  sound. 
B^vinp.    (  Wei.)    A  hollow  sound. 
By  ma.    (Sax.)    A  trumpet. 

Bymian.  (Sax.)  To  blow  or  to  sound  a 
trumpet. 


C. 


(~1     THE  nominal  of  one  of  the  two  nat- 
'  •     ural  modes  ;  that  note  in  the  natural 
major  mode  to  which  Guido  applied  the 
monosyllable  ut,  but  which  has  been  relin- 
quislied  for  that  of  do,  as  softer  and  more 
vocal.    Tlie  tone  C  is  the  one  with  which 
the  so-called    natural    scale   commences, 
a  scale  having  neither  flats  nor  sharps. 
C.  A.    The  initials  of  Col  Arco. 
^abaletta.    (fta.)    A  simple  melody  or 
passage  of  a  pleasing  .and  attractive  char- 
acter, contained  in  a  larger  piece  of  music, 
especially  in  an  aria  ;  a  cavaletta. 
4 


Caccla,  Alia.  (Ita.)  A  vocal  or  instru- 
mental composition,  written  in  the  hunt- 
ing or  chase  stylo. 

Cacofouia.  (Ita.)  Want  of  harmony  ;  ca- 
cophony. 

Carofonlco.    (Ita.)    Discordant. 

Cacophonious.     Sounding  harshly. 

Cacopliony.  (Grk.)  A  combination  of 
discordant  sonnds,  forming  no  regular 
ha.mony  ;  a  bad  tone  of  voice. 

Cad.    An  abbreviation  of  Cadenza, 

Cadam.    (Iri.)    Cadence. 


CAD 


38 


CAL 


Cttdenec.  A  shake  or  trill ;  a  close  in 
melody  or  harmony  cither  terniiniitinu 
the  piece  or  dividin;,'  into  numbers  or  pe- 
riods ;  an  ornament.-il  and  extemporaneous 
passafje  introduced  at  the  close  of  a  song 
or  piece  of  music ;  tone  ;  sound. 

Cadence,  Autheutic.  A  perfect  or  iinal 
cadence  in  any  key  ;  tlie  chord  or  harmony 
of  the  dominant,  followed  by  that  of  the 
tonic,  or  the  progression  of  the  dominant 
to  the  tonic. 

Cadence,  Chnrelt.    The  plagal  cadence. 

Cadence,  Complete.  A  full  cadence  ;  a 
term  employed  in  church  music  when  the 
last  or  finnl  sound  of  a  verse  in  a  chant  is 
on  the  key-note. 

Cadence,  l>eceptive.  A  cadence  in  which 
the  dominant  ciiord  resolves  into  another 
harmony,  instead  of  into  the  tonic. 

Cadence,  Demi.  In  harmony,  a  half  ca- 
dence. 

Cadence,  False.  An  imperfect  or  inter- 
rupted cadence. 

Cadence,  Great.  A  cadence  in  which  the 
closing  chord  immediately  follows  that  of 
the  sub-dominant,  or  fourth  of  the  key  ; 
plagal  cadence. 

Cadence,  Greek.    Plagal  cadence. 
Cadence,  Half.    A  cadence  that  is  not 
full  and  perfect. 

Cadence,  Immediate.  Common  perfect 
cadence;  that  which  occurs  immediately 
after  the  dominant  harmony. 

Cadence  Imparfalte.  {Fre.)  An  im- 
perfect cafk'uce. 

Cadence,  Imperfect.  A  cadence  in 
which  the  dominant  harmony  is  preceded 
by  the  common  chord  of  the  tonic. 

Cadence  Interrompue.  {Fre.)  An  in- 
terrupted cadence. 

Cadence,  Intermpted.  A  cadence  in 
which  the  bass,  instead  of  falling  or  rising 
from  the  iifth  to  the  key-note,  passes  to 
some  other,  and  interrupts  the  full  close, 
or  final  cadence. 

Cadence,  Irrejsi^lar.  An  imperfect  ca- 
dence ;  the  tonic  followed  by  the  domi- 
nant without  its  added  seventh. 

Cadence  Itlarks.  Short  lines,  placed  per- 
pendicularly, to  indicate  the  point  of  ca- 
dence in  sentences  and  verses  arranged  to 
be  chanted  (12fi). 

Cadence,  !tfixed.  The  triad  on  the  sub- 
dominant,  followed  by  that  on  the  domi- 
nant. 

Cadence  Parfalte.  {Fre.)  A  perfect  ca- 
dence. 

Cadence.  Perfect.  A  complete  and  sat- 
isfactory close  in  both  the  harmony  and 
melody  ;  a  close  in  which  the  dominant  or 
fifth  passes  into  the  chord  of  the  tonic  or 
key-note. 

Cadence,  Plas^al.  The  triad  on  the  key- 
note, preceded  by  that  of  the  sub-dominant. 

Cadence,    Protracted.     Suspended   ca- 
dence. 
Cadencer.  ( Fre.)  To  shake  ;  quaver ;  trill. 


Cadence,  Radical.  The  cadence  result^ 
ing  when  the  basses  of  both  chords  are 
the  roots  of  the  respective  triads. 

Cadence  Rompue.  (^Fre.)  An  inter- 
rupted cadence. 

Cadence   Section.     A  sectioa  finishing' 

with  a  perfect  cadence. 

Cadence,  Simple.  That  in  which  the 
notes  arc  equal  throughout  all  the  parts. 

Cadence,  Suspended.  Several  modula- 
tions being  passed  through,  instead  of 
leading  directly  from  the  dominant  chord 
to  that  of  the  key-note. 

Cadencia.    {^Spa.)    Cadence. 

Cadens.    ^Lat.)    Cadence. 

Cadent.  One  of  the  old  Knglish  graces  com- 
prised in  the  class  denominatea  smooth. 

Cadenza,  (/ta.)  A  cadence,  or  close,  at 
the  termination  of  a  song  or  other  move- 
ment, introducing  some  fanciful  and  ex- 
temporaneous embellishment. 

Cadenxa  d'Inganno.  {Ita.)  An  inter- 
rupted cadence. 

Cadenza  Finta.  (Ita.)  A  term  indica- 
ting that  when,  having  done  every  thing 
proper  for  a  true  cadence,  instead  of  fair 
ing  on  the  right  final,  another  note,  higher 
or  lower,  is  taken,  or  a  pause  introduced. 

Cadenza  Semplice.  (Ita.)  A  cadence  in 
which  all  the  notes  are  equal  in  all  the 
parts. 

Cadenza  Sfnggita.  (Ita.)  An  avoided, 
that  is,  a  broken  cadence. 

Cadenza  Sospesa.  (Ita.)  A  suspended 
cadence. 

Ceecus  non  Judicat  de  colore.  (Lat.) 
A  term  in  old  enigmatical  canons,  indicat- 
ing that  the  black  notes  of  the  iintecedent 
are  to  be  converted  into  white  notes  in 
the  consequent,  and  so  of  others. 

Ceesara.  (Lai.)  The  rhythmic  termina- 
tion of  any  pass.ige  consisting  of  more 
than  one  musical  foot ;  the  last  accented 
note  of  a  phrase,  section,  or  period;  a 
metrical  break  or  division  in  a  verse. 

Caesural.  (Lat.)  Relating  to  the  ctesura, 
or  to  the  pause  of  the  voice. 

Cahier  de  Chant.  (Fre.)  A  singing 
book. 

Cahier  de  >Iusique.  (Fre.)  Music  book. 

Caisse.    (Fre.)    Drum. 

Cal.     An  abbreviation  of  CaUnido. 

Calamist.  A  piper ;  one  who  plays  on  a 
reed  or  pipe. 

Calamo.    (Spa.)    A  kind  of  flute. 

Calamus  Pastoralis.  (Lat.)  One  of  the 
first  instruments  used  by  the  ancients,  a 
simple  reed  or  cane. 

Caland.  (Ita.)  A  term  signifying  that 
the  time  of  the  passage  over  which  it  is 
written  is  to  be  gradually  diminished  in 
quickness  ;  calando. 

Calando.  (Ita.)  Gradually  diminishing 
in  tone  and  quickness,  becoming  softer 
and  slower  by  degrees. 

Calando  :;Vella  Forza.  (Ita.)  An  abate- 
aient  of  the  strength  or  force  of  the  tone. 


CAL 


39 


CAN 


Calando  IVel  Tempo  e  ]Vella  Forza. 

ilia.)  A  lessening-  of  the  streugtl*  of  the 
tone  and  the  time  of  the  movement. 

Calaacione.    {Ita.)    A  species  of  guitar. 

Calathumpiau  >Iusic.  A  discordant 
combination  of  sounds ;  a  performance 
out  of  time  by  instruments  out  of  tune. 

Calcando.  (Ita.)  Pressing  upon  ;  hur- 
rying the  time. 

Calderon.  (Spa.)  A  sign  denoting  a  sus- 
pension of  the  instruments. 

Call.    The  beat  of  a  drum. 

Call,  Adjutant's.  A  drum-beat  directing 
the  band  and  fleld  music  to  take  the  right 
of  tlie  line. 

Calliope.  The  muse  who  presided  over 
eloquence  and  epic  poetry,  aud  supposed 
capable  of  playing  on  any  musical  instru- 
ment ;  an  instrument  lormed  of  metal 
pipes,  with  keys  as  in  an  organ,  the  tones 
of  which  are  produced  by  currents  of 
steam  instead  of  air. 

Calma.    (Ita.)    Repose  or  tranquillity. 

Calma,  Con.    (Ita.)    With  calmness. 

Calniato.  (Ita.)  Calmed ;  quieted  ;  at  rest. 

Calo.    An  abbreviation  of  Calando. 

Calorc.  (Ita.)  Much  warmth  and  anima- 
tion. 

CaloroBO.    (Ita.)    "Warmly ;  animated. 

Cambaleo.  (Spa.)  A  company  of  co- 
medians among  the  ancients  consisting  of 
five  men  and  five  women. 

Cainbiare.    (Ita.)    To  change. 
Caineua.  (Lai.)  A  muse  j  a  song;  poetry; 
verse. 

Camera.  (Ita.)  Chamber  ;  a  term  applied 
to  music  composed  for  a  chamber,  parlor, 
or  hall,  and  not  for  the  stage  or  street. 

Camera  >Iasica.    (Ita.)  Chamber  music. 

Caminaudo.  (Ita.)  Flowing  ;  with  gen- 
tle and  easy  progression. 

Campana.    (Ita.  and  Spa.)    A  bell. 
Campanada.    (Spa.)    Sound  of  a  bell. 
Campana  de  Rebato.  (Spa.)  An  alarm 
bell. 

Campana  Fnnebrlg.  (Lot.)  A  passing 
bell ;  a  funeral  bell. 

Campanario.     (.Spa.)     Belfry;   a  place 

where  bells  are  rung. 
Campanarum.    (Lot.)    Clock  chimes. 
Campanarnm  Concentns.     (Lot.)    A 

ringing  of  bells. 

Campanarnm  Modalatlo.  (Lat.)  A 
chiming  of  bells. 


Campanarnm    Pnlsator. 

ringer  of  bells. 


(Lat.)      A 


Campanas  :»Iodnlate.    (Lat.)    To  ring 
the  bells. 

Campanella.     (Lat.)     A  little  bell. 

Campanellino.   (Ita.)  A  very  little  bell. 

Campanello.    (Ita.)    A  little  bell. 

Campaneo.  (Spa.)  Bell-ringing  ;  chiming. 

Campauero.    (Spa.)    A  bell-ringer. 


Campaueta.    (Spa.)    A  small  bell. 
Campanile.    (Ita.)    A  belfry. 
Campanula.    (Spa.)    A  small  bell. 
Campanillaxo.     (Spa.)    Strong,  violent 

ringing  of  bells  ;  signal  given  witli  a  bell. 
Campanillear.    (Spa.)    To  ring  a  small 

bell  otten. 
Campanologist,    (fta.)    A  bell-ringer. 
Cantpauology.     (Ita.)     The  science  or 

art  of  ringing  bells. 

Campanone.    (Ita.)    A  great  bell. 
Campanula  Saera.     (Lat.)     A  saint's 
bell. 

Can.    ( Wei.)    A  song. 
Cana.    (Arm.)    To  sing. 
Canarder.    (Fre.)    To  imitate  the  tones 
of  a  duck. 

Canarie.  (Fre.)  A  piece  of  music  sup- 
posed to  have  come  to  us  from  the  Canary 
Islands,  whence  it  derives  its  name  ;  a 
sort  of  gi<i^uc,  or  jig,  from  which  it  is  dis- 
tinguished only  by  a  still  swifter  time, 
commonly  in  ^  or  ^  but  sometimes  in  ^^ 
measure. 

Canario.    (Spa.)    A  quick  dance. 

Cancelling  Sign.  The  sign  called  a  nat- 
ural, employed  to  remove  the  effect  of  a 
previous  flat  or  sharp  (57). 

Cancherizante.  (Ita.)  A  term  denoting 
tliat  the  piece  is  played  in  a  retrograde 
style,  beginning  at  the  end  and  going  back 
to  the  commencement. 

Cancion.  (Spa.)  Song ;  words  set  to  mu- 
sic. 

Cancioncilla.  (Spa.)  Canzonet ;  a  little 
song. 

Cancionero.    (Spa.)    A  book  of  songs. 

Canciouista.  (Spa.)  A  singer  of  songs  ; 
a  song-writer. 

Cancrizans.  (Ita.)  Retrograde  move- 
ment. 

Cancrizante.  (Ita.)  Reversed;  going 
backwards. 

Candamo.  (Spa.)  An  ancient  rustic 
dance. 

Cane  Flute.  A  cane  made  to  resemble  a 
flut«,  and  played  on  in  the  same  man- 
ner. 

Canere.  (Lat.)  To  sing;  to  play  upon  an 
instrument. 

Canere  ad  Tibiam.  ( Lat.)  To  sing  to 
the  pipe. 

Canere  Receptui.  (Lat.)  To  sound  a 
retreat. 

Canere  Tibia.  (Lat.)  To  play  upon  a 
pipe. 

Canevas.  (Fre.)  The  c.invass  of  a  song  ; 
the  rough  draught  or  model  of  a  song,  con- 
taining certain  notes  of  the  composer  to 
indicate  to  the  poet  the  measure  of  the 
verses  required. 

Canna.  (Lat.)  The  pipe  of  an  organ  ;  a 
flageolet. 

Cannien.    (Arm.)    To  chant. 


CAN 


40 


CAN 


Cannon.  The  portion  of  a  bcU  by  which 
it  is  Buspended ;  in  chime  ringing,  a  si- 
multaneous crash  of  ail  the  instruments. 

Cannon  ]>riun.    The  tom-tom. 

Cano.  {Lat.)  To  play  upon  an  instru- 
ment. 

Canon.  A  species  of  uninterrupted  imita- 
tion ;  a  vocal  composition  in  two  or  more 
parts,  so  constructed  as  to  form  a  perpet- 
ual fugue. 

Canon,  Circle.  A  canon  whose  first  part 
closes  in  a  different  scale  from  that  in 
which  it  began,  generally  in  its  domi- 
nant. 

Canon,  I>rivlng.    A  syncopated  canon. 

Canone.  {Ha.)  A  canon  or  catch  for  sev- 
eral voices  or  instruments. 

Canone  al  Sospiro.  (Ita.)  A  canon, 
the  parts  of  which  come  in  at  tlie  distance 
of  a  crotchet  rest  from  each  other. 

Canone  Aperto.    (Ita.)    An  open  canon. 

Canone  Chiu80.  (Ita.)  A  close  or  hidden 
canon,  in  which  tlic  solution  must  be  dis- 
covered ;  an  enigmatic  canon. 

Canone  in  Corpo.  (Ita.)  A  perpetual 
fugue. 

Canone  Partito.  (Lat.)  A  perpetual 
fuCT'ue,  in  which  all  the  parts  are  written 
•itlier  in  partitions  or  different  lines,  or  in 
separate  parts,  with  the  i)roper  pauses 
which  each  is  to  observe. 

Canoneria.  (Spa.)  All  the  pipes  of  an 
organ. 

Canon,  Free.  A  canon  not  In  perfect  con- 
formity with  the  rules  intended  to  g-overn 
this  style  of  composition,  the  melody  of 
the  flrst  part  not  being  followed  through- 
out. 

Canon,  Harmonical.    The  monochord. 

Canon,  Hidden.    A  close  canon. 

Canonical  >fass.  A  mass  in  which  the 
various  parts  of  musical  service  arc  fol- 
lowed in  their  regular  course,  or  in  strict 
canonical  order. 

Canonics.  The  doctrine  of  musical  sound 
as  applied  to  the  internal  nature  of  mu- 
sical art. 

Canon,  Infinite.  A  canon  the  end  of 
which  loads  to  the  beginning,  and  the  per- 
formance of  which  may  be  incessantly 
repeated  ;  a  perpetual  fugue. 

Canon  in  the  ITnison.  A  catch,  or 
round. 

Canon.  Mixed.  A  canon  of  several  voices, 
the  parts  of  which  begin  at  different  inter- 
vals. 

Canon  per  Augmentation.  An  aug- 
mented canon. 

Canon  per  Diminatlzem.  A  dimin- 
ished eanon. 

Canon  Perpetuus.  (Lat.)  Continuous 
fugue. 

Canon,  Riddle.  A  canon  designed  to  tax 
the  ingenuity  of  the  curious,  in  which  no 
Indication  is  given  of  the  number  of  parts, 


intervals,  or  points  of  introduction,  some- 
times even  with  false  directions. 

Canons,  Minor.  Certain  clergymen  of 
the  churcii  of  England  who  occasionally 
assist  in  the  performance  of  the  service 
and  anthem. 

Canon,  Strict.  A  canon  in  tvhich  the 
rules  of  this  form  of  composition  are  very 
closely  followed. 

Canor.  (Lat.)  To  be  sung;  melodious 
singing  ;  melody. 

Canore.    (Fre.)    Musical ;  tuneful. 

Canoms.  (Lat.)  Musical ;  tuneful ;  so- 
norous. 

Canos  o  Canones  del  Organo.  (Spa.) 
Tubes  or  pipes  of  an  organ. 

Cant.  An  abbreviation  of  Canto  and  Can- 
tata. 

Cantab.    An  abbreviation  of  CarUabile. 

Cantabau-t  pueri  et  assa  voce  et 
cum  tibiciue.  (Lat.)  With  vocal  mu- 
sic only. 

Cantabile.  (Ita.)  Tn  a  melodious,  grace- 
ful, and  singing  style :  a  perform.inco 
smooth,  elegant,  and  replete  witli  feeling. 

Cantabile  ad  r.ibituni.  (Ita.)  In  sing- 
ing style ;  at  pleasure. 

Cantabile,  Con  Molto  Portamento. 
(Ita.)     In  a  singing  style  ;  very  gliding. 

Cantabile,  Oruameuti  ad  Libitum, 
ma  piu  tosto  pocbi  e  buoui.  (Itu.) 
In  a  singing  style,  with  embellishments  at 
will,  but  few  aud  well  chosen. 

Cantable.  (Spa.)  Tunable  ;  harmonious  ; 
musical ;  pathetic  ;  affecting. 

Cantacchiare.  (Ita.)  To  sing  low ;  to 
hum. 

Cautada.    (Spa.)    A  cantata. 

Cantadonrs.  Itinerant  gingers  of  songs 
and  ballads,  who,  with  other  mnsie.nl  pro- 
fessors of  various  descriptions,  sprang  up 
in  Provence  about  the  middle  of  the  nmth 
century. 

Cantafera.     (Ita.)    A  ballad  ;  a  ditty. 

Cantaraento.  (Ita.)  Singing;  tune; 
.lir. 

Cantando.  (Ita.)  In  a  melodious,  sing- 
ing manner. 

Cautans.    (Lat.)    Singing. 

Cantante.  (Ita.)  A  part  intended  for  the 
voice. 

Cantante,  Ariose.  (Ita.)  A  species  of 
speaking  air,  which,  by  introducing  fre- 
quent ctianges  of  measure  and  manner, 
flrst  served  to  mark  the  distinction  be- 
tween air  and  recitative. 

Cantar.    (Spa.)    To  sing,  or  to  chant. 

Cantar  a  la  Almohadllla.  (Spa.)  To 
sing  alone,  ,and  without  being  accompa- 
nied by  instruments. 

Cantarcico.    (Spa.)    A  little  song. 

Cantarcillo.    (Spa.)    A  little  song. 

Cautare.    (Ita.)    To  sing  ;  to  chant. 

Cantare  a  Aria.  (Ita.)  To  sing  without 
coutining  one's  self  to  the  music  written. 


CAN 


41 


CAN 


Cantare  a  £itbro.  {Ita.)  To  sing  from 
notes. 

Cantare  a  OreccUio.  (Ita.)  To  sing'  by- 
ear,  that  is,  without  a  knowledge  of  mu- 
sical notation  ;  siugiug  by  rote. 

Cantare  di  Maniera.  (Ua.)  To  sing 
with  a  profusion  of  embellishments,  with- 
out taste  or  discernment. 

Cantariu.  {Spa.)  One  who  is  constantly 
singing. 

Cantariiia.  {Spa.)  A  woman  who  sings 
in  public. 

Cautar  1'  Istesso.  (Ita.)  Sing  the  same, 
or  in  the  same  manner. 

CantAta.  (Ita.)  A  species  of  composi- 
tion consisting  of  an  intermixture  of  air 
and  recitative  ;  any  elaborate  vocal  compo- 
sition not  having  a  more  specific  name. 

Cautata  Amorose.  {Ita.)  A  cantata 
having  for  its  theme  the  subject  of  love. 

Cautata  Moral!  o  Spiritual!.  {Ita.)  A 
cantata  designed  for  the  church. 

Cantata,  Secular.  A  style  of  composi- 
tion requiring  less  light  and  shade  than 
ecclesiastical  or  dr.imatic  music. 

Cantata,  Spiritual.  Ecclesiastical  mu- 
sic, consisting  of  several  solo  and  choral 
movements. 

Cantate.    {Ita.)    A  cantata. 

Cantatilla.    {Ita.)    A  short  cantata. 

Cantatina.    {Ita.)    A  cantata  of  limited 

compass. 
Cautation.    The  act  of  singing. 
Cantator.    {Lat.)    A  singer  ;  a  chanter. 
Cautatore.     {Ita.)    A  singer. 
Cantatrice.    {Ita.)    A  female  singer. 

Cantatrice  Buffa.  {Ita.)  A  woman  who 
sings  in  comic  opera. 

Cantatrix.    {Lat.)    A  female  vocalist. 

Cantazzare.  {Ita.)  To  sing  often  and 
poorly. 

Cauterellando.    {Ita.)    Singing  softly. 

Canterellare.  {Ua.)  To  sing  low  j  to 
warble. 

Canterino.  {Ita.)  A  singer ;  a  musi- 
cian. 

Cautica.  {Lat.  and  Spa.)  A  short  inter- 
lude formerly  introduced  in  dramatic  per- 
formances. 

Canticeea.    {Lat.)    Short  interludes. 

Canticar.    {Spa.)    To  sing  ;  to  chant. 

Cant!  Carnascialesclil.  {Ita.)  A  col- 
lection of  songs,  ballads,  madrigals,  4e., 
on  various  subjects,  sung  late  at  night 
during  the  carnival  at  Klorence,  by  parties 
of  men  in  masks,  with  lighted  tapers  and 
a  band  of  music. 

Cauticchiare.  (Ita.)  To  hum ;  to 
chirp. 

Cantlci.  {Ita.)  Devotional  songs  or  can- 
ticles. 

Canticio.     {Spa.)    Constant  or  frequent 

singing. 
Canticle.    A  hymn,  or  divine  song. 
4» 


Canticles.  A  collection  of  divine  hymns 
and  songs  ;  among  the  Greeks,  ^soliloquies 
introduced  in  dramas. 

Cantico.    {Ita.  and  Spa.)    A  canticle,  or 

divine  song. 

Canticum.  {Lot.)  A.  canticle,  or  divine 
song  ;  the  words  sung  by  a  chorus  in  the 
background  of  Greek  pantomime. 

Canti^a.    {Spa.)     To  chant ;  to  sing. 

Cantilate.    To  recite  musically. 

Cantllation.  A  recitation  with  musical 
cadence  ;  chanting. 

Cantilena.  {Ita.)  The  melody,  air,  or 
principal  part  in  any  composition,  gen- 
erally the  highest  vocal  part ;  in  ancient 
times,  secular  music. 

Cantilenaccia.     ( Ita.)    A  bad  song. 

Cantilenaria.     {Ita.)     To  sing. 

Cantilena  Scotica.  {Ita.)  An  old  and 
favorite  Scotch  air  or  tune. 

Cantilene.  {Fre.  and  Ita.)  Cantilena; 
melody. 

Cautina.  {Spa.)  A  vulgar  song;  Ga- 
licia. 

Cantinela.    {Spa.)    A  ballad. 

Cantiuo.  {Ita.)  The  treble  string  of  a 
violin,  and  similar  instruments. 

Cantio.     {Lat.)    A  song,  or  tune. 

Cantion.    A  song,  or  number  of  verses. 

Cantioues  Sacroe.    {Lat.)    Sacred  songs. 

Cantique.  {Fre.)  A  canticle  ;  a  spiritual 
song. 

Cantito.    {Lat.)    To  sing  often. 

Cantiuncula.    (Lot.)    A  ballad  ;  a  catch. 

Canto.  {Ita.)  The  highest  vocal  part  in 
clioral  music ;  in  ancient  church  music, 
the  soprano  voice,  or  part ;  to  chant ;  to 
sing  ;  a  part,  or  division  of  a  poem. 

Canto  Clef.  The  C  clef  when  placed  on 
the  first  line. 

Canto  Concertante.  (Ita.)  The  treble 
of  the  principal  concerting  parts. 

Canto  Fermo.  (Ita.)  A  chant  or  melody 
of  the  Itomish  church  anciently  adopted 
as  a  standard  melody  ;  any  subject  con- 
sisting of  a  few  long,  plain  notes,  given  as 
a  tlieme  for  counterpoint. 

Canto  Fig^rato.  {Ita.)  A  figured  mel- 
ody. 

Canto  Fioritto.  (Ita.)  A  song  in  which 
many  ornaments  are  introduced  ;  flgurate 
counterpoint. 

Canto  €iregorlano.  {Ita.)  The  Grego- 
rian Chant. 

Canto  IVecessario.  {Ita.)  A  term  indi- 
cating those  parts  that  are  to  sing  through 
the  whole  piece. 

Canto  Piano.    {Ita.)    The  plain  song  or 

chant. 
Canto  Primo.    {Ita.)    The  first  treble. 
Cantor.    (Ita.)    A  singer. 
Cautorate.    (Ita.)    The  office  or  residence 

of  a  cantor  ;  a  leading  singer  of  a  clioir. 


CAN 


42 


CAR 


Cautoreillo.  {Spa.)  A  petty,  worthless 
siug-cr. 

Cantore.    (Ita.)    A  sinn-cr. 

Canto  B«cltatlvo.  (Ita.)  The  combina- 
tion of  an  air  and  a  recitative. 

Cantorla.  (, Ita.  axid  Spa.)  A  singing  gal- 
lery ;  a  musical  canto ;  singing. 

Cantor  iu  Cboro.  (Lat.)  A  chorist ;  a 
cliorister. 

Canto  RIpleno.  (Ita.)  The  treble  of 
the  grand  chorus  ,:  the  part  that  sings  or 
plays  iu  the  grand  chorus  only. 

Cantoris.  (Ita.)  A  term  used  in  cathe- 
dral music  to  indicate  the  passages  in- 
tended to  be  taken  by  those  singers  who 
are  placed  on  that  side  of  the  building 
where  the  cantor  or  precentor  sits. 

Canto  Rfvoltato.  (Ita.)  The  treble 
changed. 

Canto  Secondo.  (Ita.)  The  second 
treble. 

Canto  Simpllce.    (Ita.)    Plain  song. 

Cantrix.    (Lot.)    A  female  singer. 

Cantnrla.  (Spa.)  Musical  composition ; 
method  of  performing  music  ;  vocal  music. 

Cantus.  (Lnt.)  A  song  ;  a  chant ;  melody. 

Cantus  Ambrosianns.  (Lat.)  The  mel- 
ody or  chant  introduced  into  the  church 
by  St.  Ambrose. 

Cantus  Dams.    (Lat.)    Major  songs. 

Cantus  X^ccleslasticus.  (Lat.)  Sacred  \ 
song  ;  ecclesiastical  or  church  music. 

Cantus  Figuratus.  (Lat.)  Embellished 
or  tigurate  melodies ;  chants ;  mode  of 
singing. 

Cantus  Firmus.  (Lai.)  The  plain  song, 
or  chant. 

Cantus  Gregorlanus.  (Lat.)  Gregorian 
Chant ;  the  chant  established  by  St.  Greg- 
ory. 

Cantus  >f  ensnrabills.  (Lat.)  Measured 
melody. 

Cantus  Mollis.    (Lat.)    3Iinor  songs. 

Canu.    ( Wei.)    To  sing. 

Cannm.  (Tur.)  A  Turkish  instrument, 
having  catgut  strings,  on  which  the  ladies 
of  the  seraglio  play  with  a  tortoise-shell 
plectrum. 

Canzonaccia.  (Ita.)  A  bad  song;  bad 
singing. 

Canzonclno.  (Ita.)  A  canzonet  j  a  lit- 
tle song. 

Canzone.  (Ita.)  An  air  in  two  or  three 
parts,  with  passages  of  fugue  and  imita- 
tive ;  a  kind  of  lyric  poem,  adapted,  witli 
some  alteration,  from  the  poetry  of  the 
troubadours,  and  introdncea  into  Italy  in 
the  thirteenth  century. 

Canzonet.    A  short  canzone,  or  song. 

Canzonetta.  (Ita.)  A  short  song,  ex- 
pressive of  delicate  sentiment. 

Canzoni.  (Ita.)  A  term  formerly  signi- 
fying symphonies  ;  a  sonata  ;  and,'iu  con- 
nection with  a  passage  of  music,  having 
the  same  meaning  as  allegro. 


Canzoniere.    (Ita.)    A  song:  book. 

Canzonina.  (Ita.)  A  little  song;  can- 
zonet. 

Canzonaccia.    (Ita.)    A  canzonet;  little 

song. 

Caoinan.  (Iri.)  An  ancient  Irish  requi- 
em, accompanied  by  the  harp. 

Capellmeister.  (Ger.)  The  leader  of  a 
baud,  especially  in  the  service  of  a  prince 
or  groat  personage. 

Ca|>illa.  (Spa.)  A  band  of  chapel  musi- 
cians. 

Capiscol.  (Spa.)  A  precentor ;  a  sub- 
chanter. 

Capistrum.  (Lat.)  A  muzzle  used  by 
the  ancient  trumpeters,  so  formed  as  to 
embrace  and  confine  the  cheeks,  to  pre- 
vent their  bur8tin<j  with  the  violence  with 
which  they  blew  the  instruments. 

Capitular.  (Spa.)  To  sing  prayers  at 
diviue  service. 

Capitulario.    (Spa.)    A  book  of  prayers. 

Capo.    (Ita.)    The  head,  or  beginning. 

Capo  d'  Astro.  (Itn.)  Sometimes  used 
instead  of  capotasto,  to  signify  the  prin- 
cipal bridge. 

Capo  d'  Instrumentl.  (Ita.)  The  mas- 
ter, leader,  or  director  of  the  instrumental 
pen'ormers. 

Capo  d'  Opera.  (Itn.)  A  superior  work ; 
a  masterly  production. 

Capo  d'  Orchestra.  (Ita.)  The  leader 
of  tlic  orchestra. 

Capoua.    (Spa.)    A  Spanish  dance. 

Capotasto.  (Ita.)  The  nut  of  the  flngcr- 
board  of  a  violin  or  violoncello  ;  the  prin- 
cipal bridge. 

Capo  Violino.    (Ita.)    The  first  violin. 

Cappella.  (Ita.)  Chapel ;  musician  of  a 
clmrch. 

Cappella,  Alia.     (Ita.)    In  the  church 

style. 
Capriccietto.    (Ita.)    A  short  capriccio. 
Capriccio.    (Ita.)  A  fanciful  and  irregular 

sijecies  of  composition  ;  a  fantasia. 

Capricciosamente.    (Ita.)   With  a  droll, 

comical  manner  of  dehvery. 
Capriccioso.  (Ita.)  Fanciful ;  capricious ; 

humorous. 

CapriccJ.    (Ita.)    Capriccio. 

Caprice.  A  fandful  and  irregular  form  of 
composition. 

Capricho.    (Spa.)    A  caprice. 

Car.    (Ita.)    An  abbreviation  of  Carta. 

Caracteres  de  musique.  (Fre.)  A 
term  applied  to  musical  signs  collect- 
ively. 

Caraniillar.  (Spa.)  To  play  on  a  flageo- 
let. 

Caramillo.  (Spa.)  A  flageolet;  a  small 
flute. 

Carattere.    (Ita.)    Character. 

Carattere,  Mezzo.     (Ita.)    A  term  ap- 


CAR 


43 


CAV 


plied  to  son^g  that  nre  neither  insipidly 
plain,  nor  hig'hly  ornamental. 

Carezzantlo.  {Ita.)  In  a  caressing  or 
coaxing  style. 

Carezxevole.  {Ita.)  Caressingly ;  in  a 
persuasive  style. 

Carlcato.  {Ita.)  In  a  caricatured  or  ex- 
ayfgerated  manner. 

Carlcatura.  {Ita.)  An  exaggerated  rep- 
resentation. 

Carillon.    {Fre.)    A  melody  for  clumes. 

Cartllonneiuent.    {Fre.)    Chiming. 

Carilloiiueur.  {Fre.)  A  performer  on  the 
carillons. 

Carillons.  {Fre.)  Chimes,  consisting  of 
a  set  of  bells  tuned  to  the  various  degrees 
of  the  scale,  on  which  airs  are  played  by 
cloek-work,  or  by  means  of  keys  like  those 
of  a  pianoforte  j  an  air  composed  for 
chimes. 

Carita.    {Ita.)    Tenderness. 

Carita,  Cou.    {Ita.)    With  tenderness. 

Carmen.   {Lat.)   A  song ;  a  verse ;  a  book 

of  verses. 
Carmen  IVatalltinm.    {Lat.)    A  carol. 

Carol.  An  old  ballad  sung  at  Christmas 
by  itinerant  minstrels  ;  the  act  of  singing 
or  warbling. 

Carola.  {Ita.)  A  ballad;  a  simple  song 
sung  to  a  dance  ;  a  carol ;  a  danci-. 

Carolare.  {Ita.)  To  sing  in  a  warbling 
iiianiicr  ;  to  carol.  ^ 

Caroletta.  {Ita.)  A  little  ring  dance  in 
singing. 

Caroll.    ( IFel.)    To  carol. 

Carolle.    {Fre.)    A  carol. 

Carraca.  {f^pa.)  A  rattle  ;  an  instru- 
ment used  instead  of  bells  the  last  three 
days  of  Holy  Week. 

Carracon.    {Spa.)    A  large  rattle. 

Carrerllla.     {Spa.)     Kise  or  fall  of  an 

octave. 
Carried  llVote.    An  appoggiatura  which 

takes  one  half  the  value  of  the  following 

note. 
Carrure    de«    Phrases.      {Fre.)      The 

quadrature,  or  balancing  of  the  phrases. 
Cart,  {fla.)  An  abbreviation  of  Carta. 
Carta.    {Ita.)    A  page  ;  a  folio. 

Carwl.  (  Jfel.)  A  carol ;  a  ballad,  or  light 
song. 

Cascabelada.  {Spa.)  .linglinsr  of  small 
bells. 

Case,  Or^an.   The  frame  or  outside  of  an 

organ  ;  an  organ  house. 
Cassa.    {Ita.)    Chest,  or  box. 

Cassa  Cirande.  {Ita.)  The  great  drum 
in  military  music. 

Cassa  .miltare.    {Ita.)    A  large  drum. 
Casta^nct.    Castanet. 
Castas^uetta.    {Itn.)    Castanets. 
Castaguettes.    {Fre.)    Castanets. 


Castanetas.    {Spa.)    Castanets. 

Castaueteado.  {Spa.)  The  sound  of  cas- 
tanets in  dancing. 

Castanetear.  {Spa.)  To  rattle  castanets 
in  dancing. 

Castanets.  A  pair  of  shells  or  pieces  of 
hard  wood  or  bone,  played  by  being  tied 
to  the  fingers,  and  thus  rattled  by  dancers 
to  the  time  of  the  music  of  the  dance. 

Castaulieta.    {For.)    Castanets. 

Castauuelas.    {Spa.)    Castanets. 

Castorion.  {GrI:.)  A  martial  melody 
performed  on  wind  instruments  by  the 
Greeks  just  previous  to  an  attack  by  the 
enemy. 

Castrato.  {Ita.)  An  artificially  formed 
soprano  or  treble  singer. 

Cataeoustics.  That  part  of  acoustics 
which  considers  the  theory  of  reflected 
sounds  or  echoes. 

Catalectic  Verse.  A  verse  wanting  a 
syllable  at  the  end ;  terminating  with  an 
imperfect  foot. 

Cataphouics.  The  doctrine  of  reflected 
sounds ;  cataeoustics. 

Catcall.  A  squeaking  instrument  formerly 
used  in  play-houses  to  condemn  plays  ;  a 
harsh-sonnaing  pipe. 

Catch.  A  humorous  composition  for  three 
or  lour  voices,  bo  contrived  that  the  sing- 
ers catch  up  each  other's  scnt<3nces,  thus 
giving  to  the  words  a  diflorent  sense  from 
that  of  the  original  reading. 

Catch  Club.  A  society  for  the  purpose  of 
singing  catches  and  glees. 

Catena  di  Trilli.  {Ita.)  A  continuous 
and  rapid  succession  of  trills. 

Caters.    A  bob  major. 

Caterwauling.  A  harsh  noise,  like  that 
made  by  cats. 

Catgut.  A  small  string  for  violins  and 
other  musical  instruments,  made  from  the 
intestines  of  sheep  and  lambs,  dried  and 
twisted,  either  singly  or  together. 

Cathedral  Duty.  An  expression  ap. 
plied  to  the  office  or  performance  of  the 
organist  of  a  cathedral. 

Catling.    A  lute  string. 

Cat  ^usic.  A  name  given  by  the  Ger- 
mans to  a  performance  of  discordant 
sounds ;  calathumpiau  music. 

Cattivo.     {Ita.)     Bad ;  unfit. 

Cattivo  Tempo.  {Ita.)  A  certain  part 
or  time  of  the  measure  whereon  it  is  not 
proper  to  perform  certain  t'linirs,  as  to 
end  a  cadence,  place  a  long  syllable,  &c. 

Cauda.    {Lat.)    Coda. 

Cavalletta.  {fta.)  A  cabalctta  ;  an  agree- 
able passage  occurring  in  an  extended 
composition. 

Cavalletto.    {Ita.)    A  cabaletta. 

Cavalquet.  {Fre.)  A  piece  of  music  for 
the  trumpet,  used  as  a  signal  for  the 
march  of  cavalry. 

Cavalquet,  Double.  A  manner  of  sound- 


CAV 


44 


CHA 


tag  the  tminpet  in  approaching  a  city,  or 
marcliing  through  it. 

Cavata.  (Ita.)  A  small  song,  sometimes 
preceded  by  a  recitative ;  a  cavatiua. 

Cavatlna.  (Ha.)  An  air  of  one  move- 
ment or  part  only,  occasionally  preceded 
by  a  recitative. 

Cavatine.,   (Fre.)    A  cavatina. 

€axa.  (Spa.)  A  drum;  the  wooden  wise 
of  an  organ. 

Caxon.  (Spa.)  A  mould  for  casting  or- 
g.in  pipes. 

C  B.  The  initials  of  Col  Basso  and  Con- 
tra Basso. 

C  Barre.  (Fre.)  The  character  indicating 
alia  breve  time  ;  C  barred  (125). 

C  Barred.  C  with  a  bar  across  it ;  the 
second  mark  of  common  time  (125). 

C  Clel.  A  clef  that  g'ives  to  the  notes 
placed  on  tlie  same  hne  with  itself  the 
letter  C  for  their  local  name  (48). 

C  I>ar.    (Ger.)    The  key  of  C  major. 

Cel»eH.  The  name  of  an  old  air,  written  in 
common  time,  characterized  by  a  quick 
and  sudden  alternation  of  high  and  low 
notes. 

Ceja.  (Spa.)  Bridge  of  a  violin,  or  simi- 
lar instrument. 

Celcbrer.    (Fre.)    To  sing. 

Celere.    (Ita.)    Quick  ;  rapid. 

Celcridad.    (Spa.)    Celerity ;  velocity. 

Celerita.    (Ita.)    Celerity. 

Celeste.  (Fre.)  A  w^ord  indicating  the 
employment  of  the  pedal  in  some  piano- 
fortes, which  acts  on  the  celestiua,  or  soft 
stop. 

Celestial  Music.  One  of  the  subdivisions 
of  music  among  the  ancients,  comprehend- 
ing the  harmony  of  the  sounds  supposed 
to  result  Irom  the  motions  of  the  heavenly 
bodies. 

'Cellist.    An  abbreviation  of  Violoneellist. 

'Cello.    An  abbreviation  of  VtolonceUo. 

Ceinb.    An  abbreviation  of  Cembalo. 

Cembal  d'Amour.  An  instrument  sim- 
iliir  to  a  harpsichord  or  pianoforte. 

Cembalo.  (Itn.)  The  harpsichord,  and 
instruments  of  similar  construction. 

Cembalo  Onnicordo.  (Ita.)  An  instru- 
ment of  the  harpsichord  or  pianoforte 
class. 

Cembanello.    (Ita.)    A  small  tabret. 

Cencerrear.  (Spa.)  To  play  on  an  un- 
tuned guitar. 

Cencerro.    (Spa.)    An  ill-tuned  guitir. 

Cennamella.  (Ita.)  Bagpipe;  flageo- 
let. 

Cenobltes.  Monks  of  the  Greek  church 
who  live  in  cloisters,  and  perform  all  the 
services  of  the  choir. 

Centone.  (Ita.)  A  sort  of  medley  on  a 
l:irtre  scale,  being  several  tunes  connectetl 
by  appropriate  passages. 

Cepballcas.    The  name  of  one  of  the  mu- 


sical characters  of  not.ition  used  in  tho 
middle  ages. 

Cerdana.    (Spa.)    A  danccln  Catalonia. 

Cerdear.  (Spa.)  To  emit  harsh  and  dis- 
cordant sounds. 

Cervalet.  A  phort  wind  instrument,  re- 
sembling in  tone  ttie  bassoon. 

Ces.    (Ger.)    C  fl.-it. 

C.  £spr.  An  abbreviation  of  Con  Es 
pressimie. 

Cesnra.  (Lat.)  A  pause  in  verse,  so  in- 
troduced as  to  aid  tlie  recital  and  render 
the  versification  more  melodious. 

Ceswre.  (Fre.)  A  metrical  break  or  di- 
vision in  a  verse. 

Cetera.    (Ita.)    A  cithern  ;  harp ;  lyre. 

Ceterante.    (Ita.)    A  player  on  the  h.irp. 

Ceteratore.    (Ita.)    Harper. 

Ceterizzare.     (Ita.)    To  harp. 

Cetra.    (Ita.)    A  small  harp. 

Cetrarciere.  (Ita.)  One  with  bow  and 
cithern. 

Ch..    An  abbreviation  of  Choir  and  Chorus. 

Cha.  (Chi.)  An  instrument  siniilnr  to  tlie 
kin,  but  having  the  chromatic  scale. 

Chabatis.  The  name  of  the  favorite  mel- 
odies of  the  Almees,  or  Arabian  singing 
girls.  The  iirst  part  is  always  sung,  and 
repeated  by  the  accompaniment. 

Cbace.    (Fre.)    A  fugue. 

Chacoiia.  (Spa.)  A  chaconne;  an  air 
constructed  on  a  ground  bass;  n  dance 
resembling  tlie  saraband. 

Chaconde.  (Fre.)  A  dance  in  the  air  of 
a  saraband. 

Chacoune.  (Fre.)  An  air  constructed  on 
a  ground  bass  ;  a  dance,  of  Arabian  origin, 
resembling  the  saraband. 

Cbain  of  Shakes.    A  series  of  shakes 

upon  several  tones. 
Clial.     An  abbreviation  of  Chnhnne.oii. 

Cbalempouug.  (Jav.)  A  stringed  in- 
strument of  the  Malays,  having  from  ten 
to  fifteen  strings,  and  played  like  a 
harp. 

Cballl.  (Heb.)  An  old  Hebrew  instru- 
ment, being  a  pipe  perforated  and  fur- 
nished with  holes  like  the  fife  or  flute. 

Chalmey.  A  wind  instrument,  so  cnlled 
from  the  Latin  word  calamus,  a  reed, 
through  which  it  is  blown ;  a  ch.alu- 
raeau. 

Clialotte.  A  tulio  of  brass,  closed  at  its 
lower  end,  and  tiled  down  flat  upon  one 
side,  to  receive  the  reed  of  an  organ  iiijie, 
an  openinq:  being  left  upon  the  flat  side, 
to  nllow  tho  passage  of  the  wind. 

Chalnineau.  (Fre.)  An  ancient  rustic 
flute  :  in  music  written  for  the  clarinet 
the  word  signifies  Ih-it  the  passage  to 
which  it  refers  must  be  played  an  octave 
lower. 

Cbamade.  (Fre.)  A  beat  of  th?  drum, 
or  sound  of  trumpet,  to  indicate  to  an 


CHA 


45 


CHA 


cncmj'  a  willingness  to  capitulate,  make  ( 

truce,  or  the  like. 
Cliainbcr  Band.      A  company  of  musi- 
cians whose  performances  arc  confined  to 

chamber  music. 
Chamber,   Bell.      That   portion   of  tlic 

tower  or  steeple  in  which  a  chime  of  bells 

is  placed  ;  a  belfry. 
Chamber^a.    {Spa.)    A  Spanish    dance, 

accompamed  by  song. 

Cliam be r  Voice.  A  voice  especially  suited 
to  the  execution  of  parlor  music. 

Cliancherizato.  (Jfn.)  A  composition 
having-  a  retrograde  motion. 

Changeable.  A  peculiarity  of  chants 
whieJi  may  be  performed  either  in  the  ma- 
jor or  minor  key  of  the  tonic  iu  which 
they  arc  written. 

Changed  HVote.  An  irregular,  transient 
note. 

Chanse,  £nharmonlc.  A  passage  in 
whicli  the  notation  is  changed,  but  the 
same  key  s  of  the  instrument  are  employed. 

Change  Blngiue.  The  round  ringing 
of  a  chime  ot  bells,  varied  by  changes  at 
the  option  of  the  ringer. 

Changes.  Alternations  or  variegated  peals 
rung  on  bells. 

Changing  yiotea.  Passing  notes  on  the 
acceiited  parts  of  a  bar. 

Chans.    An  abbreviation  of  Chanson. 

Chanson.    (Frc.)    Song. 

Chanson  Bachique.   (Fre.)  A  drinking 

song. 
Chanson  des  Rues.     (Fre.)    A    street 

tune ;  a  vaudeville. 
Chansonner.    {Fre.)    To  make  songs. 
Chansounette.    {Fre.)    A  short  or  little 

song. 

Chansonnler.  {Fre.)  A  songster  ;  a  bal- 
lad writer. 

Chansounlcre.  {Fre.)  A  woman  who 
writes  songs  and  ballads. 

Chansons  de  Geste.  {Fre.)  Historical 
and  heroical  romances,  sung  by  minstrels 
of  the  thirteenth  century. 

Chansons  Royales.  {Fre.)  Songs  sung 
at  court. 

Chant.  A  simple  melody,  generally  har- 
monized in  four  parts,.' to  which  lyric.il 
portions  of  the  Scriptures  are  sung ;  the 
act  of  reciting  musically  ;  to  sing;  a  mu- 
sical subject ;  theme. 

Chantable.   {Fre.)    Suitable  to  be  sung. 

Chant,  Anibrosian.  The  chant  intro- 
duced by  St.  Ambrose  into  the  church  at 
Milan  in  the  fourth  century. 

Chant,  Ainoureux.  {Fre.)  A  love  song; 
an  amorous  ditty. 

Chantant.  {Fre.)  In  a  singing  manner  ; 
instrumental  music  of  a  smooth,  melodi- 
ous style;  tuneful;  adapted  to  singing; 
harmonious. 

Chantant  avec  Oont  et  Grace.  {Fre.) 
In  a  graceful,  singing  style. 


Cliantante.  {Fre.)    Singing. 

Chantante,  Bass.  {Fre.)  Any  bass  tho 
notes  of  which  flow  in  a  smooth  and 
pleasing  manner,  forming  in  themselves, 
independent  of  the  superior  parts,  a  pleas- 
ing melody. 

Chant  d'Allegresse.  (jPVe.)  A  song  of 
joy. 

Chant  d'Kglise.  {Fre.)  Church  sing- 
ing. 

Chant  de  Gnerre.   {Fre.)  TVar  song. 
Chant    de    iVoel.     {Fre.)     A  Christmas 

carol. 
Chant,    Dorian,    {lia.)    A   chant   with 

which  the  harp  was  sometimes  associated, 

adapted  to  grave  and  warlike  measures. 
Chant,  Bouble.    A  simple,  harmonized 

melody,  extending   to    two  verses    of  a 

psalm,  as  sung  iu  cathedrals,  &.c. 
Chant  dn  Soir.    {Fre.)    Evening  song. 
Chant  en  Isou.    {Fre.)    Psalmody,  or  a 

species  of  chant  of  only  two  notes. 
Chanter.    A  male  singer ;  the  leader  of  a 

choir ;  one  who  chants  ;  the  pipe  which 

sounds  the  tenor  or  treble  in  a  bagpipe. 
Chanter  a  plelne  volx.    {Fre.)    To  be 

iu  full  song. 
Chanter,  Arch.  The  leader  of  the  ch.ints  ; 

the  chief  chanter. 
Chanterelle.     {Fre.)     The  first  string  of 

the  violin  or  guitar  ;  any  small  and  shrill- 
sounding    string  of  instruments  strung 

with  catgut ;  a  musical  bottle. 
Chanter  en  Choenr.    {Fre.)    To  sing  in 

chorus. 
Chanteres.    Ancient  minstrels. 
Chanter  Faux.    {Fre.)     To  sing  out  of 

tunc. 
Chanterie.  {Fre.)  The  chanter's  place. 
Chanter  Juste.    {Fre.)   To  sing  in  tunc. 
Chanter  la  IVote.     {Fre.)    To  sol  fa  ;  to 

sing  iu  tune,  but  without  expression. 
Chanter  le  plain  Chant.     {Fre.)    To 

chant. 
Chanter  par  Doubles  Croche.   {Fre.) 

To  semiquaver. 
Chanterres.     {Fre.)     Provencal    singers 

of  songs  and  ballads. 
Chanter  Toujours    la   llfcmc   Auti- 

eniie.     {Fre.)     To   sing   the   same   song 

over  and  over  again. 
Chantenr.     {Fre.)     A  male  vocalist  ;    a 

songster ;  song-bird. 
Chantcur  des  Rues.    {Fre.)    A  ballad 

sir.gcr. 
Chanteuse.     {Fre.)    A  female  vocalist ;  a 

chantress. 
Chant  Funebre.  {Fre.)  Dirge ;  a  funeral 

song. 
Chant,  Gregorian.    A  chant  established 

by  St.  Gregory  the  Great,  and  incorpo- 
rated in    the  Roman  liturgy  by  Charle 

magne  in  789. 
Chanting.    The  act  of  repeating  words 

with  a  chanting  modulation. 


CHA 


46 


CHI 


Chant  HiUgubre.  (Fre.)  A  dismal,  dole- 
ful Uitty. 

Chant,  L<ydtan.  A  chant  of  a  sorrowful 
style,  haviu^  for  its  object  a  sense  of  lan- 
guor and  melancholy. 

Chant  >Ionotone.    A  monotonous  song. 

Chantonncr.    (Fre.)    To  hum  a  tunc.       | 

Chantonnerie.    (,Fre.)    numming. 

Chantor.  A  singer  in  the  choir  of  a  ca- 
thedraL 

Chant,  Phryg^tan.  A  chant  intended  to 
excite  the  liciircrs  to  fury  aud  rage. 

Chant,  Plain.  An  ecclesiaKticnl  ch.int  in 
duple  measure,  with  notes  of  equal  lenc^'tli, 
and  seldom  extending  beyond  tlie  limits 
of  an  octave  ;  plain  song. 

Chantre.    (Fre.)    The  leader  of  a  choir. 

CUantress.    A  female  singer. 

Chantrlesi.  Institutions  in  the  Romish 
church,  endowed  for  the  purpose  of  siug- 
in;.f  masses  for  the  founders. 

Chaiit,  Roman.    The  Gregorian  chant. 

Chantry.    An  endowed  chapel. 

Chantry  Priests.  Certain  stipendiary 
priests,  whose  partlcnlar  ofBcc  it  is  to 
sing  mass  in  the  chantries. 

Chant  Sacrc.    (Fre,)    Sacred  music. 

Chant,  Single.  A  Finiple,  harmonized 
melody,  c.Ktendlng  only  to  one  verse  of  a 
psalm  as  sung  in  cathedrals. 

Chants,  Ko]|ral.  (Fre.)  Lyrics  written 
on  lofty  subjects,  and  much  used  in  the 
early  times  of  Frencli  poesy. 

Chant,  Sub-Phrygian.  A  chant  em- 
ployed to  appease  the  furor  excited  by  the 
Phrygian  chant. 

Chant  sur  le  ILilvre.  {Fre.)  A  species 
of  counterpoint  on  the  plain  cliant,  iior- 
fonned  by  several  voices,  each  composing 
and  singing  extempore. 

Chanxoneta.  {Spa.)  A  ballad  ;  a  little, 
merry  song. 

Chapean  Chlnois.  (Fre.)  Chinese 
bell. 

Chape-Chnter.  (,Fre.)  To  make  a  rus- 
tling noise. 

Chapel,  Ante.  That  portion  of  the  chapel 
leading  to  the  choir. 

Chapelle.    (Fre.)    Chapel. 

Chapler.    (Fre.)    A  singer  in  his  cope. 

Characteristic  Chord.  The  leading  or 
principal  chord. 

Characteristic  IVote.     A  leading  note. 

Characters.  A  general  name  for  musical 
signs. 

Chariot  .4i.lr.  A  music^d  air  of  the  an- 
cient Greeks. 

Charivari.  ( Frc.)  A  noisy  music  made 
with  tin  horns,  kettles,  bells,  pans,  Ac, 
In  derision  of  some  person  or  event;  a 
mock  serenade. 

Chasse.     (Fre.)    In  the  hunting  style. 

Chatsoteroth.  (//i-ft.)  Tlie  silver  trum- 
pet of  the  ancient  llebrcws,  straight  and 


hollow    throughout,  a  cubit    in    length, 
with  a  bell-shaped  mouth. 
Chatzozerah.       (Zfeft.)       The    chatsote- 
roth. 

Channt.    Chant. 

Chauntor.  A  person  who  sings  in  the 
choir  of  a  cathedral ;  a  chantor. 

Che.  (Ita.)  Than;  that;  who;  which;  &c. 

Che.  (Chi.)  One  of  the  eight  species  into 
which  the  Chinese  divide  their  ntusical 
sounds,  being  tliat  derived  from  silk. 

Chef.   (Fre.)   Leader;  chief. 

Chef  d'Orchestre.  (Fre.)  The  conduct- 
or of  an  orchestra. 

Chef  d'On-rre.  (Fre.)  A  choice  perform- 
ance ;  a  masterpiece. 

Chelpour.  (/'er.)  A  Persian  trumpet 
used  in  mliuiry  service. 

Chelys.  (GrI:.)  A  stringed  instrument  of 
the  lute  species,  so  caTlctl  because  lirst 
made  of  a  tortoise  shell. 

Cheng.  (Clii.)  One  of  the  eight  species 
into  which  the  Chinese  divide  their  mu- 
sical sounds,  being  that  derived  from 
gourds. 

Cherubical  Ilymn.  A  hymn  of  great 
note  ill  the  early  Christian  church ;  the 
Trisagium. 

Chest  of  Viols.  An  old  expression  ap- 
plied to  a  set  of  viols,  consisting  of  si.v, 
the  particular  use  of  which  was  to  phiv 
fantasi.-ia  in  six  parts,  {renerally  two  each 
of  biiKS,  tenor,  and  treble. 

Chest  Tones.  Tones  natnrally  prodnced 
by  tlio  vac.il  orgr.ns  in  ordinary  convcrsa- 
tio;i  ;  the  lo\ver  tones  of  the  v6i(«. 

Chest  Voice.  The  register  of  the  chest 
tones. 

Chest.  Wind.  A  reservoir  In  an  organ 
lill;>  1  with  air  by  nie.-ilis  of  the  ImUowk, 
and  from  which  it  piisses  to  tlio  pijn  s. 

Chevalet.  (/>e.)  The  bridge  of  any  in- 
strument of  the  violin  species. 

Cheville.  (Fre.)  The  peg  of  a  violin, 
tenor,  violoncello,  <tc. 

Chevrotant.    (Fre.)    Tremulous. 

Chevrotement.  (Fre.)  Tremulous  mo- 
tion. 

Chevroter.   (Fre.)  To  be  tremulous. 

Chhnnduvntee.  (Ilin.)  The  fourth  of 
the  Srootis  of  the  Khunvi,  or  first  note  of 
the  Hindoo  scale. 

Chlainare.    (Ita.)   To  chime. 

Chiamare  a  Ilaccolta.  (Ita.)  To  beat 
the  drum. 

Chtainata.  (Ita.)  To  beat  a  parley. 

Chiareutaua.  (Ita.)  An  Italian  country 
dance. 

Chlarezza.   (Ita.)  Clearness  ;  neatness. 

Chiarlua.  (Ita.)  A  clarion  ;  a  hautboy. 

Chlaro.  (Ita.)  Clear,  as  regards  sound  or 
tone. 

Chlarosenro.  (Itn.)  Light  and  shade,  in 
modilicatious  of  forte  aud  piano. 


CHI 


47 


CHO 


Chlave.   {lia.)   A  clef  or  key. 

Chiave  Maestro.  (Ita.)  The  fundamen- 
tal key  or  note. 

Cliickera.  (Hin.)  An  instrument  havin^^ 
four  or  live  gut  strings,  used  in  India,  and 
played  with  a  bow. 

CMeaa.    (Ita.)    Church. 

CtkUtvea.  (Fre.)  Figures,  in  speaking  of 
thorough  bass. 

Chifla.     (5prt.)    A  whistle. 

Chlfladera.    (Spa.)    A  whistle. 

Chtfladora.     (Spa.)    "Whistling. 

Chiflar.   (Spa.)   To  whistle. 

Chifle.    (Spa.)    A  bird-call. 

Chlflido.  (Spa.)  The  sound  of  a  whistle 
or  bird-call. 

Chillldo.    (Spa.)    A  shrill  sound. 

Cbimbe.     An  old  word  signifying  chime. 

Chime.  A  set  of  bells  tuned  to  a  musical 
scale  ;  a  consoniince  of  many  instruments  ; 
the  sound  of  bells  in  harmony  j  a  corre- 
spondence of  sound. 

Chime  Barrel.  The  cylindrical  portion 
of  the  mechanism  sometimes  applied  to  a 
chime  of  bells  for  the  purpose  of  ringing 
them. 

Chlmer.  One  who  chimes ;  a  performer 
upon  a  set  of  bells  tuned  to  a  musical  scale. 

Chiming^.  The  swinging  of  a  bell  so  that 
it  moves  like  the  pendulum  of  a  clock, 
and  brings  the  body  of  the  bell  in  contact 
with  the  tongue,  wliich  remains  nearly 
stationary  ;  the  act  of  sounding  or  ringing 
in  harmony  ;  agreeing  in  sound. 

Chimney.  In  an  organ,  a  small  tube  pass- 
ing titrough  the  cap  of  a  stopped  pipe. 

Chiiidara.  (Per.)  A  fabulous  fountain  of 
the  Persians,  at  which  it  is  said  the  sounds 
of  instruments  are  constantly  heard. 

Chinese  Flute.  An  instrument  of  bam- 
boo, bound  with  silk  between  the  aper- 
tures to  preserve  the  wood  from  cracking. 

Chinese  ^lusical  Scale.  A  scale  con- 
sisting of  five  notes  without  semitones, 
the  music  being  written  on  five  lines  in 
perpendicular  columns,  and  the  elevation 
and  depression  of  tones  indicated  by  dis- 
tinctive names. 

Chimnor.     (Heb.)     The  Hebrew  harp. 

Chlrle.    llta.)    Kyrie,  the  vocative  case  of 

a  Greek  word  signifying  Lord. 
Chirna.     To  sing  as  a  bird. 
Chirmia.     (Spa.)    A  clarion;   a   clarion 

player. 

Chiros^mnaste.  (Tta.)  A  square  board 
on  wnieh  are  placed  various  mechanical 
contrivances  for  exercising  the  Angers  of 
the  pianist. 

Chiroplast.  (Tta.)  An  instrument  for  the 
guidance  of  the  hands  and  fingers  of  young 
practitioners  on  the  pianoforte. 

Chlrrlar.  (Spa.)  To  sing  out  of  tune  or 
time. 

ChispoTTOteo.    (Spa.)    Siblllation ;  hiss- 


Chitarone.  (Ita.)  A  large  or  double 
guitar. 

Chltarra.   (Ita.)  Guitar. 

Chitarriglia.    (Ita.)    A  small  guitar. 

Chitarrista.    (Ita.)    A  g^uitarist. 

Chiudendo.    (Ita.)    Concluding, 

Chindendo  col  Aria.  (Ita.)  Ending 
with  the  air. 

Chindendo  col  Motlvo.  (Ita.)  Con- 
cluding with  tlie  subject. 

Chiudendo  col  Ritornello.  (Ita.)  End- 
ing with  the  sympliony. 

Cho.  (Sco.)  A  double  trumpet  having 
great  power  of  tone. 

Cho.    An  abbreviation  of  Chorus. 

Choenr.     (Fre.)    The  choir,  or  chorus. 

Choice  ]Votes.  Notes  placed  on  different 
degrees  in  the  same  measure,  either  or  all 
of  which  may  be  sung. 

Choir.  A  gallery  or  portion  of  a  chapel  or 
Ciithedral  set  apart  for  the  singers  in  di- 
vine worship ;  the  singers  themselves, 
taken  collectively  ;  in  Catholic  countries, 
a  large  hall  in  which  the  nuns  sing. 

Choir,  Boy.  A  choir  formed  of  boys  from 
eight  to  fourteen  years  of  age.  The  for- 
mation of  these  choirs  has  been  confined 
mostly  to  the  Episcopal  church  in  Eng- 
land. 

Choir,  Grand.  In  organ  playing,  the 
union  of  all  the  reed  stops. 

Choir  Man.  Any  vocal  officiate  of  a 
clioir. 

Choir  Master.  The  leader  or  conductor 
of  a  choir  ;  a  chorister. 

Choir  Organ.  In  organs  with  three  rows 
of  keys,  the  first  or  lowest  row,  being  the 
smaller  or  softer  toned  organ,  employed  to 
accompany  the  principal  singers  in  solos, 
ducts,  &c. 

Choir  Service.  The  duties  of  a  member 
of  a  choir. 

Choir,  Trombone.  Among  the  Moravi- 
an.s,  a  number  of  nnisicians  whose  duty  it 
is  to  announce  from  the  steeple  of  the  vil- 
lage church  the  death  of  individual  mem- 
bers, and  assist  in  funeral  solemnities. 

Choliambic.  A  verse  in  poetry  having 
an  iambic  foot  in  the  fifth  place,  and  a 
spondee  in  the  sixth  or  last. 

Choor.   (Dan.)   A  choir. 

Choosing  IVotes.  Two  or  more  notes  in 
a  passage  of  music,  either  of  which  may 
be  taken,  at  tlie  option  of  the  performer. 

Chor.   ( Oer.)  Choir  ;  chorus. 

Choragus.  (Lat.)  A  term  applied  in 
Athens  to  those  who  superintended  a  mu- 
sicid  entertainment  and  provided  a  chorus 
at  their  own  expense. 

Choral.  (Ger.)  A  psalm  tune;  th.nt  which 
relates  to  or  is  adapted  to  the  use  of  a 
clioir  ;  full,  or  for  many  voices. 

Choral  Anthem.  An  anthem  in  a  sim- 
ple, slow,  measured  style,  in  the  manner 
of  a  choral. 


CHO 


48 


CHO 


Choral  Band.  The  performers  of  the 
choruses. 

Choral  Book.  A  collection  of  choral  mel- 
odies, cither  with  or  without  a  prescribed 
harmonic  accompaniment ;  the  book  in 
which  the  choral  melodies,  used  in  a  par- 
ticular region  of  country,  or  in  a  particu- 
lar church,  arc  written  in  notes. 

Choralbnch.  (Ger.)  Chor-il  book,  a  col- 
loctio'.i  of  choral  mcloflies. 

Choraleon.  (Pol.)  A  kej-ed  instrument, 
invented  in  Wnrsaw,  of  simiLir  construc- 
tion to  an  organ. 

Choral  Hymn.  A  hymn  to  be  performed 
by  ^  chorus. 

Clwiralist.  A  choral  singer ;  a  choral 
loader  ;  a  member  of  a  choir. 

Chorally.  lu  the  manner  of  a  choir  or 
chorus. 

Choralmassig.  (Ger.)  la  the  style  of  a 
psalm  tunc. 

Choral  Music.  Music  composed  and  per- 
formed in  the  style  and  manner  of  a  cho- 
ral ;  music  in  parts. 

Choral  Scr»-ice.  A  form  of  relig^ious  ser- 
vice in  which  the  priest  sings  in  response 
to  the  choir. 

Choranles.  (Lnt.)  A  minstrel ;  one  that 
plays  ou  a  pipe  or  llute. 

Chorautus.  (Ltit.)  The  name  given  by 
the  ancient  llomaus  to  tlie  bagpipe. 

Chord.  A  union  of  the  sounds  of  several 
strings,  pipes,  or  voices  ;  a  combination 
of  several  sounds  forming  liarmouy ;  tlie 
string  of  a  musical  instrument ;  to  lurnlsli 
an  instrument  with  strings. 

Chorda.  (Lot.)  A  musical  chord ;  the 
string  of  an  instrument. 

Chord,  Accidental.  A  chord  produced 
eitlior  by  anticipation  or  retardation,  —  bv 
anticipation,  when,  in  a  preceding  chord, 
one  or  more  notes  are  taken  of  a  succeed- 
ing chord  to  wliich  they  do  not  belong, — 
by  retiirdation,  wlien  one  or  more  notes  of 
n  precediu''  chor.l  arc  by  suspension  car- 
ried into  the  composition  of  the  succeed- 
ing chord. 

Chordae  Vocales.  (Lat.)  Vocal  chords. 

Chord,  Anomalous.  A  chord  in  which 
some  interval  or  intervals  are  greater  or 
loss  than  those  of  tlie  fundamental  cliord. 

Chordanlodion.  A  musical  instrument 
invented  by  Frederick  Kaufmann,  of  iJres- 
den,  the  internal  structure  of  which  has 
never  been  made  known. 

Chord  a  Vido.  (Jtn.)  A  name  formerly 
eiven  to  the  pound  drawn  from  the  open 
string  of  a  violin,  violoncello,  or  similar 
instruments. 

Chord.  Chnracteristlc.  The  principal 
chord  ;  the  leading  chord. 

Chord,  Chromatic.  A  chord  that  cannot 
bo  pxprosned  without  a  chromatic  sign. 

Chord,  Comnjon.  A  chord  oonsitthig  of 
a  bass  note,  together  witli  its  third  and 
fifth,  to  which  the  octave  is  often  added. 


Chord,  Complete.  A  chord  perfect  in  aU 
its  parts,  having  all  its  projMjr  members. 

Chord,  Dominant.  The  sensible  chord  : 
that  which  is  practised  on  the  dominant 
of  the  tone,  and  introduces  a  perfect  ca- 
dence. 

Chord,  ITominant  Septima.  The  dom- 
inant chord. 

Chord,  Kqutvocal.  A  name  sometimes 
given  to  the  diaiinishcd  seventh. 

Chord,  First.  The  primary  concord,  or 
common  chord  ;  a  chord  consisting  of  any 
given  bass  note  in  any  key  or  mode,  with 
its  octave,  third,  and  fifth. 

Chord,  Fourfold.  A  chord  consisting 
of  four  tones,  comprising  a  tone  combined 
with  its  third,  flfth,  .ind  seventli. 

Chord,  Fundamental.  That  which 
consists  of  tlic  tliree  fundamental  conso- 
nances, i.  e.,  the  third,  the  firth,  and  the 
eighth  of  the  fundamental  bass,  or  their 
inversions. 

Chordlcnst.  (Ger.)  Choir  service. 
Chord,  Imperfect  Common.    A  chord 

consisting  of  a  b;.ss  note,  accompanied 
by  its  minor  third  and  imperfect  fifth. 

Chord,  Inverted.  A  chord  whose  funda- 
mental tone  is  not  the  lowest,  but  :dlows 
the  third,  fifth,  or  seventh  to  hold  that 
position. 

Chord,  I^arge  Threefold.  A  threefold 
chord  having  tlie  interval  of  a  large  (ma- 
jor) third  between  its  fundamental  tone 
and  its  third. 

Chord,  I^eading.    The  dominant  chord. 

Ciiord,  Major  Threefold.  A  large 
threefold  chord. 

Chord,  Master.   The  principal  chord. 

Chord,  3rona.  The  dominant  chord,  with 
a  third  addeil  to  it. 

Chord  of  the  l^^leventh.  A  chord 
formed  irom  the  chord  of  the  seventh, 
consisting  of  a  Uith,  seventh,  ninth,  and 
eleventh. 

Chord  of  tlie  False  Fifth.  The  first 
inversion  oi  the  dominant  seventh,  iormed 
on  the  seventh,  or  leading  note  of  the 
key,  and  consisting  of  a  bass  note  with  its 
minor  third,  imperfect  fifth,  and  minor 
si.vth. 

Chord  of  the  Fifth.  Composed  of  three 
notes,  namely,  a  first,  third,  and  filth. 

Chord  of  the  Fifth  and  Sixth.    The 

first  inversion  of  tlie  seventh,  iormed  by 
taking  the  third  of  the  original  chord  for 
the  bass,  .and  consisting?  oi  that,  together 
with  its  third,  fifth,  and  sixth. 
Chord  of  the  Fotnrth  and  Fifth.  The 
chord  of  the  eleventh,  witli  tlie  seventh 
and  ninth  omitted. 

Chord  of  the  Fourth  and  Sixth.  The 

second  inversion  of  the  common  chord, 
formed  by  taking  the  fifth  of  the  original 
chord  for  a  bass,  and  consisting  of  that, 
together  with  its  fourth  and  sixth. 

Chord  of  the  IVinth.  A  chord  consist- 
ing of  a  third,  fifth,  seventh,  and  ninth. 


CHO    ^ 


49 


OHO 


Chord  of  the  Second.  The  third  inver- 
sioii  oi'  t-Jie  seventh,  ibrmcd  by  taking  the 
Bcveuth  of  the  orij^hial  chord  as  a  oass, 
and  consisting'  of  that  baws  note,  together 
with  its  KCcoud,  fourth,  and  sixth. 

Chord  ot  the  Second  and  Fifth.  An 
inversion  of  the  cliord  of  the  fourth  and 
fifth,  the  fourth  ttiken  as  a  bass. 

Chord  of  the  Seventh.  A  chord  con- 
sisting of  a  third,  lifth,  and  sevcntli. 

Chord  of  the  Sixth.  The  first  inversion 
of  the  common  chord,  formed  by  taking 
the  tliird  of  tlie  original  cliord  for  a  bass, 
and  consisting  of  that,  together  with  its 
third' and  sixth. 

Chord  of  the  Superflnons  Sixth.  A 
chord  occurring  only  on  tlic  sixtli  degree 
of  the  minor  scale,  and  consisting  of  a 
bass  note,  with  its  major  third  and  super- 
fluous sixth. 

Chord  of  tlie  Third,  Fourth,  and 
Sixth.  Tlie  second  inversion  of  the  scv- 
cntli,  formed  by  talcing  for  a  bass  tlie  lifth 
of  the  original  cliord,  and  consisting  of 
that,  together  with  the  intervals  of  the 
third,  fourtli,  and  sixth. 

Chord  of  the  Thirteenth.  A  chord 
formed  from  the  chord  of  the  seventh, 
consisting  of  a  scvcutli,  ninth,  eleventli, 
and  thirteenth. 

Chord  of  the  Tritone.  The  tliird  inver- 
Bion  of  tlie  dominant  seventh,  formed  on 
the  subflominant  of  the  scale,  consistiuj^ 
of  a  bass  note,  witli  its  major,  second, 
tritone,  or  8Ui)crfluou8  fourth,  and  major 
si.xtli. 

Chordometer.  An  instrument  by  ■which 
to  ascertain  the  strength  of  strings. 

Chord,  l»ci-f  ect.  A  chord  entirely  conso- 
nant. 

Chord,  Primitive.  That  chord  the  low- 
est note  of  which  is  of  the  same  literal 
denomination  as  tlic  fundamental  bass  of 
tlie  liarmony. 

Chord,  Redundant.  A  chord  which 
contains  a  greater  uunil)er  of  tones,  semi- 
tones, or  lower  intervals  tlirin  it  does  in 
its  natural  state,  as  from  /{ to  sol  sharp. 

Chords.  Strings  by  the  vibration  of  which 
the  sensation  of  sound  is  excited. 

Chords,  Broken.  Chords  taken  in  a  bro- 
ken, interrupted  manner,  not  simultane- 
ously. 

Chords  by  Alteration.  Chord !  in  which 
there  is  a  inomeutary  alteration  of  one  or 
several  notes  by  the  introduction  of  an  ac- 
cidental sharp.  Hat,  or  natural. 

Chords  by  Prolonc^ation.  Chorda  in 
which  tlie  dissonant  iiote  is  at  first  heard 
in  a  state  of  consonance. 

Chords  by  Substitution.  Cliords  in 
whicli  one  note  is  substituted  for  another 
which  enters  more  naturally  into  their 
composition. 

Chords,  l>erivative.  Chords  derived 
from  fundamental  chords. 

Chords,    I»inilnished.     Chords    some- 
what less  than  perfect. 
5 


Chord,  Sensible.    The  dominant  chord. 

Chords,  False.  Chords  which  do  not  con- 
tjiiii  all  the  intervals  belonging  to  tliem  in 
their  perfect  state. 

Chords,  Imperfect.  Chords  th.it  do  not 
contain  ail  the  nominal  members. 

Chords,  Inversional.     Inverted  chords. 

Chords,  Irrelative.  Chords  having  no 
common  uniting  tie  between  them. 

Chord,  Small  Threefold.  A  threefold 
chord  having  the  interval  of  a  small  (mi- 
nor) third  between  its  fundamental  tone 
and  its  third. 

Chords,  IVatural  Dissonant.  Disso- 
nant chords  which  do  not  offend  the  ear, 
even  when  heard  directly,  and  without 
any  preparation. 

Chords  of  Transition.  Transient  chords. 

Cliords,  Passing.  Chords  int  roduced  for 
tlio  purpose  of  forming  an  agreeable  tran- 
sition from  one  chord  to  another. 

Chords,  Relative.  Chords  which,  by 
reason  of  affinity  of  component  parts,  ad- 
mit of  an  easy  and  natural  transition  from 
one  to  the  other. 

Chord,  Threefold.  A  chord  consisting 
of  three  tones,  comprisiu"'  a  tone  com- 
bined with  its  third  and  lifth. 

Chord,  Transient.  A  chord  in  which,  in 
order  to  smooth  the  transition  I'rom  one 
chord  to  another,  some  intermediate  notes 
are  introduced  which  do  not  form  any 
component  parts  of  the  fundameiitJil  hiir- 
mony,  nor  can  justly  be  called  either  an- 
ticipations or  suspensions. 

Chorea.  (Lot.)  A  party  of  dancers ;  a 
ball. 

Choree.  (Grk.)  In  ancient  poetry  a  foot  of 
two  syllables,  the  first  long,  the  second 
short ;  the  trochee. 

Choreus.  (Lat.)    The  choree  or  trochee. 

Clioriambic.    Eelating  to  a  choriambus. 

Choriambus.  A  metrical  foot  of  four 
sylhibles  or  tones,  the  first  long  or  ac- 
cented, the  second  and  tliird  short  or 
unaccented,  and  the  fourth  long  or  ac- 
cented. 

Choric.    Relating  to  a  chorus. 

Chorion.  (Grk.)  A  composition  consist 
ing  of  a  hymn  sung  in  lionor  of  C'ybele, 
the  motlier  of  the  heathen  gods. 

Chori  Prsefectus.  (Lat.)   A  chanter. 

Chorlst.    A  member  of  a  choir. 

Choriste.  {Fre.)  A  chorlst ;  a  singer  in  a 
choir. 

Chorister.  A  leader  of  a  choir  ;  a  singer.  \^ 

Choristie.    Belonging  to  a  choir. 

Chorlc-nabe.   {Ger.)  Singing  boy. 

Chorocitharistnc.  {Lat.)  A  conc<>rt  of 
instruments  and  voices;  those  who  play 
while  otliers  dance. 

Chors&nger.    (6'er.)    A  choms  singer. 

Chorschuler.    ((7cr.)    A  clioristcr  boy. 

Chorion.   {Ger.)   Choral  tune. 

Chorus.    A  band  or  company  of  singcre ; 


CHO 


SO 


a.M 


a  choir ;   a   composition   intended   to  be 
sung  by  a  number  of  voices. 
Choriis,  Amen.    A  chorus  in  which  the 
word  "  amen"  forms  the  principal  theme. 

CHorns,  Cyclic.  The  chorus  which  per- 
formed the  song:s  and  dances  of  the  dithy- 
rambic  odes  at  Athens,  dancing  in  a  circle 
round  the  altar  of  Bacchus. 

CKornses,  Martial.  Choruses  in  mar- 
tial style,  in  commemoration  of  warlilcc 
deeds. 

Clioms  Singer.  One  who  sings  in  a 
chorus. 

Christmas  Carols.  Light  songs,  ballads, 
or  lays  sung  by  itinerant  minstrels  during 
the  Cljristmas  holidays. 

Clirola.    {Grk.)  Colors  of  the  genera. 

Chroma.  ( Grk.)  A  graceful  style  of  sing- 
ing; a  quaver. 

Chromatic.  Proceeding  bj'  semitones,  or 
formed  by  means  of  semitones  ;  a  term 
applied  by  the  ancient  Greeks  to  that  of 
their  three  genera  or  modes,  which  con- 
sisted of  semitones  and  minor  thirds. 

Chromatic  Chord.  A  chord  that  cannot 
be  expressed  without  a  chromatic  sign. 

Chromatic  depression.  The  depression 

of  a  tone  by  a  chromatic  transposition 

sign. 
Chromatic  Elevation.     The    elevation 

of  a  tone  by  a  chromatic  transposition 

sign. 
Chromatic  Genns.   A  species  of  melody 

produced  by  an  arrangement  of  the  tones 

of  the  chromatic  scale. 
Chrontatlc  Horn.  The  French  horn. 

Chromatic  Instrnntents.  All  instru- 
ment's on  which  chromatic  tones  and  mel- 
odies can  be  produced. 

Chromatid  Snonl.  (Ita.)  Sounds  raised 
above  their  natural  pitch  a  semitone 
minor. 

Chromatic  Keyboard.  An  attachment 
applied  to  the  ordinary  keys  of  a  piano 
for  the  purpose  of  enabling  plavers  of 
moderate  skill  to  execute  the  simple  chro- 
matic scale,  chromatic  runs  in  double 
notes  with  either  hand,  chromatic  pro- 
gressions of  chords,  and,  in  short,  all 
chromatic  runs,  passages,  cadenzas,  le- 
gato as  well  as  staccato,  with  ease  and 
correctness. 

Chromatic  Keys.  The  black  keys  of  a 
pianoforte ;  every  key  in  whose  scale  one 
or  more  so-called  chromatic  tones  occur, 
and  in  which  a  chromiitic  signature  is 
requisite. 

Chron»atlc  9f  elody.     A  series  of  tones 

moving  by  chromatic  intervals. 
Chromatics,    Accidental.     Chromatics 

employed  in  preparing  the  leadina-  note  in 

the  mmor  scale ;  chromatics  incidentally 

employed. 

Chromatic  Scale.  A  scale  which  divides 
every  whole  tone  of  the  di;itonic  pcale, 
and  consists  of  twelve  semitones  in  an 
octave. 


Chrontatlc  Slg:natnre.  The  flats  or 
sliarps  placed  after  the  clef  at  the  begin- 
ning of  the  staflr,  affectin<f  throug^hout  the 
movement  all  notes  of  the  same  letter. 

Chromatic  Slg^ns.  Accidentals  ;  sharps, 
tlats,  and  naturals. 

Chromatic  Tenor  Horn.  The  tenor 
horn. 

Chromatic  Transition.  A  transition 
in  tlie  diatonic  genus  in  which  the  bass 
moves,  so  as  to  require  in  the  parts  the 
introduction  of  a  minor  semitone. 

Chromatic  Tuning;  Fork.  A  tuning 
fork  sounding  all  the  tones  and  semitones 
of  the  octave. 

Chromatiqne.  (Fre.)  Chromatic;  pro- 
ceeding by  semitones. 

Chromatlqiiement.  ( Fre.)  Chromat- 
ically. 

Chromattsch.     (Ger.)    Chromatic. 

Chromatlsches  Klangeschlecht. 

{Ger.)   Tin:  cliromatic  geuus. 

Chromatische  Tonleiter.  (Gcr.)  The 
chromatic  scale. 

Chrononteter.  (Grk.)  Tlie  name  given 
to  any  machine  constructed  lor  the  pur- 
pose of  measuring  the  time. 

Chronometer,  IVeber.  An  invention  of 
Godfrey  Weber,  similar  to  a  metronome, 
but  simpler  in  its  construction,  consist- 
ing of  a  cord  marked  with  ii(ty-flve  inch 
spaces,  and  having  a  bullet  or  other  weight 
at  its  lower  end.  The  degree  of  motion 
is  varied  by  suspending  a  shorter  or 
longer  portion  of  the  cord.  Its  use  is  in- 
dicated by  a  sign  (131). 

Chrotta.    (fta.  and  Fre.)    The  primitive 

liddle,  diflering  from  the  modern  by  the 

absence  of  a  neck  ;  the  crowle. 
Church  Cadence.    The  plagal  cadence. 
Church  Concert.    A  sacred  concert ;  a 

concert  given  by  the  choir  of  a  church. 
Church  l>uty.    An  expression  implying 

either  the  duty  of  a  cathedral,  or  that  of  a 

parochial  church  or  chapel. 
Church    Modes.     The   ancient    modes, 

called   Dorian,  Phrygian,  Lydian,  Mixo- 

lydian,  ^olian,  Ionian  or  lasti.iu. 
Church  Music.    The  service  of  singing 

or  chanting  in  a  church  ;  music  suited  to 

church  service;  sacred  music. 

Church  Part.  That  portion  of  church 
music  designed  to  be  sung  by  the  congre- 
gation. 

Church  Sonf^s.  Songs  composed,  verse 
for  verse,  from  the  Scripture  text. 

Chummbcla.  (Spa.)  A  wind  instrument 
resembling  a  hautboy. 

Ciaconna.  [Ita.)  A  chaconne ;  a  Spanish 
dance. 

Clrnta.  (Lot.)  A  pipe  made  of  the  hollow 
stalk  of  hemlock  ;  a  shepherd's  pipe. 

Cii^nena.    (Spa.)    The  crank  of  a  bell. 
Cimhalillo.    (Spa.)    A  small  bell. 
Clmballes.    (Fre.)    Cymbals. 


CIM 


5X 


CLA 


Clmbalo.  (Spa.)   Cymbal. 

C  in  Alt.  (7<a.)  The  eleventh  above  the  G, 
or  treble  clef  note  ;  the  fourth  note  in  alt. 

C  iu  Altissimo.  (Ita.)  The  octave  above 
C  in  alt ;  the  fourth  note  in  altissimo. 

Cinelle.  (TVr.)  A  Turkish  instrument,  the 
ciuellen. 

Cinellen.  ( T\ir.)  A  Turkish  musical  in- 
strument, adapted  to  make  a  noise,  rather 
than  to  produce  pure  musical  sound. 

Clnnara.   (/<o.)  The  harp  of  the  Kom.-in8. 

Cinque.  (Fre.)  A  composition  intended 
for  live  voices  ;  a  quintette. 

Cinqwe-Pace.  (Fre.)  A  dance,  the  meas- 
ures of  which  are  regulated  by  the  num- 
ber five. 

Cinqueg.    A  full  peal  upon  eleven  bulls. 

Ciphering.  The  sounding  of  the  pipes  of 
au  oryan  when  the  keys  arc  uot  touched. 

Circle  Canon.  A  canon  whose  first  part 
closes  in  a  difforeat  scale  Irom  that  in 
wliich  it  bcgim,  generally  in  its  domi- 
nant. 

Circle,  Half.  A  melodic  figure  consisting 
of  four  tones,  the  second  and  fourth  of 
which  are  the  same. 

Circle  of  Fiftlis.  A  method  which  con- 
veys us  rounil  tlirougli  all  tlie  scales, back 
to  tlie  point  from  whicli  we  started. 

Circolo.  (Laf.)  A  character  placed  after 
t!ie  clef  in  ancient  music,  indicating  treble 
lime  (129). 

Circular  Scale.  The  row  of  tuning  pins 
and  the  wrest  plank  of  a  piano,  made  in  a 
curved  form,  instead  of  straiglit. 

Clrcnmflex.  A  wave  of  the  voice,  com- 
prising a  rise  and  fall  on  the  same  sylla- 
ble. 

Circumforaneous  Musicians.  Itin- 
erant pcnormers  of  music  whose  practice 
it  is  to  attend  at  the  doors  of  hotels  of 
France,  sometimes  entering  the  dining 
rooms,  for  the  purpose  ot  entertaining 
the  guests. 

Cls.  (Ger.)   C  sharp. 

Ciscis.   (Ger.)  C  double  sharp. 

Cls  I>nr.  (Ger.)  C  sharp  major. 

Cis  ])Ioll.   ( Ger.)  C  sharp  minor. 

Cisne.  (Spa.)  A  good  musician. 

Cistella.  (Lot.)  An  instrument  formed  of, 
or  contained  in,  a  little  chest. 

Cistre.  (Fre.)  A  cithern. 

Cistruin.   An  ancient  stringed  instrument 

of  an  oval  form  ;  the  sistrum. 
Citara.    ( Ha.  and  Spa.)    A  kind  of  harp  ; 

tlie  cittern. 
Citaredo.    (Ita.)  A  harpist ;  a  minstrel. 
Citareggiare.    (Ita.)  To  play  on  a  harp. 
Citarista.   (Ita.)   A  minstrel ;  a  player  on 

the  harp. 
Citarizav.    (Spa.)    To  play  on  the  cithara. 
Citarizzare.     (Ita.)    To  play  on  a  harp. 
Cithar.  (Ban.)  A  cittern. 


Cithara.  (Lat.)  An  ancient  instrument  of 
the  harp  kind. 

Cithara  Bijuga.  (Lat.)  A  cltharn,  so 
called  from  its  having  two  necks,  which 
determine  the  lengths  of  the  two  sets  of 
strings. 

Cithinra    Ilispanica.      (Lat.)     Spanish 

guitar. 
Citliara,  Keyed.    The  clavicitherium. 
Citharista.   (Lat.)    A  player  on  the  harp. 
CitUaristic.     Jlusij  intended  for  the  harp 

or  guitar. 
Citliarizo.      (Lat.)     To    play    upon    the 

harp. 
Citliarodia.    (Lat.)  Tlic  art  of  singing  to 

the  lyre. 
Citliarredicus.      (Lat.)     Belonging   to  a 

harp  or  harper. 
Citliorcedlst.     A  player  upon  the  harp  or 

guitar  ;  a  singer  who  accompanies  himself 

upon  a  lyre. 
Citliaroedus.    (Lat.)   He  *hat  sings  to,  or 

plays  upon,  the  harp  or  cittern ;  a  fid- 
dler. 
Citole.      An  instrnment  of  the  dulcimer 

species,  and  probably  synonymous  with  it. 
Citron.    A  stringed  instrument  of  an  oval 

form,  used  by  the  ancient  Egyptians  ;  the 

sistrum. 
Cittam.    The  ancient  English  name  of  the 

guitar. 
Cittern.    An  old  instrument  resembling 

the  lute. 

Civetterla.   (Ita.)  Coqucttishly. 

Clair.    (Fre.)    Clear  ;  shrill ;  loud. 

Claircylindre.  Au  instrument  invented 
by  Chladni,  in  1787,  for  the  purpose  of  ex- 
perimentin<j  on  longitudinal  vibrations, 
and  other  objects  of  acoustics. 

Clairon.  (Fre.)  Clarion. 

Clam.  In  bell  ringing,  to  unite  sounds  in 
the  i)eal. 

Clama  ne  Cesses.  (Lat.)  A  term  em- 
ployed by  the  old  masters  of  the  sixteenth 
and  seventeenth  centuries  in  theirenigmat- 
ical  canons,  to  indicate  that  the  consequent 
ought  to  imitate  all  the  notes  of  the  ante- 
cedent by  suppressing  the  rests. 

Clamor.  In  bell  ringing,  a  rapid  multipli- 
cation of  strokes. 

Clamor  de  Cainpanas.  (Spa.)  A  sol- 
emn peal  upon  bells. 

Clamorear.  (Spa.)  To  toll  the  passing 
bell. 

Clamoreo.  (Spa.)  The  sound  of  the  pass- 
ing bell. 

Clamoroso.   (Spa.)   Plaintive  sounds. 

Clamose.  (Lat.)  Loudly  j  with  great 
noise. 

Clamosus.  (Lat.)  Loud  ;  shrill ;  re-echo- 
ing. 

Clang.   A  sharp,  shrill  noise  ;  a  clangor. 

Clangens.  (Lat.)  A  flourish  of  sound. 

Clangere.  (Lat.)  To  sound  a  trumpet. 


CLA 


62 


CLA 


Clangor.  A  loud,  Rhrill  sound,  peculiar 
to  the  trumpet. 

Clangore.  {Ita.)  Clnugor  ;  a  shrill,  sharp 
noise. 

Clangor  Tubamm.  (Lot.)  An  ancient 
instrument,  a  specimen  of  which  was 
found  in  the  ruins  of  Pompeii,  consisting- 
of  a  large  tube  of  bronze,  surrounded  by 
seven  small  pipes  of  bone  or  ivory,  in- 
serted In  as  many  of  metal,  all  of  which 
terminated  in  a  single  mouth-piece. 

Clapper.  A  piece  of  metal  suspended  in  a 
bell,  wliich,  striking  the  lower  end  of  tlie 
barrel,  produces  tlic  sound ;  the  tongue  of 
a  bell. 

Claqnebois.  (Fre.)  A  three-stringed  viol ; 
the  rebec. 

Clar.    An  abbreviation  of  Clarinet. 

Claribella.    Tlic  name  of  an  organ  stop 

tuned  in  unison  with  the  diapasons. 
Claribel   Stop.     A  stop  similar  to  the 

clarinet  stop. 
Clartchord.    A  keyed  instrument,  now 

out  of  use,  somewhat  in  the  form  of  a 

spinet.    Its  strings,  which  were  covered 

with  cloth  to  render  the  sound  softer  and 

sweeter,  were  supported  by  five  bridges. 

It  was  formerly  much  used  by  nuns,  and 

Bometimes  ciUcd  the  dumb  spinet. 
Clarificus.    (Lat.)    Sounding  aloud. 
Clarim.    iPor.)    A  clarion. 
Clarin.    (Spa.)    Clarion. 
Clarinero.    (5pa.)    A  trumpeter. 
Clarinet.     A  wind  instrument  having  a 

reed   mouth-piece,  througli  which   it   is 

blown. 
Clarinet,  Alt.    A  large  clarinet,  curved 

near  the  mouth-piece,  and  a  lifth  deeper 

than  the  ordinary  clarinet. 
Clarinet,  Bass.    A  clarinet  whose  tones 

are  an  octave  deeper  than  those  of  the  C 

or  B  flat  clarinet. 
Clarinette.    (Fre.)    A  clarinet. 
Clarinettista.      {Ita.)     A  performer  on 

the  clarinet. 
Clarinettiste.    (Tta.)    A  clarinet  player. 
Clarinette.     (fta.)    Clarinet. 
Clarinetto  d' Amore.    (fta.)    A  species 

of  clarinet  a  lifth  lower  than  tlie  C  clarinet. 

Clarinetto  I>olce.  (Ita.)  The  clarinetto 
d'  amore. 

Clarinetto  Secondo.  (Ita.)  The  second 
clarinet. 

Clarini.    (Ita.)    A  clarion  ;  a  tmmpct. 

Clarino.  (fta.)  An  instrument  similar 
to  the  trumpet,  but  having  a  sm.illor  tube. 

Clarjno  Bloirer. 
first-trumpet  part. 

Clarino  Part.  The  hisrhesf,  or  first  trum- 
pet part,  in  a  musical  composition. 

Clarion.  (Fre.  and  //n.)  An  octave  trum- 
pet of  a  clear,  shrill  tone  ;  an  organ  stop. 

Clarion  Stop.  An  orcan  stop  resembling 
in  tone  that  of  the  octave  trumpet  stop, 
but  an  octave  higher. 


One  who  plays  the 


Clarisonons.    Clear  sounding. 

Clarone.     (Ita.)    A  clarinet. 

Clarus.    (Lat.)    Loud  and  shrill. 

Cla«ps.  Vertical  lines  or  braces  imiting 
tlie  staves,  containing  the  various  parts  of 
a  composition  (7), 

Classical  Music.  That  music  which, 
from  its  intrinsic  merit  and  superior  ex- 
cellence, is  worthy  of  being  studied  by 
masters  of  the  art. 

Classlcum.  (Lat.)  Tlie  sound  of  a  trum- 
pet to  call  men  together. 

Classicum  Ganere.  (Lot.)  To  soond  an 
alarm. 

Clause.    Phrase  (122). 

Clansel.    (Ger.)    A  close,  or  cadence. 

Clausula.  (Lat.)  The  final  melody  of  a 
close. 

Clausula  Affinalls.  (Lat.)  A  name 
given  by  old  composers  to  a  cadence  in  a 
key  related  to  the  predomin.mt  key  of  the 
piece,  as  where  a  piece  of  music  in  D  mi- 
nor ends  with  a  cadence  in  F  m.ijor. 

Clausula  Dissecta.  (Lat.)  Half  ca- 
dence. 

Clausula  I>oniinaus.  (Lat.)  The  sec- 
ondary or  dominant  close. 

Clausula  Finalis.  (Lat.)  The  Anal 
close. 

Clausula  Medians.  (Lai.)  The  cadence 
in  a  minor  key  when  in  the  key  of  a 
third. 

Clausula  Peresrina.  (Lat.)  A  cadence 
in  a  key  the  fundamental  tone  of  which  is 
not  in  the  scale  of  the  princip.il  key. 

Clausula  Primaria.  (Lat.)  The  ca- 
dence in  the  principal  key. 

Clausula  Principalis.  (Lat.)  Tlic  prin- 
cipal or  customary  cadence  in  the  key  of 
the  piece. 

Clausula  Secundaria.  (Lat.)  The  ca- 
dence in  the  filth. 

Clausula  Tertiaria.  (Lat.)  The  ca- 
dence of  a  piece  in  a  minor  key,  when  it 
took  place  in  the  key  of  the  third. 

Clausns.    (TmI.)    A  close  canon. 

Clav.     An  abbreviation  of  Clavecembalo, 

Clavichord,  and  CUivecin. 

Cla-Fecimbano.  (Spa.)  Clavioembalo. 

Cla-vecin.  (Fre.)  A  harpsichord. 

Clavecin  Aconstlque.  (Fre.)  An  instru- 
ment of  the  harpsichord  or  pianoforte 
class. 

ClftT-eoin  a  Peau  de  Buflle.  (Fre.)  An 
instrument  of  the  harpsichord  and  piano- 
forte class. 

Clavecin  d' Amour.  (Fre.)  An  improve- 
ment on  the  harpsichord,  invented  by  Sil- 
bcrman,  in  1714. 

Clnvecin  TTarmonienx.  (Fre.)  An  in- 
strument rosemhlinsr  in  g-encral  style  the 
harpsichord  or  pianoforte. 

Clavcciniste,  (Fre.)  A  player  on  the 
harpsichord. 


CLA 


53 


CLE 


Claveeln  Organise.  (Fre.)  An  fnstm- 
ment  similar  to  a  harpsichord  or  piano- 
forte. 

Clavecin  Royal.  An  instrument  of  the 
harpsichord  or  pianoforte  class. 

Clavecins  a  Malllets.  (Fre.)  Hammer 
harpsichords,  introduced,  by  Mnrius,  in 
171(),  in  some  of  vviiich  tlie  liammcrs  were 
in  a  degree  detached  from  tlie  Iceys. 

Claveoline.  An  instrument  of  the  harp- 
sichord or  pianoforte  class. 

Claves.  (Lat.)  A  word  formerly  used  for 
clefs. 

Claves  Intellectfe.  (Lat.)  A  term  for- 
merly applied  to  those  notes  whose  pitch 
could  be  known  without  being  marked. 

Claves  non  Sii^uatse.  {Lai.)  Notes 
without  siifns  or  marks  appended. 

Claves  Slgnatae.  (Lat.)  Keys  to  the 
signs  ;  a  term  appliea  by  Guido  to  colored 
lines,  used  in  his  tablature  before  the  in- 
vention of  clefs,  to  mark  the  situations 
and  powers  of  the  notes. 

Clavessin.    (Fre.)    The  harpsichord. 

Clavlary.  An  index  of  keys,  or  a  scale  of 
lines  and  spaces. 

Clavlatur.  An  harmonica  furnished  with 
a  set  of  keys. 

Clavlatur.    ( Ger.)    The  keys  of  an  organ. 

Clavicembalo.    (Ita.)    The  harpsichord. 

Clavicembalum.  (Lat.)  The  harpsi- 
chord. 

Clavicliord.  An  old  instrument  with  keys 
that  struck  the  chords,  like  those  of  a 
piano. 

Clavichordlnm.  (Lat.)  An  ancient  keyed 
instrument ;  the  spinet. 

ClavicitHerlum.  (Lat.)  Keyed  clthara, 
a  small  oblong  box,  holding  a  series  of 
strings  in  triangular  form,  and  struck  by 
plectra  of  quill  attaclied  to  the  inner  ends 
of  the  keys ;  an  instrument,  inventeil  in 
the  twelfth  century,  and  the  earliest  ap- 
proach to  the  pianoforte. 

Clavicordlo. .  (Spa.)  A  clavicembalo ; 
harpsichord. 

Clavlcyllnder.  An  instrument  exhibited 
at  Paris  in  1805.  Its  construction  was 
never  disclosed,  but  it  was  supposed  to 
consist  of  a  series  of  metallic  cylinders  op- 
erated upon  by  bows,  which  were  put  in 
motion  by  a  crank,  and  brought  in  contact 
with  the  cylinders  by  means  of  the  keys 
of  a  key  board. 

Clavieymbel.    (Ger.)    An  instrument  of 

the  spinet  kind  ;  a  clavichord. 
Clavier.    (Fre.  and  Ger.)    The  key-board 

of  a  pi:ino  or  organ  ;  a  clavichord. 

Clavierilraht.     (Ger.)    Music  wire. 

Clavlerlebrer.  (Ger.)  A  pianoforte 
tea'Jher. 

Claviermassig.  (Ger.)  A  term  applied 
by  the  Germans  to  passages  of  niusi(\'il 
composition  not  .adapted  to  specialities  of 
the  pianoforte  or  the  capabilities  of  per- 
formers. 

5* 


Clavierselmle.     (Ger.)     Pianoforte  in- 

strnction  book. 
Claviersptel.      (Ger.)     Playing   on   the 

pianoforte. 
Clavierspleler.      (Ger.)      A    pianoforte 

player. 
Clavlerstlmmer.       ( Ger.)       Pianoforte 

tuner. 
Claviernbtine.      (Ger.)     Exercises   for 

the  clavichordT 

Claviemnterricht.  (Ger.)  Lessons  or 
instruction  in  pianoforte  playing. 

Clavieero.  (Spa.)  Bridge  of  a  harpsi- 
chord. 

Clavija.  (Spa.)  Peg  of  a  stringed  in- 
strument. 

Claviorgano.  (Spa.)  A  harpsichord 
having  strings  and  pipes. 

Clavls.  (Lat.)  A  key  or  clef;  formerly  a 
note  or  tone  ;  the  lever  of  the  organ  bel- 
lows ;  the  key  of  a  wind  instrument. 

Clavis  Signata.  (Lat.)  A  note  distia- 
guislied  by  a  mark  or  sign. 

Clef.  Key  ;  a  character  serving  to  deter- 
mine the  name,  acutcness,  or  gravity  of 
the  note  in  the  staff  to  which  it  is  pre- 
fixed ;  a  key  to  turn  the  pins  of  a,  harpsi- 
chord. 

Clef,  Alto.  The  C  clef  on  the  third  line 
of  the  staff  (50). 

Clef,  Baritone.  The  F  clef  when  placed 
on  the  third  line  (54). 

Clef,  Bass.  The  character  placed  .it  the 
commencement  of  a  staff  on  which  the 
bass  or  lower  notes  of  a  composition  are 
placed,  and  serving  to  determine  the  pitch 
and  names  of  those  notes  (53). 

Clef,  C.  The  clef,  so  called  because  it  gives 
to  the  notes  placed  on  the  same  line  with 
itself  the  letter  C  for  their  local  name 

Clef,  Contralto.    The  alto  clef  (50). 

Clef,  Counter  Tenor.  The  C  clef  when 
placed  on  the  third  line  in  order  to  accom- 
modate the  counter  tenor  voice  (50). 

Clef  d'Accordeur.      (Fre.)     A   tuning 

hammer. 
Clef  de  Pa.  (Fre.)  The  F,  or  bass  clef  (5.3). 
Clef,  Descant.      The  treble  or  soprano 

clef  (4(i). 

Clef,  I>lscant.  The  treble  or  soprano 
clef  (-10). 

Clefd'Ct.    (Fre.)    The  C  clef  (48). 

Clef ,  F.  The  bass  clef;  a  compound  char- 
acter placed  on  the  fourth  line  of  the  staff, 
so  that  the  two  dots  are  in  the  third  and 
fourth  spaces  (53). 

Clef .  French  Treble.  The  G  clef  on  the 
bottom  line  of  the  staff,  formerly  much 
used  in  French  music  for  the  violin,  flute, 
&c.  (47). 

Clef,  Oerman  Soprano.  The  C  clef 
placed  on  the  first  line  of  the  staff,  for  so- 
prano, instead  of  using  the  g  clef  on  the 
second  line  for  that  part  (51). 


CLE 


54 


COL 


Clef,  Mean.    The  tenor  clef  (49). 

Clef,  Mezzo  Soprano.  The  C  clef  when 
placed  on  the  second  line  of  the  BtaiT,  for- 
merly used  in  church  music  for  second 
treble  voice,  and  for  which  the  treble  clef 
is  now  substituted  (52). 

Clef  IVote.  The  note  indicated  by  the 
clef. 

Clef  IVote,  Bass.  That  note  which  in  the 
bass  staff  is  placed  on  the  same  line  with 
the  bass  clef. 

Clef  IVote,  Treble.  That  note  which  is 
on  the  line  of  the  clef  in  the  treble  staff. 

Clef  Sol.  (Fre.)  The  G  or  treble  clef 
(46). 

Clef,  Soprano.  The  C  clef  placed  on  the 
first  line  (40). 

Clef,  Tenor.  The  C  clef  when  on  the 
fourth  line  of  the  staff;  the  treble  clef  is 
also  used  for  this,  and  recently  a  new  form, 
which  places  these  letters  the  same  as  the 
treble  clef,  has  been  adopted  (49). 

Clef,  Treble.  A  character  by  which  the 
pitch  and  names  of  the  highest  parts  of 
music  are  determined  (4(5). 

Cleine  alt  Posaune.  ( Ger.)  A  sackbut 
proper  for  a  counter  tenor. 

Clepsydra.  (Grl:)  A  water  clock  in- 
vented by  Plato,  which  indicated  the 
hours  of  nig-ht  when  the  dial  could  not  be 
seen,  by  playing  musical  passages  upon 
flutes ;  the  lirst  approximation  to  the 
modern  organ. 

Clerlzon.  {Spa.)  Chorister ;  a  singing 
boy  belonging  to  a  cathedral. 

Clerli,  liay.  A  vocal  officiate  in  a  cathe- 
dral, taking  a  part  in  the  services  and  an- 
thems, but  not  of  the  priesthood. 

ClUTs.    Clefs. 

Clinic.  To  ring  or  jingle  ;  to  utter  or  make 
a  succession  of  small,  sharp  sounds. 

Clinis.  (Grk.)  Name  <nven  by  the  Greek 
musicians  of  the  middle  ages  to  one  of 
their  notes. 

Cllqnetis.    (Fre.)    Jingle. 

Clocbe.    (Fre.)    A  bell. 

Cloche  de  I'Elevation.  (Fre.)  Saints' 
bell. 

Cloche  Fnnebre.    {Fre.)    Death  bell. 

Cloche  Mortualre.  {Fre.)  The  passing 
bell. 

Clocher.    {Fre.)    A  belfry. 

Cloche  Sonrde.    {Fre.)    A  muffled  bell. 

Clocheton.    {Fre.)    A  bell  turret. 

Clochette.    {Fre.)    A  little  bell. 

Clocks,  Musical.  Clocks  containing  an 
arranorement  similar  to  a  barrel  organ, 
moved  by  weights  or  springs,  and  produ- 
cing various  tunes. 

Clorone.  A  species  of  clarinet  which  is  a  , 
fifth  lower  than  the  C  clarinet. 

Close.  The  end  of  a  piece  or  passage  ;  ca- 
dence. 

Close,  False.  A  close,  so  called  to  distin- 
guish it  from  the  full  or  final  close. 


Close,  Final.  The  prihcipal  or  custonury 
cadence  in  the  key  of  a  piece. 

Close  Harmony.  A  harmony  whose 
tones  are  nearly  allied  in  point  of  pitch. 

Close,  Imperfect.  The  ancient  thick 
single  bar ;  a  close  whose  bass  is  any 
other  than  the  key  note  of  the  composi- 
tion. 

Close,  Intermpted.  An  interrupted  ca- 
dence. 

Close,  Perfect.  A  close  having  for  its 
bass  the  key  note  of  a  composition. 

Close  Plain  Shake.  A  semitone  shake, 
rapid,  though  with  less  energy  than  the 
open  shake,  and  closing  without  a  turn  (87). 

Close  Position.  A  term  applied  to  a 
chord  when  its  tones  are  near  together. 

Close,  Principal.  The  usual  cadence  in 
the  principal  key,  so  called  because  it  oc- 
curred at  the  close  of  the  piece. 

Close  Shake.  One  of  the  old  English 
graces  comprised  in  the  class  denominated 
shaked. 

Close  Turned  Shake.  A  close  shake 
ending  with  a  turn. 

Club,  Catch.  A  musical  society  havin? 
for  its  object  the  singing  of  glees  and 
catches. 

C  Major.  The  key  or  scale  of  C  without 
flats  or  sharps,  with  its  short,  diatonic 
distances,  or  small  seconds,  between  the 
third  and  fourth,  and  between  the  seventh 
and  eighth  degrees. 

C  Minor.  The  key  or  scale  of  C  with 
tliree  flats. 

CMoll.    {Ger.)    C  Minor. 

C  IVatural.  The  tone  C  neither  flatted 
nor  sharped. 

C.  O.    An  abbreviation  of  Choir  Organ,    ■• 

Co'.    (Tta.)    With  ;  with  the. 

Cocchina.  (7fa.)  An  Italian  country 
dance. 

Coda.  {Ita.)  A  few  bars  added  beyond 
the  natural  termination  of  a  composition. 

Coda  Brillante.  {Ita.)  A  brilliant  end- 
ing. 

Codetta.  {Ita.)  A  short  passage  serving 
to  connect  one  period  or  movement  with 
another. 

Coffire.    {Fre.)    The  belly  of  a  lute. 

Cogll.    {Ita.)    With  the. 

Cosnosccnte.  {Ita.)  One  well  versed  in 
classic  music  ;  a  connoisseur. 

Coi.    {Ita.)    With  the. 

CoiBassi.     {Ita.)     With  the b.asses. 

Coi  Fagotti.    {Ita.)    With  the  bassoons. 

Coi  Violini.    With  the  violins. 

Col.    {Ita.)    With  the. 

Cola.  {Spa.)  Coda  ;  burden  of  a  song  or 
other  piece  of  music. 

Colachon.  {Fre.)  An  instrument  similar 
to  a  lute  ;  a  guitar  with  a  long  neck. 

Colacsione.  {/ta.)  A  species  of  gnJtar 
used  by  the  Neapolitans. 


COL 


55 


COM 


Col  Arco.    {Ita.)    "With  the  bow. 
Col  Basso.   \Ita.)    With  the  bass. 
Col  C.    An  abbreviation  of  Col  Canto. 
Col  Canto.    {Ita.)    With  the  melody  or 

voice,   an  expression   implying  that  the 

accompanist  must   follow  the  sing'er  in 

regard  to  time. 
Coliseo.    (Spa.)    An  opera    house ;  play 

house  ;  stage  on  which  operas  or  dramatic 

performances  are  yiven. 
Coll'.  {Ha.)  With  the. 
Colla.  ilta.)  With  the. 
Colla    iUCassliua    Oiscrezioiie.      (/fa.) 

Willi  the  greatest  discretion. 
Colla  Parte.      {Ita.)     The    accompanist 

must  follow  the  principal  part  in  regard  to 

time. 
Colla  Piu  Gran  Forza  e  Prestezza. 

{Ita.)    As  loud  and  as  quick  as  possible. 
Colla  Punta  dell'  Arco.     {Ita.)    With 

the  point  of  the  bow. 

Coli'  Arco.    {Ita.)    With  the  bow. 

Colla  Voce.  {Ita.)  With  the  melody  or 
voice ;  the  accompanist  must  follow  the 
singer  in  regard  to  time. 

Colle.     {Ita.)     With  the. 

College  Songs.  Songs  composed  for  the 
use  of  c  ege  students,  usually  of  n  con- 
vivial and  spirited  character,  and  having 
for  their  subject  local  incidents  and  cus- 
toms peculiar  to  the  institution. 

College  Toutlis.  A  society  of  London 
boll  ringers. 

Col  £.egno.    (Ita.)    With  the  bow-stick. 

Col  r.egno  Dell'  Arco.  {Ita.)  With 
the  bow-stick. 

Colle  Parti.  {Ita.)  With  the  principal 
parts. 

Colle  Trombe.  {Ita.)  With  the  trum- 
pets. 

Collinet.    Flageolet, 

Collo.    {Ita.)    AVith  the. 

Coll'  Ottava.    {Ita.)    With  the  octave. 

Colofonia.  {Ita.)  Resin  for  violin,  vio- 
loncello, and  double  bass  bows. 

Colon.  A  sign  placed  in  the  middle  of 
each  verse  of  the  Psalms  for  the  purpose 
of  indi&iting  to  the  chanters  in  cathedral 
service  a  pause  (119). 

Colopbon.    {Fre.)    Resin. 

Coloratura.  {Ita.)  Every  variety  of  mu- 
sical ornament  introduced  for  the  purpose 
of  making  a  performance  agreeable. 

Colorature.  {Ita.)  Decorations ;  orna- 
ments ;  embellishments. 

Coloraturen.    {Ger.)    Coloratures. 

Colored.  A  term  applied  to  that  music 
the  notes  of  which  arc  of  different  value, 
and  the  motions  of  various  time. 

Colored  Keys.  The  short  or  black  keys 
of  a  pianoforte  ;  the  chromatic  keys. 

Colored  Tones.    Chromatics. 

Coloring.  The  adaptation  of  scenic  mu- 
sic to  tlie  character  acUneated. 


Co  Imo.  An  abbreviation  of  Canto  Prima. 
Col  Imo.  Vto.    {Ita.)    With  the  first  vi- 
olin. 
Coma.     {Spa.)    A  comma. 
Come,     {fta.)    As. 

Comediante.  {Spa.)  An  actor ;  a  pro- 
fessional player. 

Comedy,  Lyric.  A  comedy  in  which 
singing  forms  a  chief  part ;  comic  opera. 

Come  '1  Primo  Tempo.  {Ita.)  In  the 
same  movement  as  at  tirst. 

Come  Prima.    {Ita.)    As  before. 

Comes.  {Lot.)  The  answer  of  a  fugue ; 
name  formerly  applied  to  those  of  a  baud 
who  followed  the  leader. 

Come  Sopra.  {Ita.)  As  above,  or  be- 
fore. 

Come  Sta.  {Ita.)  As  it  stands  ;  perform 
exactly  as  written. 

Come  Tempo  del  Tema.  {Ita.)  Same 
movement  as  the  theme. 

Comice.  {Lat.)  Like  a  comedy ;  mer- 
rily. 

Comico.  {Spa.)  A  writer  of  comedies  ; 
an  actor. 

Comic  Opera.  A  burlesque  opera  ;  an  op- 
era interspersed  with  light  songs,  dances, 
and  laughable  incidents. 

Comic  Song.  A  lively  air  with  humorous 
words. 

Comicns.  {Lat.)  A  writer  of  comedies  ; 
belonging  to  comedy. 

Comique.    {Fre.)  Comedy  ;  comic  singer, 

Comiquentent.  {Fre.)  Comically ;  jo- 
cosely. 

Comma.  The  smallest  of  all  the  sensible 
intervals  of  tone  ;  the  diflference  between  a 
tone  major  and  minor. 

Comma,  Iiesser.  The  difference  between 
the  comma  and  the  enharmonic  diesis ;  the 
diachisma. 

Comme  il  faut.  {Fre.)  As  it  should 
be  ;  elegant. 

Commen(:ant.  {Fre.)  A  beginner  in 
music. 

Commencer  a  CHanter.  {Fre.)  To 
strike  up  a  tune. 

Commodamente.  {Ita.)  AVith  ease  and 
quietude. 

Commodo.    {Ita.)    Quietly  ;  composedly. 

Common  CKord.  A  chord  consistino' 
of  a  bass  note,  together  with  its  third 
a«<l  fifth,  to  which  the  octiivc  is  often 
added. 

Common  CKord.  Imperfect.  A  chord 
consisting  of  a  bass  note,  accompanied 
by  its  minor  third  and  imperfect  fifth. 

Common  Hallelujah  Metre.  A  stanza 
of  six  lines  of  iambic  measure,  the  sylla- 
bles of  each  being  in  number  and  order  as 
follows  :  8,  6,  8,  6,  8,  8. 

Common  Measure.  That  measure  which 
has  an  even  number  of  parts  in  a  bar; 
common  time. 


COM 


56 


COM 


Common  Metre.  A  stanza  of  four  lines 
in  iambic  measure,  the  syllables  of  each 
being  in  number  and  order  as  follows  :  8, 
0,  8,  ii. 

Common  Particular  >Ietre.  A  stanza 
of  six  lines  in  iambic  measure,  the  sylla- 
bles of  each  being  in  number  and  order  ^>3 
follows  :  8,  8,  C,  8,  S,  C. 

Common  Time.  Tliat  time  which  has  an 
even  number  of  parts  in  a  bar. 

Common  Time,  Compound.  Measures 
of  two  times,  composed  of  six  equal  notes, 
tliree  for  each  time  ;  sextuple  measure. 

Common  Time,  Half.  A  measure  con- 
taining' only  two  crotchets,  or  their  equiv- 
alents. 

Common  Time,  Simple.  A  time  of 
which  there  are  two  sjjecies,  the  first  con- 
taining one  semibreve  in  each  bar,  the  sec- 
ond only  the  value  of  a  minim. 

Conimon  Turn.  A  turn  commencing  on 
the  note  above  the  note  on  which  the  turn 
is  made. 

Commune-.  (Lat.)  One  of  the  modes  of 
the  ancients,  otherwise  called  the  Hypo- 
dorian. 

Comoedia.  (Lat.)  A  comedy  or  interlude. 

Comoedus.  (Lat.)  A  comic  actor, 

Comipact  Harmony.  Close  harmony; 
that  whose  tones  are  nearly  the  s.ame  as 
to  pitch. 

Companla.  (Spa.)  A  company  of  play- 
ers. 

Comparire  in  Iscena.  (Ita.)  To  ap- 
pear upon  the  stage. 

Comparses.  (Fre.)  Supernumeraries; 
persons  who  appear  on  tlie  stage  in  op- 
eratic performances  to  increase  the  num- 
ber of  the  sin<'ers  and  dancers,  without 
taking  part  witn  them. 

Compas.    (Spa.)    Power  of  the  voice  to 

express  the  notes  of  music ;  time. 
Contpasillo.    (Spa.)    Quick  musical  time. 

Compass.  The  range  of  notes  or  sounds 
comprehended  by  any  voice  or  instru- 
ment. 

Compasso.    (Por.)    A  beating  of  time. 

Compensating  Piano.  An  English 
piano,  so  made  as  to  allow  of  the  use  of 
heavy  strings,  by  whioh  the  full  power  of 
a  grand  is  obtained  from  a  cottage  or 
small  piano. 

Compiacevole.  (Ita.)  Pleasing ;  attrac- 
tive. 

Comipiacevolmente.  (Ita.)  In  a  pleasant 
and  agreeable  style. 

Compieta.  (Lat.)  A  psalm  or  hymn  used 
in  the  liomisli  church  service. 

Compiler.  A  person  who  frames  a  book 
by  collecting  parts  or  passages  from  the 
compositions  of  various  musical  authors. 

Complainte.  (Fre.)  A  religious  ballad. 

Complement.  That  quantity  which  is 
wanting  to  any  interval  to  fill  up  the  oc- 
tave. 

Complomentary  Part.  That  part  whioh 


is  added  to  the  subject  and  counter  subject 
of  a  fugue. 
Complete  Cadence.  A  full  cadence ;  a 
term  used  in  church  music  when  the  last 
or  final  sound  of  a  verse  in  a  chant  is  on 
the  key  note. 

Complete  Chord.  A  chord  having  all  ita 
proper  members  ;  a  perfect  chord. 

Complin.  Evening  service  during  Lent 
in  the  Catholic  church. 

Componedor.  (Spa.)  A  composer. 

Componerc.  (Ita.)  To  compose. 

Compouista.  (Itii.)  A  composer  of  xavi- 
sic. 

Componitore.  (Ita.)  A  composer  of  mu- 
sic. 

Componitrice.  (Ita.)  A  female  composer 
of  music. 

Comporre  per  1'  Organo.  (Ita.)  To  set 
to  the  organ. 

Composer.  One  who  invents  imd  arranges 
new  music,  according  to  the  laws  of  har- 
mony and  modulation. 

Composer,  £crire  pour  I'Org^e. 
(Fre.)  To  arrange  music  lor  the  organ. 

Composlciou.  (Spa.)  Musical  composi- 
tion. 

Composite  Intervals.  One  of  the  two 
divisions  into  which  tlie  ancients  divided 
musical  intervals,  and  denominated  by 
tliem  systems  ;  in  modern  music,  those 
intervals  which  consist  of  two  or  more 
semitones. 

Compositeur.  (Fre.)  A  composer. 

Compositeur  de  fugues.  (Fre.)  Fu- 
guist ;  a  composer  of  fugues. 

Composition.  Any  musical  production ; 
the  art  of  inventing  music  according  to 
the  established  rules  of  harmony  and 
modulation. 

Composition,  Free.  That  which  deviates 
somewliat  from  the  rules,  and  employs 
voices  or  instruments. 

Compositions,  Erotic.  Compositions 
having  for  their  subject  sentiments  of 
love. 

Composition,  Strict.  A  composition  in 
which  only  voices  are  employed  ;  that 
which  rigidly  adheres  to  the  rules  of  art. 

Conipositore.  (Ita.)  A  composer. 

Compositor,  Itlusic.  A  person  who  sets, 
adjusts,  and  corrects  jjages  of  music  type 
preparatory  to  printing,  stereotyping,  or 
electrotyping. 

Composizione.  (Ita.)  A  musical  compo- 
sition. 

Composizlone  di  Tavolino.  (Ua.)  Ta- 
ble music ;  glees,  catches,  <tc.,  for  festive 
occasions. 

Composso.  (Tta.)  Composed. 

Composto.  (Ita.)  Composed ;  compounded 
or  doubled. 

Compostura.  (Spa.)  Musical  composi- 
tion. 

Composnra.  (Lat.)  A  composition. 


COM 


57 


CON 


Componncl    Appoggiatnra      An    ap- 1 

poggfiatura  consisting  of  two  or  more 
smiiTl  notes  (64). 

Compoiuid,  Artiilcial.    A  mixture  of 

several  different  sounds,  each  of  whiclx 
may  be  recognized  as  distinct  from  tlie 
others. 

Coniponnd  Common  Time.  Measures 
of  two  times,  composed  of  six  equal  notes, 
three  for  eucli  time  ;  sextuple  measure. 

Compound  Groups.  Groups  which  when 
in  triplets  are  derived  from  double  groups, 
or  wlien  in  doublets  are  derived  from  triple 
groups. 

Compound  Harmony.  A  harmony 
which  to  the  simple  harmony  of  an  oc- 
tave adds  that  of  another  octave. 

Compound  IXarpsicIiord.  A  harpsi- 
chord, invented  in  1774,  having  hammers 
on  the  plan  of  the  pianoforte. 

Compound  Intervals.  Intervals  be- 
yond the  seventh,  being  a  repetition  of 
the  simple  at  a  higher  degree  of  elevation. 

Compound  Sound.  A  sound  comprising 
the  sounds  of  several  distinct  voices  or 
instruments,  so  united  in  tlie  same  indi- 
vidual time  or  measure  of  duration  that 
they  all  strike  the  ear  together,  whatever 
may  be  their  other  differences. 

Compound  Sound,  IVatural.  A  sound 
proceeding  from  the  reflections  of  the  first 
sound  from  adjacent  bodies,  given  at  the 
same  time  and  in  the  same  tone  and  pitch 
as  the  first  note. 

Compound  Stops.  An  assemblage  of 
several  pipes  in  an  organ,  three,  four, 
five,  or  more  to  each  key,  all  speaking  at 
once. 

Compound  Syiygia.  A  combination  of 
sounds  in  which  one  or  more  of  those  of 
the  harmonieal  triad  are  doubled,  or  raised 
one  or  more  octaves  above  their  natural 
situation. 

Compound  Time.  A  measure  which 
contains  two  or  three  principal  accents, 

"'^  8.  'I.  8,  '^«- 

Compound  Triple  Time.  A  time  with 
nine  quarter  or  eighth  notes  in  a  measure. 

Compressed  Harmony.  Harmony 
wliose  parts  are  close  to  one  another. 

Computatrices.  {Lat.)  Women  whom 
the  ancients  hired  to  sing  and  weep  over 
the  dead  at  funerals,  and  whose  office  it 
was  to  compute  or  enumerate  the  virtues 
of  the  deceased. 

Con.  {Ita.)  With. 

Con  Abbandono.  (Ita.)  With  despond- 
ent feeling ;  with  submission. 

Con  Abbandono  ed  Kspressione. 
{Ita.)  With  self-abandon  and  expres- 
sion. 

Con  Affetto.  (Ita.)  With  an  affecting 
manner. 

Con  Affllzione.  {Ita.)  With  sorrowful 
expression. 

ConAgllita.  {Ita.)  With  agility. 

Con  Agitazione.  {Ita.)  With  agitation. 


Con  Allegrezza.    {Ita.)   With  cheerful- 
ness. 
Con  Amabilita.  {Ita.)  Lovingly. 
Con  Amarezza.    {Ita.)    With  a  sense  of 

grief. 
Con  Amore.    {Ita.)  AVith  tenderness  and 

delicacy. 
Con  Anima.     {Ita.)    AVith  auim.ition  and 

feeling. 
ConAnimo.  {fta.)  With  spirit  and  bold- 

nessl 
Con  Audace.  {Ita.)  With  boldness. 
ConBizarria.  {Ita.)  Capriciously;  at  the 

fancy  of  the  composer  or  player. 
Con  Bravura.  {Ita.)  With  bravery ;  with 

boldness. 
Con   Brio.     {Ita.)     With  brilliancy  and 

spirit. 
Con  Brio  ed  Animato.  {Ita.)  Animated 

and  brilliant. 

Con  Calma.  {Ita.)  With  calmness. 
Con  Carita.  {Ita.)  With  tenderness. 
Con  Celerlta.  {Ita.)  With  quickness. 
Concent.    Harmony  ;  a  concert  of  voices. 
Concentful.    Harmonious. 
Concentio.     {Lat.)     Singing  in  harmony ; 

accordant  voices ;  concord. 
Concento.  {Ita.)  Concord  ;  the  consonance 

of  voices  and  instruments. 
Concentrare.    {Ita.)    To  concentr.ato  the 

sounds. 
Concentual.     Harmonious. 
Couceutus.  {Lat.)  A  concert  j  concord. 
Concert.     A  performance  in  which  any 

number    of    practical    musicians,  eitlier 

vocal  or  instrumental,  or  both,  unite  in 

an  exercise  of  their  profession  ;  harmony ; 

unison ;  a  symphony  for  several  parts  or 

players. 
Concert,  Amateur.    A  performance  of 

music  by  a  person  or  persons  skilled  la 

music,  but  not  regularly  engaged  in  the 

profession. 
Concertando.  {Ita.)  A  concertantc. 
Concertant.      {Fre.)     A  concertantc ;  a 

person  who  sings  or  plays  in  a  concert. 

Concertantc.  {Ita.)  A  concerto  for  two  or 
more  instruments,  with  accompaniments 
for  a  full  band :  a  piece  of  music  to  bo  i)er- 
formed  interchangeably  by  voices  .ind  in- 
struments ;  a  woman  who  performs  in  a 
concert. 

Concertantc,  Alto.  {Itn.)  The  tenor  of 
the  little  chorus  which  continues  through- 
out the  piece. 

Concertantc  Con  Ecco.  {Ita.)  A  con- 
certed piece  with  an  echo. 

Concertanto.  {Ita.)  A  concertantc. 

Coiicertata,  Messa.  {Ita.)  A  concerted 
mass. 

Concertatl.  M^adrigali.  {Ita.)  Accom- 
paniefl  mailrigals. 

Concert,  Cburcb.    A  concert  of  sacred 


CON 


08 


COX 


music ;  a  concert  given  bjr  the  choir  of  a 
charch. 

Concert  des  Amateiurs.  (Fre.)  Concert 
of  the  amateurs. 

Concert,  Dutch.  A  concert  in  which 
each  performer  plays  his  own  tune,  or  in 
his  own  time  simultaneously. 

Concerted  9f  adrlgal.  A  madrigal  hay- 
ing an  accompaniment. 

Concerted  Music.  Instrumental  music, 
with  different  parts,  in  which  all  the  in- 
struments are  equally  required. 

Concerted  Style.  A  style  of  perform- 
ance in  which  the  voices  are  accompanied 
by  every  variety  of  instruments. 

Concerter.  {Fre.)  To  practise  for  a  con- 
cert ;  to  give  a  concert. 

Concert,  Floral.  A  concert  of  music,  nsn- 
ally  partieip.itcd  in  by  children,  the  per- 
formance relating  to  rural  life  and  scenery, 
with  decorations  consisting  of  flowers, 
evergreens,  &c. 

Concertgeber.    (Ger.)    One  who  gives  a 

concert. 
Concert    Grand     Pianoforte.       The 

largest  size  grand  pianoforte. 

Concertina.  (Ita.)  A  small  scxangular 
instrument,  played  by  being  lield  in  the 
hands.  The  sounds  are  produced  from 
metal  reeds  by  pressing  the  fingers  upon 
the  keys,  which  are  upon  e.ich  side  of  the 
instrument,  and  at  the  same  time  moving 
the  bellows  to  produce  the  requisite 
wind. 

Concertina,  Alto.  A  concertina  having 
the  compass  of  the  viola. 

Concertina,  Bass.  A  concertina  having 
the  compass  of  the  violoncello. 

Concertina,  Soprano.  A  concertina 
having  the  compass  of  the  violin. 

Concerting.  A  term  applied  to  the  alter- 
nate performance  of  a  number  of  instru- 
ments, collectively  and  individually. 

Concertino.  (/<a.)  A  principal  part  in  a 
concerto,  or  other  full  piece ;  the  princi- 
pal instrument  in  a  concert. 

Concert,  Instrumental.  A  concert  con- 
sisting of  performances  upon  instruments 
only. 

Concertiren.  (Ger.)  A  concert  in  which 
each  instrument  or  voice  has  in  its  turn 
tlie  principal  part. 

Concertizing.    Giving  concerts. 

Concertmeister.  (Ger.)  3ilanager  or  con- 
ductor of  a  concert. 

Concerto.  (Ita.)  A  composition  intended 
to  display  the  powers  of  some  particular 
instrument,  with  orchestral  accompani- 
ments. 

Concerto  a  Solo.  A  composition  forthe 
purpose  of  displaying  the  powers  of  a 
particular  instrument,  without  accompa- 
niment. 

Concerto  di  Chiesa.  (Ita.)  A  concert 
of  church  music. 

Concerto  I>oppio.  {/ta.)  A  concerto  for 
two  or  more  instruments. 


Concerto  Grossl.  (Ita.)  The  grand  cho- 
rus of  a  concert ;  passages  in  which  all  the 
several  parts  perform  together. 

Concerto  Grosso.  (Ita.)  A  composition 
for  many  instruments  ;  a  grand  concert; 
the  chorus  of  a  concert  in  which  all  the 
instruments  are  employed. 

Concertone.  (Ita.)  A  concertante. 

Concert,  Operatic.  A  performance  of 
music  selected  from  operas. 

Concerto  per  il  Ceinl>alo.  (Ita.)  A 
concerto  for  the  harpsichord. 

Concert,  Orchestral.  A  performance 
of  mispcllaneous  music  by  an  orchestra; 
an  instrumental  peribrmance. 

Concerto  Spirltuale.  (Ita.)  A  miscel- 
laneous concert,  chiefly  of  sacred  music. 

Concerto-Symphonies.  (Ita.)  A  con- 
certo for  a  large  number  of  orchestral  in- 
struments. 

Concert-Pitch.  The  pitch  or  the  degree 
of  acutencss  or  gravity  generally  adopted 
for  some  one  given  note,  and  by  which 
every  other  note  is  governed. 

Concert,  Promenade.  A  vocal  or  in- 
strumental concert,  during  which  the  audi- 
tors promenade  instead  of  being  seated. 

Concertsaal.  (Ger.)  A  concert  room. 

Concert,  Sacred.  A  concert  consisting 
only  of  oratorios,  and  other  music  denom- 
inated sacred. 

Concert-Spieler.  ( Ger.)  A  solo  player. 

Concert,  Spirituel.  A  class  of  concerts 
established  in  Paris  in  1725,  and  given 
during  Easter.  The  performances,  wliieh 
were  at  first  in  L.ttin,  were  particip.-itcd  in 
by  the  principal  actors,  choristers,  and 
musicians  of  the  time. 

Concert-Stuck.  (Ger.)  A  concerted 
piece ;  a  concerto. 

Concert,  Vocal.  A  musical  performance 
consisting  only  of  vocal  music. 

Concha.  (Lut.)  A  trumpet  marine. 

Couches.  A  spcoios  of  trumpet  used 
among  the  Himalayan  mountains. 

Concinidad.  (Spa.)  Harmony  ;  Just  pro- 
portion of  sound. 

Conctnnity.  Delicacy,  elegance,  and 
finish. 

Concinnons.  A  term  applied  to  a  style  of 
execution  in  which  every  passage  of  the 
composition  is  given  with  grace,  delicacy, 
and  spirit. 

Conclno.  (Lat.)  To  sing  or  play  in  har- 
mony. 

Concitato.  (Ita.)  Perturbed ;  agit.atcd. 

Concluding  Voluntary.  A  composi- 
tion for  an  organ,  designed  to  be  per- 
formed at  the  conclusion  of  religious  ser- 
vice in  a  church,  and  in  which  all  the  capa- 
bilities of  the  Instrument  arc  brouglit  into 
use. 

Concomitant  Sounds.  Aecessorr 
sounds  which  accompany  the  predomi- 
nant and  apparently  simple  tone  of  any 
chord  or  string. 


COiV 


fi9 


CON 


Con  Commodo.  (Ita.)  In  a  convenient 
degree  of  movement. 

Concord.  A  union  of  notes,  which,  when 
sounded  together,  produce  an  agreeable 
eflcct  upon  the  ear ;  an  harmonious  combi- 
nation of  sounds  ;  unison. 

Concordabilis.  {Lot.)  Concordable. 

Concordable.  Capable  of  being  in  con- 
cord ;  harmonious. 

Coucordancia.  (Spa.)  Concord ;  har- 
mony. 

Concordant.  A  terra  applied  to  all  con- 
sonant or  harmonious  combinations. 

Concordante.  (Ita.)  Concordant. 

Concord,  Consonant.  Tlie  perfect  con- 
cord and  its  derivatives. 

Concorde.  (Fre.)  Concord. 

Concordia.  (Ita.)  Concord. 

Concord,  Imperfect.  A  term  sometimes 
applied  to  the  third  and  sixth  concords. 

Concords,  I>is8onant.  AH  concords  ex- 
cept tlie  perfect  and  its  derivatives. 

Concord,   Simple.      That  in  which  we 

hear  only  two  notes  in  consonance. 
Concords,  Perfect.     The  perfect  fourth, 

fifth,  and  eighth. 
Concrete   Sound.     A  movement  of  the 

voice  gliding  continuously  up  or  down. 
Con  Delicatezza.     (Ita.)    With  peculiar 

sweetness. 
Con  Devozione.     (Ita.)    With  devotion ; 

devoutly. 
Con  DilijErenza.     (Ita.)    With  diligence  ; 

in  a  studied  manner. 
Con  ]>i8crezione.  (Ita.)  With  discretion. 
Con  nisperazione.   (Ita.)  With  despair. 

Con  Dolce  :>Ianiera.   (Ita.)  In  a  simple, 

delicate  manner. 
Con  I>olcezza.  (Ita.)  With  sweetness. 

Con  I>olore.  (Ita.)  Mournfully ;  with 
grief  and  pathos. 

Conducidor.  (Spa.)  A  conductor. 

Conduciinento.  (Ita.)  A  term  answering 
to  the  "  agoge"  of  the  Greeks,  the  "  duc- 
tus "  of  the  Romans,  and  signifying  a 
melody,  or  succession  of  sounds,  moving 
by  conjoint  degrees. 

Conducimento  Circoncorrente.  (Ita.) 
A  species  of  the  modulation  of  the  an- 
cient Greek  Melopceia,  in  whioh  the 
sounds  rise  by  sharps,  and  fall  by  flats. 

Conducimento  Recto.  (Ita.)  One  of 
tlie  species  of  modulation  of  the  Mclo- 
poeia  of  the  ancient  Greeks,  in  which  the 
sounds  move  from  grave  to  acute. 

Conducimento  Ritornante.  (Ita.)  One 
of  tlie  species  of  modulation  of  the  Melo- 
pceia of  the  ancient  Greeks,  in  which  the 
sounds  pass  from  acute  to  grave. 

Conductor.  A  person  who  arranges, 
orders,  and  directs  the  necessary  prepara- 
tions for  a  concert,  and  superintends  and 
conducts  the  performance. 

Condnctus.  (Lat.)  An  ancient  species  of 


air  characterized  by  the  fact  that,  though 
In  every  other  kind  of  descant  some 
known  melody  was  chosen  which  gov- 
erned the  air  originating  from  it,  in  this 
the  descant  and  the  harmony  were  both  of 
them  new,  and  produced  together. 
Con  due  Vlolinl,  e  Violoncello,  • 
l>a88o  per  1'  Oreauo.  (Ita.)  With  two 
violins,  a  bass  viol,  and  a  thorough  bass 
on  the  organ. 

Con  Duolo.    (Ita.)   With  expressions  of 

grief. 

Con  £lcganza.  (Ita.)  With  elegance. 

Con  £levatezza.  (Ita.)  With  elevation 
of  style. 

Con  devazione.   (Ita.)   With  dignity. 

Con  £nergia.  (It<i.)  With  energy. 

Con  £nergico.  (Ita.)  With  energy. 

Con  £ntusiasmo.  (iito.)  With  enthu- 
siasm. 

Con  Kqualianza.  (Ita.)  With  equality 
and  smoothness. 

Con  e  Senza  Strontenti.  (Ita.)  Witk 
and  without  instruments. 

Con  e  Senza  Violini.  (Ita.)  With  and 
without  violins. 

Con  £8p.  An  abbreviation  of  Con  Es- 
pressione. 

Con  Espres.  An  abbreviation  of  Con  Et- 
pressione. 

Con  Bspresslone.    (Ita.)    With  expres- 
sion. 
Con  Facilita.  (Ita.)  With  facility. 

Con  Ferocita.  (Ita.)  With  an  expression 
of  ferocity. 

Con  Fierezza.  (Ita.)  With  ilereeness. 
Conflation.   A  blowing  together  of  many 
instruments  in  a  concert  performance. 

Con  Flesslbilita.  (Ita.)  Flexible ;  uncon- 
strained. 

Confoeotto  Obllgato.  (Ita.)  Must  b« 
pliiyed  with  a  bassoon. 

Con  Forza.  (Ita.)  With  force;  vehe-. 
mently. 

Con  Freddezza.  (Ita.)  With  coldness  and 

apathy. 

Con  Fretta.  (Ita.)  With  an  increase  and 
hastening  of  the  time. 

Con  Fuoco.  (Ita.)  With  fire  and  anima- 
tion. 

Con  Fuoco  sin'  al  Fine.  (Ita.)  With 
spirit  to  the  end. 

Con  Furla.  (Ita.)  Furiously ;  with  vehe- 
mence. 

Con  Furore.  (Ita.)  With  fury ;  with  great 
agitation. 

Con  Garbo.  (Ita.)  With  simplicity. 

Con  Gentllezza.  (Ita.)  With  grace  and 
elegance. 

Con  Giustezza.    (Ita.)  With  precision. 

Con    Giustezza    dell'    lutonazion*. 

(Ita.)  With  appropriate  intonation. 

Con  gll.  (Ita.)  With  the. 


CON 


60 


CON 


Con  gll  Stromentl.  (Ita.)  With  the  in- 
strumuuts. 

Com  «radaxlone  (/to.)  With  gradual 
increase  and  decrease. 

Con  Gravlta.  (/to.)  With  gravity. 

Con  Grazla.  (/to.)  With  grace  and  ele- 
gance. 

Congregational  Singing.  A  mode  of 
singing  in  wliich  the  cou":regation  unites 
with  the  choir,  or  in  which  a  choir  is  dis- 
pensed with. 

Con  Gusto,  (/to.)  With  taste. 

Conlmpeto.  (/to.)  With  force. 

Con  Iiupeto  Doloroso.  (/to.)  With  pa- 
thetic force  and  energy. 

Con  Iinpetnoslta.  (/to.)  With  impetu- 
osity. 

Con  IndilTerenxa.  (/to.)  In  an  easy,  in- 
different manner. 

Con  Inuocenza.  (/to.)  In  an  artless  and 
innocent  style. 

Con  Intrepldezza.  (/to.)  With  intre- 
pidity. 

Con  Isdegno.  (/to.)  With  anger. 

Con  Ismania.  (/to.)  With  frenzied  style. 

Con  Isti-eplto.  (/to.)  W^tli  noise  and 
bluster. 

Conjoint  I>egree8.  Two  notes  which 
immediately  follow  each  other  in  the 
order  of  the  scale. 

Conjoint  Tetracliords.  Two  tctra- 
cliordsjor  fourths,  where  the  same  note  is 
the  highest  of  one  and  lowest  of  the  other. 

Conjunct.  A  term  applied  by  the  an- 
cient Greeks  to  those  tetrachords  which 
were  so  disposed  with  respect  to  each 
other  that  the  last,  or  highest,  note  of  the 
lower  tctrachord  was  also  the  first  or  low- 
est note  of  the  tetrachord  next  above  it. 

Conjunct  Degree.  A  degree  in  which 
two  notes  are  so  situated  as  to  form  the 
interval  of  a  second. 

Conjunct  Succession.  A  succesBion  of 
sounds  in  melody,  proceeding  regularly 
upward  or  downward  through  the  sev- 
eral intervening  degrees. 

Con  JTusto.  (/to.)  With  exact  precision. 

Con  Ijeggicrezxa.  (/to.)  With  lightness 
and  delicacy. 

Con  licutezza.  (/to.)  With  slowness. 

Con  IMaesta.    (7to.)    With  grandeur  and 

majesty. 

Con  ^flistero.  (/to.)  With  an  air  of  mys- 
tery. 

Con  >Ioderazione.  (/to.)  With  a  mod- 
orate  degree  of  quickness. 

Con  >Iolto  Carattere.  (/to.)  With  much 
character  and  emphasis. 

Con  ^lolto  Passlone.  (/to.)  In  a  highly 
feeling  and  affecting  Btyle. 

Con  Xolto  Sentimento     (/to.)    With 

much  feeling  or  sentiment. 
Con  >Iorbidezza.  (/to.)    With  excess  of 

delicacy, 


Con  "Stoto.  (Ita.)  With  somewhat  of  an 
agitated  expression. 

Connecting  Xote.  A  note  held  in  com- 
mon by  two  successive  chords. 

Con  IVegligeuza.  (/to.)  Negligently; 
without  rcstniiut. 

Con  A'obilita.  (/to.)  With  nobleness. 

Connoisseur.    (,Fre.)    One  well  versed  in 
fine  music ;  a  good  judge  and  critic  of        I 
musical  composition  and  performance. 

Couoeedor.  iSpa.)  Connoisseur. 

Con  Osservanza.  (/to.)  With  scrupulous 
exactness  in  regard  to  time. 

Con  Ottava.  (/to.)  With  the  octave. 

Con  Passione.  (/to.)  In  an  impassioned 
manner ;  with  emotion ;  nearly  synony- 
mous with  affettuoso,  though  indicative 
of  more  fervid  feeling. 

Con  Piacevolezza.  (/to.)  In  a  pleasing 
and  graceful  style. 

Con  piu  Moto.  (/to.)  With  increased 
motion. 

Con  Precipltazioue.  (/to.)  In  a  hurried 
manner. 

Con  Precislonc.  (/to.)  With  distinct 
ness  aud  precision. 

Con  Prestezza.  (/to.)  With  rapidity. 

Conquc.  (Fre.)  A  conch;  a  sea  shell  used 
formerly  as  a  trumpet. 

Con  Rabbla.  (Ita.)  With  rage;  furl- 
ously. 

Con  Bapidita.  (/to.)  With  rapidity. 

Con  Kepllca.  {Ita.)  With  repetition. 

Con  Risoluzione.  (/to.)  With  boldnesa 
aud  resolution. 

Con  Scioltezza.  (/to.)  Freely;  discon- 
nectedly. 

Con  Sdcgno.  (/to.)  In  a  fiery  and  indig- 
nant style. 

Consecutive.  A  term  applied  to  any  two 
or  a  series  of  similar  intervals  or  chords. 

Consecutive  Fiftlis.  Two  or  more  per- 
fect fifths  immediately  following  one  an- 
other in  two  parallel  parts  of  the  score. 

Consecutive  Intervals.  Intervals  lu 
two  i)iirallel  parts  or  voices  of  the  score 
passing  in  the  same  direction. 

Consecutive  Octaves.  Two  or  more 
octaves  following  one  another  in  two  par- 
allel parts  of  the  score. 

Consecutives,  Covered.  Passages  of 
harmony  in  which  a  third  or  a  sixth 
moves  to  a  fifth,  that  is.  in  which  two  con- 
secutive fifths  may  be  imagined,  though 
they  do  not  resilly  exist. 

Consecutives,  Hidden.  Such  as  occur 
in  passing,  by  similar  motion,  from  an 
imperfect  to  a  peirfeet  ooncord,  or  from 
one  perfect  concqcd  tq  another  of  a  dif- 
ferent kind. 

Con  Sempliclta.  (7to.)  With  sim- 
plicity. 

Con  SenalbUita.  (/to.)  With  sensibility 
and  feeling. 


CON 


61 


CON 


Con  Sauttmento.    (Ita.)    With  feeling 

aud  sentiment. 
Cousequent.    The  answer  of  a  fugue,  or 

of  a  point  of  imitation. 

Cousequente.  {Ita.)  A  term  applied  to  a 
part  or  a  fugue  or  canon  wlien  it  follows 
the  tirst  part,  called  tlie  guide,  imitating 
its  motions,  notes,  and  figures. 

Conservatoire.  (/Ve.J  A  music  school 
in  Paris. 

Conservatorla.  {Ita.)  An  academy  of 
music. 

Conservatorlo.  (Ita.)  An  institution  for 
instruction  m  music. 

Conserr-atorlnm.  (_Ita.)  A  seminary  in 
whicli  music  is  taught. 

Con  Severita.  (7ia.)  TVith  strict  and  se- 
vere style. 

Con  Smanla.  (Ita.)  With  passion  ;  dis- 
tractedly. 

Consolante.  (Ita.)  In  a  cheering  and  en- 
couraging manner. 

Con  Soleunlta.  (Ita.)  With  solemnity. 

Consonance.  An  interval  agreeable  to 
the  ear ;  the  condition  of  two  or  more 
notes  sounding  in  unison 

Consonance,  Perfect.  A  just  and  de- 
termined interval ;  a  consonance  in  which 
the  interval  is  invariable. 

Consonances,  Imperfect.  In  harmony, 
the  major  and  minor  thirds  and  sixths. 

Consonancia.  {Spa.)  Consonance. 

Consonant.  Accordant ;  harmonious  ; 
formed  of  consonances. 

Consonant  Concord.  The  perfect  con- 
cord and  its  derivatives. 

Consonante.  (Ita.)  Harmonious  ;  conso- 
naut. 

Con8onantement«.  (Spa.)  Accordantly. 

Consonantia.  (Lat.)  Consonance;  agree- 
ment of  voices. 

Consonantisslme.  {Lat.)  Most  harmo- 
niously. 

Consonant  Sixths.  The  minor  sixthi 
composed  of  three  tones  and  two  semi- 
tones major,  and  the  major  sixth,  com- 
posed of  four  tones  and  a  nu^or  semitone. 

Consonant  Thirds.  The  ni^or  third, 
consisting  of  two  tones,  and  the  minor 
third,  consisting  of  a  tone  and  a  half. 

Coiisonanza.  {Ita.)  Agreement  of  simul- 
taneous sounds. 

Consonar.    {Spa.)    To  sing  accordantly ; 

to  play  in  unison. 
Consonare.    {Ita.)    To  sing  or   play  in 

unison. 

Consones.  {Spa.)  Concordant  sounds. 

Consonl  Snont.  {Ita.)  Concords. 

Consono.  {Sp<i.)  Harmonious;  conso- 
nant. 

Con  Sonorita.  (Ita.)  With  a  full,  vibrat- 
ing kind  of  tone, 
Consonona.    Syraphonious. 
Consordlnl.  {Ita.)  A  dtreetion  tt>  perform 
6 


a  passage,  if  on  the  pianoforte,  with  the 
dampers  down,  and  if  on  the  violin,  with 
the  mute  on. 

Consort.  Harmony  ;  symphony  ;  concert; 
to  unite  by  symphony. 

Cousorte.  {Ita.  and  Spa.)  Harmony  ;  con- 
cert. 

Con  Spirito.  {Ita.)  With  quickness  and 
spirit. 

Con  Sti-epito.  {Ita.)  With  impetuosity. 
Con  Strumeuti.     {Ita.)    A  performance 
with  voices  and  instruments  imited. 

Con  Suavita.  {Ita.)  With  sweetness  and 
delicacy. 

Consueta.  {Spa.)  A  prompter. 
Cont.     An  abbreviation  of  Contano. 
Contano.    {Ita.)    They  count  or  rest;  a 

term  applied  to  certain  parts  not  played 

for  the  time  being. 
Con  Tenerezza.   {Ita.)  With  tenderness. 
Con  Tepidita.    {Ita.)    With  coldness  and 

indifference. 
Contera.  {Spa.)  Prelude. 
Conteurs.     One  of  the  classes  comprising 

the  ancient  order  of  Jonglerie. 

Con  Timidezza.  {Ita.)  With  timidity. 

Continental  Mnsic.  A  term  applied  to 
the  melodies  sung  and  played  during  the 
time  of  tlie  American  revolution. 

Continuato.  {Ita.)  A  term  which,  when 
applied  to  a  single  tone,  means  that  the 
tone  is  to  be  held  or  continued  on  ;  but 
when  applied  to  a  passage  or  movement, 
apprises  the  performer  tliat  such  passage 
or  movement  is  to  be  given  in  exact 
time. 

Continued  Bass.  Bass  continued  tiirough 
the  whole  piece  ;  thorough  bass. 

Continued  Harmony.  A  harmony 
wljich  does  not  change,  though  the  bass 
varies. 

Continued  Kest.  A  rest  continuinnp 
through  several  successive  measures,  and 
indicated  by  a  figure  over  a  whole  rest, 
showing  the  number  of  measures,  and 
counted  by  adding  ene  in  each  successive 
measure  (:Jo). 

Continued  Thorough  Bass.  That 
which  continues  to  play  constantly,  both 
during  the  recitatives  and  in  supjwrt  of 
the  chorus. 

Continui  Snonl.  {Ita.)  Rounds  held  ont, 
or  continued,  (or  the  pronunciation  of 
some  syUable,  or  the  state  of  tlie  voioe, 
neither  ascending  nor  degcendiug,  but  re- 
taining the  same  pitch. 

Continue.  {Ita.)  Without  cessation. 

Continuous  Horizontal  liine.  A  line 
indicating  that  the  passages  are  to  be 
played  as  unisons. 

Contra.  {Ita.)  Low;  under;  counter. 

Contra-Bass.   {Ita.)  The  lower  bass. 

Contra-Basso.  {Ita.)  The  double  bass, 

Contra-Bass  Viol.  A  large  viol;  a 
double-bass  viol. 


CON 


G2 


CON 


Contrabaxo.  {Spa.)  Counter  bass ;  bass 
viol. 

Contracted  Section.  A  section  oontain- 
iu^  not  more  ttian  three  bars. 

Contraction.  That  which  occurs  in  a 
fugue  when  two  parts  compress  the  sub- 
ject, counter  subject,  or  even  an  interven- 
ing subject. 

Contraddanza.  (Ita.)  Counter  dance ; 
contra  dance. 

Contra  Fagotto.   (Ita.)  Double  bassoon. 

Contra  Fnga.  {Ita.)  Counter  fugue. 

Contr'  Alti.  The  higher  male  voices,  usu- 
ally called  counter  tones. 

Contralto.  (/<«.)  Alto  ;  a  counter  tenor 
voice  J  the  highest  species  of  male  voice, 
and  the  lowest  of  female  voices. 

Contr'  Alto  Clef.  The  alto  clef;  the  C 
clef  on  the  third  line  of  the  staff  (50). 

Con  Tranquillezza.  (/to.)  With  tran- 
quillity. 

Con  Tranquillita.  (/to.)  With.markcd 
tranquillity. 

Contra  Octave,  (/to.)  A  low  octave  j  a 
lower  octave. 

Contra  Parte,  (/to.)  Counterpart. 

Contrapas.  (.Spa.)  A  Spanish  dance. 

Coutrapaso.  (,Spa.)  A  counter  note  ;  a 
dance. 

Contrapunckt.  (Ger.)  Counterpoint. 

Contrapunctum  duplex  in  Deci- 
nta  Acuta.  (Lat.)  A  term  applied  to 
double  counterpoint  when  one  or  two 
parts  move  throughout  in  tenths  or 
thirds  above  the  subject,  counter-subject, 
or  intervening  subject. 

Contrapunctum  Floridum.  (Lat.)  Or- 
namental or  rtgurate  counterpoint. 

Contrapunctum  in  I>ecima  Gravi. 
{Lot.)  A  term  given  to  double  counter- 
point when  the  parts  move  in  tenths  or 
tliirds  below  the  subject. 

Contrapuntal.  Relating  to  counterpoint. 

Contrapunta  alia  Zoppa.  (/to.)  A 
species  of  counterpoint  in  which  by  the 
introduction  of  a  note  a  syncope  is  pro- 
duced. 

Contrapuntante.  (Spa.)  He  who  sings 
in  counterpoint. 

Contrapuntear.  (Spa.)  To  sing  in  coun- 
terpoint. 

Contrapuntist.  A  musician  skilled  in 
counterpoint. 

Contrapuntista.  (/to.)  One  who  under- 
stands counterpoint. 

Contrapunto.  (/to.)  Counterpoint,  the 
first  and  most  necessary  stop  towards  a 
knowledge  of  musical  composition. 

Contrapunto  alia  Deciiua.  (Ita.)  A 
species  of  double  counterpoint,  wherein 
the  principal  counterpoint  may  rise  a 
tenth  above,  or  fall  as  much  below,  the 
subject. 

Contrapunto  alia  Mente.  (Ita.)  A 
confused    kind    of  counterpoint,    or   the 


plain  chant  performed  by  several  voices, 
each  singing  extempore. 

Contrapunto  Dopplo.  (Ita.)  Doable 
counterpoint. 

Contrapunto  d'  nn  sol  Pasao.  (/to.) 
A  succession  of  sounds  in  tlie  beginning 
of  a  song,  consisting  of  one,  two,  or  three 
bars,  to  oie  imitatea  in  other  places  by  an 
observance  of  the  same  number,  motion, 
and  figure. 

Contrapunto  liegato.  (/to.)  A  syncope 
in  harmony  in  which  oue  only  of  the  parts 
syncopates,  but  without  discord. 

Contrapunto  Sclolto.  (/to.)  A  counter- 
point that  is  not  full  of  tied  or  syncopati-d 
notes,  or  th.it  is  not  obliged  to  move  in  a 
particular  manner. 

Contrapunto  sopra  11  So^getto. 
(/to.)  Counterpoint  above  the  subject. 

Contrapunto  sotto  11  Soegetto.  (Ita.) 
Counterpoint  below  the  subject. 

Contrapunto  Syncopato.  (Ita.)  Tn 
harmony,  the  syncopation  of  one  part  for 
the  purpose  of  introducing  a  discord. 

Contrapnntus  Simplex.  (Lat.)  Simple 
counterpoint. 

Contrarco.  (/to.)  A  reversed  movement 
of  the  bow. 

Contrarlo.  (Ita.)  Contrary. 

Contrary  Bow.  A  contrary,  or  reversed, 
stroke  of  the  bow. 

Contrary  M^otion.  The  motion  of  one 
p:irt  in  an  opposite  direction  to  some  other 
part. 

Contrary  Ketrograde  In-verslon.  An 
inversion  made  by  reversing  the  retro- 
grade inversion,  beginning  with  the  first 
note,  and  proceeding  to  the  last. 

Contras.  (Spa.)  The  bass  pipes  of  a  large 
organ. 

Contrassoggetto.  (Ita.)  The  counter 
subject  of  a  tugue. 

Contrasporto.  (/to.)  In  an  angry  and 
passionate  manner. 

Contra  Tenor.  The  counter  tenor  voice  ; 
contr'  alto. 

Contratenore.  (/to.)  Contralto  ;  a  coun- 
ter tenor  voice. 

Contra  Violone.  (Ita.)  The  double  bass. 

Coutre  Basse.  (Fre.)  A  double  bass. 

Contre  I>anse.  (Fre.)  A  quadrille  or 
country  dance. 

Contre  Partle.  (Fre.)  The  first  and  sec- 
ond part. 

Contrepolut.  (Fre.)  Counterpoint. 

Contrepolntiate.  (Fre.)  A  contrapuntist. 

Contresujet.  (Fre.)  The  counter  subject 
of  a  fugue. 

Contretemps.  (Fre.)  Syncopation  ;  driv- 
ing notes,  or  utiaccented  and  accented 
notes  tietl  together,  contrary  to  the  natural 
rhythmic  flow  of  the  measure. 

Contretems.  (Fre.)  A  deviation  from 
the  strict  time  of  any  piece  of  music. 

ContretenMtr.  (Fre.)  Counter  tenor. 


CON 


63 


COR 


Contro.  (Ita.)  Counter  ;  low,  or  lower. 
Contro  Baaso.  (Ita.)  A  double-bass  viol ; 

the  lowest  or  gravest  part  of  a  musical 

composition. 
Contro  Fagotto.  (Tta.)  A  larg-e  bassoon 

an  octavo,  tiltli,  or  a  fourth  lower  than  the 

common  bassoon. 
Contro  Fngne.    A  counter  fupfue. 
Controvlolone.     {Ita.)     A   double-bass 

viol. 

Con  Tntta  la  Forza.    (Ita.)    With  the 

whole  strcngtli. 
Con  V'ariazione.  (Ita.)  With  variations. 

Con  Veemenza.  (Ita.)  Forcibly ;  vehe- 
mently. 

Con  Veloclta.  (Ita.)  With  velocity. 
Conversio.  (Ita.)  Inversion. 
Con  Violenza.  (Ita.)  With  violence. 
Con  Vlvacita.    (Ita.)    With   animation; 
with  vivacity. 

Con  Vivezza.  (Ita.)  With  animation  ;  vi- 
vaciously. 

Convivial  Sonif^s.  Sonpfs  written  for, 
or  >iung  at,  lestive  and  jovial  entertain- 
ments. 

Con  Volnbilita.  (Ita.)  With  freedom 
and  ease. 

Con  Zelo.  (Ita.)  With  zoal. 

Con  8va.    An  abbreviation  of  Con  Ottava. 

Con  Sva  ad  Liibitum.  With  octaves  at 
pleasure. 

Coperto.  (Ita.)  To  deaden  the  sound  either 
by  coveriii>j,  muifiin£f,  or  otherwise ;  in 
violm  music  it  signities  that  a  tone  is  not 
to  be  gfiven,  as  it  otherwise  mijjht  be,  on 
the  open  string,  but  on  a  lower  string 
lingered. 

Coplero.  (Spa.)  A  ballad  seller. 

Coplica.  (.Spa.)  A  little  ballad. 

Coprire  la  Voce.  (Ita.)  To  drown  the 
voice. 

Copter.  (Fre.  and  Spa.)  To  cause  the 
tongue  of  a  bell  to  strike  on  one  side  only. 

Copula.  (Lat.)  That  movement  in  an  or- 
gan by  whicli  two  rows  of  keys  can  bo 
connected  together,  or  the  pedals  with  the 
keys. 

Copyright.  The  exclusive  right  allowed 
by  law  to  an  author,  or  to  liis  representa- 
tive, of  priutiug,  publisliing,  and  selling 
a  musical  composition  during  a  spccilied 
term  of  years. 

Cor.    An  abbreviation  of  Comet. 

Cor.  (Fre.)  A  horn. 

Cor.  (  Wei.)  A  choir. 

Cora.  (Iri.)  A  chorus. 

Corale.  (Ita)  The  plain  chant. 

Corale,  Fngal.  A  fugal  construction  of  a 
whole  corale,  in  which  one  strophe  after 
tlie  other  is  taken  separately  as  the  subject 
of  the  fugue,  and  is  carried  tlirough. 

Coranacli.  (Gae.)  A  lamentation  for  the 
dead  ;  a  funeral  song  or  dirge. 

Cor  AnglaltM'  (Fre.)  English  horn. 


Cae.)     A  funeral    song  or 


Coranlcli. 

dirge. 

Corante.    (Ita.)    A  slow  dance  in  |  or  ^ 

time. 
Coranto.    (Ita.)    A  certain  air  oomprising 

three  crotchets  in  a  bar. 
Corcltea.  (Spa.)  A  crotchet  (17). 
Corda.  (Ita.)  A  string. 
Cordatura.    (Lat.)    The  system  by  which 

the  string's  of  any  instrument  arc  tuned  ; 

an  appellation  given  to  the  open  scale  of 

stringed  instruments. 
Corde.  (Fre.)  A  string. 
Cor  de  Chasse.    (Fre.)    A  French  horn : 

hunting  horn. 
Corde  de  fjuth.  (Fre.)  A  lute  string. 
Cordes  a  Boy  an.  (Fre.)  Catgut. 
Cor  de  Signal.  (Fre.)  A  bugle. 
Corde  Vnlde.  (Fre.)  The  open  string. 

Cordiera.  (fta.)  The  tail-piece  of  a  violin, 
tenor  viol,  &c. 

Cordon  de  Sonne tte.  (Fre.)  A  bell 
rope. 

Corea.  (Spa.)  Dance  accompanied  by  a 
cliorus. 

Corear.  (Spa.)  To  sing  or  play  in  a  cho- 
rus. 

Coreo.  (Spa.)  A  foot  in  Latin  verse  ;  con- 
nected harmony  of  a  chorus. 

Coriambico.  (Spa.)  Choriambic. 

Coriambus.  (Lat.)  In  ancient  poetry,  a 
foot  consisting  of  four  syllables,  of  which 
tlie  first  and  last  are  long,  the  others 
short ;  a  choriambus. 

Corifeo.  (Spa.)  Corypheus,  the  principal 
or  leading  cliaracter  in  a  chorus  among 
the  Greeks  and  Romans. 

Corillo.  (Spa.)  A  small  choir. 

Corlsta.  (Ita.)  The  diapason. 

Corista.  (Spa.)  Chorister. 

Corn.  ( irel.)  A  horn. 

Cornainntsa.  (Ita.)  A  commuse ;  a  bag- 
pipe. 

Cornamusare.  (Ita.)  To  play  on  the 
bagpipe. 

Cornainute.  A  wind  instrument ;  a  kind 
of  bagpipe  ;  a  commuse. 

Cornarare.  (Ita.)  To  sound  a  horn. 
Cornatore.     (Ita.)    One   who    sounds    a 
horn. 

Corne.  (Fre.)  A  horn. 

Corne  de  Chasse.  (Fre.)  The  horn  of 
the  chase  ;  a  French  horn. 

Coi-neous  Instrninenta.  Instruments 
of  tlie  horn  species. 

Cornet.  The  name  of  an  organ  stop 
consisting  of  several  ranks  of  pipes  ;  a 
wind  instrument  of  the  oboe  class,  now 
little  known,  whicli  gave  place,  a  century 
or  more  ago,  to  the  hautboy  ;  a  species  of 
trumpet  used  in  brass  bauds. 

Corneta.  (Spa.)  Cornet;  a  l^ench  horn. 


COR 


64 


COU 


Comet  a  Boaquin.  {Fre.)  Early  name 
for  the  cornet. 

Cornet  a  Pistons.  {Fre.)  A  species  of 
trumpet  with  valves. 

Comet,  Bass.  An  ancient  instrument  con- 
sistiug  of  a  serpentine  tube  four  or  five 
feet  in  lenj^th,  gradually  increasing  in  di- 
ameter from  tile  mouth-piece  towards  the 
end. 

Comete.  {Spa.)  A  small  horn ;  a  bugle. 

Cometer.    A  cornet  player. 

Cornetica.  {Spa.)  A  small  comet. 

Coruetist.    A  performer  on  the  comet. 

Comet  Stop.  An  organ  stop  consisting 
of  live  i)ipes  to  each  note. 

Cometta.  {Ita.)  A  pipe  or  English  flute  ; 
a  cornet. 

Comet,  Tenor.  An  old  style  of  comet, 
I'ormcd  of  a  curved  tube  three  feet  in 
length,  with  a  diameter  increjising  from 
the  moutli-piece  to  its  end. 

Comettino.  {Ha.)  A  small  cornet. 

Cornetto.  {Ita.)  A  comet;  a  small 
horn. 

Comet,  Treble.  An  old  form  of  comet, 
consisting  of  a  curved  tube  about  three 
feet  iu  length. 

Corneur.  {Fre.)  A  horn  blower. 

Corneznelo.  {Spa.)  A  bngle. 

Cornl.  {Ita.)  The  homs. 

Comlcello.  {Ita.)  A  small  horn  ;  a  cor- 
net. 

Comlst.    A  performer  on  the  horn. 

Cornlste.  {Fre.)  A  player  upon  the 
horn. 

Cornmnse.  A  Cornish  pipe,  similar  to  a 
bagpipe. 

Corno.  {Ita.)  A  horn. 

Como  Bassetto.  {Ita.)  A  species  of  clar- 
inet a  fifth  lower  than  the  G  clarinet. 

Como  Basso.  {Ita.)  A  bass  horn ;  an  im- 
proved serpent. 

Como  Cromatico  dl  Tenore.  {Ita.) 
The  chromatic  tenor  horn. 

Como  dl  Bassetto.  {Ita.)  A  basset 
horn. 

Corno  dl  Caccia.  {Ita.)  A  French  horn. 

Corno  In  B  Basso.  {Ita.)  A  low  B 
liorn. 

Corno  Inglese.  {Ita.)  An  English 
honi. 

Corno  Quarto.  {Ita.)  The  fourth  horn. 

Corno  Uuinto.  {Ita.)  The  fifth  horn. 

Corno  Sordo.  {Ita.)  A  horn  with  damp- 
ers. 

Coro.  {Spa.  and  Ita.)  Choir;  chorus; 
verses  designed  for  a  choir ;  an  ancient 
dance. 

Corobasnas.  {Iri.)  An  ancient  instrument 
formed  of  two  circular  pieces  of  bras.s, 
strung  together  by  wire  of  tlie  same  ma- 
terial, and  used  for  marking  time. 


Corodica.  A  vocal  performance  by  more 
than  one  voice  ;  chorus  singing. 

Coro-Favorlto.  {Ita.)  A  chorus  in  which 
the  best  voices  and  instruments  are  em- 
ployed. 

Coromelon.    {Grk.)   A  brazen  bell  much 

used  by  the  ancients. 

Corona.  {Ita.)  A  pause  or  hold  (113). 

Corouata.  {Ita.)  A  pause  (113). 

Coronet.    A  hold. 

Coro  Primo.  {Ita.)  The  first  chorus. 

Coro-Recltante.  {Ita.)  A  chorus  com- 
prising the  best  voices  and  instruments ; 
the  little  chorus. 

Coro  Spezzato.  {Ita.)  A  composition  for 
two,  tliree,  or  four  choruses. 

Corps.  {Fre.)  The  body  of  a  musical  in- 
strument ;  a  band  or  company  of  musi- 
cians. 

Corps  de  Ballet.  {Fre.)  A  general  name 
for  tlic  perlormers  in  a  ballet. 

Corral.  {Spa.)  The  pit  of  an  opera  or 
play-house. 

Corrente.  {Ita.)  An  old  dance  tune  in 
triple  time. 

Corrldo.  {Spa.)  A  merry  BOng,  accompa- 
nied with  the  guitar. 

Corybant.  ( Grk.)  A  priest  of  Cybele  in 
Plirygia,  whose  rites  were  celebrated  with 
enthusiastic  dances,  to  the  sound  of  the 
drum  and  the  cymbal. 

Coryphsens.  {Lat.)  A  conductor  of  a 
choir  ;  chief  of  the  chorus. 

Coryphee.  {Fre.)  The  leader  of  the 
groups  of  dancers. 

Cosaque.  {Fre.)  A  dance;  the  Cossack 
dance. 

Costilla.  {Spa.)  The  triangled  part  of  an 
orgim  bellows. 

Cote  de  I^uth.  {Fre.)  A  portion  of  the 
body  of  a  lute. 

Cotil.    An  abbreviation  of  Cotillon. 

Cotillon.  {Fre.)  A  lively  and  animated 
danec  iu  ^  time. 

Cotta§^e  Pianoforte.  An  upright  piano- 
iorte. 

Coucbed  Harp.  The  original  name  of 
the  spinet. 

Conle.  {Fre.)  A  group  of  two  notes  con- 
nected by  a  slur. 

Couler.  {Fre.)  To  slide  ;  to  slur. 

Counter.  Name  given  to  an  under  part ; 
counter  tenor. 

Counter  Bass.  A  second  bass,  where 
tlierc  are  more  than  one  in  the  same  per- 
formance. 

Counter  Bance.  A  dance  in  which  the 
per.'ions  are  arranged  iu  opposite  posi- 
tions. 

Counter  Fugue.  A  fugue  in  which  the 
subjects  move  iu  coutrary  directions. 

Cojinterpart.  A  part  to  be  applied  to 
another,  as  the  bass  is  the  counterpart  t* 
the  treble. 


cou 


65 


CUE 


Counterpoint.  The  combination  and 
modulation  of  Bounda  eitlier  consonant 
or  allowably  discordant. 

Counterpoint,  Double.  A  counterpoint 
wliieh  admits  of  an  inversion  of  the 
parts. 

Counterpoint,  Equal.  Compositions  in 
two,  three,  four,  or  more  parts,  consisting 
of  notes  in  equal  duration. 

Counterpoint,  Florid.  Figured  coun- 
terpoint. 

Counterpoint,  Fugued.  Counterpoint 
in  four,  five,  six,  or  seven  parts,  the  only 
counterpoint  in  use  previous  to  the  eigh- 
teeutli  century. 

Counterpoint,  Inverted.  A  species  of 
counterpoint  in  which  the  parts  are  not 
only  reversed  towards  each  other,  but  are 
also  conducted,  step  by  step,  in  a  con- 
trary direction. 

Counterpoint,  Plain.  Simple  counter- 
point. 

Counterpoint,  Quadruple.  Counter- 
point in  four  parts,  admitting  of  twenty- 
four  different  inversions. 

Counterpoint,  Simple.  That  counter- 
point in  whicli  note  is  set  against  not«, 
and  which  is  called  simple,  in  opposition  to 
more  elaborate  composition,  Icnown  as  fig- 
urative counterpoint. 

Counterpoint,  Single.  A  counterpoint 
concerned  only  in  the  invertion  of  two  or 
more  real  parts. 

Counterpoint,  Triple.  A  counterpoint 
in  three  parts,  all  of  which  are  iuvert- 
ible. 

Counterpoint,  Tnequal.  Compositions 
in  notes  of  unequal  duration. 

Counter  Subject.  The  first  part  of  a 
fugue  when  continued  along  with  the  sub- 
ject. 

Counter  Tenor.  The  highest  adult  male 
voice,  and  tlie  lowest  female  voice. 

Counter  Tenor  Clef.  The  clef  when 
placed  on  the  third  line,  in  order  to  ac 
commodate  tlie  counter  tenor  voice  (50). 

Counter  Tenor  V^olce.  That  male  voice 
wliich  ranlis  in  height  next  above  the 
tenor  voice ;  the  lowest  female  voice. 

Counter  Theme.    Second  subject. 

Counter  Tones.  The  deepest  tones  on 
the  pianoforte,  beginning  at  C,  and  con- 
tinuing to  the  next  C. 

Country  Dance.  Any  lively,  pointed 
air,  calculated  for  dancing,  not  confined  to 
any  particular  measure. 

Coup  de  Baguette.  {Fre.)  Beat  of  the 
drum. 


Coup  de   Cloche. 

bell. 


{Fre.)     Stroke  of  a 


Coupler.  A  draw  stop  in  an  organ  by 
which  two  rows  of  Ivcys  may  ha  so  con- 
nected that  they  m.iy  be  both  played  at 
tlie  same  time ;  copula. 

Couplet.  A  division  of  a  hymn,  or  ode, 
in  which  an  equal  number  or  measure  of 

6* 


verses  is  in  each  part  called  a  strophe; 

two  verses  or  lines  of  poetry  forming 

complete  sense. 
Cuupleter.    (Fre.)    To  make  a  song. 
Coups  d'Archet.    (Fre.)    Strokes  of  the 

bow;  ways  of  bowing. 
Courant.  ( Fre.)   A  melody,  or  air,  of  three 

crotcliots  in  a  bar,  moving  by  quavers,  and 

consisting  of  two  strains,  each  beginning 

with  the  last  tliree  quavers  of  the  bar. 

Courante.  (Fre.)  A  sprightly  dance ;  an 
old  dance  tune. 

Courtaud.    (Fre.)    A  courtaut. 

Courtaut.  (Fre.)  An  ancient  instrument, 
similar  to  the  bassoon,  but  much  shorter. 

Covered  Consecutlves.  Passages  of 
harmony  in  which  a  third  or  a  sixth 
moves  to  a  fifth,  that  is,  in  which  two 
consecutive  fifths  ma^  be  imagined,  though 
they  do  not  really  exist. 

Covered  Octaves.  Such  octaves  as  be- 
come for  the  first  time  distinguishable 
when  the  interval  of  the  two  voices,  pro- 
ceeding in  an  exact  movement  by  octaves, 
is  filled  up  with  unimportant  notes. 

Cowbrawl.    A  .Swiss  song  or  tune. 

C.  P.    The  initials  of  CoUa  Parte. 

Cr.    An  abbreviation  of  Crescendo. 

Cracovlenne.  fFre.)  A  kind  of  dance 
wliich  originated  at  Cracow. 

Cravicembalo.  (Ita.)  A  general  name 
for  all  instruments  of  the  harpsichord 
species. 

Credo.  (Lat.)  One  of  the  movements  of 
the  Catliolic  service,  commencing  with  the 
word  credo. 

Creed.    The  Credo. 

Crembala.  An  ancient  instrument  which 
resembled  the  castanets,  and  was  the  com- 
mon accompaniment  to  female  singers  and 
dancers. 

Cremona.  (Ita.)  An  organ  stop  ;  the  cro- 
morna ;  tlie  name  of  a  superior  make  of 
violins  made  at  Cremona,  Italy. 

Cremona  Stop.  A  reed  stop  in  an  organ, 
in  unison  witli  the  diapasons. 

Cremorn.  An  organ  stop  of  eight  feet,  of 
the  reed  kind. 

Crepltaculum.  (Lat.)  A  timbrel ;  a  rat- 
tle. 

Cres.    An  abbreviation  of  Crescendo. 

Cres.  al  Forte,  or  Al  If.  (Ita.)  Increas- 
ing to  loud,  or  as  loud  as  possible. 

Cres.  al  Fortissimo.  (Ita.)  Increasing 
to  very  loud. 

Cresc.    An  abbreviation  of  Crescendo. 

Cresc.  al  Forte.  (Ita.)  An  abbreviation 
of  Crescendo  al  Fortissimo. 

Crescendo.  (Ita.)  A  word  denoting  a  grad- 
ual increase  of  tone ;  sometimes  expressed 
by  a  sign  (101). 

Crescendo  al  Fortissimo.  (Ita.)  A 
gradual  increase  of  tone. 

Crescendo-Diminuendo.  (Ita.)  An  in- 


CRE 


66 


CRO 


crease,  Immediately  followed  by  a  dimin- 
ish (103). 

Crescendo  c  Diminuendo.  (Itn.)  In- 
crease the  sound,  and  then  diminish  it 
(103). 

Crescendo  e  Inealcando  Poco-a-Po- 
eo.  (Ha.)  Increasing  and  hastening  by 
degrees. 

Crescendo  e  poi  Diminuendo.  (Tta.) 
Increase,  ana  then  diminish  the  sound 
(103). 

Crescendo  fin  al  Fortissimo,  (/to.)  In- 
crease until  as  loud  as  possible. 

Crescendo  il  Tempo*  {Ita.)  An  increas- 
ing rapidity  of  movement. 

Crescendo  JVel  Tempo  e  IVella  Forza. 
(/to.)  An  increase  in  the  time  and  strength 
of  the  tone. 

Crescendo  Poco-a-Poco.  (/to.)  In- 
crease the  sound  little  by  little. 

Crescent.  A  Turkish  instrument,  formed 
of  several  small  bells  hung  on  an  in- 
verted crescent,  fixed  on  the  top  of  a  staff 
about  six  feet  high,  and  played  by  shak- 
ing it. 

Cres.  Dim.  An  abbreviation  of  Crescendo 
e  IHmimiendo. 

Cres.  e  licgato.  (/to.)  Crescendo  and  le- 
gato. 

Cretic.  A  metrical  foot  consisting  of  a 
short  or  unaccented  syllable,  or  tone,  be- 
tween two  long  or  accented  ones  ;  an  am- 
phimacer. 

C,  Reversed.  A  sign  in  old  music  signi- 
fying a  diminution  of  one  half  the  value 
of  the  notes. 

Criard.  {Fre.)  Shrill;  squeaking. 

Crier.  (Fre.)  To  sing  badly. 

Cries  of  Xiondon.  Musical  phrases,  or 
successions  of  sounds,  in  which  London 
liawkers  announce  their  several  articles. 

Crincrin.  (Fre.)  A  screaking  fiddle. 

Croclie.  (Fre.)  A  quaver  (18). 

Croclie,  Double.  (Fre.)  A  semiquaver 
(19). 

Croclie  Pointee.  (Fre.)  Dotted  quaver 
(30). 

Croche,  Quadruple.  (Fre.)  A  semidcmi- 
semiquaver  (21). 

Crocliet.  (Fre.)  A  crotchet  (17). 

Croclte,  Triple.  (Fre.)  A  demisemiqua- 
ver  (20). 

Crodliee.  (ffin.)  The  second  of  the  Sroo- 
tis,  into  wliich  the  Gundhar,  or  tliird  note 
in  the  Hindoo  scale,  is  divided. 

Croma.  (/to.)  A  quaver  (18). 

Cromatica.  (/to.)  Chromatic. 

Crome.  (/to.)  Demi-crotcliets,  or  quavers  : 
a  term  which,  when  written  unJcr  crotch- 
ets or  minims,  directs  the  divisions  of 
those  notes  into  demi-crotchets  or  qua- 
vers. 

Cromoma  Stop.  The  name  of  a  reed 
stop  in  the  organ,  voiced  like  the  oboe, 


but  of  a  different  quality,  bearing  the  same 
relation  to  the  oboe  as  the  stopped  diap*- 
Bon  to  the  open ;  sometimes  written  Cre- 
mona. 
Cromome.  (Fre.)  The  cromoma ;  an  or- 
gan stop. 

Croolced  Flute.  An  Egyptian  instru- 
ment In  the  form  of  a  bull's  horn ;  the 
photinx. 

Crooked  Horn.  Buccina ;  a  wind  in- 
strument of  the  ancients,  used  for  martial 
mu^ic. 

Croolced  Trumpet.  An  ancient  instru 
ment  made  of  the  horn  of  an  animal ;  the 
crooked  horn. 

Crooks.  Movable  curved  tubes  applied  to 
trumpets,  horns,  and  similar  instruments, 
to  change  their  pitcli,  and  adapt  them  to 
the  key  of  the  piece  in  which  they  are 
to  be  used. 

Croque-iVote.  (Fre.)  A  poor  musician  ;  a 

person  who  strums. 

Croqne-Sol.  (Fre.)  A  poor  musician ;  • 
croque-note. 

Cross.  The  head  of  a  lute,  that  part  in 
which  the  screws  for  tuning  it  nre  in- 
serted ;  a  mark  placed  over  a  note,  siprnify- 
that  it  is  to  be  played  with  the  thumb 
(140). 

Cross  Flute,  A  transverse  flute ;  a  Grer- 
man  flute. 

Crotales.    Little  bells. 

Crotalia.  (Lat.)  Jewels  so  worn  that  they 
jingle  as  they  strike  against  one  an- 
other. 

Crotalistria.  (Grh.)  A  woman  who  plays 
upon  an  iiistrumeut  called  crotalon  ;  a  fe- 
male minstrel. 

Crotalo.  (/to.)  Castanet ;  cithern. 

Crotalnm.  (Grh.)  An  ancient  kind  of 
Castanet  used  by  the  Corybautes. 

Crotcliet.  A  note  the  length  of  which  is 
one  half  th.tt  of  the  minim,  and  double 
that  of  the  quaver  ;  to  play  in  a  measured 
time  (17). 

Crotclieted.    Having  mnsical  notation. 

Crotcliet  Ilest.  A  rest  equal  in  duration 
to  the  length  of  a  crotchet  (2'J). 

Crowd.  An  old  Knglish  instrument,  being 
an  early  form  of  the  violin,  having  a  deep, 
curved  body. 

Crowdero.   A  performer  on  the  crowd. 

Crowle.  An  English  wind  instrument  of 
former  times,  a  kind  of  brass  flute  or  bas- 
soon. 

Croivned  3fote.  A  note  marked  with  a 
crown,  or  hold  (110). 

Cro-»v  Quills.  Quills  attaclicd  to  the 
wooden  jacks  of  a  harpsichord,  the  action 
of  which  upon  the  wires  produces  the 
sounds. 

Crowth.  (Wei.)  An  old  Welsh  instru- 
mcut,  having  six  strings,  and  somewhat 
resembling  the  violin. 


CRU 


67 


DAC 


Cmelflras.    (Lot.)    Part  of  the  Credo  in 

the  Catholic  service. 
Cmit.    {Iri.)    An  ancient  musical  instru- 
ment of  the  Irish. 
Orupezia.    {Grk.)    The  wooden  clog  used 

by  the  aucieiit  musiciaus  in  beating  time. 
Crusma.    (Grk.)    A  timbrel ;  a  tabor ;  the 

sound  of  the  organ  or  cymbal. 
Cmtchetam.    Name  originally  given  to 

the  crotchet. 
Cruth.    ( IFel.)  The  crowth,  an  old  Welsh 

instrument. 
Cruzado.    (Spa.)    Manner  of  playing  the 

guitar. 
C.  S.    The  initials  of  Con  Sordino. 
Csardas.    (Hun.)    Hungarian  dance,  and 

its  music. 
C  Schlussel.   (Ger.)  The  C  clef  (48). 
Cto.    An  abbreviation  of  Concerto. 
Cnclear.  (Spa.)  To  sing  as  the  cuckoo. 

Cue.  The  words  last  spoken  by  an  actor  on 
the  stage,  serving  as  an  intimation  to  the 
actor  who  is  to  follow  when  to  appear,  or 
what  and  when  to  speak  ;  the  part  winch 
an  actor  is  to  play  in  his  turn. 

Caemo.  (Spa.)  A  horn,  or  cornet. 

Cnmbe.  (Spa.)  A  negro  dance  ;  the  tune 
of  tlie  dance. 

Cnnt  Cantn.  (Lat.)  A  phrase  of  the  Cath- 
olic church  service,  meaning  with  song,  or 
singing. 

Cum  Discantu.    With  vocal  melody. 

Cnmodutee.  (Ilin.)  The  second  of  the 
Srootis  into  which  the  first  note  of  the 
Hindoo  octave  is  divided. 

Citm  JSaucto  Spiritu.  (Lat.)  Part  of  the 
Gloria. 

Curtail.  A  wind  instrument  similar  to 
the  bassoon. 

Curtle.  A  term  applied  to  the  distinctive 
leature  of  the  lowest  note  of  the  bas- 
soon. 

Curule  Son;^.  A  song  said  to  have  been 
composed  by  Olympus,  possessing  ex- 
traordinary powers  of  arousing  the  euthu- 
giasm  of  its  hearers. 


Curve.    The  slur  and  a  part  of  the  hold. 

Curved  Horn.  The  como  di  bassetto  ; 
the  krumm  horn. 

Curved  Scale.  The  scale  of  a  pianoforte, 
in  which  tiie  tuning  pins  and  wrest  plank 
are  in  a  curved  form. 

Curve,  Harp.  The  form  in  which  the 
strings  are  arranged  in  the  circular  scale 
of  a  pianoforte. 

Curve,  Telemann'a.  A  curve  indicating 
a  diminished  triad,  and  employed  to  dis- 
tinguish it  from  a  minor  third  (121). 

Custo.  A  character  placed  at  the  end  of  a 
line  when  the  measure  is  not  complete,  to 
indicate  the  first  note  which  is  to  follow 
on  the  next  line  (114). 

Custos.  (Lat.)  A  direct  (114). 

Cyclic  CItorus.  The  chorus  which  per- 
formed the  songs  and  dances  of  the  dithv- 
rambic  o<lcs  at  Athens,  dancing  round  too 
altar  of  Bacchus  in  a  circle. 

Cycllcus.  (Lat.)  An  itinerant  maker  and 
singer  of  ballads  ;  a  troubadour. 

Cymbal.  An  ancient  instrument,  made  of 
brass,  similar  to  the  kettle  drums  in 
present  use,  but  generally  smaller. 

Cymbale.  (Fre.)  Cymbal. 

Cymbalist.    A  performer  on  cymbals. 

Cymbalistria.  (Lat.)  A  woman  who 
plays  on  the  cymbal. 

Cymbals.  Metal  plates  used  in  military- 
bands,  which,  on  being  struck  together, 
produce  a  clashing  sound. 

Cymbalum.  (Lat.)  The  cymbal ;  an  in- 
strument of  antiquity,  similar  to  the  tym- 
panus  or  drum. 

Cymbalum  Quatere.  (Lat.)  To  play  on 
a  cymbal. 

Cypher  System.  An  old  system  of  mu- 
sical notation  in  which  tho  notes  were 
represented  by  numerals. 

Cytara.    The  cithara. 

Cyter.  (Dan.)  A  cithern. 

Cwiblaw.  ( Wei.)  To  quaver ;  to  trill. 

Cwyzaw^.  (Wei.)  Cadence. 

Czakaii.    The  cane  flute. 


D. 


D 


THE  second  note  in  the  natural  di- 
atonic scale  of  C,  to  which  Guido 
Arctiuus  applied  the  monosyllable  re. 
D,  in  music,  marks  in  tliorough  basses 
what  the  Italians  call  discanto,  and  inti- 
mates that  tlie  treble  ougrlit  to  play  alone, 
ns  T  does  the  tenor,  and  B  the  bass.  It 
is  the  supertonic,  or  second  note.  Em- 
ployed in  accordeou  music,  D  shows  that 
the  bellows  are  to  be  drawn. 

I>a.  (Ita.)  By  ,  for  ;  from. 

Dabbudda,   (Jta.)   Psaltery  ;  a  species  of 
harp. 


I>'abord  tres  lentement,  et  aveo 
egallte.  (Fre.)  At  first  very  slow  and 
equal. 

Da  Camera.  (Ita.)  Composed  for  the 
chamber,  or  in  the  style  of  chamber 
music. 

©a  Capella.  (Ita.)  In  the  church  style, 
or  for  the  chapel. 

l>a  Capo.  (Ita.)  From  the  bemnning  ;  an 
expression  written  at  the  end  of  a  move- 
ment to  indicate  that  the  performer  must 
return  to  and  finish  with  the  first  strain, 
or  until  the  sign  (43)  is  reached. 


DAC 


68 


DAS 


I>a  Capo  al  Fine.  (Tta.)  An  expression 
plncea  at  the  end  of  a  movement,  signify- 
ing tliat  the  performer  must  return  to  the 
first  part,  and  conclude  where  the  word 
''  fine"  is  placed. 

Da  Capo  al  Segno.  (Ita.)  Repeat  from 
the  sign  (-1:1). 

Da  Capo  fln  al  Se^^o.  {Ita.)  From  the 
beginning'  to  the  sign  (43). 

I>a  Capo  senza  Repetlzlone,  e  pol  la 
Coiln.  (,/ta.)  l{<>gin  again,  hut  without 
any  repetition  of  tlie  strain,  and  then  pro- 
ceed to  tlie  coda. 

Da  Capo  !i>ign.  A  mark  placed  before  a 
certain  note  when  a  piece  is  to  be  re- 
peated, not  from  any  double  bar,  nor  from 
the  beginning,  but  from  that  note  (-IS). 

D'  Accordo.  (Jta.)  In  concord  ;  in  har- 
mony. 

Dactllo.  (S}m.)  Dactyl. 

Dactyl.  A  metrical  foot  consisting  of  one 
long  or  accented  syllable,  and  two  short 
or  unaccented  ones. 

Dactylic  Flnte.  A  flute  consisting  of 
unequal  intervals. 

Dactylicus.  (Lat.)  Of,  or  belonging  to, 
a  dactyl. 

Dactyl  ion.  A  machine  for  strengthening 
the  fingers,  and  rendering  them  inde- 
pendent of  each  other  in  pianoforte  play- 
ing. 

Dactyliqne.  (Pre.)  Dactylic. 

Dactylns.  (Lat.)  A  dactyl. 

Dnda.  A  term  used  in  drum  music  to  indi- 
cate the  left  hand. 

Dal.  {Hun.)  Song. 

Dal.  {Ita.)  From,  or  by. 

Dall.  {Ita.)  From  the;  of  the. 

Dalla.  {Ita.)  Of  the;  from  the. 

]>alle.  {Ita.)  From  the  ;  of  the. 

Dnllo.  {Ita.)  From  the;  of  the. 

Dal  Seguo.  ( Ita.)  F'rom  the  sign  (43). 

Dal  Segno  alia  Fine.  {Ita.)  From  the 
sign  to  the  end. 

Dal  .Seguo  flu  al  Segno.  {Ita.)  From 
sign  to  sign. 

Dnl  Teatro.  {Ita.)  In  the  st>-le  of  theat- 
rical music. 

Dania.  {Spa.)  An  ancient  Spanish  dance. 

Damper  Pedal.  That  pedal  of  a  piano- 
forte which  raises  the  dampers  from  the 
strings,  and  thus  allows  them  their  full 
vibration. 

Dauipers.  Certain  movable  parts  of  a 
pianoforte,  covered  with  cloth,  and  by 
means  of  a  pedal  brought  into  contact 
with  the  wires,  in  order  to  deaden  tlieir 
vibration. 

Diiiixpf  en.  ( Ger.)  To  dampen  ;  to  deaden. 

Dance,  Ariadne.    A  Grecian  dance. 

Dance,  Country.  Any  lively,  pointed 
air,  calculated  for  dancing,  and  not  con- 
lined  to  any  particular  measure. 

Dance  Ilfelody.  Any  composition  suited 
to  a  dance. 


Dance,  Morrlce.    The  Morris  dance. 

Dance,  Morris.  A  dance  in  imitation  of 
the  Moors,  usually  performed  with  casta- 
nets, tambours,  itc,  by  younp  men  dressed 
in  loose  frocks  adorned  with  bells  and 
ribbons  ;  the  Morrice  dance. 

Dance,  Morrlgke.    The  Morris  dance. 

Dance  Music.  Music  of  a  lively,  spirited 
style,  suitable  as  an  accompaniment  for  s 
dance. 

Dancerle.    A  collection  of  dance  tunes. 

Dances.  Certain  tunes  composed  for,  oi 
used  in  dancing. 

Dance,  Sword.  An  old  Spanish  tnno 
played  on  solemn  occasions. 

Dance,  Torch.  A  dance  of  olden  times, 
in  which  the  dancers  carried  torches,  ac- 
companied by  joyous  music. 

Dancing  Pases.  A  company  of  ten  or 
more  boys  who  take  a  part  in  the  services 
of  the  cathedral  at  Seville.  Attired  as 
pages,  with  castanets  in  tlieir  hands,  they 
advance  at  a  given  signal,  and  dance  a 
stately  minuet,  singing  with  the  accompa- 
nying orchestra. 

Danse.  {Fre.)  Dance. 

Danse,  Contre.  {Fre.)  A  quadrille;  a 
country  dance. 

Danse  de  Matelot.  ( Fre.)  A  dance  simi. 
lar  to  a  hornpipe. 

Danza.  {Spa.)  Dance. 

Danzetta.  {Ita.)  A  short  dance. 

Darabnkkeh.  A  small  drum  used  by  the 

Egyptians. 

Dar  fiato  alia  Tromba.  {Ita.)  To  blow 
the  trumpet. 

Dar  la  Voce.   {Ita.)  To  strike  or  give  the 

key  note. 
Das     erliOhete     SprachverrmSgen. 

{Ger.)    Tliat  music  which  arises  from  the 
strengthened  accent  of  the  words. 
Das     Oelant     der     Abeudglocken. 

{Ger.)    A  curfew  ;  the  bells  with  which  a 
curfew  is  rung. 

Dash.  The  line  drawn  through  a  figure  hi 
thorough  Ikiss,  in  order  to  raise  the  inter- 
val designated  by  that  figure  half  a  tone 
(117) ;  a  lieavy  line  after  a  group  of  notes, 
signifying  that  the  group  is  to  be  re- 
peated. 

Das  Harpeggiren.  {Ger.)  The  arpeggi- 
amento  ;  arpeggio. 

Dashes.  Perpendicular  strokes,  usually 
termed  staccato  marks,  placed  over  notes 
to  signify  that  they  are  to  be  performetl  in 
a  short,  distinct,  and  pointed  manner  (75). 

Das  r.ob  Gottes  Singen.  {Ger.)  To 
sing  to  the  praise  of  Goa. 

Das  Positiv  einer  Orgel.  {Ger.)  Choir 
organ. 

Dasselbe.  {Ger.)  The  same. 

Das  Setzen  der  Ton  Zelchen.  ( Ger.) 
Note ;  tonic  note. 

Das  Singen.  ( Ger.)  Singing  ;  clianting. 

Das  Solf egglren.  ( Ger.)  Solfaing. 


DAS 


69 


DEL 


J»as  Trilleru.    (Ger.)    Trilling ;  quaver- 
ing ;  to  make  ii  cadence  ;  a  shake. 
I>as  Trommelu.  (<7er.)  Tlie  drumming. 

I»a  Suonar.  (/ta.)  To  soimd  or  play. 

Das  IValclliom  Blaser.  (_Gcr.)  To 
wind  tlie  horn. 

Das  %Virbeln.  (Ger.)  The  roulfide  ;  trill- 
ing ;  quavering. 

Da  Teatro.  {Ita.)  For  the  theatre. 

Datls.  (Cr/;.)  The  song  of  mirth. 

Dauer.  ( Ger.)  The  duratioa  or  length  of 
notes. 

Daiil.  ( Thtr.)  A  large  drum  used  by  the 
Turkish  soUliers. 

Daninenklapper.  (Ger.)  Castanets. 

Dauinklapperu.  (Ger.)  Thumb  rattles  j 
castanets. 

Daybreak  Song'.  Among  ancient  Saxon 
ecclesiastics,  a  species  of  song  employed 
at  daybreak  ;  a  matin  song. 

D.  C.    The  initials  of  Da  Capo. 

D  Dsir.   ( Ger.)  D  major. 

Deaconinjs^.  An  old  practice  of  reading 
eacli  line  of  a  hymn  to  be  sung  by  the  con- 
gregation ;  lining  the  hymu. 

Dead  Accent.  An  expression  of  tone 
produced  on  a  violin  ijy  attiieking  the 
note  boldly,  pressing  the  bow  with  dead 
weight  upon  the  string,  thus  instantly 
stopping  the  vibration. 

Debandcr.  ( Fre.)  To  unbrace  a  drum. 

Dcbile.  (fta.)  Weakly;  faintly. 

Debit.  (Spa.)  A  recitative. 

Debole.  (/<«.)  Feeble. 

Debut.  (Pre.)  A  first  appearance. 

Debutante.  (Fre.)  One  who  makes  a  de- 
but. 

Decachord.  An  ancient  instrument  of 
ten  strings  ;  the  dccachordon. 

Decacliordon.  (Grk.)  A  musical  instru- 
ment with  ten  strings,  called  by  the  He- 
brews hasur,  of  a  triangular  figure,  witli 
a  hollow  belly,  and  sounding  from  the 
lower  part. 

Decani.  (Lnt.)  Priests  ;  in  cathedral  mu- 
sic, a  term  used  to  indicate  those  passages 
that  are  to  be  sung  by  those  singers  only 
wl>o  are  in  holy  orders. 

Decanto.  (Lat.)  To  sing  or  chant. 

Decastlch.  A  poem  consisting  of  ten 
lines. 

Decasyllabic.    Having  ten  syllables. 

Decena.  (Spa.)  Consonance  made  of  an 
octave  and  a  tliird. 

Deceptive  Cadence.  A  cadence  in  which 
the  dominant  chord,  instead  of  resolving 
into  the  tonic,  resolves  into  another  har- 
mony. 

Deceptive  Modulation.  Any  modula- 
tion by  which  the  oar  is  deceived,  aud  led 
to  an  unexpected  harmony. 

De  Cltant  Monotone.  (Fre.)  Sing- 
song. 


Decima.    {Lat.)    An  interval  composed  of 

an  octave  and  a  minor. 
Decima.    (Spa.)    A  Spanish  stanza  of  ten 

verses  of  eight  syllables. 
Decima  Acuta.  (Lat.)  Tenth  above. 
Decima  Gravis.  (Lat.)  Tenth  below. 

Deciso.  (lia.)  In  a  bold,  decided  man- 
ner. 

Decissimo.  (Tta.)  With  the  greatest  de- 
cision and  firmness  of  touch. 

Decke.  (Ger.)  The  belly  of  a  violin,  violon- 
cello, &c. 

Declamando.  (Ita.)  In  the  recitative 
style. 

Declamatio.  (Ita.)  Recitative. 

Decoration.  (Fre.)  Used  by  some  French 
tlrcorists  in  the  sense  of  signature. 

Decorative  1%'otes.  Apposrgiaturas  ;  notes 
not  essential,  but  added  as  embellish- 
ments (04). 

Deer.    An  abbreviation  of  Decrescendo. 

Decres.    An  abbreviation  of  Decrescendo. 

Decrescendo.  (Ita.)  Diminishing  the  in- 
tensity or  Ibrcc  of  the  sound  (WZ). 

Decrescendo-Crescendo.  (fta.)  Dimln- 
isliing,  and  then  gradually  increasing  the 
sound  (101). 

Decrescendo  sinal  Pianissimo.  (Ita.) 
Dimlnishhig  to  the  softest  piano. 

Deduccion.  (Spa.)  The  natural  progres- 
sion of  sounds. 

Deduttione.  (Ita.)  A  term  applied  by 
Guido  to  tlie  rise  of  the  voice  in  pronoun- 
cing the  scale. 

Deep.  A  term  applied  to  notes  which, 
in  comparison  witli  others,  arc  low,  or 
grave. 

Def  ettiva  Qninta.  (Ita.)  A  defective  or 
false  fifth. 

Deficiendo.  (Ha.)  Extinguishing. 

Degli.  (Ita.)  Of  the.    W^^ 

De^e.  (Fre.)  A  step  or  dcgroo  of  the 
staff. 

Decree.  The  difference  of  position  or  ele- 
vation between  two  notes  ;  each  line  and 
space  of  the  staff. 

Dej^ee,  Conjunct.  A  degree  in  which 
two  notes  are  so  situated  as  to  form  the 
interval  of  a  second. 

Decree,  Disjunct.  A  degree  in  which 
two  notes  are  so  situated  as  to  form  the 
interval  of  a  third,  or  any  greater  iut-jrval. 

Degree,  IHalf.    A  semitone. 

Degrees,  Conjoint.  Two  notes  immedi- 
ately following  each  other  in  the  order  of 
the  scale. 

Dell  lictirer.  (Ger.)  The  teacher. 

Dei.  (Ita.)  An  abbreviation  of  TJeUrt  and 
Dcllo. 

Delassement.  (Ita.)  An  easy  and  agree- 
able musical  exercise. 

Dellberatameute.  (Ita.)  With  delibcra 
tion. 


DEL 


70 


DER 


w<. 


X>eIlI>er«to.  (Wn.)  Deliberately. 

Delicatamente.  (,lta.)  Delicately. 

Dellcattsslmo.  {Ita.)  With  extreme  deli- 
cacy. 

Belicato.  (,Ita.)  Delicate. 

I>clie.  (_Fre.)  Tender;  fine;  neat. 

Delivery.  The  ndaptjition,  as  perfectly  as 
possible,  of  the  motions  of  respiration  to 
the  emission  of  sound,  so  as  to  briu^'  out 
the  power  of  the  latter  without  carrying 
it  to  that  degree  of  effort  which  causes  it 
o  degenerate  into  a  cry. 

Deliziosameute.  (Ita.)  Dellciously; 
sweetly. 

I>ella.  {Ita.)  Of  the;  by  the. 

Dcllo.  (Itn.)  Of  the  ;  by  the. 

Delyii.  ( ire/.)  Name  given  by  the  'W'elsh 
to  their  h.irp. 

l>eini»nche.  {Fre.)  A  shift. 

Dcinnnclieincnt.  (Fre.)  Shifting. 

IJeinanclter.  (Fre.)  To  change  the  posi- 
tion of  tlic  liand  on  the  guitar,  violin,  &c. ; 
to  sliift. 

Dcinl.     Half. 

T>eini  Cadence.  A  half  cadence  in  har- 
mony. 

l>eml  CrocKc.  (Fre.)  A  fjii.iver  :  a  half 
crotchet  (18). 

I>cinl  T>itone.  (Fre.)  A  minor  third. 

]>emi  Fort.  (Fre.)  Half  loud. 

l>eml-lLiegnto  To«cli.  A  tcmoh  indicated 
by  dots,  and  playi-d  by  gently  raisin;,,'  tlio 
hand,  moving  it  from  the  wrist,  and  press- 
ing the  fingers  upon  the  keys,  "iviiig  to 
each  three  fourths  of  the  length  of  tone 
allowed  by  the  time  (74). 

IDeml  mesure.  (Fre.)  A  semibreve 
rest  (27). 

]>einl  Pause.  (Fre.)  A  minim  rest  (28). 

Demlquart  de  Souplr.  (Fre.)  A  demi- 
semiquaver  rest  (32). 

Demiquaver.  A  semiqutiver  (19). 

T>eini9einideinisemiqnaver.  A  note 
liaving  live  linos,  or  tails,  attached  to  it, 
and  equal  in  value  to  one  eighth  of  a 
demiquavcr  (22). 

Ikemlsemiquaver.  A  thirty-second  note, 
equal  in  duration  to  one  half  tiie  semi- 
quaver (20). 

I>emisieintqaaver  Kest.  A  thirty-sec- 
ond rest ;  a  rest  of  equal  duration  with  a 
dcmisemiquaver  (:52). 

Ifeml  Sonpir.  (Fre.)  A  quaver,  or  eighth 
note  rest  (W). 

I>eini-Staccato  Toucli.  The  striking 
of  the  key  forcibly,  and  sliding  off  of  tlic 
finger,  giving  to  each  note  oiie  half  the 
length  of  tone  allowed  by  the  time  ;  a 
form  of  staccato  indicated  by  dots  instead 
of  the  usual  staccato  marks  (7G). 

l>eini  Ton.  (Fre.)  A  semitone. 

I>eml  Tone.    An  interval  of  half  a  tone. 

Demitrule.  (Grk.)  Harvest  hymn  of  the 
Greeks  and  Romans,  in  honor  of  Ceres 
and  liucchus. 


Den  Sclilagen.  (Ger.)  To  beat  time. 
Dental  Sound.     A  sound  articulated  it 

part  by  the  aid  of  the  teeth. 
Den  Ton  Audern.  ( Ger.)  To  change  the 

tone. 
Den  Ton  Anfechten.    (Ger.)    To  give 

tlie  tone. 
Den  Ton  Angeben.    (Ger.)    To  sound 

A  on  the  vloliii  or  violoncello ;  to  sound 

the  key  note. 
Den  Ton  IVlcht  Ilalten.  (Ger.)  To  get 

out  of  tune. 

Den  Ton  Vergtitrken.    (Ger.)  To  swell 

the  sound ;   to    give   greater    fulness  of 

tone. 
Den  ZapfenstrelcK  Trommeln.  (Ger.) 

To  beat  the  tattoo. 
Deploration. 

strain. 


A    dirge ;    a   mournful 


Depreasio.  (Ita.)  The  fall  of  the  hand  in 
beating  time. 

Depression.    The  lowering  of  a  tone. 

Depression,  Chromatic.  The  depres- 
sion of  a  tone  by  a  chromatic  transposi- 
tion sign. 

Dc  Profiindls.  (Lot.)  One  of  the  seven 
penitential  psalms. 

Dcr  BeziflTerte  Bass.  (Ger.)  The  fig- 
ured bass. 

Der  Bezolleneiner  Gcige.  (Ger.)  The 
strings  of  a  violin, 

Derbonka.  (Am.)  A  mnsical  instmmont 
of  tlio  Ar.d)8,  consisting  of  a  large  earthen 
vcKsol  witli  a  long  neck,  the  twttom  of 
whiih  has  been  broken  out,  and  replaced 
by  a  parchnioiit,  played  on  bv  beating 
alternatolv  with  the  ends  of  the  lingers  of 
both  liands  :  tlie  tarabouk. 

Der  Ktn  der  IJIndes.  (Ger.)  An  open- 
ing in  the  snuiul  dourl  of  an  organ. 

Der  FicdeIboa;en.  (Ger.)  Cowof  a  violin. 

Der    F    Schlussel.     (Ger.)     The   bass 

clef  (.-))). 
Dergleichcn.  (Ger.)  The  same. 
Derive.  (Fre.)  Dcriv.ativc. 

Derivative  Chords.  TIio«e<horda  which 
are  derived  from  fundamental  chtirds. 

Derivative,  First.  The  first  combination 
from  primitive  notes. 

Derivative  TXoten.  Aeeontcd  or  har- 
monic notes  of  a  bass  which  are  not  fun- 
damental. 

Der  Schuler.  (Ger.)  The  scholar. 

Der  Schuler  >Inss  anf  angs  laut  dazn 
zahlen.  (Ger.)  The  pupil  must  in  the 
beginning  count  the  time  aloud. 

Der  Stlmmer  eines  Ton-vrerkzengea. 
(Ger.)  The  tuner  of  an  instrument;  a 
tuning  instrument. 

Der  Ton.  (Ger.)  The  tone  ;  the  note. 

Der  "Wlrbel  an  Orgelpfelfen.  (Ger.) 
Stopper,  or  plug,  iu  an  organ  pipe. 

Der  ^Virbelkasten  elner  Geige.  ( Ger.) 
The  hollow  of  the  neck  of  a  violin. 


DES 


71 


DIA 


l>e«.  (,Ger.)  D  flat. 

Ikesaccord.  (Fre.)  Discord. 

Deaaecorde.  {Fre.)  Out  of  tune. 

Desaecorder.  (Fre.)  To  put  out  of 
tune. 

]>e8acordar.  (Spa.)  To  make  discord. 

Desaflnar.  (Spa.)  To  be  out  of  tune ;  in- 
harmonious. 

Descant.  A  melodious  display  of  suc- 
cessive notes,  extemporaneously  sung  or 
played  to  a  given  bass ;  among  old  au- 
thors, the  art  of  composing  in  parts. 

Descant  Clef.  The  treble  or  soprano 
clef  (40). 

Descant,  Donble.  Such  an  arrangement 
of  the  parts  of  a  composition  as  admits  of 
the  treble,  or  of  any  high  part,  being  con- 
verted into  the  bass,  and  vice  versa. 

]>escant,  FIgnrate.    Figured  descant. 

Descant,  Fignratl-re.  A  descant  ad- 
mitting of  an  admixture  of  discords. 

Descant,  Fl§^ared.  A  form  of  descant 
which,  instead  of  moving  note  by  note 
with  the  bass,  consists  of  a  free  and  florid 
melody. 

Descant,  Florid.    Figured  descant. 

Descant,  Plain.  A  descant  confined  to  a 
due  series  of  concords  :  simple  counter- 
point. 

Descend.  To  fall  in  tone;  to  pass  from  a 
higher  to  a  lower  tone. 

Descendant.  'Fre.)  In  descending. 

Descender.  (Spa.)  Descending. 

Descending.  Passing  firom  any  note  to 
one  less  acute. 

Descendre.  (Fre.  and  Spa.)  The  lowering 
of  a  tone. 

Descendre  d'nn  Ton.  (Fre.)  To  sing  a 
note  lower. 

Deseent.  The  lowering  of  the  tone  of  a 
voice  or  instrument  to  a  note  less  acute. 

Deschant.  (Fre.)  Descant. 

Descriptive  Accent.  An  accent  portray- 
ing the  minute  shades  of  expression  or 
sentiment  of  a  composition. 

De«  Dnr.  (Ger.)  D  flat  major. 

Desenclai^ar.    (Spa.)    To  take  the  pins 

or  pegs  from  an  instrument. 

Desentonacion.  (Spa.)  Dissonance. 

Desentonamiento.  (^Spa.)  Dissonance; 
excess  in  the  tone  of  tne  voice. 

Desentono.  (5pa.)  Disharmony;  a  harsh, 

rude  tone  of  voice. 
DeshecUa.  (Spa.)  The  burden  of  a  song. 

Design.  Invention  and  management  of  a 
subject,  the  disposition  of  the  various 
parts,  and  the  general  order  of  the  whole ; 
counterpoint. 

DesU.  A  frame,  or  stand,  upon  which,  for 
the  convenience  of  the  performer,  the 
book  or  sheet  of  music  is  placed. 

Des  .tEoll.  CGer.)  D  Hut  minor. 


De  Sole  illee  d'Argent.  (Fre.)  Covered 

strings. 
De  Sons  Tarieg.  (Fre.)  Many  tnned. 
Des  Sons  Rudes.  (Fre.)  Sough,  harsb, 

grating  sounds. 
Dessous.  (Fre.)  Sub;  below. 
Dessns.   (Fre.)   The  treble  or  upper  vocal 

part. 
Destemplar.  (Spa.)  To  disharmonize. 
Destemple.  (Spa.)  Discordance. 
Destra.  f^Ita.)  Eight. 
Destra  ]IIano.  (Ita.)  The  right  hand. 
Detacbe.  (Fre.)  Staccato ;  to  detach. 
Determlnato.  (Ita.)  A  delivery  in  exact 

time,  and  given  firm  and  decided,  with  a 

strong  prominence  of  the  accented  notes. 
Detonner.  (Fre.)  To  sing  out  of  tune. 
Denteron.    (Lat.)   Of  the  second  rank  ;  a 

term  given  by  old  writers  to  the  third  and 

fourth  tones  of  plain  song. 
Denteros.  ( Grk.)  Second ;  the  numerical 

term  by  which  the  ancients  marked  the 

^olian  mode. 
Deutlicb.  (Ger.)  Distinctly. 
Deutsche  Flote.  (Ger.)  A  Grerman  flute. 
Deux  Cors.  (Fre.)  Two  horns. 
Denxieme.  (Fre.)  Second. 

Devotional  Vlusic.  Vocal  or  instntmen- 
tal  music,  adapted  to  public  or  private  re- 
ligious service. 

Devozione.  (Ita.)  Devotion. 

Dextra.  (Lat.)  The  right  hand. 

Dextrce.  (Lat.)  Name  given  by  the  an- 
cient Romans  to  the  flute,  fingered  with 
the  right  hand,  by  those  who  played  two 
flutes  at  the  same  time. 

Dextre.  (Fre.)  Eight. 

D  Flat.  The  flat  seventh  of  E  flat;  the 
fourth  flat  introduced  in  modulating  by 
fourths  from  the  natural  diatonic  mode. 

Dhn.  (nin.)  A  syllable  applied  to  the 
sixth  note  of  the  Hindoo  scale  in  solf'aing. 

Dliyvut.  (Hin.)  The  name  of  the  sixth 
note  in  the  Hindoo  musical  scale. 

Dl.  (Ita.)  Of. 

Dia.  (Grk.)  Through;  throughout. 

Diaconlcon.  (Grk.)  The  Collects  ;  the 
book  of  service  used  by  the  Greek  church. 

Diacoustics.  (Grk.)  The  science  which 
treats  of  the  properties  of  sounds  re- 
fracted in  passing  through  media  of  diflier- 
ent  densities ;  diaphonics. 

Diafoul  Snoni.  (Ita.)  Discordant  sounds. 

Diagonal  StroUe.  A  transverse,  heavy 
stroke,  with  a  dot  on  each  side,  denoting 
the  repetition  of  the  previous  measure, 
or  of  the  previous  group  of  notes  in  the 
same  measure  (61,  b). 

Diagram.  The  name  gi^-en  by  the  an- 
cients to  their  tnble,  or  model,  represent- 
ing all  the  sounds  of  their  system. 

Diacrrainiua.  (Grk.)  Diagram;  score> 


DIA 


72 


DIB 


Dialogo.  (Ita.)  A  dialogue ;  a  piece  or 
paasa<i^e  in  which  two  or  more  parts  are  80 
constructed  as  to  respond  to  one  anotlier. 

Dialogue.  A  vocal  or  instrumental  com- 
position of  two  parts,  in  which  the  per- 
formers, through  tlie  g-reatcr  portion  of 
the  piece,  sin^  or  play  alternately,  yet  oc- 
casionally unite. 

IMana.  {Spa.)  A  dmm-bent. 

Diane.  (.Fre.)  The  beat  of  a  drum  at  break 
of  day. 

I>iap.    An  abbreviation  of  Diapason. 

Dlapase.  {Orlc.)  Diapason. 

Diapason.  {Lat.)  In  the  ancient  Greek 
system,  the  interval  of  the  ocfctve ;  the 
rule  or  scale  by  which  the  measures  of 
musical  instruments  are  detorminod  ;  cer- 
tain stops  in  an  organ,  so  called  because 
tliejr  extend  through  the  whole  scale  of 
the  instrument. 

Diapason,  Bis.  Twice,  or  double  diapa- 
son ;  twice  through  the  octave;  a  double 
octave. 

Dlapason-Dlaex.  A  species  of  compound 
concord,  of  which  there  are  two  kinds.  — 
the-  greater,  which  is  in  the  proportion  of 
10 : :! ;  and  tile  lesser,  in  that  of  lb :  5,  culled 
a  thirteentli. 

Diapason  Diapente.  (Gri.)  The  inter- 
val compounded  of  an  octave  and  a  fifth 
conjoined  ;  a  twelfth. 

Diapason  Diatessaron.  {Grk.)  The  in- 
terval compounded  of  an  octave  and  a 
fourth  conjoined  ;  an  eleventh. 

Diapason  Ditone.  A  compound  concord 
wliosc  terms  are  in  the  proportion  of 
10:4,  or  5:  2. 

Diapason,  Seml-Dltone.  A  compound 
concord  whose  terms  ar6  in  tlie  propor- 
tion of  12  :  5. 

Diapason  Stop,  Open.  An  organ  stop, 
tlie  pipes  of  wliich  are  open  at  the  top, 
and  generally  made  of  metal. 

Diapason  Stops.  Organ  stops  that  run 
throu<;:h  the  whole  register  of  the  key 
board. 

Diapason  Stop,  Stopped.  An  organ 
stop  having  its  pipes  closed  at  their  upper 
end  with  a  wooden  plug,  by  which  it  is 
tuned,  and  its  tones  rendered  soft  and 
mellow. 

Diapente.  (Crt.)  A  perfect  fifth. 

Dlapentissare.  {Grk.)  A  method  of  des- 
cant by  iifths. 

Diaphoua.  {Grk.)  A  composition  for  two 

voices. 
Diaphonia.    {Grk.)    Rules  for  the  use  of 

the  organ  in  connection  with  vocal  music. 

Dlaphonlca.  {Grk.)  A  dissonant  interval. 

Diapfiunics.  (Grk.)  The  science,  or  doc- 
trine, of  refracted  sounds. 

Dlaphonoi.  {Grk.)  A  general  name  for 
all  dissonant  intervals;  a  composition  in 
two  parts. 

Dlapliony.  {Grk.)  Dissonant  intervals  ; 
a  composition  in  two  parts. 


Dlaschisma.  {Grk.)  In  ancient  muRio, 
an  interval  forming  the  half  of  a  minor 
semitone. 

Dlastaltlc.  {Grk.)  Dilating ;  a  term  ap- 
plied by  the  ancient  Greeks  to  the  major 
third,  major  sixth,  and  major  seventh, 
because  they  are  extended  or  dilated  in- 
tervals. 

Dlastem.  {Grk.)  An  interval  or  space. 

Diastema.  {Grk.)  Interval. 

Dlatessaron.  {Grk.)  A  perfect  fourth; 
the  concord  or  harmonic  interval,  com 
posed  of  a  greater  tone,  a  leaser  tone,  and 
one  greater  semitone. 

Dlatessaronare.  {Grk.)  An  expression 
implying  singing  in  fourths. 

Diatonic.  Proceeding  in  the  order  of 
tones  ;  denoting  the  natural  scale,  wiiieh, 
proceeding  by  degrees,  includes  both 
tones  and  semitones. 

Dlatontcally.  Harmoniously ;  musically. 

Diatonic  Flute.  A  flute  capable  of  pro- 
ducing the  various  shades  or  difTerence* 
of  pitfh  requisite  to  produce  all  the  ma- 
jor and  minor  diatonic  scales  in  perfect 
tune. 

Diatonic  Genns.  A  melody  produced 
by  the  common  arrangement  of  the  dia- 
tonic scale. 

Diatonic  Melody.  A  melody  in  which  no 
tones  are  used  which  are  foreign  tothe  key. 

Diatonlco.  (//a.)  Diatonic. 

Diatonic  Scale.  A  melodic  representa- 
tion of  the  seven  gradations  of  tou<',  ar- 
ranged in  conformity  with  some  particular 
key. 

Diatonic  Scale,  Major.  That  in  which 
the  somitoni's  fall  i)etwccn  the  third  and 
fourth,  and  seventh  and  eighth  notes, 
both  in  ascending  and  descending. 

Diatonic  Scale,  Minor.  That  in  which 
the  semitones  fall  between  the  second  and 
third,  and  seventh  and  eighth,  in  ascend- 
ing, and  between  the  fifth  and  sixth,  and 
second  and  third,  in  descending. 

Diatonic  Sliarp.  Ptolemy's  proportions 
of  the  intervals  ;  diatonum'iutcnsum. 

DIatonlque.  {Fre.)  Diatonic. 

Diatoniqueiuent.  {Fre.)  In  a  diatonic 
scale. 

Dlatonnnt.  {Lot.)  Plain  song. 

Diatonum  Intensnm.  {Lat.)  The  name 
given  by  muoieal  theorists  to  those  famous 
proportions  of  the  intervals  proposed  by 
Pt«lemy  in  his  system  of  that  name. 

Diazeutic.  {Grk.)  In  the  ancient  Greek 
system,  a  tone  located  between  two 
fourths,  and  which,  upon  being  joined  to 
either,  forms  a  fifth. 

Diazeuxls.  {Grk.)  Division;  name  given 
by  the  ancients  to  the  tone  which  sepa- 
rates two  disjunct  tetrachords. 

Dibattitojo.  {Ita.)  Cithern  ;  lute  ;  large 
guitar. 

Di  Bravura.  (Itn.)  In  bravnra  style 
with  vigor  and  boldness. 


Die 


73 


DIL 


Otclien.  ( Ger.)  A  ditty ;  a  small  poem  to 

be  sung. 
nichord.  (Gri.)  A  two -stringed  lyre. 
Diclit.  {Dut.)  A  little  poem  to  be  sung  j  a 

ditty. 
Dichten.  (Ger.)  To  compose  metrically. 
Diclitnng.  (Ger.)  Poetry;  poetical  com- 
position. 
I>icis.  (Ger.)  G double  sharp. 
Didactic   Exercises.    Compositions  de- 
signed to  impart  a  correct  knowledge  of 

musical  execution. 
Didactic  Music.     Scales  and  exercises 

lor  instruction  and  practice. 
Dip  Bierte.  (Ger.)  The  subdominant. 
Die  Erste,  obere  Stimme.    (Ger.)  The 

first  part. 
Die  Erste  Violine.  ( Ger.)  The  first  violin. 
Die  Gesammten Stimme.    (Ger.)    The 

chorus. 
Die  Olocken  TOnen.    (Ger.)    The  bells 

ring. 
Die  Grosse  Bassgeige.    (Ger.)    Double 

bass. 
Die  Grosse  Davidsbarpe.    (Ger.)    The 

musical  harp. 
Die  Grosse  Secbste.    (Ger.)   The  major 

sixth. 
Die  Grosse  Terzle.    (Ger.)    The  major 

tliird. 
Die  Kleiue  Bassgeige.    (Ger.)  Violon- 
cello. 
Die  Kleiue  Sechste.    (Ger.)   The  minor 

sixtli. 
Die  Kleine  TerKie.    (Ger.)    The  minor 

third. 
Die  IVote  Hervorgehoben.  (Ger.)  The 

note  must  be  acceu"ted. 
Die  Orgelpfeifen  Verlegen.  (Ger.)  To 

put  lips  on  organ  pipes. 
Die  Orgel  Ranscht.    ( Ger.)    The  organ 

sends  forth  its  swelling  sounds. 
Diesare.     (ftn.)    To  raise  the  pitch  of  a 

note  by  means  of  a  sharp. 

Diese  Arie  gelit  auf  B  9IolI.  (Ger.) 
This  air  is  in  tlie  key  of  B  flat. 

Dieser.  (Fre.)  I?y  means  of  a  sharp  elevat- 
ing the  pitch  of  a  note ;  to  sharpen. 

Dieser  FlStcnspleler  bat  elnen  vort- 
relBicben  Ausatz.  (Ger.)  This  flute 
player  has  an  excellent  embouchure,  a 
good  lip,  a  ricli  tone. 

Diesi.  (Spa.)  The  smallest  and  simplest 
division  of  a  tone. 

Dies  Irse.  (Lat.)  A  principal  movement 
in  a  requiem. 

Diesis.  (Grk.)  A  small  interval  used  in 
the  mathematical  computations  of  inter- 
vals ;  the  elevation  of  a  note  above  its  nat- 
ural pitcli ;  a  quarter  of  a  tone. 

Dies,  Music.  Steel  punches,  on  one  end 
of  which  tlie  characters  used  in  music  are 
cut,  for  the  purpose  of  stamping  music 
plates. 

7 


Die  Sorgen  Tersingen.  ( Ger.)  To  sing 

away  care. 
Die  Stimme  Abverdienen.   ( Ger.)    To 

modulate  the  voice. 

Die  Stimme  einerGelge.  (Ger.)  Sound- 
ing post  of  a  violin. 
Die  Stimme  Heben.  ( Ger.)  To  raise  the 

voice. 

Die  Stimmen  Ansscbreiben.  (Ger.) 
To  copy  the  parts. 

Diestra.  (Spa.)  The  right  hand. 

Die  Tief  e  Wieberstimme.  ( Ger.)  Coun- 
ter tenor. 

Die  Tone  Abstand.  ( Ger.)  To  play  stac- 
cato. 

Die  Vler  Stimmen,  der  Dislcant,  der 
Alt,  der  Tenor,  nnd  der  Bass.  (Ger.) 
The  four  voices,  —  the  treble,  the  alto,  the 
tenor,  and  bass. 

Die  TValze.    ( Ger.)    The  barrel  of  a  hand 

organ. 
Dieze.  (Fre.)  A  sharp  (55). 
Dieze,  Double.  (Fre.)  Double  sharp  (58). 
Die  Zeit  Versingen.  (Ger.)  To  pass  the 

time  in  singing. 

Diezeugmenon.  (Grit.)  The  third  tetra- 

cliord  disjoined  from  the  second. 

Diezeutic.  ( Grk.)  A  term  applied  in  the 
ancient  Greek  music  to  a  tone  which  dis- 
joined two  fourths,  one  on  each  side  of  it, 
and  which  on  being  joined  to  either  made 
a  fifth. 

Die  Znnge  an  den  Scbnarrenden 
Orgelpfeifen.  (Ger.)  Tongue  in  the 
trumpet-like  organ  pipes  j  the  reed  stop 
of  an  organ. 

Die  Zunge  elner  Hoboe.  (Ger.)  Eeed 
or  mouth-piece  of  a  hautboy. 

Diff.  ( Titr.)  An  Oriental  instrument  resem- 
bling the  tamborine. 

Differentia.  ( Grk.)  A  ratio  measuring  an 
interval. 

Digital  Exercises.  Exercises  for  the 
purpose  of  rendering  the  action  of  the 
fingers  independent. 

Dl  Grade.  (^Ttn.)  A  regular  succession  of 
notes  according  to  the  scale. 

Di  Grado.  (Ita.)  By  degrees,  in  opposi- 
tion to  moving  by  skips. 

Di  Grado  Ascendeute.  (Ita.)  A  series 
of  notes  of  regular  ascent. 

Di  Grado  Descendentc.  (Ita.)  A  scries 
of  notes  of  regular  descent. 

Digressing.  The  act  of  moving  from  one 
key  into  another  to  return  to  the  first. 

Digresslone.  (Ita.)  A  deviation  from  the 
regular  course  of  the  piece. 

Diiambns.  A  metrical  foot  consisting 
of  two  iambuses. 

Dilettant.  (Ger.)  An  amateur;  a  dilet- 
tante. 

Dilettante.  (Ita.)  A  lover  of  music ;  one 
who,  though  not  a  professor,  is  interested 
in  the  advance  of  musical  art. 


DIL 


74 


DIS 


IMlettosamente.  (/to.)  Agreeably ; 
pleasantly. 

miigenza.  (/to.)  Diligence. 

Diligenza,  Con.  (Ita.)  In  a  studied,  dili- 
gent manner. 

Dllaendo.  (Itn.)  A  gradual  rlyijigf  away 
of  the  tone  till  it  arrives  at  extinction. 

1)1111.    An  abbreviation  of  Diminuendo. 

Dimeter.  A  poetic  measure  of  four  feet ; 
a  series  of  two  metres. 

Dimln.    An  abbreviation  of  Diminuendo. 

I>linl»lsli.  To  take  from  a  note  by  a 
sharp,  flat,  or  natural. 

Diminislied.  Somewhat  less  than  per- 
fect. 

Slminlslied  Chords.  Chords  which  arc 
somewhat  less  than  perfect. 

]>linlnlslied  Fifth.  An  interval  con- 
taining two  whole  tones  and  two  majc* 
semitones. 

Diniinished  Fourth.  Two  whole  tones 
and  a  semitone. 

Diminished  Imitation.  A  style  of 
imitation  in  which  the  answer  is  given  in 
notes  of  less  value  than  those  of  the  sub- 
ject. 

Diminished  Interval.  An  interval 
which,  l>y  the  application  of  a  sharp  or 
natural  to  the  lower  tone,  or  of  a  flat 
or  natural  to  the  upper  tone,  becomes  con- 
tracted within  its  natural  space  or  com- 
pass. 

Diminished  Octave.  An  interval  con- 
taining four  whole  tones  and  three  major 
semitonea. 

Diminished  Second.  An  interval  of 
conjoint  degree,  containing  four  commas. 

Diminished  Seventh.  A  dissonant  sev- 
enth, consisting  of  three  tones  (two  mi- 
nors and  one  major)  and  three  major 
semitones. 

Diminished  Sixth.  A  dissonant  sixth, 
composed  of  two  tones  and  three  m.-gor 
semitones. 

Diminished  Third.  A  dissonant  third, 
consisting  of  two  major  semitones. 

Diminished  Triad.  The  triads  upon 
the  seventh  degree  of  the  major  scjile,  and 
upon  the  second  and  seventh  degrees  of 
the  minor  scale,  sometimes  called  the 
false  triad. 

Diminnclon.  {Spa.)  A  diminishing. 

Dimlnue.  (Fre.)  Diminished,  in  regard 
to  intervals  and  chords. 

Dlminnendo.  {Ita.)  This  term  implies 
that  the  quantity  or  intensity  of  tone 
must  be  gradually  diminished. 

Diminuendo-Crescendo.  (^Ita.)  A  di- 
minish followed  by  an  increasmg  of  tone. 

Dlminner.  (Fre.)  To  diminish. 

Diminulr.  {Spa.)  To  diminish,  as  applied 
to  intervals,  chords,  &c. 

Dlminulto.  {Ita.)  Diminished,  in  reg;ird 
to  intervals  and  chords. 

DlBAinvtlo.   {Lat.)  Diminution ;  the  isol- 


tation  of,  or  reply  to,  a  subject  in  notes  ol 
half  the  length  or  value  of  thoM!  of  the 
subject  itsclt. 

Diminution.  Imitation  of  a  given  sub- 
ject by  means  of  notes  of  shorter  dara- 
tion. 

Dlrainntlon,  Figures  of.  Those  nu- 
merical characters  which  reduce  the  time 
of  the  notes  over  which  they  are  placed 
one  third  of  their  relative  length. 

Diminutions.  A  terra  applied  in  the  six- 
teenth century  to  variations. 

Diminuzloue.  {Ha.)  A  diminution. 

Dl  Molto.  {Ita.)  An  expression  which 
serves  to  augment  the  si-Tiification  of  the 
word  to  which  it  is  added. 

Din.  A  loud  or  rattling  noise  ;  a  violent 
and  continued  sound. 

D  In  Alt.  {Ita.)  The  fifth  note  in  alt ;  the 
twelfth  above  the  G,  or  treble  clef  note. 

D  in  Altlssimo.  {Ita.)  The  fifth  note  in 
altissimo  ;  the  twelfth  above  G  in  alt. 

D' Inganno.  {Ita.)  An  unexpected  end- 
ing. 

Ding-Dong.  The  monotonous  ringing  of 
a  bell. 

Dinner  Call.  A  drumbeat  calling  the 
soldiers  into  a  line  for  dinner. 

Direct.  A  character  placed  at  the  end  of  a 
staff,  on  that  line  or  space  corresponding 
to  that  occupied  by  the  note,  to  apprise 
the  performer  of  the  first  note  in  the  stafl' 
that  Ibllows  (111). 

Dlrecteur.  {Fre.)  The  director  or  con- 
ductor of  a  musical  performance. 

Direct  Interval.  An  interval  which 
forms  any  kind  of  harmony,  or  the  funda- 
mental sound  which  produces  it. 

Directive  Terms.  The  terms  by  which 
are  disclosed  the  character  and  movement 
of  a  piece  of  music. 

Direct  Motion.  Parallel  or  similar  mo- 
tion ;  the  motion  of  two  or  more  parts  in 
harmony,  moving  in  the  same  direction, 
both  upor  both  cK»wn. 

Director.  One  who  arranges  the  order  of 
a  concert,  and  directs  the  performance  ;  a 
conductor. 

Director,  Hand.    A  chiroplast. 

Direct  Turn.  A  turn  expressed  by  the 
sign  (79)  over  a  note,  consisting  of  four 
notes,  namely,  the  note  above  that  over 
which  the  sign  is  written,  then  the  princi- 
pal note,  and  the  note  below  It,  ending 
with  the  principal  note  (80). 

Direttore  della  Musica.  {Ita.)  A  di- 
rector of  a  musical  performance. 

Dirge.  A  vocal  or  instrumental  composi- 
tion designed  to  be  performed  at  a  funeral, 
or  in  commemoration  of  the  dead. 

Dirltta.  {Ita.)  The  gradual  rise  or  fall  of 
the  voice. 

Dls.  {Ger.)  D  sharp. 

DIsaccordare.  {Ita.)  To  be  out  of  tune. 

Disallowance.  Any  anomalous  forma- 
tion or  8ticce«>Fion  of  chorda ;  two  succeed- 


DIS 


75 


DIS 


In^  eighths,  or  two  consecutive  perlfect 
filths,  in  the  same  direction. 

Disallowed  Octaves.  False  octaves ; 
progressions  of  two  voices  in  exact  move- 
ment by  octaves. 

I>isarmonico.  {Ita.)  Discordant;  inhar- 
monious. 

DIscant.  {Lot.)  The  npper  part ;  the  &rt 
of  composing  in  parts ;  descant ;  an  ex- 
temporHneous  or  other  counterpoint  on  a 
given  subject. 

niscantar.  (Spa.)  To  discant :  to  sing  in 
parts ;  to  run  a  division  or  vaiiety  upon 
notes  ;  to  chant. 

I>i8cant  Cle*.  The  treble  or  Boprano 
clef  (40). 

DIscante.  (Spa.)  Treble ;  concert,  espe- 
cially of  stringed  instruments;  a  small 
guitar. 

Discantus.  (^Lat.)  Descant ;  a  singing 
apart ;  a  singmg  in  parts ;  a  piece  of  mu- 
sic in  parts. 

Discliarger.  A  key  placed  on  the  bellows 
ol  an  aocordeon,  which,  serving  as  an 
escape  for  the  air,  allows  the  requisite 
action  of  the  bellows  without  producing 
sound. 

Discord.  A  dissonant  or  inharmonious 
combination  of  sounds  ;  an  interval  whose 
extremes  do  not  coalesce. 

DL^cordant.  A  term  applied  to  all  disso- 
nant and  inharmonious  sounds,  whether 
successive  or  simultaneous. 

Discordare.  (Ita.)  To  be  out  of  tune. 
Dlscorde.  [Fre.)  Discord. 
Discorder.  ( Fre.)  To  be  discordant. 

Dlscordla.  (TaU.)  A  dissonant  combina- 
tion of  sounds. 

Discord,  Prepared.  A  discord  the  dis- 
cordant note  of  w^hich  has  been  recog- 
nized in  a  concord. 

Discords  of  Irreisralar  Transition. 
Passing  notes  introduced  on  the  strong 
parts  of  a  measure. 

Discords  of  Regular  Transition. 
After  notes  ;  passing  notes  introduced  on 
the  weak  parts  of  a  measure. 

Discords  of  Suspension.  Discords 
formed  by  continuing  one  or  more  notes  of 
any  one  chord  into  the  next  chord,  to 
which  thev  are  extraneous,  so  as  by  these 
notes  to  delay  or  suspend  for  a  moment 
the  notes  of  this  latter  chord. 

Discords  of  Syncopation.  Discords 
which  constitute  a  part  of  the  radical  har- 
mony. 

Discors.  {Lat.)  Wanting  concord  ;  inhar- 
monious. 

Discrete  Sounds.  A  movement  of  the 
voice  which  leaps  at  once  from  one  line  of 
pitch  to  another. 

Discreto.  (Ita.)  With  discretion. 

]>i8  Diapason.  {Grk.)  A  double  octave. 

Dlsenrs.  (Fre.)  Name  form rrly  given  to 
French  romancers  who,  in  a  kind  of  chant, 
rcciled  their  metrical  histories. 


Dlsharmonlc.  (6er.)  Disharmony. 

Dishiarinonlscli.  {Ger.)  UnhannoniouB. 

Disharmony.  Want  of  harmony  ;  a  dis- 
cord. 

Dlsinvolto.  (Ita.)  Free;  off-hand;  bold. 

Disjunct.  A  term  formerly  applied  by  the 
anci'int  Greeks  to  those  tetrachcrdi"  which 
were  so  disposed  witii  respect  to  each  other 
that  the  gravest  note  of  any  tetracbord 
was  one  note  higher  than  the  acutest  note 
of  the  teir.ichord  immediiitely  beneath  it. 

Disjunct  Degree.  A  clegreo  in  which 
two  notes  arc  so  situated  as  to  form  the 
interval  of  a  third,  or  any  greater  inter- 
val. 

Disjunct  Succession.  A  snccession  of 
sounds  in  melody,  paesing  from  one  de- 
gree to  another,  without  touclung  the 
intermediate  degroes. 

Dis  Hfoll.  ( Ger.)  D  sharp  minor. 

Dlson.  (Spa.)  Harsh,  dissonant  tone. 

Disonancla.  (Spa.)  Dissonance. 

Dlsonamte.  (Spa.)  Dissonant ;  inharmo- 
nious. 

Dlsonanza.  (Ita.)  Dissonance. 
Dlsonar.  (Spa.)  To  disagree  in  sound. 
Disonare.    (Ita.)    To  sound  inharmoni- 
ously. 

Dlsono.  (Spa.)  Dissonant. 

Dl  Sopplano.  (Ita.)  Low ;  with  a  low 
voice. 

Dl  Sopra.  (Ita.)  Above. 

Disperato.  (Ita.)  Despairingly. 

Dispersed  Harmony.  That  harmony  in 
which  the  notes  forming  tlic  different 
chords  are  separated  from  each  other  by 
wide  intervals. 

Dispersed  Position.  A  term  given  to  a 
chord  when  its  tones  are  remote  from  c.ich 
other. 

Dispondee.  In  Greek  and  Latin  poetry, 
a  double  spondee,  comprising  four  long 
syllables- 
Disruption  of  Chords.  Harmonic  fig- 
uration ;  the  progression  of  a  chord  from 
one  tone  to  another  of  the  same  chord, 
thence  passing  similarly  through  succes- 
sive different  chords. 

Dissolution.  A  term  used  in  the  ancient 
Greek  music  when  a  sound  in  the  enhar- 
monic genus  is  lowered  three  dieses. 

Dissonance.  An  interval  or  chord  dis- 
pleasing to  the  ear ;  two  sounds  not 
accordant. 

Dlssonans.  (Ger.)  Dissonance;  discord. 

Dissonant.  An  inharmonious  combina- 
tion of  sounds. 

Dissonant  Concord.  All  concords  ex- 
cept the  perfect  concord  and  its  deriva- 
tives. 

Dlssonantc.  (Fre.)  A  general  term  ap- 
pli-'d  to  ail  disagreeable  intervals. 

Dissonant  Sixths.  The  diminished 
sixth,  composed  of  two  tones  and  thro* 


DIS 


76 


DOD 


Tn.ijor  semitones,  and  the  suporfluons 
sixth,  composed  of  four  tones  and  a  ma- 
jor and  a  minor  semitone. 

Xtlssonanza.  (Tta.)  A  discord. 

Dlssoner.  (JPre.)  To  be  dissooant,  dis- 
cordant, 

DIssonlren.  (Cer.)  To  be  discordant. 

Dissont  Saonl.  (Ita.)  Inharmonlons 
sounds  ;  discords. 

Distance.  An  expression  applied  to  the 
interval  between  any  two  disjunctive 
notes  as,  G  in  alto  is  said  to  be  at  the 
distJince  of  a  seventh  from  A  above  the 
treble  clef  note. 

Dlstendente.  (,Ita.)  Changes  in  the 
course  of  a  piece. 

Distich.    A  couplet. 

Distico.  (Spa.)  A  distich. 

Distinct!  Snonl.  (Itn.)  Distinct  sounds ; 
sounfls  sensibly  distinguished  one  from 
another. 

Distinto.  (Ita.)  Distinct ;  clear. 

Disttqne.  {Fre.)  A  distich. 

Distrop.  (Ita.)  A  song  of  two  stanzas. 

Dlatnne.  To  nntune;  to  throw  out  of 
tune. 

Di  Testa.  (Tfa.)  Of  the  head,  in  speaking 
of  the  voice. 

Dithyrainliics.  Songs  sung  in  honor  of 
Bacchus  ;  poems  written  in  a  wild,  enthu- 
siastic stylo. 

Ditlijrrantbiqne.  (JFVe.)  Wild,  and  full 
of  transport. 

Dithyrambtis.  (Lat.)  A  song  in  honor  of 
Bacchus,  full  of  wild  transport. 

Ditlraraltico.  (Tta.)  Relating  to  a  dithy- 
ramb ;  wild ;  enthusiastic. 

Ditirambo.  (Ita.)  A  song  to  Bacchus. 

Dito.  (Ita.)  The  finger. 

Ditone.  (Ita.)  Two  whole  tones,  or  a  ma- 
jor third. 

Ditone,  Demi.  (Fre.)  A  minor  third. 

Ditono.  (Ita.)  An  interval  of  two  notes. 

Ditonnm.  (Lat.)  An  Interval  compre- 
hending  two  tones. 

Ditonns.  (Lat.)  The  major  third,  or  lnter« 
val  of  two  whole  tones. 

Ditrocltee.  A  metrical  foot  consisting  of 
two  trochees. 

Dlttanaclasls.  An  instrument  of  the 
harpsichord  and  pianoforte  class. 

Dlttled.    A  subject  wrought  into  a  ditty. 

Ditty.  A  short,  simple,  plaintive  air,  or 
short  ballad,  containing  a  pathetic  story  ; 
to  warble. 

Dittylng.    The  singing  of  ditties. 

Div.    An  abbreviation  of  Uivisi, 

Divan.  (Per.)  Araongthc  Persians,  a  terra 
applied  to  a  series  of  poems  with  the  dis- 
tichs  ending  in  every  letter  successively  ; 
a  collection  of  the  writings  of  a  single 
author. 

Diver.  An  abbreviation  of  Divertissement. 


Diverberatlon.    A  sounding  through. 

Dtverbla.  (Lat.)  Musical  dramatic  dia« 
logues  of  the  ancients. 

Divertln»ento.  (Ita.)  A  short,  light  com- 
position, written  in  a  familiar  and  plcas- 
mg  style. 

Divertissenjent.  (Fre.)  Certain  airs  and 
dances  resembling  a  short  ballet,  intro- 
duced between  the  acts  of  the  French  or 
Italian  opera ;  a  composition  in  a  light 
and  pleasing  style. 

Divided  Accompanincnt.  A  form  of 
accompaniment  in  which  the  intervals  are 
taken  by  both  hands,  always  maintaining 
the  flistance  required  by  their  rules. 

Divine  Itf nsic.  One  of  the  subdivisions 
of  music  among  the  ancients,  comprehend- 
ing the  harmony  supposed  to  exist  among 
celestial  minds. 

Divisi.  (Ita.)  A  word  occasionally  met 
with  in  orchestral  parts,  when  a  passage 
is  written  in  octaves  or  other  Intervals. 
It  implies  that  one  half  of  the  porformcrs 
must  play  the  upper  notes,  and  the  others 
the  lower  ones. 

Division.  The  division  of  the  intervals 
of  an  octave  ;  a  long  series  of  notes  so 
running  into  each  other  as  to  form  one 
connected  chain  of  sounds,  and  which  in 
vocal  music  is  applied  to  a  single  sylla- 
ble ;  formerly,  a  species  of  variation  upon 
a  given  subject. 

Division.  (Fre.)  A  double  bar. 

Division  dn  Temps.  (Fre.)  Timetable. 

Division  Maries.  Figures  with  a  curved 
line  above  them,  showing  the  number  of 
equal  parts  into  which  notes  arc  divided, 
when,  instead  of  2,  4,  or  8,  they  are  di- 
vided into  Z,  5,  7,  9,  &c.  (118). 

Division  ol  Time.  A  regulation  of  tho 
length  of  sounds  by  a  division  of  the 
time  occupied  in  the  performance  of  any 
given  melody  or  harmony  into  regular 
portions  called  measures. 

Divotamente.  (Ita.)  Devoutly. 

Divoto.  (Ita.)  Devoutly;  In  a  solemn 
style. 

Divoxione,  Con.  (Ita.)  With  religious 
feeling. 

Dixlemes.  (Fre.)  Tenths. 

D.  M.  The  initials  of  Destro  Mano,  and  of 
Doctor  of  Music, 

D  nioll.  (Ger.)  D  minor. 

Do.  (Ita.)  A  syllable  applied  in  solfaing  to 
the  note  C. 

Doblar.  (Spa.)  To  toll  or  ring  the  pass- 
ing bell. 

Doble.  (Spa.)  A  step  in  a  Spanish  dance. 

Dochimus.  (Lnt.)  A  metrical  foot  con- 
sisting of  five  syllables. 

Doctor  of  >Iusic.  A  degree  conferred 
by  universities. 

Doctor's  Call.  A  drum-beat  denoting 
the  time  for  reporting  the  sick  in  camp. 

Dodecacbordon.  (Grk.)  Th'J  twelv* 
modes  of  Aristoxenus. 


DOD 


77 


DOS 


Dodeenpla  di  Crome.  (Ita.)  The  triple 
g^  in  which  twelve  notes  are  required,  in- 
stead of  four,  in  common  time. 

1>odecupla  di  Semi  Crome.  {Ita.)  The 
triple  IS  wherein  there  are  twelve  notes, 
instead  of  sixteen,  in  a  bar  of  duple  time. 

Dolgte.  (Fre.)  Fingered. 

I$ol$;ter.  ^Fre.)  Fingering ;  to  finger. 

Soigta  Fixes.  (Fre.)  Fixed  fingers. 

I>ol.    An  abbreviation  of  Dolce. 

I>olce.  (//rt.)  A  soft  and  sweet  style  of 
performance. 

Dolce  con  Gasto.  (Jta.)  In  a  soft,  sweet 
style ;  with  taste. 

Dolce  e  Cantablle.  (Ita.)  Sweet;  soft; 
in  singing  style. 

Dolce  e  Hiusiusando.  (Ita.)  With  a  pe- 
culiarly soft  ana  attractive  expression. 

Dolce  e  Fiace-volmente  Expressive. 

(Ita.)  Soft,  and  with  pleasing  expression. 
Dolce  ma  IHarcato.   (Ita.)  Delicate  and 

gentle,  yet  decided. 
Dolce  IHanlera.  (Ita.)  A  sweet,  delicate, 

and  finished  manner  of  performance. 

Dolcemente.  (Ita.)  In  a  sweet  and  grace- 
ful style. 

Dolcezza.  (Ita.)  Sweetly  and  softly. 

Dolclano.  (Ita.)  A  small  bassoon  formerly 
much  in  use. 

Dolclmello.  (Ita.)  A  dulcimer. 

Dolcino.  (Ita.)  A  small  bassoon. 

Dolciss.    An  abbreviation  of  Dolcissimo. 

Dolcissimo.  (Ita.)  With  extreme  sweet- 
ness. 

Dolemment.  (Fre.)  Dolefully;  mourn- 
fully. 

Dolent.  (Fre.)  Doleful;  mournful. 
Doleute.  (Ita.)  Grieving;  mournful. 

Dolentemente.  (Ita.)  Plaintively:  mourn- 
fully. 

DolentisMimo.  (Ita.)  The  superlative  of 
doleute, 

jdolore.  (Ita.)  Sorrow;  grief. 
Dolorosamente.  (Ita.)  Dolorously. 
Doloroso.  (Ita.)  A  soft  and  pathetic  style 
of  execution. 

Dolorously.  In  a  dolorous,  plaintive 
nmuuer. 

Domesticl.  (Lat.)  Two  of  the  four  sing- 
ers wJio  act  as  assistants  in  the  patriarchal 
church  of  Constantinople. 

Dominant.  A  name  given  by  theorists 
to  tlio  fifth  note  of  any  scale,  so  called 
from  its  governing  the  key-note  in  har- 
mony. 

Dominant  Chord.  The  sensible  chord  ; 
that  which  is  practised  on  the  dominant 
of  the  tone,  and  introduces  a  perfect  ca- 
dence. 

|>ominante.  (Fre.)  The  dominant,  or 
fifth  note  of  the  scale. 


Dominant  Harmony.  HarmonT  on  the 

fifth  of  the  key. 
Dominant  Section.    A  section  terminat- 
ing on  the  common  chord  of  the  domi- 
nant. 

Dominant  Septima  Chord.    The  dom* 

iuaut  chord. 
Domine,  Salvum  Fac.  (Lat.)  A  prayer 

for  the  king,  sung  after  the  mass. 
Dominican    Paalmii.     (Lat.)     Certain 

psalms  of  the  Koman  CathoLc  cburcbi 

sung  in  the  vespers. 
Dona  JVobis   Pacem.    (Lat.)    Give   us 

peace ;  the  concluding  movement  of  the 

mass,  or  Catholic  morning  service. 
Donner  du  Cor.  (Fre.)  To  wind  a  horn. 
Donner   le   Bhythuie   a.    (Fre.)    To 

time. 

Donner  une  Serenade.  (Fre.)  To  sere- 
nade. 

Doppel.  (Ger.)  Doable. 

DoppellMse.  (Ger.)  Double  flat. 

Doppelblasebasa.     (Ger.)     A   counter 
bassoon. 

DoppelflSte.    (Ger.)    A  double  flute;  a 

flute  stop. 
Doppel-Flugel.    An  instrument  of  the 

class   comprising    the   harpsichord   and 

pianoforte. 

Doppelfuge.  (Ger.)  The  double  fugue. 

DoppeIgesan§f.    (Ger.)    A  song  in  two 
parts ;  a  duet. 

Doppel sriffe.  (Ger.)  Double  stop  on  the 

violin,  &c. 

Dopplekonzerte.    (Ger.)    Double   con- 
cert. 
Doppelkrenz.  (Ger.)  Double  sharp. 

Doppclschlag.    (Ger.)    A  double  turn ; 

the  repetition  of  u  note. 
Doppelschritt.  (Ger.)  A  quick  march. 

Doppelstfindchen.     (Ger.)     A  double 
serenade. 

Doppelt.  (Ger.)  Double. 
Doppelten  iVoten.  ( Ger.)  Double  notes. 
Doppelter  Trillerlanf .   ( Ger.)  Double 
cadence. 

Doppelt  Gestrichere  IVote.    (Ger.)   A 
semiquaver. 

Doppia,  Hiyra.  (Ita.)  A  double  lyre. 

Doppio.  (Ita.)  Double. 

Doppia    IWfovimento.      (Ita.)     Double 

movement  or  time  ;  that  is,  as  last  again, 
Doppio  Tempo.  (Ita.)  Double  time. 
Doppo.  (Ita.)  After. 
Dorian.    ( Grk.)    The  name  of  one  of  th« 

ancient  Greek  modes. 
Doric  Mode.    The  first  of  the  authentic 

modes    in    the    system    of    the    aucienf 

Greeks,  employed  on  religious  and  mar 

tial  occasions. 
Dossoloeia.    (Ita.)    A  closing  form    Oi 

praise ;  doxology. 


DOT 


78 


DOU 


Dot.  A  point  which,  when  placed  after  a 
note  or  rest,  increases  its  duration  by  the 
half  of  its  original  value. 

Dot,  ]>onble.  Two  dots  placed  after  a 
note,  to  Increase  its  duration  three  fourths 
of  its  ori^nal  length. 

Dots.  Points  employed  instead  of  dashes, 
indicating  that  the  notes  over  which  they 
are  placed  are  to  be  struck  short,  but  not 
in  so  marked  a  way  as  when  dashes  are 
used  (Ul). 

Dotted  Double  Bar.  A  double  bar 
with  dots  preceding  it,  indicating  that  the 

E receding  strain  is  to  be  repeateti ;  a  dou- 
le  bar,  with  dots  following  it,  indicating 
that  the  following  strain  i3  to  be  repcatetl; 
a  double  bar  with  dots  on  both  sides  of  it, 
indicating  a  repetition  of  both  the  pre- 
ceding and  the  following  strains  (42). 

Dotted  Note.  A  note  which,  by  baring  a 
dot  placed  after  it,  has  its  value  increased 
one  half  (36). 

Dotted  IVote,  Doable.    A  note  whose 

original  value  is  increased  three  fourths 
by  two  dots  placed  after  it  (37). 

Dotted  IVote,  Triple.  A  note  having  its 
value  increased  seven  eighths  by  three 
dots  placed  after  it  (3K). 

Dotted  Best.  A  rest  having  a  dot  af- 
fixed, by  which  its  value  is  increased  one 
half  (39). 

Dotted  Kest,  Double.  A  rest  which, 
on  account  of  two  dots  affixed  to  It,  is 
increased  in  value  three  fourths  (40). 

Dotted  Rest,  Triple.  A  rest  whose 
duration  is  increased  seven  eighths  its 
original  value  by  three  dots  placed  after 
it  (41). 

Dotted  Semibreve.  A  semibreve  with 
its  length  increased  one  half  by  the  sign 
of  a  dot  (36). 

Dotted  Touch.  A  touch,  upon  keyed  in- 
struments, which  rigidly  marks  the  dis- 
tinction between  the  dotted  or  doubly- 
dotted  note  and  that  which  follows  it. 

Dot,  Triple.  Three  dots  placed  after  a 
note,  lengthening  its  original  value  seven 
eighths  (41). 

Double.  A  term  sometimes  used  as  sy- 
nonymous with  variation. 

Double-Action  Harp.  A  harp  having 
pedals  capable  of  being  placed  in  two 
positiono,  the  first  of  which  raises  the 
sound  of  the  instrument  half  a  tone,  and 
the  second  a  whole  tone. 

Double  After-Wote.  Two  after-notes, 
taking  their  time  from  the  previous  note, 
and  distinguished  from  the  double  fore- 
note  by  a  curved  line,  connecting  it  with 
the  preceding  principal  note. 

Double  Appos^giatura.  A  union  of  two 
short  appoggiaturas. 

Double  B.  The  B  below  G  gamut;  the 
twelfth  below  the  bass  clef  note. 

Double  Backfall.  One  of  the  old  Eng- 
lish graces  comprised  in  the  class  of  em- 
bellishments denominated  smooth. 


Double  Bar.  Two  thick  strokes  draws 
through  the  staff,  to  divide  the  different 
strains  of  the  movement  (6). 

Double-Bass  Viol.  A  large,  detp-toned 
bass  instrument,  the  largest  and  deepest 
toned  of  instruments  of  the  viol  kmd. 

Double  Bemol.    Double  flat. 

Double  Cavalqnet.  A  manner  of  sonnd. 

ing  the  trumpet  when  approaching  a  city, 

"ng  through  it  on  a  march. 


Double  Cbant.    A  simple,  harmonized 

melody,  extending   to   two  verses  of  a 

psalm  as  sung  in  cathedrals. 
Double  Counterpoint.  A  counterpoint 

which  admits  of  the  parts  being  inverted. 
Double    Crocbe.     (Fre.)     A    semiqua- 

ver  (I'J). 
Double  Curtail.     A   wind   iastnunent 

similar  to  a  bassoon. 
Doubled.    A  term  applied  to  a  tone  of  a 

chord  when  it  is  used  in  two  different 

parts  of  a  piece  at  the  same  time. 

Double  DemisemiquaT'er.  A  note 
equal  in  duration  to  one  half  of  a  deml- 
semiquaver;  a  sixty-fourth  note,  (21). 

Double  Descant.  Such  an  arrangement 
of  the  parts  of  a  composition  as  admits  of 
the  treble,  or  of  any  hi^h  part,  being  con- 
verted into  the  bass,  and  vice  versa. 

Double  Diapason  Stop.  In  an  organ, 
an  open  set  of  metal  or  wood  pipes,  tuned 
.an  octave  below  the  diapasons. 

Double  Dieze.  {Fre.)  Double  sharp. 

Doubled  lietters.  Capital  letters  dou- 
bled, indicating  that  the  tone  is  an  oct.ive 
lower  than  when  the  letters  stand  single. 

Double  Dot.  Two  dots  placed  after  a 
note  or  rest,  increasing  the  duration  three 
fourths  of  the  original  length. 

Double  Drag.  A  drum-beat  in  |  time, 
used  in  camp  to  call  troops  to  dinner. 

Double  Drum.  A  large  drum  used  in 
military  bands,  and  beaten  on  both  ends. 

Double  Ending.  A  strain  having  dots 
at  its  end,  with  a  double  bat  and  two  or 
more  notes,  a  figure  1  placed  over  the  first 
part,  and  a  figure  2  over  the  second  part, 
signifying  that  certain  measures  are  to  be 
repeated. 

Double  Flageolet.  A  flageolet  having 
two  tubes. 

Double  Flat.  A  character  compounded 
of  two  flats,  and  signifying  that  the  note 
before  which  it  is  placed  is  to  be  sung,  or 
plavert,  two  semitones  lower  than  its  nat- 
ural pitch  (4G). 

Double  Flute.  A  flute  so  construct**d 
that  two  tones  may  be  produced  from  it 
at  the  same  time,  and  on  which  two  parts 
may  be  performed  at  once. 

Double  Fore-Note.  Two  short  fore- 
notes  united,  one  of  which  is  higher  and 
the  other  lower  than  the  principal  note, 
or  two  small  notes  ascending  or  descend- 
ing to  the  principal  note  by  the  regular 
steps  of  the  scale. 


DOU 


79 


DRA 


Double  Fng^e.  A  fugue  on  two  subjects. 

Double  G.  The  octave  below  G  gamut ; 
the  lowest  note  of  the  letter  G  on  the 
pianoforte. 

Double  L<ong.  An  old  character  equal 
in  duration  to  four  breves  ( 12). 

Double  Lyre.  The  Lyra  Doppia,  an  old 
instrument  of  the  viol  kind. 

Double  >''ote.  A  breve;  a  note  twice  the 
length  of  a  whole  note  ( 14). 

Donble-iVote  Rest.  A  pause  equal  in  du- 
ration to  the  length  of  a  double  note  (20). 

Double  Octave.  An  interval  of  two  oc- 
taves, or  fifteen  notes  in  diatonic  progres- 
sion ;  a  fifteenth  ;  the  bis-diapasou  of  the 
ancient  Greeks. 

Double  Organization.  In  ancient  times, 
in  organ  playing,  the  act  of  playing  the  air 
a  fourth  below  and  a  fifth  above  the  chant, 
or  singing  part. 

Double  Paradiddle.    A  drum-beat. 

Double  Pianoforte  Action.  The  ac- 
tion, or  mechanism,  of  a  pinnaforte  in 
which  a  second  or  under  haiumcr  is  em- 
ployed, and  by  which  the  velocity  of  the 
lirst  is  multiplied. 

Double  Ratmacue.  A  fancy  drum-beat 
in  quickstep  time. 

Double-Reed  jMclodeon.    A  melodeon 

containing  two  sets  of  reeds. 

Double  Relisb.  One  of  the  old  English 
graces  comprised  in  the  class  of  embellish- 
ments known  as  the  skaked. 

Doubles.  Name  formerly  Applied  to  vari- 
ations. 

Double  Shalce.  Two  simultaneous  shakes 
on  notes  which  are  either  sixths  or  thirds 
to  each  other  (90). 

Double  Sbarp.  After  all  the  notes  have 
been  made  sharp,  the  same  series  of  letters 
begins  anfain,  and  each  is  designated  as  a 
double  sharp.  It  is  usually  marked  with 
a  cross  (58). 

Double  ShMt.  A  shift  on  the  seventeenth 
line,  or  i),  of  a  violin. 

Double  Singing^.  An  old  mode  of  sing- 
ing in  two  parts,  usually  in  thirds. 

Double  Stem.  A  stem  drawn  both  up- 
wards and  downwards  from  a  note,  in 
order  to  show  that  tlie  note  as  used  in  one 
part  hiia  its  natural  and  appropriate  length, 
while  in  the  other  it  is  shorter,  having'  a 
length  that  corresponds  to  other  notes  fol- 
lowing it  (9). 

Double  Stroke.  Two  strokes,  or  dashes, 
over  or  under  a  semibreve,  or  tlirough  the 
stem  of  a  minim  or  crotelu-t,  implying  that 
such  note  must  be  divided  into  as  many 
semiquavers  as  are  equivalent  to  it  in  du- 
ration (61  c). 

Double  Suspension.  A  suspension  that 
retards  two  notes  and  requires  a  double 
preparation  and  resolution. 

Double  Themes.    Two  subjects. 
Double  Time.     A  time  which  has  two 
parts,  or  motions,  in  each  and  every  meas- 


[    ure,  and  marked  or  beat  by  letting  tlia 
'     hand  fall  and  rise  alternately. 
Double  Trill.    A  trill  composed  of  two 

simultaneous  voices. 
Double  Triplet.    A  sextole  (66). 
Double  Trumpet  Stop.     A  real  stop 
used  only  in  the  pedal  organ,  the  pipes  be- 
ing of  the  same  length  as  the  double  di- 
apason, to  which  it  is  tuned  in  unison. 

Double-Toned  Violoncello.  A  violon- 
cello having  steel  wires  within  it  drawn 
to  a  high  degree  of  tension. 

Double  Tonguiug.  A  mode  of  artic- 
ulating quick  notes,  used  by  liutists. 

Doublette.  (Fre.)  An  organ  stop,  the  fif- 
teenth. 

Doubly-Inverted  Counterpoint.  A 
species  of  counterpoint  in  which  the  parts 
are  not  only  reversed  towards  each  other, 
but  are  conducted,  step  by  step,  in  a  con- 
trary direction. 

Douce.    {Fre.)    Sweet;  soft;  harmonious. 

Douced.  A  French  musical  instrument, 
not  now  in  use,  mentioned  by  Chaucer, 
and  supposed  by  some  to  be  the  dulcimer. 

Doucement.  {Fre.)  Sweetly;  pleasing- 
ly ;  slowly. 

Douceur.  (Fre.)  Melody ;  musicalness ; 
harmony. 

Douloureux.  {Fre.)  Dolorously ;  gloomy 

in  style. 

Doux.    (Fre.)    Sweet;  soft ;  musical. 
Douzeave.    (Fre.)    A  scale  of  twelve  de- 
grees. 

Douzieme.    (Fre.)    Twelfth. 
Do^vn-Beat.    The  falling  of  the  hand  or 

baton  in  beating  or  marking  time. 
Dotvn-Bow  Sign.    A  sign  used  in  violin 

music,  indicating  that  the  bow  is  to  be 

drawn  down  (128). 
Doxologia.    (Lat.)    Doxology. 
Doxologie.     (Fre.)     A  closing  form  of 

praise ;  doxology. 

Doxologize.  To  praise  by  the  use  of  dox- 
ologies. 

Doxology.  A  form  of  praise  or  glorifica- 
tion sung  in  divine  service,  commonly  at 
the  close  of  a  prayer,  psalm,  or  hymn. 

Drag.  A  grace  chiefly  confined  to  slow 
passages  in  vocal  music,  consisting  of  au 
unequal  and  descending  motion,  including 
eight  to  twelve  notes ;  strasciuando. 

Drag,  Double.  A  drum-beat  in  g  timo 
employed  to  call  troops  to  dinner. 

Dragona.  (Spa.)  A  drum-beat  of  the 
dragoons. 

Drag  Paradiddle.  A  drum-beat  used  ia 
fancy  troops  and  quicksteps. 

Drag,  Single.  A  drum  beat  produced  by 
givnig  two  strokes  with  tlie  left  hand,  one 
stroke  with  the  right,  and  one  hard  stroke 
with  the  left,  used  in  camp  to  call  troops 
to  breakfast  or  supper. 

Drama,  Slelo.  A  species  of  drama  in 
which  descriptive  instrumental  musit  is 


BRA 


80 


DRU 


tatrodnced  between  the  remarks  of  tlie 
actors,  and  sometimea  accompanies  tlic 
speaking'. 

I>raina  per  Mnslca.  (Ita.)  A  melo- 
drama. 

I>rainatle.  A  term  applied  to  music  writ- 
ten for  the  stage,  and  to  all  imitative  com- 
positions calculated  to  excite  interest  and 
passion. 

Dramatlcamente.    (Ita.)    Dramatically. 

nramatiqae.    (Fre.)    Dramatic. 

Dramatiqaement.  {Fre.)  Dramatically. 

]>ramatls  Peraonse.  (Lat.)  The  char- 
acters of  an  opera  or  play. 

Oramaturgle.  {Fre.)  The  art  of  dramiitic 
poetry  and  representation. 

Sramaturgo.    (/to.)    A  dramatist. 

Sraine.    {Fre.)    A  drama. 

Dramma.    (/to.)    A  drama. 

Dramma  Bnrlesca.  (Ita.)  A  comic  or 
humorous  drama ;  a  burletta. 

Srammatlco.    (/to.)    Dramatic. 

I>ran.  {A.  S.)  A  drone ;  a  heavy,  dull  tone. 

]>ra\irl.  A  lengthened  utterance  of  the 
voice,  caused  by  lack  of  interest  or  by 
afiectation. 

Draw  Stops.  In  an  organ,  stops  placed 
on  each  side  of  the  rows  of  keys  in  front 
of  the  instrument,  by  moving  which  the 
player  opens  or  closes  the  stops  within  the 
organ. 

X>reh8es8el.    ( Ger.)    A  music  stool. 

Drehstnlil.    {Ger.)    A  music  stool. 

Drel.    {Ger.)    Three. 

Sreiaclxtel.    {Ger.)    A  quaver  (18), 

I>rel  Acbt«l  Takt.  {Ger.)  Measure  in  \ 
time. 

Oreihandlgf.    ( Ger.)    For  three  hands. 

Dreimal.    ( Ger.)    Thrice. 

I>relst.   {Ger.)    Brave;  bold;  confident. 

J>rel  Viertel  Takt.  {Ger.)  Measure  in  4 
time. 

Sreizehn.    ( Ger.)    Thirteen. 

Srelxehiite.    (Ger.)    Thirteenth. 

Dreman.  {A.  S.)  To  play  on  an  instru- 
ment ;  a  drum. 

Sreyklang.  (Ger.)  A  chord  of  three 
sounds ;  a  triad. 

I>rey8timiu.lgf.    {Ger.)    In  three  parts. 

]>rll]    Call.     A  drum-beat  employed  in 

camp  duty  denoting  the  hour  for  drill. 
Drlngend.    (Ger.)    Pressing. 
Britta.    (/to.)    Right. 
I>ritte.    {Ger.)    Third. 
I>rivliig  Canon.    A  syncopated  canon. 
]>rivin§;  Notes.  Long  notes  when  placed 

between  shorter  notes  in  tlie  same  bar,  and 

accented  contrary  to  the  natural  rhythmic 

flow  of  melody  (100). 
I>rokne.    {Ger.)    A  heavy  tone ;  a  drone. 
Droite.    {Fre.)    Right. 


I>ron»nietc.    (Ger.)    Trumpet. 

Dromiueten.  {Ger.)  To  sound  a  trumpet. 

Drommeter.    ( Ger.)    A  trumpeter. 

Drone.  The  lon^  tube  bi-longing  to  a  bag* 
pipe,  which,  as  it  sounds  onlyonc  note, 
answers  as  a  perpetual  bass  to  the  tune ; 
to  give  a  heavy,  dull  tone. 

Drone  Dass.  The  monotonous  bass  pro- 
duced by  the  large  tube  of  the  bagpipe ;  a 
deep,  unchangeable  sound  accompanying 
a  melody  or  a  series  of  notes  moving 
above  it. 

DrOnen.  {Ger.)  To  give  a  low, dull  sound ; 
to  drone. 

Drum.  An  instrument  of  percussion  formed 
of  a  cylinder  made  of  thin  wood  or  metal, 
over  each  end  of  which  is  drawn  a  skin, 
tightened  by  means  of  cords  ;  to  beat  a 
rapid  succession  of  strokes  upon  .iny  ob- 
ject ;  in  a  band  or  orchestra  the  person  who 
drums. 

Druma.    {In.)    A  drum. 

Drunt,  Basque.  An  instrument  of  percus- 
sion used  by  the  ancient  Gauls. 

Drnmi,  Bass.  A  large  drum  used  in  mil- 
itary bands  and  beaten  on  both  ends  ;  a 
double  drum. 

Drum-Bass.  A  term  applied  to  the  mere 
use  of  tlie  tonic  or  dominant  in  playing 
upon  the  double  bass. 

Drum,  Cannon.    The  tomtom. 

Drum  Corps.    A  band  of  drummers. 

Drum,  Double.    A  bass  drum. 

Drunk,  £artlien  Pot.  An  instrument 
used  in  Egypt,  consisting  of  an  earthen 
pot,  over  the  open  end  of  which  a  skin  ia 
tightly  stretched. 

Drum,  Hand.    A  tamborine. 

Drum  Heads.  The  skin  drawn  over 
the  ends  of  the  shell  or  barrel  of  a  drum, 
the  lower  one  of  the  common  drum  being 
called  the  snare  head,  and  the  upper  one 
the  batter,  or  be.iting,  head. 

Drum,  Kettle.  A  large  basin  of  copper 
having  a  spherical  bottom,  and  covered  at 
the  top  with  vellum  or  goat  skin  held 
round  the  rim  by  an  iron  hoop,  and  tight- 
ened or  relaxed  by  screws  lixed  at  the 
sides  for  that  purpose.  These  drums  are 
used  in  pairs,  one  of  which  is  tuned  to  the 
key  note,  the  other  to  the  fifth  of  the  key. 

Drum  9fajor.  The  person  who  has  the 
command  of,  and  gives  instruction  to,  a 
drum  corps. 

Drummed  Out.  Expelled  ignominionsly 
from  camp,  with  the  sound  of  a  drum. 

Drummer.    He  whose  office  it  is  to  beat 

the  drum. 
Drummer's  Call.    A  beat  of  the  drum  in 

camp  for  assembling  the  drummers. 

Drum,  moorish.    A  tamborine. 

Drum,  Muffled.  A  drum  having  national 
flags  wound  round  it  for  the  purpose  of 
deadening  its  omind  when  employed  or 
funeral  occasiocti^ 


DRU 


81 


DUR 


Dram,  Side.  The  common  drum;  the 
snare  drum. 

Drnmslade.  The  name  formerly  given 
to  a  drummer. 

nrum.  Snare.  The  small  drum,  so  called 
on  account  of  having  strings  of  twisted 
hide  drawn  over  its  lower  head,  and  to  dis- 
tinguish it  from  the  bass  drum;  the  side 
drum. 

Drnmatlck.  A  stick  formed  for  the  pur- 
pose of  being  used  upon  a  drum. 

I>nuns,  Tower.  Certain  drums  taken  at 
the  battle  of  Malplaquet,and  used  by  Han- 
del in  the  performance  of  his  oratorios, 
and  at  festivals  and  state  ceremonials. 

I>ruin  Strings.  The  cords  placed  at  the 
lower  end  of  a  common  drum. 

Dryman.  (A.S.)  To  perform  on  a  musical 
instrument;  a  drum. 

1».  S.    The  initials  of  Dal  Segno. 

I>t.    An  abbreviation  of  Duet. 

Duan.  ( Gae.  and  Jri.)  A  poem  suited  to 
music;  a  song. 

Dnctns.  (Lat.)  One  of  the  four  parts  into 
which  Euclid  divided  the  melopoeia. 

Ductns  Circumcnrrens.  (Lat.)  A  spe- 
cies of  the  modulation  of  the  ancient 
Greek  melopoeia,  in  which  the  sounds  rise 
by  sharps  and  fail  by  flats. 

Ductus  Rectus.  (Lat.)  One  of  the  spe- 
cies of  modulation  of  the  melopoeia  of  the 
ancient  Greeks,  in  which  the  sounds  move 
from  grave  to  acute. 

Ductus  Kevertens.  (Lat.)  One  of  the 
species  of  modulation  in  the  melopoeia  of 
the  ancient  Greeks,  in  which  the  sounds 
pass  from  acute  to  grave. 

Dndeler.  ( Ger.)  One  who  plays  or  sings 
badly. 

Dudeln.  (Ger.)  To  play  on  a  bagpipe; 
to  play  badly. 

Du  Demi  Ton.    (Fre.)    A  semitonic. 

Due.    (Ita.)    Two. 

Due  Clarlnl.    (Ita.)    Two  trumpets. 

Due  Corde.    (Ita.)    For  two  strings. 

Due  Cori.  (Ita.)  For  two  choirs  or  cho- 
ruses. 

Duet.  A  composition  for  two  voices  or 
instruments. 

Due  Trombe.    (Ita.)    Two  trumpets. 

Duettl.    (Ita.)    Duets. 

Duettlno.    (Ita.)    A  short  and  easy  duet. 

Duetto.  (Ita.)  A  duet ;  among  old  teach- 
ers, implying  a  piece  written  in  a  free  and 
easy  style 

Duetto  Dnflb.    (Ita.)   A  humorous  duet. 

Due  Volte.    (Ita.)    Twice. 

Dulce.    (Spa.)    Soft. 

Dulcemele.    (Spa.)    A  dulcimer. 

Dulcemente.  (Spa.)  Sweetly;  delight- 
fully. 

Dulcet.  Harmonious  to  the  ear;  soft; 
Bweet;  musical. 


Dnlcian.  (Ha.)  A  small  bassoon  A  one 
time  much  used. 

Dulciana  Stop.  An  organ  stop  of  a  pe- 
culiar sweetness  of  tone,  produced  by  the 
greater  length  and  smaller  diameter  of  its 
pipes  than  those  of  other  stops. 

Dulclanoro.   (Ita.)  Musical ;  melodious. 

Dulcimer.  An  instrument,  usually  of 
triangular  shape,  strung  with  about  fifty 
brass  wires,  wliicli  are  struck  wi^'h  a  me- 
tallic rod  held  in  each  hand;  an  ancient 
Hebrew  instrument,  the  particulars  of 
which  are  unknown,  but  probably  of  tho 
wind  species. 

Dulclno.  (Ita.)  A  small  bassoon,  at  one 
time  much  used  in  playing  tenor  parts  to 
the  hautboy. 

Dulcisono.    (Spa.)    Sweet-toned. 

Dulzayna.  (Spa.)  A  wind  instrument 
resembling  a  trumpet. 

Dumb  Peal.  The  ringing  of  a  chime  of 
bells  in  commemoration  of  a  death,  by 
padding  one  side  of  the  clappers,  and 
round  ringing  the  covered  and  the  uncov- 
ered sides  alternately. 

Dumb  Pianoforte.  A  key  board  ar- 
ranged for  the  practice  of  pupils  without 
producing  sound. 

Dumb  Spinet.    The  cl.avichord. 

Dump.    A  melancholy  tune  or  air. 

Dumpi.    ( Ger.)    Hollow  ;  muffled. 

Duo.  (Ita.)  A  composition  for  two  voices 
or  instruments  ;  a  duct;  among  old  teach- 
ers, a  composition  written  in  the  strict 
style,  in  contrast  with  duetto,  a  more  freo 
style. 

Duo  Alternate.  (Fre.)  Songs  in  the  style 
of  a  dialogue. 

Duo  Concertante.  (Ita.)  A  duet  in 
which  each  jiart  is  alternately  principal 
and  subordinate. 

Duodecima  Acuta.  (Lat.)  Twelfth 
above. 

Duodecima  Gravi.  (Lat.)  Twelfth  be- 
low. 

Duodrama.    (Ita.)    A  musical  drama. 

Dnoi.    (Ita.)    Two. 

Dupla.    (Lat.)    Double. 

Duple  Time.    Double  time. 

Duplex  lionga.  (Lot.)  Maxima,oneof 
the  notes  in  the  old  system  of  music ;  a 
Large  ( 12). 

Duplication.  Doubling,  which  takes 
place  when  one  or  more,  or  all,  the  inter- 
vnls  of  a  chord  in  different  parts  are  cm- 
ployed  doubly  or  oltenor. 

Dur.    (Fre.)    Harsh  of  sound.  i 

Dur.  (Ger.)  Major,  in  relation  to  keys 
and  modes.  ' 

Durale.    (Ita.)    H.nrd;  harsh;  sharp. 
Duramente.    (Ita.)    Harshly;   coarsely, 

Durate.  (Ita.)  Harsh  ;  a  term  applicable 
to  whatever  olfcuds  the  car  by  its  eO'ect. 


DUR 


82 


ECO 


Dnrchblasaen.  (Ger.)  To  play  or  prao- 
tise  on  a  wind  instrument. 

Dardibrmumeii.  (G^er.)  To  bum 
through. 

I>nrchfiihrang^.    ( Ger.)    Development. 

Surchgeheud.  {Ger.)  Transient;  pass- 
ing. 

I>nrcligel|^eii.  (Ger.)  To  play  on  a  vio- 
lin Irom  beginning'  to  end. 

Durcbscliallen.  (Ger.)  To  fill  with 
sound ;  to  cause  to  resound  or  ring. 

I>urcbspielen.    (Ger.)     To  play  to  the 

end. 

.DnrdistimmeiiL.  (Ger.)  To  tune  thor- 
oughly ;    to  tune  all  successively. 

©urcHtrlllen.  (Ger.)  To  trill  from  be- 
ginning to  end. 

]>ttree.  (Fre.)  Length  or  duration  of 
notes. 

l>urete.    (Fre.)    Harshness  of  sound. 

]>urezz».    (Ita.)    Harshness. 

I>iiro.    (Ita.)    Bude ;  coarse ;  harsh. 


Dnnun.    (Grk.)    One  of  the  tetrachordir 
in  the  Guidonian  scale. 

Durnnd  Hfolltonleitern.    (Ger.)    Tha 

major  and  minor  scales. 
Ouster.    (Ger.)    Gloomy. 
]>utcli  Concert.      A    concert   in   wlilcn 

each  musifian  plays  his  own  tune,  or  in 

his  own  time,  simultaneously. 
Dux.    (Lnt.)    The  subject  of  a  fugue;  a 

leader,  or  leading  performer  in  a  fugdc 
Ouyarutee.      (Hin.)     The    lirst   of  the 

Srootis  of  the  Rikhub,  or  second  note  of 

the  Hindoo  scale. 
]>yna.    (Sax.)    To  sound. 
Dynamics.  (Grk.)  The  doctrine  of  all  the 

various  modifications  of  tones  in  respect 

to  the  degree  of  strength  or  loudness  with 

which  they  are  to  be  performed. 

Dyne.    (A.  S.)    A  din;  a  loud,  continued 
sound. 

Dysphony.    (Grk.)    Difficulty  of  articu- 
lating sounds. 
Dzfvlek.    (Pol.)    Sound. 


E. 


E. 


THE  Italian  conjunction  and}  the 
third  tone  of  the  natural  s«ile. 

ISar.  A  sensible,  clear,  and  true  percep- 
tion of  musical  sounds  ;  that  portion  of  a 
bell  by  which  it  is  suspended. 

£artlien  Pot  Drum.  An  instrument 
used  in  Egypt,  made  by  stretching  a  skin 
over  the  head  of  an  earthen  pot. 

"E  ben  IMCarcato.  (Ita.)  And  well  marked 
or  accented. 

£cbole.  (Grk.)  A  term  in  the  ancient  Greek 
music  signifying  a  chan<je  in  the  enhar- 
monic genus,  by  the  accidental  elevation 
of  a  chord,  or  string,  five  dieses  above  its 
ordinary  pitch. 

£ccedente.  (Ita.)  Augmented  with  re- 
gard to  intervals. 

Xlcclius.    ( Grk.)    An  echo  of  the  voice. 

£cclesiastical.  A  term  applied  to  all 
compositions  written  for  the  church,  but 
more  particularly  to  anthems,  services, 
masses,  and  other  cathedral  music. 

Ecclesiastical  IWodes.  The  ancient 
church  modes,  called  by  the  following 
names  :  Dorian,  Phrygian,  Lydian,  Mixo- 
I.ydian,  ^olian,  Ionian,  lastian. 

Ecclesiastical  Tones.  Ecclesiastical 
modes. 

Ecclcsiastico  Stilo.  (Ita.)  Composi- 
tions in  the  style  of  church  and  cathedral 
music. 

Ecco.  (Ita.)  A  repetition  or  imitation  of 
a  previous  passage,  with  some  remarkable 
modification  in  regard  to  tone;  a  particu- 
lar register  of  an  organ. 

Eclkar  cl  Compas.  (Spa.)   To  beat  time. 

Eclkeg9i*re.  (Ita.)  To  echo ;  to  resound. 


Eehe^glante.  (Ha.)  Echoing;  resound- 
ing. 

Echela.  (Grk.)  Harmonic  vases  tuned 
in  the  harmonical  proportions  of  fourths, 
fifths,  and  eighths,  with  their  replicates, 
and  placed  in  niches  between  the  seats  of 
spectators  in  ancient  Greek  and  Roman 
theatres  for  the  purpose  of  augmenting 
the  sound  of  the  voices  of  the  singers  ana 
acfors. 

Eclielle.    (Fre.)    The  scale  or  gamut. 

Echo.  A  repetition  of  a  passage,  with  a 
striking  modification  of  tone. 

Echometre.  (Grk.)  A  scale  for  measur- 
ing the  duration  of  sounds,  determining 
their  powers  and  the  relation  of  their  in- 
tervals. 

Eclionietry.  The  art  of  measuring  the 
duration  of  sounds. 

Echo-Organ.  That  part  of  an  organ 
emitting  veiled  and  smothered  sounds. 

Eclio,  Tautological.  An  echo  that  re- 
peats the  same  tone  many  times. 

Eclat.  (Fre.)  A  burst  of  applause  ;  ao- 
clamation ;  expressions  of  approbation; 
splendor. 

Eclatante.    (Fre.)    Piercmg;  loud. 

Eclisses.  (Fre.)  The  sides  or  hoops  of 
a  violin. 

Ecloga.    (Spa.)    Eclogue. 

Eclogue.  (Grk.)  A  select  piece ;  a  com- 
position in  a  simple,  natural  style ;  a  pas- 
toral poem. 

Ecineli  Snoul.  (Ita.)  Unmelodioua 
sounds. 

Eco.    (Ita.)    A  repetition. 


ECO 


88 


Em 


Ecol.  (Grit.)  Tropes  or  modes  sung  in 
the  Greek  church  during  passion  week. 

Ecole.  {Fre.)  A  school  or  course  of  in- 
struction. 

Ecole  de  Chant.  {Fre.)  A  singing 
scliool. 

Ecometrla.  {Ita.)  Echometry;  the  art 
of  measuring  the  duration  of  sounds. 

Ecoinetro.    {Ita.)    An  echometre. 

£cosi]aisie.  {Fre.)  A  dance,  tune,  or  air 
in  the  Scotch  style. 

IScosslise.  {Ger.)  A  Scotch  dance ;  ecos- 
saise. 

£coutaiits.     {Fre.)    Auditors;  listeners. 

£crLre  pour  le  Piano.  {Fre.)  To  ar- 
range a  piece  of  music  for  the  pianoforte. 

Ed.    {Itu.)    And. 

Kdlteur  de  Alusique.    {Fre.)  |  A  pub- 

Editore  dl  lUuslca.  {Ita.)  |  Usher 
of  music. 

£  I>ur.    {Ger.)    E  major. 

Eeses.    {Ger.)    £  double  flat. 

E  Flat.  The  flat  sevontli  of  F,  and  the 
second  flat  introduced  in  modulating  by 
fourths  from  the  natural  diatonic  mode. 

Eglise.    {Fre.)    Church. 

Egloga.  {Ita.)  Eclogue;  a  pastoral  poem. 

Eguale.    {Ita.)    Equal. 

Eguallanza,  Con.  {Ita.)  With  equality 
and  smoothness. 

Egualmente.  {Ita.)  Equably ;  Braootbly. 

Egyptian  Flute.  A  flute  formed  of  a 
cow's  horn,  with  three  or  four  holes  in  it, 
formerly  used  by  the  Egyptians. 

Eigltteentli.  An  interval  comprising  two 
octaves  and  a  fourth ;  the  replicate  of  the 
eleventh, 

Ei^rhtli.  An  interval  comprehending  seven 
conjunct  degrees,  or  eiglit  diatonic  sounds. 

Eiglttli,  Extrente  Flat.  The  octave  di- 
minished by  the  chromatic  semitone. 

Eighth  IVote.     A  quaver  (18). 

Eighth-lVote  Rest.  A  pause  equal  in 
point  of  duration  to  the  length  of  an  eighth 
note  (30). 

Eights  and  Four  Metre.  A  metre  des- 
ignated thus,  88  &  4,  consisting  of  a 
stanza  of  five  lines  in  iambic  measure,  the 
syUables  of  each  being  in  number  and  or- 
der as  follows  :  8,  8,  8,  8,  4  ;  or  of  eight 
linos  in  trochaic  measure,  as  follows :  8,  i, 
8,  4,  8,  8,  8,  4. 

Eights  and  Nine  Metre.  A  metre 
designated  thus,  8s  &  9,  consisting  of  a 
stanza  of  eight  lines  in  anapestic  meas- 
ure, the  syllables  of  each  being  in  number 
and  order  as  follows  :  8,  9,  8,  9,  8,  9,  8,  9. 

Eights  and  Sevens  Metre.  A  metre 
designated  thus,  Ss  &  "s.  consisting  of  a 
stanza  of  four  linos  in  trochaic  measure, 
the  syllables  of  each  being  in  number  ana 
order  as  follows  :  8,  7,  8,  7. 

Eights  and  Sixes  Metre.  A  metre 
designated  thus,  88  &  6s,  consisting  of  a 
Btanza  of  five  lines  in  iambic  measure,  the 


syllables  of  eac'a  being  in  number  and  or- 
der as  follows  :  8,  6,  8,  8,  0,  or  8,  8,  0,  8. 

Eight  Semibreve  Rest.  A  rest  equal 
in  duration  to  the  length  of  eight  semi- 
breves  (23). 

Eights  Metre.  A  metre  designated  thus, 
8s,  consisting  of  a  stanza  of  lour  lines  in 
anapcstic  measure,  each  line  containing 
eight  syllables. 

Eights,  Sevens,  and  Four  Metre. 
A  metre  designated  thus,  8s,  7Sj  &  4, 
consisting  of  a  stanza  of  si.x  lines  m  tro- 
cliaic  measure,  the  syllables  of  each  ueing 
in  number  and  order  as  follows  :  8,  7,  8,  7, 
4,7. 

Eights,  Sixes,  and  Eights  Metre.  A 
metre  designated  thus,  88,  fis,  &  Ss,  con- 
sisting of  a  stanza  of  eiglit  lines  in  iambio 
measure,  the  syllables  of  each  being  in 
number  and  order  as  follows :  8,  6,  8,  0, 
8,  8,  8,  6. 

Eight  Stroke  Roll.  In  drum  music  a 
succession  of  beats  in  chords  or  passages 
where  no  pause  exists. 

Eight,  Threes,  and  Six  Metre.  A 
metre  designated  thus,  8,  3s,  &  6,  con- 
sisting of  a  stanza  of  four  lines  in  trochaic 
measure,  the  syllables  of  each  being  in 
number  and  order  as  follows  :  6,  3,  3,  C. 

Ein.    {Ger.)    One. 

E  in  Alt.    The  sixth  note  in  alt. 

E  in  Altissimo.  The  octave  above  E  m 
alt ;  the  sixth  note  in  altissimo. 

Ein  Dreistimmiger  Gesang.  {Ger.)  A 
trio. 

Eine  Arie  Ueherblasen.  {Ger.)  To 
play  a  tune  at  one  breath. 

Eine  Arie  um  einen  halben  ben  Ton 
hSher  slngen.  {Ger.)  To  sing  an  air 
or  tune  half  a  note  or  tone  higher. 

Eine  Biertelsnote.(Ger.)  A  crotchet(17). 

Eine  falsche  Taste  Greifen.  {Ger.) 
To  strike  a  wrong  note. 

Eine  Fl&tenahuliche  Stimme.  {Ger.) 
A  mellow,  soft,  musical  voice. 

Eine  Geige  DSmpfen.  {Ger.)  To  apply 
a  mute  to  a  violin. 

Eine  Krelchen  de  Stimme.  (  Ger.)  A 
shrill  voice. 

Einent  Vorsingen.  (Ger.)  Teaching 
vocal  music  by  examples;  to  lead  the 
music  of  a  church. 

Einen  Marsch  Trommeln.  {Ger.)  To 
beat  a  march  on  the  drum. 

Eine  IVote  Schleifen.  {Gtr.)  To  slur 
a  note;  to  piay  legato. 

Einen  Tact  Auslassen.  {Ger.)  To 
omit  or  skip  a  bar. 

Einen  Todten  Anslaubeu.  ( Ger.)  To 
ring  a  knell. 

Einen  Ton  von  sich  geben.  {Ger,)  To 
utter  a  sound  ;  to  resound. 

Einen  TVirbel  Schlagen.  {Ger.)  To 
beat  a  roll  on  a  drum. 

Eine  Ton  lose  Stimme.  {Oer.)  A 
lifeless,  feeble,  monotonous  voice. 


EIN 


M 


ELF 


Eine  Trommel  D&inpf en.  (Oer.)  To 
muffle  a  drum. 

Einfach.    (Ger.)    Simple. 

£lnfaltig.  (Ger.)  Having^  but  one 
string. 

JBlngang.    (Ger.)    An  introdaction. 

Einlialt.    ( Ger.)    A  pause. 

Einbeit.    (Ger.)    Unity. 

JQinklani;.  (Ger.)  CouKOuance ;  harmo- 
ny. 

Elnleitmig.  (Ger.)  An  introduction; 
overture  ;  prelude. 

Elnleitungssatz.  {Ger.)  An  introduc- 
tory movement. 

Eiu  liledcben  TrSllern.  {Ger.)  To 
hum  a  tune. 

ISln  Liledsplelen.  {Ger.)  To  play  a  tune; 
to  play  to  the  end. 

Elnmal.    {Ger.)    Once. 

Ein  Register  grot>  Gedackter  (IG 
sntissiger)  Bfeifen.  {Ger.)  A  regis- 
ter of  i)ipe8  of  sixteen  feet. 

Einschmeichelnd.    ( Cfer.)    Flattering^ ; 

insinuating^. 
Einschnltt.  ( Ger.)  A  phrase  or  imperfect 

musical  sentence. 

Einsperrenspielen.  {Ger.)  To  prac- 
tise on  an  icstrumcut. 

ElnBiimmener  Ciesang;.  {Ger.)  A  solo. 

Einstimmen  Im  Slngen.  {Ger.)  To 
siug  in  concert. 

Ein  Stnckchen  Trompeten.  {Ger.)  To 
play  an  air  on  the  trumpet. 

Eln  Stnckchen  Tnten.  {Ger.)  To 
sound  the  horn;  to  trumpet  a  tune. 

Eiu   Vollkommeuer    Tonknnstler. 

{Ger.)    A  scientitic  musician;  a  virtuoso. 

£in  Zfvelstlmniiger  Gesanf;.    {Ger.) 

A  duet. 
EU.    {Ger.)    E  sharp. 

Eisteddfod.  (  Wei.)  A  meeting  for  the 
election  of  chief  bards  and  teachers  of 
instrumental  music. 

Ejttcncion.  {Spa.)  Execution  ;  the  per- 
formance of  music,  either  vocal  or  instru- 
mentaL 

Eklysis.  Among  the  ancient  Greeks,  a 
particular  kind  of  tuning  in  the  enharmon- 
ic genus,  in  which,  from  a  certiiin  soundj 
the  performer  dropped  by  an  Interval  of 
three  quarter  tones. 

Ela.  The  name  originally  ^voa  to  the 
highest  note  in  the  scale  of  Guido. 

Elaml.  (Spa.)  The  sixth  ascending  note 
of  the  scale. 

Electric  Piano.  A  piano  invented  In 
i.sol,  the  wires  of  which  were  vibrated  by 
cl  octro-magnetism. 

Elegantemente,  7     •» 
Eleganza.    {Ita.)    Elegance  j  e^^oe. 


Elegia.    {Ita.)    An  ology. 

Elegiac.    {Lat.)    In  the  style  of  an  elegy; 

plaintive;  expressive  of  sorrow  ;  pentam 

eter  verse. 
Elegiaco.    (Ita.)    Elegiac  ;  in  a  plaintive, 

patiietic  style. 
Elegldarion.    {IiOt.)    A  small  poem  iu 

elelriac  verse. 
Elegldium.    {Lat.)    A  little  elegy. 
Elegiqne.    {Fre.)    Plmutively ;  tenderly. 
Elego.    {Spa.)    Mournful ;  plaintive. 

Elegas.    {Lot.)     A  mournful  ditty;    an 

elegy. 

Elegy.  With  the  ancient  Greek  ransicians, 
a  certain  composition  for  the  flute,  said  to 
have  been  invented  by  Sacados  of  Argos ; 
iu  modern  times,  a  simple,  mournful,  af- 
fecting tale,  told  m  lyric  measure,  and  set 
to  music  for  one,  two,  or  three  voices. 

Elementary  Ittnsic.  Scales,  exercises, 
and  compositions  lor  those  commencing 
the  study  of  music;  among  the  ancients, 
the  harmony  of  the  elements  of  things. 

Elements.  The  gamut,  rules  of  time, 
simple  harmonies,  .ind  all  the  first  or  con- 
stituent principles  of  the  science  of  music ; 
rudiments. 

Elentkerla.  ( Grk.)  A  festival  of  liber 
ty  ;  a  song  or  hymn  of  liberty. 

Elevamento,  i  {Ita.)      Superiority;    ele 

Elevatczza,     (     vation. 

Elevatlo.  {Lot.)  The  raising  of  the  hand 
in  be.iting  time  ;  motets  for  one  or  more 
parts. 

Elevation.  The  progression  of  the  tones 
of  a  voice  or  instrument  from  grave  to 
acute  ;  the  raising  of  the  hiind  or  foot  in 
beating  time ;  one  of  the  old  Englt:<li 
graces, comprised  in  the  class  denominated 
smooth. 

Elevation,  Chromatic.  The  elevation 
of  a  tone  by  a  chromatic  transposition 
sign. 

Elevato.    {Ita.)    Elevated;  exalted. 

Elevazione.    {Ita.)    An  exalted  style. 

El^ve.    {Fre.)    A  pupil. 

Elevens  and  Eights  M^etre.  A  metre 
designated  thus,  lis  &  8s,  consisting  of  a 
stanza  of  four  lines  in  iambic  or  anapestio 
measure,  the  syllables  of  each  line  being 
in  number  and  order  as  follows  :  11, 8, 11, 8. 

Elevens  and  Tens  Metre.      A  metre 

desi;^nated  tlius,  lis  &  10s,  consisting  of  % 
stanza  of  four  lines  in  dactylic  measure, 
the  syllables  v,f  each  being  in  number  and 
order  as  follows  :  11,  10,  11,  10. 

Elevens  Metre.  A  metre  designated 
thus,  lis,  consisting  of  a  stanza  of  four 
lines  iu  .auapestic  measure,  each  line  con- 
taining eleven  syllables. 

Eleventh.  An  interval  consisting  of 
ten  conjunct  degrees,  or  eleven  diatouio 
sounds  ;  the  octave  of  the  fourth. 

EH.    {Ger.)    Eleven. 

£Ut«.    {Gtr.)    Eleventh. 


ELG 


85 


ENH 


Elsalta.  (Hau.)  A  species  of  flute  shorter 
tnan  the  painpamme,  used  in  Africa. 

Eline.    (CrJfc.)    Song  of  the  weavers. 

£liqno.  {Lot.)  To  sing  softly  and  eifem- 
inatcly 

Eloge.    (Fre.)    Praise;  eulogy. 

Elogio.    (Spa.)    Eulogy. 

"Elosy.  A  song,  or  composition  of  praise, 
in  honor  of  a  person  or  event. 

£iubelli8hmeiit8.  Notes  added  to  a 
composition  hb  decoration,  for  the  purpose 
of  heightening  the  effect  of  its  perform- 
nni'e. 

£nibocadara.  (Spa.)  Mouth-piece  of 
an  instrument ;  embouchure. 

Smbossed  >Insic.  Musical  notes  print- 
ed in  raised  chani'-ters  so  as  to  enable  the 
blind  to  read  music  by  the  sense  of  toueb. 

Smboncliure.  (Fre.)  The  mouth-piece 
of  a  flute,  hautboy,  or  other  wind  instru- 
ment ;''the  shaping  or  mode  of  applying 
the  lips  to  a  wind  instrument. 

Embroideries.    (Fre.)    Variations. 

Einettre.    (Fre.)    To  utter  sounds. 

Emmeli  Snonl.  (Ita.)  Melodious  sounds. 

Emodalandus.  (Lat.)  To  be  sun^  or 
tuned. 

EMoll.    (Ger.)    E  minor. 

EmpflndanjEf.  (Ger.)  Emotion;  passion. 

Empbasls.  A  particular  stress  of  utter- 
ance or  force  of  voice  given  to  certain 
words  or  passages. 

EmpKaslze.  To  sing  with  marked  ac- 
cent. 

Emphimdaam.  (Ger.)  Sensitive;  senti- 
mental. 

Emphysoomeiia.  Instruments  designed 
to  imitate  the  human  voice. 

Emplnme.    (Fre.)    Quilled. 

Emplumer.    (Fre.)    To  quill. 

Empneousta.  (Grk.)  Wind  instrnments. 

Emporkirche.    (Ger.)    An  organ  loft. 

En.    (Fre.)    In. 

En  Accelerant.    (Fre.)    Accelerating. 

Enarmonico.  (Ita.  and  Spa.)  Enhar- 
monic, a  scale  which  proceeds  by  quarter 
tones. 

En  Augmentant  la  Force  pen  A  pen. 

(Fre.)    Increasing  gradually  in  loudness. 

En  Angmentant  Lieg^rement.  (Fre.) 
Gently  forcing  the  sound. 

En  Chantaut.    (Fre.)    Singingly. 

En  €hcenr.    (Fre.)    In  a  chorus. 

Enohorda.  (Grk.)  Stringed  instruments. 

Eucorda.  (Spa.)  To  string  an  instru- 
inent. 

Encore.  (^Fre.)  Aorain ;  once  more;  a 
word  employed  D^  the  audience,  at  thea- 
tres and  concerts,  to  signify  their  desire 
that  n  song  or  other  compositioa  should 
be  repeated. 

8 


Endecasslllabo.  (Ita.)  A  mttrical  Una 
of  eleven  syllables. 

Endecha.  (Spa.)  A  dirge;  a  doleful 
ditty. 

Endecbar.  (Spa.)  To  sing  funeral  songs 
in  honor  and  praise  of  the  dead. 

Endechoso.    (Spa.)    Mournful;  doleful. 

En  nimlnnant  la  Force.  (Fre.)  De- 
creasing  the  force  of  the  tone. 

Ending,  Double.  A  strain  having  dots 
at  its  end,  with  a  double  bar  and  two  or 
more  notes  ;  a  figure  1  placed  over  the  first 
part,  and  a  figure  2  over  the  second  part, 
signifying  that  certain  measures  are  to  be 
repeated. 

Energe.  (Ita.)  An  abbreviation  of  £ncr- 
gicainente. 

Energia.    (Ita.)    Energetic. 

Energicamente,  |  (Ita.)    Energetically  ; 

Energico.  j     with  much  energy. 

Energisch.    (Ger.)    With  energy. 

Enfant  de  Cboeur.  (Fi-e.)  Singing 
boy. 

Enfler.    (Fre.)    To  increase  the  tone. 

En  For^ant  snbitemeut  le  Son.  (Fre.) 
Increasing  the  sound  suddenly. 

Enge.    (Ger.)    Close ;  condensed. 

English  Fingering.  In  pianoforte  mu- 
sic, the  use  ot  a  sign  (HO)  to  indicjito  the 
thumb,  in  distinction  from  the  German  or 
foreign  fingering,  in  which  the  thumb  is 
designated  as  the  first  finger. 

English  Horn.  A  species  of  oboe,  a 
fourth  or  a  fifth  lower  than  the  instrument 
usually  known  by  that  name. 

Engraver,   music.     One   who    stamps 

music  plates. 

Enharmonic.  Relatinpr  to  a  change  of 
notes  to  the  eye,  while,  as  the  same 
keys  are  employed,  the  instrument  can 
mark  no  difterence  to  the  ear  ;  pertaining 
to  a  scale  of  perfect  intonation,  recogniz- 
ing all  the  notes  and  intervals  resultin;' 
from  an  exact  tuning  of  diatonic  scales  and 
their  transposition  into  other  keys. 

Enbarmonical.    Enharmouic. 

Enharmonicaliy.    In  just  intonation. 

Enharmonic  Change.  A  passage  in 
which  the  notation  is  changed,  but  tlie  same 
keys  of  the  instrument  are  employed. 

Enharmonic  Oiesis.  (Lat.)  The  dif- 
ference between  the  greater  and  lesser 
semitone  ;  about  a  quarter  of  a  tone;  the 
least  sensible  interval  in  music. 

Enharmonic  Genus.  A  style  of  melo- 
dy constrncted  from  a  scale  of  tones  nom- 
inally about  one  fourth  as  far  from  each 
other  as  those  of  the  common  diatonic 
scale. 

Enharmonic  Interval.  A  small  va- 
cancy existing  between  two  approximat- 
ing chromatics. 

Enharmonicl  Suonl.  (fla.)  Soundi 
raised  above  their  natural  pitch  by  meani 
of  the  enharmonic  dies;«. 


ENH 


R6 


EPI 


Enliarmonlc  Modulation.  A  moilu- 
lation  produced  by  alu>riiig-  the  notation 
of  one  ormore  intervals  belonging' to  some 
characteristic  chord,  and  thus  changing 
the  key  and  the  harmony  into  which  the 
chord  would  naturally  have  resolved. 

Enharmonic  Music.  Music  that  pro- 
gresses by  intervals  smaller  than  the  dia- 
tonic and  chromatic. 

Enharntonic  Orcan.  An  or^ran  in  which 
the  octave,  instead  of  being  limited  to  a 
division  of  twelve  intervals,  ranges  from 
seventeen  to  tweuty-four. 

Enliarmonlc  Relation.  The  relation 
existing  between  two  chromatics,  when, 
by  the  elevation  of  one  and  the  depression 
of  the  other,  they  are  united  in  one. 

Enliarmonlc  Scale.  A  scale  containin^^ 
quarter  tones ;  a  scale  that  divides  each 
tone  iuto  a  quarter  tone  and  two  chromat- 
ic semitones. 

Euharmonlcus.    (Lot.)    Enharmonic. 

Enliarmonlsch.    (Oer.)    Enharmonic. 

Enliarnionlon.  A  song  in  many  parts ; 
a  concert  of  various  tunes. 

Enharmonlqne.    (Fre.t    Enharmonie. 

Eularma  Canon.    A  riddle  canon. 

En  Mesure.    {Fre.)    In  time. 

En  Muslque.    (Fre.)    Musically. 

En  Passant.  (Fre.)  In  passing ;  by  the 
way. 

Enpholme.  The  main  body  of  the  bom- 
bix,  an  ancient  Greek  instrument. 

En  Ralentlssant.  {Fre.)  Slackening 
the  time. 

En  Rondeau.  (Fre.)  After  the  manner 
of  a  rondeau. 

Ensayo.    (,Spn.)    Rehearsal  of  a  piece. 

Enseignement.    (/>e.)    Instruction. 

Enselguer.    (,Fre.)    To  instruct. 

Ensemble.  (Fre.)  Together;  at  the 
same  time  ;  uniformity  ;  harmony. 

Entata.    (Grk.)    Stringed  instruments. 

Entertainment.  An  appellation  former- 
ly giveu  to  musical  and  other  dramatic 
afterpieces ;  au  operetta. 

Entonaclon.  {Spa.)  Modulation ;  the 
act  of  tunino^  the  voice  to  a  certain  key  ; 
blowing  the  oellows  of  an  organ. 

Entonador.    (Spa.)    An  organ-blower. 

Entoner.  (Fre.)  To  sing  in  tune;  to 
chant. 

Entonner.  (Fre.)  To  intonate ;  to  begin 
a  tune  ;  to  sing. 

Entono.    (Spa.)    The  act  of  intoning. 
Entorchar.    (^Sprt.)    To  cover  musical  in- 
struments with  wire. 

Entr'acte.    (Fre.)    Music  played  between 

the  acts  of  the  drama. 
Entradar.     (Spa.)     The  beginning  of  a 

musical  phrase. 
Entrata.    (Ita.)     A  prelude;    a  trumpet 

piece  for  the  entry  of  a  procession. 
Entremes.    (Spa.)    A  short  interlude. 


Entremeslsta.    {Spa.)    A  player  of  i» 

terludes. 

Entremets.  (Fre.)  Movements  intro- 
duced for  the  sake  of  variety. 

Entries.  Name  formerly  given  to  operat- 
ic scenes,  burlettas,  &c. 

Entsclilossen.  (Cer.)  Resolved  ;  resolute. 

Entune.    To  tune;  to  sing;  to  chant. 

Entuslasmo.    (Ita.)    Enthusiasm. 

Entwurf.  (Ger.)  Sketch  or  rough  draught 
of  a  eoniposition. 

Envoi.  (Fre.)  Verses  intended  as  a  ded- 
ication of  court  songs. 

Envoi's.    Old  English  ballads. 

En  Vox.    (Spa.)    In  voice. 

Eollan.  (Grk.)  One  of  the  ancient  modes, 
the  fundamental  chord  of  which  was  im- 
mediately above  that  of  the  Phrygian 
mode;  .£olian. 

Eollc.  The  dialect,  verse,  or  music  of  the 
^olians. 

Eollen.    (Fre.)    Eolian ;  Eolic. 

Eoll-Harpe.    (Fre.)    .£olian  harp. 

Eollne.    A  German  instrument  resembling 

a  mclodeon. 
Eolodlon.    A  German  melodeon. 
Eond.    (Ara.)    An  Arabian  guitar. 
Epandoran.  (Grk.)  An  ancient  stringed 

iustrument. 
Epianla.    (Grk.)    Song  of  the  millers. 
Epic.    A  narrative  poem. 
Epicede.    (Grk.)    A  funeral  song. 
Epicedlo.    (Ita.)    Elegy ;  song. 
Epicedlnm.    (L<it.)    An  elegy ;  a  dirge ; 

a  funeral  song  or  poem. 
Epigonlon.    (Grk.)    A  funeral  ode. 
Epigonlnm.   (Grk.)   An  instrument  Iiav- 

mg  forty  strings,  so  named  from  Eplgo- 

nius,  its  inventor. 

Epllenla,     j  (Grk.)    Song  of  the  grape- 
Epllenlon.  (     gatherers. 

Epilogue.  A  short  poem  or  speech  ad- 
dressed to  the  audience  by  one  of  the  per- 
formers at  the  conclusion  of  an  opera  or 
concert. 

Epinette.    (Fre.)    A  spinet. 

Epinlclon,  )(Grk.)     Song  of  triumph; 

EpinlkJan.  i  pertaining  to  or  in  celebra- 
tion of  victory. 

Episode.  A  portion  of  a  composition  not 
founded  on  the  principal  subject. 

Epistola.    (Spa.)    Part  of  tlie  mass  read 

or  sung. 

Epistolarlo.  (Spa.)  A  rollection  of 
epistles  read  or  sung  at  the  mass. 

Eplstolero.  (Spa.)  The  priest  who  sings 
the  epistles. 

Eplsynaplie.  (Gfrt.)'Vrhen  three tctra- 
chords  or  fourths  are  sung  one  after  an- 
other. 

Epitachordo  TUtmiore.  (  fCa.)  The  great- 
er seventh. 


EPI 


87 


ESP 


Epltachordo  minore.  (Ita.)  The  lesser 
sevpnth. 

£pltalanilco.  (Ita.)  Nuptial;  in  praise 
of  the  bride  and  brideg^room. 

Epitalamlo.  (Spa.)  Epitbalamium  ;  nup- 
tial Bong. 

XIpltasls.  (Grl:)  That  part  of  an  opera 
iu  which  the  plot  thiclcens,  or  which  leads 
to  the  catastrophe. 

X^pithalame.    (Fre.)    A  wedding  song. 

Kplthalamioii.  (Gric.)  A  marriage  song. 

Kpithalamium.  (Grk.)  A  nuptial  song 
or  ode  ;  a  congratulatory  poem  on  a  mar- 
riage. 

£pitlialaitty.  A  nuptial  song ;  an  epitha- 
lamium. 

£pItonluin.  (Lat.)  A  tuning-hammer : 
a  peg  or  pin  to  which  the  strings  of  an  in- 
strument are  fastened. 

Epltrite.  (Grk.)  A  metrical  foot  consist- 
ing of  three  long  syllables  and  one  short. 

£pode.  (Grk.)  Conclusion  of  a  chorus; 
a  short  lyric  poem  ;  the  third  couplet  of 
tne  p>eriods  of  tlie  Greek  odes,  or  the  air  to 
which  it  was  sung. 

£podo,    (Spa.)     Epode. 

EPoi.    {Ita.)    And  then. 

£  Pol  la  Coda.  (Ita.)  And  then  the  coda. 

Epopee.    (Grk.)    An  epic  poem. 

Epopeja.  (Ita.)  An  epic  or  heroic  poem. 

Epopeya.  (Spu.)  An  epic  or  heroic  poem. 

Epos.    [^Grk.)    An  epic. 

EptacKordo.    (Grk.)    The  seventh. 

Eptacorde.  (Fre.)  A  seven-stringed  lyre 
of  the  ancients. 

Eqaabilmente.  (Ita.)  In  the  same 
manner. 

Equal.    For  voices  of  one  kind  only. 

Equal  Counterpoint.  A  composition 
in  two,  three,  four,  or  more  parts,  con- 
sisting of  notes  of  equal  duration. 

Equal  Temperament.  A  species  of 
temperament  iu  which  the  keys  deviate  in 
an  equal  degree  from  perfect  purity. 

Equal  Voices.  Compositions  in  which 
either  all  male  or  all  female  voices  are 
employed. 

Equisonance.  (Grk.)  The  concord  or 
consonance  of  the  octave  and  double  oc- 
tave. 

Eqnisonant.  Of  the  same  or  like  sound : 
a  unison ;  a  term  often  used  in  guitar 
playing,  to  express  tlie  different  ways  of 
stopping  the  same  note. 

Equisono.    (Ita.)    Equal  in  sound. 

Eqni  Suoni.    (Ita.)    Unisons. 

Equivocal.  A  term  applied  to  such 
chords  as,  by  a  mere  change  in  the  nota- 
tion, mny  belong  to  several  keys  ;  that 
chord  whose  fundamental  bass  is  not  indi- 
cated by  the  interval  by  wlilch  it  is 
formed. 

Equivocal  Chord.  A  name  sometimes 
applied  to  the  diminished  serenth. 


Erblasen.   (Or.)   A  player  on  a  wind  in* 

strument. 
Ergebnng.  (Ger.)   Submission;  resigns 

tion. 
Ergeigen.     (Ger.)   A     professional   Tio» 

linist. 

Erhaben.    (Ger.)    Sublime. 

Eriiebung.    (Ger.)    Elevation;  dignity. 

ErbSbung.  (  Ger.)  The  raising  the  pitch 
of  a  note  by  a  sharp. 

Erklinj^en.  ( Ger.)  To  ring  ;  to  sound ; 
to  resound. 

Eriiiedrisung.  (Ger.)  The  depression 
of  a  note  by  means  of  a  flat. 

Erniedrig^ngszeicben.   (Ger.)   Aflat. 

Ernst.    (Ger.)    Earnest ;  seriousness. 

Ernstbaft.    (Ger.)    Serious. 

Erntelied.    (Ger.)    Harvest  song, 

Erobungszeiehen.    (Ger.)    A  sharp. 

Eroico.    (Grk.)    Heroic. 

Erotic.  (Grk.)  A  term  applied  to  com- 
positions having  reference  to  love ;  a  sub- 
division of  the  Greek  melopceia. 

Erotic  Songs.    Love  songs. 

Er  sang  uns  ein  filed  Vor.  (Ger.)  He 
sang  us  an  air. 

Erste.    (Ger.)    First. 

Erstemal.    (Ger.)    First  time. 

Ertveitert.   ( Ger.)  Expanded  ;  extended. 

Es.  An  affix  made  by  the  Germans  to  the 
letters  used  to  represent  the  notes  in  their 
natural  state  when  they  are  to  be  rendered 
flat. 

Eaametro.    (Ita.)    Hexameter. 

Escena.  (Spa.)  Operatic  or  dramatic 
stage;  scene. 

Esclamando.  Operatic  scenes  or  situa- 
tions in  which  loud  exclamations  of  sur- 
prise  or  passion  occur. 

Escuela.    (Spa.)    A  school. 

Es  ]>ur.    (Ger.)    E  flat  major. 

Eseeuzione.  (Ita.)  The  rendering  of 
vocal  or  of  instrumental  music ;  execu- 
tion. 

Eseguire.    (Ita.)    To  execute. 

Esercizi.    (Ita.)     Exercises ;   studies  for 

the  acquirement  of  execution. 
Esercizio.    (Ita.)    An  exercise. 
Eses.    (Ger.)    E  double  flat. 
EsMoU.    (Ger.)    E  flat  minor. 

Espace.     (FYe.)     A  space;   the   interval 

between  two  lines  of  the  stave. 
Espacio.  (Spa.)  An  interval. 
Espngnuola,  All'.    (Ita.)    In  the  Spaa- 

i.sli  style. 
Espanoleta.    (Spa.)    An  ancient  Spanish 

dance. 
Espinela.    (Spa.)    A  species  of  Spanish 

poetry,  consisting  of  ten  verses  of  eight 

syllables. 
Espineta.    (Spa.)    A  spinet. 


ESP 


88 


EUP 


XSspirando.  (Spa.)  Diminishing  the  time 
and  sound  to  the  end. 

fjsplendor.  {Spa.)  Splendor;  brilUancj; 
excellence. 

Espondeo.    (Spa.)    A  spondee. 

Kspr.    An  abbreviation  of  EspresHvo. 

£8pre8s.    An  abbreviation  of  Espressivo, 

£spres8ione.    (Ita.)    Expression. 

Espressivo.  (Ita.)  With  marked  ex- 
pression. 

Esqnilla.    (Spa.)    A  small  bell. 

Essachordo.  (Ita.)  The  greater  and 
lesser  sixth. 

Kiisai.    (Pre.)    An  essay  ;  a  trial. 

Essa^.  An  attempt;  a  trial  of  musical  ex- 
ecution. 

Esscinpio.    (Ita.)    An  example. 

Essential  Harmontea.  The  three  har- 
monies of  the  key. 

Essential  IVotes.  Those  notes  of  a  chord 
which  constitute  its  real  component  parts, 
in  contradistinction  to  those  which  are 
merely  accidental  or  ornamental. 

Essodio.    (Ita.)    Interlude. 

Estancia.  (Spa.)  A  stanza;  a  dirisioB 
of  a  song. 

Estemporanco.  (Ita.)  ExtemporaQeoas; 

impromptu. 
EstUo.    (Spa.)    Style. 
Estlng^ieudo.     (Ita.)     Diminishing  the 

intensity  of  the  tone  by  degrees. 

Estlnte.  (Ita.)  A  gradual  diminishing  of 
tone  and  movement. 

Estinto.  (Ita.)  Diminishing;  gradually 
dying  away,  both  as  to  tone  and  move- 
ment. 

Estrambote.    (Spa.)    Burden  of  a  song. 

Estrans;nl.  (Spa.)  Mouth-piece  of  a  wind 
instrument. 

Estrava^anza.  (Ita.)  A  performance 
without  regard  to  rules  ;  a  composition 
remarkable  for  wildness  and  incolierenc*. 

Estrentemente.    (Ita.)    Extremely. 

Estrlbilho.  A  favorite  Portuguese  song 
in  I  time. 

EstriblUo.  (Spa.)  The  commencement  of 
a  song. 

Estriuienda.    (Ita.)     A  clotie,  confined 

stylo  of  performance. 
Estro.    (Ita.)    Elegance  and  grace. 
Estrofa.    (Spa.)    A  strophe. 
Estropler  nn  Air.    (Fre.)     To  play  a 

tune  improperly. 
Estudiante.    (Spa.)    A  prompter. 
Et.    (Lot.)    And. 

Etendre.    (Fre.)   To  tympanize  a  drum. 
Etendne.  (Fre.)  Compass  jf  instruments. 

Etbiopian  Melodies.  Melodies  origi- 
nating with  the  negroes  of  the  Southern 
States,  or  in  imitation  of  them,  and  adapt- 
ed to  words  illustrating,  to  a  certain  de- 
gree, their  life  and  oustoms. 


Ethiopian  Alinstrels.      Companies  o 

vocalists  who.  with  blackened  hands  am 
faces  and  peculiar  dress,  give  public  enter- 
tainments, consisting  of  Ethiopian  songs, 
jokes,  conundrums,  dances,  &c.,  accompa- 
nied with  violin,  banjo,  castanets,  &c. 

Etbologus.  (Lot.)  A  buffoon;  a  mimio 
actor. 

Et  incarnatna  eat.  (Lot.)  A  portion 
of  the  Credo. 

EtoalFe.  (Fre.)  A  word  used  in  harp 
playing  to  signify  a  stifling,  deadening  of 
the  tones. 

Etouffer.    (Fte.)    To  deaden  sounds. 

Etoniroir.    (Fre.)    Damper  of  a  piano. 

Etre  en  Kepetition.  (Fre.)  To  be  in 
rehearsal. 

Et  resnrrexit.    (Lot.)  Part  of  the  Credo. 

Etmrian.    Etruscan. 

Etruscan.  The  music  of  Etruria,  a  town 
whose  people  were  noted  for  their  musical 
talent. 

Ettacbordo.  (Ita.)  Instruments  having 
seven  strings. 

Ettasillabo.    (Ita.)    Of  seven  syllables. 

Etude.    (Fre.)    A  study. 

Etndler.    (Fre.)    To  practise. 

Etui  de  I^uth.    (Fre.)    Lute  case. 

EtVltam.    (Lat.)    A  part  of  the  Credo. 

Euchastic.  (Grk.)  An  epithet  applied 
to  that  subdivision  of  the  melopoeia  which 
constituted  the  calm  and  assu.Tging. 

Eufonia.  (Ita.  fmd  Spa.)  Euphony  ;  an 
agreeable  sound. 

Euf  ouico.  (Ita.  and  Spa.)  Having  eupho- 
ny, or  an  agreeable  sound. 

Eubarmonic.  Producing  perfect  harmo- 
ny or  concord. 

Eubarmonic  Organ.  An  instrument 
of  American  origin,  containing  three  or 
four  times  the  usual  number  of  distinct 
sounds  within  the  compass  of  an  octave, 
furnishing  the  precise  intervals  for  every 
key,  the  tones  composing  the  scale  of 
each  key  being  produced  by  pressing  a 
pedal  corresponding  to  its  key  note. 

Eumolpides.  (Grk.)  A  n.ime  applied  by 
the  ancient  Greeks  to  their  priests  and 
singers. 

Enphon.  An  instmment  invented  In  1789, 
consisting  externally  of  small  cylinders 
of  glass,  which,  by  rubbing  longitudinal- 
ly with  the  moistened  fingers,  produced 
sounds  varied  by  interior  mechanism. 

Enplioiiia.  An  automaton  figure  made 
by  Mr.  Kaber,  and  so  constructed  as  to  be 
capable  of  producing  tones  in  imitation  of 
those  of  the  human  voice. 

Eupbonlad.  A  reed  instrument  invented 
in  is;j0.  It  was  of  triangular  form,  and 
held  on  the  lap  of  the  performer,  who 
worked  the  bellows  with  the  elbow  of 
each  arm,  allowing'  the  fingers  to  rest  upon 
the  keys  on  each  .side  of  the  box  in  front. 

Enphonie.    Sounding  sweetly. 


EUP 


89 


EXT 


Kuphonical.  AgrecableneBa  or  sweet- 
ness of  sound. 

Eiiphouicon.  (Grk.)  A  pianorortc  of  the 
upi'i<iflit  kiud. 

EupUonious.    Smooth  and  melodious. 

Ilnplionlqne.  (Fre.)  Euphonious;  a 
pleasiag-  tone. 

Kaphonlsiu.  An  agreeable  combination 
of  sounds. 

Euphonize.  To  make  barmoniona  or 
euphonous, 

£uphouou.  A  musical  instrument  re- 
sembling the  upright  piano,  aud  having 
the  tones  of  the  organ. 

Xlupliouous.  Sweet  sounding,  smooth, 
dulcet. 

Saphuiiy.  A  pleasing,  smooth  enuncia- 
tion of  sounds. 

£nterpe.  ( Grk.)  The  seventh  muse,  cel- 
ebrated for  the  sweetness  of  her  singing, 
and  as  the  presiding  muse  of  wind  instru- 
ments. 

Euterpean.  Relatingto  Euterpe ;  noting 
an  association  for  the  practice  of  music. 

Enthla.  {Grk.)  A  continuity  of  notes 
from  grave  to  acute. 

Evangellsta.  {Spa.)  One  who  chants 
the  gospel  in  a  church. 

£vaiig^eIlsterio.  {Spa.)  The  priest  who 
chants  the  boolcs  of  the  evangelists  at 
masses. 

Evening  Songs.  Name  applied  by  an- 
cient Saxon  ecclesiastics  to  a  class  of 
songs  sung  at  evening ;  vesper  hymns. 

Evidolr.  {Fre.)  Bit  for  hollowing  wind 
instruments. 

Evlrati.  {Ita.)  Male  vocal  performers 
capable  of  singing  soprano. 

Evolntlo.  {Lnt.)  Inversion  of  the  parts 
in  double  counterpoint. 

E-ro-ree.  A  word  formed  of  six  vowels ; 
denoting  the  syllables  of  the  two  words 
seculorum  amen,  employed  in  the  psaltery 
and  antiphonaries  of  tlie  Catholic  church. 

Ex.  An  abbreviation  of  Example  and  Ex- 
ercise. 

Exametro.    {Spa.)    Hexameter  verse. 

Examples.  Passages  illustrating  a  les- 
son; one  of  the  classes  of  the  ancient 
Mysteries,  representing  the  acts  of  the 
saints. 

Excellena.  {Grk.)  The  upper  or  last  tet- 
rachord  of  the  ancient  system. 

Exrinded  Sonnd.  One  of  the  three  rad- 
ical sounds  composing  the  harmonic  triad. 

Exes.    An  abbreviation  of  Exerctset. 

Executant.    {Fre.)    Player;  performer. 

Execute.  To  sing  or  play  a  piece  of  mu- 
sic. 

Execnter.  (Fre.)  To  execute  or  perform 
either  vocally  or  on  an  instrument. 

Executer  de  la  Illnsique.  {Fre.)  Ta 
execute  music;  to  play  or  sing. 

Execution.  A  term  applicable  to  every 
species  of  musical  performance;  afacilit;- 

8* 


of  voice  or  finger  in  runninsr  rapid  divla 
ions  and  other  difficult  and  intricate  pas- 
sages. 

Exemple.    {Fre.)    Example. 

Exeqnlee.  {Lat.)  Funeral  solemnities; 
songs;  dirges. 

Exercice.    {Fre.)    Exercise. 

Exercice  de  Ii'Arcliet.  {Fre.)  Practice 
of  the  bow  in  violin  playing. 

Exercise.  Any  composition  calculated  to 
improve  the  voice  or  finger  of  the  per- 
former; the  act  of  practising. 

Exercises,  T>idactic.  Exercises  for  the 
purpose  of  imparting  instruction  in  mu- 
sical execution. 

Exercises,  Digital.  Exercises  for  the 
purpose  of  acquiring  nn  independent  action 
of  the  fingers. 

Exliaust  Bellovirs.  A  kind  of  bellows 
used  on  melodeons  and  other  similar  in- 
struments, the  air  from  which  being  ex- 
hausted and  drawn  in  through  the  reeds 
produces  the  tones. 

Exility.    A  feebleness  of  the  voice. 

Explosive  Tone.  A  tone  produced  by 
sounding  a  note  suddenly  and  with  great 
force,  aud  as  suddenly  causing  it  to  cease. 
In  written  music  it  is  expressed  by  a  sign 
(109). 

Expresion.    {Spa.)    With  expression. 

Expressif.    (JFVe.)    Expressive. 

Expressio.  {Lat.)  Indicates  that  the 
passage  is  to  be  executed  with  expression. 

Expression.  The  tone,  grace,  or  modu- 
lation of  voico  or  sound  suited  to  the  sub- 
ject or  sentiment  of  a  composition ;  the 
act  of  executing  with  life  and  spirit,  with 
strict  regard  to  proper  accentuation. 

Extemporaneamente.  {Spa.)  Extern 
poraneously. 

Exteniporaneons.  Without  premedita- 
tion. 

Extempore.  {Lot.)  Unpremeditated;  ex 
teniporaneous  ;  written  or  performed 
without  previous  thouglit. 

Extemporize.  To  perform  unpremedi 
tjitedly. 

Extemporizing.  The  act  of  playing  or 
singing  pieces  composed  at  the  moment, 
without  premeditation. 

Extended  Harniony.  That  harmony 
in  which  the  notes  forming  the  different 
chords  are  separated  from  each  other  by 
wide  intervals. 

Extended  Phrase.  A  phrase  in  which, 
by  repenting  one  of  the  feet,  or  by  any 
other  variation  of  the  melody,  three  meas- 
ures are  employed  instead  of  two. 

Extended  Section.  A  section  contain- 
ing from  five  to  eight  bars. 

Extension  Pedal.  The  loud  pedal  of  a 
pianoforte ;  that  pedal  by  which  the  sonnd 
is  increased  aud  sustained. 

Extent.  The  compass  of  a  voice  or  Itt- 
strunient ;  the  distance  or  interval  between 
its  gravest  aud  most  acute  tones. 


EXT 


90 


FAL 


Extentlo.  (Lai.)  One  of  the  four  parts 
into  which  Euclid  divided  the  melopceia. 

Extentas.    {Lat.)    Loud  or  shrill. 

Extracts.    Partial  scores. 

Extraneous.  A  term  applied  to  thoRe 
sharps  and  flats,  and  to  those  chords  and 
modulations,  which,  forsakinfj  the  natural 
course  of  their  diatonic  intervals,  dig'ress 
into  abstruse  and  chromatic  evolutions  of 
melody  and  harmony. 

Extraneous  Modulation.  A  modula- 
tion into  some  other  than  the  original  key 
and  its  relatives. 

Extrava§^anza.  A  performance  without 
any  regard  to  rules  or  good  taste ;  a  wild, 
incoherent  composition. 

Extreme.  The  highest  and  lowest  notes 
of  any  scale  or  compass  ;  aterm  applied  to 
intervals  that  are  extended  or  contracted 
as  much  as  possible. 

Extreme  Flat  Eighth.  The  octAve  di- 
minished by  the  chromatic  semitone. 

Extreme  Flat  Fourth.  A  tone  and  two 
diatonic  semitones  composed  of  four  de- 
grees ;  the  perfect  fourth  diminished  by  a 
chromatic  semitone. 

Extreme  Flat  Seventh.      The  minor 


seventh   dimlnlnhed,  consisting  of  font 

tones  and  two  diatonic  semitones,  forming 

seven  degrees. 
Extreme    Flat    Tlilrd.      Two  diatonic 

semitones,  composed  of  three  degrees,  the 

minor  third  diminislicd  by  tlie  cbromatio 

semitones. 
Extreme    Intervals.     Intervals   larger 

than  those  denominated  mqjor,  or  smaller 

than  those  termed  minor. 

Extremes.  Those  parts  of  a  composition 
which  are  the  greatest  distance  from  each 
other  in  point  of  gravity  or  acntencss. 

Extreme  Sharp  Fifth.  The  perfect  fiah, 
increased  by  the  chromatic  semitone,  con- 
sisting of  four  tones,  forming  five  degrees. 

Extreme  Sharp  Second.  A  tone  and  a 
chromatic  semitone  composed  of  two  de- 
grees. 

Extreme  Sharp  Sixth.  A  sixth  con- 
sisting often  semitonic  intervals. 

Extreme  Triad.  A  triad  consisting  of  a 
fundamental  tone,  a  mi^or  third,  and  aa 
extreme  fifth. 

Extremity.  Thelastnoteof  any  compass 
of  sounds,  reckoning  from  g^ave  to  acate, 
or  from  acute  to  grave. 


F. 


FTHE  Buhdominant  ornomlnal  of  the 
•  fourth  note  in  the  natural  diatonic 
scale  of  C  ;  an  initial  of  Forte. 

Fa.  A  syllable  applied  to  the  fourth  tone 
of  the  scale  for  the  purposes  of  solmiza- 
tion ;  by  the  Italians  and  French  used  to 
designate  the  fourth  tone  of  the  scale 
of  absolute  pitch  ordinarily  represented 
by  F. 

Fabella.    (Lat.)    An  interlude. 

Fabot.  (Spa.)  A  kind  of  wind  instru- 
ment serving  as  a  double  bass  to  the  haut- 
boy. 

Fahnrden.  That  which  is  high  sounding 
or  lofty  ;  a  species  of  counterpoint  with  a 
double  bass. 

Fac.    An  abbreviation  of  Facciata. 

Facciata.    (Ita.)    Page ;  folio. 

Facile.    (Fre.)    Light ;  graceful ;  easy. 

Facilita.  (Itn.)  Facility;  a  term  gener- 
ally placed  over  a  passage  in  small  notes 
intended  to  facilitate  any  diflSculty. 

Facilmente.  (Ita.)  With  facility;  in  an 
easy  manner. 

Facistol.  (Spa.)  A  stand  upon  which 
choir  books  are  placed  ;  a  music  desk. 

Faekeltanx.    (Cfer.)    Torch  dance. 

Facteur  de  Pianos.  (Fre.)  A  piano 
maker. 

Facteur  d'Orgne.  (Fre.)  An  organ 
maker. 

Fa-]>iese.    (Fre.)    F  sharp. 


Fading.    A  kind  of  dance  mentioned  by 

Shakspeare. 
Fag;.    An  abbreviation  of  Fagotto. 
Fagot.    A  bassoon. 


Fagottino.    (Ita.) 
lar  to  the  bassoon. 


Fagottista. 

bassoon. 


(Ita.) 


An  instrument  sirai- 
A  performer  on  the 


Fagotto.    (Ita.)    A  bassoon. 
Fagotto,  Contro.    (Ha.)    A  large  bas 

soon  an  octave,  a  fifth,  or  a  fourth  lower 

than  the  common  ba.«soon. 
Fagottone.    (Ita.)    A  double  bassoon. 
Fagotto  Stop.    Bassoon  stop. 
Faible.    (Fre.)    Weak;  faint;  thin. 
Faiblement.    (Fre.)    Feebly ;  weakly. 
Faire.    (Fre.)    Manner  ;  style. 

Faire  Chorus.  (Fre.)    To  join  in  chorus  j 

to  chime  in. 
Faire  des   Arpegements.     (Fre.)    To 

perform  arpeggios. 
Faire  Retentir.    (Fre.)    To  resound. 

Faire  un  •  Muance.    (JFre.)    To  run  a 

division. 
Fa,  La.  The  burden  or  chorus  of  many  old 

English  songs. 
Falalella.    (Ita.)    Nonsensical  song. 

Fall.    The  act  of  dropping  from  an  acuta 
to  a  grave  tone;  a  declination  of  sound. 


FAL 


91 


FCL 


Falga.  (Ita.)  Harsh,  inharraonions  sounds. 

Falsa  Oimlnnta.  (/to.)  A  false  op  de- 
fective filth. 

Falsch  Slngen.  {Ger.)  To  sing  out  «f 
tuue. 

False.  A  term  applied  to  those  intonations 
of  the  voice  which  do  not  truly  express  the 
intended  intervals,  as  well  as  to  all  ill- 
adjusted  combinations,  and  to  string's, 
pipes,  and  other  sonorous  bodies  which 
cannot  be  accurately  tuned. 

False  Accent.  An  accent  removed  from 
the  first  note  of  the  bar  to  the  second  or 
fourth. 

Falsear.    (Spa.)    Not  to  agree  in  sound. 

False  Cadence.  An  imperfect  or  inter- 
rupted cadence. 

False  Chords.  Those  chords  which  do 
not  contain  all  the  intervals  belonging  to 
them  in  their  perfect  state. 

False  Closes.  Certain  closes  so  called  to 
distinguish  them  from  the  full  or  final 
closes. 

False  FLf  th.  An  imperfect  or  diminished 
liitli. 

False  Harmony.  A  harmony  that  is 
contrary  to  the  established  rules  that 
should  govern  it. 

False  Interval.  An  interval  that  varies 
from  an  interval  previously  established  as 
a  standard. 

False  Intonation.  A  variation  in  pitch 
from  what  is  understood  and  acknowl- 
edged to  be  the  true  tone. 

False  Octaves.  Progressions  of  two 
voices  in  exact  movement  by  octaves. 

iFalse  Relation.  That  connection  which 
any  two  sounds  have  with  one  another 
wlien  tlie  interval  which  they  form  is 
either  superfluous  or  diminished. 

Falset.    An  abbreviation  of  Falsetto. 

False  Triad.  The  diminished  triad, — 
formerly  named  thus  on  account  of  its 
having  a  so-called  false  fifth. 

Falsette.  A  voice  having  a  shrill  or  very 
high  tone ;  falsetto. 

Falsetto.  (Ita.)  Certainnotesof  a  man's 
voice  which  are  above  its  natural  compass, 
and  which  can  only  be  produced  artifi- 
cially. 

False  Voice.    A  falsetto  voice. 

Falso.    (Ita.)    False, 

Falso  Bordone.  (Ita.)  A  term  applied, 
in  the  early  days  of  descant,  to  sucli  coun- 
terpoint as  had  cither  a  drone  bass,  or 
some  ix-irt  constantly  moving  in  the  inter- 
val with  it. 

Fa  Majenr.    (Pre.)    F  major. 

Fa  Mineur.    (Fre.)    F  minor. 

Fancies.    I.ittlo,  lively  airs. 

Fandango.  (Spa.)  A  Spanish  national 
dance  in  ^  or  ^  time,  generally  accompa- 
nied by  castanets,  and  at  times  with 
singing. 

F  and  P.    Flute  and  piano. 


Fanfare.      (Fre.)      A  trnnipet  tone;   a 

flourish  of  trumpets. 

Fanfarer.    (Fre.)     To   make   a   flourish 

with  trumpets. 

Fant.    An  abbreviation  of  Fantasia. 

Fantaisle.    (Fre.)    A  fantasia. 

Fantalsle  Iferoique.  (Fre.)  A  bold, 
"•lowing  flight  of  fancy  ;  a  fantasia  in  the 
heroic  style. 

Fantasia.  (Ita.)  A  piece  of  music  in 
which  the  author  gives  himself  up  wholly 
to  the  caprice  of  his  imaginatiou,  and  de- 
vlates  from  the  strict  rules  of  composi- 
tion. 

Fantasia  Rlcercata.  (Ita.)  The  intro- 
duction of  extemporaneous  passages  into 
motets,  &c. 

Fantaslren.  (Ger.)  To  improvise;  to 
play  in  the  fantasia  style. 

Fantasticamente.  (Ita.)  Expressive  of 
fantastic  effects. 

Fantastico.  (Ita.)  Indicative  of  fantas- 
tical effects. 


Fantastlcxne. 

tastical. 


(Fre.)     Whimsical;  fan- 


Fantastiscb.    ( Ger.)    Fanciful. 
Farandole.   (Fre.)   A  dance  of  Provence. 
Farandonle  (Fre.)  A  lively  French  dance, 
in  I  time. 

Farce.    A  short,  extravagant  comedy,  the 

dialogue   of  which  is  interspersed  with 

suitable  airs,  arranged  for  the  voice  with 

instrumental  accompaniments. 
Farce,   Ballad.     A   musical   drama  in 

which  ballads  form  a  prominent  part. 
Farcical.    Belonging  to  a  farce. 
Fares.   (Spa.)    Choral  service  sung  in  th« 

holy  week. 
Far  II  Capotasto.   (Ita.)    In  violoncello 

playing,  the  act  of  making  a  bridge  by 

means  of  the  thumb. 
Farsa.    (Ita.  and  Spa.)    Farce. 
Farsa  In  maslca.  (Ita.)  A  musical  farce, 

or  short  comic  drama,  generally  in  one 

act. 
Fascie.  (Ita.)  The  sides  of  a  violin,  tenor, 

or  other  similar  instrument. 

Fastoso.  ( Ita.)  With  a  lofty  and  splendid 
style  of  execution. 

FatUera  of  tlie  Oratorio.  A  clerical 
order,  established  in  1574,  in  Italy,  the 
members  of  which  introduced  vocal  music 
as  a  means  of  attracting  the  people  to 
their  religious  meetings. 

Fatigne  Call.  A  drum-beat  noting  the 
time  for  putting  the  soldiers  in  order. 

Fancette.    (Fre.)    Falsetto. 

Fansset.   (Fre.)    A  faint  treble ;  falsetto. 

Faux.    (Fre.)    False  ;  out  of  tune. 

Faux  Bourdon.  (Fre.)  Fa  Burden  ;  the 
ancient  name  of  a  certain  species  of  coua* 
terpoint. 

F  Clef.  The  bass  clef;  a  compound  char- 
acter, placed  on  the  fourth  line  of  the  staff 


FDU 


92 


FIF 


so  that  the  two  dots  are  in  the  third  and 
fourth  Bpaces  (53). 

P  I>nr.    ( Ger.)    F  m^or. 

Fedel.    {Dan.)    A  fiddle. 

Feeders.  Small  bellows  sometimes  em- 
ployed to  supply  the  large  bellows  of  an 
organ  with  wind. 

Felertanz.    (Ger.)    A  festive  dance. 

Feigned.  A  term  sometimes  used  to 
designate  a  falsetto  voice. 

Felnesttmiue.    (Ger.)    A  fine  voice. 

Felnte.  An  old  name  for  semitone ;  an 
accidental. 

Fcldgesang.    ( Ger.)    A  rural  song. 

Feldkunstpfeiter.  {Ger.)  A  military 
musician. 

Feldrohr.    {Ger.)    A  rural  pipe. 

Feldton.  ( Ger.)  The  tone  of  a  trumpet. 

Female  Computers.  Computatrices  ; 
women  among  the  ancients  who  were  Iiired 
to  sing  and  weep  at  funerals,  so  called  be- 
cause they  computed  the  virtues  of  the 
deceased. 

Fenio.    {fta.)    I  beat ;  T  strike. 

Ferma.    {Ita.)    Firm ;  resolute. 

Fermament«.  {Ita.)  With  firmness  and 
decision. 

Fermata.    {Ita.)    A  pause ;  a  hold  (113). 

Fermate.    {Ger.)    A  general  pause. 

Fermato.    {Ita.)    Firm  and  decisive. 

Feroce.    {Ita.)    Fiercely. 

Ferocemeiite.  {Ita.)  Ferociously;  fiercely. 

Fertlgleit.    ( Ger.)    Execution. 

Fes.    {Ger.)    F  flat. 

Fesceuniiia.  {Ita.)  Nuptial  songs,  so 
called  because  they  originated  with  the 
peoxjlc  of  Fcscennia,  a  city  of  Etruria. 

Fescennlne.  A  song  prevalent  in  ancient 
Italy ;  fescennina. 

Fescue.  An  old  name  for  a  plectrum,  or 
instrument  for  playing  on  the  harp. 

Festennine.  A  marriage  song  or  sere- 
nade ;  a  fescennine. 

Festero.  {Spa.)  Director  of  church  music 
on  festive  occasions. 

Festive  Songs.  Songs  adapted  to  express 
and  to  inspire  merriment  and  joy. 

Festi^lauge.    {Ger.)    Festive  sounds. 

Fcstlich.    {Ger.)    Festive;  gay. 

Festlled.    {Ger.)    A  festive  song. 

Festoso.    {Ita.)    Merry ;  gay. 

F.  F.    Fortissimo;  very  loud. 

F.  F.  F.    Very  fortissimo  ;  much  louder. 

FF.  Possiblle.  {Ita.)  As  loud  as  possible. 

FF.,  Principalmente  11  Basso.  {Ita.) 

Very  loud,  especially  the  bass. 
Flacco.    {Ita.)    Weak  ;  feeble. 
Fiasco.    {Ita.)    A  failure. 
Fiato.    (/fa.)    The  breath. 
Fiddle.    A  violin. 
Fiddle,  Horse.    An  Indian  instrument, 


employed  for  the  purpose  of  frightening 
a  herd  of  horses,  and  causing  a  stampede. 
Fiddler.  A  common  name  for  a  violinist, 
usually  applied  to  a  second  or  third  rate 
player. 

Fiddlestick.    A  violin  bow. 

Fiddle  String.    The  string  of  a  violin, 

formed  of  catgut. 
Fidlcen.  {Lat.)  A  harper  ;  a  minstrel ;  he 

who  plays  upon  a  stringed  instrument. 
Fldiciua.  {Lat.)  A  woman  who  plays  on 

stringed  instruments. 

Fldlclnal.  A  term  applied  to  all  instru- 
ments of  the  violin  species. 

Fldlcula.    {Lat.)    A  small  lute  or  guitar. 

FIdls.    {Lat.)    A  fiddle. 

Fiedel.    {Ger.)    A  violin. 

Fledelbogen.    {Ger.)    A  fiddlestick. 

Fiedelbrett.    (  Ger.)    A  squeaking  fiddle. 

Fiedler.    {Ger.)    A  fiddler. 

Field  Music.  Overtures  for  trumpets  and 
other  military  instruments;  martial  mu- 
sic. 

Flele.    {Nor.)    Viol. 

Fleramente.  {Ita.)  In  a  bold  and  ener- 
getic manner ;  with  vehemence. 

Fleramente  assal.  {Ita.)  Very  bold  and 

energetic. 

Fiero.  {Ita.)  Haughty  ;  spirited ;  lively. 

Fifaro.  A  small  pipe  similar  to  a  flageo- 
let. 

Fife.  A  small  wind  instrument,  used 
chiefly  in  martial  music  with  drums. 

Fife  Major.  An  officer  who  superintends 
the  flfers  of  a  regiment. 

Flfer.    A  performer  on  the  fife. 

FifTanlo.    {Ita.)    A  fife. 

Fiflfaro.    {Ita.)    A  fife. 

Fiffars.  A  small  flute,  pipe,  or  flageolet, 
used  by  the  Germans. 

Fiflst.     A  fife  player. 

Flfre.    {Fre.)    A  fife. 

Fifteenth.  An  interval  consistincf  of  two 
octaves. 

Fifteenth  Stop.  An  organ  stop,  deriv- 
ing its  name  from  the  fiict  that  its  pitch 
or  senile  is  fifteen  notes  above  that  of  th3 
diapason. 

Fifth.  The  interval  of  three  tones  and  a 
semitone,  comprising  five  diatonic  degrees 
of  the  scale. 

Fifth,  Augmented.  An  interval  con- 
taining four  whole  tones. 

Fifth,  Diminished.  An  interval  con- 
t^iining  two  whole  tones  and  two  m^jor 
semitones. 

Fifth,  Fxtreme  Sharp.  The  perfect 
fifth,  increased  by  the  chromatic  semitone, 
consisting  of  four  tones,  iomiing  five  de- 
grees. 

Fifth*  False.  An  imperfect  or  diminished 
fifth. 

Fifth,  Flat.    A  flat  composed  of  five  do- 


FIF 


93 


FIN 


prees,  nnd  containing  two  tones  and  two 
semitones. 

Fifth,  Perfect.  An  interval  containing 
three  wliole  tones  and  one  major  eenii- 
tonc. 

!Fif  tbs.  Consecutive.  Two  or  more  per- 
fect filths  immediately  following  one  an- 
other in  two  parallel  parts  of  the  score. 

FiftU,  Sliarp.  An  interval  consisting  of 
eight  semitones. 

Fifth,  Small.    A  false  fifth. 

Fifths,  Open.  Two  fifths  succeeding 
each  other  in  similar  motion. 

Fifth  Violin.  An  English  instrument 
half  the  size  of  the  bass  viol,  having  a 
Eound  an  octave  lower. 

Figiira.  (//a.)  Note  employed  as  an  or- 
nament. 

Fisui'al-  A  class  of  music  deviating  from 
the  plain,  simple  style  of  early  times  ;  fig- 
urate. 

Fignral  Bass.    Figured  bass. 

Fienrantes.  {Fre.)  Dancers  in  a  ballet 
w-no  do  not  dance  singly,  but  many  to- 
gether, and  serve  to  fill  up  the  bacliground 
during  the  exhibition  of  individual  per- 
formers. 

Fig^rate.  Relatin";  to  or  being  the  orna- 
mental portions  of  musical  composition 
or  performance. 

Fl^nrate  Connterpoiut.  That  where- 
in there  is  a  mixture  of  discords  with  con- 
cords ;  discordant  ;  figurative. 

Fij^vrate  Descant.  That  part  of  an  air 
in  which  discords  arc  iatroduced,  and 
every  variety  of  ornaments. 

Figuration.  An  ornamental  treatment 
of  a  passage ;  a  mixture  of  concords  and 
discords. 

Fia[uration,  Harmonic.  The  progres- 
sion of  a  cliord  from  one  tone  to  anotlier 
tone  of  the  same  cliord,  thence  passing 
similarly  through  successive  different 
chords. 

Figurative.  A  style  of  music  differing 
from  the  plain,  simple  mode. 

FijSfurative  Descant.  A  descnnt  admit- 
ting of  an  admi.xture  of  discords. 

Fi^urato.    {Ita.)    Figured. 

Figure.  Certain  rhythmical  forms,  such 
as  trioles,  quintoles,  &c. ;  melodic  forms, 
such  as  fore  notes,  after  notes,  beats, 
trills,  &c. ;  liarmonic  forms,  such  as  ar- 
peggios ;  to  pass  several  notes  for  one ; 
to  form  runnings,  variations,  or  other  or- 
naments. 

Figure.    (^Ve.)    Figured. 

Figured.  A  term  applicable  to  all  forms 
of  music  deviating  from  plain,  simple  vo- 
cal music,  also  to  a  bass  with  figures 
attached  reprcseniug  the  accompanying 
harmony  ;  indicated  or  noted  by  figures. 

Figured  Bass.  A  bass  accompanied  with 
numerical  characters  denoting  the  har- 
mony formed  by  the  upper  or  superior 
parts  of  the  composition,  and  directing 


the  chords  to  be  played  by  the  organ 
harpsichord,  or  pianoforte. 

Figured  Descant.  A  form  of  descant 
which,  instead  of  moving  note  by  note 
with  the  bass,  consists  of  a  free  and  florid 
melody. 

Figiired  Harmony.  A  harmony  in 
wliich,  for  the  purpose  of  melody,  one  or 
more  of  the  parts  of  a  composition  move, 
during  the  continuance  of  a  chord,  through 
certain  notes  which  do  not  form  any  of 
the  constituent  parts  of  that  chord. 

Figured  Song.  A  song  varying  from 
the  plain  chant  or  song. 

Figures.  Numerical  characters  written 
upon  the  staff  to  denote  the  kind  of  meas- 
ure, usually  in  the  form  of  a  fraction,  the 
upper  one  showing  the  number  of  notes 
of  the  kind  indicated  by  the  lower  con- 
tained in  one  measure  or  bar  (1^2). 

Figures  of  Diminution.  Numerical 
characters  which  reduce  the  time  of  the 
notes  over  which  they  are  placed  one  third 
of  their  relative  length  (9i). 

Figuring  the  Bass.  The  use  of  figures, 
by  means  of  wliich  the  most  important 
cliords  and  modulations  are  indicated  and 
read  with  rapidity. 

Filar  la  Voce.  (Ita.)  To  gradually  aug- 
ment and  dimiuisQ  the  sound  of  the  voice. 

Filer.    {Fre.)    To  hold  a  note. 

Fileur.    (Fre.)    A  string  maker. 

Filldhe.  (Iri.)  Ancient  poets  of  the  Irish, 
who,  in  white  robes,  and  harps  in  their 
hands,  marclied  at  the  head  of  armies. 

Filosof  o.  (/to.)  A  Neapolitan  street  per- 
former, who  reads,  sings,  and  gesticulates 
old  Gothic  tales. 

Filuna.  {Lot.)  Former  name  of  the  stem 
of  a  note  ;  the  string  of  an  instrument. 

Fin.    (Fre.  and  Spa.)    The  end. 

Fin  al.    (Ita.)    End  at ;  play  as  far  as. 

Final.  An  old  appellation  given  to  the 
last  sound  of  a  verse  in  a  chant,  which,  if 
complete,  is  on  the  key  note  of  the  chant, 
if  incomplete,  on  some  other  note  in  the 
scale  of  that  key. 

Final  Close.  The  principal  or  customary 
cadence  in  the  key  of  a  piece. 

Finale,  (/to.)  The  last  piece  of  any  act  of 
an  opera  or  of  a  concert ;  the  last  move- 
ment of  a  symphony  or  sonata  in  the 
German  style. 

Fin  al  Fine,    (/to.)    To  the  end. 

Fin  alia  Fine,  (/to.)  From  the  sign  to 
the  end. 

F  in  Alt.  The  seventh  above  G  in  alt ,  tho 
seventh  note  in  alt. 

F  in  Altissimo.  The  octave  above  F  ia 
alt ;  the  seventh  note  in  altissimo. 

Finders.  A  term  formerly  applied  to  a 
class  of  persons  who  wrote  melodies. 

Fine,  (/to.)  The  end  ;  an  expression  used 
to  indicate  the  termiuatiou  of  a  musical 
composition. 

Fine  del  Aria,  (/to.)  The  end  of  the  tur 


FIN 


M 


FTP 


Fine  del  Atto.  (Tta.}  The  end  of  the  net. 

Finement.    (^Fre.)    Finely;  acutely. 

Finder.  A  word  applied  to  skill  in  exe- 
cution on  keyed  Instruments. 

Finger  Board.  That  part  of  a  stringed 
Instrument  on  which  the  fingers  press; 
the  whole  range  of  keys,  white  and  black, 
of  a  pianoforte  or  organ  ;  manual. 

Fingered.  A  term  applied  to  piano  mu- 
sic, signifying  that  figures  and  other  marks 
are  placed  over  or  under  the  notes  to  show 
the  method  of  fingering. 

Fingering.  Disposing  of  the  fingers  in  a 
convenient,  natural,  and  apt  manner  in 
the  performance  of  any  instrument,  but 
more  especially  the  organ  and  pianof  jrte  ; 
the  placingj  of  figures  and  other  marks 
over  or  under  notes  to  denote  the  method 
of  fingering. 

Fingering,  American.  The  use  of  the 
sign  (140)  to  indicate  the  thumb  in  piano 
playing,  in  distinction  from  the  German 
or  foreign  fingering,  in  which  the  thumb 
is  called  the  first  finger. 

Fingering,  Engllsli.  American  finger- 
ing. 

Fingering,  Foreign.  German  finger- 
ing. 

Fingering,  German.  A  method  of 
murkin"-  the  fingering  of  piano  music 
which  designates  the  thumb  as  the  first 
finger. 

Flngern.    (Ger.)    To  play  ;  to  finger. 

Finger  Organ.  An  harmonica;  an  in- 
strument producing  its  tones  by  the  fric- 
tion of  the  fingers  of  the  player  upon  the 
edges  of  hemispherical  glasses. 

Flugersatz.    (Ger.)    fingering. 

Finished .  A  term  applied  to  an  advanced 
and  artistic  execution. 

Flnlto.    (Ita.)    Finished  j  conclndcd. 

Flno  at.  (lia.)  Play  as  far  as,  then  stop  ; 
end  at. 

Fin  Qnl.    ilta.)    To  this  place. 

Flnt.    An  abbreviation  of  Finto. 

Flnto.  {Ita.)  A  feint ;  a  term  applied  to 
tho  preparation  for  a  cadence  which  is  not 
executed,  wh-n  the  performer,  having 
done  every  thing  tliat  is  requisite  to  a  full 
close,  instead  offalling  on  the  final,  passes 
to  some  other  note,  or  introduces  a  pause. 

Fiocbezza.    {Ita.)    Hoarseness. 

Flolotola.    {Ita.)    Flute. 

Fioreggiante.  {Ita.)  Decorated  with 
llourisiics. 

Florlscente.  {Ita.)  An  ornamental  style. 

Florlta  Cadenza.  (^Ita.)  A  cadence  whose 

last  note  but  one  is  divided  into  many  of 

less  value. 
Florltezza.     (Ita.)      Embellishment;    a 

florid  style  of  performance. 
Florlto.    (Ita.)    A  species  of  diminution, 

commonly  made  at  the  ending  of  a  cadence. 

Floritnra.  (Ita.)  Kmbellishmeuts  in  sing- 
Idj;  j  divisions  of  rapid  notes. 


Flotola     {Ita.)    A  fiate. 

Fipple.  (Lot.)  A  stopper  of  a  wind  instrv 

ment. 
Firing  a  Cannon.    In  ringing  a  chime, 

the  simultaneous  ringing  or  crash  of  all 

the  bells. 

First.  A  word  applied  to  the  upper  part 
of  a  duet,  trio,  quartet,  Ac,  cither  vocal 
or  instrumental,  also  to  the  upper  part  of 
eacli  kind  in  overtures,  symphonies,  con- 
certos, and  other  full  pieces  ;  the  leading 
performer  or  instrument. 

First  Bass.    High  bass. 

First  Chord.  The  primary  concord  or 
common  chord;  a  chord  consisting  of  any 
given  bass  note  in  any  key  or  mode,  with 
its  oct-ave,  third,  and  fifth. 

First  Berlvatlve.  The  first  combination 
from  primitive  notes. 

First  Inversion.  A  term  applied  to  a 
chord  when  its  third  is  tlie  lowest. 

First  Part.  Soprano;  the  highest  species 
of  women's  voice. 

First  Shift.  A  violin  shift  on  tho  fifth 
line,  or  G;  the  half  sliift. 

First  Soprano.    The  high  soprano. 

First  Tenor.    High  tenor. 

First  Treble.  The  highest  treble,  or  so 
prano. 

First  Voice.  The  upper  voice;  the  so- 
prano. 

FIs.    (Ger.)    F  sharp. 
Fischiare.    (Ita.)    To  whistle ;  to  hiss. 
Fischio.    (Ifa.)    A  whistle;  whiitling. 
Fis  Bur.    (Ger.)    F  sharp  mjyor. 
Flsfis.    (Ger.)    F  double  sharp. 
Fis  Moll.    (Ger.)    F  sharp  minor. 
Fisteln.    (Ger.)    To  sing  falsetto. 
FistelsSnger.    (Ger.)     One   who    sings 

falsetto. 
Fistelstliutne.    (Ger.)     A  disagreeable, 

sharp,  and  acute  voice. 
Fistola.     (Ita.)    Flageolet;  reed;  pipe. 
Fistula.    (Lat.)    A  pipe. 
Fistula  Bulcis.  (Lat.)    A  common  flute. 

Fistula    Gcrmanlca.     (Lat.)     German 

flute. 
Fistula   Pants.    (Lat.)    An  Instrument 

formed  of  reeds. 

Fistula  Pastoralls.  (Lat.)  Shepherd's 
pipe. 

Fistula  Pastorlca.  (iMt.)  The  name 
given  by  Cicero  and  otlior  classics  to  tho 
oaten  pipe,  used  by  the  audiences  atKoman 
theatres  in  expression  of  disapprobation. 

Flstulator.  (Lat.)  A  piper ;  a  phiycr  on 
a  flute  or  flageolet. 

Fistulatore.    (Ita.)    A  piper. 

Fit.  A  word  employed  in  ancient  times  to 
designate  a  strain  of  music;  a  part  of  • 
song  or  poem. 

Flthele.    Ancient  name  of  the  violin. 


PIT 


9ft 


FLA 


FUt.    (A.  S.)    A  song. 

Fives  and  Sights  Metre.  A  metre 
designiitecl  thus,  os  &  6s,  consisting  of  a 
stanza  of  six  lines  in  anapestic  measure, 
the  syllables  of  each  being  in  number  and 
order  as  follows:  5,  6,  6,  5,  5,  8. 

Fives  and  Sixes  Metre.  A  metre  des- 
ignated thus,  5s  &  Os,  consisting  of  a  stan- 
za of  eight  lines  in  anapestic  measure,  the 
syllables  of  each  being  in  number  and  or- 
der as  follows  :  5,  5,  5,  n,  C,  5,  6,  5. 

Fives,  Kleven,  and  Sixes  Metre.  A 
metre  designated  thus,  59,  ll,<tC8,  con- 
sisting of  a  stanza  of  eig-ht  lines  in  ana- 
pestic measure,  the  syllables  of  each  being 
in  number  and  order  as  follows :  5,  5,  5, 
11,6,6,  6,  6. 

Fixed  Syllables.  Syllables  which  do 
not  change  with  the  change  of  key. 

Fl.  An  abbreviation  of  Flauti,  Flauto, 
Flute,  and  Flam. 

FlachflSte.  (ffer.)  A  flat-lipped  organ 
pipe. 

Flageolet.  fJFVc.)  A  wind  Instrument 
made  of  wood,  played  with  a  mouth-piece, 
and  six  principal  holes,  the  keys  of  which 
are  stopped  with  the  fingers,  in  the  same 
way  as  the  flute,  and  producing  notes  ex- 
ceedingly clear  and  shrill. 

Flageolet,  Doable.  A  flageolet  having 
two  tubes. 

FlaJaolet  Organ.  A  small  barrel  organ, 
wnosS^toues  miitate  those  of  the  flage- 
olet.   ^ 

Flageoletto.  A  word  employed,  in  rela- 
tion to  stringed  instruments,  to  denote  a 
way  of  making  the  strings  sound  in  such 
a  manner  as  to  elicit  from  them  their  nat- 
ural accessory  tones. 

Flagioletto.    (7ta.)    A  flageolet. 

Flagwoma.    A  little  flute. 

Flam.  In  drum  music  a  grace  note  or 
stroke  corresponding  with  the  appoggia- 
tura  in  other  compositions. 

Flamadiddle.  A  beat  in  drum  music 
composed  of  sixteenth  notes,  either  in 
^  or  J  time. 

Flamadiddle,  Side.  A  beat  employed 
in  drumming  eighth  notes,  as  in  parade 
marches. 

Flamamacne.  A  drum-beat  used  only  in 
quicksteps  of  \  time. 

Flamapoo.    A  drum-beat  in  \  time. 

Flanaen.  (Lat.)  A  sound  of  an  instru- 
ment. 

Flam  Paradiddle.    A  drum-beat. 

Flaschinett.  Flageolet ;  flageolet  regis- 
ter or  stop. 

Flat.  A  sign  which,  when  placed  before  a 
note,  shows  that  the  koy  and  tone  origi- 
nally indicated  by  that  note  are  no  lorlgcr 
mo;int,  but  the  key  and  tone  next  above 
it  (o(i);  too  low;  to  render  less  acute;  not 
sharp  or  shrill. 

Flat,  A.  That  tl-.it  which  is  the  seventh 
of  B  flat;  the  third  flat  used  in  modulating 


by  fonrtbs  from  the  Datiirai  diatonlo 
mode. 

Flat,  Accidental.  An  occasional  flat 
placed  before  a  note  in  the  courso  of  a 
piece. 

Flat,  B.  The  flat  seventh  of  the  natural 
key  of  C,  and  the  first  flat  introduced  in 
modulating  by  fourths  from  the  natural 
diatonic  mode. 

Flat,  C.  The  flat  which  is  the  seventh  of 
D  flat;  the  sixth  flat  iutroduced  in  modu- 
lating by  fourths  from  the  natural  diatonic 
mode. 

Flat, ».  The  flat  seventh  of  E  flat ;  the 
fourth  flat  introduced  in  modulating  by 
fourths  from  the  natural  diatonic  mode. 

Flat,  Doable.  A  character  compounded 
of  two  flats,  and  signifying  that  the  note 
before  which  it  is  placed  is  to  be  sung  or 
played  two  semitones  lower  than  its  nat- 
ural pitch. 

Flat,  E.  The  flat  seventh  of  F  flat;  the 
second  flat  introduced  in  modulating  by 
fourths  from  the  natural  diatonic  mode. 

Flat  Eighth,  Extreme.  The  octave 
diminished  by  the  chromatic  semitone. 

Flat,  F.  The  flat  seventh  of  G  flat;  the 
seventh  flat  introduced  in  modulating  by 
fourths  from  the  natur.il  diatonic  moae. 

Flat  Fifth.  A  flat  composed  of  five  de- 
grees, and  containing  two  tones  and  two 
semitones. 

Flat  Fourth,  Extreme.  A  tone  and 
two  diatonic  semitones  composed  of  four 
degrees ;  the  perfect  fourth  diminished  by 
a  chromatic  semitone. 

Flat,  G.  The  flat  seventh  of  A  flat;  the 
fifth  flat  introduced  in  modulating  by 
fourths  from  the  natural  diatonic  mode. 

Flat,  nypo-r,ydian.    The  Hypo-.£oli- 

an  in  ancient  music. 

Flat  Second.  The  minor  second,  formed 
by  two  sounds  at  the  distance  of  a  dia- 
tonic semitone  ;  as,  B  C  and  K  F. 

Flat  Seventh,  Extreme.      The  minor 

seventh  diminished,  consisting  of  four 
tones  and  two  diatonic  semitones,  forming 
seven  degrees. 
Flat,  Singing.  A  defect  of  intonation 
caused  by  a  weakness  of  the  general  vocal 
organs  ;  to  sing  below  pitch. 

Flatted  Tone.  A  tone  that  is  half  a  de- 
gree lower  than  its  proper  pitch. 

Flatten.  To  depress  the  voice ;  to  render 
a  sound  less  sharp;  to  make  spiritless  or 
dull. 

Flat  Third,  Extrenie.  Two  diatonlo 
semitones,  composed  of  three  degrees ; 
the  minor  third  diminished  by  the  chro- 
matic semitone. 

Flatting.  The  displacinnr  of  a  tone  by 
one  that  is  a  small  second  lower. 

Flat  Triad.  An  arithmeticsjl  division  of 
the  fifth  of  the  harmonic  triad,  in  which 
the  lesser  third  is  lowest. 

Flant.    An  abbreviation  of  Flauto. 


FLA 


9fr 


FLU 


jrianta.    (,Spa.)    A  flute. 

Flantado.  (,Spa.)  Flute  stop  In  an  organ. 

Flantando.  (^Jta.)  With  a  flute-like  tone; 
a  term  sometimes  met  with  in  violin  mu- 
sic, tlie  desired  quality  of  tone  bein*,'  ob- 
tained by  drawing  the  bow  smoothly  and 
{;;ontly  across  the  strings  over  that  end  of 
the  linger  board  nearest  the  bridge. 

Flatttato.    (//:«.)    With  a  flute-like  tone. 

Flantcro.  (Spa.)  One  who  makes  flutes; 
a  flute  player. 

Flautluo.    (Ha.)    An  octave  flute. 

Flautist.    A  player  on  the  flute. 

Flantista.  (_Jta.)  A  performer  on  the 
flute. 

Flautl  VnlsoiU.  (7to.)  The  flutes  in  uni- 
son. 

Flanto.    (//:«.)    A  flute. 

Flauto  a  Becco.  {Ita.)  A  beaked  fluto;  a 

flute  having  a  mouth-piece  like  a  flage- 
olet. 
Flauto  ad  riibitum.    The  flute  part  may 

be  omitted  if  desired. 
Flanto,  Alto,    (/to.)    A  tenor  flute  used 

in  bands. 
Flauto  d'  Amore.  (/to.)  A  large  flute  ;  a 

bass  flute. 
Flauto  Dolce,    (/to.)    A  flute  having  a 

beak  or  mouth-piece  like  a  flageolet. 
Flauto  e  Vlolino.  (/<«.)  Flute  and  violin. 
Flautonc.    (/to.)    An  octave  flute. 
Flanto  Ottavino.   (/to.)  A  small  octave 

flute. 
Flauto  o  Vlollno.  (/to.)  Flute  or  violin. 
Flanto  Piccolo,    (/to.)    An  octave  flute  ; 

a  flageolet. 
Flauto  Principalc.   (/to.)    A  term  des- 
ignating the  part  of  the  concerto  player 

in  a  flute  concerto. 
Flauto  Tacere.  (/to.)  The  flute  is  not  to 

play. 
Flauto  Tedesco.  (/to.)  A  German  flute. 
Flauto  Terzo.    (/to.)    The  third  flute. 
Flauto  Transverso.  (/to.)  A  transverse 

flute  ;  A  German  flute. 
Flauto  Traverso.    (/to.)    The  German 

flute. 
Fleblle.    (/to.)    In  a  mournful  stylo 
Flebilincnte.    (/to.)    Mournfully. 
l^lesh  Hoops.    The  hoops  of  a  drum  on 

which  the  skin  forming  the  head  of  the 

drum  is  lapped. 
Flcssibilita.  (/to.)  An  easy,  free,  flexible 

mode  of  execution. 
Fleut.    (Arm.)    A  flute. 
Flight.     A  musical  ornament  consisting 

ol  a  quick  flight  of  notes. 
F-1  Seller.    (Ger.)     The  sound-holes  of  a 

violin,  tenor,  &c. 
FlOjte.    (Dan.)    A  flute. 
Flon-Flon.     The  burden  of  certain  old 

vaudevilles;  a  term  applied  in  contempt 

**i  any  air  resembling  them  in  style. 


Floral  Concert.  A  concert  of  musla 
usually  participated  in  by  childrei.,  the 
performance  having  reference  to  rural  life 
and  scenery,  with  decorations  consisting 
of  flowers,  evergreens,  &c. 

Floreo.    (Spa.)    A  flourish. 

Florid.  Ornamental  ;  fin^ured  ;  embel- 
lished, either  in  composition  or  perform- 
ance. 

Florid  Counterpoint.  Figured  coun 
terpoint. 

Florid  ]>escant.    Figured  descant. 

Florid  Son^.  A  term  applied  by  musl- 
aians  of  the  fourteenth  century  to  figured 
descant,  in  order  to  distinguish  it  from  the 
old  chant,  or  plain  song. 

Fltitchen.  (Ger.)  A  little  flute ;  a  pipe ; 
a  flageolet. 

FlOte.    (Ger.)    Flute, 

Flfttenblaser.    (Ger.)    A  flutist. 

FlCtendno.    (Ger.)    Flute  duet. 

Fiateuf utter.    (Ger.)    A  flute  case. 

FlOteukoncert.  (Ger.)  A  concert  of 
flute  music. 

FlOtenspiel.  (Ger.)  Playing  on  the  flute; 
a  tune  for  the  flute. 

FlUtenspielcr.    (Ger.)    A  flute  player. 

FlOtenstimme.  (Ger.)  A  soft,  sweet 
voice;  the  part  for  the  llute. 

FlUteustuck.  ( Ger.)  Tune  for  the  flute; 
one  of  the  pieces  ol'  a  flute. 

Flotentafel.  (Ger.)  A  table  showing  by 
signs  the  manner  of  fingering  the  flute. 

F15ten'»verk.  (Ger.)  An  instrument  of 
music  with  a  flute  stop. 

Flotenzna;,  (Ger.)  A  flute  stop  in  an 
organ. 

Floiirlsli.  An  appellation  given  to  deco- 
rative notes  added  to  a  pa-ssagc,  with  the 
double  view  of  heiglitening  the  eft'ect  of 
the  piece,  and  of  displaying  a  flexibility 
of  voice  or  finger;  a  round  ringing  of 
chime  bells,  varied  by  changes,  at  the  op- 
tion of  the  riugers. 

Fl.  Trav.  An  abbreviation  of  Flauto 
Traversa. 

Flfichtig.    (Ger.)    Quickly;  nimble. 

Fluctuating  i»igns.  Signs  wliich  allow 
a  deviation  from  their  exact  value. 

Flue  Pipe.  An  organ  pipe  having  a 
small  portion  towards  its  lower  end  flat- 
tened a  little  inwardly,  so  as  to  produce  a 
straight  edge,  called  the  upper  lip,  with  n 
foot  of  conical  shape,  having  a  straiglit 
edge  similarly  formed,  and  termed  tlie 
under  lip,  the  top  of  this  foot  being;  closed 
at  its  broad  end  by  i  circular  metal  plr.te, 
a  segment  of  which  is  cut  away,  leaving  a 
narrow  Assure  or  flne  under  the  straight 
edge  of  the  upper  lip. 

Flugel.  (Ger.)  A  harpsichord  ;«  grand 
pianoforte. 

Fluit.    (Dut.)    A  flute. 

Fluah.    (Fre.)    A  trill. 

Flnta.    (Lat.)    Flute. 


FLU 


97 


TON 


Flnte.  A  well-known  inflatile  instrument, 
consisting  of  a  tube  closed  at  one  end,  and 
furnislio<r  with  holes  and  keys  at  its  side 
for  tlie  purpose  of  varying  the  sounds  ;  an 
org'an  reiristcr;  to  play  on  a  flute;  to 
])lay  t T  sing  in  a  clear,  soft  tone. 

Flute-a-Bec.  {Pre.)  The  old  English 
flute,  blown  at  the  end  instead  of  at  the 
side,  sometimes  called  "  the  common 
flute,"  "  flstula  dulcis." 

Flnte,  Abyssinian.  An  instrument 
xioarlyof  the  siiape  and  sizeof  the  German 
flute,  with  a  mouth-piece  similar  to  that 
of  the  clarionet,  and  performed  upon 
leng-thwise. 

Flnte  Allemande.  {Fre.)  The  German 
flute. 

Flnte,  Ancient.  An  instrument  which 
had  a  mouth -pi'*ce,  was  double  as  well  as 
single,  and  often  composed  of  two  tubes, 
both  played  together. 

Flnte,  Boehin.  An  instrument  diflering 
from  the  common  flute  in  having  the  size 
and  locjit.ion  of  the  holes  arranged  in  their 
natural  order  with  keys,  by  which  each 
finger-  is  enabled  to  act  simultaneously 
upou  two  or  more  holes. 

Flnte  Cane.  A  cane  formed  and  used  as 
a  flute. 

Flnte,  Chinese.    An  instrument  made  of 
bamboo,  bound  with  silk  between  the  ap 
ertures  to  preserve  the  wood  from  crack- 
ing. 

Flnte,  CrooUed.  An  Egyptian  instru- 
ment in  the  form  of  a  bull's  horn  ;  the 
photinx. 

Flnte.  Cross.     A  German  flute. 

Flntecl.  A  term  applied  to  those  upper 
and  extra  notes  of  a  soprano  voice,  whi?h, 
from  the  constraint  with  which  they  ;irc 
produced,  are  thin,  and  of  a  flute-like  tone. 

Flnte,  Dnctylic.    A  flute  consisting  of 

unequal  intervals. 
Flute  d'Alleniand.    {Fre.)    A  German 

flute. 
Flute  d'Antonr.    (^e.)    A  bass  flute. 

Flute,  Wiatonlc.  A  flute  capable  of  pro- 
ducing the  various  shades  or  differences  of 
pitch  requisite  to  produce  all  the  major 
and  minor  diutouio  scales. 

Flute,  Dolce.  (/<«.)  A  flute  with  a  mouth- 
Diece  like  that  of  a  flageolet. 

Flute,  Double.  A  flute  so  constructed 
th.at  two  tones  may  be  produced  from  it 
at  the  same  time,  and  on  which  two  parts 
may  be  performed  at  once. 

Flnte  Douce.   {Fre.)   The  English  flute; 

flutc-a-boc. 

Flnte,  Esfyptlan.  A  flute  formed  of  a 
cow's  horn,  with  three  or  four  holes 
in  it. 

Flnte,  German.  A  wind  instrument 
consisting  of  a  tube  formed  of  several 
joints  or  pieces,  with  holes  at  the  side, 
closed  at  the  upper  end,  and  furnished 
with  movable  metal  keys,  which,  by  open- 
ing and  closing  certain  holes,  eerre   to 


temper  the  tones  to  the  various  flats  and 

sharps. 
Flnte,  Grand.    The  lowest  flute  8tx)p  of 

an  organ. 
Flnteulst.    A  flute  player. 
Flnte,  Octave.    A  fltite  the  tones  of  which 

range  an  octave  higher  than  those  of  th» 

German  flute. 
Flute    Orj^an.      A   small   barrel    organ 

whose  tones  resemble  those  of  the  flute. 
Flute,  Pastoral.  The  shepherd's  flute 
Flute,    Slieplierd's.      A    flute    enoiler 

than    the    transverse    flute,    and    blown 

through  a  lip-piece  at  the  end. 
Flnte,  Siccama.    A  diatonic  flute. 
Flute  Stop.    A  range  of  wooden  pipes  in 

an  organ,  producing  sounds  similar   to 

those  of  the  flute. 
Flute,  Transverse.    The  German  flute. 
Flutc-Traversiere.     {Fre.)      A   trans- 
verse flute ;  a  German  flute. 
Flntcnr.    {Fre.)    A  man  who  plays  on  a 

flute;  a  flutist. 
Fluteuse.  {Fre.)  A  woman  who  plays  the 

flute. 
Flutist.    One  who  performs  ou  the  flute. 
Flutiste.    {Fre.)    A  flutist. 
Flutorum.     An  instrument   resembling 

the  Irish  bagpipe. 

Fluty.    Soft,  like  the  tone  of  a  flute ;  clear, 

sweet-sounding. 
FMoll.    {Ger.)    F  minor. 
F.  O.    The  initials  of  Full  Organ. 

Focoso.  {Ita.)  With  fire  ;  a  word  which, 
when  placed  over  a  movement  or  passage, 
signities  that  it  is  to  be  sung  or  played 
with  spirit. 

Foslietto.  {Ita.)  A  continuation  of  the 
violin. 

Folding  Violin  Mute.  An  article  so 
constructed  as  to  impart  to  the  violin  a 
soft,  pure  tone,  without  injury  to  the  in- 
strument. 

FoJijones.  {Spa.)  A  Castilian  dance  to 
the  guitar  and  castanets. 

Folio,  music.  A  case  or  book  for  hold- 
ing loose  sheets  of  music;  a  wrapper  used 
in  a  music  store  for  the  convenience  of  a 
classified  arrangement  of  the  stock. 

Folio,  Sprinsf-Back.  A  folio  having 
steel  springs  so  arranged  in  the  back  as  to 
clasp  and  firmly  hold  sheets  of  music  in 
the  manner  of  a"  bound  volume. 

Follia.    {Spa.'i    A  Spanish  air,  or  dance 

tune,  so  called. 
Follia  di  Spagna.    {Spa.)    A  species  o( 

composition,  consisting  of  variations  on  a 

given  air. 
Fondameuto.    {Ita.)    The  bass. 

Fouds  d'Orgne.  {Fre.)  In  organ  pl.aying, 
the  union  of'all  the  flute  stops. 

Fonetica.  {Ita.)  Phonics;  the  doctiia* 
of  sounds. 


FON 


OS 


FOC 


Fonolo§^.  (Ha.)  Phonology  ;  a  treatise 
on  sounds. 

Foot.  A  combination  of  syliablea  consti- 
tuting a  metrical  clement  of  a  verse,  in 
ancient  langniigc  distinguished  by  quan- 
tity or  length,  and  in  modem  poetry  by 
accent. 

Foot  Key-Board.  Manual  of  an  organ, 
comprising  the  keys  played  with  the  loot. 

For.    Au  abbreviation  of  Forte. 

Foramina.  {Lot.)  The  name  given  by 
the  Romans  to  the  holes  made  hi  the  pipe 
or  flute. 

Fore-IVote.    An  appoggiatura  (64). 

Fore-:Vot«,  Double.  Two  short  fore- 
notes  united,  one  of  which  is  hijfher  and 
the  other  lower  than  the  principal  notCj  or 
two  small  notes  ascending  or  descending 
to  the  principal  note  by  regular  steps  of 
the  scale. 

Fore-Note,  Tiong.  A  fore-note  in  Ks 
form  as  long,  or  half  as  long,  as  the  prin- 
cipal note  before  which  it  stands,  and  in 
performance  having  just  half  the  time,  ex- 
cept when  before  a  dotted  note,  in  wliicii 
case  it  takes  two  thirds  of  the  time  of  the 
principal  note. 

Fore-^Tote,  Short.  A  fore  note  cither 
written  in  a  much  shorter  form  than  that 
of  the  long,  or  having  a  short  oblique 
line  drawn  through  it. 

Forltntr.    {Fre.)    To  wind  the  horn. 

Fork,  Tuning.  A  small  steel  instrument, 
having  two  tmes,  used  for  ascortiining 
the  pitch  of  particular  letters  or  tones,  for 
tuning  and  pitching  tunes. 

Forlane.  (Fre.)  A  lively  Venetian  dance 
in  g  time. 

Forlara.    (Jta.)    A  slow  kind  of  jig. 

Form.  The  manner  of  arranging  the 
parts  of  a  musical  composition  in  accord- 
ance with  the  rules  designed  to  govern  It. 

Formula.  A  rule  or  method  of  musical 
Instruction  or  performance. 

Formnlary.  The  name  formerly  applied 
to  the  stated  and  prescribed  number  and 
disposition  of  the  ecclesiastical  tones. 

Forte.  (Ita.)  A  word  implying  that  the 
passage  over  which  it  is  placed  is  to  be 
sung  or  played  loudly  ;  that  style  of  per- 
formance in  which  one  excels. 

Fortement.  {Fre.)  Londly  ;  with  energy 

and  vigor. 
Fortemente.    (Ita.)    Forte;  strong  and 

loud. 

Forte,  Sleno.    (Ita.)    Rather  loud. 
Forte  Piano.    (Ita.)     A  term  denoting 

that  atone  is  to  be  struck  forte  (loud),  and 

then  continued  piano  (soft). 
Fortf^eigen.    (Ger.)    To  fiddle. 

Forthallen.  (Cfer.)  To  resound  contin- 
ually. 

Forthien.  An  instrument  made  in  a  style 
similar  to  a  harpsichord  or  pianoforte. 

Fortiss .    An  abbreviati  on  of  Fortissimo. 


Fortlsalmo.    (Ita.)    Tery  lond. 
Fortissimo  Qnanto  Possiblle.    (Ila.) 

As  strong  or  loud  as  possible. 
Fortlauten.    (Ger.)    To  continue  to  ring 

the  bells. 

Fortsetznng.    (Ger.)    A  continuation. 

Fortsln^en.  (Ger.)  To  drive  sway  by 
singing  badly. 

Forttonen.  (Ger.)  To  continue  to  sonnd. 

Forx.    An  abbreviation  of  Forzando. 

Forza.    (Ita.)    Force. 

Forzando.  (Ita.)  A  word  designating  a 
tone  produced  suddenly  and  forcibly,  and 
instantly  diminished,  indicated  by  a  mark 
( 100)  over  each  note  of  the  passage,  or  by 
the  letters  sf  or  fz  at  the  commencement 
of  the  passage. 

Forxare.  (Ita.)  To  strengthen;  constrain. 

Forzato.    (Jta.)     Force. 

Fp.  and  #p.    The  initials  of  Forte  Piano. 

F  Qaadrata.  The  name  given  by  the 
early  writers  on  counterpoint  to  the  sign 
which  represented  sharp  F  in  their  musica 
falsa  or  transpositions,  and  tlie  form  of 
which,  like  our  naturals,  approached  that 
of  a  square. 

Foundation  Stop.  An  organ  stop,  the 
pipes  of  which  everywhere  give  such 
notes  only  as  we  are  prepared  to  expect 
from  the  keys  that  the  player  touclics,  or, 
at  least,  the  octaves  above  or  below  those 
notes. 

Fountain  Hymns.  The  Songs  of  the 
Wells,  80  called  by  the  ancients,  and  still 
common  in  the  Greek  iscs. 

Four-£l8;Iith  IMCeasnre.  A  measure 
having  the  amount  of  four  eighth-notes, 
marked  J  or  4. 

Fourfold  Chord.  A  chord  consisting 
of  four  tonrs,  comprising  a  tone  combined 
with  its  tliird,  fifth,  and' seventh. 

Fourfold  .Pleasure.  A  mcisure  of  fonr 
equal  parts. 

Four-Half  Measure.  A  measure  con- 
taining fotir  half  notes,  or  their  equiva- 
lent, marked  *  or  4. 

Four-Part  Souf^.  A  song  arranged  for 
four  voices. 

Four-Quarter  measure.  A  moasnre 
containing  the  amount  of  four  quarter- 
notes,  marked  \,  4,  or  C 

Fours  and  Sixes  Metre.  A  metre  des- 
ignated thus,  4s  &  Oa,  consisting  of  a 
stanza  of  four  lines  in  iambic  measure,  the 
syllables  of  each  being  in  number  ana  or- 
der as  follows  :  4,  f>,  4,  6. 

Fonr  Semibreve  Rest.  A  rest  equal  ia 
length  to  that  of  four  semibreves  (25). 

Fourteenth.  An  interval  of  an  octave 
and  a  seventh  ;  a  distance  comprtsing 
thirteen  diatonic  intervals. 

Fourth.  A  distance  comprising  three  di- 
atonic intervals,  two  tones,  and  a  semi- 
tone ;  the  third  of  the  consonances  in  ths 
order  of  their  generation. 


FOU 


99 


FUG 


Vonrtli.,  Anifittented.  An  interval  con- 
taining three  whole  tones. 

FourtA,  I>itnini8lied.  An  interyal  con- 
taining two  whole  tones  and  a  semitone. 

Fourth,  Extreme  Flat.  A  tone  and 
two  diatonic  semitones  composed  of  four 
deorees ;  the  perfect  fourth  diminished  by 
a  chromatic  semitone. 

FourtH  Part.  Bass  —  the  lowest  species 
of  men's  voice. 

Fourth,  Perfect.  An  interval  containing 
two  whole  tones  and  one  m^or  semi- 
tone. 

Fourth,  Redundant.  An  interval  con- 
taining three  full  tones. 

Fourth  Shut.  The  last  shift  in  violin 
playing. 

Fourth  Voice.    The  bass. 

Frasi.  (/fa.)  Phrases;  short  musical  pas- 
sages. 

Franenstinune.  (6er.)  A  female  voice  ; 
treble. 

Franta.    {Por.)    A  flute. 

Freddamente.  {Ita.)  Inanimated  in  ex- 
ecution; coldly. 

Fredon.  {Fre.)  A  flourish,  or  other  ex- 
temporaneous embellishment  ;  a  short 
group  of  notes  suug  to  the  same  syllable. 

Fredonnement  {Fre.)  Humming;  sing- 
ing without  words. 

Fredonner.  (Fre.)  To  shake  ;  to  quaver. 

Free  €auou.  A  canon  not  in  perfect  ac- 
cordance with  the  rules  designed  to  gov- 
ern this  style  of  composition. 

Free  Composition.  The  free  style ;  that 
which  employs  voices  and  instruments, 
and  deviates  somewhat  from  the  rules  of 
art. 

Free  Fugue.  A  composition  approach- 
ing to  the  fugal  form;  a  fugue  in  which 
the  connecting  harmony  is  not  taken  from 
the  theme. 

Freely  Inverted  Imitation.  A  form 
of  imitation  in  which  the  order  of  succes- 
sive notes  is  not  precisely  retained. 

Free  Beed.  A  peculiar  form  of  organ 
reed,  the  tongue  of  wliich  passes  evenly 
within  the  pipe,  and  is  put  in  motion  by 
the  wind  on  its  pass.age  upwiirds  from  the 
foot  ofthe  pipe  into  the  reed,  and  yielding 
under  its  pressure  for  so  much  of  its  length 
ns  is  pliant  enough  to  do  so,  is  brought 
back  to  its  former  position  by  its  own 
spring-like  nature. 

Free  Style.  A  style  in  which  some  devi- 
ation is  made  from  the  rules  of  art. 

Frel,    (Ger.)    Free. 

Fremissement.    (J'Ve.)    Vibration. 

French  Horn.  The  come  de  chasse;  a 
wind  instrument,  consisting  of  a  long 
tube  twisted  into  several  circular  folds, 
and  gradually  increasing  in  diameter  from 
the  end  at  which  it  is  blown  to  that  at 
which  the  sound  issues. 

French  Sixth.  The  name  of  a  chord 
comiKiaed    of    a    major   third,   extreme 


fourth,  and  extreme  sixth:  as,  F #,  D,  C, 
A  I,.  ^ 

French  Treble  Clef.  The  G  clef  on  the 
bottom  line  of  the  staff,  formerly  much 
used  in  French  music  for  violin,  flute, 
&c.  (47). 

Frescamente.  (Ita.)  New  or  uncommon. 

Fresco.  {Ita.)  Out  of  the  common  course; 
new ;  quick  and  spirited. 

Fret  Board.  That  portion  of  a  guitar,  or 
similar  instrument,  on  which  the  frets  are 
placed. 

Frets.  Small  projections  of  wire  or  ivory 
fixed  across  the  finger  board  of  a  guitar, 
mandoline,  and  other  instruments,  to  show 
where  the  strings  are  to  be  fingered,' and 
serve  to  vary  and  determine  the  pitch  of 
the  tones. 

Fretta.  Quickening  or  hastening  the  time. 

Frende.    (Ger.)    Joy. 

Freudengesang.  (Ger.)  A  song  of  joy. 

Freuudlich.    ( G?er.)    Friendly. 

Frey.    (Ger.)     Free. 

Freye  Schrcibart.    (Ger.)     Free  style 

of  composition. 
Friedensmarsch.     (Ger.)     A  march  in 

honor  of  peace. 

Friser.  A  term  used  in  guitar  music,  im- 
plying that  the  fingers  of  the  right  hand 
are  to  bo  closed,  except  the  thumb,  and 
opened  successively,  passing  over  all  the 
strings,  without  a  movement  of  the  arm. 

Frohgesang.  (Ger.)  A  Joyous  song ;  an 
allegro. 

Frohnamt.    (Ger.)    High  or  grand  mass. 

Frosch.  ( Ger.)  The  nut  of  a  bow  for  the 
violin,  tenor,  &c. 

Frottola.    (Ita.)    Ballad. 

Frottolare.  (Ita.)  To  sing  or  write  bal- 
lads. 

Fruhlingslied.    (Ger.)    Spring  song. 

Friihmesse.    (Ger.)    Matins. 

Frnhmesser.   ( Ger.)  A  singer  at  matins. 

Frnhmetter.    (Ger.)    Singer  at  matins. 

Friihstandchen.  (Ger.)  A  morning  con- 
cert in  honor  of  some  person. 

Friihstuck.    (Ger.)    Matins. 

F  Schlnssel.    (Ger.)    The  F clef. 

Fnga.    (Ita.)    Fugue. 

Fnga  Autentlca.  (Ita.)  A  fbgne  in 
which  the  leading  notes  ascend. 

Fnga  di  Conseguenza.  (Ita.)  A  con- 
tinuous fngue. 

Fnga  Doppia.  (Ifa.)  Double  fugue  ;  a 
fugue  with  two  subjects. 

Fnga,  Grave.  A  fugue  deep  in  sound 
and  of  slow  movement. 

Fngal  Corale.  A  fugal  construction  of 
a  whole  corale,  in  which  one  strophe  after 
another  is  taken  separately  as  the  sub- 
ject of  the  fugue,  and  is  carried  through. 

Fnga  Patetico.  (Ita.)  A  pathetic  styl* 
ot  fugue. 


FUG 


100 


FUO 


Fuga  per  Arsis  et  Thesis.  A  term 
applied  to  a  fugue,  when,  if  tlic  guide  or 
leading  part  ascends,  those  tliat  follow 
Imitate  it  descending,  and  if  it  descends, 
imitate  it  ascending. 

Fnga  Plagale.  (Ita.)  A  fugue  in  which 
tlie  guiding  or  leading  notes  descend. 

Fuga  Ricercata.  (fta.)  A  worked-up 
fugue  ;  a  fugue  consisting  of  several 
tliemes  with  many  developments. 

Fugato.    (/<«.)    In  the  style  of  a  fugue. 

Fnge.    (Ger.)    Fugue. 

Faglia.    {Ita.)    A  fugue. 

Fughetta.    {Ita.)    A  short  fogne. 

Fughetten.    (Ger.)    Fugues. 

Fughetti.    {Ita.)    Short  fugues. 

Fugitive  Pieces.  OiT-hand,  short-lired 
compositions. 

Fugue.  A  form  of  composition  peculiar 
to  tlie  strict  or  contrapuntal  style,  in 
which  a  subject  is  proposed  by  one  part 
and  answered  by  other  parts,  according 
to  certain  rules.  Fugues  are  of  three 
kinds,  Simple,  Double,  and  Counter. 

Fugue,  Counter.  A  fugue  in  which  the 
subjects  move  in  contrary  directions. 

Fngued  Counterpoint.  Counterpoint 
in  four,  five,  six,  or  seven  parts,  —  the 
only  counterpoint  in  use  previous  to  the 
cigliteenth  century. 

Fugue,  Double.  A  fugue  on  two  subjects. 

Fugue,  Free.  A  composition  approach- 
ing to  the  fugal  form ;  a  fugue  ia  which 
the  connecting  harmony  is  not  taken  from 
the  theme. 

Fugue  IVIanif  old.  A  fugue  in  which  two 
or  more  themes  are  entered  into  and  elab- 
orated. 

Fugue  Kenverser.  {Fre.)  A  fugue  the 
answer  of  which  is  made  in  contrary  mo- 
tion to  that  of  the  subject. 

Fugue,  Strict.  A  fugue  in  which  the 
fugal  form  and  its  laws  are  rigidly  ob- 
served. 

Fugue,  per  Contrarlum  Reversnm. 
A  term  applied  to  a  fugue  when  the  com- 
mencing subject  is  simply  inverted,  yet 
retains  the  order  of  half  and  whole  tones 
in  the  answer. 

Fugue,  per  Contrariunt  Simplex.  A 
term  applied  to  a  fugue  when  the  com- 
mencing subject  is  simply  inverted,  with- 
out retaining  the  order  of  half  and  whole 
tones  in  the  answer. 

Fugue,  Perpetual.  A  canon  so  con- 
structed thst  its  termination  leads  to  its 
beginning,  and  hence  may  be  continually 
repeated. 

Fugue,  Simple.  A  fugue  containing  but 
a  Single  subject. 


Fugnlst. 

fujiues. 


A  composer  or  performer  of 


Fiilircr.    (  Ger.)    The  subject  of  a  fugne. 
Full.    Music  designed  for  all  the  voices  or 

inst  ruments ;  to  be  snug  by  both  sides  of 

«  choir. 


Full  Anthem.  An  anthem  in  four  or 
more  parts,  without  verses,  to  be  sung  in 
chorus.  • 

Full  Band.  A  band  in  which  all  the 
instruments  are  employed. 

Full  Breath.  A  complete  inhalation 
taken  before  the  commencement  of  sing- 
ing, or  after  an  apparently  entire  expira- 
tion. 

Full  IWouthed.  Having  a  full  or  strong 
voice. 

Full  Orchestra.  An  orchestra  in  which 
all  the  stringed  and  wind  instruments  are 
employed. 

Full  Organ.  An  organ  with  all  its  regis- 
ters or  stops  in  use. 

Full  Score.  A  complete  score  of  all  the 
parts  of  a  compositiojn,  whether  vocal  or 
mstrumental,  or  both  combined. 

Full  Service.  A  service  without  any 
verse  parts. 

Full  to  Fifteenth.  A  term  in  organ 
music  implying  that  all  the  stops  up  to 
and  including  the  "  fifteenth  "  are  to  be 
used. 

Full-toned  Viola.  An  old  instrument, 
of  larger  size  and  proportion  than  the  vio- 
lin, otTierwise  of  the  same  nature. 

Full  Turn.  A  turn  consisting  of  four 
notes  immediately  after  that  upon  which 
it  is  made  (81). 

Fundamental  Bass.  The  root  or  fun- 
damental note  of  a  chord  ;  a  succession  of 
notes  constituting  the  several  fundamen- 
tal notes  of  their  respective  chords. 

Fundamental  Chord.  A  chord  the 
lowest  note  of  whicli  is  tliat  from  which 
the  chord  is  derived. 

Fundamental  Key.  The  key  in  which 
a  piece  is  written  ;  the  original  key. 

Fundamental  IVote.  The  lowest  note 
of  a  fundamental  chord. 

Fundamental  Position.  A  term  ap- 
plied to  the  situation  of  a  chord  when  its 
root,  or  fundamental  tone,  actually  stands 
lowest,  and  the  other  tones  of  the  chord 
stand  above  each  other  at  the  distance  of 
a  third  apart. 

Funebre.    (Fre.  tmd  Ita.)    Funeral. 

Funeral  March.  A  slow,  nj^asnred 
march,  designed  to  accompany  a  funeral 
procession. 

Funereo.  (Ita.)  Funereal ;  pertaining  to 
burial  services. 

Fnnestamente.    {Spa.)    Mournfully. 

Fiiuf.    (Ger.)    Five. 

Funfstimmig.    (Ger.)    Five-voiced. 

Fiinfte.    {Ger.)    Fifth. 

Fiinlzebute.    {Ger.)    Fifteenth. 

Ftinfzehn.    {Ger.)    Fifteen. 

Funzioni.  {Ita.)  Oratorios,  masses,  and 
other  sacred  pieces  composed  for  the 
Catholic  church. 

Fuoco.    {Ita.)    Fire ;  animation. 

Fnocoso.    {Ita.)    Extremely  spirited . 


FUR 


101 


GAM 


Fiur.    ((7«r.)    Tor. 

Fur  Beibe  ITiinde  Znsammen.  (Ger.) 
For  both  hands  togfother. 

Furce.  Name  fonnerly  given  to  a  close 
diatonic  chain  of  ascending  and  descend- 
ing notes,  introduced  to  connect  an  ex- 
pansive interval. 

Fur  die  llnke  Hand  Alleln.  (ffer.) 
For  the  left  hand  alone. 

Fur  die  recfcte  Hand  Allein.  (Ger.) 
For  the  riglit  hand  alone. 

Fnribondo.    {Ita.)    Furiously. 

Furiosamente.    (/<a.)    Furiously. 


Fitrloso.    (,Ita.)    Furious;  Tebement. 

Fornlture  Stop.  A  mixed  or  compound 
stop  in  an  organ,  comprising  two  or  more 
ranks  of  pipes,  of  shriller  tone  than  those 
of  the  sesquialtera ;  the  mixture  atop. 

Furore.    (Ita.)    Fury;  rage. 
Fusa.    (Lat.)    A  quaver. 

Fasella.  (Lat.)  The  nAme  formerly  ap- 
plied to  the  demisemiquaver. 

Fut.    (Fre.)    The  barrel  of  a  drum. 

Fz.  An  abbreriation  of  Forzando,  at 
Forzato. 


G. 


GTHE  nominal  of  the  fifth  note  in  the 
.  natural  diatonic  scale  of  C,  to  which 
Gnido  applied  the  monosyllable  Soli  it  is 
also  one  of  the  names  of  the  highest  or 
treble  clef. 

Gagliarda.  {Ita.)  Stout;  bold;  a  lively 
dance  in  triple  time. 

Cral.    {Fre.)    Gaylyj  cheerfully. 

Galement.  {Fre.)  A  gay,  spirited  manner. 

Oaillard.  {Fre.)  A  sprightly  dance  in 
triple  time;  applied  to  a  composition,  it 
implies  that  it  is  to  be  sung  or  played  in  a 
lively,  cheerful  style. 

Gnlllardement.  (Fre.)  Merrily  ;  briskly. 

Gaio.  {Ita.)  With  gayety  and  cheerful- 
ness. 

Gajamente.  {Ita.)  Gayly;  cheerfully; 
lively. 

Gajo.    {Ita.)    Gay;  cheerful ;  vivacious. 

Gal.  An  abbreviation  of  Galop  and  Gal- 
lopade. 

Galan.    {Sax.)    To  sing. 

Galantemente.  {Ita.)  Gallantly  ;  boldly. 

Gallambo.  {Spa.)  Song  of  the  Gallic 
priest  of  Cybele. 

Galin-Paris-Cheve  Sj^gtem.  An  ele- 
mentary system  of  vocal  music  much  in 
vogue  in  Paris,  having  for  its  basis  notation 
in  figures. 

Galliambns.  {Lat.)  A  species  of  Latin 
verse. 

Galliard.  A  lively  dance  tune  in  triple 
time ;  a  gaillard. 

Galllarda.  An  old  tune  to  accompany 
tlie  galliard  dance. 

Gnllopade.  {Fre.)  A  galop,  a  quick  Ger- 
man dance  tune,  generally  in  }  time. 

Galop.    {Ger.)    A  gallopade. 

Galoppe.    {Fre.)    A  gallopade. 

Gam.    An  abbrcviaMon  of  Gamut. 

Gamalan.    {.Tav.)     Musical  execution. 

Gamalan  Choro  Bali.  (Jav.)  Music 
in  the  style  of  I^li,  resembling  the  Salen- 

9* 


dro,  with  the  exception  of  tlie  violin  &r 

rcbab. 

Gamalan  Kodok  IVgorefe.  {Jav.)  A 
name  applied  by  the  Javanese  to  their 
ancient  music,  signifying  the  Son|j  of  the 
Frogs  and  Toads,  on  account  of  its  want 
of  harmony. 

Gambang-Kayoa.  (Jav.)  A  Javanese 
instrument  formed  of  many  bars  or  strips 
of  sonorous  wood,  dilTering  gradually  in 
length,  placed  in  a  wooden  box,  and  playod 
upon  with  a  hammer. 

Gambeta.     {Spa.)     An  ancient  Spanish 

dance. 
Gamblst.  A  performer  on  the  viol  da  gam- 

ba,  at  one  time  connected  with  the  regular 

establishment  of  the  chapels  of  the  Grcr- 

man  princes. 
Gamb-VIole.       {Ger.)      An   instrument 

resembling  the  violoncello;   the  greater 

viol. 
Games,  Panathanean.    Ancient  Greek 

games  in  whicli  singers,  and  players  on 

the  flute  and  cithara,  competed  for  prizes. 
Gamma.    ( Grk.)    Gamut. 

Gamme.  {Fre.)  The  scale  of  any  key; 
the  gamut. 

Gamme  Chromatiqne.  {Fre.)  The 
chromatic  scale. 

Gamme  de  la  Mineor.  {Fre.)  Scale 
of  A  minor. 

Gamme  Descendante.  {Fre.)  Descend- 
ing scale. 

Gamine  de  Sol  majenr.  {Fre.)  Scale 
of  G  major. 

Gamnie  d'Ut  Majeur.  {Fre.)  Scale  of 
C  major. 

Gammea  en  Bemols.  (7^'e.)  Scales 
with  flats. 

Gamut.  The  scale  of  notes  belonging  to 
any  key;  the  lines  and  spaces  on  which 
notes  are  placed;  and  the  lowest  note  of 
the  Guidoniau  or  common  comjiass. 

Gamut,  Guido'a.  The  table  or  scale  in- 
troduced by  Guido  AretinuH  in  l:iUh  and 


GAN 


101 


GEK 


to  the  notes  of  wtitch  be  applied  the  momo- 
syllables  Ut,  lie,  Mi,  Fa,  Sol,  I^a.  It  con- 
sisted of  twenty  notes,  namely,  two  octaves 
and  a  miyor  sixth,  the  first  octave  being 
distinguished  by  capital  letters,  as  G,  A, 
B,  tlie  second  by  sniull  letters,  g,  a,  b,  and 
the  supernumerary ^ixth  by  douole  letters, 
as  gg,  aa,  bb. 

Gander.  (Jav.)  A  Javanese  instrument 
formed  of  metallic  bars,  placed  in  a  wooden 
case,  and  played  upon  with  a  hammer. 

Gandliarlas.  (Hin.)  In  Hindoo  mythol- 
ogy, the  heavenly  singers  and  dancers. 

Gang.    (Ger.)    A  passage. 

Ganga.  (Hau.)  A  drum  about  the  size 
of  a  regimental  drum. 

Ganlles.  (5pa.)  Fauces;  organs  of  the 
voice. 

Ganze.    (Ger.)    Whole. 

Ganze-;iVote.  (Gcr.)  A  whole  note;  a 
somibreve  (15). 

Ganzeton.    (Ger.)    A  whole  tone. 

Gargantear.  (Spa.)  To  quaver ;  to 
rrarblc. 

GarKanteo.  (<Sipa.)    Quavering;  a  tremu- 
lous modulation  of  the  roioe. 
Garibo.    (Ita.)    Dance;  ball. 
Gariglione.  (Ita.)  Chime ;  musical  bells. 
Garrlre.    (Ita.)    To  warble  like  a  bird. 

Gastrollen.  (Ger.)  A  term  applied  to  a 
singer  or  actor  on  a  starring  excursion. 

Gauche.    (Fre.)    Left. 

Gavot.  A  lively  d.ince  or  tune  consisting 
of  two  strains,  in  common  time,  each  of 
Which  is  played  twice. 

Gavotta.    (Ita.)    A  gavot. 

Gaymente.  (Spa.)  Gayly ;  briskly ;  lively. 

Gayta.  (Spa.)  Bagpipe;  flageolet;  hand- 
organ. 

Gayta  Zamorana.  (Spa.)  A  kind  of 
bagpipe  used  by  the  natives  of  Zamora. 

Gaytero.  (Spa.)  One  who  plays  on  a 
bagpipe  ;  a  piper. 

Gazzarra.  (Ita.)  Bejoicings  with  cannon 
and  music. 

Gazzel.  (Per.)  A  love  song  of  the  Per- 
sians, sung  by  the  singing  ^rls  of  Cash- 
mere. 

G  Clef.  The  treble  clef;  a  compound  char- 
acter of  the  letters  G  and  S,  for  the  sylla- 
ble Sol,  which  invariably  turns  on'  the 
second  line  of  the  staff  (46). 

G  Double.  The  octave  below  G  gamut; 
the  lowest  note  of  the  letter  G  on  the 
pianoforte. 

G  I>ur.    (Ger.)    G major. 

Geberdenspiel.    (Ger.)    Pantomime. 

Geblase.  (Ger.)  The  repeated  sounding 
of  a  wind  instrument;  trumpeting. 

Gebrocbene  A'M'lcorde.  (Ger.)  Broken 
chords ;  arpeggios. 

Gebroeliene  Sthnme.  (Ger.)  A  broken 
voice. 

Gebouden.     (Ger.)     Connected,    synco- 


pated, in  regard  to  the  style  of  playin^r  or 

writing. 
Gedacht.    (Ger.)    Stopped,  in  opposition 

to  the  open  pipes  in  an  organ. 
Gedftmptt.    (Ger.)    Sotto  voice  ;  muffled. 

Gedeek.  (Ger.)  A  register  of  covered 
pipes. 

Gedebnt.    (Otr.)    Lengthened. 

Gefiihrte.   (Ger.)    The  answer  of  a  fugue. 

Gegenbewegung.  (Ger.)  Contrary  mo- 
tion. 

Gegengesang.    (Ger.)    Antiphony. 

Gegenhall.    (Ger.)    Echo. 

Gegenpnnkt.    (Ger.)    Counterpoint. 

Gegeustlmme.    (Ger.)    Counterpart. 

Gegenstiminig.  (Ger.)  Dissonant;  dis- 
cordant. 

Gebend.  (Ger.)  A  word  signifying  a 
degree  of  movement  similar  to  that  implied 
by  andante. 

Qelkdre  Spielen.  ( Ger.)  To  play  by  ear, 

Gebftrlebre.    ( Ger.)    Acoustics. 

Geb&rsinn.  (Ger.)  The  sense  of  hearing. 

Geige.    (Ger.)    The  violin. 

Geigen.    (Ger.)    To  play  on  a  violin. 

Geigenblatt.  (Ger.)  The  finger  board  of 
a  violin. 

Geigeubogea.    (Ger.)    Violin  bow. 

Geigen-Clavicymbel.  An  instrument 
of  a  character  similar  to  a  harpsichord  or 
pianoforte. 

GeigenfSrmig.  (Ger.)    Having  the  form 

of  a  violin. 

Geigenf utter.    (Ger.)    A  violin  case. 

Geigenmacher.    (Ger.)    A  violin  maker. 

Geigensaite.    (Ger.)    Violin  string. 

Gelgensattel.    (Ger.)    Bridge  of  a  violin. 

Geigenschnle.  (Ger.)  A  violin  school, 
or  method  of  instruction;  a  book  of  les- 
sons and  exercises  for  the  violin. 

Geigenstrleh.  (Ger.)  A  stroke  of  the 
violin  bow. 

Gelgenstiiclc.  (Ger.)  A  tune  for  the 
violin. 

Geigen\rerk.    (Oer.)    Celestina. 

Geigeniv^lrbel.    (Ger.)    A  violin  peg. 

Geigenzng.     ( Ger.)    A  violin  stop. 

Gelge  ohne  Bunde.  (Ger.)  A  general 
name  applied  by  the  Germans  to  all  instru 
ments  similar  to  the  rebeck. 

Gelger.    (Ger.)    A  violinist. 

Gelgeret.    (Ger.)    A  continual  flddhr.g. 

Gelstllch.  ( Ger.)  Ecclesiastical ;  clerical. 

Geistltehe  Gesange.  (Oer.)  Psalms; 
hymns. 

Geistliche   lileder.      (Ger.)      Spiritual 

songs. 
Geklimper.    (Ger.)    A  constant  clashhig 

or  tinkling. 

Gekllngel.  (Ger.)  Tinkling;  ringing  of 
abelL 


GEL 


103 


OES 


GelSnt  (Ger.)  A  peal  of  bells;  tolling: 
of  bells. 

Geleier.  (Ger.)  A  continual  placing  on 
i  Lirrdf-gurdy. 

Geltun^^.  ( Ger.)  The  value  or  proportion 
of  a  note. 

GentachUcb.  (,Ger.)  Quietly  ;  in  a  calm 
manner. 

Geiutr.  (Spa.)  To  whistle;  to  sound  as 
the  fica  or  wind. 

Gemseii  Horn.  An  instrument  formed 
of  a  small  pipe  made  of  the  Iiorn  of  a 
chamois,  or  wild  goat. 

Gemntlillch.  (Ger.)  Artless;  good- 
natured. 

Genera.  (Lot.)  A  term  used  by  the  an- 
cients to  indicate  the  modes  according  to 
which  tliey  divided  their  tetrachords. 

Genera,  Arlstoxenns.  (Lat.)  Certain 
modes  among  those  into  which  the  Greek 
writers  divided  their  tetrachord,  or  minor 
fourth. 

General.  A  cert.ainbeat  of  drum  atmorn- 
jug,  giving  notice  for  the  infantry  to  be 
ready  to  march. 

Generala.  (Spa.)  Beat  of  the  drum  to  call 
to  arms. 

Generalbass.    (,Ger.)    Thorough-bass. 

General  Pause.  A  general  cessation  or 
sileucii  of  all  the  parts. 

General  Systems.  Dia<2rrams  adopted  by 
the  ancient  Greeks  in  which  were  included 
all  the  sounds  in  music. 

Geuerateur.  (Fre.)  The  fundamental  note 
of  the  common  chord. 

Generating  Tone.  The  principal  tone 
caused  by  the  vibration  of  stringed  in- 
struments when  one  tone  is  struck ;  the 
generator. 

Generator.  The  principal  sound  or 
sounds  by  which  others  are  produced ; 
the  fundamental  note  of  the  common 
chord. 

Generoso.  (/to.)  Noble ;  in  a  dignified 
manner. 

Genialla.  (Lnt.)  Musical  instruments 
used  by  the  ancient  Romans  in  celebrat- 
ing nuptial  ceremonies. 

Genre.    (Fre.)    Style;  genus. 

Genre  Chromatlque.  (Fre.)  The  chro- 
matic genus, 

Gentilezza,  Con.  (/to.)  With  grace  and 
elegance. 

Geuus.  (Lat.)  A  term  used  to  designate  a 
particular  kind  of  melody,  or  succession 
of  tones  resulting  from  a  particular  divis- 
ion or  arrangement  of  the  scale. 

Genus,  Cliroinatic.  A  melody  produced 
by  an  arrangement  of  the  tones  of  the 
chromatic  scale. 

Genns  Chromaticum.  (Lat.)  The  chro- 
matic system  of  tones  among  the  ancient 
Greeks. 

Genus,  Diatonic.  A  species  of  melody 
produced  by  an  ordinary  arrangement  of 
the  diatonic  scale. 


Genns,  X^nliamaonlc.  A  melody  formed 
of  a  scale  of  tones  about  one  fourth  the 
distance  of  those  of  the  diatonic  scale. 

Genns  Melodise.  (Lat.)  Themannerin 
which  the  ancients  divided  and  subdivided 
the  elements  of  melody. 

Genus  Iflixtum.    (Lat.)    Mixed  species. 

Genus  :fIodnlan<li.  (Lat.)  The  andcnt 
division  of  tlie  tetrachord;  a  disposition 
of  its  four  sounds  in  succession. 

Georgel.  (Ger.)  A  continual  and  tcdioua 
playing  on  an  organ. 

Geradebewegung.  (Ger.)  Similar  mo- 
tion. 

Gerade  Talitart.   (Ger.)    Common  time. 

Gerlesel.  (Ger.)  A  soft,  murmuring 
sound. 

German  Fingering.  A  method  of 
marking  the  fingering  of  piano  music 
whi?h  designates  the  thumb  as  the  first 
finger,  in  distinction  from  the  English  or 
American  mode,  which  indicates  the  use 
of  the  thumb  by  a  sign. 

German  Flute.  A  wind  instrument, 
consisting  of  a  tube  formed  of  several 
joints  or  pieces  screwed  together,  or  into 
each  other,  with  holes  along  the  side.  It 
is  closed  at  the  upper  end,  and  furnished 
with  movable  brass  or  silver  keys,  which, 
by  opening  and  closing  certain  holes, 
serve  to  temper  the  tones  to  the  various 
flats  and  sharps ;  a  transverse  flute. 

German  Mordent.  An  ornament  con- 
sisting of  the  alternation  of  a  tone  with 
that  next  below  it,  tlie  chief  one  in  the 
melody  being  the  prominent  sound  in  tha 
division  of  the  measure. 

German  Scale.  A  scale  of  the  natural 
notes  iormed  of  A,  H,  C,  D,  E,  F,  G,  in- 
stead of  A,  B,  C,  <tc.,  the  B  being  always 
reserved  to  express  B  flat. 

German  Sixth.  A  name  applied  by  some 
writers  to  a  chord  composed  of  a  m^jor 
third,  perfect  fifth,  and  extreme  sixth  ;  as, 
A^,  G,  E,  C. 

German  Soprano  Clef.  The  C  clef 
placed  on  the  first  line  of  the  staff  for  so- 
prano, instead  of  the  G  clef  on  the  second 
line  of  that  part  (51). 

Ges.    (Ger.)    G  flat. 

Gesang.  (Ger.)  The  act  of  singing;  war- 
bling; song;  musical  concord  ;  melody. 

Gesangsweise.  (Ger.)  In  the  manner  of 

a  song. 
Gesanse.  (Ger.)  Ilumming;  whistling. 
Geschleift.    (Ger.)    Slurred ;  legato. 
Geacli>viiuzte.    (Ger.)    A  quaver- 
Geschwind.    (Ger.)    Quick. 
Geschvirind  Mariicli.    (Ger.)     A  quick 

march. 
GesDnr.    (Ger.)    G  flat  major. 
Gesinge.    (Ger.)    Constant  singing;  bad 

singing. 
Gestossen.   (Ger.)    Separated ;  detached. 
Geatoors.    (Fre.)    Itinerant  minatre'*,  of 


GES 


IM 


GLl 


the  humorous  order,  who  interlarded  their 
Boug^s  with  comic  talcs  and  jokea. 

Gestrlchene.    (Ger.)    A  quaver  (18). 

Creton.  (C^er.)  liejieated  sounds  ;  clang ; 
clamor. 

Getrageii,  ( Ger.)  Well-sustained  ;  car- 
ried. 

CSewirbel.  (Ger.)  The  roll  or  ruffle  of 
drums. 

Oewolinllclten  Slns'Stlmnien.  (Ger.) 
Ordinary  voices  ;  ordinary  vocal  parts. 

Cleziert.    (Gcr.)    With  affectation. 

G  Flat.  The  flat  seventh  of  A  flat ;  the 
fifth  flat  introduced  in  modulating  by 
fourths  from  the  natural  diatonic  mode. 

G  Gamnt.  A  desi^ation  sometimes  given 
to  the  first  G  below  the  bass  clef  note. 

Ghaiirazles.  (Hin.)  Singing  and  dancing 
girls;  almehs. 

Ghazel.  (Per.)  An  ode  of  the  Persians, 
consisting  of  not  less  than  Ave  nor  more 
than  eighteen  distichs. 

Gblrlf .  ( Tur.)  A  species  of  octave  flute 
used  by  the  Turks. 

Glxlroiida.    (Ita.)    A  hurdy-gurdy. 

Gia  maestro  di  Cappella.  (Ita.)  Before 
the  master  of  music. 

Glambo.    (Ita.)    Iambic. 

Giga.  (Jta.)  A  jig;  a  dance  melody  not 
now  in  use,  consisting  of  two  parts,  each 
containing  g  measures. 

Gige.    (Fre.)    A  string  instrument. 

Glgue.  (Fre,)  A  jig;  a  lively  specieB  of 
daBce. 

G  in  Alt.  The  first  note  in  alt ;  the  octave 
above  the  G,  or  treble  clef  note. 

G  In  Altissimo.  The  first  note  in  altis- 
eimo ;  the  octave  above  G  in  alt  and  the 
fifteenth  above  the  G  or  treble  clef  note. 

Gloclievolinente.  (Ita.)  Sportively  ; 
liglitly ;  gayly. 

Giocolai-I.  (Ita.)  Bands  of  buffoons,  dan- 
cers, actors,  singers,  and  instrumental 
performers,  retained  in  courts  of  princes 
in  Tuscany  for  the  diversion  of  the  com- 
pany. 

Giocosamiente.  (Ita.)  Facetiously ;  spor- 
tively. 

Glocoso.    (Ita.)    Humorous;  sportive. 

Glojoso.  (Ita.)  Joyously;  with  buoyant 
hilarity. 

Gls.    (Ger.)    G  sharp. 

Gis  lUoIl.    (Ger.)    G  sharp  minor, 

Gitana.    (Ita.)    A  Spanish  dance. 

Gittem.  An  old  name  for  the  guitar ;  to 
play  on  a  gittern. 

Gittltta..  (Ileb.)  An  instrument  supposed 
to  have  been  used  by  the  i)eople  of  Gath, 
and  thence  introduced  by  ICing  David  into 
Talestine. 

Giublleo.    (Ita.)    Jubilee. 

Glallarl.  (Ita.)  Bauds  of  dancers,  actors, 
or  siugers. 


Glnocante.  (Ita.)  With  sport  and  gay< 
cty. 

GIuoco.    (Ita.)    An  organ  stop. 

Gtustamente.  (Ita.)  Justly  ;  with  pre- 
cision. 

Giastezza.    (Ita.)    Precision. 

Gtnstezza  dell'  Intonazlone,  Con. 
(Ita.)    With  appropriate  intonation. 

Glusto.  (Ita.)  In  an  equal,  steady,  and 
just  time. 

Given  Bass.  A  bass  given,  to  which  har- 
mony is  to  be  alfixed. 

Giving  Out.  A  term  used  by  organists 
to  signify  the  previous  or  preludiug  per- 
formance, by  which  the  psalm  tune  about 
to  be  sung  is  announced,  or  given  out,  to 
the  congregation. 

Gl.    An  abbreviation  of  Glee. 

Glais.    (Fre.)    The  passing  bell. 

Glals  Funebre.    (Fre.)  A  funeral  knell. 

Glapissant.    (Fre.)    Squeaking;  shrill. 

Gla:«s-CIiord.  A  pianoforte  having  glass 
in  the  place  of  strings,  invented  at  Paris, 
and  first  exhibited  in  1765. 

Glasses,  Slasical.  Au  instrument  formed 
of  a  number  of  glass  goblets,  tuned  by 
filling  them  more  or  k-ss  with  water,  iind 
played  upon  witli  tlie  finger  moistened. 

Glee.  A  composition  for  three  or  more 
voices,  originally  convivial  in  its  cliarac- 
ter,  but  at  present  gay,  grave,  amatory, 
pathetic,  or  bacchanalian. 

Gleek.    (A.  S.)    Music  ;  musician. 

Gleemen.  A  name  applied,  before  the 
Norman  conquest,  to  those  who  subse- 
quently were  known  as  minstrels. 

Gleicbheit.  (Ger.)  The  enharmonic 
quality. 

Gleicbklang.  (Ger.)  Consonance;  uni- 
son. 

Gleiclistimmlg.  (  Ger.)  Harmonious  ;  in 
uuLsou. 

Gleidnstimmang.  (Ger.)  Harmony  of 
sounds ;  uniiiou  ;  concord. 

Gil.    (Ita.)    The. 

Gllconlco.  (Spa.)  A  kind  of  Latin  verse. 

Glide.  Portamento;  a  gliding  of  the  voice 
used  in  slow  movements  for  the  purpose 
of  connecting  two  notes  divided  by  as 
interval. 

Gliding.  An  easy,  smooth,  and  graceful 
style;  in  flute  playing,  a  sliding  move- 
ment of  the  fingers  lor  the  purpose  of 
blending  the  tones. 

Glie.    (So*.)    A  glee. 

Glissade.  (Fre.)  Glidi«g  ;  the  actof  pass- 
ing the  fingers  in  a  smooth,  unbroken 
course  over  the  keys  of  a  piano. 

Glissando.    (Ita.)    lu  a  gliding  manner. 

Glissato.    (Ita.)    A  gliding  movement. 

Glisser.    (Fre.)    To  glide  smoothly  from 

one  key  to  another. 
GlUsez   le   Ponce.     (Fre.)      Slide   the 

thumb. 


GLI 


103 


GRA 


Gllssieando.  (ita.)  A  close,  connected, 
gliding  style. 

Gllssfcato.  (,Ita.)  In  a  gentle  and  gliding 
mauner: 

Gil  Stroiuentl.    (Ita.)   The  instruments. 
Glfickchen.    (Ger.)    A  little  bell. 
Glocke.    ((?<r.)    A  bell. 
GlSckeln.    {Ger.)    To  ring  little  bells. 
Glockengeliiute.     ((?er.}     The  ringing 

or  chiming  of  bells. 
Glockenhammer.    (Ger.)    The  hammer 

of  ii  boll. 

Glockenklan^.    (Ger.)    The  eound  of  a 

bell  or  bells  ;  tlie  chiming  of  bells. 
Gloekenklopfel.  {Ger.)    The  tongue  of 

a  bell. 
Glockenmass.     {Ger.)     Bell   founder's 

diapason. 
Glockenschvrengel.    (Ger.)     Lever  to 

a  bell. 

Glockentlinmi.    (Ger.)    A  belfry. 
Glockenzug.     ( Ger.)     The  ringing  of  a 

bell  or  bells. 
Gloria.    (Lat.)    A  principal  movement  of 

the  mass  or  Catholic  service. 
Glorification.    Vocal  praise ;  adoration. 
Glosa.    {Spa.)    A  variation. 
Glosar.    {Spa.)    To  vary  the  notes. 
Glottis.     {Grk.)     The  mouth-piece  of  a 

wind  instrument ;  the  narrow  aperture  at 

the  upper  part  of  the  windpipe,  which,  by 

its  dilation  and  contraction,  contributes  to 

the  modulation  of  tl>e  human  voice. 
Glottocomeia.    (Grk.)    Boxes  in  which 

the  Grcelvs  carriea  the  Ungulae,  or  tongues 

of  their  flutes. 
Glttbend.    {Ger.)    Ardent;  glowing. 
Glyconlc.    {Lat.)    A  verse  in  Greek  and 

Latin  poetry  of  three  feet — a  spondee,  a 

choriamb,  and  a  pyrrhic. 
G  M^oll.    {Ger.)    G  minor. 
Gnaccliera.    {Ita.)    Tamborine ;  a  tabor. 
Gneusba.  {Ara.)  An  instrument  of  music 

played  upon  by  Arabian  shepherds  while 

tending  their  flocks. 
Gnaj§;ab.    (Heh.)    The  name  given  by  the 

ancient  Hebrews  to  the  organ. 
Goat-Son;;.    A  song  or  anthem  sung  by 

tlie  ancient  Greeks  to  their  god  Dionysus, 

whilst  the  goat  stood  at  the  altar  to  be 

sacrificed. 

Gol.  {Iri.)  A  funeral  dirge  of  the  Irish 
peasantry. 

Goll-Trompo.  A  trumpet  used  by  the 
ancient  Irish,  Danes,  Normans,  and  Eng- 
lish. 

Golpe  de  AInsica.  {Spa.)  A  band  of 
nmsic. 

Gondellled.    {Ger.)    A  gondolier  song. 

Gondolier  Songs.  Song-s  eomiiosod  and 
sung  by  tlie  Venetian  gondoliers,  of  a  very 
graceful  and  pleasing  style  ;  barcarolles. 

Gong.    A  species  of  cymbal  made  by  the 


Chinese,  consisting  of  a  large  round  plat« 
of  metal,  formed  of  seveiity-cigUt  parts 
of  copper  and  twenty-two  of  tin,  which, 
struck  with  a  wooden  mallet  covered  with 
leather,  produces  a  loud  noise. 

Goonong  Salman^.  {Hln.)  Farewell 
hymn  to  the  mountain. 

Gorgeador.  {Spa.)  One  who  quavers;  a 
modulator. 

Gorgear.    {Spa.)     To  quaver ;  to  warble. 

Gorgeo.    {Spa.)    Trilling. 

Gorgheggl.  {Ita.)  Rapid  divisions  ns 
vocal  e.vcrcises  for  acquiring  facilitjr  in 
singing,  and  for  bringing  the  voice  Irom 
the  throat. 

Gorgbeggiamento.  {Ita.)  Trilling , 
warbling. 

Gorghegglare.    {Ita.)    To  trill;  quaver; 

warble. 
Gorglxegglatore.    {Ita.)    Warbler. 
Gorgbegglo.    {Ita.)    A  trill ;  a  shake  of 

the  voice  in  singing. 
Gorlsorl.     {Spa.)     A  song  with  which 

children  mimic  the  clerk's  chant  in  pro- 
cessions. 
Gorsedd.     {TVd.)     A  meeting  of  Welsh 

bards. 
Gondok.  {Itus.)    A  viol  used  by  the  Rns 

sian  peasantry. 
Go-rernlng    Key.      The  principal    key; 

that  key  in  which  the  piece  is  written. 

Gr.    An  abbreviation  of  Grand. 

Grace.  In  vocal  or  instrumental  perform- 
ance, giving  due  place  to  the  appo|i:giatura, 
turn,  shake,  and  other  decorative  addi- 
tions ;  easy,  smooth,  and  natural  expres- 
sion of  the  passages. 

Grace,  Anticipating.  An  embellishing 
note  forestalling  the  note  succeeding  it. 

Grace,  Bass.  A  small  note  like  a  short 
appoggiatura,  and  very  similar  to  tlieacci- 
accatura  of  the  Italians,  struck  only  once 
and  at  the  same  time  with  the  principal 
note,  but  immediately  quitted.  It  is  fre- 
quently used  ujKJn  the  organ  to  strengthen 
the  parts  and  to  supply  the  want  of  ped;iis. 

Grace  Wote.  Any  note  added  to  a  com- 
position as  an  embellishment. 

Graces.  Ornamental  notes,  indicated  by 
the  composer,  or  added  by  the  performer. 
The  most  usual  are  the  appoggiatura  (W), 
the  turn  (79),  and  the  shake  (88). 

Graces,  Smooth.  One  of  the  two  clasf^es 
into  which  old  English  graces  were  di 
vided. 

Grace,  Transient.  A  species  of  shake 
produced  by  commencing  with  the  lialf 
tone  below  the  given  note,  quickly  repeat- 
ing both. 

Graclenx.    {Fre.)    Graceful. 

Gracloso.    {Spa.)    Graceful. 

Gradacion.    {Sjm.)    Gradation  of  toms. 

Gradation.    A  diatonic  ascending^  or  ;^< 
scending  succession  of  chorda. 


GRA 


108 


GRE 


Gradatloned.    Gradually  progroBsirc. 

Gradazlone.  (Itn.)  The  gradual  aug:- 
mcutfition  or  niminution  of  celerity  of 
movement  or  intensity  of  tone. 

Graditnmente.  (,Ita.)  In  a  pleasing 
mauner. 

Cirado.  (/to.)  A  degreeior  single  step 
on  the  stare. 

CSrados.    (.Spa-')    Musical  intervals. 

Gradual.  An  ancient  book  of  hymns  and 
prayers,  so  called  because  some  of  the 
anthems  were  chanted  ou  the  steps  of  the 
pulpit;  a  piece  of  music  occurring  in  every 
mass,  between  the  Gloria  and  the  Credo. 

Graduate.    (,Lat.)    The  Gradual. 

Gradual  ITfodnlatlon.  Modulation  in 
which,  before  the  modulating  chord,  some 
chord  is  taken  which  may  be  considered  as 
belonging  cither  to  the'key  we  are  in,  or 
that  which  immediately  follows  it. 

Graduare.  (7te.)  To  divide  into  de- 
grees. 

Graduenement.    (.Fre.)    Gradually. 

Grail.  An  old  service  book  of  the  Bomish 
church ;  the  Gradual. 

Grailletuent.    (Fre.)    A  hoarse  sound. 

Grailler.  (Fre.)  To  sound  a  bom  to  call 
the  dogs. 

Grammar,  musical.  The  rules  by  which 
sounds  are  harmonically  and  raelodically 
connected,  in  particular  cases,  as  well  as  in 
entire  compositions. 

Grammatical  Accent.  The  common 
measure  accent,  marked  by  the  length  of 
words,  and  a  regular  sucoession  of  strong 
and  weak  parts. 

Gran.    (Ita.)    Grand. 

Gran  Cantors.  (Ita.)  A  fine  or  great 
singer ;  the  first  man  of  the  serious 
opera. 

Grand.  A  term  applied  to  compositions 
and  performances  which  derive  importance 
from  their  style,  length,  or  completeness 
of  parts. 

Grand  Cassa.    (Ita.)    The  double  drum. 

Grand  Cbantre.    (Fre.)    A  precentor. 

Grand  Choir.  In  organ  playing,  the 
union  of  all  the  reed  stops. 

Grande.  (Ita.)  Great;  grand;  a  word 
used  to  distiuofuish  the  grand  chorus  from 
other  parts  of  a  composition. 

Grande  Cantore.  (Ita.)  A  vocalist  of 
uncommon  merit. 

Grand  Flute  Stop.  The  lowest  flute 
stop  of  an  organ. 

Grandioso.  (Ita.)  In  a  noble  and  elevated 
style  ;  gre.it,  magnificent,  either  in  compo- 
sition or  perform.ince. 

Grandisonoua.    Making  a  great  sound. 

Grand  Jeu.  (Fre.)  The  full  organ  in 
organ  playing. 

Grando.    An  abbreviation  of  Grandioso. 


Grand  Opera.  An  extended  opera,  com- 
posed of  an  intricate  plot,  and  illustrated 
with  a  great  variety  of  incidental  events. 

Grand  Org^ue.    (Fre.)    Grciit  organ. 

Grand  Piano  Droit.  (Fre.)  Cabinet 
piano. 

Grand  Pianoforte.  A  pinnofortc  in 
which  all  iho  octaves,  save  about  the  low- 
est two  in  the  scale,  have  for  eaoii  note 
three  strings  attuned  in  unison,  and  struck 
at  once  by  the  same  hammer.  From  I'oijr 
to  seven  of  the  lowest  strings  are  some- 
times single,  and  through  about  anotln-r 
octave  and  a  half  two  striugs  to  each  note 
arc  often  used. 

Grandslre.  The  120  ohangea  forming  the 
peal  upou  five  bells. 

Grandsire  Bol).  The  ringing  of  720 
changes  upou  a  peal  of  six  bells. 

Grandsire  Triple.  The  ringing  of  the 
50i0  changes  upon  seven  bells. 

Grand  Sonata.  A  massive  and  extended 
sonata,  consisting  generally  of  four  move- 
ments. 

Grand  Stop.  The  union  of  the  reed  stopa 
iu  organ  playing. 

Gran  Gusto.  (Ita.)  In  a  lofty,  elevated 
manner:  a  high -wrou''ht  song  or  chorus; 
a  full  and  finished  performance. 

Gran  Prova.    (Ita.)    The  last  rehearsal. 

Gran  Tambnro.    (Ita.)    Great  drum. 

Grappa.  (Ita.)  The  brace  or  character 
servmg  to  connect  two  or  more  staves  (7) 

Gratiua  Agimus.  (Lot.)  Part  of  the 
Gloria. 

Grating.  An  offensive,  irritating,  dis- 
pleasing sound ;  a  discx)rd. 

Gratiosa.    In  a  flowing,  graceful  style. 

Grave.  (Ita.)  A  glow  and  solemn  move- 
ment ;  a  deep,  low  pitch  in  the  scale  of 
sounds  ;  a  dignified  mode  of  delivery. 

Gravemente.  (Ita.)  With  gravity;  dig- 
nified and  solemn. 

Grave  Religioso.  (Ita.)  Bcligiouslv 
grave ;  a  slow  movement,  connected  with 
a  grave  and  serious  style. 

Gravezza.    (Ita.)    Grave. 

Gravicembalo.    (Ita.)    Pianoforte. 

Gravisouante.    (Ita.)    Loud  sounding. 

Gravlta.    (Ita.)    Gravity. 

Gravity.  A  low  pitch;  a  modification  of 
any  sound  by  which  it  beeomea  deep  or 
low  in  relation  to  some  other  sound. 

Grazia.    (Ita.)    In  a  flowing  style. 

Graziosamente.  (Ita.)  In  a  flowing  and 
graceful  style. 

Grazioso.  (Ita.)  A  graceful  style;  with 
smoothness  and  elegance. 

Grazo.    An  abbreviation  of  Grazioso. 

Great  Barrer.  The  act  of  pressing  at 
the  same  time  all  the  strings  of  a  guitar 
with  the  first  finger  of  the  left  hand. 

Great  Cadenee.    A  cadence  in  which  the 


GRE 


107 


G1.U 


closing  chord  Im  mediately  follows  that 
of  the  sub-dominant,  or  fourth  of  the  key 
—  sometimes  called  tlie  plagal  cadence. 

6reat  Drum.    The  bass  drum. 

Greater  Appogglatnra.  The  long  ap- 
po«g-iatura. 

Greater  Fourth.    Sharp  fourth. 

Greater  l,ay.  One  of  the  two  classes  of 
lays  in  ancient  times,  consistin.!j  of  twelve 
couplets  of  verses  in  diflFerent  measures. 

Greater  $icale.  That  scale  in  which  the 
thirds  are  greater,  as  a  scale  composed  of 
miijor  thirds  ;  the  major  scale. 

Greater  Viol.  A  viol  of  six  strings,  for- 
merly much  used  in  Germany ;  the  viol 
da  gamba. 

Great  I^yre  of  Orpbeus.  A  name  ap- 
plied by  the  ancients  to  a  system  of  the 
harmonized  arts. 

Great  Octave.  The  lowest  series  of  seven 
notes,  which  includes  both  the  divisions 
of  the  short  keys  in  the  key  board,  begin- 
ning with  the  two,  and  expressed  by  cap- 
ital letters. 

Great  Opera.  An  opera  involving  tragic 
events  and  details  ;  the  grand  opera. 

Great  Orcliestra.  A  combination  of 
stringed,  reed,  and  brass  instruments, 
with  their  proportion  of  instruments  of 
percussion. 

CMreat  Or§^an.  In  an  organ  with  three 
rews  of  keys,  usually  the  middle  row,  so 
called  from  containing  the  greatest  num- 
ber of  stops,  and  the  pipes  are  voiced 
louder  than  those  in  the  swell  or  the 
choir  organ. 

Great  Scale.  The  entire  series  of  mu- 
sical sounds. 

Great  Sixth.  The  chord  of  the  fifth  and 
sixth,  when  the  fifth  is  perfect  and  the 
sixth  is  major. 

Grecian  £<yre.  A  lyre  of  the  ancient 
Greeks,  having  but  seven  strings,  and 
quite  small,  being  held  in  tlie  hand  when 
played  upon. 

Greel£  Cadence.    Plagal  cadence. 

Greek  Scale.  A  scale  which,  in  the  time 
of  Aristoxenus,  consisted  of  two  octaves, 
the  whole  system  having  been  composed 
of  a  different  series  of  four  sounds,  with 
one  note  added  to  the  bottom  of  the  scale 
to  complete  the  double  octave,  all  of  which 
sounds  having  had  difierent  denomina- 
tions, like  our  gamut. 

Gregorian  Chant.  A  style  of  choral 
music,  according  to  the  eight  celebrated 
church  modes  introduced  by  Pope  Grego- 
ry in  the  sixth  century,  and  incorporated 
by  Charlemagne  into  the  liturgy  of  the 
lloman  Catliolic  church  A.  D.  7tt9. 

Gregorlanische  Gesang.  (Oer.)  The 
Gregorian  Chant. 

Gregorian  Music.  Sacred  compositions 
introduced  into  the  Catholic  service  by 
Pope  Gregory. 

Gregorian  Tones.  The  chants  used  for 
the  psalms  in  the  Roman  Catholic  service ; 


the  ancient  modes  or  tones  on  which  thoss 
chants  are  based. 

Grele.  (,Fre.)  Shrill;  sharp ; the higbest 
tone. 

Grell.    (^Ger.)    Harsh  ;  sharp  ;  shrilL 

Grelot.    (Fre.)    A  small  bell. 

Grex.    (Lat.)    The  chorus  in  a  play. 

Griffhiatt.  (_Ger.)  A  table  of  figures  or 
signs  indicating  the  manner  of  playing 
on  the  flute,  piano,  &c. 

GrllTbret.  ( Ger.)  The  finger  board  of  a 
violin,  violoncello,  &c. 

Griffloch.  ( Ger.)  The  holes  of  a  fiatc  ^ud 
like  instruments. 

Grlngotter.  (Fre.)  To  quaver;  to  warble; 
to  hum  a  tune. 

Grooves.  Compartments  in  the  sound- 
board of  an  organ,  serving  as  canals  for 
the  wind,  the  near  ends  of'  which  lie  over 
the  wind-chest,  and  are  firmly  closed  by 
the  pallets. 

Groppo.  (lia.)  A  group ;  a  cluster  of 
notes. 

Gros.    {Fre.)    Great. 

Gros-fa.  {Fre.)  The  name  formerly  applied 
to  old  church  music  in  square  notes,  sem- 
ibreves,  and  minims. 

Grossartig.    (.Ger.)    Grand. 

Groaae.  (Ger.)  M^or,  in  regard  to  intervals. 

Grosse  Caisse.    {Fre.)    The  great  drum. 

Grouse  Sonate.   (Ita.)    Grand  sonatas. 

Grosso.    {Ita.)    Full ;  great ;  grand. 

Grossvatertanz.  (Ger.)  Grandfather's 
dance  ;  an  old-fashioned  dance. 

Gros  Tambour.  (Fre.)   The  great  drum. 

Grotesque  9Iusic.  A  whimsical,  wild, 
or  odd  style  of  composition  or  perform- 
ance ;  fanciful  or  absurd  music. 

Grottesco.    {Ita.)    Unique ;  grotesque. 

Ground.  A  composition  in  which  the 
bass,  consisting  of  a  few  bars  of  inde- 
pendent notes,  is  perpetually  repeated  to 
a  contintlSlly  varying  melody  j  a  ground 
bass ;  the  tune  on  which  descants  are 
raised  ;  the  plain  song. 

Ground  Bass.  A  bass  consisting  of  a 
few  simple  notes,  intended  as  a  theme  on 
which,  at  each  repetition,  a  new  melody 
is  constructed. 

Group.  An  assemblage  of  several  short 
notes  tied  together,  every  species  of  mu- 
sical ornament  consisting  of  severnl  small 
notes. 

Groups,  Compound.  Groups  which, 
when  in  triplets,  are  derived  from  double 
groups,  or  when  iu  doublets  are  derived 
from  triple  groups. 

Gruff.    Rugged;  harsh. 

Grum.  A  low,  deep  throated  tone ;  hoarf, 
rough  sound. 

Grundbass.  {Ger.)  Fundamental  bass. 

Grundstimme.    (  }er.)    The  bass. 

Grundton.    {Ger.j    The  bass  note. 


GRU 


108 


HAL 


Grnppetto.    (/<a.)    A  group  of  notes ;  a 

turu. 
CSrappo.  (/to.)  A  turn;  a  trill  or  grace;  a 

group  or  cluster  of  notes. 
CScIUttssel.    {Ger.)    G  clef. 
Gtr.    An  abbreviation  of  Guitar. 

Gm.  (Bin.)  A  syllable  applied  to  the  third 

note  of  the  Hindoo  scale  in  Boll'aiug. 
Guaraclia.    A  Spanish  danc«. 

Gnarnerias.    A  certain  make  of  violin 

higlily  prized,  so  called  from  the  name  of 

the  manufacturer. 
GuddolE.    (_Iias.)     A  rustic  violin  with 

three  strings,  used  among  the  Uussian 

peasantry. 
Gnerrlero.    (Ita.)    In  a  martial  style. 
Gala.    {Spa.)    Fugue;  conductor ;  leader. 
Golda.    ilta.)    A  guide;  a  direct  (114). 

Gulda  Arntonlca.  (_Ita.)  A  guide  to  har- 
mony. 

Gnida  Sfuslca.  (Jta.)  A  guide  to  musical 
knowledge ;  a  book  of  instruction. 

Guide.  That  note  in  a  fugue  which  leads 
off  and  announces  the  subject;  a  book  of 
instruction. 

Gnide,  Hand.  An  instrument  introduced 
by  Kalkbrenner  to  insure  a  proper  posi- 
tion of  the  bands  and  arms  on  the  piano- 
forte. 

Guide,  Wrist.  That  part  of  a  chiroplast 
which  guides  the  wrist. 

Guidon.  (Fre.)  The  Character  called  a 
direct. 

Guidonian  Kand.  The  figure  of  a  left 
hand,  witli  the  syllabic  signs  of  the  inter- 
vals of  the  three  IiexaehordSj  instituted 
by  Guido,  marked  on  the  joints  of  the 
fingers. 

Guidonian  Syllables.  The  syllables 
Ut,  Re,  Mi,  Fa,  Sol,  La,  used  by  Guido  for 
his  system  of  hexachords.  Sometimes 
called  Aretian  Syllables. 

Gnido's  Gamnt.  The  table  or  scale  in- 
troduced by  Guido  Aretinus  in  1204,  and 
to  the  notes  of  wliich  he  applied  the  mon- 
osyllables Ut,  Ke,  Mi,  Fa,  Sol,  La.  It 
consisted  of  twenty  notes,  namely,  two 
octaves  and  a  major  sixth,  the  first  octave 
being  distinguished  by  capital  letters,  as 
G,  A,  li,  &c.,  the  second  by  small  letters, 


g,  a,  b,  Ac,  and  the  supernumerary  sixtb 
by  double  letters,  as  gg,  aa,  bb,  &c. 

Goldo's  Scale.    Guido's  gamut. 

Goimbard.    Ajewsharp. 

Galon.  {Spa.)  A  sign  indicatino^  that  the 
piece  or  passage  is  to  be  repeated. 

Gait.    An  abbreviation  of  Guitar. 

Guitar.  An  instrument  tlie  body  of  which 
is  of  an  oval  form,  with  a  neck  similar  to 
that  of  the  violin,  liaving  six  8trin;;s,  tliree 
of  silk  covered  with  silver  wire,  and  three 
of  catgut,  extended  in  parallel  lines  from 
tlie  head  to  the  lower  end,  passing  over 
the  sounding  Iiole  and  bridge,  and  i)layed 
upon  with  the  fingers. 

Guitare.    {Fre.)    A  guitar. 

Guitarillo.    {Spa.)    A  very  small  guitar. 

Guitar,  liyre.  A  French  instrument 
having  six  strings,  and  formed  somewhat 
like  an  ancient  lyre. 

Gultarra.    {Por.  aad  Spa.)    A  guitar. 

Galtarre  d'Amoar.  A  modification  of 
the  German  guitar. 

Guitarre,  tyre.  (i?V«.)  A  French  instru- 
ment having  six  strings,  .and  formed 
somewhat  like  an  ancient  lyre. 

Guitarrero.  {Spa.)  A  guitar  player ;  a 
guitar  maker. 

Guitarrista.    {Spa.)    A  guitar  player. 

Guitarron.    {Spa.)    A  large  guitar. 

Guiterue.  {Fre.)  Name  applied  to  the 
guitar  in  the  twelfth  century. 

Gundiinr.  {Ilin.)  The  name  of  the  third 
note  in  the  Hindoo  musical  scale. 

Gusto.    {Ita.)    Taste. 

G  Ut.  A  name  applied,  in  the  Guidonian 
solmization,  to  the  tone  large  G,  because 
this  tone  was  the  lowest  of  Guido's  whole 
system  of  tones. 

Gutdiinken.  ( Ger.)  At  pleasure  ;  accord- 
ing to  tJie  taste  of  the  peribrmer. 

Guttural.  Formed  in  the  throat;  per- 
taining to  the  throat. 

Gutturalmente.  {Ita.)  Gutturally ;  in  the 
throat. 

Gymnastlce.  {Grk.)  Contests  of  skill 
among  the  ancients  in  which  the  perform- 
ance of  music  formed  a  principal  part. 

Gynaik.ites.  {Tur.)  A  female  choir;  the 
place  designed  for  female  singers  in  a 
mosque. 


H. 


HTHE  seventh  degree  in  the  diatonic 
•  scale,  the  twelfth  in  tlie  chromatic, 
and  used  by  the  Germans  for  B  natural. 
In  the  Guidonian  solmization  this  tone 
was  called  b  mi,  the  hexachord  com- 
mencing with  g.  It  is  the  seventh  major 
of  c,  the  pure  fifth  of  e,  and  the  third  ma- 
jor of  g. 


Habanera.  {Spa.)   A  slow  Spanish  dance 
tune  in  ^  time ;  a  dance. 

Sabitudo.    {Lot.)    A  ratio  measuring  ao 
interval. 

llackbrett.    ( Ger.)    The  dulcimer. 
nalb.    {Ger.)    Btdf. 


HAL 


109 


HAR 


Salbcad«nz.    (Oer.)     A  half  cadence ;  a 

cadence  on  the  domiuant. 

Halbe.    (Ger.)    Minims  (16). 

Halberton.    ( Ger.)    A  semitone. 

Balbnote.    (Ger.)    A  half  note. 

Halbvers.    (Ger.)    llemistich. 

Salf  Beat.  An  inferior  note,  struek  only 
once,  and  at  the  same  time  with  the  prin- 
cipal note,  then  immediately  quitted. 

Half  Breatli.  An  additional  supply  of 
air,  taken  by  a  partial  inspiration  during 
the  course  of  singling,  so  aa  to  refresh  the 
lunges  and  tonal  strength. 

Half  Cadence.  A  cadence  not  full  and 
perfect ;  a  cadence  on  the  dominant. 

Half  Circle.  A  melodic  figure  consistin,^ 
of  four  tones,  tlie  second  and  fourth  of 
which  are  the  same. 

Half  Common  Time.  A  measure  con- 
taining only  two  crotchets,  or  their  equiv- 
alents. 

Half  Degree.    A  semitone. 

Half  IVote.    A  minim  (16). 

Half-IVote  Best.  A  pause  in  singing  or 
playiiigj  equal  in  duration  to  the  length 
of  a  lialf  note ;  a  minim  rest  (28). 

Half  Sliift.  The  iirst  shift  on  a  violin; 
that  on  the  fifth  line,  or  G. 

Half  Soprano.  A  species  of  female  voice 
holding  a  middle  position  between  soprano 
and  alto. 

Half  Step.  The  smallest  Interval  used  in 
music. 

Half  Tone.    A  semitone ;  a  small  second. 

Half  Treble.    Mezzo-soprano. 

Hallelnjalt.  (Heb.)  A  Hebrew  word 
8i;rnifyiiig  "  Praise  ye  Jah,  or  Jcliovah," 
and  used  as  the  text  of  many  musical 
compositions,  and  the  burden  of  sacred 
choruses. 

Hallelujah  j^etre.  A  stanza  of  six  lines 
in  iambic  measure,  the  syllables  of  each 
being  in  number  and  order  as  follows : 
fi,  0,  6,  0,  8,  8. 

Halmpfelfe.    (Ger.)    Shepherd's  pipe. 

Hals.  (Ger.)  The  neck  of  a  violin,  ten- 
or, &c. 

Halseuiug.  (A.  S.  and  Ger.)  Sounding 
harshly  in  the  throat  ;  inharmonious  ; 
dissonant. 

Hammer,  Pianoforte.  That  part  of  the 
ineoliauism  of  a  pianoforte  whicli  strikes 
the  wires. 

Hammer,  Tuning.  An  instrument  by 
wliioh  the  strings  of  pianos  and  liarps  are 
tightened  or  loosened  in  order  to  tune 
them. 

Haitd-Dlrector.  A  name  sometimes  ap- 
plied to  Logier's  chiroplast. 

Hand  Brum.    A  taraborine* 

Hande.    (Oer.)    Hands. 

Htindespiel.  (Ger.)    Organ  keys. 

Hand  Guide.  An  instrument  invented 
10 


by  Kalkbrenner,  to  insure  a  good  position 
of  the  hands  and  arms  on  the  pianoforte. 

Handja.  (Afr.)  An  African  instrument 
consisting  of  a  light  reed  frame,  three  feet 
long  by  one  and  a  half  broad,  in  which  are 
fastened  a  set  of  hollow  gourds  covered 
by  strips  of  hard  red  wood.  Each  of  those 
is  of  a  diQereut  size,  and  the  set  is  so 
graduated  as  to  form  a  scries  of  clear, 
silvery  tones  when  played  upon  by  two 
sticks,  one  soft,  the  other  hard. 

Hand  Key  Board.  Manual  of  an  organ 
comprising  the  keys  played  with  the  hand. 

Handlage.  (Ger.)  The  position  of  the 
hand. 

Handlagen.    (Ger.)    The  position  of  the 

hands. 

Hand  Organ.  A  portable  instrument 
consisting  of  a  cylinder,  turned  by  hand, 
on  which,  by  means  of  wires,  pins,  and  sta- 
ples, are  set  the  tunes,  the  revolution  of 
the  cylinder  causing  the  pins,  &c.,  to  act 
upon  the  keys,  and  at  tlie  same  time  to 
give  admission  to  wind  from  the  bellows 
to  the  pipe. 

Hararlcus.  Song  writers  among  the  an- 
cient Peruvians  who  composed  amatory 
songs  and  elegies. 

Hard  B.    U  natural. 

Hardiment.    (Fre.)    Boldly;  freely. 

Harfe.    (Ger.)    A  harp. 

Harf  en.    ( Ger.)    To  play  on  the  harp. 

Harfenett.    (Ger.)    A  little  harp. 

Harfeuklang.  (Ger.)  Sound  of  the  harp. 

Harf  ensplelerin.    ( Ger.)    Harper. 

Harmatian  Air.  (Grk.)  A  spirited  mar- 
tial air,  employed  by  the  ancients  to  ani- 
mate tlie  horses  that  drew  the  chariot 
during  battle. 

Harmoneon.  A  reed  instrument  having 
a  key  board  like  a  pianoforte,  and  supplied 
with  wind  by  a  bellows  worked  by  the 
foot  of  the  performer. 

Harmonia^(Xa<.)  Harmony;  in  ancient 
mythology^  dau^literof  Mars  and  Venus, 
whose  name  was  Urst  employed  to  indicate 
music  in  general. 

Harmonia  Pliilosophlca.  (TaU.)  A 
philosophical  treatment  of  harmony,  par- 
ticularly the  philosophica!  investigation 
of  the  various  intervals  and  their  relations. 

Harmonic.  Concordant ;  musical ;  a  note 
produced  by  a  number  of  vibrations  which 
IS  a  multiple  of  a  number  producing  some 
other. 

Harmonica.  An  instrument,  invented  by 
Dr.  Franklin,  producing  tones  by  the  fric- 
tion of  the  fingers  against  tiie  edges  of 
hemispherical  glasses  ;  a  small,  flat  mstru- 
ment  containing  metallic  reeds,  producin-j 
its  tones  by  being  htld  to  the  mouth  and 
blown  through  holes  on  its  upper  edge. 

Harmonical  Canon.    The  monoohord. 
Harmonical  Mean.     The  third  in  the 

harmonic  triad. 
Harmottioal  Trumpet.  An  instraiocwt 


HAR 


110 


HAR 


Me  sound  of  which  imitates  that  of  a 
trumpet,  and  resembles  it  in  every  thing-, 
excepting  that  it  is  longer,  and  consists  of 
more  branches  ;  the  saclcbut. 

Harmonica,  IVailed.  An  instrument  the 
pegs  of  which  are  of  steel  placed  in  a 
semicircle  and  played  with  a  bow. 

Banuonie  Flgiuration.  The  progres- 
sion from  one  tone  to  another  of  the  same 
chord,  thence  passing  in  tlie  same  manner 
througli  succesiiive  different  cliords. 

Harmonic  Hand.    The  Guidonian  hand. 

Barmonichord.  A  stringed  instrument, 
invented  In  1785,  having-  the  form  of  an 
upriglit  piano,  sounded  by  the  action  of  a 
cylinder  covered  with  leather. 

Harmonici.   (Lat.)    Harmonics. 

Harmonic  Interr^al.  The  relation  of 
two  sounds  agreeable  to  the  ear  either  in 
succession  or  consonance. 

Barmonic  91  ark.  A  sign  used  in  violin, 
violoncello,  and  harp  music  to  indicate  that 
the  notes  over  which  it  is  placed  are  to  bo 
played  upon  such  p.irts  of  the  open  strings 
as  will  produce  the  harmonic  sounds  (110) 

Barmonic  Modulation.  A  change  in 
the  harmony  from  oae  key  to  another. 

Harmonlcon.    The  harmonica. 

Harmonlcon,  Rock.  An  instrument 
consisting  of  a  wooden  frame,  on  which 
are  placed  pieces  of  rock  arranged  in  mu- 
sical order  as  regards  tone,  and  played 
upon  with  wooden  hammers  held  in  the 
hand. 

Harmonics.  Sec-ondary  and  less  distinct 
tones  accompanying  a  principal,  and  ap- 
parently simple,  tone,  as  the  octave,  the 
twelfth,  the  tiftecnth,  and  the  seventeenth ; 
artiflcial  tones  produced  by  a  string  or 
column  of  air,  when  the  impulse  given  to 
It  suifices  only  to  cause  a  part  of  the  string 
or  column  to  vibrate ;  the  geometrical 
mensuration  of  musical  sounds. 

Harmonic  Triad.  A  compound  of  three 
radical  sounds  consisting  of  a  fundamental 
note,  its  third  and  its  titth. 

Harmonic.    {Fre.  and  Ger.)    Harmony. 

Harmonies,  Accidental.  The  three 
relatives  of  the  key. 

Harmonies,  Essential.  The  three  har- 
monics of  the  key. 

XIarsnonies,  Pedal.  Chords  formed  by 
placing  the  dominant  seventh,  diminished 
seventh,  or  seventh  of  a  loading  note,  on 
the  tonii%  or  the  dominant  treated  as  a  tem- 
poniry  key  note. 

narmoniensement.  (Fre.)  Harmoni- 
ously. 

Uarmonions.  A  term  applicable  to  any 
two  or  more  sounds  which  form  a  conso- 
nant or  agreeable  union. 

Harmonious  Trumpet,    The  sackbut. 

Uarmouiplion.  An  instrument  with  a 
key  board  like  a  pianoforte,  intended  to 
supply  the  plac>i  of  the  hautboys  in  the 
orchestra,  the  sounds  of  which  are  pro- 
duced from  small  m«tal  tongses,  acted 


npon  by  a  enrrent  of  air  blcwn  tbrongfa  • 
flexible  tube. 
Harmoniquc.     (Fire.)     Harmonic;  bar- 

monical. 

Harmoniscb.    {Ger.)    Harmonious. 

Harntonist.  One  acquainted  with  the 
laws  of  harmony  ;  a  musician  ;  a  composer 
of  music. 

Harinonista.    {Spa.)    Musician. 

Harmoniunn.  An  instrument  played 
upon  by  means  of  keys  like  those  of  a 
pianoforte,  the  tones  bei~j-  produced  by 
the  vibration  of  metallic  rce»i?.  It  fre- 
quently has  two  key  boards,  pedals,  and 
different  stops  or  registers. 

Harmonize.  To  render  musical ;  to  com- 
bine or  adjust  according  to  the  laws  of 
counterpoint. 

Harmonized.  A  melody  when  additional 
parts  are  subjoined,  so  as  to  give  it  body, 
or  a  fulness  of  effect. 

Harmonizer.  One  who  fabricates  or  pro- 
duces harmony,  adds  pass.iges  to  the  pro- 
ductions of  others,  fills  up  scanty  pieces, 
or  writes  accompaniments  to  popular  airs. 

Harnionometre.  {Fre.)  An  instrument 
consisting  of  a  string  drawn  between  two 
points,  over  movable  bridges  so  arranged 
as  to  be  lengthened  or  shortened  at  pleas- 
ure, and  used  for  measuring  the  harnionio 
relations  of  sounds. 

Harmony.  The  agreement  or  consonance 
of  two  or  more  united  sounds ;  a  combined 
succession  of  chords ;  a  science  which 
treats  of  the  construction  and  progression 
of  chords. 

Harmony,  Artiflcial.  Discordant  com- 
binations that  are  allowable  because  bear- 
iug  some  relation  to  tlie  triad,  or  common 
chord,  of  the  fundamental  note. 

Harmony,  Borroived.  Chords  of  the 
added  ninth  derived  from  the  dominant 
seventli  by  substituting  the  ninth  in  place 
of  the  eighth. 

Harmony,  Close.  A  harmony  whOM 
tones  are  compact  and  nearly  allied  la 
regard  to  piteli. 

Harmony,  Compact.    Close  harmony. 

Harmony,  Compound.  Simple  har- 
mony with  an  octave  added. 

Barmony,  Compressed.  Harmony- 
whose  parts  are  closely  conjoined. 

Harmony,  Continued.  A  harmony 
which  does  not  change,  though  the  bass 
varies. 

Harmony,  Dispersed.  A  harmony  In 
which  the  notes  forming  the  different 
chords  arc  separated  from  each  othrr  by 
wide  intervals. 

Harmony,  Dominant.  Harmony  on 
the  fifth  of  the  key. 

Harmony,  Extended.  That  harmony 
in  which  tlie  notes  forming  the  different 
chords  are  separated  from  each  other  by 
wide  intervals ;  open  harmony. 

Harmony,  False.  A  harmony  contrary 
to  the  rules  that  ehoald  g;ovem  it. 


HAB 


111 


HAR 


Harmony,  Ffgnred.  A  harovony  ia 
which,  for  the  purpose  of  melody,  one  or 
more  of  the  pfirts  of  a  composition  move, 
during  the  continuimceof  a  chord,  throu^li 
certain  uotcs  which  do  uot  form  any  of  the 
constitueut  parts  of  that  chord. 

Harmony,  iVatural.  Harmony  produced 
by  the  natural  and  essential  chords  of  the 
mode. 

Harmony  of  tlie  SpUeres.  An  hypoth- 
esis of  Pythagoras,  according:  to  which 
the  motions  of  the  heavenly  bodies  pro- 
duced a  music  imperceptible  by  the  ears 
of  mortals. 

Harmony,  Open.  Harmony  of  which 
the  notes  are  separated  by  wide  intervals; 
extended  harmony. 

Harmony,  Plated.  A  harmony  without 
movemeut. 

Harmony,  Simple.  That  harmony  in 
which  there  is  no  concord  to  the  funda- 
mental above  an  octave. 

Harmony,  Suspended.  One  or  more 
notes  of  a  chord  retained  in  the  following 
chord. 

Harp.  A  stringed  instrument  consisting 
of  a  triangular  frame,  having  chords  dis- 
tended in  parallel  sections  from  the  upper 
part  to  one  of  its  sides,  and  usually  played 
with  the  fingers  ;  to  play  on  a  harp. 

Harpa.    {7ce.  and  Stoe.)    A  harp. 

Harp,  ^olian.  An  instrument  invented 
by  Kircher,  consisting  of  catgut  or  wire 
strings,  drawn  in  parallel  lines  over  a  bos. 
of  tlun  wood  having  sounding  holes  in  its 
top,  and  producing  a  pleasing  combination 
of  tones  by  being  placed  iu  a  current  of 
air. 

Harp,  ^olns.    An  JSolian  harp. 

Harpalice.  (Grk.)  A  song  sung  by  young 
girls  at  old  Greek  festivals. 

Harp  Bell.  A  stringed  instrument,  so 
called  from  its  being  swung  about  in  per- 
formance like  a  bell,  supposed  to  be  the 
lyra  or  cithara  of  the  ancients. 

Harp,  Conched.  Name  originally  given 
to  the  spinet. 

Harp  Cwrve.  The  position  in  which  the 
strings  arc  arranged  in  the  circular  scale 
of  a  pianoforte. 

Harp,  Double  Action.  A  harp  having 
pedals  ciipable  of  being  placed  in  two  po- 
sitions, the  tirst  of  which  raises  the  sound 
of  the  instrument  half  a  tone,  and  the  sec- 
ond a  whole  tone. 

Harpe.    {Fre.  and  Dan.)    A  harp. 

HarpecUorde.  {Fre.)  An  old  French 
name  for  the  harpsichord. 

Harpe  £olienne.  {Fre.)  An  .Siolian 
harp. 

Harpeggiate.  (Ita.)  In  the  style  or  after 
the  luuuuer  of  a  harp. 

Harpeggiato.  {Itn.)  Causing  several 
sounds  of  one  accord  to  be  heard,  no.  t- 
gether,  but  distinctly,  one  after  the  other. 

Harpeggiren.    (Ger.)    Arpeggiate. 

Harper.    One  who  plays  upon  a  harp. 


Harp,  Hook.    The  Irish  harp. 

Harping.    The  act  of  playing  on  r  harp. 

Harp,  Irisli.  An  instrument  having  a 
larger  number  of  strings  than  the  lyre. 

Harpist.    A  performer  on  the  hai-p. 

Harp,  Jew's.  A  small  instrument  made 
of  brass  or  steel,  having  a  flexible  metal 
tongue,  phiyed  upon  by  beiug  placed  be- 
tween the  teeth,  vibrating  tlie  tongue  by 
striking  it  with  the  finger,  the  sounds 
beiug  modulated  by  the  action  of  the 
breath  in  various  degrees  of  force. 

Harp,  Key.  An  instrument  of  recent  in- 
vention, externally  like  a  piano,  with  a 
similar  arrangement  of  keys  and  pedals, 
and  consisting  in  the  adjustment  of  tuning 
forks  of  various  pitches  over  cavities  or 
sonorous  metal,  which  if  struck  would 
emit  corresponding  sounds. 

Harp  LiUte.  An  instrument  having  twelve 
strings,  and  resembling  the  guitar. 

Harp  Pedal.  The  pedal  of  a  pianoforte, 
sometimes  called  the  soft  pedal,  by  means 
of  which  the  sound  is  decreased. 

Harp,  Perpendicular.  A  harp  invent- 
ed by  Dizi  in  1820. 

Harpsichord.  An  instrument  of  the 
harp  kind,  much  used  previous  to  the 
introduction  of  the  pianoforte,  having 
strings  of  wire,  and  furnished  with  one 
and  sometimes  two  rows  of  keys,  thus 
enabling  the  performer  to  strike  several 
notes  at  once,  as  with  the  piano,  and  con- 
sequently to  play  in  chords. 

Harpsichord,  Bow.  An  instrument 
invented  at  Konigsberg  by  Garbrecht.  _ 

Harpsichord,  Compound.  A  hat^isi- 
chord,  invented  in  I7r4,  having  hammers 
on  the  plan  of  the  pi^inoforte. 

Harpsichord,  Double.  An  harpsichord 
so  arranged  that  two  persons  can  play  it 
at  the  same  time. 

Harpsichord  Harmonica.  An  harmon- 
ica, the  sounds  of  which  arc  produced  by 
mc.ins  of  l^ys  similar  to  those  of  the  pia- 
noforte, invented  at  licrlin. 

Harpsichord,  Viol.  An  old  French  in- 
strument resembling  a  viol,  placed  uiwn  a 
table,  and  played  with  a  wheel,  protlucing 
tones  like  tliose  of  a  viol. 

Harpsichord,  Vis-a-Vis.  A  double 
harpsichord. 

Harpsicon.  An  old  name  for  the  spinet 
and  harpsichord. 

Harp,  Single  Action.  A  harp  whose 
pedals  produce  but  a  single  change  in  the 
sound  of  the  instrument,  namely,  to  raise 
it  half  a  tone. 

Harp,  Spanish.  A  harp  similar  in  con- 
struction to  the  Irish  harp,  but  sm.iller. 

Harp  Style.    In  the  arpeggio  style. 

Harp  Treadle.  The  pedal  of  the  harp,  by 
nie;ms  of  which  the  tone  of  the  instrument 
is  raised  to  the  extent  of  a  small  second. 

Harp,  Triangular.  An  ancient  instru- 
ment, of  Phrygian  invention,  resembling 
the  Theban  harp. 


HAR 


112 


HER 


Sarp,  Welsh.  An  ancient  InstrumcBt 
having  about  one  Iiundred  strings. 

Haraur.  (Heb.)  A  dechordon ;  an  iastm- 
mcnt  of  ten  strings,  used  by  tlie  Hebrews. 

Hart.  (Ger.)  Major  in  regard  to  keys 
and  modus. 

Harvest  Home.  Tlic  song  snn^  at  the 
harvest  feast. 

Haupt.    (Ger.)    Principal. 

Hanptmanual.  (Cer.)  The  set  of  keys 
belonging  to  the  great  organ. 

Hauptnote.  (Ger.)  Principal  note  of  a 
shake ;  that  over  wiiich  the  sign  "  tr  "  is 
placed. 

Hauptperiod.    (Ger.)    A  capital  period. 

Hauptsatz.  (Ger.)  The  principal  subject 
or  theme. 

Hauptscliluss.    (Crer.)    A  fin.il  cadence. 

Hauptatijniiiiie.(  Cer.)  The  principal  voice. 

Hanpt-toii.(G^er.)  The  principal  note  of  a 
shake,  or  that  over  which  the  mark  "  tr  " 
is  placed. 

Ilauptvrerk.    (Cer.)    The  great  organ. 

Haarn.    ( Got.)    A  horn. 

Hansse.    {Fre.)    The  nut  of  a  bow. 

Hausser.    {Fre.)    To  raise  the  tone  of. 

Haut.    (/Ve.)    Acute;  high;  shrill. 

Hantb.    An  abbreviation  of  Hautboy. 

Hautbols.    The  oboe ;  the  hautboy. 

Hautboy.  A  portable  wind  instrument 
of  tlie  reed  kind,  consisting  of  a  tube 
gradually  widening  from  the  top  towards 
tlie  lower  end,  and  furnished  with  keys 
and  circular  holes  for  modulating  its 
sounds;  an  oboe. 

Hautboylst.  A  performer  on  the  haut- 
boy, or  oboe. 

Hautboy  Stop.  A  reed  stop  in  an  organ, 
having  a  tone  similar  to  that  of  the  haut- 
boy. 

Haut  Centre.  {Fre.)  High  or  counter 
tenor. 

Haut  I>essns.    (Pre.)    First  treMe. 

Hay.    An  old  dance  ;  the  olivettes. 

Hbes.    ((?er.)    B  double  flat. 

H  Dur.    ( Ger.)    B  major. 

Head.  That  part  of  a  note  which  deter- 
mines its  position  in  the  Bt:ilf,  and  to 
which  the  lilum,  or  tail,  is  joined;  that 
part  of  a  violiu  iu  which  the  jjius  or  pegs 
are  screwed. 

Head  Singer.  The  leader  of  a  choir;  a 
chorister. 

Head'Stall.    A  capistrum. 

Head  Tones.  The  high  tones  of  the 
voice  i  those  tones  produced  by  a  more  or 
less  forcible  contraction  of  the  laryn.v. 

Head  Voice.    The  high  register  of  voice  ; 

the  fiusetto  in  men's  voices. 
Hearpa.    (A.  S.)    A  harp. 
Hearsal.    An  old  name  for  a  rehearsal. 
Hebdomadarlo.    (Spa.)    A  person  who 

officiates  a  week  iu  a  choir. 


Hebdomadary.  A  member  <  f  a  con> 
vent  whose  weekly  turn  it  is  to  officiate 
in  the  choir,  rehearse  the  anthems  and 
prayers,  and  perform  other  services  which 
on  extraordinary  occasions  are  performed 
by  the  superior. 

Heerpanker.    ( Ger.)    Kettle  drummer. 

Heftig.    (Ger.)    Violent ;  vehement. 

Heiter.    (Ger.)    Serene;  bright. 

Heldenlied.    ( Ger.)    Iferoic  song. 

Heldenmntbig.    ( Ger.)    Heroic 

Helicon.  A  curious  ancient  instrum«ni 
constructed  for  demonstrating  the  conso- 
nances. 

Hell.    (Ger.)    Clear ;  bright. 

Hellanodic.  (Grk.)  The  judge  who  de- 
cided to  which  of  the  candidates  the  prizes 
in  the  musical  games  of  the  ancient  Greeks 
were  to  be  awarded. 

Hellestitnme.    (Ger.)    A  clear  voice. 

Heml.    (Grk.)    Half. 

HemldeaUsemiquaver.  A  sixty-fourth 
note  (21). 

Hemidemisemiqna'ver  Xtest.  A  8ixty- 
fourth  note  rest  (o3). 

Hemldiapente.  (Grk.)  The  dlmini shed 
or  iraperlect  fifth. 

Hemiditone.  A  consonant  third  con- 
sisting of  a  tone  and  a  half;  tlic  minor 
third. 

Hemiope.  (Grk.)  An  ancient  wind instro- 
ment ;  a  hemiopeus. 

Hemiopens.  (Grk.)  A  wind  instrument 
used  by  the  ancients,  consisting  of  a  tube 
with  three  holes. 

Henii  Phrase.  A  member  of  a  phrase 
consisting  of  only  one  bar. 

Hemistich.  Half  a  poetic  verse;  an  in- 
complete verse. 

Hemistiquio.    (Spa.)    A  hemistich. 

Hemitone.  (Grit.)  A  semitone;  in  the 
ancient  Greek  system,  an  interval  loss  than 
a  whole  tone,  but  larger  than  a  half  tone. 

Heinitoulnm.    (Lat.)    A  halftone. 
Hendccasyllable.     A  metrical  line  of 
eleven  syllables. 

Heptachord.  (Grk.)  A  scale  or  system 
of  seven  tones  ;  a  lyre  or  cithnra  having^ 
seven  strings  ;  in  ancient  poetry,  verses 
sung  to  the  sound  of  seven  notes. 

Heptachordon.  (Grk.)  A  dissonant  In- 
terval formed  of  seven  sounds,  or  six  dia- 
tonic degrees ;  a  seventh. 

Heptameris.  (Grk.)  In  ancient  mnsic. 
the  seventh  part  of  a  meris,  or  forty-third 
part  of  an  octave. 

Heptaphonic.  Composed  of  seven  voices. 

Heptaphonos.    (Grk.)    One  of  the  ten 

musiciil  notes  used  in  the  middle  ages, 
Herabstt-ich.    (Ger.)    A  down  bow. 
Heralds.    An   appellation   f  rmcrly    ap- 
jiUed  to  minstrels  because,  on  account  of 
the  strength  of  their  voices,  they  wer» 
qc^riiiied  to  animate  the  soldif'xs  in  battle, 


Hmi 


113 


HOC 


and  to  make  proclamations  at  xmbllo  fes- 
tivals. 

Uerants.    (Fre.)    Heralds. 

IIergei§;en.    (Ger.)    To  fiddle. 

Uerstricli.    (Ger.)    A  down  bow, 

Hervorheben.  ( Ger.)  To  render  promi- 
nent. 

Hesycbiastic.  (GrJ:.)  A  chord  in  ancient 
music  equivalent  to  a  modern  sixth. 

HpTcncliord.  ( Grk.)  A  scale  or  system  of 
si.v  notes;  an  interval  of  a  sixtli ;  a  lyre 
having  six  strings. 

Hexameter.  (Grk.)  A  verse  of  six  feet, 
the  first  four  of  which  may  be  either  dac- 
tyls or  spondees,  the  fifth  invariably  a 
dactyl,  and  the  sixth  a  spondee. 

Hexametro.    (Spa.)    Hexameter. 

IXexaphouic.    Composed  of  six  voices. 

Ilexasticli.  (Grk.)   A  poem  of  six  verses. 

Ileydegay.  An  old  English  country 
dance  ;  a  tune  composed  for  the  dance. 

IIcy-T>erry-I>owni.  An  old  English 
burden. 

Hey-Trolly-I<oly.  An  old  Scotch  bur- 
den. 

Hlalemos.  (Ger.)  Funeral  song' ;  mourn- 
ing song. 

Hibernian  Melodies.    Irish  melodies. 

Hidden.  A  term  applied  to  t>ctaves  and 
fifths  when  the  arrangement  of  the 
chords  makes  it  seem  to  the  car  that  those 
intervals  immediately  follow  each  other, 
though  taking  the  composition,  as  it  ap- 
pears to  the  eye,  they  do  not. 

Hidden  Canon.    A  close  canon. 

Hidden  Cousecatives.  Such  as  ocx;ur  in 
passing,  by  similar  motion,  from  an  imper- 
fect to  a  perfect  concord,  or  from  one  per- 
fect concord  to  another  of  a  different  lund. 

Hla^gaion  Selab.  (Heb.)  A  terra  em- 
ployed in  ancient  Hebrew  music  to  indi- 
cate the  use  of  stringed  instruments  with 
the  trumpets. 

Higb.  A  term  applied  to  any  note  or  tone 
acute  in  respect  to  some  other. 

Hi|;b  Bass.  A  voice  between  basa  and 
tenor;  baritone. 

Higb  Counter.    A  counter  tenor. 

Hl^fber  Cbanj^ing^  IVote.  That  note 
which  descends  from  the  minor  or  major 
seventh  on  to  the  perfect  fifth  on  the  sec- 
ond note  of  the  down  beat. 

Hisber  Rbytbm.*  A  rhythmical  form 
which  i  s  larger  than  single  simple  measure. 

Blgb  Masa.  The  mass  celebrated  in  Ro- 
man Catholic  churches  by  tlie  singing  of 
the  choristers,  and  with  the  assistance  of 
a  deacon  and  a  sub-deacon,  thus  distin- 
guishing it  from  low  mass,  in  whicli  the 
prayers  are  simply  rehearsed  w^ithout 
singing. 

Hls:b  Soprano.  The  first  soprano ;  first 
treble. 

Hisrb-Sonndtng.  Noting  an  instrument 
capable  of  being  strung  to  a  full  tone. 

10* 


Higb-Stmn^.  A  term  applied  to  an  ia< 
struracnt  when  it  is  strung  to  a  full  tone 
or  high  pitch. 

Hi^b  Tenor.  Counter  tenor  voice;  the 
highest  natural  male  voice. 

Higb-Toned.  A  term  applied  t/>  an  in- 
strument  having  a  high,  full,  strong 
sound. 

High  Tones.    Head  tones. 

Higb  Treble  Clef.  In  old  French  mu- 
sic, the  G  clef,  placed  on  the  first  line. 

Higb- Voiced.  Hiiving  a  strong  tone  or 
pitch  of  voice;  a  voice  of  great  acuteness. 

Hilarodl.  (Grk.)  Itinerant  m  tsicians 
amou"'  the  ancient  Greeks,  who,  accom- 
panied by  an  instrument,  journeyed  from 
one  place  to  another  singing  diverting 
songs.  They  were  subsequently  intro- 
duced into  tragical  performances. 

Hilarodta.  (Grk.)  Songs  and  lyric  poema 
sung  by  the  Hilarodi. 

Hilli  MilU  Pnniab.  (Hin.)  A  HindooB- 
tanee  air. 

Hiiuno.    (Spa.)    Hymn. 

Hinanfstricb.  (Ger.)  An  up  bow;  the 
upward  motion  of  the  bow  in  violin  and 
violoncello  playing. 

Hiucbar.  (Spa.)  To  fill  a  mnsical  instru- 
ment with  air. 

Hindndeln.    (Ger.)    To  hum  a  tune. 

Hiustricb.    (Ger.)    An  up  bow. 

HirtenflOte.  ( Ger.)   The  shepherd's  pipe. 

Hirtenlled.    ( Ger.)    A  pastoral  song. 

Hirtlicb.    (Ger.)    Pastoral;  rustic. 

His.    (Ger.)    B  sharp. 

Hissingly.  A  term  applied  to  an  undue 
expression  of  the  sound  of  the  letter  s. 

Hlstrio.  (Lat.)    A  stage  singer  or  mimic 
Hlstrion.    (Spa.)    An  actor  ;  a  bulToon. 
Histrionlsa.    (Spa.)    An  actress. 

Hitcb  Pins.  The  pins  or  studs  in  the 
plate  of  a  piano  to  which  the  strings  are 
permanently  fastened. 

Hiven.  (Chi.)  One  of  the  eight  species 
of  sound  in  the  musical  system  of  the 
Chinese,  being  that  produced  by  instru 
ments  formed  of  baked  earth. 

Hlud.    (Sax.)    Loud. 

HIUoll.    (Ger.)    C  minor. 

Hoarse-Sounding.  Making  a  roughi 
grating  sound. 

Hoboe.    Hautboy  or  oboe. 

Hoboist.    A  performer  on  the  hautboy  or 

oboe. 
Hoboy.    Hautboy. 
Hoch.    (Ger.)    High. 
Hocbgesang.    (Ger.)    Ode;  hymn. 

Hocbzeitmarsch.  (Ger.)  A  nuptial 
march. 

Hocket.  A  mode  of  execution  corre- 
sponding with  that  of  staccato  passagei,' 
name  formerly  given  to  a  rest. 


HOH 


tu 


HUA 


Hoheit.    (Ger.)    Dignity ;  loiUneas. 

Hohle  and  Kclsere  Stlnune.  ^Ger.) 
Hollow  and  hoarse  voice. 

Hold.  A  short  curved  line  drawn  over  a 
point,  to  Indicate  a  prolong^tioa  of  time 
cither  on  a  note  or  rest  (li;i). 

Holding.  An  old  term  signifying  the 
burden  or  chorus  of  a  song. 

Holdings  STote.  A  note  prolonged  dur- 
ing the  changes  of  other  notes. 

Hole,  Sonndln^.  An  aperture  in  n 
guitar  over  which  the  strings  are  drawn. 

Holeg,  Tone.  Apertures  at  the  side  of 
flutes  aud  similar  instruments  for  the  pur- 
pose of  producing  the  various  tones. 

Hollo'w.  Deep;  low;  resembling  sound 
reverberating  from  a  cavity. 

Hommelen.  (Dut.)  Hummed  or  hum- 
ming ;  to  sing  in  a  low  tone. 

Homologous.  A  term  applied  by  the 
ancients  to  correspondences  in  their  tet- 
rachords. 

Homophone.  A  sign  or  character  rep- 
resenting the  same  sound  as  another. 

Homophonic.  A  stvle  of  composition 
in  which  one  voice  is  the  chief,  and  others 
accompany  it. 

Homopboni  Snonl.    (Ita.)    Unisons. 

Homophonol.  ( Grk.)  Duplicates  of  the 
same  sound ;  unisons. 

Homoplionoas.  Of  the  same  pitch ;  in 
unison. 

Homophony.  Singing  in  unison ;  same- 
ness of  sound. 

Homotonons.  Equable  in  tone  ;  having 
the  same  sound  throughout  from  begin- 
ning to  end. 

Hook  Harp.    The  Irish  harp. 

Hoops,  Counter.  Those  hoops  of  a 
drum  which  rest  on  the  flesh  hoops,  and 
through  which  the  cord  that  tightens  the 
drum  passes. 

Hoops,  Flesli.  The  hoops  of  a  drum  on 
which  the  skin  forming  the  head  is  lapped. 

Hoorn.    {Dut.)    A  horn. 

Hopstanz.    (.Ger.)    A  German  dance. 

Hops'walzer.    (Ger.)    Quick  waltzes. 

Horizontal  Hiines.  Lines  placed  after 
figures  to  indicate  that  both  tlie  intervals 
played  arc  to  remain  on  the  following  fun- 
damental note;  a  horizontal  stroke  (tKJ). 

Horizontal  Htroke.  A  heavy  stroke 
used  for  regular  passing  bass  notes,  also 
for  anticipation  in  the  lowest  part  (63). 

Horn.  A  wind  instrument  without  keys, 
or  holes,  made  of  horn  or  metal,  chiefly 
used  in  hunting,  to  animate  the  chase  and 
c^ll  the  dogs  together. 

Horn,  Alpine.  An  instrument  made  of 
the  bark  of  a  tree,  and  used  to  convey 
sounds  to  a  great  distanc<^. 

Horn,  Bass.  An  instrument  formeily 
much  used  in  bands,  resembling  the  oph- 
iclcide,  by  which  it  has  been  in  a  great 
measure  superseded. 


Horn,  Basset.  An  instrument  resem- 
bling the  clarionet,  but  of  greater  com 
pass,  embracing  nearly  four  octaves. 

Horn,  Bassetto.  A  species  of  clarionet 
a  fifth  lower  than  the  C  clarionet. 

Horn-blawere.  {A.S.)  A  born  blower; 
a  player  upon  a  bom. 

Horn,  Bugle.     A  trumpet  with  keys. 
Horn,  Cbroiuatic.    The  French  horn. 
Horn,  Chromatic   Tenor.    The  teuor 
horn. 

Horn,  Crooked.  A  wind  instrument  of 
the  ancients,  used  for  martial  music ;  the 
buccina. 

Horn,  Curved.  The  Icrummhom;  the 
corno  di  basetto. 

Homen.    (Ger.)    To  wind  the  horn. 

Horn,  English.  A  species  of  oboe,  a 
fourth  or  a  fifth  lower  than  the  instru- 
ment usually  known  by  that  name. 

Homer.    One  who  blows  a  horn. 

Hornerschall.    (Ger.)    Sound  of  horns. 

Horn,  French.  A  wind  instrument,  con- 
sisting of  a  long  tube  twisted  into  Sfvcral 
circular  folds,  and  gradually  increasing  In 
diameter  from  the  end  at  which  it  is 
blown  to  that  at  which  the  sound  issues. 

Horn,  Gemsen.  An  instrument  formed 
of  a  small  pipe  made  of  the  horn  of  a 
chamois,  or  wild  goat. 

Horn,  Hunting.  A  bugle;  a  bom  nsed 
in  hunting. 

Horn,  Kent.  A  horn  having  six  keys, 
four  of  which  are  commanded  by  the  right 
hand  and  two  by  the  left ;  a  Kent  bugle. 

Horn,  Klappen.    The  Kent  horn. 

Hornpipe.  An  old  dance;  a  dance  tune 
in  triple  or  common  time ;  a  Welsh  in- 
strument, consisting  of  a  wooden  pijie 
with  holes  at  the  sicic,  and  a  horn  at  each 
end. 

Horn,  Rani's.  An  ancient  Hebrew  in- 
strument. 

Horn,  Toet.    (Dui.)    A  bugle  horn. 

Horn,  Valve.  A  horn  in  which  a  portion 
of  the  tube  is  opened  or  closed  by  the  use 
of  valves,  by  which  mc-ms  a  higher  or 
lower  pitch  is  easily  obtained. 

Horrisonons.  Sounding  dreadfully  ;  a 
term.givea  to  music  repruscntiug  horror, 
terror,  &c. 

Horse  Fiddle.  An  instrument  used  by 
Indians  to  frighten  a  herd  of  horses  and 
create  a  stampede. 

Horse  Organ.  A  large-sized  hand  organ 
mounted  on  wheels  and  drawn  through 
the  streets  by  a  horse. 

Hosanua.  (iMt.)  Part  of  the  Sanctus  ;  an 
exclamation  of  praise  to  God. 

Houl.  {Per.)  A  common  drum  of  the 
Persian  soldiery. 

House  Organ.    A  parlor  organ. 

Hp.    An  abbreviation  of  Harp. 

Hnayrapuhnra.  A  species  of  syrinx, 
or  Paris  flute,  made  of  tub'  i  of  cane  or 


HUC 


115 


HYP 


•tone  of  graduated  lengthB  fastened  to- 
gether, used  by  the  ancient  Peruvians. 

Hucher.    (Fre.)    To  whistle. 

Hucbet.  (Fre.)  A  huntsman's  or  post- 
boy's horn. 

Huer.    {Fre.)    To  shout. 

Hnfcgab.  (Heb.)  An  organ  of  the  He- 
brews ;  Pan's  pipes. 

nuitaiu.  {Fre.)  A  stanza  of  eight  verses. 

H&lfsltnien.    (,Oer.)    Ledger  lines  (4). 

Uulfsnote.  {Ger.)  The  auxiliary  note 
of  a  sliake. 

Hnlfs-Stimme.    (,Ger.)     Obligato  voice. 

Halfston.  (Ger.)  The  auxiliary  note  of 
a  filiako. 

nam.  To  sing  in  a  low  tone ;  to  sound  a 
melody  to  one's  self;  a  low,  confused,  dull 
noise. 

Human  HEnsic.  Amon^  the  ancients,  one 
of  the  subdivisions  of  mundane  music, 
consisting  of  tlie  harmonies  of  the  facul- 
ties and  passions  of  the  human  soul. 

Hnmerous  Songs.  Songs  in  which  the 
subject  and  the  manner  of  executing  are 
provocative  of  mirth. 

Hnmntelchen.  (Ger.)  A  sort  of  bag- 
pipe ;  in  organs,  the  thorough-bass  drone. 

Hummeu.  {Ger.)  Humming;  singing 
in  a  low  voice. 

Humming.    A  low,  murmuring  sound. 

Hnmstrum.     An  old  musical  instriunent. 

Hunting  Horn.  A  bugle;  a  small  horn 
used  in  hunting. 

Hunting  Music.  Music  designed  for  a 
hunting  tour;  the  music  of  the  chase. 

Hunting  Song.  A  melody  set  to  words 
written'in  praise  of  the  chase. 

Hunts-Up.  A  song  sung  at  early  morn 
under  the  windows  of  sportsmen  to  awaken 
tliem. 

Hurdy-gurdy.  A  stringed  instrument, 
tlie  sounds  of  wliich  are  caused  by  the 
friction  of  a  wheel,  and  regulated  by  the 
fingers  of  the  player. 

Hurtig.  (Ger.)  Quick  ;  a  movement  sim- 
ilar to  that  indicated  by  the  word  Allegro. 

Huskines8  of  Tone.  A  defect  in  the 
voice  caused  by  the  insufficient  closing  of 
the  lower  vocal  ligaments. 

Hust.    ( Wei.)    A  low,  buzzing  sound. 

Hu8t-Udhyay.  (Hin.)  The  seventh  and 
last  division  of  Hindoostanee  music,  teach- 
ing instrumental  performance. 

Hydraullcon.  (Grf:.)  An  ancient  instru- 
ment wliose  tones  were  produced  by  the 
motion  of  water ;  a  water  organ. 

Hydraulic  Organ.  An  invention  of 
(Jtesibius,  a  mathematician  of  Alexandria 
in  the  time  of  Ptolemy  Evergetcs.  Its 
•construction  is  unknown. 

Hydranlns.    ( Lat.)    An  hydraulicon  ;  a 

water  organ. 
Hymseos.     (Grk.)     Among  the  ancient 

Greeks,  the  Song  of  the  Millers. 


Hymee.  (Grk.)  Song  of  the  Millers,  ua«d 

by  the  ancient  Greeks. 

Hymeneea.  (Grk.)  A  marriage  song 
used  by  the  ancient  Greeks. 

Hymen&ns.    (Ger.)    A  marriage-song. 

Hymenean.    A  marriage  song. 

Hymn.  Anciently,  a  song  in  honor  of  the 
gods  or  of  heroes;  in  the  present  accepta- 
tion, a  short,  religious,  lyric  poem,  or  a 
devotional  piece  of  music;  to  praise  or 
celebrate  by  singing. 

Hymnal.    A  sacred  song  or  hymn. 

Hymn  Book.  A  compilation,  collection, 
or  volume  of  hymns. 

Hymn,  Cberublcal.  A  hymn  highly 
prized  in  the  early  Christian  church. 

Hymn,  Cboral.  A  hymn  to  be  performed 
by  a  chorus. 

Hymne  de  lionange.  (Fre.)  Doxology; 
hymn  of  praise. 

Hymnlc.    Relating  to  hymns. 

Hymning.  Giving  praise  in  hymns ;  sing- 
ing hymns. 

Hymni  Sallares.  (Lnt.)  Songs  of  the 
ancient  Romans,  wliich  the  salii,  the 
priests  of  Mars,  sung  in  connection  with 
dancing,  on  the  feast  days  of  tliat  god. 

Hymnody.  A  compilation  or  volume  of 
hymns;  a  species  of  plain  chant. 

Hymn  of  Battle.  A  song  of  supplica- 
tion constantly  used  by  the  ancients  pre- 
vious to  an  engagement. 

Hymnograpber.    A  writer  of  hymns. 

Hymnologie.  (Fre.)  A  collection  of 
hymns. 

Hymnologist.  A  writer  or  composer  of 
hymns. 

Hymnology.  A  collection  of  hymns  ; 
a  knowledge  of  the  art  of  constructing 
hymns. 

Hymn,  Orpbic.  A  hymn  pertaining  to 
Orpheus,  the  poet  of  Greek  mythology. 

Hymns,  Fountain.  Songs  of  the  Wells, 
so  called  by  the  ancients,  and  still  known 
in  the  Greek  isles. 

Hymns,  Revival.  Compositions  the  sen- 
timent and  melody  of  wliich  are  capable 
of  exciting  religious  feeling. 

Hymns,  Tbeurgic.  Songs  of  incanta- 
tion; the  first  hymns  of  Greece. 

Hymnus.    (Lat.)    A  hymn. 

Hymn,  Vesper.  A  hymn  sung  in  the 
evening  or  vesper  service  of  the  Roman 
Catholic  church. 

Hypate.  (Grk.)  The  lowest  of  the  tetra- 
ciiords ;  the  lowest  sound  of  the  lowest 
two  tetrachords. 

Hypate  Bareia  Ora vis.  (Grk.)  A  tone 
in  ancient  music  produced  by  eight  ninths 
of  the  whole  string,  equivalent  to  our  B 
natural  on  the  second  line  in  the  bass. 

Hypate  Hiatonus.  (Grk.)  The  third 
sound  of  the  first  tetrachord,  equivalent 
to  our  D  natural  on  the  third  line  ia  the 
bass. 


HYP 


116 


HYP 


Hypate  Hjrpaton.  (Grk.)  The  lowest 
chord  of  the  lowest  tetrachord,  equivalent 
to  our  B  natural  on  the  second  line  of  the 
bass. 

Iljrpate  Meson.  {Grk.)  The  last  or 
hi.Lrhest  of  the  first  tetrachord,  nud  tlie 
first  or  lowest  of  the  second  tetrachord, 
equivalent  to  our  £  natural  on  tlie  tliird 
space  in  the  bass. 

Iljrpatoldes.  {Grk.)  The  deep  or  bass 
sounds. 

ITypaton.  {Grlc.)  The  lowest  series  of 
four  tones  in  the  ancient  Greeic  system. 

Hyper.    ( Grk.)    Above. 

Hyper  iEolian.  (Grk.)  Name  given  by 
the  anc-icnts  to  their  penultima  mode  up- 
ward, the  fundamental  or  tonic  of  wlilch 
was  a  fourtli  above  tliat  of  tiie  J^olian,  its 
lowest  note  correspoudin*,'  to  our  B  flat 
above  the  fifth  line  in  the  bass. 

Hypcrbolaeou.  (Grk.)  The  supreme, 
or  the  fifth  tetracliord,  so  called  because 
its  sounds  were  more  acute  than  those  of 
the  other  four. 

llypercatalectlc.  (Grk.)  In  Greek  and 
Latin  poetry,  a  verse  having^  a  syllable  or 
two  beyond  its  just  measure. 

Ilypcr-Diazenxls.  (Grk.)  A  disjunc- 
tion of  two  tetrachords  when  separated 
by  the  interval  of  an  octave, 

Hyper-Dorian.  (Grk.)  A  mode  amonof 
the  ancients,  the  fundamental  of  which 
was  a  fourth  above  the  Dorian,  and  corre- 
sponding with  our  G  natural  on  the  fourth 
space  ot  the  bass. 

Hyper-Iastian.  ( Grk.)  The  general  name 
of  an  ancient  mode  which  had  its  funda- 
mental a  Iburth  above  that  of  the  Ionian, 
Ifs  lowest  note  corresponding  with  our 
G  sharp  on  the  fourth  space  in  the  bass. 

Hypcr-Ionian.  (Grk.)  One  of  the  an- 
cient modes;  the  Hyper-Iasti.in. 

Byper-r,ydUu.  (Grk.)  The  highest 
ancient  mode,  the  fundamental  of  which 
was  a  fourth  above  that  of  the  Lydi.in, 
••tie  lowest  note  of  which  corresponded 
with  B  natural  above  the  fifth  line  in  the 
bass. 

Dypermeter.  (Grk.)  A  term  applied  to 
a  verse  when  it  contains  a  syllable  more 
than  the  ordinary  measure. 

Hyper-Mlxo-liydian.  (Grk.)  One  of 
the  ancient  Greek  modes,  the  Hyper- 
Phrygian. 

Hyperocbe.  (Grk.)  A  word  used  by 
ancient  authors  to  signify  the  difference 
between  the  enharmonic  and  chromatic 
dieses. 

^yper-Plirygian.  (Grk.)  The  highest 
of  the  tliirteun  modes  of  Aristoxenus, 
forming  the  diapason,  or  octave,  with  the 
Uypo-Dorian,  or  lowest  mode,  its  lowest 
tone  being  th<  same  a3  our  A  natural  on 
the  filth  line  in  the  bass. 


Hypo.    (Grk.)    Below. 

Hypo-J^ollan.  An  appellation  in  ancient 
music,  given  to  that  mode  which  had  Its 
fundamental  a  fourth  below  tliat  of  the 
^olian,  its  lowest  note  corresponding  with 
our  C  natural  on  the  second  space  in  the 
buss. 

Hypochermea.  (Grk.)  A  canticle  or 
song  used  by  the  ancients  in  their  military 
dances,  and  feasts  of  the  gods. 

Hypocrltle.  (Grk.)  An  epithet  applied 
by  the  ancients  to  the  art  of  gesticulation, 
which  had  a  considerable  share  in  their 
public  vocal  penbrmancos. 

Hypocrltle  Music.  Among  the  ancient 
Greeks,  all  music  intended  for  the  stage 
of  a  theatre;  in  modern  times,  all  music 
adapted  to  pantomimic  representation. 

Hypo-1>lazenxia.  (Grk.)  The  interval 
ot  a  fifth,  found  between  two  tetrachords 
8cpar.ited  disjunctively,  or  by  the  inter- 
position of  a  third  tetrachord. 

Hypo-I>orian.  (^Grk.)  The  lowest  of 
the  Greek  modes,  i;s  fundamental  being  a 
fourth  below  that  of  the  iJorian,  and  its 
lowest  note  corresponding  with  our  A 
natund  on  the  first  space  in  the  bass. 

Hypo-Iastlan.  (Grk.)  One  of  the  an- 
cient modes,  a  fourth  below  the  Lydian. 

Hypo-Ionian.  (Grk.)  The  second  of 
the  ancient  modes,  its  lowest  sound  being 
a  fourth  below  that  of  the  Ionian,  and 
corresponding  with  our  B  flat  on  the  sec- 
ond line  in  the  bass. 

Hypo-I/ydian.  (Grk.)  The  fifth  of  the 
ancient  modes,  the  fundamental  being  a 
fourth  below  tliat  of  the  Lydian,  and  the 
same  as  our  C  sharp  on  the  second  space 
in  the  bass. 

Hypo-Liydian,  Flat.  The  Hypo -^oliaa 
of  ancient  music. 

Hypo-Xixo-Liydian.  (Grk.)  A  mode 
added  by  Guido  to  those  of  the  ancient 
Greeks,  its  fundamental  corresponding 
with  that  of  the  Dorian. 

Hypo-Phrygian.  (Grk.)  A  mode  said 
to  have  been  inveutea  by  a  pupil  of  Socra- 
tes. Its  fundamental  was  a  fourth  lower 
than  that  of  the  Phrygian,  from  which  it 
was  derived. 

Hypopotamon.  (Grk.)  An  ancleut 
Greek  mode,  five  tones  higher  than  the 
HyperboIaeoH. 

Hypo-ProsIam1>anoinenos.  (Grk.)  A 

chord  added  by  Guido  to  the  ancient  scale. 

It  was  a  tone  lower  than  the  lowest  sound 

of  the  Greek  scale. 
Hyporchemata.   ( Grk.)    Airs  composed 

lor  warlike  dances. 
Hypo-Synaphe.  ( Grk.)    A  ♦.crm  applied 

by  the  ancients  to  the  disjunt'oi;  of  two 

tetrachords  by  the  intcrpositiu^  of  &  thirds 

conjoint  with  both. 


JAM 


117 


IMM 


I. 


IAMBTC.  A  metrical  foot  consisting  of 
two  syllables,  the  first  short  and  the  last 
long';  an  iambus. 

Iambics.  Certain  songs  or  satires  wj.ich 
are  supposed  to  have  given  birth  to  the 
ancient  comedy.  They  were  of  two  kinds, 
one  for  siiiojing,  the  other  for  recitation, 
accompanied  by  instruments. 

lambns.  A  musical  foot,  consistin;^  of  one 
short  and  one  long  note ;  in  poetry,  an 
iambic. 

lastlan.  (Grk.)  One  of  the  ancient  modes. 

lastio.  {Grk.)  The  Ionic  mode  in  Greek 
music. 

Ictus.  (Grk.)  A  stroke  of  the  foot,  mark- 
ing the  point  of  emphasis  in  music. 

Idllllo.    {Ita.)    An  idyl. 

Idyl.    A  short  pastoral  hjTnn  or  poem. 

Id^lle.  (Fre.)  A  short,  idealized  compo- 
sition ;  an  idyl. 

11.    (Ita.)    The. 

II  Basso.  (Ita.)  The  fundamental  tone; 
the  lowest  note  of  any  pluritone  or  chord. 

H  Canto.    (Ita.)    The  song. 

II  Colorito.  (Ita.)  A  term  used  in  ref- 
erence to  dramatic  singing,  to  denote  tlie 
adaptation  of  the  performance  to  the  char- 
acter represented. 

II  Ditono  con  Diapente.  (Ita.)  A 
major  seventh. 

II  Passo  Tempo.  (Ifa.)  A  short  com- 
position intended  as  a  diversion. 

n  Pin.    (Ita.)    The  most. 

II  Pin  Forte-possibile.  (Ita.)  As  loud 
as  possible. 

II  Ponticello.  (Ita.)  The  little  bridge  ; 
that  precise  part  of  the  voice  where  the 
natuml  tone  forms  a  junction  with  the 
falsetto  ;  in  violin  playing,  denoting  that 
the  bow  must  be  carried  near  the  bridge. 

II  Sdrncciolare.  (Hn.)  A  sliding  move- 
ment over  the  keys  of  a  piano. 

II  Tempo  Crescendo.  (Ita.)  Acceler- 
ating the  time. 

11  Vlollno.    fita.)    The  violin. 

11  ■•'■«*lte§;glare.  (Ita.)  Crossing  the 
huucis  in  "pianoforte  playing. 

Im.    (Ger.)    The. 

Imboccatnra.  (Ita.)  The  mouth-piece 
of  a  wind  instrument;  method  of  blowing 
the  flute. 

Imbrices.  (Lat.)  A  species  of  applause 
in  ancient  times  made  by  beating  a  kind  of 
sounding  vessels. 

Imbroglio.  (Ita.)  A  confusion,  caused 
by  the  complication  of  the  Vixrious  parts. 

Iinitando.    (Ita.)    Imitating. 

Imitando  la  Voce.  (Ita.)  Imitating 
the  inflections  of  the  voice ;  a  phrase  eak- 


ployed  to  direct  the  instrumental  per. 
former  to  imitate  the  style  of  the  vocal 
performance. 

Imitation.  The  technical  term  for  a 
studied  resemblance  of  melody  between 
the  several  passages  of  the  harmonical 
parts  of  a  composition  ;  a  likeness  in  which 
only  the  motion,  or  the  general  figure 
formed  by  the  notes,  is  imitated,  without 
preserving  the  exactness  in  the  corre- 
sponding intervals  required  by  the  rigor- 
ous rules  of  fugue  and  canon. 

Imitation,  Anj^mented.  A  st^Ie  of 
imitation  in  which  the  answer  is  given  in 
notes  of  greater  value  than  those  of  the 
subject. 

Imitation,  Diminislied.  A  style  of 
imitation  in  which  the  answer  is  given  in 
notes  of  less  value  than  those  of  the 
subject. 

Imitation,  Freely  Inverted.  A  style 
of  imitation  in  which  the  order  of  succes- 
sive notes  is  not  precisely  retained. 

Imitation  in  Contrary  Motion.  An 
imitation  in  which  the  answers  invert  the 
subject  so  that  the  rising  intervals  descend, 
or  vice  versa. 

Imitation  in  Similar  Motion.  An 
imitation  whose  answer  retains  the  identi- 
cal notes  unchanged  in  order. 

Imitation  on  DiiFerent  Divisions.   A 

form  of  imitation  in  which  the  subject  is 
answered  on  an  opposite  division  of  the 
bar;  for  instance,  the  subject  beginning  on 
the  accented  division  is  answered  on  the 
unaccented. 
Imitation,  Betro^ade.  A  form  of 
imitation  in  which  the  subject  is  com- 
menced backwards  in  tlie  answer. 

Imitation,  Reversed  Retrograde.    A 

form  of  imitation  in  wliicli  the  subject  is 
commenced  backwards  in  tlic  answer,  and 
in  contrary  motion. 

Imitation,  Simple.  A  simple  fugue;  a 
style  of  composition  in  which  a  single 
subject  is  employed,  or  a  partial  response 
retained  among  the  various  parts. 

Imitation,  Strictly  Inverted.  That 
form  of  imitation  in  which  half  and  whole 
tones  must  be  precisely  answered  in  con- 
trary motion. 

Imitative  Music.  Music  composed  In 
imitation  of  the  effects  of  some  of  the 
operations  of  nature,  art,  or  human  pas- 
sion. 

Imitato.    (Ita.)    Imitation. 

Imitaztone.  (Ita.)  A  particular  style 
of  composition,  wherein  eacli  part  is  made 
to  imitate  the  other. 

Immediate  Cadence.  Common,  perfect 
cadence  ;  that  cadence  which  occurs  imme 
tfately  after  the  dominant  harmony. 


IMM 


lift 


IND 


Imiuelodlons.  Not  melodious  ;  onmelo- 
dious. 

Inuner.    (Ger.)    Ever:  always. 

Immusical.    Not  melodious;  unmusical. 

Imparfalt.    {Fre.)    Imperfect. 

Impazlentenxente.    (.Ita.)    Impatiently. 

Imperfect.  Less  than  perfect,  or  minor ; 
not  containing  tlie  full  complement  of 
simple  sounds. 

Imperfect  Breve.  A  breve  without  a 
dot  affixed,  equal  in  duration  to  one  quar- 
ter of  a  large  or  to  two  semibreves  (H). 

Imperfect  Cadence.  A  cadence  in  which 
the  dominant  harmony  is  preceded  by  the 
common  chord  of  the  tonic. 

Imperfect  Chords.  Chords  that  do  not 
contain  all  their  nominal  degrees ;  dlmin- 
islicd  chords. 

Imperfect  Close.  The  ancient  thick  sin- 
gle bar ;  a  close  whose  bass  is  any  other 
than  the  key  note  of  the  composition. 

Imperfect  Common  Chord.    A  chord 

consisting  of  a  bass  note  accompanied  by 
its  minor  third  and  imperfect  fifth. 

Imperfect  Concord.  A  term  sometimes 
applied  to  the  third  and  sixth  concords. 

Imperfect  Consonances.  A  term  ap- 
pViiHl,  in  harmony,  to  tlie  mnjor  and  minor 
thirds,  and  major  and  minor  sixths. 

Imperfect  Intervals.  Such  intervals  as 
do  not  contain  all  their  nominal  degrees. 

Imperfect  Measure.  The  name  by 
which  twofold  mcisure  was  once  desig- 
nated. 

Imperfect  Period.  A  termination  that 
does  not  fully  satisfy  the  ear. 

Imperfect  Prolatlon.  That  of  the  an- 
cients wherein  the  semibrevc  contained 
but  two  minims. 

Imperfect  Time.  A  term  by  which  the 
ancients  designated  common  tinie,  indi- 
cated by  the  letter  C,  or  a  semicircle. 

Imperfect  Triad.  The  chord  of  the  third, 
fiilh,  and  eighth,  taken  on  the  seventh  of 
the  key,  consisting  of  two  minor  thirds. 

Imperfect  Trill.  A  quick  alternation 
of  two  adjacent  notes,  without  a  turn  at 
the  end. 

Imperfetto.    (//a.)    Imperfect. 

Imperloso.  {Ita.)  Authoritative;  im- 
por.itivej  commanding. 

Impeto.    [Ita.)    Impetuously. 

Impeto  Doloroso.  {Ita.)  Pathetic  force 
and  energy. 

Impetnosantent*.   (Ita.)    Impetuously. 

Impetuosita.    (Ita.)    Impetuosity. 

Impetnoso.    (Ita.)    Impetuous. 

Impressario.  (Ita.)  The  manager  of  an 
opera  or  concert ;  a  stage  manager. 

Impromptu.  (Fre.)  An  extemporane- 
ous production  ;  aperformance  given  with- 
out preparation. 

Improvlsamente.  (Ita.)  Extempora- 
neoasly. 


Improvlsare.    (Itn.)    To  compose,  sin^, 

or  play  extemporaneously. 
Improvlsata.      (Ita.)      An    extempore 

composition. 

Improvisation.  (Fre.)  The  act  of  sing- 
ing or  playing,  or  of  composing  vocal  or 
instrumental  musio  without  preparation  ; 
the  act  of  improvising;  extemporaneous 
performance. 

Improvisatorl.  (Ita.)  Persons  gifted 
with  the  power  of  recitinjf  or  composing 
and  singing  verses,  or  orperforming  on 
musical  instruments  extemporaneously. 

Improvise.  To  sing  or  play  without  pre- 
meditation. 

Improvlso.  (Ita.)  Unprepared;  a  short 
extempore  composition.  » 

Im  Tact.    ( Ger.)    In  time. 

In.  (Ita.)  An  Italian  preposition  signify- 
ing m,  into,  at,  upon. 

In  Alt.  Notes  situated  above  F  on  tho 
fifth  line  of  the  treble  staff. 

In  Altlss.  (Ita.)  An  abbreviation  of  In 
Aliissimo. 

In  Altlsslmo.  (Ita.)  A  term  applied  to 
nil  notes  which  run  higher  than  F  above 
the  third  additional  line  in  the  treble. 

Incautable.    (Spa.)    Cannot  be  sung. 

Incantation.  A  form  of  words  pro- 
nounced or  sung  in  connection  with  cer- 
tain ceremonies,  for  the  purpose  of  en- 
chantment. 

Incantazione.  (Ita.)  Songs  of  enchant- 
ment; incantation. 

Incidental.  A  term  applied  to  airs,  ducts, 
trios,  itc,  called  forth  by  the  general  tenor 
of  an  opera  or  drama. 

Incisore  dl  IVote.  (Ita.)  An  engraver 
of  music;  a  music  stamper. 

Incomposite  Intervals.  Intervals  sim- 
ply constituted,  in  the  calculation  of  which 
no  notice  is  tiiken  of  the  intermediaries, 
but  the  terms  only  arc  considereil  ;  tho 
diastcms,  or  simple  intervals,  of  tho  an- 
cient Greeks. 

Inconsonance.  The  efl'cct  of  two  dis- 
cordant or  disagreeing  sounds. 

Inconsouancy.  A  ^tatc  or  condition  of 
inharmony;  discordancy. 

Inconsonant.  'Without  consonance  ;  dis- 
cordant. 

Incordantento.  (Ita.)  The  tension  of 
strings. 

Incordare.  (Ita.)  To  string  an  instru- 
ment. 

Incordatnra.   ( Ita.)    Putting  on  strings. 

Indeclso.  (Ita.)  Undecided;  a  term  indi- 
cating slight  changes  of  time,  and  a  some- 
what capricious  value  of  the  notes. 

Index.  A  direct  (IH);  the  tirst  fin"fer  ;  a 
word  employed  in  guitar  music  to  denote 
that  the  first  fi.ii;er  of  the  right  hand  must 
be  passed  lightly  over  the  strings,  from 
the  highest  to  the  lowest. 

Indexical  IVotation.  A  system  is  which 


IND 


119 


INS 


the  name  of  the  note  is  eat  m  the  key  of 
the  instrument. 

Indications  Sceulques.  (Fre.)  Stage 
directions. 

Indlflerenza.    (/ta.)    Indifference. 

InOisparte.  {Itn.)  A  term  used  in  operatic 
music,  signifying  that  the  part  is  to  be  ad- 
dressed to  some  one  aside,  or  not  taking 
a  part  in  the  performance. 

Infantile.  (Ita.)  Child-like ;  infantine  ;  a 
term  m'ven  to  the  thin  qualitjr  of  tone  ob- 
servable in  the  upper  notes  ol  some  female 
voices. 

Inferior  Appog^Iatnra.  An  appoggi- 
atura  situated  one  degree  below  its  prin- 
cipal note  (64j. 

Infernale.    (Ita.)    Infernal. 

Inflnlte.  A  term  applied  to  any  compo- 
sition that  moves  in  a  circle,  returning  to 
the  point  of  beginning. 

Infinite  Canon.  A  canon  so  constructed 
that  the  end  leads  to  the  beginning,  and 
the  performance  of  which  may  be  inces- 
santly repeated  ;  a  perpetual  fugue. 

Inflnito.  (fta.)  Perpetual,  as  a  canon 
whose  end  leads  back  to  the  beginning. 

Inflatile  Instmments.  Wind  instru- 
ments. 

Inflection.  Any  change  or  modification 
in  the  pitch  or  tone  of  the  voice,  made  to 
accommodate  itself  to  the  various  accents 
and  expressions  requisite  for  a  just  per- 
formance. 

Infra.    (Lat.)    Beneath. 

In  Fng^e.  {_Ita.)  Any  movement  the 
chief  feature  of  which  is  constituted  by 
the  support  of  a  single  subject. 

Inganno.  {It a.)  A  deception  ;  a  term  gen- 
erally applied  to  interrupted  cadences, 
though  occasionally  also  to  any  unusual 
resolution  of  a  discord,  or  unexpected 
modulation. 

Inliarmonle.    Wanting  harmony. 

Inharmonic  Relation.  The  introduc- 
tion of  a  dissonant  sound  not  heard  in  the 
preceding  chord. 

Inharmonionsly.  Without  harmony  ; 
discordant. 

Inbarmony.    Discordant. 

Inlziato.  (,Ita.)  A  term  variously  applied 
to  those  who  have  a  mature  and  full  ac- 
quaintance with  music,  instead  of  being 
novices  or  beginners. 

Iniziatore.    {Ita.)    A  beginner. 

Initial  Pause.  A  character  of  silence,  so 
ciillcd  when  placed  at  the  bcgiuuing  of  a 
composition  (113). 

Innario.    {Ita.)    Hymn  book. 

luneg^iare.    (Ita.)    To  compose  or  sing 

hymns. 
Inni.    {Ita.)    Hymns. 
Inntg;.    ( Ger.)    Sincere ;  cordial. 

Inno.  {Ita.)  A  hymn  ;  canticle ;  a  sacred 
song. 

Innoccnte.    {Ita.)    Innocent ;  simple. 


Innocentemeitte.  'Jta.)  In  a  simple  and 

artless  manner. 

Innocenxa.  {Ita.)  Simplicity;  innocence. 
Innodla.    (Ka.)    Hymn  singing. 
Innogprafo.    {Ita.)    A  writer  of  hymns. 
Innologo.    {Ita.)    Hymnologist. 

Innumeree  Toces.    {Lat.)    Numberless 

tones. 
Ino.    {Ita.)    A  diminutive  ending. 

In  Organo.  {Ita.)  An  expression  for- 
merly applied  to  compositions  la  more 
than  two  parts. 

In  Palco.  {Ita.)  A  stage  performance; 
a  term  formerly  applied  to  oratorios,  they 
having  been  originally  per.'brmed  in  Italy 
on  a  stage  erecteid  in  a  church. 

Inqnieto.    {Ita.)    Perturbed;  uneasy. 

Insegnamento.    {Ita.)    Instruction. 

Insenslbllmente.  {Ita.)  Insensibly;  by 
small  degrees. 

Inst.  An  abbreviation  of  Instrument,  In- 
structor, and  Instructions. 

Instantemente.  (,Ita.)  Pressingly;  ur- 
gently. 

Instrnmens  Machines.  (Fre.)  Mechan- 
ical or  automatic  instruments. 

Instrument.  A  sonorous  body  con- 
structed for  the  production  of  sound. 

Instrument  a  Archet.  {Fre.)  A  bow 
instrument. 

Instrumental.  A  term  applied  to  musio 
composed  for  or  performed  on  instru- 
ments. 

Instrumental  Anthem.  An  anthem 
which  in  its  performance  has  an  instru- 
mental accompaniment. 

Instrumental  Concert.  A  concert 
composed  of  performances  ui>on  instru- 
ments only. 

Instrumentalist.  One  who  plays  on  an 
instrument. 

Instrunkcntally.    With  instruments. 

Instrumental  Performer.  A  per- 
former on  a  musical  instrument. 

Instrumental  Score.  A  score  in  which 
the  instrumental  parts  are  given  in  full. 

Instrnmentare.  {Ita.)  To  compose  in- 
strumental music. 

Instrumentation.  The  finishing'  of  an 
instrumental  piece  ;  the  act  of  emocllish- 
ing  or  filling  up  an  outline  ;  the  art  of  em- 
ploying instruments  in  a  manner  best 
adapted  to  produce  the  greatest  possible 
eflfect  in  music  ;  the  act  of  manner  of  play- 
ing upon  an  icstrumcnt. 

Instrumentazione.  {Ita.)  A  term  equiv- 
alent to  instrumentation,  or  adaptation  for 
the  orchestra. 

Instmmentist.  A  general  name  for  an 
instrumental  performer. 

Instrninento  da  Areo.  (Ita.)  A  stringed 
iu.strumeut. 


INS 


120 


INT 


InsiK  «\j[>.«.itto  da  Flato.  (/to.)  A  wind 
intiti  uiutax'. 

Instriiinkent<»  da  Vcreotlmento.  (/to.) 

An  instruiuent  of  percussion. 

Instramento  da  Tasto.  (/to.)  A  keyed 
instrument. 

Instruments,  Bofv.  All  instrnmcnts 
strung'  with  catf^ut  or  goatgut,  from 
which  tones  are  produced  by  means  of  a 
bow. 

Instrnments,  Brass.  Wind  instruments 
formed  of  brass,  and  chiefly  used  for  mil- 
itary music. 

Instruments,  Brazen.  Brass  instru- 
ments. 

Instrnments,  Cliromatlc.  Instruments 
on  whicli  chromatic  tones  and  melodies 
can  be  produced. 

Instrnments,  Inflatile.  Wind  instru- 
ments. 

Instruments,  Keyed.  Tlie  organ,  pi- 
ano, melodeon,  and  all  similar  instru- 
ments, the  sounds  of  which  are  produced 
by  the  pressure  of  the  fingers  upon  keys. 

Instrnments,  9Iechanical.  Instru- 
ments which  produce  tunes  by  means  of 
cr.n\!ks,  sprin'^'s,  weights,  or  other  me- 
chanical contrivances. 

Instrnments,  Percussive.  Instru- 
ments whose  sounds  are  produced  by  be- 
ing 6trucl{. 

Instrnments,  Pneumatic.  Instru- 
ments the  tones  of  which  are  produced  by 
the  action  of  wind. 

Instruments,  Pulsatile.  Inptrumenfs 
the  sounds  of  which  are  produced  by  being 
struck. 

Instruments,  Xteed.  Instruments  whose 
sounds  are  produced  by  the  action  of  air 
upon  reeds  formed  of  wood  or  metal. 

Instruments,  StrlujE^ed.  Instrnments 
wliose  sounds  are  produced  by  striking  or 
dr.iwing  strings,  or  by  the  friction  of  a 
bow  drawn  across  them. 

Instruments,  Tensile.  A  general  name 
for  .",11  instruments  dependent  upon  the 
tension  of  strings  for  their  tone. 

Instruments,  Tubular.  Instruments 
consisting  of  one  or  more  tubes,  straight 
or  curved,  of  wood  or  metal. 

Instruments,  TVind.  Instruments  the 
sounds  of  whicli  are  produced  by  the 
breath  or  the  wind  of  bellows. 

Instrument  Tent.  (Fre.)  A  wind  instru- 
ment. 

Intavolare.    {Ita.)    To  set  to  music. 

Intavolatura.    (/to.)    Musical  notation. 

In  Tempo,    (/to.)    In  time. 

In  Tempore  Justo.  ( Ixtt.)  A  direction  to 
sing  or  play  in  an  equal,  true,  and  just 
time. 

Intentio.  (Lat.)  The  passage  of  the  voice 
from  grave  to  acute. 

Interloqninm.  (Za/.)   A  term  applied  to 


the  introductory  excess  of  words  or  syl- 
lables, which,  in  chanting,  precede  the 
bar  of  the  second  part  of  the  verse. 

Interlude.  A  piece  of  music  between  the 
acts  of  a  play;  any  intermedij.te  instru- 
mental performance  in  opera  or  concert  ; 
a  short  passage  playwl  by  an  organist  be- 
tween the  stanzas  o'f  a  hymn. 

Interluded.  A  terra  applied  to  a  long 
performance  in  which  interludes  occur. 

Interlnder.  A  performer  in  an  inter- 
lude. 

Interlndinm.  (Lat.)  An  intermediate 
strain  or  movement;  an  interlude. 

Intermede.  (Fre.)  A  short  musical  piece, 
generally  of  a  burlesque  char.icter ;  an 
interlude. 

Intermediates.    Accidentals. 

Intermediate  Subject.  Ideas  not  un- 
like the  principal,  or  counter-subject  in  a 
fugue  introduced  for  embellishment. 

Intermediate  Symplionies.  Shortin- 
strumentjil  passages  introduced  in  a  vocal 
pcrformauco  to  relieve  the  voice  and  im- 
prove tlie  general  eiTcct. 

Intermediate  Tnalnsf.  A  method  of 
tuning  in  which  each  key  yields  a  little 
of  its  ideal  purity  for  the  common  good 
of  the  otliera,  and  tlierefore  holds  a  middle 
position  between  the  cnharmonically  dif- 
ferent tones. 

Intermezzi.  (Ita.)  Interludes  or  detached 
dances  introduced  between  the  acts  of  an 
opera. 

Intermezzo.  (Ita.)  Intermediate  ;  placed 
between  two  others ;  an  interlude. 

Interpiping.  A  term  applied  by  the  an- 
cient Greeks  to  intermediate  symphonies. 

Interrupted  Cadence.  A  perfect  ca- 
dence in  which  the  concluding  hiirmony 
is  inverted,  or  any  other  chord  substituted 
for  that  of  the  tonic. 

Interrupted  Close.  An  interrupted  ca- 
dence. 

Intermzione.  (/to.)    An  interruption. 

Interval.  The  distance  or  dilTerrnce  of 
gravity  or  acuteness  between  two  tones. 

Interval,  Aus;niented.  An  iutorvnl 
which  is  a  semitone  greater  than  a  m:\jor 
or  perfect  interval. 

Interval,  Composite.  One  of  the  two 
divisions  into  which  the  ancients  divided 
musical  intervals,  and  denominated  by 
them  "  systems  ; "  in  modern  mui^iu,  au 
interval  which  consists  of  two  or  more 
semitones. 

Interval,  Compound.  An  interval 
beyond  the  seveuth,  being  a  repetition  of 
the  simple  at  a  higher  degree  of  eleva- 
tion. 

Interval,  Consecutive.  An  interval 
passing  in  the  same  direction  in  two  par- 
allel parts  or  voices. 

Int«>rval,  Biminislied.  An  interval 
which,  by  the  application  of  a  sharp  or 
natural  to  the  lower  tone,  or  of  a  flat  oi 
natural  to  the  upper  tone,  becomes  con- 


INT 


121 


INV 


trncted  within  its  natural  space  or  com- 
pass. 

Interval,  l>irect.  An  Interval  which 
Ibrms  any  kind  of  Iiarraony  on  the  funda- 
nieutiil  sound  which  jiroduces  it. 

Interval,  Enharmonic.  A  small  in- 
terval existing  between  two  approximat- 
ing chromatics. 

Interval,  Extren»e.  A  larger  Interval 
than  that  terniod  major,  and  a  smaller  in- 
terval than  that  called  minor. 

Interval,  False.  An  interval  differing 
i'rom  the  essential  points  of  any  other  in- 
terval previously  adopted  as  a  standard. 

Interval,  Xfarinonic.  The  relation  of 
two  sounds  agreeable  to  the  ear,  either  in 
succession  or  consonance. 

Interval,  Imperfect.  An  interval  that 
docs  not  contain  its  full  number  of  de- 
grees. 

Interval,  Incomposlte.  An  interval 
simply  constituted,  in  the  calculation  of 
which  no  notice  is  taken  of  the  intermedi- 
aries, but  the  terras  only  are  considered; 
the  diatitems  or  simple  interval  of  the  an- 
cient Greeks. 

Intervalle.    (Fre.)    An  interval. 

Intervalli  Vietati.  (Ita.)  Forbidden  in- 
tervals. 

lutei-vallo.    (/to.)    An  interval. 

Intervallo  Prohtbito.  (Lat.)  Intervals 
in  melody  that  are  not  accordant  or  nat- 
ural. 

Interval,  Major.  An  interval  contain- 
ing the  greatest  number  of  semitones 
under  the  same  dcnoiainntion. 

Interval,  Parallel.  A  consecutive  In- 
terval. 

Interval,  Prepared.  A  natural  interval 
changed  from  large  to  small,  or  from 
small  to  large,  by  the  aid  of  intermediate 
tones. 

Interval,  Rednndant.  An  interval 
greater  than  that  of  the  major  third,  and 
forming  a  passing  chromatic  to  the  fourth. 

Interval,  Simple.  An  interval  that  does 
not  exceed  an  octave;  the  diastem  of  the 
ancient  Greek  system. 

Interval,  Snperflaons.  An  angment- 
ed  interval;  an  interval  which  exceeds  a 
true  diatonic  interval  by  a  semitone  mi- 
nor. 

Intervening  Subject.  An  intermediate 
subject  of  a  lugue. 

Intonare.  (Ita.)  To  pitch  the  voice ;  to 
strike  the  key  note;  to  set  to  music;  to 
compose. 

Intonate.  To  sound  the  tones  of  the 
scale :  to  practise  solmization ;  to  read  in 
a  musical  manner. 

Intonation.  The  emission  of  the  voice  or 
sounding  of  an  instrument  so  as  to  pro- 
duce any  required  note  in  proper  tune: 
the  act  or  manner  of  modulating  the  voice 
musically. 

Intonation,  False.    A  variation  in  pitch 

11 


from  what  is  understood  to  be  the  tni« 
tone. 

Intonato.   {Ita.)    Tuned ;  set  to  music. 

Intonatnra.  (Ita.)  Intonation;  imita- 
tion. 

Intonazlone.    (Ita.)    Intonation. 

Intone.  The  act  of  singing  or  of  chant- 
ing. 

Intoniren.  (Ger.)  To  begin  to  slug;  to 
tune  ;  to  sound  an  instrument. 

lutrade.    ( Ger.)    Prelude. 

Intrata.  (Ita.)  A  martial  air  performed  at 
a  triumphal  entrance  of  an  army  q^  pro- 
cession ;  a  prelude. 

Intrcpidamente.    (_Ita.)    Intrepidly. 

In  Triplo.  {Ita.)  An  old  term  signifying 
a  composition  in  three  parts. 

In  Tripoli.  (Ita.)  A  composition  in  three 
parts. 

Introd.  An  abbreviation  of  Iniroduction 
and  Introduzionc. 

Introducimento.  {Ita.)  An  introduction. 

Introduction.  That  movement  in  a 
composition  designed  to  prepare  the  ear 
for  the  movements  that  are  to  follow. 

Introdnctorio.  {Ita.)  Introductory  ;  pre- 
liminary. 

Introductory.  Movements  preparative 
of  that  which  is  to  follow. 

Introduzione.    (Ita.)    An  introduction. 

Introduzionc  Hlorziale.  {Ita.)  Martial 
introduction. 

Introit.  {Fre.)  The  entrance  or  beginning 
of  the  mass  in  the  IJoman  Catholic  church  ; 
a  passage  of  Scripture  sung  or  chanted 
when  the  priest  enters  within  the  rails  of 
the  altar ;  a  vocal  composition  appropriate 
to  the  opening  of  church  service. 

Introito.    {Spa.)    Introit;  the  beginning 

of  a  mass. 
Introitns.    {Lnt.)    The  beginning  of  the 

mass,  or  Catholic  service. 

Inventio.  {Lat.)  A  name  sometimes  given 
to  a  Tricinium. 

Inversio  in  Octavam  Acutam.  (Lat.) 
Inversion  in  the  octave  above;  tlie  trans- 
position of  the  lower  part  an  octavo 
above,  to  form  tlic  upper  part,  while 
the  other  part,  nntrausposed,  forms  the 
base. 

Inversio  in  Octavam  Gravem.  (Lot.) 
Inversion  in  the  octave  below  ;  the  trans- 
position of  the  upper  part  an  octave  be- 
low, to  form  the  bass,  while  the  other 
part  remains  in  its  former  position,  and 
forms  the  upper  part. 

Inversion.  S-uch  a  change  of  position  in 
respect  to  intervals  and  chords  as  arises 
from  placing  the  upper  notes  at  bottom, 
and  the  bottom  notes  above. 

luversional  Chords.    Inverted  chords. 

Inversion,     Contrary     Retrograde. 

An  inversion  made  by  reversing  the  ret- 
rograde inversion,  beginning  with  the 
first  note  and  proceeding  to  the  last. 


my 


122 


1ST 


Inversion,  First.     A  term  girea  to  a 

chord  when  its  third  is  its  lowest. 

Inversion,  Betros;rade.  An  InTersion 
made  by  commencihs  oa  the  last  note  of 
the  subject  and  writing  it  backwards  to 
the  first  note. 

Inversion,  Second.  A  name  gi%-ca  to  a 
cliord  when  its  filth  is  the  lowest. 

Inversion,  Simple.  An  inversion  made 
by  reversing  the  notes  of  a  fugal  or  other 
subject  in  its  answer,  so  that  the  ascending 
notes  of  the  original  passage  descend  in 
the  answer,  and  vice  versa. 

Inversion,  Strict.  The  same  as  simple 
inversion,  yet  requiring  tliat  whole  tones 
should  be  answered  by  whole  tones,  and 
semitones  by  semitones. 

Inversion,  Tlilrd.  A  name  given  to  a 
chord  when  the  seventh  is  the  lowest. 

Invert.  To  chan^'e  the  position  either  of 
a  subject  or  of  a  chord. 

Inverted  Chord.  A  chord  whose  fun- 
damental tone  is  not  its  lowest,  but  leaves 
the  third,  fifth,  or  seventh  to  be  so. 

Inverted  Couoiterpolnt.  A  counter- 
point in  wliich  the  parts  are  not  only  re- 
versed towards  each  other,  but  are  also 
conducted,  step  by  step,  in  a  contrary  di- 
rection. 

Inverted  Turn.  An  embellishment 
formed  by  prefixing  three  notes  to  a  prin- 
cipal note. 

Invitatorl.  A  psalm  or  anthem  sung  in 
the  morning. 

Invltatorlo.  (^Spa.)  Psalm  or  anthem 
sung  at  the  beginning  of  the  matins. 

Invltatorinm.  (Lat.)  A  term  applied  to 
the  antiphonc  or  response  to  the  psalm 
"  Vcnite,  exultemus." 

Invitatorjr.  A  hymn  of  invitation  to 
prayer. 

Invocazlone.  (7to.)  An  invocation;  a 
prayer. 

lo  Bacclie.  (,Lat.)  A  convivial  burden  in 
the  lyric  poetry  of  the  Komans. 

Ionian.  One  of  the  Greek  modes,  com- 
prising light  and  pleasing  music. 

Ionic.  One  of  the  ancient  Greek  modes, 
the  Ionian;  in  poetry,  a  metrical  foot  con- 
sisting of  four  syllables,  either  in  tlie  re- 
lation of  two  long  and  two  short,  or  two 
Fhort  and  two  long. 

Ionic  SIuslc.  A  light,  airy  style  of  music. 

lo  Trlutnplie.  (Lat.)  In  the  lyric  poetry 
of  the  Komans,  a  shout  of  triumph. 

Iratamente.  (Ita.)  Angrily;  passion- 
ately. 

Irish  Harp.  An  instrument  having  a 
greater  number  of  strings  than  the  lyre, 
yet  for  many  ages  only  used  for  playing  a 
simple  melody  or  a  single  part. 

Irish  Scale.  A  scale  having  a  whole  tone, 
instead  of  a  semitone,  between  the  seventh 
and  eighth  sounds. 

ItIsIl  Tones.    Melodies  of  Irish  origin, 


distingnistaed  by  wildness,  sweetness,  ttid 

pathos. 
Irlandais.    (Fre.)    A  dance  or  melody  in 

Irish  style. 
Ironicamente.    [Ita.)    Ironically. 
Ironico.    (Ita.)    Ironical. 
Irregolare.    (Ita.)    Irregular. 
Irregular  Cadence.    An  imperfect  ca- 
dence ;  the  tonic  followed  by  the  dominant 

without  its  added  seventh. 
Irregular  licaps.     Leaps  that  require 

considerable  effort  to  perlorm. 
Irregular  Modes.    Modes  running  many 

degrees  both  above  and  below  tlieir  oc- 
taves. 
Irregular  Period.    A  period  in  which  a 

false  cadence  interrupts  or  suspends  an 

expected  final  close. 
Irregular    Phrase.     Any   variation   of 

the  melody  by  which  three  measures  are 

used  instead  of  two  ;  an  extended  phrase. 
Irregular  Transition,  Discords  of. 

Passing  notes    introduced  on  the  strong 

parts  of  a  measure. 
Irrelative    Chords.      Any  two  chords 

which  do  not  contain  some  sound  common 

to  both. 
Irrelative  Keys.    Keys  not  united  by 

any  common  tie. 
Irrelative  Scales.    Scales  not  connected 

by  any  common  tic. 
Irresoluto.  (Ita.)  Irresolute;  hesitating. 
Is.    A  termination  added  by  the  Germans 

to   the    names  of  the  letters  which  are 

sharp. 
Ischuophony.      (Grk.)      Weakness    of 

voice. 
Isdegno,  Con.  (Ita.)  With  indignation. 
Ismania,  Con.     (Ita.)     With  wildness ; 

with  madness. 
Isochronal.    (Grk.)    Equality  of  time; 

perlormed  in  uniform  time. 
Isochronous.    (Grk.)     Equality  of  time 

in  the  various  parts. 
Isotonic  System.    A  system  of  ronsio 

consisting  of  intervals  in  which  each  con- 
cord is  alike  tempered,  and  in  which  there 

are  twelve  equal  semitones. 
Ison.    The  name  by  which  the  first  note  of 

every  chant  was  iormerly  designated,  imd 

whleli  note  was  significative  ot  the  key  or 

tone  of  tlie  melody. 
Israfll.    The  angel  of  music,  alluded  to  in 

the  Koran  as  having  the  most  melodious 

voice  of  all  God's  creatures. 
Istesso.  (Ita.)  The  same. 
Istesso  Tempo.    (Ita.)    The  same  time. 

Istesso  Valore,  ma  nn  po«o  pin  len- 
to. (Ita.)  In  the  same  time,  but  rather 
slower. 

Isthmian  Games.  One  of  the  four  great 
national  festivals  of  Greece,  comprising, 
among  other  things,  contests  in  music  and 
poetry,  the  prize  awarded  being  a  simpi* 
garland  of  pine  leaves. 


1ST 


123 


JOU 


Istreptto,  Con.    (Ita.)    With  noise  and 

bluster. 

Istramento  Itliislco.  (Ita.)  A  musical 
instrument. 

Italian  Iflordent.  An  ornament  consist- 
in<?  of  thft  alternation  of  a  tone  witli  the 
next  above  it. 

Italian  Sixth.  Thnt  species  of  the  chord 
of  the  superfluous  sixtli  in  which  that  in- 
terval is  accompanied  only  by  a m^jor  third. 


Itallenne.    {Pre.)    Italian. 

Ita  Itlissa  Est.  {Lat.)  The  termination 
of  the  mass,  sung  by  the  priest  to  Grego- 
rian music. 

Ithymbos.  {Grk.)  A  musical  dance  in 
houor  of  the  Bacchanalian  deity  of  the 
Greeks. 

Itkar.    ( Tem.)    A  drumstick. 

I  TroTatorl.    {Ua.)    The  troubadoora. 


J. 


JACK.  The  quill  or  the  hammer  which 
strikes  the  strings  of  a  harpsichord  or 
piano. 

Jaeger  Clior.    (<7er.)    Hunting' chorus. 

J^agdsinfonie.  (Ger.)  Hunting  sym- 
phony. 

■TagdataclE.    (Ger.)    A  hunting  piece. 

Jailtage.  The  only  musical  instrument 
of  Tartary,  consisting  of  a  box  of  fir, 
about  four  feet  long  and  three  inches 
broad,  the  upper  part  of  which  is  open, 
over  which  six  wire  f-trings  are  stretched. 
It  is  played  on  with  both  hands,  but 
chiefly  with  the  left,  and  produces  both 
treble  and  bass. 

J'alente.  (CrrJl*.)  A  mournful  song;  name 
given  to  the  ancient  Greek  Song  oiT  Lamen- 
tation. 

Jamliico.    (/<«.)    An  iambic. 

Jatnbo.    {Ita.)    An  iambic. 

Jangle.  To  cause  to  sound  discordantly 
or  imharmoniously  ;  a  rattling  sound. 

Jar.  To  disagree  in  sound;  a  rattling  vi- 
bration of  sound. 

Jargon.  The  result  of  the  union  of  two 
or  more  discordant  notes ;  a  confused 
multitude  of  sounds. 

Jauclizend.    (Ger.)    Shouting;  joyful. 

Jeu.    (Fre.)    The  manner  of  playing. 

Jen  Celeste.  (Fre.)  A  pianoforte  pedal 
arrangement,  consisting  of  strips  of  wood 
or  soft  leather  so  held  that  by  pressure  on 
the  pedal  tliey  soften  tlie  sound. 

Jeu  de  Flute.  (Fre.)  Flute  stop  of  an 
organ. 

Jeu  d'Ot-guea.  (Fre.)  Rows  of  pipes  in 
an  organ;  an  organ  stop. 

Jeu- Parte.    ( Fre.)    Songs  written  in  the 

style  of  a  dialogue. 
Jeux  Forts.     (Fre.)     The  loud  stops  in 

organ  playing. 

Je-%vs1iarp.  A  small  instrumetit  made  of 
brass  or  steel,  with  a  thin  metallic  tongue, 
played  upon  by  placing  it  between  the 
teeth  and  vibrating  the  tongue  by  striking 
it  with  tlie  finger,  the  sound  being  modu- 
late;! by  tiie  breath  acting  upon  it  in  vari- 
ous degrees  of  force. 


Jeirs  trump.  A  term  applied  by  old 
writers  to  the  jewsharp. 

Jig.  A  light  dance ;  a  tune  having  a  quick 
movement  in  compound  time  of  g  or  ^^. 

Jingling.  A  sharp,  fine,  rattling  sound,  as 
of  little-bells. 

Jingles.     Loose  pieces  of  metal   placed 
around  a  tamborine  to  increase  the  sound, 
Jocosns.    (Lat.)    Merry;  funny. 

Joculator.  Strolling  musician;  a  jon- 
gleur. * 

Jodeln.  Songs  of  the  Tyrolean  shepherds, 
mountaineers,  and  dairy  maids. 

Jo^o.  (Hau.)  A  species  of  double  Egyp- 
tian Darabuca. 

Jonglerie.  An  order  originated  in  the 
twelfth  century  for  the  cultivation  of 
poetry  and  music,  comprising  Trouveres, 
Chanteres,  Conteurs,  and  Jongleurs. 

Jongleurs.  Musicians  who,  in  the  twelfth 
century,  journeyed  through  France  singing 
their  own  compositions  or  tiiose  of  burds 
who  were  obliged  to  hire  singers. 

Joobhunca.  (Ilin.)  The  second  of  the 
srootis,  into  which  the  last  note  of  the 
Hindoo  scale  is  divided. 

Jota.    (Spa.)    A  Spanish  dance. 
Jouer.    (Fre.)    To  play. 

Joner  de  Harpe.  (Fre.)  To  play  on 
the  harp. 

Jouer  de  la  Iiyre.    (Fre.)    To  play  the 

lyre. 
Jouer  de  la  Vielle.    (Fre.)    To  play  on 

a  hurdy-gurdy. 

Joner  du  Chalnmean.  (Fre.)  To  pipe. 
Jouer  du  liUth.  (Fre.)   To  play  the  lute. 
Jouer  du  Vlolon.  (Fre.)   To  play  on  the 
violin. 

Jouer,  Toucher  de  I'Orgue.  (Fre.)  To 
play  the  organ. 

Jouer,  Toucher  dn  Piano.  (Fre.)  To 
play  on  the  piano. 

Joueur  de  Comeniutie.  (Fre.)  A  bag- 
piper. 

Joueur  de  Flute.    (Fre.)    A  flutist. 


JOU 


124 


KEM 


J'onenr  de  liiitli.   (Fre.)  One  who  plays 

on  a  lute. 
Jonenr  de  lijnre.    (Fre.)    A  lyrist. 
Joneor  de  ^Insettc.    (Fre.)    Bagpiper. 

Jonenr  de  Vielle.    (Fre.)    A  player  on 

the  hurdy-gurdy. 
Jonenr  de  Vlolon.  (Fre.)    A  player  on 

the  vlolm. 

JTonenr  d'lnstmmcns.  (i^r«.)  A  player 
upon  musical  instruments ;  a  musician. 

Jn1>e.  (GH-.)  A  harvest  hymn  of  the 
Greeks  and  Komans  in  honor  of  Ceres  and 
Bacchus. 

Jnbelgesang.  (Ger.)  Song  of  rejoicing; 
song  of  jubilee. 

Jubelnd.    (Ger.)    Kejoicing. 

JTubllant.  Uttering  songs  of  triumph ; 
ecstatic,  triumphant  music. 

Jnbilar.  (Ger.)  The  recipient  of  a  jubi- 
lee; one  in  whose  honor  or  for  whose 
benefit  a  complimentary  concert  is  given. 

Jnbllee.  A  word  applied  by  the  Hebrews 
to  the  year  of  deliverance,  which  was  pro- 
claimed with  the  sound  of  a  ram's  horn. 

Jnblloso.    Joyful  to  the  greatest  extent. 

JTudlo.    (Spa.)    An  appellation  given  by 


boys  to  the  trumpeters  who  attend  the 
procession  in  the  holy  week. 
txig.  The  name  applied  by  Ensflish  bird 
fanciers,  in  the  last  ee/itiiry,  to  a  nird  note, 
which,  in  a  clear  and  brilliant  tone,  repeats 
the  sound  "  Djug  "  sixty  or  seventy  times, 
closing  with  a  brilliant  shake  or  rattle. 

Jnglaresa.    (Spa.)    A  female  buffoon. 

JTugnete.  (Spa.)  A  carol ;  a  song  of  joy 
and  exultation. 

Jngum.  (iMt.)  A  contrivanoe  affixed  to 
the  lyre  of  the  ancients  to  stretch  or 
slacken  the  strings. 

Jnle.  (GrI:.)  A  hymn  sung  by  the  Greeks 
and  Romans  at  harvest  time,  in  honor  of 
Ceres  and  Bacehus. 

JTurer.  (Fre.)  To  jar;  to  render  a  dis- 
cordant sound. 

Jnst.  A  term  applied  to  all  consonant  In- 
tervals, and  to  those  voices,  strings,  and 
pipes  which  give  them  with  exactness. 

Jnste.  (Fre.)  Accurate  in  time,  tone,  har- 
mony, and  execution. 

Jnstesse.  (Fre.)  Exactness  or  purity  of 
intonation. 

Jnsto,  Con.  (Ita.)    With  exact  precision. 

Jnst  Relations.  Belations  whose  ex- 
tremities form  consonant  intenrols. 


K. 


KABARO.  An  Egyptian  and  Abyssinian  I 
drum,  played  upon  by  being   struck 
with  the  hand. 

Kaba-snma.  (7\tr.)  A  large  and  small 
oboe  used  by  the  Turkish  soldiers. 

Kacbapt.  (Jav.)  A  Javanese  instrument 
resembling  a  lute. 

Kafo.  (Hau.)  An  instrument  used  In 
Africa,  resembling  a  small  horn. 

Kalamalka.  (Hun.)  A  lively  Hungarian 
dance  in  |  time. 

Kalando.  (Han.)  A  species  of  double 
tamborinc  used  by  the  Africans. 

KalliftliOr^on.  A  musical  Instrument 
played  as  a  piano,  and  producing  an  effect 
equivalent  to  violin,  violoncello,  and  dou- 
ble bass  in  concert. 

Kammer.    ( Ger.)    Chamber. 

Kammer-Concert.  (Ger.)  A  chamber 
concert. 

KammerOXusllE.  (Ger.)  Chsunber mu- 
sic. 

Kammersarj^erln.  (Ger.)  Private  I 
singer  to  a  king  or  prince. 

Kainmerton.  (Ger.)  In  the  style  of 
chamber  music. 

Kampoul.  (Jav.)  A  gong  of  small  di- 
mensions used  by  the  Malays. 


Kanoon.    (Syr.)    A  species  of  dulcimer. 
Kapelle.    (Ger.)    Chapel. 
Kapellmeister.    (Ger.)     Chapel  master. 
Karine.    (Per.)    A  Persian  instrument  In 

the  form  of  the  tuba,  the  ancient  Roman 

Lorn,  eight  feet  in  length. 
Karol.    A  choir. 

Karoz.    (Per.)    Singing  and  dancing. 
Kass.    (Ita.)    A  species  of  drum  used  by 

the  negroes  of  Angola. 

Kasside.  (Per.)  An  elegy  of  the  Per- 
sians. 

Keclc.    (Ger.)    Pert;  fearless;  bold. 

Kecktieit.    (Ger.)    Boldness. 

Keeners.  Persons  formerly  employed  In 
Ireland  to  sing  at  night  in  a  mournful 
strain  over  the  body  of  the  deceased,  ac- 
companied by  the  harp. 

Keeping  Time.  Giving  to  every  sound 
or  silence  t'.ic  exact  duration  signified  by 
the  note  or  lest. 

Kebl-laut.    ( Ger.)    A  guttural  sound. 

Keraan.  (Tur.)  A  Turkish  violin  with 
three  strings. 

Kemanseli.  (Tur.)  A  stringed  instru- 
ment oi  the  Turks,  played  with  a  bow. 

Keman§;eli  a  Gonz.  (Tur.)  A  very 
simple  "form  of  iustruraent,  having;  bat 


KEM 


125 


KEY 


two  strings,  played  upon  with  a  bow,  and 
nsod  by  the  lower  classes  ia  Eastern 
countries. 

KemangeH  Fark.  (Tar.)  A  two-stringed 
instrument  used  by  the  common  people  in 
the  East. 

Kemangeh  Roaruy.  (T^r.)  An  in- 
strument havin»  four  or  six  strings, 
played  upon  with  a  bow,  and  used  by  the 
upper  classes  in  Persia,  Arabia,  Turlcey, 
nud  Egypt. 

Kemangeh  So^haer.  (TVir.)  A  bow 
instrument;  a  iiemangeh  a  Gouz. 

Kenet.    (,Abi/.)    An  Abyssinian  trumpet. 

Kent  Bugle.  A  bugle  having  six  Iteys, 
four  of  whicli  are  commanded  by  tlie  right 
hand,  and  two  by  the  left ;  a  keyed  horn. 

Kentoak.  (Jav.)  A  small  gong  used  by 
tlie  Malays. 

Keraua.  (Per.)  A  wind  instrument, 
forming  a  Icind  of  long  trumpet,  much 
used  by  the  Persians,  sounded  in  tlie 
evening,  at  sunset,  and  two  hours  after 
midnight,  together  with  hautboys,  tim- 
brels, drums,  and  other  instruments. 

Keranlm.  (Heb.)  The  sacerdotal  trum- 
pets of  the  ancient  Hebrews. 

Keras.  {Grk.)  The  hydraullca,  or  water 
organ. 

Kereu.  (Heh.)  A  horn;  an  Instrument 
first  used  by  the  Hebrews,  formed  of  a 
rani's  horn,  and  subsequently  made  of 
metal. 

Kei-klenorgelen.  {Dut.)    Church  organ. 

Kerna.  ( Grk.)  A  kind  of  trumpet  used 
by  Tamerlane,  the  sound  of  wliich,  it  is 
said,  could  be  heard  at  a  distance  of  several 
miles. 

Kerou-Jeliel.    {Heb.)    Jubilee  horn. 

Kerrei&a.    {Ita.)     An  Indian  trumpet. 

Ketch.  Name  applied  by  old  writers  to  a 
catch. 

Kettle  Drum.  A  spherical  shaped  kettle 
or  basin  of  brass,  over  the  top  of  wliich  is 
drawn  a  parchment  or  skin,  and  used  in 
p.airs,  one  of  whicli  is  tuned  to  tlie  key 
note,  tlie  other  to  the  fifth  of  tlie  key. 

Kettle  Drummer.  A  performer  upon  a 
kettle  drum. 

Key.  A  certain  fundamental  note  or  tone, 
to  whicli  the  whole  of  a  movement  has  a 
cert:iiii  relation  or  bearing,  to  which  all  its 
modulations  are  referred  and  accommo- 
dated, and  in  which  it  begins  and  ends;  a 
lever  of  wood,  ivory,  or  metal  in  an  organ, 
pianol'orte,  or  other  instrument,  struck  or 
pressed  by  the  fingers  in  playing. 

Key  Board.  The  rows  of  keys  of  a  piano- 
forte, orgim,  or  similar  instrument,  when 
spoken  of  collectively;  an  instrument  for 
dividing  the  intervals  of  tlie  octave. 

Key  Board,  Cliroinatlc.  An  attiiehment 
applied  to  the  keys  of  a  piano  for  the  pur- 
pose of  enabling  players  of  moderate  skill 
to  execute  tiie  simple  chromatic  scale, 
chromatic  runs  in  double  notes  witli  either 
hand,  chromatic  progressions  of  cliords, 
and  all  chromatic  runs,  passages,  cadenzas, 


legato  as  staccato,  with  ease  and  correct- 
ness. 

Key  Board,  Foot.  Manual  of  an  or^'an, 
comprising  the  keys  played  with  the  K>ot. 

Key  Board,  Hand.  Manual  9f  an  organ, 
comprising  the  keys  played  with  the  hand. 

Key  Bugle.    A  Kent  bngle. 

Keyed.  Furnished  with  keys ;  set  to  a 
key. 

Keyed  Bugle.    A  Kent  bugle. 

Keyed  Cithara.  An  oblong  box  holding 
a  series  of  strings  in  triangular  form, 
struck  bv  plectra  of  quill  affixed  to  the 
inner  ends  of  the  keys. 

Keyed  If  armonica.  A  harmonica  played 
upon  by  means  of  a  set  of  keys ;  the  cla- 
yiatur. 

Keyed  Instruments.  The  organ,  piano, 
mclodeon,  and  all  similar  instruments,  the 
sounds  of  which  are  produced  by  the 
pressure  of  the  fingers  upon  keys. 

Keyed  Organ.  An  organ  having  keys, 
so  called  in  contradistinction  to  a  barrel 
organ,  whose  tones  are  produced  by  a 
revolving  cylinder. 

Keyed-Stop  Tlolln.  An  arrangement 
which  may  be  attached  to  a  violin,  con- 
sisting of  a  finger  board  made  of  ebony, 
with  tliirty-three  stops,  called  key-stops, 
which  stand  above  the  strings,  projecting 
one  sixteenth  of  an  inch,  and  acting  upon 
them  perpendicularly. 

Keyed  Violin.  An  Instrument  having 
forty  strings,  arranged  like  those  of  a 
piano,  and  acted  upon  by  horsehair  bows, 
under  the  pressure  of  keys  like  those  of 
an  organ. 

Key,  Fundamental.     The  original  key 

Key,  Governing.  The  principal  or  ori- 
ginal key ;  that  key  in  which  the  piece  is 
composed. 

Key  Harp.  An  instrument  of  recent  in- 
vention, externally  like  a  piano,  witli  a 
similar  arrangement  of  keys  and  pedals. 
It  consists  of  an  adjustment  of  tuning 
forks,  of  various  pitches  (answering  to 
the  keys),  over  cavities  of  sonorous  metal, 
which,  if  struck,  would  give  out  corre- 
sponding sounds. 

Key,  Major.     A  key  having  its  third  at 

the  distance  of  four  semitones  from  the 

tonic. 
Key,  Minor.    A  key  having  its  third  at 

the  distance  of  three  semitones  from  tlie 

tonic. 
Key,  Natural.     A  key  having  neither  a 

flat  nor  a  sharp  for  its  signature. 
Key  'Xotc    A  note  to  which  a  series  of 

subordinate  notes  bear  a  distinct  relation; 

that  note  with  which  a  piece  of  music 

usually  begins,  and  always  ends;  the  key 

note. 
Key,  Original.      The   key  in    which   a 

musical  composition  is  first  written;  the 

governing  key. 

Key,  Priuclpal.    The  original  key. 


KEY 


KLE 


Kcjrs.     Levers  by  which  the  notes  of  a 

pianoforte  or  or^au  are  made  to  sound, 
and  by  which  flutes,  hautboys,  and  other 
wind  instruments  have  their  holes  opened 
or  shut.  > 

Key 8,  Additional.  Keys  located  above 
or  below  the  original  coinpass  of  the  in- 
strument. 

Keys,  Antlienttc.  Keys  in  the  ancient 
system  of  the  Greeks,  whose  tones  ex- 
tended from  the  tonio  to  the  fifth  and 
octave  above. 

Keys,  Chromatic.  The  black  keys  of  a 
pianoforte;  every  key  In  whose  scale  one 
or  more  so-called  chromatic  tones  occur, 
and  in  which  a  cliromatic  signature  is 
requisite. 

Keys,  Colored.    The  short  or  black  keys 

of  a  pianoforte. 
Keys,  IrrelatlT-e.    Such  keys  as  have  no 

common  connecting  tie  between  them. 
Keys,  Xiarge.    Major  keys. 
Keys,  Marked.  A  term  applied  by  Gnido 

to  the  colored  lines  by  which  he  expressed 

the  pitches  of  the  notes. 

Keys,  Organ.  Movable  projecting  levers, 
in  the  front  of  an  organ,  so  placed  as  to 
conveniently  receive  tlie  Angers  of  the 
player,  and  which,  by  a  connected  move- 
ment with  the  valves,  or  pallets,  admit  or 
exclude  the  wind  from  the  pipes. 

Keys,  Parallel.  The  major  and  its  rela- 
tive minor. 

Keys,  Pedal.  That  set  of  keys  belonging 
to  an  organ  which  are  acted  upon  by  the 
feet. 

Keys,  Pla$;al.  In  the  ancient  Greek  sys- 
tem, those  keys  whose  tones  extended  from 
the  dominant  or  fifth  upwards  to  the 
octave  and  twelfth. 

Keys,  Relati've.  Keys  which  only  differ 
by  having  in  their  scales  one  flat  or  sharp 
more  or  less,  or  which  have  the  same  sig- 
nature. 

Keys,  Rentote.  Such  keys  as  are  at  a 
distance  from  each  other,  as  the  key  of 
one  sharp  and  the  key  of  five  sharps. 

Keys,  Small.    Minor  keys. 

Key  Stops.  The  stops  on  a  keyed-stop 
violin. 

Key  Tone.    The  key  note. 

Key,  Transposed.    A  key  differing  from 

that  in  which   the  piece  was  originally 

written. 

Key,  Tuning.  An  instrument  used  for 
the  purpose  of  tightening  or  loosening  the 
strings  of  a  piano  or  harp. 

Kliasun.  {Heb.)  The  principal  singer  in 
a  synagogue. 

Khurnj.  {Hin.)  The  first  note  in  the 
Hindoo  musical  scale. 

Kin.  (Chi.)  'A  Chinese  instrument,  pos- 
sessing a  body  of  thin  wood,  carved  like 
the  top  of  a  violin,  to  increase  resonance, 
over  which  is  drawn  five  strings  of  silk 
of  different  sizes ;  one  of  the  eight  species 


Into  which  the  Chinese  divide  their  mn. 

sical  sounds,  being  that  derived  from  silk. 
Kinderpfeife.  (Ger.)  A  child's  whistle, 
Klnder-Sinfonie.    (Ger.)    A  symphony 

for  children. 

King.  A  Chinese  instrument  formed  of  a 
wooden  frame  with  pendent  stone  gradu- 
ated tlirough  sixteen  notes  and  sounded 
by  being  struck  with  a  hammer  ;  one  of 
the  eight  species  of  musical  sounds  in  the 
Chinese  system,  being  that  emanating 
from  stone. 

Kinnar.    (Heb.)    The  scriptural  name  of 

the  harp ;  kiunor. 

Kinnor.  (Heb.)  A  small  harp  held  in  the 
hand  and  played  upon  wliile  dancing,  sup- 
posed to  have  been  used  by  David. 

Kircben-SIasilc.  (Ger.)    Church  music 

Klrcben  SSnger.     (Ger.)    A  chorister; 

a  chanter. 
Kirchenstyl.    (Ger.)    Church  style. 

Klrchentonarten.       (Ger.)       The    old 

church  modes. 

Kirchentone.    (Ger.)    Church  mode. 
Kircbenvreise.  (Ger.)  A  church  melody. 

Kit.     A  small  or  pocket  violin  used  by 

dancing  masters. 
Kitar.    (Ara.)    A  musical  instrument  of 

the  Arabs. 
Klthara.    (Grk.)    A  cithara;  a  stringed 

instrument. 
Klagend.    (Ger.)    Plaintive. 
Klang.    (Ger.)    Sound;  ringing. 
Klangboden.    (Ger.)    Sound  board. 
Klangesclilecbt.    ( Ger.)    A  genus. 
Klanglelire.    (Ger.)    Acoustics. 
Klanglos.    (Ger.)    Soundless. 

Klanguacbbildnng.  (Ger.)  Imitation 
of  a  sound. 

Klangstein.    (Ger.)    Sonorous  stone. 
Klappe.    (Ger.)     A  key  to  any  wind  In- 
strument. 

Klappen   Flngelbom.      (Ger.)     The 

keyed  bugle. 

Klappen  Horn.    The  Kent  horn. 

Klapptrompete.  (Ger.)  A  keyed  trum- 
pet. 

Klar.    (Ger.)    Clear. 

Klavier.  (Ger.)  Pianoforte;  h&rpsichord. 

Kla-riersonatem.  (Ger.)  Pianoforte 
sonata. 

Klavierspleler.  (Ger.)  A  pianoforte 
player. 

Klein.  (Ger.)  Minor,  in  regard  to  inter- 
vals. 

Kleine  Alt  Poasanne.  (Ger.)  A  smjill 
sackbut,  the  trombone  piccolo  of  the 
Italians. 

Kleine  Xiieder.    (Ger.)    A  little  song. 

Klelnlaut.  (Ger.)  Small  or  low  in  ton* 
or  voice. 


KLI 


127 


LAG 


Kllng^bar.    (Ger.)     Kesonant;  sonorous. 
Kllnseln.     (Ger.)     To  ring:  or  sound  a 

sniatl  bell ;  to  jingle, 
Klin^klang.      (Ger.)      Tinkling;    bad 

music. 
Klimgsplel.    (ffer.)     The  sound  or  play 

of  iustruments. 
Klntter.    (Ger.)    A  bird  call. 
Knabenstimme.    (Ger.)    Aooy-nvolce; 

counter-tenor. 
Knell.    The  tolling  of  a  bell  on  the  occa- 
sion of  a  death  or  luneral. 
Knoll.    To  sound  as  a  bell ;  to  knell. 
Knots.     Rings  which  serve  to  cover  the 

joints  of  a  trumpet. 
Koan.    One  of  the  eight  species  of  musical 

sounds  of  the  Chinese  system,  beLig  that 

produced  from  bamboo. 
Kodha.    (Cor.)    Cadence. 
KoUo.     (Jap.)     A  Japanese   instrument 

somewhat  resembling  a  harp. 
Komiker.    (Ger.)     A  writer  of  burlettas. 
Uomisch.    (Ger.)    Comical. 
Kompouirt.    (Ger.)    Composed. 
Komponister.    (Ger.)    Composer. 
Hoons.    (Per.)    A  Persian  drum  made  of 

brass,  two  feet  in  circumference. 
Kopfstimme.  (Ger.)  Falsetto. 
Hoa.     (Hun.)     A  superior  kind  of  dance 

music  of  the  Hungariaus. 
Koso.    (Hau.)    Name  given  by  the  Hausa 

people,  in  AJrica,  to  the  tympanum. 

Kriichzen.   (Ger.)    To  sing  with  a  croak- 
ing voice. 
Kraft.    (Ger.)    Power;  strength. 
Kreicheu.    (Ger.)    To  squall. 

Kreisfage.  (Ger.)  Circulating  fiig^e ;  a 
canon. 

Krenz.    (Ger.)    A  sharp. 

Krle^ertsch.    (Ger.)     Warlike;  martial. 

Krieeslied.  (Ger.)  A  war  song;  a  sol- 
diers BOUg. 


Krle^8>spieler.  (Ger.)  A  mnsician  of 
a  regiment. 

Kromo.  (Jav.)  A  series  of  small  vases 
or  gongs  arranged  in  two  rows  upon  a 
frame,  and  used  by  the  Javanese. 

Kronsta.  (Grk.)  A  general  name  applied 
by  the  ancients  to  all  pulsatile  instrameuts. 

Hrniumliom.  (Ger.)  A  portable  wind 
instrument  formerly  much  in  use,  the 
formation  and  tone  of  which  resembled  a 
small  cornet ;  an  organ  stop. 

Kslkutee.  (Hin.)  The  first  of  the  Srootis 
into  which  the  punchum,  or  fifth  note,  of 
the  Hindoo  scale  is  divided. 

Knedha.    (Arm.)    Cadence. 

Kiibn.    (Ger.)    Short. 

Kulii-eiben.    (Ger.)    Ranz  deg  Vaches. 

Kunst.    (Ger.)     Art;  skill. 

Kunstpfelier.  (Ger.)   A  street  musician. 

Knusttverk  der  Znknnft.  (Ger.)  Art- 
work of  the  future  —  the  name  given  by 
Richard  Wagner  to  his  theory  of  the  pos- 
sibility of  producing  a  musical  composi- 
tion in  which  wliiitever  of  deepest  and  of 
Iiighest  the  human  soul  can  comprehend 
mav  be  brought  near  to  the  most  ordinary 
uniierstanding  without  the  need  of  reflec- 
tion or  of  critical  expositions. 

Kurx.    (Ger.)    Short. 

Kiirzen.    (Ger.)    To  abridge. 

Kurzer  Slngesatz.    (Ger.)    Cavatina. 

Kurzuug.  {Ger.)  Abbreviation  ;  abridg- 
ment. 

Kiirzunggzeiclien.  ( Ger.)  Sign  of  ab- 
breviation. 

Kussier.  A  Turkish  instrument  of  music, 
consisting  of  five  strings,  stretched  over 
a  skin  covering  a  kind  of  basin. 

Kjrnnor.    (Heb.)    The  harp  of  David. 

Hyrie.  (iMt.)  Lord  ;  the  first  movement 
of  a  mass,  so  called  because  begiiming 
with  the  words  Kyrie  eleison. 

Kyrielle.    (Fre.)    Litany. 


L. 


LIN  pianoforte  music,  indicates  the  use 
,  of  the  le/t  hand. 

X<a.  (Ita.  and  Fre.)  The;  also,  used  in 
Bolfaing  to  the  note  A,  and  employed  by 
Guido  to  denominate  the  last  sound  of  each 
of  his  hexachords. 

I<a1»lal.    Uttered  principally  with  the  lips. 

J^abium.  (Lat.)  The  lip  of  an  organ 
pipe. 

Ua  Cbasse.    (Fre.)    A  piece  of  music  in 

the  hunting  style. 

Hiacbrimoe.    (iMt.)    The  name  formerly 


given  in  England  to  the  dolorous  strains 

of  the  Calvinists. 

Ijtt  Finale.    (Fre.)    The  last  figure  of  a 
quadrille. 

Iia  Flnte  I>once.     (Fre.)     The  flute-a- 
bec,  or  fistula  dulcis. 

liagc^e  der  Lilnken  Hand.    (Ger.)    Po- 
sition of  the  lelt  hand. 

l>agno8o.    (Ita.)    Plaintive;  doleful. 

Ijagrlmando.    (Tta.)   Weeping;  tearful; 
a  sad,  pathetic  style  of  expression. 


LAO 


128 


LAR 


XjiLgwitnoao.  {Ita.)  Lt  ft  moamibi,  dolo- 
rous style. 

lia-lIIaH-al- Allah.  (7?^.)  The  sylla- 
bles  of  a  chant  employed  by  the  dancing 
dervishes  of  Egypt  during  their  perform- 
ances. 

Ii'AimaUe  Valnquenr.  (,Fre.)  A  French 
air  and  danoe ;  the  louvre. 

Liaissant  Itf oartr  le  Son  pen  a  peu. 

(Fre.)   DiminiBhing  the  sound  by  degrees. 
Xiali.      A  very  large  drum  used   by  the 

natives  of  the  Fegce  Islauds. 
X.a  Afajear.    (Fre.)    A  major. 
Xi'Ame.  {Pre.)  The  sound  post  of  a  violin, 

tenor,  &c. 

Xiamentablle.  (ito.)  Plaintive;  lamen- 
table. 

HiamentaMlmente.  (,Ita.)    Mournfully. 
liamentabondo.        {Ita.)        Moumfal ; 
rueful. 

X<ainentatlons.  Funeral  mnsio  of  the 
ancient  Jews. 

Xiamentatrlces.  (7foi.)  Hebrew  female 
vocal  perl'ormers,  hired  to  chant  over  the 
dead,  and  to  sing  dirges  at  funerals. 

£ianientazloncella.  (Ita.)  Soft  sigh- 
ing. 

ILiaineiitazione.    (Ita.)    A  lamentation. 

liamentevole.    (/fa.)    Plaintively. 

X^atnentevoliueiite.  (/to.)  Mournfully; 
lamentably. 

liamentoso.    (/to.)    Lamentable. 

ILiaineiits.  Name  given  by  the  Scotch  to 
some  of  their  old  serious  and  melancholy 
airs. 

Iliampaclarlns.  (Grk.)  The  two  princi- 
pal singers  in  the  patriarchal  church  of 
Constantinople. 

I<ampon.    (/Ve.)    A  bacchanalian  song. 

lianderiscli.  (Cer.)  In  the  manner  or 
measure  of  a  country  dance. 

Xifindler.  ( Ger.)  A  country  dance  or  air 
in  a  rustic  and  popular  style,  generally  in 
I  time, 

liandllch.    (Ger.)    Kural. 
Xiandu.    {Por.)     A  Portuguese  dance  in 
^  or  I  time. 

Hianduma.  (,Por.)  A  class  of  Portuguese 
music,  of  a  sentimental,  melancholy 
nature. 

Ttarxg.    ( Ger.)    Long. 

Xiangsam.    ( Ger.)    Slowly, 

Itauj^nage,  Klelodtc.  An  expression  of 
foelings  and  of  ideas  by  a  melodious  com- 
bination of  simple  sounds. 

liang^uemente.    (/to.)    Languishingly. 
I^auguendo.    (/to.)    Languishing, 
liangnente.    (/to.)    With  languor. 

r<an$;uette.  (Fre.)  Key  of  an  Instru- 
ment. 

lianguldo,    (/to.)    With  langior. 


Ijanj^nisblngly.  A  style  of  musical  exe- 
cution in  a  languid,  tender,  feeble,  or  faint 
manner. 

Uancward.  A  circular  metal  plate,  closing 
the  broad  end  of  a  conical  tube  in  an  orgaa, 
named  a  loot. 

liaoidli.    (Gae.)    A  lay;  a  song. 

£,a  Parte  dl  Vlollno.  (/to.)  The  part 
to  be  played  by  the  violin. 

£ia  Parte  Prima.  {Tla.)  The  first  voice 
or  part ;  the  leading  or  principal  part. 

lia  Pastourelle.  (Pre.)  One  of  the  five 
dance  movements  forming  the  (luadrille. 

I<a  Poule.  (Pre.)  The  second  figure  in  a 
quadrille. 

Xia  Prima  lutenzlone.  (/to.)  The 
origin.ll  design  of  a  composer,  distin- 
guished by  thin  appellation  from  an  altered 
or  improved  copy. 

I^a  Prima  Volta.    (/to.)    The  first  time. 

Xiar.  (Sim:.)  A  species  of  trumpet,  some- 
times twelve  feet  in  length,  having  a  sound 
strong,  and  at  the  same  time  sharp.  It  is 
supported  by  one  and  played  by  another, 
and  may  be  heard  at  a  great  distance. 

liargamente.  (/to.)    In  a  full,  free  style, 

Liargamento,  (/to.)  In  a  full,  free, 
broad  style  of  performance. 

X^arge.  The  name  of  a  note  found  in  an- 
cient music,  equal  to  four  breves,  or  eight 
scmibreves  (12). 

Xiarge  Key^s,    Migor  keys. 

liargement.    (Pre.)    Full;  free  in  style. 

liarge  Octave.  The  third  octave,  indi- 
cated in  the  German  tablature  by  capital 
letters. 

Xiarge  Once-!M[arUed  Octave.  The 
second  octave,  indicated  by  capital  letters 
having  a  single  line  below  them. 

Xiarge  Second.    A  whole  tone, 

Xiarge  Sixtb,    A  sharp  sixth, 

Xarge  Tlireefold  Chord.  A  threefold 
chord  having  the  interval  of  a  large  (ma- 
jor) third  between  its  fundamental  tone 
and  its  third. 

Xarge  Twice-Marked  Octave.  The 
first,  or  lowest  octave,  indicated  by  capital 
letters  having  two  lines  below  them, 

Xarghetto.  (/to.)  A  slow  and  measured 
movement,  but  less  so  than  that  oi'  largo. 

Xiarffhezza.    (/to.)    In  a  full,  free,  broad 

style  of  performance, 
Xarghissimo.    (/to.)    Extremely  slow, 

Xargo.  (/to.)  A  very  slow  and  solemn 
degree  of  movement,  one  degree  quicker 
than  grave  and  two  degrees  quicker  than 

Xiargo  Andante,    (/to.)  Slow;  distinct; 

exact, 
Xargo  Assai.    (/to.)    Very  slow. 
Xiargo  dt  Molto.     (Itu.)     Largo  to  an 

unusual  degree;  very  slow. 
Xiarigot.    (Fre.)    An  organ  stop,  tuned  an 


LAR 


129 


LEG 


octave  above  the  twelfth;  the  former 
name  of  a  flageolet. 

ILiarlnge.    {Ita.)    Larynx. 

I^armoyant.  (,Fre.)  Weeping;  tearfully; 
with  a  sad  expression. 

Xiarynx.  (Grk.)  The  upper  part  of  the 
trachea,  or  wiudpipe,  composed  of  five 
annular  cartilajjcs,  placed  one  above 
another,  and  united  by  elastic  ligaments, 
or  tibres,  by  which  it  is  so  dilated  and  con- 
tracted as  to  be  capable  of  producing  all 
the  various  tones  ot  the  voice. 

LiR  Sesta  Rivoltato  Diviene  Settima. 
(Ita.)  The  sixth  reversed  in  double  coun- 
terpoints becomes  a  seventh. 

r.astlmosamente.  {Spa.)  Pitifully;  in 
a  doleful  manner. 

lia  Stretta.  {Ita.)  A  term  designating 
that  portion  or  passage  to  be  given  in 
quicker  time. 

]L.ast  Shift.  On  a  violm,  the  shift  on  the 
twentieth  line,  or  E. 

I,a  Trenise.  {Fre.)  The  fourth  figure 
in  a  quadrille,  also  called  pastorale. 

X^atten  Strings.  Wires  formed  of  a 
composition  consisting  of  copper  and  zinc. 

I>atticed  B.  A  name  given  by  the  Ger- 
mans to  the  character  representing  a 
sharp  (55). 

Xiand.  The  act  of  singing  son^s  or  hymns 
of  praise ;  to  praise  in  words  alone,  or 
with  instruments. 

liaud.    (Spa.)    A  lute. 

£.aadamu8.    (Lat.)    We  praise  thee. 

liandesl.  {Lat.)  Members  of  a  society 
instituted  at  Florence,  in  1310,  for  the  per- 
formance of  the  J.audi. 

Xiandl.  (Lat.)  Sacred  songs  of  the  Ko- 
mish  priests,  sung  by  the  Laudcsi. 

Liandi  Spirltuali.  (Lat.)  Sacred  songs 
and  dialogues,  8un<j  by  the  priests  in  the 
oratory,  or  plsce  ol  prayer. 

I^andisti.  (Lat.)  Members  of  a  society 
for  the  performance  of  the  Laudi  or  Lodi. 

JL.anf .  (  Ger.)  That  part  of  a  violin,  tenor, 
&c.,  into  which  the  pegs  are  inserted;  also, 
a  rapid  succession  of  notes  ;  a  trill  (88). 

Xiiiitfer.  (Ger.)  Eoulade ;  a  running  pas- 
sage. 

ILiaunenstucIc.    (Ger.)    A  voluntary. 

liannig.    ( Ger.)    Humorous. 

Xians  Pereunls.  (Lat.)  A  perpetual 
psalmody  established  at  Antioch  by  an 
order  of  monks. 

X>aat.    ( Ger.)    Sound. 

X.aute.    ( Ger.)    A  lute. 

r.&uten.  (Ger.)  To  ring;  to  toll ;  to 
sound. 

Xiauteubalkea.  (Ger.)  Thetridgcofa 
luto. 

r.auten1)Iatt.  (Ger.)  The  table  of  a  lute. 

Xiauteii-CIa-vicymbel.  (Ger.)  An  in- 
strument of  a  class  comprising  the  harp- 
sichord and  pianoforte. 


X/aTttengriflT.    (Ger.)    Tonch  of  a  lute. 

X<autenacIilUger.  (Ger.)  A  player  ua 
the  lute. 

Xi&utloa.    (Ger.)    Soundless;  mute. 

X<a  Voce.    (Ita.)    The  voice. 

Xiavolta.  An  old  dance  and  tune,  similiir 
to  a  waltz. 

X<ay.  A  light,  fanciful  song;  an  elegiae 
style  of  French  poetry,  originally  formed 
on  the  model  of  the  trochaic  verses  of  the 
Greek  and  Latin  tragedies. 

Xiay  Clerk.  A  vocal  officiate  in  a  cathe- 
dral, taking  part  in  the  services  and  an- 
thems, but  not  of  the  priesthood. 

Xiay,  Greater.  One  of  the  two  classes  of 
lays  in  ancient  times,  consisting  of  twelve 
couplets  of  verses  in  different  measures. 

Xiay,  Xiesser.     One  of  the  two  classes  in 
lays  of  the  ancients,  comprising  sixteen 
or  twenty  verses. 
,Iiayineii.  Those  vocal  officiates  in  a  cathe- 
dral who  are  not  of  the  priesthood. 

Xre.    (Fre.  and  Ita.)    The. 

Xieader.  One  who  in  a  concert  takes  the 
principal  violin,  receives  the  time  and 
style  of  the  several  movements  from  the 
conductor,  and  communicates  them  to  the 
performers;  a  director  of  a  choir. 

Xieading  Cliord.    The  dominant  chord. 

Xieading  Melody.  The  principal  part 
of  a  musical  composition  in  which  there 
are  several  parts. 

Xicading  ]Vote.  The  seventh  note  of  the 
sciilc  ot  any  key,  when  at  the  distance  of 
a  semitone  below  the  key  note ;  the  sound 
by  which  the  scale  is  known  and  its  key 
note  ascertained. 

Xieaf-Turner.  An  article  to  be  affixed  to 
a  piano  desk  for  the  purpose  of  enabling 
the  performer  to  turn  the  leaves,  and  hold- 
ing them  in  place,  without  raising  the 
hands  from  the  keys. 

Xicaning-Xote.  An  appogiaturo,  or  fore- 
note  (Oi). 

Xieaps.  A  distance  consisting  of  several 
intermediate  intervals. 

Xreaps,  Irregular.  Such  as  require  con- 
siderable effort  to  perform. 

X.eaps,  Regular.  Those  leaps  performed 
without  great  effort. 

Xicaves.  The  upper  and  lower  board  of 
organ  bellows. 

Xicbliaft.    (Ger.)    Lively;  vivacious. 

X.e  Bruit  des  Taiuboura.  (Fre.)  The 
rattle  of  drums. 

I,e  Chant  Koyal.  (Fre.)  Verses  sung 
to  tlie  Virgin  and  saints  by  pilgrims  on 
their  return  from  the  Holy  Laud. 

I,e  Clavier  Broamer.  (Fre.)  An  in- 
strument invented  in  Pans  in  18GI,  the 
purpose  of  wliich  is  to  practise  and 
strengthen  the  fingers,  singly  or  in  srroupa, 
without  disturbing  the  normal  position  of 
the  hand  on  the  piano. 

Xie^on.    ( Fre.)    Lesson. 


LED 


180 


LEN 


Cedger  r<lneii.  Legcr  lines ;  lines  added 
above  or  below  the  five  composinfj  the 
staff  for  the  reception  of  sucli  notes  as  are 
too  hi>;h  or  too  low  to  be  placed  upon  or 
within  it  (4). 

Jjcera  Viola.  A  stringed  instrament  of 
the  ancients. 

Xieero.    A  lyre. 

Xicf  t  Beat.  A  morement  of  the  hand  to 
the  lel't  in  I>eating'  time. 

Titg.    An  abbreviation  of  Legato. 

liCgare.     {Ita.)    To  bind  together. 

Xjesare  le  IVote.  (Ita.)  To  join  the  notes 
closely. 

ILiegatisalino.  (/to.)  Very  smoothly 
connected. 

Uegato.  (/to.)  Tied  —  a  term  applied  to  a 
series  of  successive  tones  produced  in  a 
closely  connected  manner,  and  often  indi- 
cated by  the  sig-a  culled  a  tie  (71). 

liegato  Assai.    (/to.)    Greatly  bound. 

X^egato  ToncU.  A  sliding  of  the  fingers 
on  and  off  the  keys  successively,  holding 
down  each  key  a  short  time  after  the  foP 
lowin"' one  is  struck.  The  touch  is  indi- 
cated Dy  the  word  legato,  or  by  a  curved 
line  drawn  over  or  under  the  notes  (73). 

Xjegatora.  ( Ita.)  A  binding  note ;  a  band 
or  tie  connecting  notes  (71). 

liegends.  A  class  of  the  mysteries,  rep- 
resenting events  in  the  history  or  the 
Christian  church. 

lieger.  (/Ve.)    Light ;  nimble ;  sprightly. 

licf^eremeut.  {Fre.)  With  lightness 
and  gayety. 

X<eg;er  et  Anlme.  (JFVe.)  Light  and 
animated. 

Ijeger  X/ines.  Lines  added  above  or  be- 
low the  staff  to  extend  its  compass  ;  ledger 
lines  (4). 

Jjegg.    An  abbreviation  of  Leggiero. 

]L.eggeranieiite.  (/to.)   Lightly;  nimbly. 

lieggerauza.  (/to.)  Kimbleness;  light- 
ness. 

Iieggerezza.  (/to.)  Light  and  elastic 
movement. 

I^egserlsslinanieiite.  (/to.)  Very  light 
audTsprightly. 

licgcerisslmo.    (/to.)     Extremely  light 

ana  elastic. 
Jjeggeritiente.    (/to.)    A  light  and  easy 

movement. 

Iieggladra.  (/to.)  Graceful ;  elegant ; 
charming. 

Ucggiadramente.  {Ita.)  Lightly;  elastic 
in  style. 

ILieggladretto.  (/to.)  Nimbleness  of 
styli'. 

Kieggiadro.  (/to.)  A  light,  elastic  move- 
meut. 

ILieggler.  (/to.)  An  abbreviation  of  Leg- 
giero. 

Kiegglere.  (/to.)  A  light,  nimble  move- 
ment. 


X^eggierezza.    (/to.)     In  a  light,  elastic 

style. 

Xicggierl.  (/to.)  Nimbly ;  lightly ;  with 
case. 

lieggierisslmamente.  (/to.)  Extremely 
light  and  elastic. 

Xieggierlssimo.  (Ita.)  With  the  great, 
est  possible  facility  and  lightness  of  touch 
and  execution. 

I<eggiernieiite.  (/to.)  Lightly  ;  gayly  ; 
gracefully. 

Lieggiero.    (/to.)    In  a  light  manner. 

XiCgglo  dl  91  aslca.   (/to.)  Music  stand. 

liegli.    {Sax.)    A  lay. 

I<eg  Viol.  The  viol  di  gamba ;  the  bass 
viol. 

X<elirer.    ( Ger.)    Teacher ;  master. 

Xjehrerin,    ( Ger.)    Teacher ;  mistress. 

Xielchenton.  {Ger.)  A  lugubrious  sound. 

Lieicht.    {Ger.)    Lightly. 

X<eiclitfertig.  {Ger.)  Light;  somewhat 
carelessly. 

X/cid.    {Sco.)    A  lay ;  a  song;  a  ballad. 

Xieidenschaft.    {Ger.)    Passion. 

Xicidschaftlicb.  {Ger.)  Impassioned; 
passionate. 

Xieler.  (Ger.)  Hurdy-gurdy;  hand  organ; 
a  humdrum  tune ;  alyre. 

Xieiermitdehen.  (Ger.)  A  girl  who  plays 
on  a  hurdy-gurdy. 

Xieiermann.  ( Ger.)  A  player  on  a  hurdy- 
gurdy. 

Xieiern.  {Ger.)  To  play  on  the  lyre  or 
hurdy-gurdy. 

Xieierorgel.  ( Ger.)  Hand  organ ;  barrel 
organ. 

Xieicrspieler.    {Ger.)    A  lyrist. 

X^eight.    {Ger.)    Easy. 

Xieigla.    {Spa.)    A  Moorish  dance. 

Xieimma.    {Spa.)    An  interval. 

Xielne.    {Ger.)    A  Hue  of  the  staff. 

X^eise.    {Ger.)    Soft;  softly. 

Xie  >Iarche.  {Fre.)  A  cavalry  signal  for 
the  march. 

Xiene.  An  old  t«rm  applied  to  a  note  sus- 
tained in  one  of  the  harmonic  parts  of  a 
composition,  whilst  the  other  parts  are  in 
motion. 

X<engna.    {Spa.)    The  tongue  of  a  bell. 

Xienguetas.  {Spa.)  Valves  of  wind  in- 
struments. 

X.eugneterla.  {Spa.)  A  collection  of 
tubes  with  valves  in  an  organ. 

X,ent.    {Fre.)    Slow. 

Xient.  An  abbreviation  of  Leiito  and  Len 
tando. 

lientamente.    (/to.)    Slowly;  gently. 

Xientando.  {Ita  )  With  increased  slow- 
ness. 

Xiente.  (/to.)  A  word  used  to  indicate 
that  the  passage  over  which  it  is  placed  ia 
to  be  sung  or  played  slowly. 


LEN 


131 


LIE 


Xicntement.    (Fre.)    In  a  moderate  time. 

licnteniente.    (Ita.)    Slowly. 

lieutement,  Tres.  (Fre.)  Very  slow; 
bitween  ^ave  and  largo. 

lientcur,  Avec.  (Fre.)  With  slowness; 
in  a  sedate  and  lingering  pace. 

Xentezza,  Con.    {Ita.)    With  slowness. 

XiCji^o.    (Ita.)    In  eIow  time. 
r-Jt^ECviy.    (Fre.)    One  or  more  4etached 
verses  f'ornierlv  employed  in  old  French 
poetry  at  the  close  of  a  ballad,  serring  to 
convey  the  moral. 

I<eonine  Verse.  A  verse  the  end  of 
which  rhymes  with  the  middle. 

r.e  Pantalon.  (Fre.)  The  first  figure 
of  a  quadrille. 

lie  plus  leut  de  tous  les  Mouve- 
ments.  (Fre.)  The  slowest  kind  of 
time. 

Liepsls.  ( Grk.)  A  term  used  in  the  ancient 
music  for  one  of  the  three  branches  of 
melopoeia,  and  by  which  the  composer  dis- 
cerned whether  he  ought  to  place  the  notes 
of  his  melody  in  the  lower  part  of  the 
octave,  called  hypatoides,  the  upper  part, 
called  nctuides,  or  among  the  middle 
sounds,  called  mesoides. 

Xaes  I>ouze  Oamnies  Majeures.  (Fre.) 
The  twelve  major  scales. 

Hics  Donze  Oanimes  IWiueures.  (Fre.) 
The  twelve  minor  scales. 

Xiea  O  de  IVoel.  (Fre.)  Christmas  an- 
thenjs. 

licsser  Appoggiatura.  The  short  ap- 
poggiatura. 

Hicsser  Comma.  The  difference  between 
tlic  comma  and  the  enharmonic  diesis  ;  the 
Diachisma. 

I<esser  Lay.  One  of  the  two  classes  in 
lays  among  the  ancients,  comprising  six- 
teen or  twenty  verses. 

liesser  Third.    A  hemiditone. 

Xtesson.  A  word  formerly  used  to  signify 
those  exercises  which  are  now  called 
sonatas ;  an  exercise  or  composition  de- 
signed to  impart  a  knowledge  of  correct 
playing. 

Hiesaons,  Progressive.  Lessons  for 
practical  improvement  proceeding  by  de- 
grees from  one  stage  of  difficulty  to 
another  until  the  whole  are  mastered. 

liessas.    (Lat.)    A  funeral  song. 

Li'Ete.  (Fre.)  One  of  the  five  dance 
movements  in  a  quadrille. 

te  Ton  d'Ut.    (Fre.)    The  key  of  C. 

X^etrllla.    (Spa.)    A  song. 

I^etter-Press.  Print ;  the  reading  mat- 
tor  in  a  music  book,  so  called  to  distinguish 
it  from  the  pages  or  passages  of  music. 

liCttcrs.  A,  B,  C,  D,  E,  F,  and  G  form 
the  letters  of  the  scale,  and  are  repeated 
in  every  octave.  They  distinguish  the 
note«,  determine  the  pitch  of  the  sounds, 
and  are  stationary  upon  the  lines  and 
epaeea. 


Iietters,  Soubled.  Capital  letters  dci- 
bled,  indicating  that  the  tone  is  an  octave 
lower  than  when  the  letters  stand  single. 

Liento.    (Ita.)    Lute. 

Xievers.  Portions  of  an  organ  which  trans- 
mit the  movement  from  the  trunnels  to  the 
sliders. 

Ijevet.  An  old  term  denoting  tlie  morning 
sounding  of  trumpets  in  military  service. 

Ijevezza.    (Ita.)    Nimbleness;  hgmness. 

Ire  Viole  Solo.    (Ita.)    The  viol  alone. 

I/e  Vocl.    (Ita.)    The  voices. 

Xiezzioni.    (Ita.)    Lessons. 

Xi.  H.  Initials  indicating  the  use  of  the  left 
hand  in  pianoforte  music. 

liiaison.  (Fre.)  Smoothness  of  connec- 
tion ;  a  bind  or  tie ;  a  curved  line  drawn 
from  one  note  to  another  (70). 

X<lb.    An  abbreviation  of  Libretto. 

Kiiberamente.    (Ita.)    Freely;  easily. 

ILiibero.    (Ita.)    Free;  unrestrained. 

Liibretto.  (Ita.)  The  text  of  an  opera  or 
other  extended  piece  of  music;  a  small 
book  containing  the  words  of  an  opera. 

Xiicense.  A  liberty  taken  in  composition 
or  performance  by  a  musician  in  deviating 
from  the  received  rules  and  regulations 
which  form  the  established  system  of  har- 
mony and  modulation. 

Uichanog.  (Grk.)  The  third  chord  of  the 
first  two  tetrachords. 

Xiichanos  Hypaton.  (Grh.)  The  third 
sound  of  the  first  or  lowest  tetrachord. 

ILiicIianos  Aleson.  (Grk.)  The  third 
sound  of  tlu>  mcsson,  or  middle  tetrachord, 
correspondTug  to  our  G  on  the  fourth 
space  in  the  bass. 

liiebeslied.    (Ger.)    A  love  song. 

ILiiebhaber.  (Ger.)  Amateur ;  a  lover  of 
music. 

liie,  Conlant.    (Fre.)     Slurred ;  flowing. 

I<ied.    ( Ger.)    A  song ;  a  lay. 

Xiiedeben.    (Ger.)    A  small  song. 

Liieder.    (Ger.)     Songs. 

rilederbncb.  (Ger.)  A  book  of  songs j 
a  book  of  hymns. 

liiederbnude.  (Ger.)  A  Booiety  of  song 
singers. 

Xjiederdichter.  {Gtr.)  A  poet  who 
composes  songs. 

Xilederltranz.     (Ger.)    Glee  club. 

Iiieder  Obne  Worte.  (Ger.)  Songs 
without  words. 

Xiledersanger.  (Ger.)  A  singer  of  songs  j 
a  ballad  singer. 

liiederspracbe.  (Ger.)  Words  suitable 
for  songs. 

Liledertafel.    (Ger.)    Song  table. 

liiedert&ller.    (Ger.)    Glee  singers. 

X<lcdertanz.  (Ger.)  A  dance  intermia- 
gled  with  songs. 


LIE 


192 


LIT 


lilederverfl.  (Ger.)  Verse  of  a  song, 
ballad,  or  byma. 

liiedform.  (Ger.)  The  form  or  sobject 
of  a  song'. 

liled  Singen.    (Ger.)    Togingasong. 

tier.    (Dut.)    Aljrre. 

lilgare.  (Ita.)  To  bind ;  to  tie ;  to  eon- 
nect  tog^ether. 

liisatura.  (Ita.)  A  curved  line  drawn 
over  or  under  two  or  more  notes  ;  a  liga- 
ture; a  bind  ;  a  tie  (70). 

Xjlgatore.  A  band,  or  link,  by  which  notes 
are  counected  or  tied  together  (70). 

Hii^^Iit.  A  tbin,  airy  composition;  keys 
which  make  but  little  resistance  to  the 
pressure  of  the  fingers. 

X.i^lit  jUnsic.  Short  airs,  brirf  compo- 
sitions, and  dance  music  generally. 

Ziight  o'  XiOve.    An  old  tune  of  a  dance. 

'Lilgh.t  Toucli.  A  term  applied  to  a  piano- 
forte, organ,  and  similar  instruments  when 
the  keys  offer  but  slight  resistance  to  the 
pressure  of  the  fingers  of  the  player. 

£.isue.    (Fre.)    A  line  of  the  staff  (1). 

I^ilt.    (Sco.)    To  sing  or  play  merrily. 

Liiinma.  ( Grk.)  An  interval  used  in  the 
ancient  Greek  music,  less  by  a  comma 
than  a  major  semitone. 

r.luea.    (Ita.)    A  line  of  the  st.aff. 

I^tne,  Archilocbian.  The  third  line  of 
an  aicaic  stanza. 

lalne,  Contiiinons  Horizontal.  A  line 
indicating  tliat  the  passages  are  to  bo 
played  as  unisons. 

Liines.  Those  members  of  a  staff  on  and 
between  which  the  notes  are  placed  ;  hori- 
zontal parallels  placed  above  or  bcncatli 
the  staff  (4). 

rallies,  Added.    Lcger  lines. 

liiues.  Bar.  Lines  drawn  perpendicularly 
across  the  staff;  bars  (5). 

L,iiic8,  Horizontal.  Lines  placed  after 
ligures  to  indicate  that  both  intervals  ^re 
to  remain  on  tbe  following  fundamental 
note  (6.3). 

r.iues,  Ilicdger.    Leger  lines  (4). 

JLiues,  liej^er.  Lines  added  above  or  be- 
low the  five  composing  the  staff  for  the 
reception  of  such  notes  as  are  too  high  or 
low  to  be  placed  upon  or  within  it  (4). 

lilnes,  IVote.    The  staff  (1). 

r4ines,  Principal.  The  five  lines  of  the 
staff,  so  called  to  distinguish  them  from 
the  added  lines  (4). 

liines,  Riga.  (Ita.)  The  lines  of  tlie 
staff (1). 

X.ines,  Snccesslve  Slioi-t.  Short  lines, 
placed  horizontally,  denoting  the  repeti- 
tion of  one  and  the  same  interval  (63). 

Jlilne,  Transverse  Ascending.  A  short, 
heavy  lino  placed  transversely  on  the  staff 
to  indicjite  that  the  harmony  is  to  be  struck 
on  a  changing  note. 

Line,   Trans-rerse    Descending.      A 


short  line  placed  transversely  on  the  staff 
to  point  out  permitted  hidden  fifths  or 
octaves. 
lilne,  Waving.      A    line   whieh,    when 

§  laced  perpen.iicularly  upon  the  staff,  in- 
icates  that  the  notes  of  the  chord  arc  to 
be  played  nearly,  though  not  exactly, 
together.  If  their  succesr.jii.  's  to  be  as 
swilt  as  possible,  a  line  is  drawn  M:ro8s  the 
notes  (115).  The  line  placed  horizontally 
shows  that  the  effect  of  the  8va  sign  u  to 
be  continued  as  far  as  tbe  line  extend* 
(61,  d). 

Iliingnal.  A  letter  or  sound  pronounced 
chiefly  by  the  tongue. 

IjlnsfjMlee.  (Grk.)  The  tongues  of  Greek 
flutes. 

r.inien.    (Ger.)    The  lines  of  the  staff  (1). 

Lining.  A  practice  formerly  in  vogue  of 
reading  and  singing  a  hymn  line  by  Line. 

Lirnk.    (Ger.)    Left. 

liinoa.  (Grit.)    A  rustic  air ;  also,  a  dirge. 

lilnto.    A  small  lute  ;  the  mandola. 

JLiiotna.    (lius.)    A  lute. 

JLiiquid.  An  epithet  metaphorically  ap- 
plied to  a  smooth  succession  of  the  sweet 
and  mellow  souuds  of  any  voice  or  wind 
instrument:  also,  to  certain  clear  and 
sweet  tones. 

Xiira.    (Ita.  and  Spa.)    Lyre. 

Lira  Doppia.    (Ita.)    Double  lyre. 

Lira  Grande.  (Ita.)  The  viol  di  gambn, 
a  viol  with  six  strings,  formerly  much 
used  in  Grermauy. 

Lire.    (Fre.)    To  read,  as  regards  music. 

Llreasa.    (Ita.)    A  small  harp. 

Llscio.    (Ita.)    Highly  finished. 

Lispelnd.    (Ger.)    Lisping;  whispering. 

L'  Istesao.    (Ita.)    The  same. 

L' Istesso  Movimento.  (Ita.)  Tbe  same 
movement. 

L'  Istesso  Tempo.  (Ita.)  In  the  same 
time. 

L'  Istesso  Tempo  Pol  a  Poi  di  Xuo- 
vo  V'ivente.  (Ita.)  The  same  time, 
with  gradually  increasing  animation. 

Litanla.    (Lat.)    The  litany  of  t'le  church. 

Litany.  A  form  of  supplication  employed 
in  church  service. 

Litliophone.  (Fre.)  An  ingenious  in- 
strument made  by  M.  iJordas,  in  l<>anee, 
formed  of  a  rough  plank  upon  which  are 
placed  eighteen  sonorous  fossils,  produ- 
cing a  complete  musical  gamut  of  tones  and 
semitones,  following  e;ich  other  in  regular 
order,  the  deepest  being  to  the  loft  of  the 
performer.  The  tones  are  produced  by 
striking  the  fossils  with  pieces  of  stone 
held  in  each  hand. 

Little  Allabreve  Mleasore.  The  two- 
half  measure. 

Little  Sharp  SIxtfc.  A  name  given  by 
French  thn«rists  to  the  second  inversion 
of  the  dominant  seventh  fonned  on  the 
second  degree  of  tbe  scale,  and  <;.anai8tlng 


LIT 


133 


LUD 


«f  a  bass  note  with  its  minor  third,  perfect 
fourtli,  and  major  sixth. 

I<ltno.  (Spa.)  An  ancient  military  instru- 
ment of  music. 

Iiitnns.  (Lat.)  An  instrument  of  martial 
music ;  a  kind  of  trumjMJt  making  a  slirill 
or  acute  sound. 

Hiiutajo.    (//a.)    A  lute  maker. 

£iiatessa.    (Ita.)    A  bad  lute. 

Liiutlere.    (^Jta.)    A  lute  maker. 

I<iuto.    (_Ita.)    The  lute. 

Jjlvre.    {Fre.)    Book. 

JLo.    An  abbreviation  of  Loco. 

Liobgesang.  (Ger.)  A  hymn;  a  song  of 
praise. 

liObposanne.  {Ger.)    Trumpet  of  praise. 
Xiobpsalm.    {Ger.)    A  psalm  in  praise  of 

God. 
Ijobslngen.    (Ger.)    To  sing  praises. 

Liobsinger.     {Ger.)     One  who  singa  in 

praise  of  any  one. 
XiOc.    An  abbreviation  of  Loco. 

lioco.  (Lat.)  A  word  implying  that  a 
passage  is  to  be  played  just  as  it  is  writ- 
ten, in  regard  to  pitch. 

£iOco  Pedale.  (Lat.)  A  term  indicating 
that  the  notes  are  to  be  played  in  the  same 
pitch  in  wliich  they  appear,  also,  that  the 
pedal  is  to  be  used. 

liOcrense.  (Grk.)  One  of  the  ancient 
tones  or  modes. 

liOcrian.  (Gi-l:.)  A  name  sometimes  given 
by  the  ancient  Greeks  to  the  Hyper-Dorian 
mode. 

liocrlco.  {Grk.)  The  Hyper-Dorian  mode 
of  the  ancient  Greeks. 

XjOdl.  {Ita.)  A  name  formerly  given  to 
certain  sacred  songs  in  praise  of  the  Deity. 

Hioft,  Music.  A  raised  balcony  or  gal- 
lery in  a  church,  concert  room,  or  other 
place,  for  the  choir  or  band. 

liOft,  Orgau.  That  part  of  the  gallery 
of  a  church  or  cathedral   in  which  the 

organ  is  placed. 

liogierlau  System.  A  syst-em  of  piauo- 
foite  instruction  introduced  by  J.  H.  Lo- 
gicr,  in  1815,  the  main  feature  of  which  is 
tlie  use  of  mechanical  appliances  to  facili- 
tate the  progress  of  pupils,  or  remove 
dilReulties  that  present  themselves  to 
those  first  learning.  In  connection  with 
this  system  Logier  mvented  and  employed 
the  chiroplast. 

liona;.  A  note  formerly  in  use,  of  one  half 
tlio  length  of  a  large,  equal  to  four  semi- 
breves  (13). 

Lionga.    (Lot.)    A  long  (18). 

Ijong  Appoggiatnra.  An  appogglatura 
consisting  ot  a  single  note  forming  a  part 
of  the  melody,  its  length  being  detor- 
niinod  by  the  value  of  the  succeeding  note. 
It  borrows  half  the  length  of  the  next 
note,  and  is  accented. 

12 


Ijons,  Double.  An  old  character,  rqoal 
in  duration  to  four  breves ;  a  large  ( 12). 

Ijong  Fore-3fote.  A  fore-note  in  its 
form  either  as  long  or  half  as  long  as  the 
principal  note  before  which  it  stands,  and 
in  peribrmance  having  just  half  of  the 
time  of  the  principal  iiote,  except  when 
before  a  dotted  note,  in  which  ease  it  takes 
two  thirds  of  the  time  of  the  principal 
note. 

Iiong  Metre.  A  stanza  of  four  lines  in 
iam'bic  measure,  each  Une  containing  eight 
syllables. 

liong  jtfurdent.  A  mordent  formed  of 
four  notes ;  the  short  mordent  repeat- 
ed (98). 

liOnsr  Particular  Metre.  A  stanza  of 
sixlincs  in  Iambic  measure,  the  syllables 
of  each  being,  in  number  and  order,  as 
follows:  8,8,8;  8,8,8. 

Itong  Roll.  A  drum-beat  calling  the  sol- 
diers to  arms. 

!LiOug-SpieI.  (Ice.)  An  ancient  Icelandic 
instrument,  of  a  long,  narrow  form,  and 
played  upon  with  a  bow. 

XiOrgnette.    (Fre.)    An  opera  glass. 

XiO  Stesso.    (_lta.)    The  same. 

liO  Stretto.  (Ita.)  A  general  term  applied 
to  that  part  of  a  composition  designed  to 
be  delivered  in  a  quicker  time  than  the 
other. 

Iiouvre.  (Fre.)  A  well-known  French 
air,  for  which  Louis  XIV.  had  a  remark- 
able predilection,  and  since  his  time  a  fa- 
vorite dance. 

I<ove  Song.  A  song  the  words  and  mel- 
ody of  which  are  expressive  of  love. 

liOve  Viol.  A  stringed  instrument  of  the 
violin  species,  so  named  on  account  of  its 
peculiar  sweetness  of  tone ;  the  viole 
d 'amour. 

Iiow.  A  word  of  relative  signification,  and 
arbitrarily  applied  to  any  piirt,  passage,  or 
note  situated  towards  the  bottom  of  the 
compass  of  that  species  of  voice  or  instru- 
ment by  which  it  is  designed  to  be  exe- 
cuted ;  depressed  in  the  scale  of  sounds ; 
grave. 

liOTV  Bass.    Second  bass. 

liO^ver  Clianging  IVote.  That  note 
which  descends  from  the  perfect  or  aug- 
mented fourth  on  to  the  minor  or  major 
seventh. 

Xiotv  Soprano.  A  voice  holding  an  inier- 
mediiite  place  between  soprano  and  alto, 
but  which  most  nearly  appro.iehcs  the 
sopr.ino;  second  treble ;  second  soprano. 

IiOTV  Tenor.  A  species  of  voice  half  way 
between  bass  and  tenor;  a  baritone. 

XiUctuosaineute.    (Spa.)    Mournfully. 

liUdl.  (Lat.)  The  name  originally  applied 
to  what  are  now  called  oratorios. 

ILindl  Spirituales.  (Lat.)  Ancient  dra- 
matic representations  the  subjects  of  which 
were  from  the  Bible. 

IJudas  Fidlctuus.  (Lat.)  A  rnusi* 
school. 


LUG 


IS4 


LYB 


Iiv^nbre.  (Ita.)   Sloumful;  tad;  dismal. 
Liulni^.    {Sco.)    A  species  of  song'  much 

nsed  in    the  Hebrides   and   Scotland ;  a 

short,  plaintive  air,  sung:  by  the  women  at 

their  diversions  and  work. 
r,uit.    (_Dut.)    A  late. 
liullaby.    A  soft,  quiet  Bong,  or  manner 

of  singing. 
I.undu.    (,Por.)     A  Portuguese  dance  in 

^  or  I  time. 

I<uu§a  Pausa.  (Ita.)  An  expression 
signifying  tliat  the  performer  must  cease 
playing  for  a  considerable  time. 

liiiogo.  (Ita.)  To  be  sung  as  written ; 
where  a  change  has  been  employed,  signi- 
fying that  the  change  terminates. 

Hiuonator  dt  JLituto.  (Ita.)  A  player 
ou  the  lute. 

XLiUsiug.    An  abbreviation  of  Luaingato. 

linstugantc.  (Ita.)  Flattering ;  per- 
suasive. 

ILinsingato.  (Ita.)  In  an  insinuating,  per- 
suasive manner. 

Hiusinghevole.    (Ita.)    Insinuatingly. 

liuginghiere.  (Ita.)  In  a  soothing,  per- 
suasive style. 

Xinsing-hlero.  (Ita.)  In  a  flattering,  per- 
suasive style. 

linstig.    (Ger.)    Lively;  merrily. 

liUgtlied.    (Ger.)    A  gay,  merry  song. 

r,ut.    (Dan.)    A  lute. 

I^uta.    (Swe.)    A  lute. 

XiUtanist.    A  performer  ou  the  lute. 

Xi'l't  de  Poitiine.  (Fre.)  Low,  chest 
tones. 

liute.  A  stringed  instrnmont,  formerly 
much  esteemed,  consisting  of  the  table  or 
front,  the  body,  having  nine  or  ten  ribs  or 
sides,  arranged  like  the  divisions  of  a 
melon,  the  neck,  having  nine  or  ten  stops, 
and  the  head  or  cress,  in  which  the  screws 
for  tuning  are  inserted.  The  strings  are 
struck  with  tlio  right  hand  wliile  the  stops 
are  pressed  with  the  left;  to  play  on  a 
lute. 

Unte,  Arcli.  A  stringed  instrument  re- 
sembling the  theorbo,  oy  some  considered 
synonymous  with  it. 

liitte.  Harp.  An  mstrument  having  ten 
strings,  and  resembling  the  lute. 

l^utenist.    A  performer  on  the  lut«. 

l.utcr.    A  lute  player. 

I^ntK.    (Fre.)    A  lute. 

l^utHier.     (Fre.)     Formerly  a  maker  of 

lutes:  at  present  a  maker  of  stringed  and 

wind  instruments. 
T^utist.    A  player  on  the  lute. 

]liUitnosameiit«.  (Ita.)  Sadly;  melan- 
choly. 

I^uttaoso.  (Ha.)    Mournful. 

liyclianoldcs.  (Grk.)  The  middle  sound 
of  those  which  Bacchios  and  otber  Greek 
writers  call  spissi. 


I<ycIiano9.  (Grk.)  The  third  ttrin"  of 
the  ancient  diapason,  or  octave ;  tlie  third 
chord  of  the  first  two  tetrachords  of  the 
ancient  Greeks. 

fiycUanos  Ilypaton.  (Grh.)  The  name 
given  by  the  ancients  to  the  third  sound 
of  the  nrst  or  lowest  tetrachord  in  the 
diatonic  genus,  so  called  from  its  having 
been  played  with  the  index  or  fore  finger. 

livcbanos  Itfeson.  (Ork.)  The  name 
by  which  the  ancients  distinguishc-d  the 
third  sound  of  the  meson,  or  middle  tetra- 
chord. 

ILiydian.  (Grk.)  Oneof  the  ancient  modes  ; 
an  ancient  Greek  instrument,  very  soft  and 
delicate  in  its  tone. 

Ijydiau  Chant.  A  chant  of  a  sorrowful 
style,  having  for  its  burden  a  sense  of  lan- 
guor and  melancholy. 

rjydtan  Mode.  An  ancient  system  of 
tones,  soft  and  delicate  in  their  character- 
istics. 

Jjj^ldli.  (Iri.)  A  lay;  a  species  of  narra- 
tive verse. 

I<yra.    (Ita.  and  Ger.)    The  lyre. 

Liyra  Barbarlnl.  (Ita.)  An  old  instm- 
ment,  resembling  in  shape  the  Spanish 
guitar,  having  tliree  double  niches,  like  the 
theorbo,  or  archlutr. 

liyra  Doppia.  (Ita.)  A  double  lyre ;  an 
ancient  instrument. 

tiyra  Ittendicorum.  (Lat.)  An  ancient 
instrument  the  body  of  which  resembled 
that  of  a  violin.  It  bad  four  strings, 
which  were  vibrated  by  the  action  of  a 
wheel. 

liyrasanger.    (Ger.)    A  lyrist. 

Irvraspieler.  (Oer.)  A  player  on  the 
lyre. 

Iiyra  Viola.  (Ita.)  An  instrument  formed 
like  a  viol,  having  six  strings  and  seven 
frets  or  stops,  to  whicli  are  assigned  seven 
letters,  viz. :  B,  C,  D.  E,  F,  G,  H.  the  let- 
ter A  answering  to  the  open  string  wher- 
ever it  occurs. 

Liyra  Way.  The  appellation  given  by 
the  ancient  Greeks  to  one  of  their  two 
modes  of  notation. 

r<yTe.  One  of  the  most  ancient  of  stringed 
mstruments,  much  used  by  the  ancients  to 
accompany  the  voice  in  song. 

Ijyre,  JEolian.    The  .£olian  harp. 

li^re,  I>onble.  The  lyra  doppia,  an  old 
mstrument  of  the  viol  kind. 

Liyre,  (irccian.  A  lyre  of  the  ancient 
Greeks,  having  but  seven  strings,  and 
quite  small,  being  held  in  the  hand  when 
played  upon. 

JLyre  Guitar.  An  instrument  of  six 
strings,  in  form  resembling  a  lyre. 

l^yrc  tiuitarre.  (Fre.)  A  French  instru- 
ment having  six  strings,  and  formed 
somewhat  Ukc  an  ancient  lyre. 

Liyre,  Mercurian.  One  of  the  earliest 
musical  instruments,  formed  of  the  shell 
of  a  tortoise  and  barings  seren  stringi. 


LYR 


185 


MAG 


Jjyre,  Organized.  An  inetmment  by 
which  the  tones  of  the  lyre,  harp,  Ac,  may 
be  imitated. 

liyre,  Pythagorean.  An  instrument 
said  to  have  l>ecn  invented  by  Pythagoras. 

tyrle.  Poetry  adapted  for  and  intended 
to  be  set  to  music;  that  which  pertains  to 
the  lyre ;  also,  a  style  of  music  abounding 
in  sentiment,  feeling,  and  expression. 

Lij^ical.  In  the  style  of  a  lyric;  pertain- 
ing to  a  lyre  or  harp. 

Liyrlc  Comedy.  A  comedy  in  which  vocal 
music  forms  a  principal  part ;  comic  opera. 

Xiyrlc  Drama.  Opera;  acting  accompa- 
nied by  singing. 

liyxicliord.    An  andeat  atringed  initm- 


ment,  similar  in  form  to  an  oprigbt  har^ 

sichord. 

liyricism.    A  lyric  composition. 

liyrie  Tragedy.    Tragic  opera. 

riyrlcna.    Lyrical ;  pertaining  to  the  lyre, 

ILyrique.    (Fre.)    Lyrical ;  a  lyric. 

r.yri8cta..    (Ger.)    Lyric;  lyrical. 

ILiyrist.    A  performer  on  the  lyre  or  harp. 

ILiyrodi.  (Grk.)  Vocalists  among  the 
ancients,  who  used  the  lyre  in  their  per- 
formances ;  also,  those  who  suug  lyric 
poems  composed  by  others. 

Itytlcrse.  (,Grk.)  The  Song  of  tlie 
£eapera. 


M. 


MTHE  initial  of  Mezzo;  also  of  Meiro- 
•  nome,  Jkfano,  and  MaiH. 
Ma.    (Ita.)    But. 
Maehalatli.     (Heb.)     A  kind  of  lute  or 

guitar,  used  by  the  Hebrews. 
Maclilot.    (Fre.)    A  singer  in  a  church; 

a  chorister. 
niachul.    (Heb.)    Instruments  used  by  the 

Hebrews,  one  of  the  stringed,  and  the 

other  of  the  pulsatile  species. 
9facoonga-whap   Foolca.     {Afr.)     A 

song  of  the  natives  of  the  African  coast. 
Madre,  Alia.    {Ita.)    Songs  and  hymns 

to  tlie  Virgin  Mary. 
Madrigal.     An  elaborate  composition  for 

voices,  in  five  or  six  parts,  in  the  ancient 

style  of  imitation  and  fugue. 
Madrigal,  Accompanied.     A  madrigal 

in  which  the  voices  are  sustained  by  a 

pianoforte  or  organ. 
Madrigal,  Concerted,   An  accompanied 

madrigal. 
Madrigale.    (/<«.)    A  madrigal;  a  name 

formerly  given  by  the  Italians  to  pieces 

peribrmed  between  the  acts  of  a  play  or 

oper.i. 

Madrigalegglare.  {lia.)  To  write  mad- 
rigals. 

Madrigaler.    A  writer  of  madrigals, 
Madrigalesco.     {Ha.)     A  term  .ipplied 
by  tliy  Italians  to  an  ancient  style  of  com- 
position. 

Madrlgalessa.    (Ita.)    A  long  njadrigal. 

Madrigalet.    (.Fre.)     .\  short  madrigal. 

Madrigall  Concertati.  (Ita.)  Madri- 
gals that  have  an  accompaniment. 

Madrigalist.     A  composer  of  madrigals. 

Madrigal,  Simple.  A  madrigal  sung 
without  instrumental  accompaniment. 

Mnesa.    (Sax.)    A  mass. 

Maesta.    (Ita.)    Dignified  and  mtOestic, 


Maesto.    (Ita.)    An  abbreviation  of  Ma- 

estoso- 

Maestoso.  (Ita.)  Majestic;  performed 
with  majesty  and  grandeur. 

Maestri.    (Ita.)    Masters. 

Maestrina.  (Ita.)  A  learned  lady  mn- 
sician. 

Maestro.  (Ita.  and  Spa.)  A  master ;  a 
director ;  a  composer. 

Maestro  del  Core  (Ita.)  The  master 
of  the  choir. 

Maestro  di  Camera.  (Ita.)  The  leader 
or  conductor  of  chamber  music. 

Maestro  di  Canto.  (Ita.)  Master  of 
song;  a  singing  master. 

Maestro  dl  Cappella.  (Ita.)  Chapel 
master,  or  director  of  the  choir  in  a  chapel 
in  Catholic  countries. 
I  Magade.  An  instrument  of  the  ancients, 
of  which  there  were  two  kinds,  one  a 
stringed  and  the  other  a  wind  instrument. 

Magadls.  (Grk.)  An  ancient  treble  in- 
strument, furnished  with  double  strings, 
and  tuned  in  octaves. 

Magadizing.  ( Grk.)  A  term  in  the  an- 
cient Greek  music,  signifying  a  vocal 
performance  in  octaves,  when  men  and 
women,  or  men  and  boys,  join  in  the 
same  air. 

Magas.  (Grk.)  The  bridge  of  an  instru- 
ment. 

Magg.    An  abbreviation  of  Maggiore. 

Maggiolata.  (Ita.)  A  song  for  the  month 
of  May  ;  spring  song. 

Maggiore.  (Ita.)  Greater,  in  respect  to 
scales,  intervals,  &c.,  when  used  in  oppo- 
sition to  minor ;  major. 

Magic  Music.  A  game  in  which  a  per 
sou  seeks  out  a  liidden  article,  guided  by 
the  music  of  .'i  piano  or  other  instrument, 
which  is  played  upon  fast  as  be  approaches 
it,  and  more  and  more  slowly  aa  be 
leaves  it. 


MAG 


136 


MAN 


JtKngniilctLt.    (Lai.)    Part  of  tbe  vespers. 

Magodl.  (Ork.)  Strolling^  comio  musi- 
ciilus  among  the  ancient  Greeks. 

Magodia.  (Grk.)  The  lyric  poems  sung 
by'the  Magodi. 

3Iagodi8.  {Grk.)  An  ancient  instroment 
having  two  sets  of  strings. 

Ittaidmarian.  The  lady  of  the  May  games 
in  !i  morris  dance ;  .in  old  dance. 

:nain.    (?>e.)    The  hand. 

Main  Droite.    (^Fre.)    The  right  hand. 

Blain  Gauebe.    {Pre.)    The  left  hand. 

lUaitre.    {Fre.)    A  master;  a  director. 

ITIaitre  d*  Cbapelle.  {Fre.)  Chapel- 
master. 

Maitre  de  9Iasique.  {Fre.)  A  music 
master. 

Maltre  des  IVfenetrlers.  {Fre.)  Mas- 
ter of  the  minstrels. 

Maitresae.   {Fre.)  Mistress  ;  instructress. 

niaitresse  de  Cliajat.  {Fre.)  A  singing 
mistress. 

Majestueiiz.    {Fre.)    M.ijestic. 

Majeur.  {Fre.)  MHJor,  greater  —  in  oppo- 
sition to  minor,  less  —  in  I'espect  to  scales, 
intervals,  modes,  <tc. 

Major.  {Lat.)  Greater,  in  respect  to  inter- 
vals and  modes. 

major,  Bob.   A  full  peal  upon  eight  bells. 

major  Diatonic  Scale.  That  in  which 
tJie  semitones  fall  between  the  third  and 
fourth,  and  seventh  imd  eighth  notes,  both 
in  ascending  and  descending. 

niajor,  Driuu.  The  chief  driHumer  of  a 
regiment. 

major,  Fife.  An  officer  who  superintends 
the  lil'ers  of  a  regiment. 

m^or  Fonrth.  A  perfect  fourth ;  rm 
interval  containing  two  whole  tones  and 
one  m:yor  semitone. 

major  Intervals.  Those  intervals  con- 
taining the  greatest  number  of  semitones 
under  the  same  denomination. 

major  Key.  A  key  having  its  third  at  the 
distance  of  four  semitones  from  the  tonic. 

major  mode.  One  of  the  two  modern 
modes  ;  that  mode  in  which  the  third  from 
the  key  note  is  major. 

major  Second.  An  interval  of  conjoint 
degree,  consisting  of  nine  commas. 

major  Semibreve.  Among  the  ancients, 
a  note  of  the  value  of  two  thirds  of  a 
breve. 

major  Semitone.  Tlie  difference  between 
a  major  fourth  and  a  third. 

major  SeventU.  A  dissionant  interval 
composed  diatonically  of  five  tones  (three 
majors  and  two  minors)  and  a  major  semi- 
tone. 

major  Sixtli.  A  consonant  sixth  com- 
posed of  four  tones  and  a  major  semitone. 

major  Taetns.  The  beating  of  a  time 
comprising  a  breve  in  a  bar,  among  tbe 
ancients. 


Major  Tliird.  A  third  whose  degT«« 
are  large  seconds  ;  a  consonant  third  com- 
posed of  two  tones. 

Major  Threefold  Chord.  A  large  three- 
fold chord ;  one  having  the  interval  of  a 
large  third  between  its  fundamental  tone 
and  its  third. 

Major  Time.  Among  the  ancients,  the 
time  of  the  full  C. 

Major  Tone.  An  interval  between  two 
sounds  the  ratio  of  which  is  ci^ht  to  nine, 
resulting  from  the  difference  of  the  fourtb 
to  the  fifth. 

m^jor,  Tonic.  A  major  scale  having  for 
its  key  note  the  same  as  its  relative  minor. 

major  Triad.  A  union  of  any  soimd 
with  its  major  third  and  its  perfect  fiith. 

major,  Trumpet.  The  leader  of  tbe 
trumpeters. 

majuscule.  {Lat.)  A  name  given  by  the 
ancients  to  what  is  now  known  as  a  semi- 
breve. 

makirt.    {Ger.)    Well  marked. 

malimba.  {Spa.)  A  curious  musical  in- 
strument used  by  the  lucas  before  the 
conquest  of  South  America,  formed  of 
slats  of  wood,  from  ten  to  fifteen  inohea 
in  length,  varying  in  breadth  and  thick- 
ness. 

Malinconla.    {lia.)    Melancholy. 

malinconicamente.  {Ita.)  Sorrow- 
fully ;  sadly. 

mama.  In  drum  music,  a  term  indicating 
the  right  hand. 

man.  An  abbreviation  of  Manuale  and 
Mantuilmente. 

mane.    An  abbreviation  of  Mancando. 

manca.    {Ita.)    Left  hand. 

Mancando.  {Ita.)  A  gradual  decrease 
in  the  quantity  of  tone,  terminating  in  ao 
almost  inaudible  breathing  of  the  tones. 

Manclie.    {Fre.)    The  neck  of  a  violin. 

Mand'^.    An  .abbreviation  of  Mancando. 

Mandola.    {Ita.)    A  mandoline. 

mandole.     {Fre.)    A  mandoline. 

mandoline.  {Fre.)  An  instrument  %vith 
four  strings,  having  frets,  like  a  guitar, 
and  tuned  like  the  violin ;  a  cithern  or 
harp. 

mandolino.    {Ita.)    A  mandoline. 

mandore.  A  musical  instrument  of  four 
strings,  of  the  lute  kind. 

mandour.  A  five-stringed  instrument 
resembling  a  lute. 

Mandnra.    {Ita.)    A  lesser  kind  of  lute. 

manggang^.  {Jav.)  The  most  simple 
and  :meient  style  of  music  among  the 
Javanese,  and  used  mostly  in  processions. 

mauichord.  {Ita.)  Originally  an  instru- 
ment with  but  one  string  ;  subsequently  k 
stringed  instrument,  somewhat  resem- 
bling a  spinet,  the  strings  of  which,  like 
those  of  theelavicliord,  were  covered  witb 
small  pieces  of  cloth  to  soften  their  tones; 
a  dumb  spinet. 


MAN 


137 


MAR 


Rfaulchordon.    The  manicliord. 

Slanico.  (7te.)  The  neck  of  a  violin, 
tenor,  &e. 

Hautere.    (_Fre.)    Manner. 

Manieren.  (Ger.)  Graces;  embcIllBh- 
raeuts. 

Manifold  Fngue.  A  fug^ue  in  which 
more  than  one  tlierae  is  elaborated. 

9Iauo.    (Ita.)    Hand. 

Mano,  T>estra.    (,Ita.)    The  right  hand. 

Maiio  Dirltta.    (Ita.)    The  right  hand. 

>Ianu  Drltta.    (/to.)    Right  hand. 

Mano  Manca.    (/to.)    The  left  hand. 

niano  Sinistra,    (/to.)    Left  hand. 

Manual.  The  key  board ;  used  to  denote 
the  hand  keys  of  an  organ  or  other  instru- 
ment in  contradistinction  to  foot  /.-ei/s, 
or  pedals ;  service  book  of  the  Catholic 
church. 

Manuale.    (Fre.)    Manual. 

Mannalmeute.    (/to.)    Manually. 

Manuductor.  {Lat.)  Name  given  by  the 
ancients  to  an  officer  wliose  i)rovince  it 
was  to  give  the  signal  for  the  choir  to 
sing,  beat  time  with  his  hand,  and  regulate 
the  music. 

Manuscriptum.    {Lot.)    Manuscript. 

Marc.    An  abbreviation  of  3/arcato. 

Marcatlssimo.  (/to.)  "Very  strongly 
marked. 

Marcato.  (/to.)  A  term  implyino;' a  marked 
and  emphatic  style,  cxpressecf  by  a  dot 
phiced  over  a  note  ('.»'.>)>  showing  that  the 
note  should  be  struck  short. 

Marcato  11  Basso,  (/to.)  The  bass  well 
marked. 

Marcato  la  Melodia  ed  Accell.  (/to.) 
In  a  marked  style  and  increased  time. 

March.  A  military  air  or  movement  com- 
posed for  drums,  trumpets,  and  otiier  mar- 
tial instruments ;  the  beat  of  a  drum  as  a 
signal  to  more. 

Marclia.  {Spa.)  Signal  of  the  drum  to 
march. 

Marcband   de   Muslqne.     {Fre.)     A 

music  seller. 

March,  I>ead.    A  funeral  march. 
Marche.    (Fre.)    A  march;  in  harmony, 
a  symmetrical  sequence  of  chords. 

Marche  Ilarmoniqae.  {Pre.)  Har- 
monic progression. 

Mai-che  Triomphale.  {Fre.)  A  tri- 
umphal march. 

March,  Funeral.  A  Blow,  measured 
march,  adapted   to  the  movement  of  a 

funeral  procession. 

Marcla.    (/to.)    March. 

Marcia,  con  Moto.  (Ita.)  A  quick 
march  ;  a  spirited  martial  movement. 

Marcla  Fnnebre.  (/to.)  Funeral  march  ; 
dead  march. 

Marclal.    (Spa.)    In  the  style  of  a  march. 
12* 


Marcla    r<ugubre. 

mournful  march. 


(/to.)       A    slow. 


Marcia  Marziale.  (/to.)  A  martial 
marcli. 

Marine  Baud.  A  company  of  musicians 
employed  on  vessels  of  war. 

Marine  Trumpet.  An  instrument  of  a 
triangular  sliaped  body  formed  of  three 
tables,  with  a  narrow  neck,  and  one  thick 
string  raised  on  a  bridge,  wliieh  is  struck 
with  a  bow  held  in  the  right  hand,  while 
the  string  is  pressed  with  the  thumb  of 
the  left. 

Mariona.    (Spa.)    A  Spanish  dance. 

Marjunee.  (Hin.)  The  fourth  of  the 
Srootis  into  which  the  fourth  note  of  the 
Hindoo  scale  is  divided. 

Mark.    (Dut.)    A  march. 
Marked.    Accented. 

Marked  Keys.  The  colored  lines  by 
which  Guido  expressed  the  pitches  of  the 
notes. 

Mark,  Harmonic.  A  sign  employed  in 
music  for  the  violin,  violoncello,  and 
harp,  to  indicate  tliat  the  notes  over  which 
it  is  placed  are  to  be  produced  on  such 
parts  of  tlie  open  strings  as  will  give  the 
harmonic  sounds  (110). 

Marks,  Abbreviation.  Signs  of  abbre- 
viation (CI). 

Marks,  Cadence.  Short  lines  placed 
perpendicularly  to  indicate  the  point  of 
cadence  in  sentences  and  verses  arranged 
for  chanting  (120). 

Marks,  I>lvlslon.  Fig'ures  with  a  curved 
line  above  them  showing  the  numljer  of 
equal  parts  into  which  notes  are  divided, 
when,  instead  of  2, 4,  or  8,  they  are  divided 
into  3,  5,  7,  8,  9,  &c.  (118). 

Marks,  Metronomle.  Figures  appended 
to  music  referring  to  corresponding  ligurea 
on  a  metronome  (130). 

Marks,  Staccato.  Small  porpendicul.ar 
strokes  over  notes  to  show  that  tliey  are 
to  be  played  short  and  distinct ;  dashes  (75). 

Marsch.    ( Ger.)    A  march. 

Marschartlg.  ( Ger.)  In  the  style  of  a 
march. 

Marseillaise  Hymn.  The  national  an- 
them of  France,  composed  in  1792  by 
Kouget  de  I'Isle,  and  named  The  Mar- 
seillaise because  sung  in  I'aris  for  the  first 
time  by  a  band  of  men  brouo;ht  from  Mar- 
seilles to  aid  in  the  revolution  of  August 
10,  1792. 

Martele.  (Pre.)  In  allusion  to  cadences, 
brilliant  and  distinct. 

Martellando.  (/to.)    Strongly  marking; 

heavily  striking  the  notes. 

Martellare.  (/to.)  To  strike  the  notes 
so  as  to  imitate  the  blow  of  a  hammer. 

Martellato.    (/to.)    Forcibly  marked. 

Martial  Choruses.  Choruses  in  martial 
style  in  commemoration  of  warlike  deeds. 


MAR 


sm 


MAZ 


ftf  artlal  Piece.  An  Instrmnental  compo- 
sition, the  style  of  which  is  warlike. 

Martial  Sone.  A  eon;r  the  subject  and 
style  of  whicB  are  warlike. 

niartlllo.    (,Spa.)    A  tuniug;  hammer. 

Martinete.  {Spa.)  A  jack  in  a  harpsi- 
chord. 

Harziale.  (Ifo.)  Martial;  in  a  martial 
style. 

Marzo.    (Ita.)    A  march. 

Slascharada.  (Ita.)  Music  composed  for 
grotesque  characters ;  masquerade  music. 

Maschera.    (7<a.)    A  mask. 

Mask.  A  masque ;  a  drama  consistiugp  of 
eiii'^ing  and  dancing ;  a  utensil  used  by  the 
ancient  Ivoman  actors  and  singers  for  the 
purpose  of  augmenting  the  power  of  the 
voice. 

Masonic  Song.  Song  composed  for  and 
used  in  the  ceremonials  of  the  masonic 
fraternity. 

Masque.  (Fre.)  A  musical  drama  or 
operetta  consisting  of  singing  and  dancing 
performed  by  characters  m  masks. 

Masrakitlia.  {Heb.)  A  pneumonic  in- 
strument used  by  the  ancient  Hebrews, 
composed  of  pipes  of  various  dimensions, 
fitted  into  a  wooden  chest  open  at  the  top, 
and  stopped  at  the  bottom  with  wood  cov- 
ered witli  a  skin. 

Mass.  The  communion  service,  or  the  con- 
secration and  oblation  of  the  Host  in  the 
Roman  Catholic  church ;  a  musical  com- 
position designed  to  be  sung  in  connection 
with  tliis  service,  consisting  of  five  prin- 
cipal movements,  the  Kyrie,  Gloria,  Credo, 
Sanctus,  and  Agnus  Dei. 

Mass  Bell.  A  small  bell,  used  in  the  ser- 
vice of  the  Romish  church,  to  direct  at- 
tention to  the  more  solemn  parts  of  the 
mass ;  the  sacriug  bell. 

Mass  Book.  The  Missal,  or  Roman  Cath- 
olic service  book. 

Mass,  Canonical.  A  mass  in  which  the 
various  parts  of  the  musical  service  of  tlie 
church  are  followed  in  their  regular  course, 
or  in  strict  canonical  order. 

Masser.  The  priest  who  celebrates  the 
mass. 

Masse  Solennelle.  (J^Ve.)  Solemn  mass. 

Mass,  High..  The  mass  celebrated  in 
Roman  Catholic  churches  by  the  singing 
of  the  choristers,  and  with  the  assistance 
of  a  deacon  and  a  sub-deacon ;  distin- 
guished from  low  mass,  in  which  prayers 
are  rehearsed  without  singing. 

MUssig.    ( Ger.)    Moderately. 

Miissig  Gesch^riud.  {Ger.)  Moderately 
playful. 

Miissig  I<augsaiu.  {Ger.)  Moderately 
hIow. 

Mfissig  Sclinell.  {Ger.)  Moderately 
fast  and  animated. 

Massima.  llta.)  A  term  applied  in  an- 
cient music  to  the  longest  species  of  note. 


Mass,  Short.   A  mass  in  which  words  are 

scarcely  repeated. 
Mass,  Solemn.    High  mass. 

Master.    One  eminently  skilled  in  music; 

a  teacher. 
Master,  Ballet.    One  who  superlntenda 

the  rehearsals  and  performances  of  the 

ballet. 
Master,  Choir.     A  chorister;  one  who 

leads  or  conducts  a  choir. 

Master-chord.    The  chief  chord. 

Master,  Mnsic.  A  teacher  of  the  princi- 
ples of  music  and  the  manner  of  its  per- 
formance. 

Master  'Note.    The  key  note. 

Master  of  Sons.  In  remote  times,  the 
person  appointed  to  teach  the  children  of 
the  Chapel  Royal  to  sing,  and  to  perform 
on  the  organ. 

Master-Singers.  A  class  of  poets  who 
flourished  in  Germany  during  the  fifteenth 
and  part  of  the  sixteenth  centuries. 

Master,  Singing.    One  who  teaches  the 

art  of  vocalization. 
Matachin.     {Spa.)     An  old  dance  with 

swords  and  bucklers. 
Matassins.     {Fre.)     A  mat«chin  dance; 

the  dancers. 
Materia  Musica.  {Lot.)  Matters  relating^ 

to  music. 

Mattnare.    {Ita.)    To  sing  mating. 

Matiuata.  {Ita.)  A  song  for  the  morn- 
ing ;  a  serenade. 

Matiuatore.  {Ita.)  A  morning  serenader. 

Matinee.  {Fre.)  A  musical  entertain- 
ment given  in  the  early  part  of  the  day ;  a 
morning  concert. 

Matinee  Musicale.  (JFVe.)  A  mornin^ 
concert. 

Matines.    {Fre.)    Matins. 

Matins.  {Fre.)  The  early  morning  ser- 
vice in  convents  and  Catholic  churches; 
morning  worship,  prayers  or  songs. 

Mattutino  delle  Tenebre.  {Ita.)  The 
service  of  the  Tenebras. 

Manl  trommel.    {Ger.)    Ajewsharp. 

Maxima.  {Lat.)  A  large;  the  longest 
note  formerly  used  in  music,  being  equal 
to  two  longs  four  breves,  or  eight  semi- 
breves,  &c.  (12). 

Maxime.    {Fre.)    A  maxima. 

Maximum  Immestatnm.  {Lot.)  The 
great  system  among  the  ancients,  consist- 
ing of  four  totrachords,  three  conjoint,  and 
one  disjoint,  and  tlie  chord  named  prus- 
lambanomenos. 

Maximns,  Bob.  A  full  peal  upon  twelve 
bells,  comprising  479,001,000  changes. 

Maytinario.    {Spa.)    A  book  of  matins. 
Maytiues.    {Spa.)    Matins. 
Max.    An  abbreviation  of  Mazurka. 
Mazurka.     {Ita.)    A  luick  Polish  danoe 


M.  B. 


139 


MED 


in  '  time,  having^  a  peculiar  rhythmic  con- 
struction, similar  to  that  of  the  polacca. 
M.  B.    TIjo  initials  of  MusicaB  Baccalaurt- 
us,  Bachelor  of  Music. 

9Ich.    An  abbreviation  of  March. 

M.  ».  The  initials  of  Main  Droit,  the 
rig'ht  hand. 

Mean.  A  term  formerly  applied  to  the 
tenor  or  medium  part  in  compositions  for 
several  voices,  male  and  female. 

Mean  Clef .    Tenor  clef  (49). 

Mean,  Hamtonlcal.    The  third  in  the 

harmonic  triad. 
Mean  Parts.    The  middle  parts. 

Mean  Proportion.  The  second  of  any 
three  proportions  ;  the  tenor  parts. 

Measure.  The  division  of  time  by  which 
the  air  and  movement  of  music  are  regu- 
lated :  the  space  between  two  bar  lines  on 
tlie  staif  (5) ;  the  Interval  iK'tween  the  steps 
in  dancing  corresponding  with  the  inter- 
val between  the  notes  in  the  music;  in 
poetry,  the  manner  of  ordering  and  com- 
binin;?  the  quantities,  or  the  long  and 
short  syllables  ;  metre ;  rhythm. 

Measure  Accent.  The  regular  alterna- 
tion of  strong  and  weak  parts  in  a 
measure. 

Measure,  Binary.  Twofold  measure; 
double  measure. 

Measure,  Common.  A  measure  having 
an  equal  number  of  parts  in  a  bar. 

Measured  Melody.  A  term  applicable 
to  all  music  in  which  the  lenrth  of  its 
tones  is  regulated  by  standard  rules  of 
time. 

Measured  Music.  Music  in  parts  of  dis- 
similar motion. 

Measure,  Four-£iglith.  A  measure 
containing  the  value  of  four  eighth  notes, 
marked  |. 

Measure,  Fonrf  old.  A  measure  of  four 
equal  parts. 

Measure,  Four-Half.  A  measure  con- 
taining four  half  notes,  or  their  equivalent, 
marked  g. 

Measure,  Fonr«Quarter.  A  measure 
containing  four  quarter  notes,  or  their 
equivalent,  marked  |,  or  C. 

Measure,  Impei-fect.  A  designation 
once  applied  to  twofold  measure. 

Measure,  ]Vine-Ki|;Uth.  A  measure 
containing  nine  eighth  notes,  or  their 
equivalent,  marked  g. 

Measure  IVote.  The  note  which  in  itself 
occupies  a  measure. 

Measure  jV umber.   The  leading  number 

iu  any  species  of  measure. 

Measure,  Passy.    An  old,  stately  kind  of 

dauco  ;  a  cinque  pace. 
Measure,  Slx-£ighth.    A  measure  con- 


taining six  eigbth  not«s,  or  their  equiva- 
lent, marked  f. 

Measure,  Sixfold.  A  measure  consisting 
of  two  trochees,  or  musical  feet,  each 
formed  of  an  accented  and  unaccented 
note  ;  a  measure  of  six  equal  parts. 

Measure,  Six-Quarter.  A  measure  con- 
taining the  value  of  six  quarter  notes, 
marked  ^. 

Measure,  Ternary.  A  threefold  meas- 
ure ;  triple  time. 

Measure,  TIuree-£i^htli.  A  measure 
containing  the  value  ot  three  eighth  notes, 
marked  g. 

Measure,  Threefold.  A  measure  di- 
vided into  three  equal  parts. 

Measure,  Tliree-Half .  A  measure  con- 
taining the  value  of  three  half  notes, 
marked  |. 

Measure,  Three-Quarter.  A  measure 
containing  the  value  of  three  quarter 
notes,  marked  '. 

Measure,  T-welve-Eiglitli.  A  measure 
containing  twelve  eighth  notes,  or  their 
equivalent,  marked  g". 

Measure,  TMro-£ig1itli.  A  measure 
containing  the  value  of  two  eighth  notes, 
marked  g. 

Measure,  Ttrofold.  A  measure  of  two 
equal  parts. 

Measure,  T-wo-Half.  A  measure  con- 
taining the  value  of  two  half  notes,  marked 
I  or  C. 

Measure,  Tivo-Quarter.  A  measure 
containing  the  value  of  two  quarter  notes, 
marked  l- 

Mechanical  Instraments.  Instru- 
ments which  produce  tunes  by  means  of 
cranks,  sprinn's,  weights,  or  other  me- 
chanical contrivances. 

Mechanically.  A  word  applicable  to  a 
spiritless  style  of  playing;  a  performance 
without  design ;  by  the  force  of  habit. 

Medessimo.    (Ita.)     The  same. 

Medessimo  Tempo.  (lia.)  In  the  same 
time. 

Mediant.  The  third  above  the  key  note, 
Bo  named  because  it  divides  tlie  interval 
between  the  tonic  and  dominant  into  two 
thirds. 

Mediante.  (Pre.)  The  mediant,  or  third 
note  of  the  scale. 

Medltatio.  (Lot.)  The  middle  of  a  chant ; 
tlie  sound  which  terminates  the  first  part 
of  a  verse  in  the  psalms. 

Medina  Harmonicus.  (Lat.)  The  third 
or  middle  note  of  the  fundamental  common 
chord. 

Medley.  An  assemblage  of  detaclied  parts 
or  passages  of  dilfercnt  well-known  songs, 
so  arranged  that  the  latter  words  of  the 


MEG 


140 


MEL 


line  of  one  part  connect  with  the  begin- 
ning: of  that  of  another  song  ;  among-  the 
ancient  Greeks,  that  part  of  the  mclopoeia 
which  consisted  of  the  proper  iatermixture 
of  the  modes  and  genera. 

Me^aloplionons.  {Grk.)  Having  a  loud 
voice. 

Melir.    (Ger.)    More. 

Meliratiniinlg.  ( Ger.)  For  several  voices. 

Slelstersang.  (Ger.)  Masterly  singing  ; 
chief  song ;  song  of  a  minstrel. 

Meistersanger.  (Ger.)  Master  singer ; 
minstrel. 

Meisterstuclc.    ( Ger.)    Masterpiece. 

Mel.    An  abbreviation  of  Melodeon. 

melange.  {Fre.)  A  composition  founded 
on  several  favorite  airs  ;  a  medley. 

UTelelcet.  {Ahij.)  An  Abyssinian  trumpet, 
formed  of  a  hollow  cane  half  an  inch  in  di- 
ameter, and  five  feet  four  inches  in  length. 

Slelic.  Relating  to  song  ;  lyric ;  tuneful ; 
melodious. 

Melisma.    Figured  melody. 

Melliflnous.  Smooth;  very  melodious; 
sweetly  flowing. 

Mello-iv.  Applied  to  a  sound  that  is  soft 
and  unusually  sweet  and  melodious. 

Mellowness.  A  soft,  dulcet  style  of  com- 
position or  periormance. 

Melodeon.  A  reed  instrument  having  a 
key  board  like  that  of  a  pianoforte.  It  is 
supplied  with  wind  by  a  bellows  worked 
with  the  feet  of  the  performer. 

Melodeon,  Double  Reed.   A  melodeon 

having  two  sets  of  reeds. 

Melodeon,  Organ.  A  melodeon  having 
a  register  of  stops  similar  to  those  of  an 
organ. 

Melodla.    (Ha.)    Melody. 

Melodial  Modulation.  A  change  from 
one  key  to  another,  produced  by  the  result 
of  successive  melodic  intervals. 

Melodic.  Relating  to,  containing,  or  com- 
posed of  melody. 

Melodica.  An  instrument  invented  by 
Stein,  at  Augsburg,  similar  to  the  piano- 
forte. 

Melodic  Hiangnage.  The  language  of 
song;  an  expression  of  ideas  by  a  melodi- 
ous arrangement  of  simple  sounds. 

Melodic  Modulation.  A  change  from 
one  key  to  another  ;  melodial  modulation. 

Melodies.  Forms  of  study  relating  to  the 
general  nature  of  melody;  that  depart- 
ment of  elementary  iustruction  in  vocal 
music  which  relates  to  the  tones  considered 
in  their  different  degrees  of  pitch. 

Melodic  Step.  The  movement  or  pro- 
gression of  a  voice  or  part  from  any  one 
tone  to  the  next  following  tone. 

Melodic.    (Fre.)    Melody. 

Melodies,  Authentic.  Melodies  having 
their  principal  aotes  between  th?  key  note 
and  its  octave. 


Melodies,  Ethiopian.  Melodies  origl- 
natiug  with  the  negroes  of  the  Southern 
States,  or  in  imitation  of  them,  and 
adapted  to  words  illustrating,  in  a  certain 
degree,  their  life  and  customs. 

Melodies,  Hibernian.  The  songs  and 
melodies  of  Ireland. 

Melodies,  Plagal.  Melodies  having  their 
principal  notes  lying  between  the  lifth  of 
the  key  and  its  octave  or  twelfth. 

Melodieuse.      (Fi-e.)     Melodious ;   well 

tunetl. 

Melodieusenxent.    (Fre.)    Melodiously; 

harmoniously. 
Melodieux.  (Fre.)    Havingmelody;  ma- 

sical ;  harmonious. 
Melodiosa.    (Ita.)    Melodious;  musical. 

Melodioso.  (Ita.  and  Spa.)  Mclodioas ; 
musical. 

Melodious.  A  term  applied  to  any  pleas- 
ing succession  of  souuds  given  in  time 
and  measure;  also,  to  a  clear-toned  voice. 

Melodious  Bass.  The  bass  chantaute; 
tlie  singing  bass. 

Melodiously.  In  a  melodions,  musical 
manner  ;  sweet  sounduig. 

Melodiousness.  The  quality  of  being  me- 
lodious ;  sweetness  of  sound  ;  musicahicss. 

Melodiosamente.  (Ita.)  Harmoniously, 
or  in  just  melody  ;  melodiously. 

Melodist.    A  composer  or  singer  of  melo* 

dies. 

Melodista.    (Ita.  and  Spa.)    Melodist. 

Mclodiste.    (Fre.)    Melodist. 

Melodiuna  Organ.  A  melodeon  having 
a  register  of  stops  similar  to  the  organ. 

Melodize.  To  form  such  a  succession  of 
sounds  as  shall  by  due  execution  produce 
an  agrecalde  elTect. 

Melodrama.  A  species  of  dr.ima  in  which 
descriptive  instrumental  music  is  intro- 
duced between  the  remarks  of  the  actors, 
and  sometimes  accompanies  the  speaking, 
differing  from  the  opera  in  the  fact  that 
the  performers  do  not  sing  their  parts,  but 
recite  them. 

Melodramatle  Music.  Music  intended 
to  accomjjany  a  melodrama. 

Melodramatist.  One  skilled  in  melo- 
dramas, or  who  prepares  them. 

Melodrame.    (Fre.)    A  melodrama, 

Melodraiuiua.    (Ita.)    Melodrama. 

Melody.  A  scries  of  simple  sounds,  99 
arranged  as  to  produce  a  varied  and  agree- 
able effect  on  the  ear ;  the  particular  air  or 
tune  of  a  musical  composition. 

Melody,  Chromatic.  A  melody  consist- 
ing of  a  series  of  tones  moving  by  chro- 
matic intervals. 

Melody,  Dance. 

for  a  dance. 


Any  melody  suitable 


Melody,  Diatonic.  A  melody  in  which 
no  tones  are  used  foreign  to  the  key. 

Melody,  r.eading.  The  principal  part  of 
a  composition  containina^  Berer^J  parts. 


MEL 


141 


MES 


Melody,  Measured.  A  term  applied  to 
all  music  in  which  the  len^h  of  the  tones 
i»  reijulatcd  by  standard  rules  of  time. 

Melody,  Shout.    A  shout  song. 

Melody,  Sphere.  Tlie  h.irmony  sup- 
posed by  the  ancients  to  result  from  the 
orderly  motion  of  the  heavenly  bodies. 

Wlclographic  Piano.    A  piano  invented 

in  1&J7,  connected  with  which  was  a  clock 

movement  by  which  the  improvisation  of 

a  composer  was  recorded. 
Melolo^ue.    A  combination  of  recitative 

•ind  music. 
Melomane.    (Fre.)    Music-m?.d. 
Meloplaste.    An  instrument  for  teachinsj 

vocal  music,  from  a  staff,  without  either 

clefs  or  notes. 
MeIop?eia.  The  art  of  composin;?  melody ; 

the  rules  of  composition;  melody. 

Melopomenos.    {Grk.)    Vocal  melody. 

Melos.  (Grk.)  A  term  applied  by  the 
ancients  to  the  sweetness  of  any  melody, 
or  to  that  quality  or  character  by  which 
a  melody  was  rendered  agreeable. 

Melpomene.   (Lat.)  The  songstress ;  one 

of  the  nine  Muses. 
Memljers,  Mensural.      Notes    of  less 

value  than  tlie  mensural  parts  indicated  by 

the  mensural  si^jnature. 
Meme.    (.Fre.)    The  same. 
Meme  Moavement.  {Fre.)  In  the  same 

time. 
Men.    An  abbreviation  of  Meno. 
Men.  Allegro.    {Ita.)    Less  quick. 
Menestral.    {Spa.)    Minstrel. 

Menestraudle.  (Fre.)  The  general  name 
of  a  company  of  minstrels,  established  by 
the  successors  of  Philip  Augustus  of 
France. 

Mcnestrel.    (Por.)    Minstrel. 

Menetrier.    ( Fre.)    A  minstrel. 

Meno.    (If't.)    Less. 

Meno  Allegro.    {Ita.)    Less  quick. 

Meno  Forte.    (Ita.)    Less  strong. 

Meno  Mosso.    (Ita.)    Slower. 

Men.  Piano.     (Ita.)     Less  soft. 

Men.  Presto.    (Ita.)    Less  rapid. 

Men,  Singing.    A  name  formerly  given 

to   the  gentlemen  of  English   cathedral 

choirs. 
Mensur.    (Ger.)    Measure. 
Mensnrnl  Members.  Notes  of  less  value 

than  the  mensural  parts  indicated  at  tlie 

beginning  of  a  piece. 

Mensural  Signature.  Fractions  at  tlie 
beginning  of  a  composition,  correspond- 
ing to  the  rhythmical  names  of  notes,  for 
the  purpose"  of  indicating  the  time  or 
measure  (&>). 

Mennet.    (Fre.)    Minuet. 
Men.  Vivo.    (Ita.)    Less  spirit. 
Mercnrian  JLyrc.    On"  of  tlie  earliest  of 


mnsicnl  instramenta,  formed  of  the  shell 

of  a  tortoise,  and  having  seven  strings. 
Mereket.     (Aby.)      A   trumpet   ust.d   ia 

Abyssinia. 
Mcsanlici.      (Grk.)      Pieces    performed 

between  the  divisions  of  the  Greek  drama. 
Mesaullon.     (Grk.)     Symphonies  or  ri- 

tornelli. 
Mescal.     (Tur.)     A  Turkish  instrument, 

composed  of  twenty-three  cane  pipes  of 

unequal  length,  each  of  which  gives  three 

different   sounds,   from   the   manner   of 

blowing  it. 
Mescolanza.    (Grk.)    A  combination  of 

secular  and  ecclesiastical  music. 

Mescolomento.  (Grk.)  Kules  for  ar- 
ranging sounds  of  a  melody  to  keep  the 
voice  or  instrument  within  a  certain  com- 
pass. 

Mese.  (Grk.)  A  name  given  by  the  Greeks 
to  the  central  string  of  the  lyre,  but  more 
commonly  denoting  the  sound  which  was 
the  centre  of  their  system  of  tetrachords. 

Mesochorl.  (Grk.)  Musicians  among  the 
ancients  who  presided  at  public  perform- 
ances, and  directed  the  time  by  beating 
with  their  feet,  on  which  they  wore  wooden 
clogs,  called  crupezia. 

Mesoldes.  (Grk.)  A  kind  of  melopocia 
in  the  ancient  system  of  music,  the  sounds 
of  which  were  chiefly  conQncd  to  the 
middle  chords. 

Mesolahe.  (Grk.)  An  instrument  for 
dividing  an  interval  into  equal  parts. 

Meson.  (Grk.)  The  middle,  —  a  term 
applied  by  the  ancient  Greeks  to  the  sec- 
ond of  their  tetrachords. 

Mesonycticon.  (Grk.)  Midnight  sing- 
ing of  the  early  Christians. 

Mesopycnl.  (Grk.)  The  second  sound 
in  cacli  tetracbord  of  the  ancient  Greek 
system  of  music. 

Messa.    (Ita.,  Sice.,  Ice.)    A  mass. 

Messa  Concertata.  (Ita.)  A  concerted 
mass. 

Messa  da  Requie.  (Ita.)  A  rcqniem 
mass. 

Messa  dl  Voce.  (Ita.)  A  swelling  and 
diminishing  of  the  voice  on  a  long-holJing 
note. 

Messale.    (Ita.)    The  Missal ;  mass  book. 

Messbuch.    ( Ger.)    Mass  book. 

Messe.    (Fre.,  Dut.,  Ger.,  Dan.)    A  mass. 

Messe  Brevi.    (Fre.)    A  short  mass. 

Messe  Concertate.  (Fre.)  A  mass  in 
which  recitatives  are  intermi.>:eU  with 
clioruses. 

Messe  di  Cai)pella.  (tta.)  Masses  sung 
by  the  grand  chorus. 

Messe  Haute.  (Fre.)  Grand  mass ;  high 
mass. 

Messe  per  ell  Desontl.  (Ita.)  A  mass 
for  the  dead. 

Mesto.  (Ita.)  Moornfully;  sadly;  pa. 
thetically. 


MES 


142 


MET 


Mestoso.    (/to.)    Sadly ;  pensively. 
Kfesare.    (Fre.)    The  bar  or  measure. 

Blesare  a  Deux  Temps.    (Fre.)    Com- 

moa  time. 
91  esnre,  Demi.    (Fre.)    Half  measure. 

mesnre,  TroU  Tempa.  (Fre.)  Triple 
time. 

Mesymulcnm.  (Grl:)  In  ancient  poe- 
try, a  repetition  at  the  end  of  a  stanza ; 
a  refrain. 

Met.    An  abbreviation  of  Metronome. 

Iffetal.  (Spa.)  Strength ;  compass  of  the 
voif«. 

Metalllco.    (7ta.)    Of  a  metallic  quality. 

meter.    Metre. 

Method.  A  coarse  of  instruction ;  a  sys- 
tcmized  course  of  execution ;  classifica- 
tion j  system. 

Methode.    (Fre.)    Method. 

Metodo.    (Ita.)    Method. 

Metotns.  The  third  of  the  four  parts  into 
which  vQcal  music  was  formerly  divided. 

Metre.  Measure  ;  the  arrangement  of  tne 
syllables  of  verse  and  the  notes  of  music. 

Metre,  Common.  A  stanza  of  four  lines 
in  iambic  measure,  the  syllables  of  each 
beinfc  in  number  and  order  as  follows : 
8,  0,  8,  G. 

Metre,  Common  Hallelnjah..  A  stan- 
za of  six  lines  in  iambic  measure,  tlie  syl- 
lables of  each  beingp  in  number  and  order 
as  follows :  8,  0,  8,  0,  8,  8. 

Metre,  Common  Particular.  A  stanza 
of  six  lines  in  iambic  measure,  the  sylla- 
bles of  each  being  in  number  and  order 
U  follows :  8,  8,  6,  8,  8,  6. 

Metre,  Etjs^lits.  A  metre  designated  thus, 
8s,  consisting  of  a  stanza  of  four  lines  in 
anapcstic  measure,  each  line  containing 
eight  syllables. 

Metre,  Eights  and  Four.  A  metre 
designated  thus,  8s  &  4,  consisting  of  a 
stanza  of  Hve  lines  in  iambic  measure,  the 
syllables  of  each  being  in  number  and 
order  as  follows:  8,8,8,8,4;  or  of  eight 
lines  in  trochaic  measure,  as  follows :  8, 

;    4,8,4,8,8,8,4. 

Metre,  Eights  and  IVines.  A  metre 
designated  thus,  8s  &  9s,  consisting  of  a 
stanza  of  eight  lines  in  anapestic  moiisure, 
tlie  syllables  of  each  being  in  number  and 
order  as  follows  :  8,  9,  8,  9,  8,  9,  8,  9. 

Metre,  Eiehts  and  Sevens.  A  metre 
desiguated  thus,  Ss  &  7s,  consisting  of  a 
stanza  of  four  lines  in  trochaic  measure, 
the  syllables  of  each  being  in  number  and 
order  as  follows  :  8,  7,  8,  7. 

Metre,  Klghta  and  Sixes.  A  metre 
designated  thus,  8s  &  63,  consisting  of  a 
8t<anza  of  five  lines  in  iambic  measure,  the 
s/Ilables  of  each  being  in  number  and 
order  as  follows :  8,  6,  8,  8,  0 ;  or  8,  8, 
C,  8,  8. 

Metre,  Eights,  Sevens,  and  Four. 
A  metre  designated  thus,  88, 7s,  &  4,  con- 


sisting of  R  stanza  of  sue  lines  in  trochals 
measure,  the  syllables  of  each  being  in 
number  and  order  as  follows :  8,  7, 8, 7, 4, 7. 

Metre,  Eights,  Sixes,  and  Eights.  A 

metre  designated  thus,  88,  Os,  <fc  8s,  con- 
sisting of  a  stanza  of  eight  linos  in  iambio 
measure,  the  syllables  of  each  being  in 
number  and  order  as  follows :  8, 0, 8, 0, 8. 8, 
8,  0. 
Metre,  Eight,  Threes,  and  Six.  A 
metre  designated  thus,  8,  38,  &  0,  consist- 
ing of  a  stanza  of  four  lines  in  troohaio 
measure,  the  syllables  of  each  l)cing  in 
number  and  order  as  follows :  8,  3,  3,  6. 

Metre,  Elevens.  A  metre  designated 
thus,  lis,  consisting  of  a  stanza  of  four 
lines  in  anapestic  measure,  each  line  con- 
taining eleven  syllables. 

Metre,  Elevens  and  Eights.  A  metre 
designated  thus,  lis  &  88,  consisting  of  a 
stanza  of  four  lines  in  iambic  or  anapestic 
measure,  the  syllables  of  each  buiiig  in 
number  and  order  as  follows :  U,  8,  11,  8. 

Metre,  Elevens  and  Tens.  A  metre 
designated  thus,  Hs  &  10s,  consisting  of 
a  stanza  of  four  lines  in  dactylic  measure, 
the  syllables  of  each  being  in  number  and 
order  as  follows  :  11,  10,  11,  10. 

Metre,  Fives  and  Eights.  A  metre 
designated  thus,  Ss  &,  8s,  consisting  of  a 
stanza  of  six  liacs  in  anapestic  measure, 
the  syllables  of  each  being  in  number  and 
order  as  follows :  5,  5,  8,  5,  5,  8. 

Metre,  Fives  and  Sixes.  A  metre  des- 
ignated thus,  5s  &,  Os,  consisting  of  a 
stanza  of  eight  lines  in  anapestic  measure, 
the  syllables  of  each  being  in  number  ana 
order  as  follows :  5,  5,  5,  o,  C,  5,  0,  5. 

Metre,  Fives,  Elevens,  and  Sixes.  A 
metre  desiguated  thus,  6h,  lis,  &  Cs,  con- 
sisting of  ft  stanza  of  eight  lines  in  ana- 
pestic measure,  the  svllaljles  of  each 
being  in  number  and  order  as  follows  :  5, 
6,6,  11,0,0,0,0. 

Metre,  Fours  and  Sixes.  A  metro  ue»- 
ignated  thus,  48  &  Os,  consisting  of  a 
stanza  of  four  lines  in  iambic  measure, 
the  syllables  of  each  being  in  number  and 
order  as  follows :  4,  C,  4,  0. 

Metre,  Hallelujah.  A  stanza  of  six 
lines  in  iambic  measure,  the  syllables  of 
each  being  in  number  and  order  as  follows  : 
0,  6,  0,  6,  8,  8. 

Metre,  XiOng.  A  stanza  of  four  linos  in 
iambic  measure,  each  line  containing  eight 
syllables. 

Metre,  Xiong  Particular.  A  stanza  of 
six  lines  in  iambic  measure,  the  syllables 
of  each  being  in  number  and  order  as  fol- 
lows :  8,  8,  8,  8,  8,  8. 

Metre,  Sevens.  A  stanza  of  four  lines 
in  trochaic  measure,  each  line  containing 
seven  syllables. 

Metre,  Sevens  and  Eights.  A  metre 
designated  thus,  7s  &  Ss,  consisting  of  a 
stanza  of  eight  lines  in  trochiio  measure, 
the  syllables  of  each  being  in  number  and 
order  as  follows    7, 8,  7,  8,  8,  S,  8, 8. 


MET 


143 


MET 


Metre,  Sevens  nnd  Five.  A  metre  des- 
ignated thus,  78  &  5,  consisting  of  a  stanza 
ol"  four  lines  in  trochaic  measure,  the  syl- 
lables of  each  being  in  number  and  order 
as  follows :  7,  7,  7,  5. 

Metre,  Sevens  and  Fives.  A  metre 
designated  thus,  "s  &  5s,  consisting  of  a 
stanza  of  eight  lines  in  trochaic  measure, 
the  syllables  of  each  being  in  number  and 
order  as  follows  :  7,  5,  7,  5,  7,  5,  7,  5 ;  or  7, 
7,  7,  5,  7,  7,  7,  5  ;  or  a  stanza  of  four  lines, 
as  follows  :  7,  5,  7,  5. 

Metre,  Sevens  and  Slxesi  A  metre 
designated  thus,  7s  &  Os  consisting  of  a 
stanza  of  eight  lines  in  trochaic  and 
iambic  measure,  the  syllables  of  each 
being  in  number -and  order  as  follows : 
7,  6,  7,  6,  7,  7,  7,  o  J  or  in  iambic  only  as 
follows  :  7,  6,  7,  0,  7,  6,  7,  6. 

Metre,  Sevens,  Ei<^ht,  and  Seven.  A 
metre  designated  thus,  7s,  8,  &  7,  consist- 
tog  of  a  stanza  of  eight  lines,  the  sylla- 
bles of  each  being  in  number  and  order  as 
follows :  7,  7,  8,  7,  7,  7,  8,  7. 

Metre,  Sevens,  Sixes,  and  l^Ight.  A 
inetre  designated  thus,  78,  Os,  &  8,  consist- 
ing of  a  stanza  of  eight  lines  in  trochaic 
nnd  iambic  measure,  the  syllables  of  each 
being  in  number  and  order  as  follows : 
7,  6,  7,  6,  8,  7,  7,  5 ;  or  of  four  lines,  as  fol 
lows :  7,  6,  8,  0. 

Metre,  Short.  A  stanza  of  fonr  lines  in 
iambic  measure,  the  syllables  of  each  being 
lu  number  and  order  as  follows :  6,  5,  8,  6. 

Metre,  Sbort  Particular.  A  stanza  of 
six  lines  in  iambic  measure,  the  syllables 
of  each  being  in  number  and  order  as  fol- 
lows :  0,  6,  8,  6,  6,  8. 

Metre,  Sixes.  A  metre  designated  thus, 
6s,  consisting  of  a  stanza  of  eight  lines  of 
six  syllables  each,  in  iambic  measure. 

Metre,  Sixes  and  Fives.  A  metre  des- 
ignated thus,  Cs  &  5s,  consisting  of  a  stanza 
of  eight  lines,  in  iambic  or  trochaic 
measure,  the  syllables  of  each  being  in 
number  and  order  as  follows :  0,  5,  0,  5, 
C,  5,  6,  5. 

Metre,  Sixes  and  Four.  A  metre  des- 
ignated thu8,08  &  4,  consisting  of  a  stanza 
of  four  lines  in  iambic  measure,  the  sylla- 
bles of  each  being  in  number  and  order  as 
follows :  6,  6,  C,  4. 

Metre,  Sixes  and  Fonrs.  A  metre  des- 
ignated thus,  63  <fc  49,  consisting  of  a 
Btanza  of  six  lines  in  iambic  measure,  the 
syllables  of  each  b<>ing  in  number  and 
order  as  follows :  6,  6,  4,  G,  6,  4. 

Metre,  Sixes  and  Tens.  A  metre  des- 
ignated thus,  Os  A  10s,  consisting  of  n 
Bt'inza  of  six  lines  in  iambic  measure,  the 
syllables  of  each  being  in  number  and 
order  as  follows,  6,  0,  10,  6,  6,  10. 

Metre,  Sixes,  Sevens,  and  dslits.    A 

metro  design.ited  thus,  Os,  7s,  &  Ss,  con- 
sisting of  a  stanza  of  eight  lines  in  iam- 
bic measure,  the  syllables  of  each  being 
in  number  aud  order  as  follows  s  0,  7, 8,  7, 
B,  7,  8,  7. 

Metre.  Tens.    A  metre  designated  thus. 


lOs,  consisting  of  a  stanza  of  fonr  lines  la 
iambic  measure,  each  line  containing  ten 
syllables. 
Metre,  Tens  and  Elevens.  A  metre 
designated  thus,  IDs  &  lis,  consisting  of  a 
stanza  of  four  lines  in  anapiestic  measure, 
the  syllables  of  each  being  in  number  and 
order  as  follows:  10,  10,  11,  11 ;  or  of  six 
lines  in  iambic  measure,  as  follows  ■,  10, 

10,  10,  10,  U,  11. 

Metre,  Twelves.  A  metre  designated 
thus,  128,  consisting  of  a  stanza  of  four 
lines  in  anapestic  measure,  each  line  con- 
taining twelve  syllables. 

Metre,  Twelves  and  Elevens.    A  me- 

tre  designated  thus,  12s  &  lis,  consisting 
of  a  stanza  of  four  lines  in  anapcstio 
measure,  the  syllables  of  each  being  in 
number  and  order  as  follows:  12, 11, 12, 11. 

Metre,  T-welves,  Eleven,  and  Elzht. 

A  metre  designated  thus,  12s,  II,  «  8, 
consisting  of  a  stanza  of  four  lines  in  ana- 
pestic measure,  the  syllables  of  each  being 
in   number   and   order   as   follows:    1!^ 

11,  12,  8. 

Metric.  The  measure  adopted  In  poetrv 
and  music ;  noting  a  measurement  of  vol- 
umes. 

Metrical.  A  term  applied  to  phrases 
which  are  directly,  or  alternately,  regular 
and  equal  in  their  lengths. 

Metrical  Accentuation.  An  elevation 
of  the  voice  accompanied  by  the  ictus,  or 
stroke  of  the  foot,  marking  it. 

Metrically.  In  a  metrical  manner;  ac- 
cording to  poetic  rules. 

Metrik.    (Ger.)    Metrical  art. 

Metrlscli.    (<?er.)    Metrical. 

Metro.    (Ita.  and  Spa.)    Metre;  verse. 

Metrometer.    (Cer.)    A  metronome. 

Metrotnetro.    (Ita.)    A  metronome. 

Metro;A.    (Fre.)    Beating  time. 

Metronome.  An  instrument  for  indi- 
cating the  exact  time  of  a  musical  piece, 
by  means  of  a  pendtilum  moved  bv  clock 
work,  which  may  be  shortened  or  length- 
ened at  pleasure. 

Metronome,  Bell.  A  metronome  with 
tlie  addition  of  a  small  bell,  which  strikes 
at  the  commencement  of  each  bar. 

Metronome,  Pocket.  A  metronome  of 
the  size  and  form  of  a  watch,  on  one  side 
of  which  is  marked  the  number  of  vibriv- 
tions,  and  on  the  other  the  principal  Ital- 
ian musical  terras. 

Metronomic  Marks.  Fignres  appended 
to  pieces  of  music,  referring  to  correspond- 
ing figures  on  a  metronome  ( 130). 

Metronomy.  The  measuring  of  time  by 
means  of  a  metronome  or  other  instru- 
ment. 

Metrunt.  ^Lat.)  The  measure  or  time) 
metre. 

Mette.    (Oer.)    Slatins. 

.Mett4-re  in  Mnsica.  (/to.)  To  set  to 
music. 


MET 


144 


MTN 


Blettre  d'Aceord.    (PVe.)    To  tune. 
Mettre  en  Moslqne.    (,Fre.)    To  set  to 

music. 
Blettre  en  Kepetltion.    {Fre.)    To  put 

into  rehearsal. 
9Iez.    An  abbreviation  of  Mezzo. 
Slez.  P.    An  abbreviation  of  Afezzo  Forte. 
Men.  Pla.      An   abbreviation   of   Mezzo 

Piano. 
Blezxa.     (Tta.)    Medium;  in  the  middle; 

hair. 
Itfezza  Bravnra.    (Ha.)    A  song^  of  mod- 
erately diflicult  execution. 
Kezza  Forza.     {Ita.)     Middling  force; 

nooderately  loud. 
Bter'za  >Ianica.    (Ita.)    A  word  used  in 

violin  music  to  indicate  a  half  shift. 

Blezzana.    (Ita.)    The  middle  string  of  a 

lute. 
BCezza  Voce.     (Ita.)     With  a  moderate 

strcnK'th  of  tone  and  in  a  delicate  miuiuer  ; 

with  a  medium  fulness  of  sound. 

BTezzo.  (Ita.)  Ilalf;  middle  ;  mean  ;  in 
mudic,  for  a  tjrand  piano  denoting  that  the 
pedal  19  to  be  used,  avoiding  one  of  the 
sets  of  strings. 

Mezzo  Carattere.  (Ita.)  An  expres- 
sion applied  to  songs  of  a  middle  char- 
acter, sadi  as  are  neither  insipidly  plain 
nor  highly  oruamcatal. 

Mezzo  Forte.    (Ita.)    Rather  loud. 

Mezzo  Piano.    (Ita.)    Kather  soft. 

Mezzo  Soprano.  (Ita.)  A  species  of 
female  voice  holding  a  middle  position  bc- 
twcon  soprano  and  alto  ;  a  person  having 
such  a  voice. 

Mezzo  Soprano  Clef.  Tlie  C  clef  when 
placed  on  the  second  line  of  the  stalf,  oc- 
curring in  old  church  music,  or  madri"f:il3, 
where  it  was  nsed  in  the  notation  of  the 
part  intended  for  a  second  or  lower  ble 
voice,  called  in  Italian  a  mezzo  soprano. 
Tlie  treble  or  soprano  clef  now  supplies 
its  place  (oi). 

Mezzo  Tenore.    (Ita.)    Half  tenor. 

Mezzo  Tuono.    (Ita.)    A  semitone. 

Mezzo  Voce.    (Ita.)    In  a  subdued  tone. 

M.  F.  The  initials  of  Mezzo  Forte,  or  Mezza 
Forza. 

M.  G.    The  initials  of  Main  Gauche. 

Ml.  (Ita.)  A  syllable  used  in  solfaing  to 
designate  E,  or  the  third  note  of  the  major 
scale. 

Ml  Contra  Fa.  (Ita.)  Terms  applied  by 
ancient  thcoriBts  to  all  false  relations  be- 
tween the  notes  of  one  chord  as  compared 
with  the  notes  of  tliat  which  immediately 
preceded  or  followed  it. 

MJcrocouslic.  An  instrument  to  increase 
the  intensity  of  feeble  sounds,  and  assist 
in  hearing. 

Microfouo.  (Spa.)  An  instrument  used 
for  the  purpose  of  augmenting  sound. 

tXicroplione.      An   instrument   for  the 


augmentation  of  small  sound;  a  micro- 
coustic. 

Microphonics.  The  art  or  science  of  in- 
creasing the  intensity  of  sounds. 

Midday  Sonj^.  A  song  among  the  Saxon 
ecclesiastics  mtended  to  be  snug  at  noon. 

Middle  Parts.  Any  parts  that  lie  between 
the  two  outside  ones. 

Middle  Voices.  A  terra  applied  to  these 
singers  who  execute  the  tenor  and  alto. 

Midniglit.  Sons.  A  song  among  the 
Saxori  ecclesiastics  designed  to  be  sung  at 
midnight. 

Mignon.    (Fre.)    Favorite. 

Militaire,  A  la.  (Fre.)  In  a  marti.il  style. 

Militarmente.  (Ita.)  In  a  military  style. 

Military  Music.  Music  intended  for  the 
army  or  navy  ;  marches,  quicksteps,  &c. 

Milote.    (Spa.)    An  Indian  dance. 

Ml  Majear.    (Fre.)    E  major. 

Mimes.  Singing  mimics,  whose  songs  and 
gestures  were  once  in  great  repute. 

Ml  3Ilneur.    (Fre.)    E  minor. 

Min.  An  abbreviation  of  Minore  and 
Minor. 

Minaccloso.  (Ita.)  In  a  menacing  man- 
ner. 

31ina^ngliluini.  (Ileb.)  A  pulsatile  in- 
strument used  by  the  Hebrews,  consisting 
of  a  square  table  of  wood  furnished  with 
a  handle.  Over  the  table  was  strctdied 
an  iron  chain,  or  hempen  cord,  passing 
through  bails  of  wood  or  brass,  which, 
stril(hig  against  the  table,  produced  a  cle;ir 
sound  heard  at  a  great  distance. 

Minder.    (Ger.)    Minor. 

Minenr.  (Fre.)  Minor,  in  relation  to 
keys  and  intervals. 

Minim.  A  half  note  the  duration  of  which 
is  equal  to  one  half  of  the  semibreve;  two 
quarter  notes  or  crotchets  (to  j  a  little 
sonc  or  poem. 

Minima.    (La.  and  Spa.)    Minim  (IC). 

Minime.    (Fre.)    A  minim  (10). 

Minim  Best.    Ilalf-note  rest  (28). 

Ministrellns.    (Lat.)    Harpist. 

Ministril.    (Spa.)    A  minstrel. 

Ministriles.    (Spa.)    Wind  instrumeats. 

Minnelieder.    ( Ger.)    Songs  of  the  min- 


(Ger.)    The  troubadours 


Minnesanger. 

of  Germany. 

Minnesinger.  (Get.)  A  love  singer  t 
one  of  the  ancient  Gwman  lyric  poets  and 
musicians. 

Minnim.  (Heb.)  The  strings  of  an  in- 
strument. 

Minor.  An  'nttTval  half  a  tone  less  than 
the  major  of  the  same  denomination ;  less 
by  a  semitone. 

Minor  Canons.  Certain  clergymen  of  the 
church  of  England,  who  occasionally  assist 
in  the  performance  of  the  service  and  an- 
them. 


MIN 


145 


MIS 


Minor  Diatonic  Scale.  That  in  which 
the  semitoues  foil  between  the  second  and 
third  and  soventh  andeipj-hthiii  aKceudiugf, 
and  between  tlie  fifth  and  sixth  and  second 
and  third  in  descending. 

Bflnore.    (Ita.)    Minor. 

Minor  Key.  A  key  having  its  third  at 
the  distance  of  three  semitones  from  the 
trnic. 

Minor  Mode.  That  of  the  only  two 
modes  recognized  in  modem  music  in 
which  tlie  third  degree  of  the  scale  from 
the  tonic  forms  the  interval  of  a  minor 
third. 

Minor  Second.  An  interval  of  conjoint 
degree  consisting  of  five  commas. 

Minor  Semlbre-ye.  A  note  among  the 
ancients  having  the  value  of  one  third  of  a 
breve. 

Minor  Semitone.  A  semitone  standing 
on  the  same  grade  with  the  fundamental 
note. 

Minor  Seventh.  A  dissonant  int<>rval 
composed  of  four  tones  (three  mnjors  and 
one  minor)  and  two  major  semitones. 

Minor  Sixth.  A  consonant  sixth  com- 
posed of  three  tones  and  two  semitones 
major. 

Minor  Tactns.  'With  the  ancionts,  the 
act  of  beating  a  time  consisting  of  a  semi- 
tone in  a  bar. 

Minor  Third.  A  consonant  third  consist- 
ing of  a  tone  and  a  half. 

Minor  Threefold  Chord.  A  three- 
fold chord  liaving  the  interval  of  a  small 
third  between  its  fundamental  tone  and 
its  third. 

Minor  Time.  With  the  anrients,  the  time 
of  the  reversed  C,  thus  :  Q. 

Minor  Tone.  .\n  interval  between  two 
sounds,  the  ratio  of  which  is  as  nine  to 
ten,  rosnlting  from  the  dilFerence  of  the 
minor  third  to  the  fourth. 

Minor,  Tonic.  A  minor  scale  having  the 
si'.me  key  note  as  its  relative  major. 

Minor  Triad.  A  union  of  any  sound 
with  its  minor  third  and  perfect  fifth. 

Minstrels.  Poet-mu<;ician8  of  the  tenth 
and  eleventh  centuries,  wliose  profession 
it  was  to  go  from  place  to  place  singing 
panegyrical  songs  and  verses  on  their  oc- 
casional benefactors,  accompanying  them- 
Bclves  on  the  harp,  viol,  or  other  instru- 
ment; a  bard;  a  singer  and  harper;  a  mu- 
sician. 

Minstrels,  Ethiopian.  Companies  of 
vocalists,  who,  with  blackened  faces  and 
hands,  and  grotesquely  attired,  give  public 
entertainments,  consisting  of  negro  songs, 
jokes,  conundrums,  dances,  &c.,  accom- 
panied witli  violins,  banjos,  castanets,  &c. 

Minstrel,  Squire.  A  title  formerly  given 
to  a  professional  minstrel,  a  character 
combining  the  offices  of  poet,  singer,  and 
musician. 

Minstrelsy.  The  performance  of  a  min- 
strel; instruments  used  by  minstrels;  in- 

13 


Btrumental  harmony;  a  company  of  ma- 
fiicians  or  minstrels;  a  general  name  for 
the  national  songs  of  a  people. 

Minne.    (Spa.)    A  minuet. 

Minnet.  A  slow,  graceful  dance;  a  tune 
or  air  in  ?  time  to  regulate  the  movements 
of  the  dance;  a  movement  of  a  quicker 
time  formerly  used  as  the  conclusion  of 
overtures,  sonatas,  &c. 

Mlnnetteu.    (Ger.)    Minuets. 

Minuetto.    (/to.)    A  minuet. 

Minnctto  Alternatlvo.  (Tta.)  Alter- 
nately perform  the  minuet  and  trio. 

Miniige.  (/to.)  Strings  of  instruments; 
cat  gut. 

Milium.  A  little  song  or  poem;  a  note 
of  slow  time,  containing  two  crotchets; 
a  minim. 

Minute  Bell.  A  bell  sounded  regularly  at 
intervals  of  one  minute. 

Mirins;.  (./at'.)  Music  of  the  Javanese, 
designed  to  accompany  theatrical  repre- 
sentations. 

Mirllton.    (Fre.)    A  reed  pipe. 

Misa.    (Spa.)    Mass. 

Misa  del  Gallo.    (Spa.)    Midnight  mass. 

Misch-Masch.  (Ten.)  A  pot-pourri;  a 
medley. 

Miserere.  (Laf.)  Have  mercy;  a  psalni 
of  supplication ;  a  musicjil  composition 
adapted  to  the  51st  Psalm. 

Misericord.  A  miserere;  a  composition 
used  in  Catholic  churches;  a  seat  in  a 
choir  stall. 

Mlsericordla.  (Lat.)  A  small  movable 
seat  in  the  choir  of  a  church;  a  miserere. 

Mishrokltha.    (Cha.)    A  flute;  a  pipe. 

Misltlu.    A  small  bagpipe. 

Mlssa.    (Lat.)    A  mass. 

Missa  Brevis.    (Lat.)    A  short  mass. 

Mlssa  Canonica.  (Lat.)  Canonical  ma^s. 

Missal.  Of  or  pertaining  to  the  Iloman 
Catholic  mass  book. 

Mlssa  Solemn.    (Lat.)    Solemn  mass. 

Missel.    (I're.)    The  Missal;  mass  book. 

Mlssklingen.    ( Ger.)    To  sound  amiss. 

Misslaut.  (Ger.)  Unharmonious,  dis- 
cordant sound. 

MIsslauten.  (Ger.)  To  sound  inharmo- 
niously. 

Missound.    To  sound  a  note  incorrectly. 

Mlss-Stimmen.    (Ger.)    To  put  out  of 

tune. 
Miss-Stlmmi^.    (Ger.)   Discordant;  dis 
sonant. 


Miss-Stlmming. 

discord. 


( Ger.)      Dissonance ; 


Misterloso.  (Ita.)  In  a  mystei-ious  man- 
ner. 

Mistero,  Con.  (Ita.)  With  an  air  of 
mystery. 

Mlstlo.  ( GrJc.)   An  ancient  Greek  term  for 


MIS 


146 


MOD 


ao  arrang^ing  the  sounds  of  a  melody  that 

the  voice  or  instrument  might  be   kept 

within  a  certain  compass. 
Mlsto.    (Grlc.)    Mixed;  a  term  eiven   by 

the  ancients  to  some  of  their  modes. 
Mistnne.    To  tune  incorrectly;  to  put  out 

of  tune. 
Mistaned.    Put  out  of  tnne. 
Mlsnrato.    (Ita.)    In  measured  or  strict 

time. 
MU.    {Ger.)    With. 
Mtt    Abvvechselen   den    Maunalen. 

(Ger.)    Alternately  from  the  choir  to  the 

great  organ. 
Mlt   Be^leitnngf.    (C?er.)    With  an  ao- 

companiment. 
Mlt  £lnhalliger  Stimme.  (,Ger.)  With 

one  voice. 
9Ilt  Gediimpfter  Stlmme.  {Ger.)  With 

a  voice  moderately  loud. 

Mlt  Oefube.  (Ger.)  With  feeling  and 
sentiment. 

Mlt  Keckhelt  Vor^je  Tragen.  (Ger.) 
With  a  bold  and  vigorous  style  of  per- 
formance. 

Mlt  KUngendem  Spiele.  (Ger.)  With 
drums  beating. 

Mltlanten.  ( Ger.)  To  sound  at  the  same 
time,  or  in  common  with. 

MltleldsTolI.    ( Ger.)    Compassionate. 

Mlt  Sanften  Stlmmen.  (Ger.)  With 
soft  stops,  — used  in  organ  music. 

Mlt  Sang  und  Klang.  (Ger.)  In  the 
midst  of  vocal  and  instrumental  music. 

Mlt  Starken  Stimmeu.  (Ger.)  With 
loud  stops,  —  used  in  organ  music. 

Mlttel-lant.    (Ger.)    Middle  sound. 

Mlttelmasslg.    (Ger.)    Middling. 

Mlttelstlmmen.  (Ger.)  The  middle 
parts. 

Mlt  Voile  Orgel.  (Ger.)  With  fuU  or- 
gan. 

Mixed  Cadence.  The  triad  on  the  sub- 
dominant  followed  by  that  on  the  dom- 
inant. 

Mixed  Canon.  A  canon  of  many  parts, 
in  which  the  parts  begin  at  diiferent  in- 
tervals. 

Mlxo-I^ydlan.  The  name  of  one  of  the 
ancient  modes;  the  Hyper-Dorian. 

Mlxo-Hiydlan  Sharp.  The  Hyper-Ioni- 
an of  the  ancient  Greek  system. 

Mixture  Stop.  An  organ  stop  compris- 
ing two  or  more  ranks  of  pipes,  sounding 
shriller  than  the  sesquialtera,  and  only  de- 
signed to  be  used  with  that  and  other  stops ; 
the  furniture  stop. 

M.  M.   The  initials  of  Mailzcl's  Metronome. 

Mobile.  ( Grk.)  Name  given  by  the  Greeks 
to  the  two  middle  chords  of  each  tetra- 
chord. 

Mobiles  Suonl.  (Tta.)  Movable  sounds; 
the  second  and  third  sounds  of  every  tet- 
BWhord  of  the  ancient  system. 


Moclganga.    (Spa.)    Amuuicalinterlaifl 

Mode.  In  ancient  mfslc,  the  order  of  the 
sounds  forming  what  lu  termed  in  modern 
language  the  scales;  key;  in  m(  1crn  music, 
the  major  and  minor  of  the  »X  tonic  scile 
or  series  of  tones. 

Mode,  Doric.  The  first  of  the  authentic 
modes  in  the  system  of  the  ancient  Greeks, 
employed  on  martial  and  religious  occa- 
sions. 

Mode,  Major.  One  of  the  two  modem 
modes ;  that  in  which  the  third  from  the 
key  note  is  major. 

Mode,  Minor.  That  in  which  the  third 
degree  of  the  scale  from  the  tonic  forms 
the  interval  of  a  minor  third. 

Mode,  Orthlan.  One  of  the  ancient  Greek 
musical  modes;  in  the  orthian  style; 
quick  and  pleasing. 

Moderatamente.    (Ita.)    Moderately. 

Moderatlsslnto.    In  very  moderate  time. 

Moderato.  (Ita.)  A  time  of  a  moderate 
degree  of  quickness. 

Moderato  Assal,  con  Molto  Sentl" 
mento.  (Ita.)  A  very  moderate  degree 
of  movement,  with  much  feeling. 

Moderazlone,  Con.  (Ita.)  With  a  de- 
gree of  quickness. 

Modere.    (Fre.)    Moderate. 

Mode,  Relative.    A  relative  key. 

Modema,  Alia.  (Ita.)  In  the  modem 
style. 

Modern  Music.  Music  composed  withhi 
the  last  century. 

Modes,  Ancient.  The  modes  or  3cales 
of  the  ancient  Greeks  and  Romans. 

Modes,  Authentic.  Church  modes  the 
melody  of  which  was  confined  within  the 
tonic  and  its  octave. 

Modes,  Church.  The  ancient  modes 
called  by  the  following  names :  Dorian, 
Phrygian,  Lydian,  Mixo-Lydian,  .£oIian, 
Ionian  or  lastian. 

Modes,  Sccleslastlcal.  The  ancient 
church  modes. 

Modes,  Irregular.  Modes  running 
many  degrees  Doth  above  and  below  their 
octaves. 

Modes,  Plagal.  Those  modes  in  th« 
Greek  system  whose  tones  reached  from 
the  dominant,  or  fifth,  upwards  to  th« 
octave  and  twelfth. 

Modestamente.  (Tifrt.)  Modestly;  quietly. 

Modification.  The  tempenrment  of  the 
sounds  of  those  instruments  whose  tones 
are  fixed,  which  gives  a  greater  degree  of 
perfection  to  one  key  than  another,  and 
produces  between  them  a  character'stio 
difference,  as  in  organs,  pianofortes,  and 
similar  instruments. 

Modinha.  (Por.)  A  short  Portuguce* 
song. 

Mod"'    An  abbreviation  of  Moderato, 
Modo.    (Spa.  and  Ita.)    A  mode. 


MOD 


147 


MOL 


Modo    Slaggtore.     (/to.)     Tlie    ms^or 

mode. 

Slodo  Slagglore  Imperfetto.  (Tta.) 
In  ancient  music,  two  lines  across  two 
8p:.ces,  showing  tliat  the  large  contained 
eight  scmibreves. 

Itlodo  Majore  Perfetto.  {Ita.)  In  an- 
cient music,  three  lines  across  three 
spaces,  and  three  others  across  two  only, 
showing  the  large  to  contain  three  longs. 

Modo  Alinore.    (/to.)    The  minor  mode. 

Modo  Minore  Imperfetto.  (/to.)  In 
aufieut  music,  a  line  drawn  across  two 
Bpaccs,  fixing  the  value  of  the  long  to  two 
breves. 

Modo  Minore  Pcrfetto.  (/to.)  In  an- 
cient music,  one  line  across  tliree  spaces, 
showing  that  the  long  contained  three 
breves. 

Mod'to.    An  abbreviation  of  Moderato. 

Modular.  iSpa.)  To  modulate;  to  smg 
with  harmony  and  variety  of  sound. 

Modnlacion.    {Spa.)    Modulation. 

Modulare.    (/to.)    To  modulate;  tune. 

Modulate.  To  rise  or  fall  from  one  key 
to  another;  to  execute  vocal  or  instru- 
mental music  with  due  regard  to  a  spcciflc 
key. 

Modulation.  A  transition  from  one  key 
to  another,  brought  about  by  the  aid  of 
one  or  more  notes  or  harmonics  which  are 
common  to  the  key  left  and  to  that  which 
is  arrived  at;  the  art  of  inflecting  the 
voice  or  .iny  instrument  musically  and  In 
an  agreeable  manner;  the  musical  rise  and 
fall  of  the  voice  or  other  sound. 

Modulation,  Abrupt.  Sudden  modula- 
tion into  keys  which  arc  not  closely  related 
to  tlie  original  key. 

Modulation  Deceptive.  Any  modula- 
tion by  wliicli  the  ear  is  deceived  and  led 
to  aa  unexpected  harmony. 

Modulation,  inharmonic.  A  modu- 
lation produced  by  altering  the  notation 
of  one  or  more  intervals  belonging  to  some 
characteristic  chord,  and  tliiis  clianging 
the  key  and  tlie  harmony  into  whicli  the 

,  chord  would  naturally  have  resolved. 

Modulation,  Kxtraneons.  A  modula- 
tion into  some  other  than  the  original  key 
and  its  relatives. 

Modulation,  Gradual.  Modulation  in 
which,  before  the  modulating  chord,  some 
chord  is  taken  which  m.iy  be  considered  as 
belonging  either  to  the  key  we  are  in  or 
that  wliich  immediately  follows  it. 

Modulation,  Harmonic.  A  change  in 
the  harmony  from  one  key  to  another. 

Modulation,  Melodial.  A  change  from 
one  key  to  another,  produced  by  the  result 
of  successive  melodic  intervals. 

>Todulation,  Melodic.  A  melodial  mod- 
ulation. 

Klodnlatton,  Natural.  The actoftran- 
sition  fiom  one  key  to  anotlior,  of  which 


the  signature  differs  not  more   thau  one 

sharp  or  one  Hat. 

Modulation,  IVote  of.  A  note  intro- 
ducing a  new  kov;  usually  applied  to  the 
leading  note  or  sharp  seventh  of  the  key 
introduced. 

Modulation,  Passine.  A  form  of  ccod- 
nlalion  which  loaves  a  key  nearly  as  sooa 
as  entered  upon. 

3Xodulatton,  Protracted.  A  modula- 
tion, which,  before  passing  to  its  natural 
harmony,  moves  to  an  intermediate  one. 

Modulation,  Sudden.  A  form  of  mod- 
ulation iu  wliich  the  modulating  chord  is 
preceded  by  one  which  is  not  doubtful. 

Modulation,  Transient.  A  passing^ 
modulation. 

Modulator.  He  who,  or  that  which, 
modulates  or  attunes;  a  tuner. 

Modulatore.    (/to.)    Singer;  tuner. 

Modulazione.    (/to.)    Modulation. 

Modulor.  {Lot.)  To  modulate ;  to  com- 
pose. 

Modus.    {Lot.)    Mode. 

Modus  iE:olins.    {Lat.)    The  .^olic  key. 

Modus  Dorius.  {Lat.)  Name  given  by 
the  ancient  Greeks  to  one  of  their  modes 
or  keys  —  the  Doric. 

Modus  lonius.     {Lat.)    One  of  the  old 

Greek  keys  —  tlie  Ionic. 
Modus  Mixo-I^j'dius.  {Lat.)  The  Mixo- 

Lydiaa  key. 
Modus  Mixo-Phrjrgius.     {Lat.)     The 

Mixo-Phrygian  key. 

Modus  Pliryglus.  {Lat.)  The  Phrygian 
mode. 

Moerologists.  f  GrZr.)  Professional  mourn- 
ers, whose  office  it  was  to  accompany 
funeral  processions,  singing  dirges. 

Mohentanz.  {Ger.)  Moorish  dance;  mor- 
rice. 

Moins.    {Fre.)    Less. 

Moins  lent  que  Xiargo.  {Fre.)  Less 
slow  thau  largo. 

Moll.     {Ger.)    Minor  in  relation  to  modes 

and  keys. 
Molle.     {Fre.)     Soft   or  sweet;    a    t«rm 

signifying  that  the  tone  is  a  small  second 

or  half  degree  lower  than  its  usual  pitch. 
Slollemente.  (/to.)  Softly  ^  effeminately' 
Mollis.     {Lat.)    Soft. 
Moloso.    {Spa.)    A  foot  of   Latin  verse, 

consisting  of  three  long  syllables;  Molos- 

sic  rhythm. 
Molosslc  Rhythm.  Three  long,  strongly 

accented  syllables  in  succession. 
Molossus.     (Grk.)    In  Greek  and  Latin 

verse,  a  foot  of  tlirec  long  syllables. 
Molto.    (/to.)    Very ;  extremely. 
Molto  Adagio,    (/to.)    Extremely  slow, 
Molto  Allegro,    {ita.)    Very  quick. 

Molto  Caratterc,  Con.  (/to.)  With 
character  and  cmunasis. 


MOL 


148 


JtOR 


Slolto  UToaao.  (Ita.)  With  quick  emotioa. 
Molto    Passione,    Con.     (Ita.)     In    a 

highly  Jieeling  and  cfiective style;  with  pas- 

Bioniitc  expression. 
aiolto  Sentlmento,  Con.    (,Ita.)    With 

much  feeling  and  sentiment. 
Blolto   Sosteuato.    {Ita.)    In  a  manner 

very  muRh  sustained, 
Molto  Staccato  con  Grazla.    {Ita.)    In 

staccato  style,  and  with  grace. 
Molto  Vibrato.    {Ita.)    Very  violent  or 

rapid. 
Molto  Vivace.    {Ita.)    Very  lively. 
Molto  Voce.    {Ita.)     With  full  voice. 
Monacordia.    {Spa.)    Monochord. 
Monanlos.    {Gi-lc.)    A  species  of  single 

flute,  of  higher  antiquity  than  the  lyre. 

Its   shape  was   crooked,  something  like 

that  of  a  bull's  horn. 
Mondiulias.   {For.)  Portuguese  national 

songs,  usually  improvised. 
Monferlna.    {Ita.)    A  very  lively  dance ; 

a  tunc  in  g  time,  to  accompany  the  move- 
ments of  the  dance. 

Monocliord.  {Grlc.)  An  instrument  with 
one  string,  for  ascertaining'  and  elucidat- 
ing tlie  matlicmatical  relations  of  musical 
sounds. 

Monocbord  Pedal.  The  one-stringed 
pedal. 

Monocorde.    {Fre.)    On  one  string. 

Monocordo.    {Ita.)    On  one  string. 

Monodia.    {Ita.)    A  monody. 

Monodic.  {Itn.)  Resembling  or  possess- 
ing the  nature  of  a  monody. 

Monodica.  {Ita.)  A  melody  for  one  voice ; 
monody. 

Monodle.    {Fre.)    A  monody, 

Monodram.    {Ger.)    A  monodrame. 

Mouodrama.  {Itn.)  A  musical  drama 
in  which  only  one  actor  appears ;  a  mono- 
drame. 

Monodrame.  A  drama  i>erformcd  by  a 
single  individual. 

Monody.  A  song  or  melody,  expressive 
of  grief,  intended  to  be  performed  by  a 
single  voice;  in  ancient  music,  any  compo- 
sition designed  for  a  single  voice ;  a  solo. 

Monologue.  A  poem,  song,  or  scene, 
written  and  composed  for  a  single  per- 
former. 

Monoinometer.  {Grk.)  A  rhythmical 
scries  consisting  of  but  one  meter. 

Monoplionic.  {Grk.)  Single-voiced; 
liaving  but  one  part. 

Monophthongal.  Consisting  of,  or  hav- 
ing, but  one  sound. 

Monopod;f.  (Grk.)  A  measure  consisting 
of  but  a  smgle  foot. 

Monorhyme.  {Grk.)  A  composition  in 
verse,  in  which  all  the  lines  end  in  the 
same  rhyme. 

Monosticli.  {Grk.)  A  composition  con- 
sisting of  one  verse  only. 


Monostropfiie.  (Grk.)  HaTing one  stro- 
pile  only ;  not  varied  in  measure. 

Monosyllabic  Verse.  A  verse  consist- 
ing of  words  of  one  syllable. 

Monotone.  The  utterance  of  successive 
syllables  on  one  unvaried  key,  or  line  of 
pitch. 

Monotonia.  {Spa.)  Monotone;  monotony. 

Monotonie.    {Ger.)    Monotony. 

Monotono.    {Spa.)    Monotonous. 

Monotouons.  A  term  applied  to  any  in- 
strument or  voice  lackinfj  variety  in  ca- 
dence or  inflection;  a  dull  uniformity  of 
sound. 

Monotony.  A  wearisome  sameness  of 
sound ;  a  continued  repetition  of  the  same 
tone  or  tones. 

Mouta.  (Spa.)  A  trumipet  signal  for  cav- 
alry to  mount. 

Montant.    (Fre.)    Ascending. 

Montaut  de  Cloche.    {Fre.)    A  belfiy. 

Montre  d'Orgne.  {Fre.)  The  range  of 
pipes  in  the  front  of  an  organ. 

Mood.  Style  or  manner  of  composing  or 
executing. 

Moorlsb  Dram.    At.imborine. 

Moral  izations.  Old  Scotch  puritanical 
songs. 

Moravian  Mnslc.  The  music  of  the  Mo- 
ravian church,  in  which  the  congregation 
unite,  the  tunc  being  an  old  German  clio- 
ral,  to  which  the  organist  plays  a  varied 
accompaniment,  introducing  an  interlude 
of  a  few  chords  between  each  line 

Morbldezza,  Con.  {Ita.)  With  excessive 

delicacy. 

Morcean.  {Fre.)  A  very  choice  and  select 
musiciil  composition  or  performance;  a 
fine  phrase  or  passage. 

Morcean  d'Ensemble.  {Fre.)  A  piece 
harmonized  for  several  voices. 

Mordante.    A  mordente. 

Mordente.  {Ita.)  A  grace  formed  by  al- 
ternating the  principal  note  several  times 
with  the  note  above  or  below;  a  sliort 

6h:ike  (07,  ys). 

Mordente,  German.  An  ornament  con- 
sisting of  the  alternation  of  a  tone  with  the 
next  below  it  in  such  a  way  that  the  chief 
tone  of  the  melody  is  in  every  instance 
the  prominent  one  in  the  division  of  th« 
measure. 

Mordente,  Italian.  An  ornament  con 
sisting  of  the  alternation  of  a  tone  with 
the  next  tone  above  it. 

Mordente,  liong.  The  short  mordente 
repeated  ;  a  mordente  of  four  notes  (l)(i.  Us). 

Mordente,  Short.  A  mordente  compris- 
ing the  note  having  the  sign  (Uo)  over  it, 
and  that  below  to  be  played  bel'ore  the 
principal  note  (97). 

Morendo.  (Ita.)  Gradually  diminishing 
tlie  sound  oftlio  voir*  or  instrument  till  it 
dies  away,  and  at  the  same  time  slackening 
the  time. 


MOR 


149 


MOV 


Moregque.     {Fre.)     Morrice ;  a  Moorish 

fiance. 
niorisco.  A  Moorish  dance,  or  a  dancer  of 

it ;  tlie  morris  dance. 
Aloriaco,  Alia.    {Ita.)     la  the  Moorish 

style. 
]IIorisk.    {Moo.)    The  morris  dance. 
Mormorainento.      {Ita.)      A   murmur; 

buzzing  ;  purliugf ;  warbling'. 
Mormorando.      {Ita.)      With  a  gentle, 

murmuring  sound. 

Morinorare.  (Ita.)  To  murmur  or  war- 
ble. 

Morrice  I>ance.  An  Old  military  Moor- 
isli  dance,  accompanied  with  the  sound  of 
bells  and  clashing  of  swords ;  the  morris 
dance. 

Bf  orris.    The  morris  dance. 

Ittorris  I>ance.  A  dance  formerly  com- 
mon in  England,  usually  connected  with 
pageants  and  processions,  especially  those 
of  the  3Iay  games,  and  performed  with 
castanets,  tambours,  <fec.,  by  youn^  men  in 
loose  frocks,  with  bells  at  their  leet,  and 
ribbons  of  various  colors  tied  around  their 
arms  and  flung  across  their  shoulders. 

Morrislce  Dance.    The  morris  dance. 

Mort.  A  tune  sounded  by  huntsmen  at 
the  death  of  the  game. 

Itlosso.    (Ita.)     Moved. 

Mosso,  molto.  (Ita.)  In  a  quick,  emo- 
tional style. 

IHlostra.    (Ita.)    A  direct  (U4). 

Mot.  A  note  or  brief  strain  on  a  hunting 
horn  or  bugle ;  an  abbreviation  of  Motet. 

Motet.  A  very  ancient  form  of  vocal  mu- 
sic, consisting  of  elaborate  compositions 
formed  of  several  parts,  the  subjects  of 
which  were  generally  sacred ;  at  the 
present  time,  any  composition  adapted  to 
sacred  words.  In  church  style,  that  is  not 
classed  with  masses  or  anthems. 

Motette.    (Ger.)    A  motet. 

Motetten.    (Ger.)    Motets. 

Motetti.    (Ita.)    Motets. 

Mo'tetto.    (Ita.)    A  motet. 

Motetto  per  Voci  Sole.  (Ita.)  A  motet 
for  voices  without  accompaniment;  a  mo- 
tot  each  part  of  which  is  for  a  single 
voice. 

Motetas.    (Lot.)    A  motet. 

Motif.  (Fre.)  Motive;  the  subject,  theme, 
or  prominent  passage. 

Motion.  The  movement  of  voices  or  har- 
monic parts,  of  which  there  are  three 
kiuils,  direct,  contrary,  and  oblique.  The 
first  refers  to  two  parts  having  a  similar 
movement,  the  second  to  parts  moving  in 
opposite  direction.'!,  the  third  to  whore 
one  part  ascends  or  descends  while  the 
othor  remains  stationary. 

Motion,  Contrary.  The  movement  of 
one  part  in  an  opposite  direction  to 
another. 

Blotion,  Direct.  Parallel  or  similar  mo- 
13* 


tion ;  the  movement  of  two  or  raoro  parts 
in  harmony  in  the  same  direction. 

Motion,  Oblique.  The  relative  motion 
between  two  parts  when  one  ascends  or 
descends  while  the  other  remains  station- 
axy. 

Motion,  Begnlar.    A  similar  motion. 

Motion,  Similar.  A  motion  in  which 
two  or  more  parts  always  ascend  or  de- 
scend at  the  same  time. 

Motive.  Notes  forming  the  basis  of  a 
composition,  and  brought  into  prominence 
at  various  times  through  the  whole ;  the 
characteristic  and  predominant  passage  of 
an  air ;  the  theme  or  subject  of  a  compo- 
sition. 

Motivi.  (Ita.)  The  themes  of  a  compo- 
sition. 

Motivo.  (Ita.,  Spa.,  and  Por.)  The  sub- 
ject or  prominent  passage  of  a  musical 
composition. 

Moto.  (Ita.)  Movement;  manner  of  more- 
ment ;  an  increased  rapidity  of  movement. 

Moto  Accelerate.  (Ita.)  Accelerated 
motion. 

Moto  Contrario.  (Ita.)  In  contrary 
movement ;  a  term  used  in  counterpoint 
to  imply  that  one  part  moves  in  an  oppo- 
site direction  to  another. 

Moto  Obliquo.    (Ita.)     Oblique  motion. 
Moto  Retto.    (Ita.)    Direct  motion. 
Motteggiando.     (Ita.)      Jeeringly ;  jo* 

cosely. 
Motns.    (Lot.)    Motion;  movement. 
Motus  Contrarius.      (Lat.)      Contrary 

movement. 

Motus  Obliquus.  (Lat.)  Oblique  move- 
ment. 

Motus  Rectus.    (Lat.)    Similar  or  direct 

movement. 
Mou§;lIc.    (lius.)    Music. 
Mouthed,  Full.      Possessing  a  full  or 

strong  voice. 
Mouthing.     The  utterance  of  words  in 

singing  with  an  affected  fulness  of  sound. 
Month  Or^an.  The  shepherd's  pipe ;  the 

Pandean  pipes. 
Mouth-piece.  An  appendage  of  a  trumpet 

or  similar  instrument  to  which  the  mouth 

is  ai)plied  while  performing. 
Mouventent.    (Fre.)     Time ;  movement. 
Monvement  de  I^'Archet.  (Fre.)  Bow- 
ing ;  movement  of  the  bow. 

Movable  liever.  A  lover  connecting  tL« 
draw  stops  with  the  sliders  in  an  organ. 

Movement.  A  single  strain  of  music, 
or  any  part  of  a  composition  comprehended 
under  the  same  measure  or  time. 

Movement,  Organ.  A  system  of  levers 
with  tljcir  appendages,  called  trackers, 
rollers,  roller-board,  &c.,  in  an  organ, 
which  serves  to  transmit  the  .action  of  the 
keys  to  the  wind-chest,  pallets,  and  sound- 
board. 

Movtmento.    (Ita.)    Timo ;  movement. 


MOV 


100 


MUS 


Sfwvlinento  Contrarlo.    {Ita.)    A  con- 
trary movement. 
M.  P.    The  initials  of  Afezzo  Piano. 
AI.  S.    The  initials  of  Mano  Sinistra. 

Mu.  A  syllable  applied  to  the  fourth  note 
of  the  Hindoo  scale  in  solfaiug. 

Mnance.  (.Fre.)  A  division  in  music; 
chang^e  of  a  note. 

Muddliuin.     (Hin.)      The  name  of  the 

fourth  note  in  the  Hindoo  musical  scale. 
Sfuet.    (Fre.)    Mut«. 
Muff.    (Ger.)    Sound  like  barking. 

Muffled  Drums.  Drums  having  national 
flags  wound  around  them  for  the  purpose 
of  deadening  their  sound  on  funeral  oc- 
casions. 

Muffled  Tones.  Tones  produced  on  a 
giiitar  by  layings  the  fingers,  or  the  palm 
of  the  hand,  agamst  the  strings  just  played, 
after  allowing  them  to  vibrate  their  writ- 
ten value ;  deadened  tones. 

Multisonous.  (Lot.)  Having  many 
sounds ;  loud  sounding. 

Mumble.  To  utter  with  a  low,  inarticu- 
late voice. 

Mundane  Music.  One  of  the  divisions 
in  which  the  ancients  classed  music,  bein<' 
that  emanating  from  terrestrial  bodies  and 
their  motions. 

Mnndrica.  (M«.)  The  third  of  the 
Srootis  into  which  the  first  note  of  the 
Hindoo  scale  is  divided. 

Muudstuck.  (Ger.)  Mouth-piece;  em- 
bouchure; reed. 

Mundutee.  {Hin.)  The  first  of  the  Sroo- 
tis into  which  the  dhyvut,  or  sixth  note  of 
tlie  Hindoo  scale,  is  divided. 

Munterkclt.     {Ger.)    Sprightliness. 

Murmeln.    ( Ger.)    To  murmur. 

Mnrmelnd.    (Ger.)    Murmuring. 

Mnrmngear.  (Spa.)  To  murmur;  to 
utter  iu  a  low  voice. 

Murmur.  A  low,  confused,  indistinct 
sound. 

Mus.  An  abbreviation  of  Afusfc,  Aft(«ician. 

Mnsa.    {Lat.)    A  muse. 

Musars.  Itinerant  masicians  who  per- 
formed on  the  musette. 

Mus.  Bac.     An  abbreviation  of  Bachelor 

in  Music. 
Mus.  I>oc.    An  abbreviation  of  Doctor  in 

Music. 
Muse.    Name  originally  given  to  the  muz- 
zle or  tube  of  tlie  bagpipe  ;  in  Greek  my- 
thology, one  of  the  nine  fabled  goddesses 
presiding  over  art,  literature,  or  music. 

Muses.  In  mythology,  the  nine  sister  god- 
desses supposed  to  preside  over  the  literal 
arts. 

Musetta.    (Ita.)    A  musette. 

Musette.  A  small  bagpipe  formerly  in  use, 
having  a  soft  and  sweet  tone ;  an  air 
adapted  to  the  musette,  generally  written 


in  common  time,  and  of  a  rustic  cbaraeter  i 
a  dance  of  similar  style. 

Music.  A  succession  of  sounds  combined 
and  regulated  by  the  laws  of  melody  and 
rhythm  ;  a  science  which  teaches  the 
properties,  dependencies,  and  relations  of 
melodious  sounds. 

Musica.    (Lat.)    Music. 

Musica  Antiqua.  (iMt.)  Ancient  ma- 
sic ;  a  term  applied  to  the  music  of  the 
Greeks  and  Romans  to  the  eleventh  cen- 
tury. 

Musica  Arithmetica.  (Lat.)  That  part 
of  musical  science  which  considers  sounds 
by  the  help  of  numbers. 

Musica,  Ars.    (Lat.)    The  art  of  music. 

Musica  Artiflcialis.  (Lat.)  Musicthat 
is  not  performed  by  the  natural  organs  of 
the  voice,  but  by  instruments. 

Musica  Attiva.  (Ita.)  That  part  of  mu- 
siail  science  which  regards  only  the  exe- 
cution, without  considering  the  reasons  or 
cause  of  the  good  effect  of  such  execution. 

Musica  Choraica.  (Lat.)  Dancing  mu- 
sic. 

Musica  Choralis.  (Lat^)  The  music  of  4 

chorus  or  chant. 

Musica  Cliromatica.  (Lat.)  A  style 
of  music  in  which  there  are  many  chro- 
matic signs. 

Musica  Colorata.  (Lat.)  Figurative 
music,  wherein  tlie  notes  are  of  different 
value,  and  the  motions  of  various  times  ; 
the  name  given  to  the  first  deviations  from 
the  old  ecclesiastical  modes. 

Musica  Comblnatorla.  (Lat.)  That 
which  teaches  the  manner  of  combining 
the  sounds,  or  rightly  joining  them  iu  as 
many  different  manners  as  possible. 

Musica  Contemplatlva.  (Lat.)  The 
study  of  the  nature,  properties,  and  effects 
of  musical  sounds. 

Musica  Coreada.  (Spa.)  Chorus  music  j 
music  for  two  or  more  parts. 

Musica  da  Gatta.  (Ita.)  Discordant 
music. 

Musica  Dlatonlca.  (Lat.)  A  species  of 
music,  the  scale  whereof  proceeds  by  tones 
and  semitones  ;  one  of  the  genera  of  the 
ancients,  and  thought  to  be  the  first,  on 
account  of  its  being  so  easy  and  natural. 

Musica   dl   Camera.     (Ita.)     Chamber 

music. 
Musica  dl  Clklcsa.    (Ita.)    Music  for  the 

church. 
Musica  'Didactlca.  (Lat.)  A  speculative 

cousidoratiou  of  the  quantity,  proportions, 

and  different  qualities  of  souud. 

Musica  Dramatlea.  (Lai.)  Dramatical 
music. 

Muslcoe  BaecalaureuB.  (Lat.)  Bach- 
elor of  music. 

Musica  Ecclesiastlea.  (Lat.)  Maai* 
for  the  church. 


MUS 


151 


MUS 


Sluslca  £iiliarmonlca.  (Lat.)  Thnt 
systftm  of  music  wherein  the  enharmonic 
diesis  was  frequently  used. 

AInsic,  Aerial.  Music  supposed  to  be  pro- 
duced by  aerial  beings. 

Muaica  Falsa.  (Lot.)  Name  applied  by 
early  writers  to  transpositions. 

>Iasica  Flcta.    {Lat.)    Fi^'urative  music. 

Slnsica  Fisuralis.     (TmI.)     Fi»urative 

•  music  in  which  the  notes  are  of  different 

value,  an<l  the  motions  of  various  times. 

Musica  Fi^urata.  {Lot.)  Figurative 
music ;  musica  colorata. 

lUasIca  Harmonica.  (Lat.)  A  piece 
of  music  consisting  of  many  parts,  which, 
though  very  different,  when  played  to- 
gether make  a  very  agreeable  whole. 

Musica  Hlstorica.  (Lat.)  A  treatment 
of  the  origin  and  invention  of  music,  its 
modes,  notes,  instruments,  &c. ;  the  lives 
and  writings  of  authors  on  the  subject  of 
music. 

Musica  Hyporcbemata.  (Lot.)  Music 
suitable  for  biillads  and  dancing. 

Musica  Instrnmentalia.  (Xat.)  In- 
strumental music. 

Musical.  The  capability  of  producing 
music;  the  possession  of  harmonious  or 
melodious  qualities  ;  a  tuneful  condition. 

Musical  Androld.es.  Automatic  figures 
80  constructed  as  to  play  on  musical  in- 
struments. 

Musical,  Anti.  Having  no  car  for  mu- 
sic ;  opposed  to  music. 

Musical  Art.  One  of  the  liberal  arts  ; 
the  ability  to  execute  vocal  or  instru- 
mental music. 

Musical  Brachygrapby.    The  art  of 

writing  musical  notation  in  an  abbreviated 
style  by  means  of  signs,  characters,  &c. 

Musical  Cloclcs.  Clocks  containing  an 
arranjremeut  similar  to  a  barrel  organ, 
moved  by  weights  or  springs,  and  produ- 
cing various  tunes. 

Musical  Compiler.  A  person  who  forms 
a  book  by  collecting  parts  or  passages 
from  the  works  of  rarious  musical  au- 
thors. 

Musical  Convention.  A  gathering  of 
choristers  and  teachers,  for  the  study  and 
jjractice  of  music. 

Musical  Design.  The  invention  and 
conduct  of  the  subject;  the  disposition  of 
everv  part ;  the  general  order  of  the 
whole ;  counterpoint. 

Musical  Director.  A  conductor;  one 
who  arranges  and  directs  the  preparations 
for  a  concert,  and  superintends  its  per- 
formance. 

Musical  Drama.  A  drama  freely  inter- 
spersed with  songs,  ballads,  recitatives ; 
lyric  drama. 

Musical  Ear.  The  ability  of  determining 
by  the  sense  of  bearing  the  finest  grada- 
tions of  sound. 


Mnsicalement.  (Fre.)  Hnsically ;  har- 
moniously. 

Musical  Fishes.  A  species  offish  found 
in  tho  creeks  and  shallow  waters  on  the 
eastern  shores  of  Ceylon,  resembling 
perch  in  size  and  shape,  and  producing 
tones  described  to  be  like  the  gentle  firills 
of  a  musical  chord,  a  multitude  ot  tiviv 
sounds,  each  clear  and  distinct  in  itself. 

Musical  Glasses.  An  instrument  formed 
of  a  number  of  glass  goblets,  resemblmg 
finger  glasses,  which  are  tuned  by  fillin<' 
them  more  or  less  with  water,  and  played 
upon  with  the  end  of  the  finger,  damped. 

Musical  Grammar.  The  roles  by  which 
sounds  are  melodially  and  harmonically 
connected,  in  particular  cases,  as  well  as  ia 
entire  compositions. 

Musical  Kaleidoscope.  An  arrange- 
ment of  cards  upon  each  of  which  a  bar 
of  an  air  is  placed  according  to  a  certain 
key,  from  four  packs  of  which,  mingled 
together,  cards  arc  drawn,  thus  producing 
an  original  air. 

Musically.     In  a  musical,  melodious,  or 

harmonious  manner. 

Mnsicalness.  The  quality  of  being  melo- 
dious ;  musical ;  harmonious. 

Musical  I%''omenclature.  In  English 
and  (Jerman  the  123,  in  French  the  143, 
and  in  Italian  the  36  syllables  required  to 
pronounce  the  twelve  sounds  as  applied  to 
Ai*.  Bb,Cbi,D|,b.&c. 

Musical  Pandect.  A  treatise  compre- 
hending the  entire  harmonic  science. 

Musical  Pantomime.  A  performance 
of  a  dramatic  kind  the  acts  and  senti- 
ments of  which  are  expressed  by  music 
and  gestures. 

Musical  Parody,  A  piece  of  vocal  mu- 
sic to  which  an  entirely  different  set  of 
words  are  adapted  from  that  originally  in- 
tended for  it. 

Musical  Perfom»er.  A  person  who 
plays  upon  any  musical  instrument,  or 
sings. 

Musical  Scale,  Cblnese.  A  scale  con- 
sisting of  five  notes  without  semitones, 
the  music  being  written  on  live  lines  in 
perpendicular  columns,  and  the  elevation 
and  depression  of  tones  indicated  by  dis- 
tinctive names. 

Musical  Science.  One  of  the  seven  sci- 
ences of  antiquity  ;  the  tkeortf  of  music,  in 
contradistinction  to  its  practice  wbieli  is 
an  art;  a  full  and  correct  knowledge  of 
the  laws  of  harmonical  relations. 

Musical  Soiree.  Strictly,  an  evenine 
party  the  prindpal  entertainment  of  which 
IS  music ;  the  term  is  also  applied  to  a 
concert. 

Musical  Terms.  "Words  and  sentences 
appended  to  passages  of  music  for  the 
purpose  of  indicating  the  style  in  which 
they  should  be  played. 

Musical  Tragedy.  Tragic  opera;  lyric 
tragedy. 


MUS 


152 


MUS 


Music*  MelUniatica.     {Lat.)     Correct 

ariMiigomcnt. 

Musica  Melodlca.  (Lot.)  A  correct  ar- 
rangement of  music,  according  to  the 
rules  of  melody, 

Mnsica  Melopoetiea.  (Lot.)  The  art 
of  rang-inc:  and  disposing  sound  in  an 
agreeable  manner. 

Mnsica  IMensarabllis.  {Lat.)  Meas- 
ured music.  Music  iu  parts  of  dissimilar 
motion. 

Mnsica  Itlensarata.  {TmI.)  Music  the 
notos  of  which,  under  the  government  of 
certain  times,  are  unequal. 

Mnsica  Metabollca.  {Lot.)  Transposed 
music. 

Mnsica  Metrica.  {Lot.)  The  harmoni- 
ous cadence  of  the  voice. 

Mnsica  Mlsnrata.  {Lot.)  Music  com- 
posed of  notes  which,  controlled  by  cer- 
tain times,  are  unequal. 

Musica  Moderua.  (Lat.)  Modem  mu- 
sic. 

Mnsica  Modulatoria.  (£at.)  The  art 
of  teaching  to  compose  or  modulate. 

Mnsica  IVatnralis.  (_Lat.)    Vocal  music. 

Mnsica  Odlca.  (Lot.)  A  style  of  music 
suitable  for  dancing. 

Mnsica  Pathetica.  (Lot.)  A  moving 
and  affecting  kind  of  music,  that  touches 
and  causes  emotions  in  the  mind,  of  love, 
sorrow,  pity,  or  any  other  passion. 

Mnsica  Plena.    {Lot.)     Plain  chant  or 

BOUg. 

Mnsica  Poetica.  (,Lat.)  The  art  of  mu- 
sical composition. 

Mnsica  Prattlca.  (Lat.)  Practical  mn- 
Bie. 

Mnsica  Profana.  (Lat.)    Secular  music. 

Mnsica  Ratonera.  (Spa.)   Harsh  music. 

Musicare.  (Ita.)    To  sing,  play,  perform. 

Mnsica  Becitativa.  (Lat.)  Bccitative 
music. 

Mnsica  Rhythmica.  (L^t.)  The  har- 
mony or  ciidcnce  of  words  iu  prose;  a 
song  composed  to  words  in  prose. 

Mnsica  Scenica.  (Lat.)  Music  adapted 
to  theatrical  scenes. 

Mnsica  Specnlatlva.  (Lett.)  Analytical 
disquisitions  on  sounds. 

Mnsica  Syinphoniale.  (Lat.)  A  term 
ap])lied  to  a  piece  of  music  whose  parts  are 
well  concerted. 

Mnsica  Theatra.  (Lat.)  Music  arranged 
for  theatrical  effect. 

Mnsica  Theatralls.  (Lat.)  Music  suited 

to  theatrical  porlormance. 
Mnsica  Tlieorica.  (Lat.)  The  treatment 

of  sounds,  examination  of  their  natures, 

properties,  and  effects,  without  regard  to 

the  executive  part. 

Mnsica  Tragica.  (Lat,)  Lamenting, 
mournful  music;  dirges  and  funeral  an- 
thems. 


Mnsica  Vocalls.    (Lat.)    Vocal  music. 
Music,  Baclielor  of.    The  first  music  • 
degree  conferred  at  universities. 

Music,  Ball  Boont.    Dance  music. 

Mn>(ic  Board.  A  blackboard ;  a  boar(* 
employed  by  teachers  upon  which  tt 
write  notes,  exercises,  &c.,  lor  the  use  ot 
scholars. 

Mnslc  Box.  A  small  box  producing  vari- 
ous tunes  by  the  revolution  of  a  cynnder, 
moved  bv  a  spring,  in  which  small  steel 
pins  are  fixed  that  touch  steel  springs  at 
proper  intervals  of  time. 

Music,  Burlesque.  A  musical  composi- 
tion or  performance  in  which  a  trifling 
subject  is  treated  with  great  gravity,  or  aa 
a  matter  of  importance. 

Mnslc,  Calathnmpian.  A  combination 
of  discordant  sounds  ;  a  performance  out 
of  time  by  instruments  out  of  tuue. 

Music,  Cat.  A  name  given  by  the  Ger- 
mans to  combinations  of  inharmonious 
sounds ;  calathumpian  music. 

Music,  Celestial.  One  of  the  subdivis 
ions  of  music  among  the  ancients,  com- 
prehending the  harmony  of  the  sounds 
supposed  to  result  from  the  motions  of  the 
heavenly  bodies. 

Mnslc,  Clioral.  Music  composed  and 
performed  in  the  style  and  manner  of  a 
choral ;  music  in  parts. 

Mnslc,  Churcb.  The  service  of  singing 
or  chanting  in  a  church ;  music  suited  to 
church  service. 

Music,  Classical.  That  music  whicu 
from  its  intrinsic  merit  and  superior  ex- 
cellence is  worthy  of  being  studied  by 
masters  of  the  art. 

Music  Compositor.  One  who  sets  mu- 
sic type,  adjusts  and  corrects  pages  of 
music  type  preparatory  to  printing,  stereo- 
typing, or  electrotyping. 

Music,  Concerted.  Instrumental  musio 
with  various  parts  in  which  all  the  instru- 
ments are  equally  required. 

Music,  Continental.  Music  in  use  dur- 
ing the  time  of  the  American  revolution. 

Music,  Bance.  A  general  name  for  all 
the  varieties  of  music  suitable  for  dances. 

Music  Besk.  The  frame,  or  stand,  upon 
which,  for  the  convenience  of  the  per- 
former, the  book  or  sheet  of  musio  is 
placed. 

Music,  Bevotional.  Vocal  or  instm- 
mental  music  adapted  to  public  or  private 
religious  worship. 

Music,  Bidactlc.  Scales  and  exercises 
for  instruction  and  practice. 

Music  Bies.  Steel  punches,  on  one  end  of 
which  tl»o  characters  usctl  in  music  aro 
cut,  for  the  purpose  of  stamping  music 
plates. 

Music,  Bivine.  One  of  the  subdivisions 
of  music  among  the  ancients,  compi-eliend- 
ing  the  harmony  supposed  to  exist  siroong 
eelestial  minds. 


MUS 


153 


MUS 


BCnsle,  Doctor  of.  A  degree  conferred 
by  the  universities. 

Alnslc,  Elementary.  Scales  ;  exercises 
and  compositions  for  those  commencing 
the  study  of  music:  amonjj  the  ancieuts, 
the  harmony  of  the  elements  of  things. 

Bfnsle,  Embossed.  Musical  notes  printed 
in  raised  cliaractcrs,  so  as  to  enable  the 
blind  to  read  music  by  the  sense  of  touch. 

Music  Eu^aver.  One  who  stamps 
music  plates. 

9Insic,  Enharmonic.  Music  that  pro- 
ceeds by  intervals  smaller  than  the  dia- 
tonic and  chromatic. 

SInsic,  Field.  Overtures  for  trumpets 
and  other  military  musical  iustrumeuts ; 
martial  music. 

Sfnstc  Folio.  A  case  or  book  for  holding 
loose  sheets  of  music  ;  a  wrapper  used  iu 
a  music  store  for  the  convenience  of  a 
classified  arrangement  of  the  stock. 

Music,  Gregorian.  Sacred  compositions 
introduced  mto  the  musical  service  of  the 
Roman  Catholic  church  by  Pope  Gregory. 

Music,  Grotesque.  A  whimsical,  wild, 
or  odd  style  of  composition  or  perform- 
ance. 

Music,  Human.  One  of  the  subdivisions 
made  by  the  ancients  of  mundane  music, 
consisting  of  the  harmonies  of  the  facul- 
ties and  passions  of  the  human  soul. 

Music,  Hunting.  Music  suited  to  a 
huuting  tour  ;  music  of  the  chase. 

Music,  Hypocritic.  All  music  suited  as 
an  accompaniment  to  scenic  performance. 

Musician.  One  who  sings,  or  performs  on 
some  instrument,  according  to  the  rules 
of  art;  one  skilled  in  the  science  of 
music. 

Musician,  Practical.  One  whose  regu- 
lar business  it  is  to  perform  on  a,  musical 
instrument,  or  to  sing. 

Musician,  Scientiflc.  One  whose  atten- 
tion is  directed  to  the  scientific  analysis 
and  study  of  music. 

Musicians,  Circumforaneous.  Itin- 
erant musicians  of  France  who  resorted 
to  the  doors  of  the  hotels  for  the  purpose 
of  entertaining  the  guests. 

Musicians,  Poet.  Ancient  bards  who 
sung  their  verses  to  melodies  of  their  own 
composing. 

Musicien.    (,Fre.)    Musician. 

Musicieune.    (Fre.)    Female  musician. 

Musiclens  par  Excellence.  (Fre.)  Mu- 
sicians of  great  excellence ;  superior  per- 
formers. 

Music,  Instrumental.  Music  composed 
for  instruments ;  music  produced  by  in- 
struments. 

Music,  Ionic.  An  airy,  light  species  of 
melody. 

Music  Ijeaf  Turner.  An  article  to  be 
sflixed  to  a  piano  desk  for  the  purpose  of 
enabling  the  performer  to  turn  the  leaves, 


and  hold  them  in  place,  without  rxidno 
the  hands  from  the  keys,  losing  a  note  or 
the  harmouy,  or  an  interval  of  time. 

Music,  Iilsbit.  Short  airs,  brief  compo 
sitions,  and  dance  music  generally. 

Music  liof  t.  A  raised  balcony  or  gallery 
in  a  churcli,  concert  room,  or  other  place 
for  the  choir  or  band. 

Music,  Magic.  A  game  in  which  a  per 
son  attempts  to  find  a  hidden  object,  his 
approach  to  it  being  indicated  by  the  rapid 
music  of  a  piano  or  other  instrument 
which  plays  more  and  more  slowly  as  he 
recedes. 

Music,  Martial.  Music  composed  or  nsed 
for  military  purposes. 

Music  Master.  A  teacher  of  the  princi- 
ples of  the  harmonic  science,  or  the  art  ol 
musical  performance. 

Music,  Measured.  Music  in  parts  of 
dissimilar  motion. 

Music,  Military.  TVarlike  music ;  muaio 
intended  for  the  army  or  navy. 

Music,  Modern.  Music  composed  within 
the  last  century. 

Music,  Moravian.  The  music  of  the 
Moravian  churcl),  in  which  the  congrega- 
tion unite,  the  tune  being  some  old  Ger- 
man choral,  to  which  the  organist  plays  a 
varied  accomp-iniment,  introducing  an  in- 
terlude between  the  verses. 

Music,  Mundane.  One  of  the  divisions 
in  which  the  ancients  classed  music,  being 
that  emanating  from  terrestrial  bodies  ana 
their  movements. 

Muslca  Orgauica.  (Lai.)  Instrumental 
music. 

Musico.  (Ita.)  A  musician;  also,  the 
name  applied  to  those  male  vocilists  who 
formerly  sung  the  soprano  parts  in  ope- 
ras, &c. 

Music  of  the  Future.  A  term  applied 
to  the  theory  of  Richard  W.agner,  and 
which  he  designates  by  the  name  of 
*'  Art-work  of  the  Future,"  in  which  he 
advocates  the  possibility  of  a  musical 
composition  of  the  loftiest  conception 
being  so  written  as  to  bo  brought  at  once 
within  the  intuitive  sense  of  the  most 
ordinary  comprehension. 

Music  of  the  Spheres.  That  harmony 
supposed  by  the  ancients  to  result  from 
the  orderly  motion  of  the  heavenly  bodies. 

Musicography.  (GrI:.)  The  symbolical 
writing  of  music ;  the  writing  of  the  notes 
of  music. 

Music,  Old  Folks'.  A  term  applied  to 
the  church  music  of  the  last  century. 

Musicomania.  (Ita.)  A  monomania  in 
which  a  passion  lor  music  becomes  so 
strong  as  to  partially  or  wholly  derange 
the  intellectual  faculties. 

Muslcone.    (Ita.)    A  great  musician. 
Musico  Pratice.  (Ita.)    A  practical  mu- 
sician. 


MUS 


1«4 


MUT 


Blnsfe,  Orcltestral.  Music  composed  for 
a  number  of  instrumeats ;  the  perform- 
ance of  an  orchestra. 

nfitj^le,  Organ.    Uusic  composed  for  the 

«>rgan. 

Muslco  Teorico.  (/to.)  A  writer  upon 
the  theory  of  music. 

Music,  Pantomimic.  Music  written 
for,  nnd  adapted  to,  the  varying  scenes  of 
a  pantomime. 

AInsic  Paper.  Paper  ruled  or  printed 
witli  a  number  of  blank  staves  upon  each 
page,  for  the  purpose  of  copying  or  writing 
musical  compositions  upon. 

Musie,  Paasion.  Music  of  the  Roman 
Catholic  church  composed  for  the  express 
use  of  passion  week. 

Music,  Pastoral.  Music  adapted  to  rural 
scenes  and  occasious. 

Music,  Plaintive.  A  style  of  music  ex- 
pressive of  sorrow. 

Mnsicprobe.  (Ger.)  A  musical  re- 
hearsal. 

Music,  Profane.  A  name  formerly  given 
to  all  music  not  adapted  to  the  service  of 
the  church  ;  secular  music. 

Music  Recorder.  An  instrument  to  be 
attached  to  a  pianoforte  for  the  purpose 
of  recording  upon  paper  the  notes  that 
are  played. 

Music  Boom.  A  room  appropriated  to 
instruction  in,  and  the  practice  of,  music. 

Music,  Rural.  Music  pertaining  to  rural 
life  and  scenery. 

Musicry.  An  obsolete  word,  signifying 
music  or  musical  performance. 

Music,  Sacred.  Music  composed  for  pub- 
lic religious  worship  or  private  devotion. 

Music,  Scenic.  Music  adapted  to  dramatic 
performances. 

Music,  Slieet.  Music  printed  on  sheets 
from  engraved  plates,  and  unbound. 

Music  Slates.  Slates  upon  which  the 
lines  of  the  staff  are  cut. 

Music  Smitli.  One  who  makes  the  metal 
plates  lor  pianofortes. 

Music,  Spirit.  Music  produced  and  ren- 
dered audible  to  us  without  the  aid  of 
human  hands  or  voices  by  the  inhabitants 
of  the  spirit-world. 

Music  Stamping.  The  impressing,  by 
me.tns  of  dies,  music  notes  upon  plates 
from  which  sheet  music  and  music  books 
are  printed  upon  a  plate  printing  press. 

Music  Stand.  A  light  frame  for  holding 
slieets  or  books  of  music  for  the  conven- 
ience of  performers. 

Music  Stool.  A  seat  for  one  who  pcr- 
loniis  on  a  piano,  raelodeon,  or  similar 
instrument,  generally  having  a  screw  fi.tod 
in  a  socket  so  that  it  can  be  raised  or  low- 
ered at  pleasure. 

Music,  Tlieatrlcal.  Compositions  de- 
signed for  the  orchestra  of  a  theatre. 

Music,  Theoretical.  Music  considered 
speculatively,  independent  of  its  practice ; 


a  general  summary  of  tlie  principles  of 
music- 
Music  Timelceeper.  An  English  instru- 
ment designed  to  enable  a  performer  to 
see,  hear,  and  keep  time  in  music  iu  any 
measure  in  which  it  is  written. 

Music  Trade-Marlc.  A  mark  adopted 
by  the  United  States  Board  of  Music  Trade, 
beino-  a  diamond  enclosing  figures  denot 
inof  the  retail  price  of  the  work  upon  whicb 
It  Is  printed,  the  figures  representing  the 
number  of  dimes  at  which  it  is  sold 
(142). 

Music,  Triumphant.  Vocal  or  instru- 
mental music  composed  or  performed  for 
the  celebration  of  victories. 

Music  Type.  The  various  characters  of 
music  cast  in  metal  for  the  purpose  of 
printing. 

Music,  Vocal.  Music  designed  for  the 
voice ;  sounds  uttered  or  modulated  by 
the  voice. 

Music,  Water.  A  term  applied  by  Handel 
to  certain  'lirs  composed  by  liim,  and  per- 
formed on  the  water  by  the  first  brind  of 
wind  instruments  instituted  in  England. 

Musilialisch.  (Ger.)  Musical;  skilled 
in  music. 

Musikant.  (Ger.)  A  musician  ;  a  com- 
mon fiddler ;  a  piper. 

Musilcanten.    (Ger.)    An  inferior  order 

of  musicians. 
Musilcer.    (Ger.)    A  musician. 
Mnsikiest.     (Ger.)    A  musical  festival. 
Musikino.    (Ger.)    A  little  musician. 
Musiklehrer.    (Ger.)    Music  master. 
Musiklenner.    ( Ger.)     A  connoisseur  io 

music ;  a  musician. 
Musikliebhaber.     (Ger.)     A  dilettante 

in  music. 

Musikmeister.    (Ger.)    Music  master. 
Musiksaal.    ( Ger.)    A  concert  saloon. 
Musikstnnde.    (Ger.)    A  music  lesson. 
Musikunterricht.     (C?er.)     Instruction 

iu  music. 
Mnsikverein.  (Ger.)    A  musical  society. 
Mnslk    Zeituns.      (Ger.)      A   musical 

paper,  or  journal. 
Mnsique.    (Fre.)    Music. 
Musique  de  Chat.   (Fre.)  Caterwauling. 
Musique    d'£glise.       (Fre.)        Churob 

music. 
Musique  de  Guitare.     (Fre.)     Guitar 

music. 
Musique  de  Raclnre.      (Fre.)     Poorj 

humdrum  playiug ;  scraping. 

Musique  £nragee.  (Fre.)  Discordant 
music. 

Musique  Voeale.     (Fre.)    Vocal  music. 

Musurgus.  (Lat.)  A  musician  or  com- 
poser. 

Mutation.  Change ;  transition  ;  tiie  trans- 
formation of  the  voice  occurring  at  tht 


MUT 


155 


NAC 


a  .fe  of  puberty ;  the  exchangina;'  of  one 
syllable  for  another  in  ascendingtne  scale. 

AliitatioD.  in  Genus.  In  ancient  Greek 
music,  when  the  air  passed  from  the  dia- 
tonic to  the  chromatic,  or  to  the  enhar- 
mouic,  nud  reciprocally. 

matation  in  Alelopoela.  In  ancient 
Greek  music,  the  transition  from  a  solemn, 
serious,  or  magnificent  strain  into  a  lively, 
gay,  and  animating  air. 

Mutation  in  Mode.  In  ancient  Greek 
music,  the  passing  from  the  Doria'4  to  the 
Phrygian,  or  to  the  Lydian,  &c.,cud  re- 
ciprocally. 

SIntatlon  tn  Rfiytltmns.  In  ancient 
Greek  music,  the  passing  from  quick  to 
slow,  or  from  one  measure  to  another. 

Mutation  in  System.  In  ancient  Greek 
music,  when  the  modulation  united  two 
disjoint  tetrachords,  or  divided  two  con- 
joint. 

Mutation  Stops.  In  an  organ,  the 
twelfth,  tierce,  and  their  octaves. 

Mntazione.  (/to.)  Mutation ;  change ; 
transition. 

Mutazione  per  Genere.  (Ita.)  A  term 
applied  to  mutation  in  music  when  a  song 
begins  in  one,  as  the  chromatic,  and  passes 
into  another,  as  the  diatonic. 

Mutazione  per  Melopoeia.  (/to.)  The 
change  of  a  song  from  gay  to  grave,  or 
from  passion  to  sentiment. 

Mutazione  per  Modo.  (/to.)  Same  as 
Mutasione  per  TuoiM, 

Mutazione   per  Systema.     (/to.)     A 


term  given  to  mut&tion  when  a  song 
passes  from  a  low  to  a  high  place  iu  the 
scale,  or  from  low  to  high. 

Mntazione  per  Tuono.  ( /to.)  That  ape. 
cies  of  mutation,  in  mode  or  tone,  in  which 
a  song  begins  in  one,  as  the  Doric,  acd 
passes  into  another,  as  the  Lydian. 

Mute.  A  8mai>  instrument  employed  to 
deaden  or  soften  the  sounds  of  a  violin  oi 
other  stringed  instrument,  by  checking  its 
vibrations. 

Mute,  ^ollan.  A  combination  of  the 
"  A  "  .£olian  pitch  pipe  and  the  mute,  for 
the  violin. 

Mute  Fisnre.  A  character  indicating  a 
pause;  anold  (113). 

Mute,  Foldlns'  Tloliu.  An  article  im- 
parting to  a  violin  a  soft,  pure  tone. 

Muthigf.    (Ger.)    Courageous;  spirited. 

Mutliwilligr-     {Ger.)    Mischievous;  ex- 
tremely lively. 
Muzzle .    The  tube  of  the  bagpipe. 

M.  V.    The  initials  of  i/e«3a  Fbce. 

Mylothros.  {Grk.)  The  Millers'  and 
Bakers'  Song  of  the  ancient  Greeks. 

Myrlologist.  ( Ork.)  One  who  composes 
or  sings  a  myriologue,  usually  a  woman. 

Myriologue.  {Grk.)  An  extemporary 
funeral  song  composed  for  and  sung  at  the 
funeral  of  a  friend. 

Mysteries.  A  term  applied  to  ancient  re- 
ligious ceremonies,  consisting  of  panto- 
mimic and  declamatory  performances  in- 
termixed with  popular  melodies,  and  from 
which  the  modern  oratorio  emanated. 


N. 


NABLA.  {Heh.)  The  nebel,  a  ten-stringed 
instrument  of  the  ancient  Hebrews; 
the  harp  of  the  Jews,  sometimes  written 
Nobel  Nasor. 

Nacatre.  {Fre.)  A  kind  of  brazen  drum, 
formerly  much  used  in  France  and  Italy. 

IVacchera.  {Ita.')  A  pulsatile  instru- 
ment similar  to  the  Spanish  castanets,  but 
larger. 

IVaccberlno.    (/to.)    Kettle  drummer. 
IVaccherone.    (/to.)    Large  kettle  drum. 
IVacliahmun^.    {Ger.)    Imitation. 
IVach    dein    Tact  Slngen.    {Ger.)    To 
slug  iu  time. 

Nacli  dem  Tact  Spielen.  {Ger.)  To 
play  in  time. 

IVach.  der  Beihe.    ( Ger.)    In  succession. 
Nachdruclc.    {Ger.)    Emphasis  ;  accent. 
IVacIidHiclillcli.     {Ger.)    Strong;   with 
great  emphasis. 

IVacliklingen.      {Ger.)      To    echo ;    to 

ring. 
Wacli-liall.    {Ger.)    Reverberation. 


IVaclk-liallen.  {Ger.)  To  resound;  to 
reecho ;  to  reverberate. 

IVacbmittagsgelaute.  {Ger.)  Binging 
for  vespers. 

IVach  IVoten  Singen.  {Ger.)  To  sing 
by  note. 

IVachsingen.  {Ger.)  To  sing  after  an- 
other; to  repeat. 

IVachspicI.  {Ger.)  A  postlude,  or  piece 
played  after  some  other. 

IVach.stver«Tandte  Tttne.  {Ger.)  Near 
est  relative  keys. 

JVachtglocke.  {Ger.)  Curfew;  evenlngf 
bell. 

IVachthoru.  (Ger.)  A  register  of  an  or- 
gan, composed  of  pipes  that  produce  a 
lugubrious  sound. 

iVachtmusllc.  {Ger.)  Night  music;  a 
serenade. 

JVachtsfiuger.  ( Ger.)  One  who  sings  at 
night. 

Bfachtstandchen.    ( (Ter.)    A  serenade 

IV«'^Iitstuck.  {Ger.)  A  night  pieoe;  a 
serenade  piece;  anocturn. 


NAC 


156 


NEB 


lV*cb  und  Nach.    ( Ger.)   Little  hj  little. 
]Tafl«.     {Per.)    A  Persian    trumpet;   the 

cheipour. 
IVaflrl.     (_Jav.)    A  trumpet  used   by  the 

Mnlnya. 
IVaf^arali.    (Per.)    The  Icettle drum  of  the 

Persians. 
PTailed    Ilariuonlca.      An    instrument 

having  steei  pegs    placed  in  a  semicircle 

and  played  witli  a  bow. 
IVaivement.    ^Fre.)    Natural ;  artless. 

IVaked.  Not  havings  the  full  complement  of 
tones ;  a  term  applied  to  a  number  of  notes 
when  those  that  complete  the  chord  are 
wanting. 

Kaker.  A  kind  of  kettle  drum  juentioned 
by  Chaucer. 

IVakokns.  (Egy.)  An  instrument  much 
used  by  the  Egyptians  in  their  Coptic 
churches  and  religious  processions,  con- 
sisting of  two  brass  plates  suspended  by 
strings,  and  struck  together  for  the  pur- 
pose of  beating  time. 

Itfiiiiiien.    {Ger.)    A  dirge ;  an  elegy. 

Narrator.  A  name  formerly  given  to  the 
chief  performer  in  an  oratorio. 

IVai-rentanz.  ( Ger.)  A  foolish  dance  ; 
fool's  dance, 

Nasal.  A  term  applied  to  a  sound  unduly 
and  improperly  affected  by  the  nose. 

Nasalize.  To  utter  words  with  a  nasal 
sound. 

Nasard.  An  ancient  organ  slop,  tuned  a 
twelfth  above  the  diapasons ;  an  ancient 
wind  instrument. 

IVasardo.  (Spa.)  One  of  the  registers 
of  an  organ. 

IVasenliaacli.    (Ger.)    A  nasal  sound. 

Nasenton.    ( Ger.)    Nasal  tone. 

Nasutus.  (irtf.)  A  wind  instrument  for- 
merly in  use,  so  called  on  account  of  its 
thick,  reedy,  or  nasal  tone.  The  French 
apply  this  term  and  Nasard  to  an  anti- 
quated organ  stop,  which  was  tuned  a 
twelfth  above  the  diapasons. 

National  ILiied.    ( Ger.)    National  song. 

National  Song^.  Songs  identified  with 
the  history  of  a  nation,  or  the  manners  and 
customs  of  its  peoi)le,  either  by  means  of 
the  sentiments  they  express  or  by  long 
use. 

Natural.  A  term  applied  to  sounds  pro- 
duced by  the  human  tliroat;  pertaining  to 
a  key  having  neither  a  flat  nor  a  sharp  for 
its  signature  :  a  sign  (57)  used  for  the 
purpose  of  removing  the  effect  of  a  pre- 
vious flat  or  sharp,  and  restoring  the  tone 
to  its  original  pitch  ;  designating  an  air  or 
modulation  of  harmony  which  moves  by 
easy  and  smooth  transitions,  digressing 
but  slightly  from  its  original  key. 

Natural  Compound  Sound.  A  sound 
proceeding  from  the  manifold  reflections 
of  the  first  sound  from  adjacent  bodies, 
given  at  the  same  moment,  and  in  the 
same  tone  and  pitch  as  the  original  note. 


Natural  Dissonant  Chords.  DisEonavt 
chords  which  do  not  oflend  the  ear,  even 
when  heard  directly,  and  without  any 
preparation. 

Natural  Harmony.  That  h.armonv  pro- 
duced by  the  natural  and  essential  chords 
of  the  mode. 

Naturall  Suonl.  {Tta.)  Sounds  within 
the  compass  of  the  human  voice  ;  natural 
sounds. 

Natural  Key.    A  key  which  has  ueitlier 

a  flat  nor  a  sharp  for  its  signature. 

Naturalmente.    (fta.)    Naturally. 

Natural  Itlodulatlon.  The  act  of  tran- 
sition from  one  key  to  another.,  of  whicb 
the  signature  differs  not  more  than  one 
sharp  or  one  flat. 

Natural  Notes.  All  notes  that  are  not 
sharps  and  flats. 

Natural  Relations.  The  relations  sus- 
tained to  each  other  by  tones  produced  by 
various  proportional  lengths  of  musical 
strings  when  combined  in  chords. 

Naturals,  Accidental.  Naturals  occa- 
sionally placed  before  notes  in  the  course 
of  a  piece. 

Natural  Scale.  The  scale  of  C,  so  called 
because  it  can  be  produced  without  the  aid 
of  sharps  or  flats. 

Natural  Tone.  A  tone  that  is  not  affected 
by  either  a  flat  or  a  sharp. 

Natural  Touch.  A  touch  produced  by 
an  easy,  unconstrained  motion  of  the  han't 
upon  the  keys,  liolding  down  each  until  tbs 
next  is  struck,  and  no  longer. 

Natural  Triad.  The  harmonic  division 
of  the  fiflli  into  two  thirds,  of  which  the 
greater  third  is  lowest. 

Nau1>lum.  (Ileb.)  An  instrument  of  the 
Phoenicians  ;  the  Nebel  Nasor. 

Nautical  Songs.  Songs  relating  to  the 
customs  of  seafaring  life. 

Nava.  (Per.)  A  certain  measure  in  the 
music  of  the  Persians,  used  to  express  the 
lamentations  of  absent  lovers. 

Nay.    ( Tur.)    A  Turkish  flute ;  the  Nei. 

Nazard  Stop.  In  an  organ,  the  twelfth 
stop. 

Neunes.  (Grk.)  One  of  the  eight  modes 
used  by  the  modern  Greeks  in  their  into- 
nations of  church  modes. 

Neapolitan  Sixth.  A  chord  composed 
of  a  minor  third  and  minor  sixth,  which  is 
situated  on  the  fourth  degree  of  the  scale. 

Nebel.    (Heb.)    The  Nebel  Nasor. 

Nebel  Nasor.  (Heb.)  The  psaltery,  an 
instrument  often  strings,  used  by  the  an- 
cient Hebrews,  supposed  to  have  been  tri- 
angular in  form,-  and  used  in  religious  wor- 
ship, —  sometimes  written  Nablum,  and 
Nabla. 

Nebenbelustiffung.  (Ger.)  Music  and 
dancing  in  the  intervals  of  a  play. 

Nebeneedanken.  (Ger. )  Accessory  and 
Buboroinate  musical  ideas. 


NEB 


167 


NOD 


IVebenzns.  (^Ger.)  In  an  organ,  an  ad- 
ditional stop. 

Necessarlo.  (7<a.)  A  term  indicating  that 
tiie  passiige  near  which  it  is  placed  must 
not  be  omitted. 

9r«chllotli.  ( ffeb.)  A  wind  instrument  of 
the  llcbrev%'8  ibnned  of  ;i  double  set  of  pipes. 

UTeck.  That  part  of  a  violin,  guitar,  or  sim- 
ilar instrument,  extending  from  the  head 
to  the  body,  and  on  which  the  Jinger-board 
Is  fixed. 

IVegbiiioth.  (Heb.)  Stringed  instruments. 

IVeginoth.  {Heb.)  A  general  name  applied 
by  the  Hebrews  to  strniged  instruments. 

Kegligeute.  (Ha.)  Negligently  ;  without 
restraint  or  strict  attention  to  the  order  of 
the  piece. 

lVegIigenza,Con.  (Ita.)  With  negligence. 

jVeg-ro  Minstrels.    Ethiopian  minstrels. 

IVeliilotb.  {Heb.)  Ancient  wind  instru- 
ments. 

Wei.    («a.)    In  the. 

IVei.  ( Titr.)  A  fashionable  musical  instru- 
ment of  the  Turks,  being  a  flute  made  of 
cane.  It  "fives  a  soft  sound  by  being  blown 
at  the  end,  at  an  angle  with  the  mouth. 

IVekeb.  (Heb.)  A  wind  instrument  of  the 
ancient  Hebrews,  formed  of  a  single  tube. 

Wei.    (Ita.)    In  the. 

JVel  Battere.  (Ita.)  In  the  down  beat  of 
the  measure. 

Welle.    (Ita.)   In  the. 

Welle  Parte  dt  Sopra.  (Ita.)  In  the 
higher  or  upper  part. 

Wello.    (Ita.)    In  the. 

Wello  Ste»80  Tempo.  (Ita.)  In  the 
same  time. 

Wenla.    (Lat.)    A  funeral  song ;  an  elegy. 

Wenlen.    (Ger.)    An  elegy. 

Wervio.    (Spa.)    String  of  an  instrument. 

Wescit  \'ox  >[lssa  reverti.  (Lat.)  A 
term  employed  in  enigmatical  canons  by 
tlie  old  masters,  denoting  that  the  conse- 
quent should  imitate  the  antecedent  by  a 
retrograde  movement. 

Wesser  Caiio.  (Aby.)  The  name  of  the 
Abyssinian  trumpet,  signifying  the  note 
of  tlie  eagle. 

Wesso.  (Lnt.)  Oneof  the  fourth  parts  into 
which  Euclid  divided  the  Melopocia. 

Wete.  (Grl:.)  The  fourth  or  most  acute 
chord  of  each  of  the  throe  totrachords 
which  lollowed  the  first  two  or  deepest  of 
the  ancient  Greek  system. 

Wete  Diezengmenon.  (Grk.)  In  an- 
cient music,  the  final  or  highest  sound  of 
tie  fourth  tetrachord,  and  the  first  or 
gravest  of  the  fifth. 

Wete  Hyperbolfieon.  (Grh.)  The  last 
Round  of  the  highest  tetrachord,  and  of 
tlie  great  system  of  the  ancient  Greeks. 

Wete  Synemmeiion.  (Grk.)  The  fourth 
or  most  acute  sound  of  the  third  tetra- 
chord of  the  ancient  Greek  diagram  when 
«oi\)olnt  with  the  second. 

14 


Wetoides.  (Grk.)  The  highest  tones  of  the 
ancient  scale  or  system. 

Wettamente.  (Ita.)  Neatly;  with  precision. 

Wetto.    (Ita.)    Neatly. 

Weu.    (Ger.)    New. 

Weumne.  (Lat.)  A  term  applied  by  old 
musicians  to  divisions  or  runuiug  passages 
upon  a  single  vowel  ,it  the  end  of  a  psalm 
or  anthem  as  a  recapitulation  of  the  whole 
melody. 

Weun.    (Ger.)    Nino. 

Weun  acktel  Takt.  (Ger.)  Measure  in 
nine-eighth  time. 

Weixnte.    (Ger.)    Ninth. 

Wennzebute.    (Ger.)    Nineteenth. 

Weutralizing  Sig^n.  The  sign  of  a  nat- 
ural (57). 

Weuvieme.  (Frt.)  The  interval  of  a  ninth. 

Weuviemes.    (Fre.)    Ninths. 

jVexus.  (Lat.)  One  of  the  four  parts  into 
which  Euclid  divided  the  melopoeia. 

Wl.  A  syllable  applied  to  the  seventh  note 
of  the  Hindoo  scale  in  solfaiug. 

Wicbt.    (Ger.)    Not. 

Wiederscblag.  ( Ger.)  The  accented  part 
of  a  bar. 

]Vledrl§^.    (Ger.)    Low  or  deep  in  voice. 

Wiggeritore.    (Ita.)    The  prompter. 

Wikbad.  (Hin.)  Thenameof  the  seventh 
note  in  the  Hindoo  musical  scale. 

Wina.    (Ita.)    A  lullaby. 

iVina  Wina.  (Spa.)  Words  without  moan- 
ing for  humming  a  tune. 

Wine-Eigbtb  Sleasnre.  A  measure  con- 
taining nine  eighth  notes  or  their  equiva- 
lent marked  9. 

WIneteentb.  An  interval  containing  two 
octaves  and  a  fifth;  the  replicate  of  the 
twelfth. 

Winnai-e.  (Ita.)  To  sing  children  to 
sleep. 

Wluth.  An  interval  containing  an  octave 
and  a  second  ;  the  chord  consisting  of  the 
common  chord  with  the  eighth  advanced 
one  note. 

Wlntb-Wour  Song.  One  of  the  songs 
of  the  Sa.xon  ecclesiastics. 

Woblle.    (Ita.)    Noble  ;  grand. 

Wobllita,  Con.  (Ita.)  Witli  nobility; 
dignified. 

Wobilmente.    (Ila.)    Nobly;  grandly. 

Wobilmeute  ed  Auinaato.  (Ita.)  With 
grandeur  and  spirit. 

Woctum.    A  nocturne. 

Woeturne.  (Fre.)  A  part  of  the  service  of 
matins  ;  a  light,  fanciful  vocal  or  instru- 
mental composition  adapted  to  a  night 
performance  or  serenade. 

Wocturno.    (Ita.)    A  nocturne. 

Wodal  Points.  Those  pohits  in  a  string 
extended  between  two  fixed  objects, 
which,  when  the  string  is  put  in  vibra- 
tion, are  found  to  remain  at  rest. 


NOD 


158 


NOT 


If Ade.  The  fixed  point  of  a  Bonorons  chord 
at  which  it  divides  itself  when  it  vibrates 
by  aliquot  parts,  and  producea  the  har- 
monic sounds,  as  the  strinjjs  of  the  ^oli- 
an  harp. 

iVoels.  (Fre.)  Christmas  carols  ;  canticles 
or  songs  of  J07  sung  at  Christmas. 

Notre.    (Fre.)    A  crotchet  (17). 

JVolre  Polntee.    (Fre.)    Dotted  crotchet. 

]¥omenclatnre,  Musical.  In  English 
and  German  the  123,  in  French  the  14:i,  .and 
in  Italian  the  36  syllables  required  to  pro- 
nounce the  twelve  sounds  as  applied  to 
A*j!,Bb,Ct:i,D|,b,&c. 

Koines.  Airs  in  the  ancient  music  sung  to 
Cybelc,  the  mother  of  the  gods,  to  Bac- 
chus, Pans  and  other  divinities.  There 
were  two-part  noraes,  so  called  because 
Bung  in  two  modes,  three-part  nomes, 
sung  in  three  modes,  viz.,  the  Doric,  Phry- 
gian, and  Lydian. 

IVoiuion.  {Grk.)  Among  the  ancient 
Greeks,  a  species  of  love  song. 

Viomo.    (Ita.)    Kome. 

IVoxttodlctal.  (Laf.)  The  umpires  at  the 
sacred  games  and  musical  contests  of  the 
ancient  Romans. 

Won.    (Ita.)    Not. 

jVona.    (Ita.)    The  interval  of  a  ninth. 

IVona  Cbord.    The  dominant  chord  with 

a  third  added  to  it. 
IVonetto.     (Ita.)    A  composition  in  nine 

parts ;  a  composition  for  nine  voices. 
Won  Alolto.    (Ita.)    Not  much. 
IVon   Molto  Allegro.    (Ita.)    Kot  very 

quick. 
Won  Kaccourclr.    (Fre.)   Unabridged, 
Won  Tanto.    (Ita.)    Not  too  much. 
Won  Troppo.    (Ita.)    Not  too  much. 
Won  Troppo  Allegro.    (Ita.)    Not  too 

quick. 
Won  Troppo   Presto.    (Ita.)    Not  too 

quick. 
Wonupla.     (Lat.)     A  quick   species   of 

time,  consisting  of  nine  crotchets  or  nine 

quavers  in  a  bar. 
Wonnpla  dl  Crome.    (Ita.)    A  species 

of  time  wherein  nine  quavers  make  a  bar, 

instead  of  eight,  as  in  common  time. 

Wonapla  dl  Seml-Crome.  (Ita.)  A  spe- 
cies oi'time  in  whi(^h  nine  semiquavers  are 
contained  in  a  bar,  instead  of  sixteen,  as 
required  in  common  time. 

Wonnpla  dl  Seml-M^Inlme.  (Ita.)  A 
specios  of  time  in  which  nine  crotchets  are 
iu  the  bar,  of  which  four  make  a  semibreve 
in  common  time. 

Wormal  Musical  Institute.  A  school, 
the  object  of  which  is  to  afford  aid  to  per- 
sons desirous  of  becoming  qualified  to 
teach  music. 

Wormal  Scale.  A  model  scale,  one 
taken  as  a  pattern  for  others. 

Wota.    (Lat,  and  Ita  )    A  note. 


Wota  Antlclpata.  (Ra.)  A  note  of  an- 
ticipation, or  that  which  is  sounded  prior 
to  others  of  the  chord  to  which  it  be- 
longs. 

Wota  Buoua.    (Ita.)    An  accented  note. 

Wota  Camblata.    (Ita.)    A  note  of  irng^- 

ular  transition. 
Wota  Caratterlstica.    (Ita.)    A  leading: 

or  characteristic  note. 
Wota  Cattlva.  (Ita.)  An  unaccented  note. 
Wota  Coronata.    (Ita.)    A  note  marked 

witli  a  hold. 
Wota  d'Abelllmento.    (Ita.)     A  note  of 

irregular  transition. 
Wota  dl  Passagglo.     (Ita.)    A  passing 

note,  or  note  of  regular  transition. 
Wotae  Abjectce.    (Lai.)  Unacknowledged 

notes. 
Wota  Intlera.    (Ita.)    A  whole  note. 
Wota  Sensiblle.    (Ita.)    The  leading  note 

of  the  scale,  orthat  note  of  the  scale  which 

is  situated  a  semitone  below  the  keynote. 
Wota   SenslbllU.     (Lat.)     The  leading 

note  of  the  scale ;  that  note  a  semitone  b^ 

low  the  key  note. 
Wota   Signata.    (Lat.)    A  note  marked 

with  a  sign. 
Wotation.  The  art  of  representing  rausicai 

sounds  and  their  various  modifications  by 

notes,  signs,  terms,  &c. 
Wotation  Indexlcal.    A  system  of  nota- 

tion  in  which  the  name  of  the  note  is  cut 

in  the  key  of  the  instrument,  so  that  it  may 

be  seen  at  a  glance. 

Wotation  Wnmerieal.  A  system  of  no- 
tation first  introduced  by  Uousseau,  in 
which  the  first  eight  of  the  numerals  are 
substituted  for  the  eight  notes,  and  points, 
ciphers,  &c.,  for  such  other  chararters  aa 
represent  pauses,  time,  &c. 

Wotazione  Muslcsale.  (Ita.)  Hnsical 
notation. 

Wote.  A  character,  variously  formed,  to 
indicate  the  length  of  a  tone,  and  by  its 
situation  on  the  st.iff  its  proper  pitch;  a 
musical  sound;  a  tone;  to  set  down  or 
write  musical  characters. 

Wote,  Bass  Clef.  That  note  which  in  the 
bass  staff"  is  placed  on  the  same  line  with 
the  bass  clef,  the  fourth  line. 

Wote,  Carried.  An  appoggiatura  which 
takes  one  half  the  value  ot  the  following 
note. 

Wote,  Cliaracteriatie.    A  leading  note. 

Wote,  Cle*.  The  note  indicated  by  the  clef. 

Wote,  Connecting.  A  note  held  in  com- 
mon by  two  successive  chords. 

Wote,  Crovmed.    A  note  marked  with  a 

hold  (110). 
Wote   d'Agremcnt.    (Fre.)    A  note  of 

irregular  transition. 
Wote   de  Passage.     (Fre.)     A  paasiilg 

note ;  a  note  of  regular  transition. 
Wote ,  ]>ouble.    The  ancient  breve  ( 1 1). 


NOT 


159 


NOT 


ffot«,  Soable  Dotted.  A  note  whose 
lens^th  is  increased  three  foiirtns  of  its 
original  value  by  the  dots  placed  in  front 
of  It  (3r). 

iVote,  Doable-Stemmed.  A  note  hav- 
ing two  stems,  one  upward,  the  other 
downward  (9),  the  former  showing  the 
lengtli  of  its  duration,  the  latter  its  smaller 
relative  value  towards  other  notes  in  the 
measure. 

IVote,  Kighth.    A  quaver  (18). 

Kote  Ferine.  (Fre.)  Notes  containinpr 
one  time  of  a  bar  in  common  time,  which 
serve  as  a  subject  for  some  counterpoint. 

IVote,  Fore.  A  note  of  embellishment 
usually  written  in  a  smaller  character 
before  a  note  of  the  melody  ;  an  appoggia- 
tura  (04). 

UTote,  Fundamental.  The  lowest  note 
of  a  fundamental  chord. 

A'ote,  Grace.  Any  note  added  to  a  com- 
position as  an  embellishment. 

Note,  Half .    A  minim  (16). 

IVote,  Higher  Changing.  That  note 
which  descends  from  the  minor  or  major 
seventh  on  to  the  perfect  fifth  on  the  sec- 
ond note  of  tlie  down  beat. 

KTote,  Holding.  A  note  prolonged  during 
the  changes  of  other  notes. 

Kote,  Key.  A  note  to  which  a  series  of 
subordinate  notes  bear  a  distinct  relation  ; 
that  note  with  which  a  piece  of  music 
usually  begins,  and  always  ends. 

IVote,  I^eading.  The  seventh  note  of  the 
scale  of  any  key,  when  at  the  distance  of 
a  semitone  below  the  key  note  ;  the  sound 
by  wliich  the  scale  is  known  and  its  key 
note  ascertained. 

IVote,  ILieanlng.  An  appoggiatura,  or  fore 
note  (64). 

Note  r^lneg.  The  staff,  consisting  of  five 
lines,  on  and  between  wliich  notes  are 
written  (I). 

Note,  liO^ver  Changing.  That  note 
wliich  descends  from  the  perfect  or  aug- 
mented fourth  on  to  the  minor  or  major 
seveuth. 

Note,  Measure.  A  note  which  in  itself 
fills  a  measure. 

Noten  A  B  C.    (,Ger.)     Gamut ;  solfeggi. 

Note,  IVatnral.  A  note  which  is  neither 
a  sharp  nor  a  flat. 

Noten  anf  den  5  Xilnlen.  (Ger.)  Xotcs 
upon  the  five  lines. 

Notenblatt.    ( Ger.)    A  sheet  of  music 
Notenbrucker.    (Ger.)    A  music  printer. 
Notenbuch.    (Ger.)    A  music  book. 
Notendruck.    (Gn-.)     The  art  of  print- 
ing music  ;  priut<id  music. 

Noteiidruckerei.  (Ger.)  Printing  of 
music. 

NotenhSndler     (Ger.)    A  music  seller. 
Noteuhaitdlung.    ( Ger.)    Music  shop. 
Noten  in  den  4  Z^vlschenr.     (Ger.) 
Notes  between  the  four  spaces. 


Notenicopf.    (Ger.)    Head  of  a  note. 
JVoteulinlen.    (Ger.)    Music  lines. 
Notenpapier.    ( Ger.)    Music  paper. 
Notenplan.      ( Ger.)      Music  scale ;   tb« 

staff. 
Notenpult.    (Ger.)    A  mnsic  desk. 
Notenschreiber.    (Ger.)     Music  copier 

Notenschwanz.  (Ger.)  The  tail  of  a 
note. 

Notenstecher.  (Ger.)  An  engraver  of 
music. 

Noten  Stosaen.  (Ger.)  To  play  or  sing 
staccato. 

Notenstnck.    (Ger.)    A  piece  of  muai& 

Notensystem..   (Ger.)    The  staff. 

Note  of  Anticipation.  A  note  struck 
in  advance  of  the  other  note  or  notes  of 
the  chord  to  which  it  belongs. 

Note  of  Augmentation.  The  note  fol- 
lowed by  a  dot,  signifying  the  increasing  or 
enlarging  its  full  quantity  or  value. 

Note  of  Diminution.  A  note  to  which 
a  dot  has  been  prefixed,  signifying  that  its 
value  is  decreased. 

Note  of  modulation.  A  note  which  in- 
troduces a  new  key;  usually  applied  to 
tlie  leading  note  or  sharp  seventh  of  the 
key  introduced. 

Note  of  Prolatlon.    A  dotted  note  (38). 

'Sote,  One  Hundred  and  Twenty- 
SiglitU.  A  note  whose  time  is  one  half 
of  that  of  a  sixty-fourth  note. 

Note,  Open.  A  note  produced  on  the 
strings  of  a  violin,  guitar,  or  similar  in- 
strument when  not  pressed  by  the  finger. 

Note,  Passing.  A  character  indicating  a 
passing  tone,  and  of  smaller  size  than  tho 
others. 

Note,  Pedal.  A  holding  note,  during 
which  the  liarmony  formed  by  the  remain- 
ing parts  is  allowed  to  proceed. 

Note,  Pedale.    A  holding  note. 

Note  Place.    A  degree  upon  the  staff,— 

each  line  and  space. 
Note,  Quarter.    A  crotchet  (17). 
Noter.  (  Fre.)  To  mark  down  a  tone  or  air. 

Note,    Raddoppiate.     (Ita.)     Repeated 

notes. 
Note,  Badtcal.    The  fundamental  note. 

Note,  Reciting.  The  rote  in  a  chord 
upon  M'hieh  the  voice  dwells  until  it  comes 
to  a  cadence. 

Notes,  Accented.  Notes  upon  which 
emphasis  is  placed;  in  common  time  tho 
first  and  third  notes,  and  in  triple  time  the 
first  note. 

Notes,  Accessary.  Notes  situated  one 
degree  above  and  one  degree  below  the 
principal  note  of  a  turn. 

Notes,  Accidental.  Those  notes  which 
do  not  belong  to  the  harmouy ;  notes  intro- 
duced as  embellishments 


NOT 


160 


NOT 


Rotes,  Added.  Notes  writtea  upon  ledger 

or  added  lines. 
Notes,  Adjunct.    Notes  not  forming  any 

essential  part  of  the  harmony  ;  unaccented 

auxiliary  notes. 
Notes,  After.    Small  notes  occurring  on 

the  unaccented  parts  ofthe  measure,  taking 

their  time  from  the  preceding  note. 

Notes,  Altered.  Notes  changed  or  varied 
by  accidentals  being  placed  before  them. 

Notes,  Auxiliary.  Notes  standing  on  the 
next  degree  of  the  staff  above  or  below 
any  principal  note. 

Notes,  Bearing^.  In  the  tuning  of  keyed 
instruments,  harps,  &c.,  those  notes  be- 
tween which  the  most  erroneous  or  highly 
tempered  fifth  is  situated,  on  which,  also, 
the  wolf  is  said  to  be  thrown. 

Notes,  Binding.    Notes  united  by  curves 

or  ties  ;  holding  notes. 
Notes.  Blaclc.    All  except  the  whole  and 

half  notes  (U). 
Notes,  Changed.      Irregular,  transient 

notes. 
Notes,  Changing.    Passing  notes  on  the 

accented  parts  of  a  bar. 
Notes,  Choice.    Notes  placed  on  different 

degrees  in  the  same  measure,  either  or  all 

of  which  may  be  sung. 
Notes,  Choosing.    Two  or  more  notes  in 

a  p.issage  either  of  which  may  be  taken  at 

the  pleasure  of  the  player. 

Note,  Sclolte.    (Itn.)    Staccato  notes. 

Notes  Coulees.    {Fre.)    Slurred  notes. 

Notes  dans  les  luterlignes.  (Fre.) 
Notes  in  the  spaces. 

Notes  de  Gont.  {Fre.)  Notes  of  embel- 
lishment. 

Notes,  Derivative.  Accented  or  har- 
monic notes  of  a  bass  which  are  not  funda- 
mental. 

Notes,  Botted.  Notes  which,  having  a 
dot  placed  after  them,  have  their  value 
increased  one  half  (:iO). 

Notes,  Brivlng.  Long  notes  when  placed 
between  shorter  notes,  and  accented  con- 
trary to  the  natural  rhythmic  flow  of  mel- 
ody ( 100). 

Note,  Sensible.  The  leading  note  of  the 
scale,  or  that  note  of  the  scale  which  is 
situated  a  semitone  below  the  key  note ; 
the  seventh  of  the  scale. 

Notes,  Essential.  The  notes  of  a  chord 
which  constitute  its  real  component  parts, 
in  contradistinction  to  all  accidental  and 
ornamental  notes. 

Note,  Sixteenth.    A  semiquaver  (10). 

Note,  Sixty-Fourth.  A  hemidemisemi- 
quaver  (21). 

Notes  liiees.    {Fre.)    Tied  notes  (71). 

Notes,  Ornamental.  Apnoggiaturas ; 
notes  introduced  as  cmbellishinents,  but 
not  forming  an  essential  part  of  the  har- 
mony (61). 


Notes,   Preparative.      Leaning   note*} 

appoggiaturas  ((H). 
Notes,  l»rogres8ive.  Notes  sucseedlng 
each  otlicr,  either  in  ascent  or  descent,  hy 
degrees,  the  established  order  of  which 
constitutes  the  key  of  the  composition,  or 
of  the  passage  in  which  they  occur. 

Notes,  Sl&lpping.  Notes  which  do  not 
proceed  by  conjomt  degrees,  nor  in  any 
regular  course,  but  lie  at  awkward  and 
unexpected  distances  from  each  other. 

Notes,  Square.    The  notes  used  by  the 

ancients,  so  called  on    account  of  their 

form  (12,  13,  14). 
Notes,  Stopped.    Tn  music  for  the  violin, 

violoncello,  and  similar  instruments,  those 

notes  that  are  sounded  while  the  string 

is  pressed. 
Notes,  Subsidiary.    Accessary  notes. 
Note  Support.    Appoggiatura  (51). 
Notes  sur  les  Xjignes.     {Fre.)     Notes 

on  the  lines. 
Notes  Syncopees.     {Fre.)     Syncopated 

notes. 
Notes,  Tied.     Notes  having  a  tie  above 

them,    denoting    that    they    are    to    be 

slurred  (71). 
Notes,  Transition.    Notes  used  for  the 

purpose  of  forming  a  pleasing  transition 

between  others  ;  passing  notes. 
NoteS;  Trumpet.   Nolcs  within  the  com- 
pass of  the  trumpet. 
Notes,  Unessential.    Those  notes  which 

form  no  part  of  the  harmony. 
Notes,  White.     Notes  in  printed  musio 

with  open  heads  ( 10). 
Note,    Thirty-Second.       A    demiseml 

quaver  (20). 
Note,  Tonic.    The  first  note  of  any  scale  . 

the  key  note. 
Note,  Touch.    A  transient  note,  written 

similar  to  an  appoggiatura,  but  used  to 

impart  strength  and  force  to  the  note  to 

which  it  is  prefixed. 
Note,  Treble  Clef.    The  note  which  in 

tlie  treble  staff  is  on  the  line  with  the  clef. 
Note,  Triple  Botted.      A  note   w^hose 

value  is    increased    seven  eighths  of  its 

original  value  by  three  dots  after  it. 

Note,  Tluacknowiedged.   A  note  which 

is  passing,  skipping,  and  foreign  to  the 

chord  in  which  it  appears. 
Noteur.    {Fre.)    One  who  copies  music. 
Note,  Whole.    A  semibreve  (15). 
Notho.    {Grk.)     A  term  given  to  two  of 

the  ancient  modes ;  the  iryper-.£olic  and 

the  Hyper-Phrygian. 
Nothns.     (Grk.)     An  epithet  applied  by 

the  ancient  Greeks  to  the  Hyper- iEoliau 

and  Ilyper-Phrygian  modes. 
Notte  Blanche  o  Nere.    {Ita.)     Whi*8 

and  black  notes. 
Notte    Oscurate.       {Jta.)      The    black 

notes. 
Notte  Piene.    {Ita.)    Blark  notes  ^U). 


NOT 


Wl 


OCT 


nrotte  Tacue.   (Ita.)    White  notes  (10). 

IVottwrnl.    {Ita.)    Nocturnes. 

XVotturiio.  (Ita.)  A  nocturne  ;  a  compo- 
sitiou,  vocal  or  instrumental,  suitable, 
from  its  eleofance  and  lightness  of  charac- 
ter, for  evening  performance  ;  a  serenade. 

Nourrissons.     (Fre.)    Bards ;  poets. 

nronvelle  Metliode.  (Fre.)  A  new 
method. 

Novice.    A  beginner ;  one  unskilled. 

IVrlt-udhyay.  (Bin.)  The  fourth  di- 
vision of  Hindoostanee  music,  comprising 
the  music  of  the  dance. 

Numerical  Notation.  A  system  of  no- 
tation first  introduced  by  Kousacau,  in 


which  the  first  eight  of  the  numerals  are 
(substituted  for  the  eight  notes,  and  points, 
ciphers,  &c.,  for  such  other  characters  as 
represent  pauses,  time,  &c. 

Nnmero.  (Ita.)  Harmony ;  cadence ; 
rhythm. 

Nnnnia.  (Grk.)  Name  given  by  the 
Greeks  to  the  lullaby  songs  of  the  nurses. 

Nuovo.    (/to.)    New. 

Nuptial  Songs.  Songs  written  for,  of 
congratulatory  of,  a  marriage. 

Nut.  The  small  bridge  at  the  upper  end 
of  the  finger  board  of  a  guitar,  over  which 
the  strings  pass  to  the  pegs  or  screws. 


O. 


OA  CIRCLE,  or  one  compounded  of  two 
■  half  circles  placed  togetiier,  was  for- 
merly employed  to  designate  a  species  of 
measure  consisting  of  three  whole  notes, 
and  called  tenipus  perfectum.  The  letter 
O  (before  a  vowel,  Od)  is  used  by  the  Ita- 
lians for  or. 
Oat.  A  name  formerly  given  to  a  pipe  made 
from  the  straw  of  the  oat. 

Ob.    An  abbreviation  of  Oboe, 

Ober.    (Ger.)    Over;  above. 

Oberstlmme.    ( Ger.)    Treble ;  descant. 

Obertasten.    (Ger.)    The  black  keys. 

Obertura.    (Spa.)    Overture. 

Obi.    An  abbreviation  of  Ohligato. 

Obligato.  (/to.)  A  word  indicating  part 
or  parts  of  a  composition  indispensable  to 
its  just  performance,  and  sometimes  used 
in  H  more  restricted  sense  as  synonymous 
with  concerting,  concertant,  or  concerted. 

Obligato  Accompanimeut.  An  ac- 
companiment that  must  be  used. 

Obligato  Recitatives.  Kecitatives  the 
phrases  of  which  are  interrupted  by  short 
symphonies. 

Oblique  Motion.  The  relative  motion 
between  two  parts,  where  the  one  ascends 
or  descends,  while  the  other  remains  sta- 
tionary. 

Oboe.    (7to.)    The  baatboy. 

Oboe  d*  Amore.  (/to.)  A  species  of  low 
oboe. 

Oboe  di  Caccia.  (/to.)   A  hunting  oboe. 

Oboe  Osia  Clarinetto.  (/to.)  The  oboe 
or  clarionet. 

Oboe  Tacet.    (/to.)    The  oboe  is  silent. 

Obol.    (/to.)    Hautboys. 

Oboi  all'  Unlsono  d«i  Tiolinl.  (Ita.) 
The  oboes  in  unison  with  the  violins. 

Oboist.  A  performer  or  professor  of  the 
oboe  or  hautboy. 

14* 


01>oi8ta.    (/to.)    An  oboist. 

Obsisteute.    (Spa.)    Resonant;  resound- 
ing. 
Obto.    An  abbreviation  of  Obligato. 

Obtuse  Sound.    A  dull,  heavy,  obscure 

sound. 
Obne.    (Spa.)    Hautboy ;  a  player  on  tha 

hautboy. 

Ocio.  (Spa.  :md  Por.)  Adagio ;  with  ease 
and  grace ;  slowly. 

Octachord.  An  instrnment  or  system 
comprising  eight  sounds,  or  seven  degrees. 

Octachorde.    (Fre.)    Octachord. 

Octachordum  Pytliajeforse.  (Lat.)  The 
Pythagorean  lyre,  an  ancient  stringed  in- 
strument, tuned  to  the  eight  degrees  of 
the  diatonic  scale. 

Octapbonic.    Composed  of  eight  voices. 

Octava  Acuta.  (Lat.)  The  octave  height- 
ened by  transposition. 

Octava  Alta.  (Ita.)  Play  the  passage  an 
octavo  higher. 

Octava  Grava.    (Lat.)    Octave  below. 

Octava  Gravis.  (Lat.)  The  octave  low- 
ered by  transposition. 

Octavani  Gravem.  (Lat.)  To  the  octava 
below. 

Octavar.  (Spa.)  To  form  octaves  on 
stringed  instruments. 

Octave.  A  scale  of  eight  tones ;  an  inter- 
val containing  seven  diatonic  degrees  or 
twelve  semitones ;  a  single  tone  either 
eiglit  degrees  above  or  below  another ;  the 
eighth  tone  in  the  scale. 

Octave,  Augmented.  An  interv.il  con- 
taining five  whole  tones,  two  major  sem- 
tones,  and  one  minor  semitone. 

Octave,  ]>lmiuished.  An  interval  con- 
taining four  whole  tones  and  three  mi\jor 
semitones. 


OCT 


1^ 


ODE 


Oet»ve,  Doable.  An  interval  of  two  oc- 
taves, or  fifteen  notes  in  diatonic  progres- 
Bion  ;  a  fifteenth  ;  the  bia-diapasoa  of  the 
ancient  Greeks. 

Octave  Flute.  A  small  flute  whose  tones 
range  an  octave  higher  than  those  of  the 
German  or  ordinary  flute;  a  piccolo. 

Octave,  Great.  With  the  Germans,  the 
lowest  series  of  seven  notes,  whicn  in- 
cludes both  the  divisions  of  the  short 
keys  in  the  key  board,  beginning  %vith  the 
two,  and  expressed  by  capital  letters. 

Octave,  liaree.  The  third  octave,  indi- 
cated in  the  German  tablature  by  capital 
letters. 

Octave,  X<arge   Once-^Warlied.      The 

second  octave,  indicated  by  capital  letters 
having  a  single  line  below  them. 

Octave,  Ziarge  T-«vlce-Marked.  The 
first  octave,  so  called  because  indicated  by 
capital  letters  having  two  lines  below 
them. 

Octave,  Perfect.  An  interval  containing 
five  whole  tones  and  two  m^jor  semitones. 

Octave,  Pnre.  An  octave  containing  five 
large  and  two  small  seconds. 

Octaves,  Consecutive.  Two  or  more 
octaves  immediately  following  each  other 
in  two  parallel  parts  of  a  score. 

Octaves,  Covered.  Such  octaves  as  be- 
come for  the  first  time  distinguished  when 
the  interval  of  the  two  voices,  proceeding 
in  an  exact  movement  by  octaves,  is  filled 
up  by  unimportant  parts. 

Octaves,  Slsallo-tved.  False  octaves  ; 
progressions  of  two  voices  in  exact  move- 
ment by  octaves. 

Octaves,  False.  Progressions  of  two 
voices  in  exact  movement  by  octaves. 

Octave,  Small.  The  fourth  octave,  so 
called  because  indicated  by  small  letters 
in  the  German  tablature. 

Octave,  Small  Five  Times  Marked. 

The  ninth  octave,  represented  by  small 
letters  with  five  lines  above  them. 

Octave,  Small  Four  Times  Klai'ked. 
The  eighth  octave,  represented  by  small 
letters  with  four  lines  above  them. 

Octave.  Small  Ouce-M:arked.  The 
fifth  octave,  indicated  by  small  letters  with 
one  line  above  them. 

Octave,  Small    Six  Times  9Iarked. 

Tlie  tenth   octave,  represented  by   small 
letters  with  six  lines  above  them. 
Octave,  Small  Thrice-Marked.    The 

seventh  octave,  indicated  by  small  letters 
with  three  lines  above  them. 

Octave,  Small   Tvrice-Harked.     The 

sixth  octave,  so  called  because  indicated 
by  small  letters  having  two  lines  above 
tliem. 

Octaves,  Open.  Two  octaves  succeeding 
one  another  in  similar  motion. 

Octaves,  Sbort.  Those  lower  octives  of 
an  organ  the  extreme  keys  of  which,  on 
account  of  the  omission  of  some  of  the 


intermediate  notes,  lie  nearer  to  each  other 

than  those  of  the  full  octaves. 

Octave  Staff.  A  system  of  notation  con- 
sisting of  three  groups  of  lines  combined, 
comprising  three  octaves  of  ordinary  vocal 
music,  dispensing  with  flats  and  sharps, 
and  giving  to  cacn  tone  its  own  position. 

Octave  Stop.  An  organ  or  piano  stop 
having  within  its  cx>mpass  tones  an  octave 
above  corresponding  ones. 

Octave,  Triple.  The  tri-diapason  of  the 
Greeks;  a  twenty-second. 

Octave  Trumpet  Stop.  An  organ  stop 
the  tones  of  which  arc  an  octave  higher 
than  those  of  the  trumpet  stop. 

Octave  Tfvelftli  Stop.  An  organ  stop 
the  scale  of  which  is  an  octave  above  the 
twelfth. 

OctavflStchen.  (^Ger.)  An  octave  flute ; 
a  flageolet. 

OctavflSte.    (Ger.)    An  octave  flute. 

OctavflStlein.    (Oer.)    An  octave  flute. 

Octavilla.    (.Spa.)    An  octave. 

Octavin.    (_Fre.)    An  octave  flute. 

Octavina.  (Lat.)  An  old  stringed  In- 
strument of  the  harp  species,  compre- 
hending about  three  octaves,  and  tuned 
an  octave  higher  than  the  spinet  and 
harpsichord. 

Octavo,  Alto.    (.Ita.)    An  octave  higher. 
Octet.     A  composition  in  eight  parts,  or 

for  eight  voices ;  an  ottetto. 
Octetto.    (Ita.)    An  ottetto ;  an  octet. 

Octo  Bass.  A  stringed  instrument, — the 
low  octave  of  the  violoncello.  Its  size  is 
so  large  that  the  left  hand  fingers  of  the 
player  cannot  act  on  tlie  strin'fs.  To  rem- 
edy tills  a  set  of  movable  keys  is  ar- 
ranged, which,  pressing  the  strings  with 
energy,  brin"-  them  on  to  frets  placed  on 
the  neck  of  tlie  instrument,  for  producing 
the  tones  and  semitones.  These  keys  are 
moved  by  levers,  which  the  left  hand 
seizes  and  draws  up  and  down  behind  the 
neck  of  the  instrument,  and  by  seven 
other  pedal  keys,  upon  which  the  foot  of 
the  player  acts. 

Octogenary.  An  instroLicut  of  eight 
strings. 

Octosilabico.  {Spa.)    Consisting  of  eight 

syllables. 

Octuor.    A  piece  in  eight  parts ;  an  octet. 

Od.    (Ita.)    Or. 

Ode.  A  short  poem  or  lyric  composition 
distinguished  from  sotiff  by  greater  length 
and  variety,  and  from  hullad  by  being  con- 
fined to  tlie  expression  of  sentimoat  ad- 
mitting of  narrative  only  incidentally. 

Odelet.    A  short  ode. 

Odeon.  (Grk.)  A  concert  room  or  hall 
for  the  public  performance  of  music ;  an- 
ciently, a  building  devoted  to  the  contest! 
of  musicians  for  honorary  prizes ;  among 
ecclesiastics,  the  choir  of  a  church. 

Oder.    (Ger.)    Or. 

Odeum.     {Lat.)    Odeon. 


ODI 


163 


OPE 


Odicum.     (Cfrk.)    That  part  of  practical 

music  among  the  Greeks  which  concerned 
vocal  performance. 

CE.    An  abbreviation  of  CEuvre. 

OSdephone.  An  instrument  in  its  gen- 
eral character  resembling  a  pianoforte  and 
harpsichord. 

CEav.    An  abbreviation  of  (Euvre. 

CEitvre.  (Pre.)  Work,  —  a  term  used  in 
numbering  a  composer's  published  works 
in  tiie  order  of  their  publication. 

<Ea-rre  Premier.  (,Fre.)  The  first 
work. 

Ofertorlo.     {Spa.)    Offertory. 

OfTertolre.  (Fre.)  The  offertory,  —  an  an- 
them of  the  Catholic  cliurch. 

Offertorlo.  (Ita.)  Former  name  for  a 
motet,  or  sacred  composition  for  three, 
five,  or  more  voices  ;  the  offertory. 

Oflfertorium.  (Lot.)  An  anthem  ;  offer- 
tory. 

Offertory.  An  anthem  chanted  in  the 
morning  service  of  the  Catholic  church ; 
the  first  part  of  the  mass,  in  which  the 
priest  prepares  the  elements  for  conse- 
cration. 

Officium.    (Lat.)    The  mass,  or  Catholic 

service. 
Officliim  Defanctomm.     (Lot.)     The 

mass  lor  the  dead,  sung  by  the  Catholic 

church. 
Officinm  Slnrnnm.    (Lat.)     The  bora, 

which  is  sung  at  stated  hours  in  the  day 

In  the  Catholic  church. 
Officinm  Slvlnum.    (Lat.)    High  mass. 
Offlciam  Slatutlnnm.     (Lat.)      Early 

morning  mass. 
Officium  IVoctarniuu.  (Lat.)    The  hora 

sung  at  night. 
Officium  Vespertinnm.     (^Lat.)     Ves- 
pers. 
Oflclelda.  {Ita.)  The  ophicleide ;  a  French 

bass-horn. 

Oflclelde.  {Ita.)  A  French  bass-horn; 
an  ophicleide. 

Ogdoasticlii.    A  poem  of  eight  lines. 
Ohne.    {Ger.)    Without. 

Oline  Be^Icitnngen.    {Ger.)    Without 

accompaniments. 
OUtnve.    {Ger.)    Eighth;  octave. 
Old  Folks'  AInsIc.      A  term  applied  to 

the  church  music  generally  popular  in  the 

last  century. 

Olio.  A  miscellaneous  collection  of  mu- 
sical pieces. 

Olivettes.  (Fre.)  A  country  dance  per- 
formed after  the  olives  are  gathered. 

OIIamtiain-Re-San.  (Iri.)  Poets  of 
the  ancient  Irish,  who  preserved  iu  verse 
the  traditions  of  religion,  and  composed 
martial  songs  and  odes  of  war. 

Ollapodrlda.    {Spa.)    An  olio. 
Olmos.    {Grk.)     The  mouth  of  the  bom- 
bix,  on  anoient  wind  instrument. 


Onaertl.  (/Tin.)  One  of  the  earliest  of 
bowed  instruments,  and  the  first  approach 
to  the  violin.  It  is  made  of  the  shell  of 
the  cocoanut.  with  a  sounding  board 
formed  of  satin-wood  or  the  skin  of  the 
gazelle.    Its  key  board  is  made  of  red  fir. 

Omnes.    {Lat.)    All. 

Omnia.    {Lot.)    All. 

Ondegjs^iamento.  (Ita.)  A  waving, 
tremulous  motion  of  sound  ;  on  the  violin, 
tenor,  &c.,  a  close  shake. 

Ondegglare.    {Ita.)    Wave  the  voice. 

Oudeggiare  la  Mano.  {Ita.)  An  ex- 
pression signifying  that  the  hand  in  beat- 
ing time  must  'be  waved  to  mark  the  last 
part  of  the  measure. 

One  Hundred  and  T^venty-ISlsl&tli 
IVote.  A  note  equal  in  duration  to  one 
half  a  sixty-fourth  note  (22). 

One  Hundred  and  Twenty-d^htli 
STote  Rest.  A  rest  equal  in  duration  to 
one  half  of  that  of  a  sixty -fourth  note  (33). 

Ongarese.  (Ita.)  A  dance  after  the  Hun- 
garian mode. 

Ongherese.  {Ita.)  A  Hungarian  dance  ; 
ongartse. 

Ongleur.  (Fre.)  Name  formerly  given 
to  performers  on  the  lyre,  cithara,  harp, 
lute,  and  guitar. 

Onzleme.    (Fre.)    Eleventh. 

Ooggra.  (Hin.)  The  first  of  the  Srootis 
into  which  the  Nikhad,  or  seventh  note 
of  the  musical  scale  of  the  Hindoos,  is 
divided. 

Op.  An  abbreviation  of  Opera,  Operatic, 
and  Opus. 

Open  Diapason  Stop.  A  metallic  stop 
in  an  organ  commanding  the  whole  scale 
of  the  instrument. 

Open  FLftbs.  Two  fifths  succeeding  each 

other  in  similar  motion. 

Open  Harmony.  Harmony  of  which  the 
notes  are  separated  by  wide  intervals. 

Open  IVote.  A  note  produced  on  the 
strings  of  a  violin,  guitar,  and  similar  in- 
struments when  not  pressed. 

Open  Octaves.  Two  octaves  succeeding 
each  other  in  similar  motion. 

Open  Pedal.  The  right  hand  pedal  of  a 
piano  ;  that  which  raises  the  dampers  and 
allows  the  vibration  of  the  strings  to  con- 
tinue. Its  use  is  shown  by  the  syllable 
Ped. 

Open  Plain  Shake.  A  moderately  quick 
shake  of  readily  distinguished  changes, 
and  closing  without  a  turn. 

Open  Stop.     That  which  regulates  the 

open  pipes. 
Open  Strings.    The  strings  of  an  Instru- 

mont  when  iiot  pressed. 
Open  Tone.    A  tone  produced  on  an  open 

string. 
Open  Turned  Shake.    Similar  to  open 

plain  shake,  with  the  differeuje  that  it 

ends  with  a  turn. 


OPE 


1«4 


OHC 


Open  Unison  Stop.  The  open  diapason 
stop. 

Oper.    (Lot.)    Opera. 

Opera,  (fta.)  A  musical  drama,  oonsist- 
injj  of  recitatives,  airs,  clioruses,  &c.,  com- 
bined with  scenery,  decorations,  and  ac- 
tion;  the  score  of  a  musical  drama;  the 
house  in  whicli  operas  are  performed ;  a 
publication  or  work  of  an  author. 

Opera,  Ballad.  Lig^ht  opera ;  that  in 
wliicli  balliuls  and  dancing  predominate. 

Opera  BuflEs..  (Ita.)  A  comic  opera;  a 
burlctta. 

Opera,  Comic.  A  burlesque  opera;  an 
opera  interspersed  with  light  songs, 
(lances,  and  amusing  incidents. 

Operadicbter.  (Ger.)  An  operatic  poet ; 
writer  of  opera  librettos. 

Opera  Glass.  A  short  telescope  having 
two  tubes,  and  a  set  of  concave  lenses  of 
low  power  for  each  eye,  designed  for  the 
opera,  to  enable  a  person  to  sec  objects 
with  distinctness. 

Opera,  Cirand.  An  extended  opera,  con- 
sisting of  u  deep  and  intri^'ate  plot  and  a 
great  variety  of  incidental  events. 

Opera,  Great.  The  grand  opera  ;  an  opera 
involving  tragic  events  and  details. 

Operagucker.    (.Ger.)    An  opera  glass. 

Operahaus.    {Ger.)    Opera  house. 

Opera  House.  A  theatre  or  building 
erected  witli  a  strict  regard  to  the  laws  of 
acoustics,  with  scenes  and  appliances  re- 
quired for  operatic  performances. 

Opera  Libretto.  The  text  of  an  opera  ; 
.1  small  book  containing  the  words  of  au 
opera. 

Opera  Prima.    (Ita.)    First  work. 

Opera,  Itomantic.  A  gay  and  sprightly 
opera,  in  which  the  music  is  interwoven 
with  dialogue. 

Operasaal.    ( Ger.)    An  opera  saloon. 

Operasaugerin.  (Ger.)  An  opera  singer. 

Opera  Season.  The  period  during  which 
operatic  performances  take  place. 

Opera  Seconda.    (Ita.)    Second  work. 

Opera  Seml-Seria.  (Ita.)  A  semi-seri- 
ous opera. 

Opera  Serla.    (Ita.)   Serious  opera. 

Operatic.  In  the  manner  of  the  opera  ;  a 
term  applied  to  selections  of  music  from 
an  opera. 

Operatical.  Relating  to  or  resembling 
tlie  opera ;  in  the  style  of  opera  singers. 

Operatic  Concert.  A  performance  of 
music  selected  from  operas. 

Opera  Tronpe.  A  company  of  persons 
associated  together  for  the  purpose  of 
givingoperaticperformances,  usually  trav- 
elling Irom  place  to  place. 

Operazettel.    (Ger.)    An  opera  playbill. 

Operetta.  (Ita.)  A  short  opera,  or  mu- 
sical drama  of  a  light  character. 

Operette.  (Ger.)  An  operetta;  a  little 
opera. 


Ophc.    An  abbreviation  of  Ophicleide. 

Opliicleide.  A  very  large  brass  insiru- 
ment  having  a  compass  of  three  octaves, 
sometimes  cidled  a  serpent, — chiclly  used 
in  military  music. 

Ophicleldist.    A  performer  on  the  ophi- 

ck'icle. 

Opposition.  The  placing  of  one  part 
against  another,  or  in  a  place  in  which  it 
does  not  properly  belong. 

Ops.    Au  abbreviation  of  Operas. 

Opus.  (Lat.)  Work  ;  a  name  given  by  aa 
author  to  each  of  his  musical  compositions, 
numbered  in  the  order  of  their  issue. 

Ora.    An  abbreviation  of  Oratorio. 

Oracion.    (Spa.)     Oration;  a  part  of  the 

mass. 
Oratolre.    (Fre.)    Oratorio. 
Oratorical.    In  the  style  of  an  oratorio; 

relating  to  an  oratorio. 

Oratorical  Accent.  That  peculiar  em- 
phasis which  is  dictated  by  feeling,  and 
imparts  to  musical  performance  its  dis- 
tinctive characteristics. 

Oratorio.  A  sacred  composition  consist- 
ing of  airs,  recitatives,  ducts,  trios,  cho- 
ruses, &c.,  founded  on  some  scriptural 
narrative,  and  perJormed  without  the  aid 
of  scenery  and  action. 

Oratorinm.    (Lat.)    Oratorio. 

Orcli.  An  abbreviation  of  Orchestra  and 
Orchestral. 

Orchesography.  A  treatise  upon  dan- 
cing. 

Orchester.  ( Ger.)  Orchestra  ;  an  opera 
band. 

Orchestra.  An  enclosure  in  a  theatre,  be- 
tween the  stage  and  the  audience,  origi- 
nally assigned  by  the  Greeks  to  the  cho- 
rus and  its  evolutions,  subsequently,  by 
the  Romans,  to  persons  of  distinction, 
and  by  moderns,  to  a  band  of  instrumental 
musicians  ;  a  portion  of  a  concert  hall  or 
ball  room  assigned  for  the  use  of  the  musi- 
cians ;  the  company  of  instrumental  musi- 
cians at  theatres,  concerts,  balls,  &c.  ; 
accompaniments  to,  or  meloflies  between, 
tlie  parts  of  tlie  entertainment ;  tiie  instru- 
ments so  used,  taken  collectively. 

Orchestra,  Full.  A  general  combinatioa 
of  stringed  and  wind  instruments. 

Orchestra,  Great.  A  combination  of 
stringed,  reed,  and  brass  instruments, 
with  their  proportion  of  instruments  of 
percussion. 

Orchestral.    Kelating  to  the  orchestra. 

Orchestral  Concert.  A  performance  of 
miscellaneous  music  by  an  orchestral 
company. 

Orchestral  >fusic.  Music  composed  for 
a  number  of  instruments ;  the  perform- 
ance of  an  orchestra. 

Orchestra,  Strinjs^ed.  An  orchestra 
formed  exclusively  of  stringed  instru- 
ments. 


OBC 


165 


ORG 


Orchestration.    The  performance  of  an 

orcliestra;  the  arran<:finjj  of  music  for  an 
orchestra;  scoring';  iustrumeatation. 

Orchestra,  W^ind.  An  orchestra  consist- 
ing wholly  of  wind  instruments. 

Orchestre.  (Fre.)  The  orchestra;  a  place 
for  musicians. 

Orchestrer.    (Fre.)    To  score. 

Orchestrle.  Relating  to  the  orchestra,  or 
to  dancing. 

Orchestrlna.  An  instrument  producing 
music  similar  to  that  of  an  orchestra,  com- 
prising tones  of  tlic  piano,  serapliiuc,  fla- 
grcolet,  bells,  triangle,  drums,  and  other 
instruments. 

Orchestrion.  An  instrument  combining 
the  power  and  variety  of  a  full  orchestra. 

Orden  de  Ii:plstoIa.  (Spa.)  The  office 
of  singing  the  epistle  at  the  mass. 

Ordiae.  (Ita.)  The  arrangement  of  many 
parts  to  make  a  whole. 

Ordlne  di  Qnatro  Corde.  (If a.)  A 
term  in  ancient  music  applied  to  a  tetra- 
chord,  and  signifying  a  whole  one,  com- 
posed of,  and  divisible  by,  four  chords. 

Oreechia.    (Ita.)    An  ear. 

Orecchialf  uslcale.  (Ita.)  A  musical  ear. 

Orecchiante.    (Ifa.)    Singing  by  the  ear. 

Orecchl.antl.  (Ita.)  Persons  possessing 
an  ear  for  music. 

Oreille  Masicale.  (Fre.)  A  musical 
ear. 

Oreja.    (IJpa.)    The  ear. 

OrfldlgTi.  (Iri.)  Musicians  of  the  or- 
chestra. 

Org.  An  abbreviation  of  Organ,  and  Or- 
ganist. 

^rean.  The  largest  and  most  harmonious 
of  wind  instruments  of  music,  consisting 
of  numerous  pipes  of  various  Icinds  and  di- 
mensions, biown  by  bellows,  and  con- 
trolled by  keys  acted  upon  by  the  fingers 
and  feet  of  a  person  seated  in  "front. 

'9r^annrli.  (Lat.)  Among  the  ancients, 
those  who  perrormod  on  the  hydraulic 
organ,  and  controlled  it  by  means  of  keys 
and  stops. 

Orjs^an,  Barrel.    A  hand  organ. 

Or«;an  Bellotvs.  A  pneumatic  machine 
attached  to  an  organ,  the  office  of  which  is 
to  supply  the  pipes  with  wind. 

Origan,  Bird.  A  small  barrel  or  hand  or- 
gan used  in  teaching  birds  to  sing. 

Orjjan  Blovrer.  The  person  who  works 
the  bellows  for  supplying  the  organ  with 
wind. 

Organ,  Bnffet.    A  very  small  organ. 

Origan  Builder.  One  who  constructs  and 
repairs  organs. 

Origan,  Cabinet.  An  improvement  npon 
the  reed  organ,  being  superior  to  it  in 
power  of  tone,  and  designed  to  supply  the 
place  of  a  large  organ  In  small  churches 
and  vestries. 

Organ  Case,    The  fnime  or  outside  of  an 


organ,  called  by  the  Germans  the  organ 
house. 

Organ,  Choir.  In  an  organ  w.th  three 
rows  of  keys,  the  first  or  lower  row,bcliig 
the  smaller  or  softer  toned  organ,  used  to 
accompany  the  principal  singers  in  solos, 
duets,  &c. 

Organc.    (Fre.)   An  orgxin. 

Organ,  Kcho.  That  part  of  an  organ 
emitting  veiled  or  emothered  sounds. 

Organ,  Enharmonic.  An  organ  In 
wiich  the  octave  is  divided  into  more  than 
twelve  iatervaJs;  the  enharmonic  organ. 

Organe  Positif.  (Fre.)  A  small  organ 
witliout  a  pedal. 

Organ,  Enharmonic.  An  Instrument 
of  American  origin,  containing  three  or 
four  times  the  usual  number  of  distinct 
sounds  within  the  compass  of  an  octave, 
furnishing  the  precise  Intervals  for  every 
key,  the  tones  com])ri8ing  the  scale  of  each 
key  being  produced  by  pressing  a  pedal 
corresponding  to  its  key  note. 

Organ,  Finger.    An  harmonica. 

Organ,  Flageolet.  A  small  barrel  organ 
the  tones  of  which  are  in  imitation  of  those 
of  the  flageolet. 

Organ,  Flute.  A  small  barrel  organ  the 
tones  of  which  resemble  the  flute. 

Organ,  Full.  An  organ  performance 
with  all  its  registers  or  stops  in  use. 

Organ,  Great.  In  an  organ  with  three 
rows  of  keys,  usually  the  middle  row,  so 
called  because  it  contains  the  greatest 
number  of  stops,  and  the  pipes  are  voiced 
louder  than  those  in  the  swell  or  the  choir 
organ. 

Organ,  Hand.  A  portable  instrument 
consisting  of  a  cylinder,  turned  by  the  hand, 
on  which,  by  means  of  wires,  pin,  and 
staples,  are  set  the  tunes,  the  revolution  of 
the  cylinder  causinij  the  pins,  &c..  to  act 
upon  the  keys,  ana  at  the  same  time  to 
give  admission  to  wind  from  the  bellows 
to  the  pipe. 

Organ  Harmonium.  A  reed  instru- 
ment, tlie  reeds  of  wliich  are  voiced  in  such 
a  manner  as  to  give  to  each  a  quality  of 
tone  peculiar  to  itself,  and  to  imitate  the 
organ  stops  whose  name  they  bear. 

Organ,  Horse.  A  large  sized  hand  organ 
mounted  on  wheels  and  drawn  by  a  horse. 

Organ  House.  Name  given  by  the  Ger- 
mans to  the  case  of  an  organ. 

Organ,  House.    A  parlor  organ. 

Organ,  Hydraulic.  An  invention  of 
Ctesibius,  of  Alexandria,  in  tlie  time  of 
Ptolemy  Evergetes.  Its  construction  is 
unknown. 

Organic.  An  epithet  applied  by  the  an- 
cients to  that  part  of  practical  music  which 
concerned  instrumental  performance. 

Organlllo.  (Spa.)  A  chamber  organ; 
parlor  organ. 

Organist.  A  performer  on  the  organ ;  in 
former  limes,  certain  Romish  priests  who 
organized,  or  sung  Ja  parts. 

Organlsta.    (Spa.)    An  organist. 


ORG 


166 


ORG 


Organlstle.    Kclating  to  the  or^n. 

Orsanlsts  of  the  Hallclnjati.  An  ap- 
pellation Sfiven,  about  the  year  1200,  to  cer- 
tain priests,  or  clerks,  who  assisted  in  the 
performance  of  the  mass. 

Organlzar.    {Spa.)    To  tunc  an  organ. 

Orj^anizare.  (Lot.)  To  sing  in  parts ;  to 
organize. 

Orf^anlzation,  l>oable.  In  ancient 
times,  in  organ  playing,  the  act  of  playing 
the  air  a  fourth  below  and  a  fifth  above  the 
chant,  or  singing  part. 

Organized  Jjyre.  An  instrument  by 
wliich  the  performer  can  imitiite  the  lyre, 
piano,  harp,  guitar,  &c. 

Organized  Pianoforte.  An  instru- 
ment consisting  of  an  organ  and  piano- 
forte, 80  conjoined  that  the  same  set  of 
keys  serve  for  both,  or  for  either  singly, 
at  the  pleasure  of  the  performer. 

Organizing.    Singing  in  parts. 

Organ,  Keyed.  An  organ  played  upon 
by  means  of  keys,  so  named  to  distinguish 
It  from  a  barrel  organ,  whose  tones  are  pro- 
duced by  a  revolving  cylinder. 

Organ  Keys.  Movable  projecting  levers 
in  the  front  of  an  organ,  so  placed  as  to 
conveniently  reeeive  tlie  fingers  of  the  per- 
former, and  which,  by  a  connected  move- 
ment with  the  valves,  or  pallets,  admit  or 
exclude  the  wind  from  the  pipes. 

Organ  ILiOft.  That  part  of  the  gallery  of 
a  church  or  cathedral  in  which  the  organ 
is  placed. 

Organ  Melodeon.  A  melodeon  having 
a  register  of  stops  similar  to  those  of  an 
organ. 

Organ,  month.  The  shepherd's  pipe; 
Pandean  pipes. 

Organ  Movement.  A  complex  piece  of 
machinery  in  an  orgiin,  consisting  of  a 
system  of  levers  with  their  appendages, 
serving  to  transmit  the  action  of  the  keys 
to  the  wind  chest,  pallets,  and  sound 
board. 

Organ  Mnslc.  Slusic  composed  for  the 
organ,  or  in  tlie  performance  of  which  the 
use  of  that  instrument  is  required. 

Organo.  (Ita.  tmd  Spa.)  Organ;  a  word 
found  in  the  scores  of  oratorio  choruses, 
instrumental  anthems,  &c.,  at  the  begin- 
ning of  that  staff  desin^ned  for  the  organ, 
and  the  execution  of  the  thorough-bass. 

Organo-Chordinm.  (LaX.)  An  instru- 
ment invented  by  Vogler,  at  Stockholm, 
in  1797. 

Organo-ILiyrlcon.  (/to.)  A  French  in- 
strument similar  to  an  organ,  but  more 
complex,  and  giving  the  tones  of  a  greater 
number  of  instruments. 

Organon.  {Ita.)  A  double  or  manifold 
pipe. 

Orsanophonie  Band.  An  association 
who,  with  the  voice  alone,  imitate  the 
sounds  of  all  the  instruments  of  an  or- 
chestra. A  band  of  this  kind  existed  in 
London  in  1852 


Organo  PIcclolo.  (_Ita.)  A  small  or 
chamber  organ. 

Organornm     Intabnlatnrae.      (Lat.) 

The  general  name  formerly  given  to  vol- 
untaries, preludes,  and  all  corupositious  for 
the  organ. 

Organ,  Parlor.  A  style  of  organ  adapted 
both  by  its  size  and  tone  to  the  wants  of  a 
private  dwelling  or  small  ball. 

Organ,  Partial.  A  series  or  row  of  pipes 
or  tubes  collected  in  one  group  or  set,  and 
forming  a  part,  though  complete  in  itself, 
of  the  cutire  organ. 

Organ  Pipes.  Square  and  cylindri- 
cal tubes  in  an  nr^an.  f]jr>m  which  proceed 
the  various  sounds  ol  luu  instrument. 

Organ  Point.  A  passage  in  which  the 
tonic  or  dominant  is  sustained  continu- 
ously by  one  part  while  the  other  parts 
move. 

Organ,  Pneumatic.  An  organ  moved  by 
wind,  80  called  by  the  ancients  to  distin- 

fuisli  it  from  that  moved  by  water,— the 
ydraulic  organ. 
Organ,  Iteed.    An  organ  of  a  small  size, 
iu  which  the  keys  opeu  valves  that  allow 
the  wind  from  bellows  worked  by  the  foot 
of  the  performer  to  act  upon  reeds. 

Organ  Stop.  A  collection  of  pipes,  simi- 
lar in  tone  and  quality,  passing  through 
the  whole  or  a  greater  part  of  the  compass 
of  the  organ,  and  bearing  one  general 
name ;  a  register. 

Organ,  Street.    A  hand  organ. 

Organ,  Swell.  In  an  organ  with  three 
rows  of  keys,  usually  the  third  or  upper 
row,  controlling  one  or  more  sets  of  pipes, 
which  are  enclosed  by  a  set  of  siidin^f 
shutters,  by  the  opening  or  closing  of 
wliich  tlie  tone  can  be  increased  or  di- 
minished by  degrees. 

Organ  Tone.  One  of  the  six  dynamic 
tones  ;  a  tone  that  commences,  continues, 
and  closes  with  a  uniform  degrc  c  of  power, 
and  usually  indicated  by  a  sign  (105). 

Organnm.  {Lat.)  An  ancient  species  of 
counterpoint,  in  fourths,  fifths,  and  oc- 
taves ;  among  the  ancients,  a  brazen  vessel 
forming  a  principal  part  of  the  hydraullo 
organ. 

Organnto.    (//a.)    HusicaL 
Organ,  ITater.    The  bydraulica. 
Orgel.    ( Ger.)    Organ. 
Orgelbalg.    (Cer.)    Organ  bellows. 
Orgelbank.    (Ger.)    Organist's  seat. 
Orgelban.     (Ger.)    An  organ    building; 

the  construction  of  an  organ. 
Orgelbaner.    ( Ger.)    An  organ  builder. 
Orgelbnbne.    {Ger.)    Organ  loft. 
Orgelgehanse.    (Ger.)    The  case  of  an 

orgaii. 
Orgelkasten.    (Ger.)    A  cabinet  organ. 
Orgelklang.    (Ger.)   Sound  or  tone  of  an 

or^an. 


ORG 


187 


OTT 


Orselkunst.  (<7er.)  The  art  of  organ 
playing;  art  of  constructing  an  organ. 

Orcein.    (Ger.)    To  play  on  the  organ. 
OrgelpfeUe.    {Ger.)    An  organ  pipe. 

Orgelprobe.  {Ger.)  Organ  proof ;  prov- 
ing the  quality  of  an  organ  by  a  public 
performance  upon  it. 

Orgelpunkt.  {Ger.)  An  organ  point,  or 
pedal  notes. 

Orgel  Schnle.  {Ger.)  A  Bchool  or 
method  for  the  organ. 

Orgel  Spiel.  {Ger.)  Playing  on  an  or- 
gan ;  piece  played  on  an  organ. 

Orgelspieler.    {Ger.)    An  organist. 

Orgelsteiu.    {Ger.)    Pan's  pipes. 

Orgelstimine.  {Ger.)  Row  of  pipes  in 
an  organ. 

Orgel  Stncke.  {Ger.)  Pieces  for  the 
organ. 

Orgeltretter.    ( Grr.)    An  organ  blower. 

Orgeltitnck.  {Ger.)  A  piece  of  music 
for  the  organ. 

Orgelzng.  {Ger.)  An  organ  stop;  regis- 
ter; diapason. 

Orgiastic  Songs.  Songs  of  revelry; 
bacchanalian  songs. 

Orgo .    An  abbreviation  of  Organo. 

Org.  S.    An  abbreviation  of  Organ  Solo. 

Orgue.    {Fre.)    Organ. 

Orgue  a  Touches.   {Fre.)  Finger  organ. 

Orgue  Hj'dranlique.  {Fre.)  Hydrau- 
licon;  water  organ. 

Orgue  Portatif  de  Barbarle.  {Fre.) 
Barrel,  hand,  street  organ. 

Orgueaa£au.    {Fre.)    Water  organs. 

Orgues  de  Barbarie.  {Fre.)  Barbarian 
organs,  —  an  epithet  applied  by  the  French 
to  street  organs. 

Oricalco.    {Itci.)    Trumpet. 

Original  Key.  The  key  in  which  a  com- 
position is  written. 

Orlscus.  The  name  of  one  of  the  ten 
notes  used  in  the  middle  ages. 

Orlo.    {Spa.)    A  wind  instrument. 

Ornamental  Counterpoint.  A  class 
of  composition  admitting  the  use  and  mix- 
ture of  all  kinds  of  notes. 

Ornamental  IVotes.  Appoggiatvras  (04) ; 
all  notes  not  forming  an  essential  part  of 
the  harmony,  but  introduced  as  embellish- 
ments. 

Ornamenti.  {Ita.)  Graces;  embellish- 
ments, &c. 

Ornatameute.       {Ita.)      Ornamentally; 

gracefully. 

Ornate.  A  style  of  music  or  musical  ex- 
ecution highly  ornamental. 

Ornemens.  {Fre.)  Graces;  embellish- 
ments. 

Orotund.  Koting  a  manner  of  singing  dis- 
tin.juislied  by  fulness,  clearness,  strength, 
and  Bmoothuc£s. 


Orpharion.  {Grk.)  An  ancient  stringed 
instrument  in  the  form  of  a  lute. 

Orphean.  Relating  to  the  ancient  poet 
and  musician  Orpheus;  musical  and 
poetical. 

Orpheus.  In  Greek  mythology,  a  poet 
said  to  liave  liad  the  power  of  moving  in- 
animate bodies  by  the  music  of  Ids  lyre, 

Orpheus-IIarmonie.  An  instrument 
of  the  piano  and  harpsichord  class. 

Orphic.    Pertaining  to  Orpheus. 

Orphica.  Certain  mystic  poems,  incor- 
rectly ascribed  to  Orpheus. 

Orphic  Hymns.  Hymns  pertaining  to 
Orpheus,  the  poet  of  Greek  mythology. 

Orquesta.    {Spa.)    An  orchestra. 

Orquestra.    {Spa.)    The  orchestra. 

Orrlsonaute.    {Ita.)    Horrid  sounding. 

Orthian.  ( Grk.)  A  terra  applied  by  the 
ancients  to  a  dactylic  nome  or  song. 

Orthian  >Iode.  In  the  Orthian  style; 
one  of  tlie  Greek  musical  modes,  quick, 
and  particularly  pleasing  on  account  of  its 
life  find  spirit. 

Orthophony.  A  systematic  cultivation 
of  the  voice. 

Osanna.    {Ita.)    Hosanna. 

Osannare.    {Ita.)    To  sing  hosannas. 

Oscuro.  {Ita.)  Obscure;  a  term  applied 
to  black  notes. 

O  sia.    {Ita.)    Or;  or  else. 

O  sia  pin  facile.  {Ita.)  Or  else  in  this 
more  easy  manner. 

Osservanza.  {Ita.)  Scrupulous  exact- 
ness in  regard  to  time ;  without  increase 
or  diminution  of  parts. 

Ossla.    {Ita.)    Or  else. 

Otacoustic.  An  instrument  that  assists 
the  sense  of  hearing. 

Oter  ce  qui  assourdlt.  {Fre.)  To  un- 
muffle  a  bell. 

Otia  dant  Vltia.  {Lat.)  A  device  em- 
ployed in  the  IGth  and  ITth  centuries  by  the 
o!d  masters,  in  tlieir  enigmatical  canons,  to 
indicate  that  the  consequent  should  imi- 
tate all  the  notes  of  the  antecedent  by  sup- 
pressing the  rests. 

Ottum.  {Lat.)  Adagio  ;  slowly;  with 
gr.ice  and  ease. 

Ott.    An  abbreviation  of  Ottava. 

Ott  All.    An  abbreviation  of  Ottava  Alia, 

Ottardo.  {Ita.)  Octachord ;  a  system  of 
eight  sounds. 

Ottava.    {Ita.)    An  octave. 

Ottava  Alta.  {Ita.)  Play  an  octave 
higher  than  written. 

Ottava  Bassa.  {Ita.)  Play  an  octave  lower 
tlian  written. 

Ottavarlma.  {Ita.)  Itiilian  stanzas  of 
eight  rhymed  verses. 

Ottava  Sopx-a.    {Ita.)    The  octave  abovfiv 

Ottaverella.    {Jta.)    A  small  octave. 

Ottavlno.  {Ita.)  A  small  octave ;  a  term 
Bomctimes  applied  to  organ  rc-^isters  one 
or  more  octaves  higher  than  otocro. 


OTT 


168 


?AN 


Ottavo  Sotto.    An  octave  lower. 

Ott.  Bas.  An  abbreviation  of  Ottava 
JJassa. 

Ottctto.  (^Itn.)  A  composition  in  eiglit 
parts  for  cigtit  voices. 

Ottnpla.  ^Ita.)  An  expression  implying 
common  time,  or  a  measure  of  four  titiies, 
marketl  witli  a  C,  or  semicircle,  placed  at 
the  beginning  of  the  staff  of  tlie  movement. 

Ou.    (Fre.)    Or. 

Oa|i^ab.  (ffeb.)  An  ancient  instmment 
forme*!  of  reeds  of  unequal  lengths  bound 
togetlicr,  and  nearly  iudeutical  with  I'au- 
dcan  pipes. 

Oule.    (,Fre.)  The  hearing. 

Outer  Voices.  The  highest  and  lowest 
voices. 

Ont  of  Tnne.  Singing  or  playing  incor- 
rectly; want  of  tune;  discord;  iuharmony. 

Ouvert.    (Fre.)    Open. 

Ouverture.    {Fre.)    Overture. 

Oavrlera.    (,F)re.)    Hired  applauders. 


Overstmnf^  Pianoforte.  A  piano- 
forte in  which  the  strings  of  at  leaf>t  two 
of  the  lowest  octjives  are  riiiscd,  running 
diagonally  in  respect  to  the  other  strings, 
above  them. 

O-vertura.    (Ita.)    An  overture. 

Overture.  An  introductory  symphony  to 
nn  oratorio,  opera,  or  ballet,  generally  con- 
sisting of  three  or  four  different  move- 
ments; an  instrumental  composition  for  a 
full  band  or  orchestra,  resembling  in  stylo 
and  manner  of  performance  an  introduc- 
tory symphony. 

Ovraggio.    {/ta.)    Opera. 

Oxipycni.  (Grk.)  A  name  given  by  the 
ancient  Greclvs  to  hi;jli  sounds  iu  ";eueral, 
but  more  particularly  to  the  highest  of 
liny  three  notes  that  are  to  one  another  as 
C  to  C  sharp,  and  C  sharp  to  D  natural. 

Oxyphonog.  (Grk.)  The  person  who 
sung  a  high  part. 

Oxypliony.    Acutencss  or  shrillness  of 

voice. 
Oxytone.    An  acute  sound. 


P. 


PTIIE  initial  of  Piano,  and  of  7'our.    In 
.    accordeon  music,  P  signities  that  the 
IkjIIows  are  to  be  pressed. 

Pacatamente.  {Ita.)  Placidly;  quietly; 
calmly. 

Posan.  {Or I:.)  A  song  of  victory  sung  by 
the  ancient  Greeks  in  honor  of  their  gods, 
but  chiefly  of  Mars  and  Apollo ;  in  poetry, 
a  foot  of  four  syllables,  and  of  four  kinds, 
the  first  consisting  of  one  long  and  three 
short  syllables;  the  second  of  a  short  syl- 
lable, a'long  and  two  short;  the  third  of 
two  short  syllables,  a  long  .and  a  short 
one;  the  fourth  of  three  short  syllables  and 
a  long  one. 

Pseanism.  The  singing  or  shoutinoj  of 
praise  at  the  close  of  a  victorious  battle. 

Pagf.    An  abbreviation  of  Paffina. 

Pages,  Dancing.  A  company  of  ten  or 
more  boys  wlio  t.ike  a  part  in  the  services 
of  the  cathedral  at  Seville.  Attired  as 
pages,  with  castjmets  in  their  hands,  they 
advance  at  a  given  signal,  and  d.ance  a 
stately  minuet-,  singing  witli  the  accompa- 
nying orchestra. 

Pa  glna.    (//«.)    A  page  or  folio. 

Pair  of  Spectacles.  The  drum-bass :  a 
term  applied  by  the  Italiami  to  the  mere 
use  of  the  tonic  or  dominant  in  playing 
upon  the  double  bass. 

Palsana.  {Spa.)  A  Spanish  country 
dance. 

Palco.  '^Itfi.',  A  st-ige  in  a  theatre  or  opera 
house. 

PalUlo.    (Spa.)    Dmmstick. 


Palinode.  A  song  repeated  a  second 
time ;  a  satirical  song  or  poem  retracting  a 
former  one. 

Pallet.  A  spring  valve  in  the  wind  chest 
of  nn  organ,  coverings  channel,  leadingto 
a  i)ipe  or  pipes. 

Palmadilla.    {Spa.)    A  Spanish  dance. 

Palinelodlcon.  An  instrument  similar 
to  the  harmonica,  played  upon  by  the  fric- 
tion of  the  lingers  of  the  performer. 

Palmula.    {Lat.)    The  keys  of  an  Instru- 
ment. 
Palote.    {Sp.i.)    A  drumstick. 
Paloteado.     {Spa.)      iiustic   dance  per- 

lonned  with  sticks. 

Pampamme.     {Hau.)     A  long  wind  in 

strument  used  in  Africa. 
Pan.    One  of  the   deities  in  Grecian  my 

tliology,  so  called  because  he  exhilarated 

the  muuls  of  all  the  gods  with  the  music 

of  his  pipes. 

Panarmonion.  {Grk.)  A  wind  Instru 
mout  used  by  the  ancient  Greeks,  consist 
ing  of  an  assemblage  of  pipes,  each  hole 
being  capable  of  emitting  three  different 
sounds,  and  in  some  circumstances  more 
than  three. 

Panathennea.  {Grk.)  An  Athenian  fes- 
tival at  which  contests  in  singing,  and 
playing  on  the  flute  and  cithara,  were  held. 

Panathenean  Games.  Certain  games 
among  the  ancient  Greeks  in  which  the 
best  singers,  and  players  on  the  tlnto  and 
cithara.  contested  lor  orizes- 


PAN 


169 


PAR 


Panaylou.  A  variety  of  flute  which  has 
five  wliolc  tones  below  added  to  its  com- 
pass. 

Pandenn  lUnslc.  Music  adapted  to  the 
fistiilae  Pauls,  or  pipes  of  Pan. 

Pandean  Pipes.  An  ancient  instrument 
made  of  reeds  ;  Pan's  pipes. 

Pandect,  l»f  itslcal.  A  treatise  compris- 
injj  the  entire  harmonic  science. 

Pauderada.  (Spa.)  A  number  of  tim- 
brels joined  in  concert. 

Panderetear.  (Spa.)  To  play  on  the 
timbrel. 

Panderetco.  (Spa.)  The  act  of  beating 
tho  timbrel. 

Pandero.    (Spa.)    A  timbrel. 

P.  and  F.    Tlie  initials  of  Piano  and  Flute. 

Pandora.  A  Btringed  instrument  of  the 
ancients ;  the  pandoran. 

Pandoran.  (Grk.)  An  ancient  string-ed 
instrument  resembling  a  lute,  the  strings 
of  which  wore  of  brass:  a  bandore. 

Pandore.    (Fre.)    Pandoran. 

Pandorc.  An  instrument  resembling  a 
lute. 

P.  and  V.    Initials  of  Piano  and  Violin. 

I'anliarmonicon.  An  automatic  instru- 
ment invented  by  Mxlzol,  which  produced 
tlie  sounds  of  a  variety  of  instruments. 

Pan's  Pipes.  One  of  the  most  ancient 
and  simple  of  musical  instruments,  made 
of  reeds  of  diflerent  lengtlis,  fastened 
tosrother  and  tuned  to  each  other,  stopped 
flt  the  l)ottom,  and  blown  by  the  mouth  at 
tlie  top. 

Pantulon.  (Fre.)  One  of  the  movements 
of  tlie  quadrille;  an  instrument  of  the 
dulcimer  species,  but  larger. 

Pantalonuade.  (Fre.)  A  pantaloon 
dance  ;  a  merry  dance  of  buffbous. 

Panting'  Bellows.  A  style  of  organ 
bellows  designed  to  prevent  all  jerking, 
ami  to  give  a  regular  flow  of  wind  to  the 
pipes. 

Pantomima.    (Ita.)    Pantomime. 

Pantomime.  An  entertainment  in  which 
the  sentiments  expressed  are  represented 
by  mimicry  and  gesticulation  accompanied 
by  ingtrumeutal  music. 

Pantomimic  ^nsic.  Music  adapted  to 
the  varying  scenes  of  a  pantomime. 

Pantomimist.  One  who  acts  in  a  panto- 
mime. 

Pantomimo.  (Ita.)  A  pantomime  player. 

Pantomlinus.    (Lat.)    Pantomime. 

Paper,  Zllusic.  Paper  ruled  or  printed 
witli  a  number  of  blank  staves  upon  eacli 
page,  for  the  purpose  of  writing  or  copy- 
ing musical  composition  upon. 

Para.    (Grlc.)    Near. 

Paracontaclon.  (Grl:)  Alternating 
singing,  formerly  much  in  vogue  in  the 
Greek  churcii. 

Paracrostic.    A  poetical  comi>osition,  in 

15 


which  the  first  verse  contains,  In  order, 
all  the  letters  which  commence  the  re- 
maining verses  of  the  poem. 

Parademarscli.    (Ger.)    Grand  march. 

Paradeschritt.  (Ger.)  A  military  step 
in  which  the  parade  march  is  played. 

Paradetas.  (Spa.)  A  kind  of  Spanish 
dance. 

Paradtazenxis.  ( Grk.)  An  interval  be- 
tween two  tctrachords,  consisting  of  ouc 
tone. 

Paradiddle.    A  drum- beat. 

Paradis.    (Fre.)     The  upper  gallery  oi 
play  house. 

Paradoxus.     (Grk.)      The  winner  oi 
prize  in  the  musical  Olympic  games  of  tin 
ancients. 

Paralonl  Saoni.  (Ita.)  Sounds  having 
between  them  the  interval  of  a  fourth  or 
fifth,  or  their  double,  and  therefore  con- 
cord. 

Para  Ilypate.  (Grk.)  The  first  sound 
above  the  gravest,  of  the  lowest  of  the 
ancient  diapason,  or  octave. 

Parallel  Intervals.  Intervals  passing 
in  two  parallel  parts  in  the  same  direction  ; 
consecutive  intervals. 

Parallel  Keys.  The  major  and  its  rela- 
tive minor. 

Parallel  ^MCotion.  The  motion  of  two 
parts  continuing  in  the  same  direction,  and 
repeating  the  same  sounds. 

Paramese.  (Grk.)  With  the  ancients, 
tlje  second  sound  of  the  second  octave, 
corresponding  with  11  above  the  fifth  line 
in  the  modern  system. 

Paranete.  (Grk.)  The  next  sound  to  the 
nete,  or  most  acute  sound  of  the  diapason, 
or  octave  of  the  ancient  Greek  system'. 

Paranete  Siazen^menon.  (Grk.)  The 
tliird  sound  of  theiourth  tetrachord,  equiv- 
alent to  D  under  the  first  line  in  the  treble 
clef  of  the  present  system. 

Paranete  Hyperbolseon.  (Grk.)  The 
penultima  of  the  supremo,  or  fifth  tetra- 
chord, corresponding  with  our  treble  clef 
note  on  the  second  line. 

Paranete  Synenamenon.  (Grk.)  The 
last  sound  but  one  of  the  third  totrnshord, 
—  the  penultima,  corresponding  with  C  on 
the  first  ledger  line  in  the  bass  of  the  mod- 
ern system. 

Paraphonia.  (Grk.)  A  progression  by 
mere  fourths  and  fifths  ;  an  alteration  of 
voice. 

Paraphonol.  (Grk.)  Certain  combina- 
tions in  the  ancient  music,  which  wera 
neither  concords  nor  discords,  but  between 
both. 

Paraphrase.     A  sacred   song  or  hymn 

based  on  a  selected  portion  of  Scripture. 
Parat.    ( Wei.)    To  sing. 

Paratripemata.  (Grk.)  Name  given  bv 
the  ancients  to  the  side  apertures  of  their 
flutes. 


PAR 


170 


PAR 


Pardeasas  de  Tlole.  (Fre.)  The  treble 
viol. 

Parfait.  (Fre.)  Perfect,  with  regard  to 
intervals,  &o. 

Parhjrpate  Hypaton.  (G^rfc.)  Second 
note  of  the  lowest  tetrachord  of  the  an- 
cients, equivalent  to  C  on  the  second  space 
in  the  bass  of  the  modern  scale. 

Parhypate  Itleson.  (Grk.)  In  the  ancient 
system  of  music,  the  second  sound  of  the 
second  tetrachord. 

Parisienne.  (Fre.)  A  patriotic  song  of 
the  French  revolution  of  1830. 

Parlando.  (Ita.)  In  a  speaking  or  de- 
clamatory manner. 

Parlante.  {Ita.)  Accented ;  in  a  declam- 
atory style  ;  partiiking  of  the  recitative  or 
speaking  style. 

Parler.    (Fre.)    To  sound. 

Parley.  In  military  service,  a  drum-beat 
or  trumpet  sound  for  holding  a  conference 
with  the  enemy. 

Parlor  Grand  Pianoforte.  The  small- 
est size  grand  piano. 

Parlor  Organ.  A  small  organ,  suited  to 
a  private  dwelling. 

Parnassus.  A  mountain  in  Greece,  cele- 
brated in  mythology  as  sacred  to  Apollo 
and  the  Muses,  and  famous  also  for  the 
Castalian  spring  and  the  temple  of  Apollo. 

Parochial  ]>uty.  The  organ  accompa- 
niment of  a  congregation  singing  in  the 
Psalms,  and  the  performance  of  volun- 
taries. 

Parodla.  The  adaptation  of  a  set  of  words 
to  a  musical  composition  other  than  that 
originally  intended. 

Parodtare.  (Jta.)  To  parody;  to  bur- 
lesque. 

Parodiste.    (Fre.)    Author  of  a  parody. 

Parody.  A  piece  of  vocal  music  to  which 
an  entirely  different  set  of  words  are 
adapted  from  that  originally  intended 
for  it. 

Part.  Each  of  the  melodies  of  any  har- 
monic composition  of  which  four  is  the 
smallest  number  with  which  the  chords 
ne(H»ssary  to  elaborate  harmony  can  be 
filled  ;  the  paper  or  book  on  which  is  sep- 
arately written  the  particular  melody  de- 
eigned  for  any  single  performer  or  set  of 
IX-Tlbrmers. 

Part,  Clarlno.  The  highest  or  first 
trumpet  part  in  a  musical  composition. 

Part,  Complementary.  That  part  of  a 
fugue  additional  to  the  subject  and  counter- 
subject. 

Part,  Counter.  A  part  to  be  applied  to 
another,  as  the  bass  is  the  counter  part  to 
the  treble. 

Parte,    (/to.)    Part 

Parte  Cantante.  \Ita.)  The  canto,  sing- 
ing or  vocal  part. 

Parte  con,  Parte  senza  Vlolini.  (/to.) 
Part  with  and  part  witliout  violins. 

Parte  Inicrlore.    (/to.)     Every  part  in 


which  the  8ong  serves  as  a  bass,  or  Is  th« 
foundation  of  harmony. 
Parte  Principals,    (/to.)     The  leading 
i»art. 

Parte  Superlore.  (/to.)  The  princii)al 
part;  any  part  whl?h  is  higher  than  an- 
other with  which  it  is  compared. 

Part,  First.    The  soprano. 

Part,  Fourth.    The  bass. 

Parthenla.  (Grk.)  Songs  sung  by  a 
chorus  of  virgins  at  a  festival  of  tho 
ancient  Greeks. 

Partial  Ort^an.  A  series  or  row  of  pipes 
or  tubes  collected  in  one  group  or  set,  and 
Ibrming  a  part,  though  complete  in  itself, 
of  the  entire  organ. 

Partial  Score.  An  arrangement  in  which 
the  voices  are  condensed,  or  a  portion  of 
thc;n  oniitt<>d,  or  given  in  a  Iiigher  or 
lower  octave ;  scores  in  which  important 
parts  are  given  in  full,  and  tli-^  accompani- 
ment arratiged  on  a  keyed  instrument. 

Partial  Turn.  A  turn  consisting  of  the 
chief  note  and  three  fore  notes  or  appoggl- 
atures,  the  leading  one  of  whicli  may  be 
either  a  large  or  small  second  above  the 
principal  (H^i). 

Particlpatinsf      Tones.  Accessory 

sounds ;  vibrating  sounds  other  than  those 
corresponding  to  the  tone  aimed  at. 

Particular  Systems.  Amonop  the  an- 
cient Greeks,  those  systems  which  were 
composed  of  at  least  two  intervals. 

Parti  d'  Accompagnamento.  (/to.) 
Accompanying  voices. 

Parti  dl  Ripieno.  (/to.)  Parts  not 
obligato  ;  supplementary  parts. 

Pavtie.    (Fre.)    Part. 

Partle  du  Vlolon.  (Frr.)    A  violin  part. 

Partien.  (Ger.)  Instrumental  pieces  de- 
signed to  be  perlbrmed  by  viols,  bass 
viols,  lutes,  &c. 

Parties  deRempllssaee.  (Fre.)  Parts 
which  fill  up  theiniddlcharmony  between 
the  bass  aud  upper  part. 

Partimentl.  (/to.)  Preparatory  exer- 
cises for  the  study  of  harmony  and  ac- 
companiment. 

Partimento.  (Jta.)  A  figured  base  for 
the  practice  of  harmony. 

Partition.  (Fre.)  A  score  or  entire 
draught  of  a  composition  in  several  parts. 

Partltur.    (Ger.)    A  score. 

Partitura.    (/to.)    A  score. 

Partizione.    (/to.)    A  score. 

Parts,  Accessory.    Accompaniments. 

Part,  Second.    The  alto. 

Parts,  Mean.    Middle  parts. 

Parts,  Middle.  Parts  that  lie  between 
the  two  outside  ones. 

Parts,  Supplementary.  I'arts  not 
strictly  inuiNpeusablc. 

Parts,  Weak.  The  unaccented  parts  of  a 
measure. 

Part,  Third.    The  tenor. 


PAS 


171 


PAU 


Pas.    {Fre.)    A  dance. 
Pnsaf^e.    {Spa.)    A  transition  or  change 
oi'  voice :  a  passage. 

Pas  de  Denx.  {Pre.)  A  dance  by  two 
persons. 

Pasionero.  (Spa.)  One  who  sings  the 
passion. 

Paso  de  Oar$;anta.  (Spa.)  Trill  of  the 
voice ;  to  quaver. 

Paspie.    (Spa.)    A  kind  of  dance. 

Pas  liedonble.    (Fre.)    A  quickstep. 

Passacagllo.  (Ita.)  A  slow  dance  in 
4  time. 

Passacallle.  (Fre.)  A  slow  dance  iu 
4  time. 

Passacalla.    (Spa.)    A  vaudeville. 

Passapfe.  A  phrase,  or  sliort  portion  of 
an  air,  or  other  composition ;  a  member  of 
a  strain  or  movement. 

Passage.    ( Fre.)    A  trill ;  a  quaver  (8S). 

Passages,  Pedal.  Those  parts  of  a  com- 
pot.it ion  or  pori'ormance  in  wliich  the 
pedals  are  used. 

Passages,  Running.  Scries  of  notes 
appropriated  to  a  single  syllable  of  text  j 
divisions. 

Passaggio.  (Ita.)  A  passao-e ;  a  succes- 
sion oi  sounds  80  connected  in  their  mel- 
ody and  expression  as  to  form  a  member 
or  plirase  of  a  composition. 

Passaggl    Vletatl.      (Ita.)       Forbidden 

passages. 

Passamezzo.  (Ita.)  A  slow,  simple  dance 

tune. 
Passepied.    (Fre.)    An  old  French  dance 

In  g  or  4  time,  resembling  a  minuet,  but 

more  cheerful. 

Pas  Seal.     (Fj-e.)     A  dance  by  one  per- 

lormer. 

Passing  Bell.  The  ringing  of  a  bell  at 
tlie  hour  of  deatli  to  obtain  prayers  for 
tlie  passing  soul,  also  immediately  after 
death. 

Passing  Chords.  Chords  introduced  for 
tlie  purpose  of  forming  an  easy  transition 
from  one  cliord  to  auotiier. 

Passing  IHodulatlon.  A  modulation 
leaving  a  key  nearly  as  soon  as  entered 
upon ;  a  transient  modulation. 

Passing  JVote.  A  character  indicating  a 
passing  tone,  and  of  smaller  size  tlian  the 
otiiors. 

Passing  Shake.  A  short  trill,  made  in 
flowing  passa"-c8  of  quavers  or  semiqua- 
vers, without  breaking  the  time,  or  inter- 
rupting the  natural  course  of  the  melody. 

Passing  Tone.  A  tone  introduced  be- 
tween two  other  tones  for  the  purpose  of 
softening  a  distance,  or  melodizing  a  pas- 
sage, but  which  forma  no  essential  part  of 
the  harmony. 

Passion.     A^n  oratorio  having  for  its  sub- 


ject  the   last   hours   of  the  life  of  the 
Saviour. 
Passlonatamente.  (Ita.)    Passionately. 

Passionate.  In  an  impassioned  man* 
ner. 

Passiouato.  (Ita.)  "With  pathos  and 
passion. 

Passlone.  (Ita.)  Tlie  passion,  or  seven 
last  words  of  our  Saviour,  set  to  inusic ; 
an  impassioned  style  of  music. 

Passiones.  ( Lot.)  Compositions  intended 
for  Passion  week  ;  Passion  music. 

Passion  Music.  Music  composed  in  Ro- 
man Catholic  countries  expressly  for 
Passion  week. 

Passo  Innanzl  Passo.  (Ita.)  By  de- 
grees ;  gently. 

Passy  Measure.  An  old,  stately  kind  Of 
music  ;  a  cinque  pace. 

Pasticcio.  (Ita.)  An  opera  the  mnsic  of 
which  is  by  difl'erent  masters  ;  any  com- 
position formed  of  dift'erent  pieces,  or 
fragments  of  larger  pieces. 

Pastiche.    (Ita.)    A  pasticcio. 

Pastime.  A  small,  light  piec«  of  diverting 
music. 

Pastoral.  A  musical  drama,  the  person- 
ages and  scenery  of  which  are  chiefly 
rural ;  any  lyrical  production,  the  subject 
of  whioh  is  taken  irom  rural  life ;  an  in- 
strumental composition  written  in  the 
rural  style;  an  idyl ;  a  bucolic. 

Pastorale.  (Ita.)  A  soft,  rural  move- 
ment, generally  iu  g  or  g"  time  ;  a  kind  of 
dance,  or  figure  used  in  a  dance. 

Pastoral  Piute.  The  shepherd's  flute, 
shorter  than  a  transverse  flute,  and  blown 
through  a  lip-piece  at  its  extremity. 

Pastoral  Music.  Music  the  style  of 
wliich  is  rustic  or  rural. 

Pastorelle.    (Fre.)    A  pastoral. 

Pastorello.    (Ita.)    A  pastorale. 

Pastourelle.  (Fre.)  One  of  the  move- 
ments of  the  quadrille. 

Pataletilla.    (Spa.)    A  kind  of  dance. 

Pateticamente.    (Ita.)    Pathetically. 

Patetico.     (Ita.)    Pathetic. 

Pathetic.  Applied  to  music  when  it  affects 
or  excites  the  passions  or  feelings,  par- 
ticularly those  of  sorrow,  pity,  compas- 
sion, or  sympathy. 

Pathetlca.  (Lat.)  Pathetic:  a  word 
indicating  that  the  passage  or  piece  should 
be  performed  in  a  manner  moving  to  pity, 
compassion,  &c. 

Pathetlque.    (Fre.)    Pathetic. 

Patriotic  Songs.  Songs  having  for  their 
theme  the  love  of  one's  country,  and  a 
distinct  recognition  of  a  nationality 

Pauan.  A  peculiar  species  of  old  Spanish 
dance  ;  also,  a  tune  adapted  to  the  move 
mcnts  of  the  dance. 

Pauke.     (Ger.)    Kettledrum. 


PAU 


ITS 


PED 


Panken.  tGer.)  Kettle  drams ;  to  beat 
the  kettle  arums. 

Pankenconcert.    {Ger.)     A  concert  of 

kettle  drums. 
Pankendonner.      {Ger.)      A   crash  of 

cymbals. 
Paukenfell.    (Ger.)    The  leather  or  skin 

of  the  kettle  drum. 
Pankenklang.      {Ger.)      The  clang  of 

kettle  drums. 
Paukenschlag.      {Ger.)      Kettle   drum 

beating. 

Pankenschlfiger.  {Ger.)  Kettle  drum- 
mer. 

Paakeuvrlrbel.  {Ger.)  A  tymbal  or 
kettle  drum  screw  j  a  roll  on  the  kettle 
drum. 

Panlattaainente.  {Spa.)  Gently;  slowly. 
Pausa.    {Ita.,  Spa.,  and  Lot.)    A  rest. 
Paasa  Generale.    {Ita.)    A  pause  for  all 

the  performers. 
Pause.    A  character,  consisting  of  a  dot 

surmounted  by  a  curve,  placed  over  a  note 

or  rest  to  indicate  that  the  tone  or  silence 

is  to  be  prolonged   beyond   its   natural 

length  to  an  extent  at  the  pleasure  of  the 

pcrlorraor  ;  a  hold  (113). 
Pause,  Demt.    {Fre.)    A  minim  rest  (28). 
Pause,  Oeueral.    A  general  cessation,  or 

silence  of  all  the  parts. 
Pause   Generale.      {Fre.)     A   general 

pause. 
Pause,  Initial.    A  character  of  silence, 

so  called  when  placed  at  tlie  beginning  of 

a  piece. 
Pansen.     {Ger.)     To  make  a  pause;  to 

pause ;  rests. 
Pavan.    The  pauan,  an  old  Spanish  dance. 
Pa-vane.     {Fre.)     An  antiquated  French 

dance  of  a  grave  and  stately  cast. 
Paventato.     {Jta.)     Embarrassed ;  with 

timidity. 
Paventoso.    {Ita.)    Timidly. 
Pavilion.    The  bell  of  a  horn  ;  the  canal 

between  the  second  bend  and  the  extrem- 
ity of  a  trumpet. 
Peal.    A  set  of  bells  tuned  to  each  other  ; 

the  changes  rung  upon  a  set  of  bells ;  a 

melody  composed  for  bells. 

Peal,  Dumb.  The  ringing  of  a  chime  of 
bells  in  commemoration  of  a  death,  by 
pad<ling  one  side  of  the  clappers  and  round 
ringing  the  covered  and  uncovered  sides 
alternately. 

Pean.    A  pxan  ;  a  song  of  praise. 

Peaua.    {Ita.)    A  poan. 

Pearled.    Played  with  a  few  fingers. 

Pearling.  An  ornamental  style  of  play- 
ing with  a  few  fingers. 

Pectis.  {Grk.)  An  ancient  stringed  instru- 
ment first  used  in  IVrsi.i,  and  subsequent- 
ly improved  by  the  Greeks  into  a  kind  of 
harp. 

^ed.     An  abbreviation  of  Pedal,  usually 


employed  in  place  of  the  full  word,  to 
indicate;  the  use  of  the  pedal. 

Pedal.  An  appliance  nnder  a  pianoforte 
acted  upon  by  the  foot,  the  use  of  which 
modifies  the  tone  of  the  iusfrument ;  a  set 
of  keys  in  an  or»»n,  moved  by  the  foot  of 
the  performer.  Its  use  is  indicated  by  va- 
rious signs  (141). 

Pedal  Bass  Organ  narmonlnm.  An 
instrumeut  designed  for  church  use,  the 
tones  of  which  are  produced  by  the  action 
of  wind  through  met-allic  reeds. 

Pedal,  T>amper.  The  pcflal  of  a  piano- 
forte which  raises  tlic  dampers  from  the 
strings,  and  thus  allows  them  their  full 
vibration. 

Pedale.  {Ita.  and  Ger.)  A  pedal;  a  sta- 
tionary bass. 

Pedale  Bassi.    {Ita.)    Pedal  basses. 

Pedal  STote.  A  holding  note,  during 
which  the  harmony  formed  by  the  other 
parts  of  the  composition  is  allowed  to  pro- 
ceed. 

Pedales  de  Combiuaison.  (^e.)  Com- 
bination of  pedals. 

Pedal  Extension.  The  loud  pedal  of  a 
pianoforte ;  that  by  which  the  sound  is 
increased  and  sustained. 

Pedal  Ilarnionies.  The  chords  formed 
by  placing  the  dominant  seventh,  dimin- 
ished seventh,  or  seventh  of  a  leading 
note  on  the  tonic,  or  the  dominant  treated 
as  a  temporary  key  note. 

Pedal,  Harp.  The  soft  pedal  of  a  piano- 
forte ;  that  by  means  of  which  the  sound 
is  dampened  or  decreased. 

Pedali.  {Ita.)  The  pedals  in  piano  or 
organ  music. 

Pedallera.  {Ita.)  The  pedal  keys  of  an 
organ,  spoken  of  collectively. 

Pedal  Keys.  That  set  of  kevs  belonging 
to  an  organ,  melodeon,  and  all  similar  in- 
struments, which  is  played  on  by  the 
feet. 

Pedal,  Afonochord.  The  one-stringed 
pedal. 

Pedal  IVote.  A  holding  note,  during 
which  the  harmony  formed  by  the  other 
parts  of  the  composition  proceeds  inde- 
pendently. 

Pedal,  Open.  That  which  raises  the 
dampers  and  allows  the  full  vibration  of 
the  strings  to  continue. 

Pedal  Passages.  Passages  of  a  compo- 
sition or  perlormancc  in  which  the  ped.ils 
are  used. 

Pedal  Pianoforte.  A  pianoforte  having 
pedals  suitable  tor  organ  practice,  the 
pedal  strings  of  which  are  iu  the  rear,  and 
extend  lengthwise  of  the  instrument,  the 
two  separate  actions  being  placed  in  the 
closest  ju.>^tapo8ition. 

Pedal  Pipes.  Pipes  in  an  organ  which 
are  caused  to  sound  only  by  pressing  the 
pedals. 

Pedal,  Swell.  The  pedal  which  raises  the 
dampers  from  the  strings. 


PED 


178 


PER 


Pedal,  Tonte.  A  continued  bass  note  on 
wnieli  chords  forcig-a  to  its  harmony  are 
g^iven. 

Peg.  One  of  the  pins  of  a  musical  instru- 
ment on  which  the  strings  are  strained. 

Peitea^h.  (/rt.)  A  general  name  of  the 
tunos  of  the  poems  and  songs  of  the  an- 
cient inhabitants  of  Ireland. 

Pelak.  (Jav.)  A  style  of  musical  per- 
formance among  the  Javanese  consi?tin<j 
of  a  combination  of  instruments  limited 
to  a  small  number  of  notes,  the  intonations 
of  which  are  very  acute. 

Peudnlani,  String.  A  Weber  chro- 
nometer. 

Pentachord.  An  order  or  system  of  five 
sounds;  a  five-stringed  musical  instru- 
ment. 

Pentachordns.  (Lat.)  Five-stringed ;  a 
general  name  for  all  instruments  of  five 
strings. 

Pentacrostic.  A  set  of  verses  so  dis- 
posed ns  to  have  five  acrostics  of  the  same 
name  in  five  divisions  of  each  verse. 

Pentameter.  (Grk.)  In  ancient  poetry, 
a  verse  of  five  feet,  the  first  two  of  uliich 
are  either  dactyls  or  spondees,  the  third 
always  a  spondee,  and  the  last  two  ana- 
pests. 

Pentametro.  (7<a.)  Pentameter;  verse 
of  five  feet. 

Pentapbonic.    Composed  of  five  voices. 

Pentastlch.     {Grk.)     A  composition  In 

poetry  of  five  verses. 
Pentatonon.    {Grl:.')    An  interval  of  five 

whole  tones,  or  the  augmented  sixth. 

Penultieme.  {Fre.)  Penultimate;  last 
but  one. 

Pennltima.    The  last  sound  but  one. 

Penultimate.    The  last  but  one. 

Per.    (^Ita.)    For;  by;  through;  in. 

Per  Biscantnnt.  (Txit.)  An  expres- 
sion by  which  the  old  ecclesiastical  musi- 
cians signified  the  composition  or  perform- 
ance of  music  in  two  parts, 

Per^ant.    (Fre.)    Piercing;  shrill. 
Perces.    {Fre.)    Holes  of  musical  iastrn- 

mcnts. 

Percotimento.    ( Ita.)    Percussion. 

Percuss.    To  strike  upon. 

Percussion.    The  striking  of  a  note  or  a 

chord  ;  the  effect  of  sound  on  the  ear. 
Percusslonal.    A  general  name  for  all 

instruments  that  are  struck,  as  a  drum, 

tabor,  gong,  or  bell. 

Pereusslone.    {Ita.)     Percussion,  or  the 

act  of  striking  a  note  or  chord. 
Percussive  Instruments.  Instruments 

whoso    sounds    are   produced    by   being 

struck. 

Perd.    An  abbreviation  of  Perdendo. 
Perdas.     (Per.)     The  musical  modes  or 

systems  of  tlje  Persians. 
Perden.    An  abbreviation  of  Perdendo- 
15  • 


Perdendo.  {Ita.)  A  ^dual  diminntlon. 
both  in  the  quantity  or  tone  and  8p««d  of 
movement. 

Perdendosl.  {Tta.)  A  term  signifying 
that  the  passage  over  which  it  is  written 
is  to  be  performed  in  a  time  gradually 
decreasing  to  the  last  note,  and  with  a 
tone  insensibly  sinking  on  the  ear  till 
entirely  lost. 

Perfect.  A  term  applied  by  theorists  to 
certain  intervals  and  chords. 

Perfect  Breve.  A  dotted  breve,  equal  in 
duration  to  three  eighths  of  a  large,  or 
three  semibreves  (35). 

Perfect  Cadence.  A  complete  and  satis- 
factory close  in  both  the  harmony  and 
melody  ;  a  close  in  which  the  dominimt  or 
fiftli  passes  into  the  chord  of  the  tonic  or 
key  note. 

Perfect  Chord.  A  chord  entirely  conso- 
nant ;  a  chord  having  all  its  proper  mem- 
bers ;  a  perfect  consonance. 

Perfect  Close.  A  close  having  for  its 
bass  the  key  note  of  a  composition. 

Perfect  Concords.  The  perfect  fourth, 
firth,  and  eighth. 

Perfect  Consonance.  A  just  and  de- 
termined interval,  as  the  octave,  fifth,  or 
fourth  ;  a  consonance  in  which  the  inter- 
val is  invariable. 

Perfect  Fifth.  An  interval  containing 
three  whole  tones  and  one  major  semitone. 

Perfect  Fourth.  An  interval  containing 
two  whole  tones  and  one  major  semitone. 

Perfect  Octave.  An  interval  containing 
five  whole  tones  and  two  major  semitones. 

Perfect  Period.  A  termination  satis- 
factory and  agreeable  to  the  ear. 

Perfect  Primes.  Primes  not  aflbcted  in 
either  of  their  tones  by  a  sharp  or  a  flat. 

Perfect  Prolation.  In  the  music  of  the 
ancients,  tliat  prolation  comprising  three 
minims  in  a  semibreve. 

Perfect  Time.   A  threefold  time,  in  which 

the  twoibld  note  has  the  value  of  three 

whole  notes. 
Perfect  Triad.     The  harmonic  division 

of  the  fifth  into  two  thirds,  of  which  the 

greater  third  is  lowest. 

Perfect  Trill.  A  rapid  alternation  of  two 
notes,  the  one  over  which  is  the  sign,  and 
the  one  above  it,  ending  with  a  turn. 

Perfetto.    {Ita.)    Perfect,  with  regard  to 

intervals,  &c. 
Performer.    A  practical  instrumental  or 

vocal  musician  ;  one  who  plays  or  slugs. 

Pergolo.  {Ita.)  A  box  in  a  theatre ;  a 
stage  for  operatic  performance. 

Perielesis.  {Lnt.)  A  term  formerly  used 
in  church  music,  signifying  the  ia'tcrpo- 
sitiou  of  one  or  more  notes  in  the  iutoua- 
tion,  to  indicite  the  appro.idi  of  the  final, 
and  apprise  the  choir  that  they  were  to 
take  up  the  theme. 

Per  U  Vlolino.    {Ita.)    For  the  violin. 


PER 


174 


PHO 


Period.  A  complete  musical  sentence  con- 
taining several  mombcrs ;  a  satisfactory 
and  agreeable  close  (120). 

Periode.    (/<a.  and  Fre.)    A  period  (120). 

Perlode  Muslcale.  {Fre.]  A  musical 
period. 

Periodenban.    (Oer.)    The  construction 

of  musical  periods. 
Period,  Imperfect.    A  termination  not 

fully  satisfymg  the  ear. 

Period,  Irregular.  A  period  in  which 
an  imperfect  cadence  interrupts  or  sus- 
pends an  expected  final  close. 

Perlodolosy.  The  construction  of  mu- 
sical periods  ;  the  art  of  composition. 

Period,  Perfect.  A  termination  agree- 
able and  satisfactory  to  the  ear. 

Per  Ogni  Tempi.  (Ita.)  A  term  some- 
times introduced  in  a  motet,  signifying 
that  it  is  suited  to  any  time  and  occasion. 

Perpendicnlar  Harp.  Name  given  to  a 
harp  invented  by  Dizi  in  1820. 

Perpetual  Fugue.  A  canon  so  con- 
structed that  its  tcrmiuation  leads  to  its 
beginning,  and  hence  may  be  perpetually 
repeated. 

Perpetual  Psalmody.  The  Laus  Per- 
enuis,  established  in  the  early  ages  of 
Christianity  by  an  order  of  monks  whose 
discipline  obliged  them  to  reader  it  ceiise- 
less. 

Perpetui  Suonl.  (Ita.)  Perpetual 
sounds  ;  the  hi"-best  and  lowest  in  the 
tetrachords  of  the  ancient  Greelc  system. 

Personte  Dramatis.  CLat.)  The  char- 
acters of  an  opera  or  dramatic  play. 

Personnaggio.  {Ita.)  One  of  the  char- 
acters of  a  play. 

Personne  qui  Prelude.  (Fre.)  A  pre- 
luder. 

Pesante.  (Tta.)  In  an  impressive  manner ; 
with  importance  and  weight. 

Pestalozzian  System.  A  system  of 
induction,  presenting  an  analytical  and 
synthetical  nrrangement  of  the  rudiments 
of  music  in  tlieir  natural  progressive  order. 

Pestlied.  (Ger.)  Plague  psalm;  pest 
hymn. 

Petit.    (Fre.)    Little ;  small. 

Petit  Clioeur.  (Fre.)  Little  choir ;  a  sa- 
cred composition  in  three  parts. 

Petite  Mesure  a  Deux  Temps.  (Fre.) 
Two  crotchet,  or  ^  time. 

Petltea  Notes  Breves.  (Fre.)  Short 
small  notes. 

Petites  Notes  Doubles.   (Fre.)  Double 

small  notes. 
Petites  Notes  ILiongues.   (Fre.)    Long 

small  notes. 
Petites    Notes   Vives.      (Fre.)      Short 

grace  notes. 
Petit  Piano  Droit.  (Fre.)    Semi-cabhict 

piano. 
Petlts  niorccanx.    (Fre.)    Short  pieces. 


Petits  Pieces.  (Fre.)  Little  pieces  i 
short  and  easy  compositions. 

Petits  Riens.  (Fre.)  Light,  trifling 
compositions.  • 

Petits  Violins.   (Fre.)    Small  violins. 

Petteia.  ( Grk.)  Among  the  ancients,  the 
art  of  ascertaining  ihe  sounds  which 
ought,  or  ought  not,  to  be  used  ;  one  of 
the  four  parts  into  which  Euclid  divided 
the  melopoeia. 

Pen.    (Fre.)    A  little. 

Pczzi  di  Bravura.  (Ita.)  Pieces  con- 
taining bold,  spirited  passages. 

Pezzo.  (Ita.)  A  fragment ;  a  select,  de- 
tached piece  of  music. 

P.  F.  The  initials  of  Poco  Forte,  also  of 
Pianoforte. 

Pfeife.     (Ger.)    A  pipe;  a  fife. 

Pfelfen.   (Ger.)    To  play  on  a  fife  or  pipe. 

Pfelferci.    (Ger.)    Wliistling ;  piping. 

Phantaisie.    A  fantaisie. 

Pbantasiren.    (Ger.)    Improvising. 

Pbantasirte.    (Ger.)    Improvised. 

Phantasy.    A  fantasia. 

Plteateatb.  (Iri.)  A  general  name  for 
the  tunes  of  the  poems  and  songs  of  the 
ancient  inhabitant  s  of  Ireland. 

Philharmonic.  ( Grk.)  Loving  harmony 
or  music. 

Philoelia.  (Grk.)  A  style  of  hymn  sung 
by  the  ancient  Greelis  in  honor  of  Apollo. 

Philomuslcal.    Loving  music. 

Phishaiumonica.  A  kind  of  octagonal 
accordoon. 

Phoenices.  A  musical  instrument  of  the 
Phoenicians. 

Phonasce.  (Grk.)  Name  given  by  the 
ancients  to  those  who  taught  the  manage- 
ment of  the  voice. 

Phonascetics.  (Grk.)  The  art  or  method 
of  restoring  the  voice. 

Phonascos.  (Grk.)  Among  the  ancients, 
one  who  taught  the  cultivation  and  regu- 
lation of  the  voice. 

Phonation.   The  physiology  of  the  voice. 

Phonetic.  Pertaining  to  the  voice  or  its 
use. 

Phonetics.  (Grk.)  The  art  of  combining 
musical  sounds ;  the  doctrine  or  science 
of  souuds ;  phonics. 

Phonics.  (Grk.)  The  doctrine  or  theory 
of  sounds,  especially  tliose  of  the  human 
voice ;  the  art  of  treating  and  combining 
musical  sounds  ;  acoustics  ;  phonetics. 

Phonocamptic.  (Grk.)  Having  the 
power  to  inflect  sound,  or  turu  it  from 
its  direction,  and  thus  alter  it. 

Phonology,  (Grk.)  The  theory  or  doc- 
trine of  the  elementary  sounds  of  the 
human  voice. 

Phonometer.  A  monoehord  with  its 
wire  stretched  by  a  weight  capable  of 
very  accurate  apportionment,  designed  ua 
an  aid  in  tuning. 


PHO 


175 


PIA 


Phonomimo.  (  Grk.)  To  imitate  the  Iiu- 
man  voice. 

Phonomlne.  An  instrument  invented  in 
Vienna,  the  tones  of  which,  produced  by 
means  of  pipes,  are  simiiar  to  those  of  tlie 
human  voice. 

Phonoscope,  IClectro-^aj^netlc.  An 
instrument  of  recent  En<(IisTi  invention, 
the  motive  power  of  which  is  produced  by 
a  voltaic  battery,  and  which,  upon  iwing- 
put  in  communicatiou  with  a  piano,  har- 
monion,  or  oryan,  prints  the  music  as  it  is 
played. 

Phorbela.  (Grk.)  A  bandafje  used  by 
vocal  performers  among  the  ancients;  a 
capistrura. 

Pliorminx.  (Grk.)  A  strino-ed  instru- 
ment of  remote  antiquity,  similar  to  the 
citliara,  or  lyre,  but  of  superior  tone  and 
power. 

Ptxotinx.  A  curved  flute  of  E<jypt  of  an 
antiquity  prior  to  that  of  the  lyre. 

Phrase.  A  musical  idea  generally  occupy- 
ing two  bars,  or  .it  most  three;  any  regu- 
lar and  symmetrical  course  of  notes  which 
commence  and  complete  the  intended  ex- 
pression (122). 

Phrase,  £xten<Tetl.  Aphrase  in  which, 
by  rcpi-atiiig  one  of  the  feet,  or  by  any 
otlier  variatian  of  the  melody,  three  meas- 
ures are  employed  instead  of  two. 

Phrase,  Irrejo^nlar.  Any  variation  of  a 
melody  by  which  three  measures  are  used 
instead  of  two;  au  extended  phrase. 

Phrase  Manquces.  (Fre.)  Imperfect 
and  unsymmetrical  passages  introduced 
by  injudicious  composers,  by  which  the 
melody  is  maimed,  and  the  expression  de- 
stroyed or  weakened. 

Phraser.  (Fre.)  To  form  phrases;  to 
mark  the  phrases. 

PhraslufB^.  The  act  of  arranging  notes 
into  clusters  or  groups,  so  as  to  form  dis- 
tinct phrases  in  singing  or  playing. 

Phryf^ian  Chant.  A  chant  designed  to 
excite  its  auditors  to  fury  and  rage. 

Phrygian  Ittode.  One  of  the  ancient 
modes  of  the  Greeks,  holdin^a  middle 
place  between  the  Lydian  and  Doric.  Its 
char.-icter  was  bold,  impetuous,  and  vehe- 
ment. Its  lowest  note  corresponded  with 
K  natural  on  the  third  space  iu  the  bass  of 
the  present  system. 

Phthou&;ometer.  (Grk.)  An  instru- 
ment with  which  to  measure  vocal  sounds. 

Phthongos.    (Grk.)    A  sound  or  tone. 

Physharmouica.  (Fre.)  An  instrument 
employed  as  a  substitute  for  the  organ,  and 
iiiiuilar  to  a  mclodeon. 

Pia.    An  abbrevi.ition  of  Piano. 

Pla  Ace.  An  abbreviation  of  IHano  Ac- 
companiment. 

Placevole.  (Ita.)  In  a  delicate  and  pleas- 
ing manner. 

Placcvolinente.  (Ita.)  Qayly  aud 
grucf>fu!ly;  delicately. 


Placevolezza.    (Ita.)    Liveliness. 
Piangendo.    (Ila.)    Plaintively. 

Plangevole.  (Ita.)  Despondent ;  sorro^r- 
ful;  sad, 

Plangevolmente.  (Ita.)   Despondingly; 

plaintively;  doleluUy. 

Piantss.    An  abbreviation  of  Pianissimo. 
Pianissimo.    (Ita.)    Extremely  soft. 

Pianist.      An    amateur    or    professional 

player  on  the  pianoforte. 
Planlste.    (Fre.)    A  pianoforte  player. 
Piano.    (Ita.)    Soft;  a  pianoforte. 

Piano  a  Queue.  (Fre.)  A  grand  pi.ino> 
forte. 

Piano  Assai.    (Ita.)    As  soft  as  possible. 

Piano  Carre.  (Fre.)  A  square  pianoforte. 

Piano  Droit.    (Fre.)    Upright  piano. 

Pianoforte.  (Ita.)  A  stringed  and  keyed 
instrument,  of  German  origin,  so  called 
from  its  equal  command  both  of  softness 
and  strengtli.  Its  stripgs  are  sounded  by 
means  of  small  hammers  connected  by  le- 
vers with  the  key  or  finger  board.  The  term 
pianoforte  is  also  used  to  show  that  the 
note  is  to  be  commenced  soft,  then  immedi- 
ately increased. 

Pianoforte  Action.  The  mechanism  of 
a  puuioforte,  by  which  the  pressure  of  the 
finger  upon  each  key  is  transmitted  to  ita 
corresponding  string. 

Pianoforte  Action,  Donhle.  That  in 
which  two  hammers  are  employed,  the  sec- 
ond, or  under  one,  multiplying  the  velocity 
of  the  first. 

Pianoforte,  ^olian.  A  pianoforte  so 
united  with  a  reed  instrument  that  the 
same  set  of  keys  serve  for  both,  or  for 
either  singly,  at  the  pleasure  of  tlie  player. 

Pianoforte,  Boudoir.  An  upright  piano- 
forte similar  in  ibrm  to  the  parlor  org.in. 

Pianoforte,  Compensating.  An  Eng- 
lish piano  so  mad(!  as  to  allow  of  the  use 
of  heavy  strings,  by  which  the  full  power 
of  a  grand  is  obtained  from  a  cottage  or 
small  piano. 

Pianoforte,  Concert  Grand.  The  lar- 
gest size  grand  pianoforte. 

Pianoforte,  Cottage.  An  upriglit  piano- 
forte. 

Pianoforte,  Dumb.  A  key  board  ar- 
rangjed  for  the  priictice  of  pupils  without 
producing  sound. 

Pianoforte,  Electric.  A  pianoforte  in- 
vented in  1851,  the  wires  of  which  are  vi- 
brated by  electro-magnetism. 

Pianoforte,  Grand.  A  pianoforte  in 
which  all  the  octaves,  g.avc  about  the  low- 
est two  in  the  scale,  have  for  each  note 
three  strings  attuned  in  unison,  and  struck 
at  once  by  the  same  hammer.  From  four  to 
seven  of  the  lowest  strings  .ire  sometimes 
single,  and  through  about  another  octave 
and  a  half  two  strings  to  each  note  are 
often  used. 

Pianoforte  Hammer.    That  part  of  the 


PIA 


176 


PIO 


mechanism  of  a  pianoforte  wMch  Btrikcs 
the  wires. 

Pianoforte,  3fcIo^rapIilc.  A  piano  con- 
nected with  whici)  was  a  clock  movement, 
by  whicli  tlie  iuiprovisatiou  of  a  composer 
was  recorded. 

Pianoforte,  Organized.  An  instrument 
consisting  of  an  organ  and  pianoforte*,  80 
conjoined  tliat  llie  same  set  of  keys  serve 
for  both,  or  for  either  singly. 

Pianoforte,  Ovei  strung.  An  arrange- 
ment of  the  strings  of  a  pianolorte  by 
which  two,  at  least,  of  the  lowest  octaves 
arc  raised,  running,  in  respect  to  the  other 
strings,  diagonally  above  them. 

Pianoforte,  Parlor  Grand.  A  grand 
pianoforte  of  the  smallest  size. 

Pianoforte,  Pedal.  A  pianoforte  having 
pedals  suitable  for  organ  practice,  the 
pedal  strings  of  which  are  in  the  rear,  and 
extend  lengthwise  of  the  instrument. 

Pianoforte,  Piccolo.    A  small  upright 

pianoforte. 
Pianoforte    Score.      A  score  in  which 

every  part  has  been   so  arranged  that  it 

may  be  played  on  a  pianoforte. 

Pianoforte,  Semi-Grand.  A  grand 
pianoforte  of  a  medium  size. 

Pianoforte,  Sostinente.  A  pianoforte 
introduced  in  lsl7,  the  peculiarity  of  which 
was  a  continuation  of  its  sounds  by  means 
of  silk  threads  or  skeins. 

Pianoforte,  Transposing.  A  piano  so 
constructed  as  to  efi'ect  trauspositiou  me- 
chanically. 

Pianoforte,  Upright.  A  pianoforte 
whose  strings  run  obliquely  or  vertically 
upward. 

Planograpli.  A  machine,  invented  by 
M.  Gnerin,  which,  on  being  attached  to 
the  pianolorte,  indicates,  on  paper  pre- 
pared for  the  purpose,  anything  played 
by  the  pianist. 

Piano,  Mezzo.    (Ita.)    Rather  soft. 

Plano-Plano.    (Ita.)  Softer;  very  soft. 

Piano  Score.  A  score  in  which  the  or- 
chestral accompaniments  arc  compressed 
into  a  pianoforte  part. 

Piano,  sempre  Staccato  e  marcato 
el  Basso.  (Ita.)  Soft,  with  the  bass 
always  well  marked  and  detached. 

Piano  Solo.    For  the  pianoforte  only. 

Pianos  Transposltenrs.  iFre.)  Trans- 
posing pianos. 

Piano,  Vlollno.  (Ita.)  A  pi.ino  con- 
taining an  instrument  similar  to  a  violin, 
which,  when  played  upon,  gives  the  sound 
of  a  piano  and  violin. 

Plan-Piano.    (Ita.)    Gently;    softly. 

Piattl.    (Ita.)    Cymbals. 

Pib.    (Wei.)    A  pipe;  a  fife. 

Pibcom.  ( Wei.)  A  AVclsh  wind  instru- 
ment, consisting  of  a  wooden  pipe  with 
holes  at  the  sides  and  a  horn  at  eauh  end. 

Pibe.    (Dan.)    A  pipe. 


Plbrocla.  A  wild.  Irregular  species  ol 
music,  peculiar  to  the  Highlands  of  Scot- 
laud,  performed  on  a  bagpipe. 

Plcchiettato.  (Ita.)  Struck;  intonated 
with  vehemence. 

Piccollno.    (Ita.)    Small,  or  very  small. 

Plccoll  Vlollul  alia  Francenc.  (Ita.) 
A  term  apj)lied  by  the  Italians,  in  the  latter 
part  of  the  l6th  ceutury,  to  violins. 

Piccolo.    (Ita.)    Small. 

Piccolo  Flute.  A  small  flute  which  is  an 
octave  higher  than  that  of  the  ordinary 
flute;  an  octavo  flute. 

Piccolo  Pianoforte.  A  small  nprigbt 
pianoforte. 

Pieces.  A  name  of  general  irapoit,  appli- 
cable to  all  kinds  of  compositions. 

Pieces,  Puglti-ve.  Short  compositiona 
of  no  permanent  value. 

Pleda.    (Pre.)    The  feet. 

Plena.    (Ita.)    Full. 

Pieuamente.    ( /ta.)    Fully. 

Pleno.    (Ita.)     Full. 

Pleno  Clioro.    (Lot.)    A  full  cboms. 

Pleno  Organo.  (Ita.)  With  the  full 
organ. 

Pietosamente.  (Ita.)  Pitifully;  com- 
passionately. 

Pietoso.  (Ita.)  "With  pity:  compassion- 
ately; a  connected,  very  "slow  aud  care- 
fully accented  delivery,  —  usually  applied 
to  church  music. 

Pifano.    (Spa.)    Afife;aflfer. 

Pifara.    (Ita.)    A  fife;  a  lifer. 

Pifaro.  (Spa.)  A  fife ;  one  who  plays  cn 
a  fife. 

Pifferare.    (Ita.)    To  play  the  fife. 

Plfferiua.     (Ita.)    A  little  fife. 

Piflero.  (Ita.)  A  fife,  or  small  flute;  a 
player  on  a  fife. 

Pifferone.    (Ita.)    A  large  fife. 

Piucer.  (Fre.)  To  play  upon  a  musical 
instrument. 

Pinces.  (Fre.)  X  general  name  for 
stringed  instruments. 

Plncbing.  A  practice  by  which  bagpipers 
giiin  one  or  two  notes  by  half  covering  the 
thumb  hole. 

Pindaric.  An  ode  in  imitation  of  Pindar, 
the  Grecian,  and  chief  of  lyric  poets;  an 
irregular  ode. 

Pins,  Hitcb.  The  pins  in  the  plate  of  a 
piano  on  which  the  strings  are  perma- 
nently fastened. 

Pins,  Tuning.    Wrest  pins. 

Pins,  ■\Vrest.  Movable  pins  in  a  piano- 
forte, about  which  one  end  of  the  string  is 
wound,  and  by  the  turning  of  which  the 
instrument  is  tnned.  ' 

Plob.    (Oae.)    A  pipe 

Plobaireachd.    (Gae.)    Pipe  music. 

Plobainala.  (Iri.)  The  harp  of  the  an- 
cient inhabitants  of  Ireland. 


PIP 


177 


PLA 


Pip  (A.  .9.)  A  pipe;  a  wind  instrument 
in  form  of  a  tube. 

Pi<m.  (Swe.,  Spa.,  and  Jce.)  A  pipe;  the 
reed  of  a  clarion. 

Pipe.  Any  tube,  which,  being  Inflated  at 
one  end,  produces  a  musical  sound,  acute 
or  srave,  soft  or  loud,  according'  to  its 
material,  form,  and  dimensions;  to  play  on 
a  pipe;  a  high  or  sharp  tone. 

PIpeau.    (Fre.)    A  pipe. 

Piper.    A  performer  on  a  pipe. 

Pipe  Itattle.  A  particular  kind  of  bird 
note,  80  named  by  English  bird  fanciers  in 
the  last  century. 

Pipe,  Reed.  A  pipe  formed  of  reed  for 
musical  purposes,  either  single,  as  in  an- 
cient times,  in  numbers,  as  in  the  Pandean 
pipes,  or  in  connection  with  other  varieties 
of  pipes,  as  in  the  organ. 

Pipers.  Itinerant  musicians  who  formerly 
performed  on  a  variety  of  wind  instru- 
ments, bagjjipe,  musette,  &c. 

Pipers,  ToTTn.  Performers  on  the  pipe, 
who,  in  the  early  days  of  Scotland,  as- 
sisted in  the  celebration  of  holidays. 

Pipe,  SoecU.  Name  given  to  the  bagpipe 
by  the  ancient  northern  poets. 

Pipes  ol  Pan.  A  wind  instrument  con- 
sisting of  a  range  of  pipes  hound  together, 
side  by  side,  and  gradually  lessening,  with 
respect  to  each  other,  in  length  and  diani- 
et^'-r;  pandean  pipes. 

Pipes,  Organ.  Square  and  cyliudrlcnl 
tubes  in  an  organ,  from  which  proceed  the 
sounds  of  the  instrument. 

Pipes,  Paudcan.    Pan's  pipes. 

Plpltana.  {Spa.)  Flute  made  by  boys 
of  green  cane. 

Plqiie.  {Fre.)  Struck;  intonated  vehe- 
mently ;  the  dash  or  dot  employed  to  show 
that  certain  notes  are  to  be  played  in  a 
detached  manner  (75). 

Pltancero.     {Spa.)     Superintendent  of  a 

chuir  in  a  cathedral. 
Pltar.    (Spa.)    To  play  on  a  pipe. 
Pitch.     The  acutenesH   or  gravity  of  any 

particular   sound,  or   the   tuning  of  any 

instrument;   to  set  to  a  key  note;  to  fix 

or  set  the  tone  of. 
Pitch,  Concert.    The  pilch  or  degrea  of 

acutenoss   or    gravity  generally  .idopted 

for  some  one  given  note,  and  by  which 

every  other  note  is  governed. 

.Pitch  Pipe.  A  wind  instrument  em- 
ployed to  designate  or  ascertain  the  pitch 
ofakey.  It  is  blown  at  one  end,  and  bc-iag 
shortened  or  lengthened  at  pleasure,  pro- 
duel's  with  exactness  the  ecmitonlc  degrees 
within  its  compass. 

Pltillo.    (,Spa.)    P'lageolet;  apipeorflute. 

Plto.    {Spa.)    Pipe;  a  small  flute. 

Pitofero.    (Spa.)    Piper;  flutist. 

Plttorlco.  (Ita.)  Embellished;  pictorial 
or  figured. 

Plu.    (Ita.)    More. 


Plu  Allegro.    (Ita.)    A  little  quicker. 

Plu  che  Ijento.  (Ita.)  Slower  than  lento. 

Pla  Forte.    (Ita.)    Louder. 

Plu  Ijento.    (Ita.)    Slower. 

Pin  3Ieno.    (Ita.)    Somewhat  leas. 

Plu  Mosso.  (Ita.)  With  increased  action, 

Plu  M:oto.    (Ita.)    Faster. 

Plu  Piano.    (Ita.)    Softer. 

Plu  Plu.    (Ita.)    Somewhat  more. 

Plu  Presto.    (Ita.)    Quicker. 

Plu  Tosto  Allegro.  (Ita.)  Rather 
quick. 

Plu  Vivo.    (Ita.)    More  animated. 

Piva.  (Ita.)  A  bagpipe;  hautboy  or  cor- 
net. 

Plz.    An  abbreviation  of  Pizzicato. 

Plzx.    An  abbreviation  of  Pizzicando. 

Plzzicaudo.  (Ita.)  Indie^ates  that  the 
strings  of  a  violin  are  to  be  sprung  with 
the  fingers ;  pizzicato. 

Pizzicato.  (Ita.)  In  violin  or  violoncello 
music,  indicates  that  the  notes  are  to  be 
snapped  or  sprung  with  the  finger,  instead 
of  being  played  with  the  bow. 

Placebo.  (Lot.)  In  the  Roman  Catholic 
church,  the  vesper  hymn  for  the  dead,  com- 
mencing, "  Placebo  "Domino." 

Placenteramente.    (Spa.)    Joyfully. 

Placldamente.   (Ita.)    Placidly;  quietly 

Placldo.    (Ita.)    Calm  and  quiet;  placid. 

Plagal.  (Grlc.)  A  term  applied  by  tha 
."..•icient  Greeks  to  those  church  modes 
whose  melody  was  confined  within  the 
limits  of  the  dominant  and  its  octave. 

Plagal  Cadence.  A  cadence  in  which 
the  final  chord  on  the  tonic  is  ]jreccded  by 
that  on  the  subdominant. 

Plagal  Keys.  Those  keys  in  the  system 
of  the  ancient  Greeks  whose  tones  reached 
IVom  the  dominant  or  fifth  upwards  to  the 
octave  and  twelfth. 

Plagal  Melodies.  Melodies  having  their 
principal  notes  lying  between  the  fifth  of 
the  key  and  its  octave  or  twelfth. 

Plagal  Modes.  In  the  ancient  Greek 
system  of  music,  those  modes  whose  tones 
extended  from  the  dominant  or  fifth  up- 
wards to  the  octave  and  the  twelfth. 

Plain  Bob.  Gr.mdsire  bob;  the  ringing 
of  7:^0  changes  upon  a  peal  of  six  bells. 

Plain  Chant.  Plain  song;  an  ecclesias- 
tical chant  in  dupnl  measure  with  notes  of 
equal  length,  and  seldom  extending  be- 
yond the  limits  of  an  octave. 

Plain  Counterpoint.  Simple  counter- 
point. 

Plain  Descant.    Simple  counterpoint. 

Plain  Recitative.  A  recitative  written 
witli  no  other  accompantinont  than  a  bass 
part,  of  which  the  notes  are  ligured  so  as 
to  indicite  the  chords  upon  which  the  re- 
citative is  constructed. 

Plain  Scale.    The  scale  of  a  pianofortA 


PLA 


178 


POC 


when  the  points  at  which  the  hammers 
strike  the  strings  iie  in  a  direct  line. 

Plain  Shake.  A  shake  shorter  tlian  the 
passing  shake,  ending  without  a  tum(K8). 

Plain  Shake,  Close.  A  semitone  shake 
rapid,  though  with  less  energy  than  the 
open  shake,  and  dosing  without  a  turn. 

Plain  Shake,  Open.  A  moderntely 
quick  shake  of  readily  distiuguished 
changes,  and  closing  with  a  turn. 

Plain  Son^.  The  old  ecclesiastical  chnnt 
without  those  harmonic  appendages  with 
which  it  has  since  been  enriched;  simple, 
slow,  unfigured  vocal  music. 

Plaintive  Music.  A  style  of  music  ex- 
pressive of  grief. 

Plalntivo.  (/to.)  Expressively;  plain- 
tively. 

Plank,  Wrest.  That  part  of  a  piano  in 
which  the  wrest  pins  arc  tixed. 

Planxtjr.  An  Irish  dance,  and  tunc  which 
accompanies  it. 

Plaque.  (Fre.)  Struck  at  once,  in  speak- 
ing of  chords. 

Pl£rren.  (Ger.)  To  sing  monotonously ; 
to  slug  with  a  hoarse  or  cracked  voice. 

Plasma.  {Grk.)  A  term  of  the  ancients, 
signifying  a  florid,  also  a  soft  and  delicate 
modulation  of  the  voice. 

Plated  Harmony.  A  harmony  without 
movement. 

Plate  Pins.  ITiose  pins  in  the  plate  of  a 
piano  on  which  tha  strings  are  perma- 
nently fixed. 

Plates.  Sheets  or  pages  of  metal,  qu.idri- 
lateral  in  form,  upon  which  music  notes 
are  stamped  or  engraved  for  the  purpose 
of  being  printed;  stereotype  pages  formed 
of  music  type  and  subsequently  cast  for 
the  same  purpose;  also  electrotypes  con- 
sisting of  a  page  of  music  type  subjected 
to  an  electric  precipitation  of  copper. 

Plate,  String.  The  plate  of  a  piano  in 
which  the  liitch  pins  are  fixed. 

Plauso.    (/to.)    Applause. 

Play.  To  perform  on  a  musical  instru- 
ment; to  take  a  part  in  an  operatic  per- 
formance. 

Player,  Flute.    A  flutist;  a  flautist. 

Players  on  High  and  Tiow  Instru- 
ments. A  title  assumed  by  the  French 
minstrels  of  the  14th  century,  when  the 
laws  of  counterpoint  were  forming,  and 
began  to  give  exercise  to  bass  and  treble 
instruments  in  concert. 

Play  House  Tunes.  The  general  name 
by  wliicli,  in  the  17th  century,  all  melodies 
first  introduced  to  the  public  by  the  thea- 
tres were  designated. 

Plectrupa.  {Lot.)  A  small  instrument, 
commonly  of  ivory,  used  by  the  ancients 
in  playing  upon  the  lyre,  harp,  mando- 
line, &c 

Plegaria.  (Spa.)  Bell  rung  at  noon  for 
prayers. 

Plein  Jen.    (Frc.)    Full  organ. 


Pletto.    (/to.)    A  violin  bow. 

Plico.    (Lat.)    A  kind  of  ligature  used  In 

the  old  music,  as  a  sign  of  hesitation  or 

pause. 

Plnrisound.  A  general  name  for  any 
simultaneous  combination  of  musical 
sounds. 

Plnritonc.  Any  combination  of  musical 
sounds. 

Plus.    (Fre.)    More. 

Plus  Anime.  (Fre.)  "With  greater  ani- 
mation. 

Pneumatic  Instruments.  Instruments 
whose  tones  are  produced  by  the  action 
of  wind. 

Pneumatic  Organ.  An  organ  moved 
by  wind,  so  named  by  the  ancients  to  dis- 
tinguish it  from  the  hydraulic  organ, 
moved  by  water. 

Po  .      An  abbreviation  of  Primo. 

Poche.    {,Fre.)    A  kit,  or  pocket  violin. 

Pochette.    (Fre.)    A  kit,  or  small  violin, 

used  by  dancing  masters. 
Pochettino.    (/to.)    A  very  little,  more 

or  less. 
Pochetto.    (/to.)    A  very  little. 

Pocket  Sletronome.  An  English  met 
rouome  of  the  size  and  form  of  a  small 
watch,  on  one  side  of  which  is  marked  the 
number  of  vibrations,  and  on  tlie  other  the 
principal  Italian  musical  terms. 

Poco.    (/to.)    A  little. 

Poco  Adagio,    (/to.)    A  little  slow. 

Poco  Allegro,    (/to.)    A  little  faster. 

Poco  Anlmato.  (/to.)  A  little  more 
animated. 

Poco  a  Poco.  (/to.)  By  degrees ;  grad- 
ually. 

Poco  a  Poco  Cresc.  </to.)  Increasing 
gradually. 

Poco  a  Poco  Crescendo,  (/to.)  Loader 
and  louder,  by  degrees. 

Poco  a  Poco  Crescendo,  I>ecrescen- 
do.    (/to.)    Louder,  softer,  by  degrees. 

Poco    a   Poco    Decres.    (/to.)     Slowly 

decreasing. 
Poco   a  Poco  Dini.    (/to.)     Gradually 

diminishing. 
Poco    a    Poco    "Diminnendo.      (/to.) 

Softer  and  softer  by  degrees. 

Poco  a  Poco,  Plu  dl  Fuoco.  (/to.) 
With  gradually  increasing  animation  ana- 
fire. 

Poco  a  Poco  Piu  I^ento.  (/to.)  Grad- 
ually slower  and  slower. 

Poco  a  Poco,  Plu  Moto.  (/to.)  In- 
creasing the  time  by  slow  degrees. 

Poco  a  Poco  Rallentando.  (/to.)  Be- 
coming slower  little  by  little. 

Poco  Forte,    (/to.)    A  little  loud. 

Poco  I^argo.    (/to.)    Kather  slow. 

Poco  Meno.    (/to.)    Somewhat  less. 


POC 


179 


POL 


Poco  Mluor  Allegro.  (Ita.)  A  little 
less  gay  than  allegro. 

Poco  Piano.  (,Ita.)   Somewhat  soft. 

Poco  Pla.    {/ta.)    Somewhat  more. 

Poco  Pla  Allegro.  ^  (Ita.)  A  little 
quicker. 

Poco  Piu  clie  Allecrretto.  {Ita.)  A 
little  quicker  thau  allegretto. 

Poco  Pin  clie  Andante.  (Ita.)  A  lit- 
tle slower  than  andante. 

Poco  Piu  Forte.    (Ita.)    A  little  louder. 

Poco  Pin  licnto.    (Ita.)    A  little  slower. 

Poco  Piu  niosso.    (Ita.)    A  little  faster. 

Poco  Piu  Piano.     (Ita.)    A  little  softer. 

Poco  Presto.    (Ita.)    Rather  quick. 

Poemetto.    (Ita.)    A  short  poem. 

Poem,  Syntplionic.  A  recently  invented 
composition  holding  a  place  between  op- 
era and  symphony,  and  serving  as  a  link 
connecting  the  two. 

Poesia.    (Ita.)    Poetry ;  a  short  poem. 

Poesie  Legere.  (Fre.)  Light,  minor 
poetry. 

Poesie  Sacree.    (Fre.)    Sacred  poetry. 

Poesies  Diverges.  (Fre.)  Fugitive 
poems ;  minor  poems. 

Poeta.    (Ita.)    A  playwright. 

Poetare.    (Ita.)    To  write  poetry. 

Poete  ]L,yriqae.  (Fre.)  A  lyric  poet ;  a 
song  writer. 

Poetessa.    (Ita.)    A  poetess. 

Poetino.    (Ita.)    A  little  poet. 

Poetlque.    (Frt.)    Poetic 

Poet  Musicians.  Bards  and  lyrists  of 
former  times,  who  blended  in  tlieir  pro- 
fession the  arts  of  poetry  and  music,  sing- 
ing their  rhapsodies  to  melodies  of  their 
own  composing. 

Poetone.    (Ita.)    A  great  poet. 

Poi.    (Ita.)    Then. 

Poi  a  Poi  Tutte  le  Corde.  (Ita.)  All 
the  strings,  one  after  another. 

Poing  Strolce.  A  sudden,  hard,  short 
beat  of  the  drum. 

Point.  In  ancient  systems,  a  dot  or  mark 
used  to  distinguish  tones :  in  modern  music 
a  dot  placed  at  the  right  hand  of  a  note  to 
raise  it«  value  or  prolong  its  time  by  one 
half;  a  note  or  tune. 

Point  d'Orgue.  (^Fre.)  A  cadenza ;  a 
pause  ;  a  long  holding-note  in  the  bass, 
accompanied  by  various  harmonies. 

Pointe.    (Fre.)    Point ;  dot. 

Polntee.    (Fre.)    Dotted. 

Point  of  Alteration.  In  old  composi- 
tions, the  dot  placed  before  two  shorter 
notes  preceding  a  longer  in  order  to  double 
the  length  of  the  second  short  note. 

Point  of  Augmentation.  A  dot  placed 
after  a  note  signifying  an  increase  of  the 
value  of  the  note  one  half  (36). 

Polat  of  IMmlnntlon.     A  dot  placed 


before  »  note  signifying^  that  ita  valoe  to 

decreased. 

Point  of  Division.  In  former  times,  th« 
dot  placed  between  two  shorter  notes  tliat 
followed  and  were  succeeded  by  two  larger 
In  perfect  modes  to  render  both  long  notes 
imperfect. 

Point  of  Dupllcatlou.  The  point  of 
alteration. 

Point  of  Imperfection.  The  point  of 
division. 

Point  of  Perfection.  A  name  formerly 
given  to  a  dot,  because  when  applied  to  a 
note  it  caused  it  to  attain  its  greatest 
length. 

Point  of  Repose.    Cadence. 

Point,  Organ.  A  long  or  stationary  basa 
note,  upon  which  various  passages  of 
melody  and  harmony  are  introduced. 

Points.  Characters  formerly  used  in  music 
instead  of  notes  ;  notes  without  stems. 

Points,  Braced.  Points,  or  dots,  having 
braces  over  them,  showing  that  the  notes 
over  which  they  are  placed  are  to  be  per- 
formed in  a  stvle  between  that  of  legato 
and  staccato  ;  demi  legato  (74). 

Points,  iVodal.  Those  points  in  a  stringr 
extended  between  two  fixed  objects,  whicli, 
when  the  string  is  caused  to  vibrate,  are 
found  to  remain  at  rest. 

Pol  Segue  11  Rondo.  (Ita.)  After  this 
the  rondo. 

Pol.    An  abbreviation  of  Polka. 

Polacca.  (Ita.)  A  Polish  national  dance 
in  ^  time ;  a  dance  tune  in  which  an  empha- 
sis is  laid  on  the  first  unaccented  part 
of  the  measure. 

Polacca,  Alia.  (Ita.)  In  the  style  of 
Polish  dance  music. 

Poliphant.  (Grk.)  An  instrument  strung 
with  wire,  and  somewhat  resembling  the 
lute. 

Pollca.  A  dance  of  Polish  origin  per- 
formed by  two  persons ;  a  tune  in  |  time 
adapted  to  the  dance. 

Pollca  Maznrlca.  A  dance  tunc  in  triple 
time,  played  slow,  and  having  its  accent 
on  the  last  part  of  the  measure. 

Pollca  Redoiva.    A  dance  tune  in  triple 

time,  played  faster  than  the  polka  ma- 
zurka, having  its  accent  on  the  first  part 
of  the  measure. 

Polonaise.  A  movement  of  three  crotch- 
ets in  a  bar,  the  rhythmical  pause  coming 
on  the  last ;  a  polacca. 

Polouoise.    A  polonaise. 

Polyaeoustics.  The  art  of  multiplying 
sounds  ;  instruments  for  multiplying 
Bounds. 

Polycepliale.  (Grk.)  A  style  of  air  in 
ancient  (ireck  music,  performed  by  flutes, 
in  honor  of  Apollo. 

Polyclkord.  Having  many  strings ;  an  an- 
cient instrument  having  ten  strings ;  aa 
apparatof  for  oonpling  two  octave  notea 


POL 


18Q 


POS 


of  n  pianofurte  or  other  Instrument  of  sim- 
ilar construction. 

Polyltyninla.  (Grk.)  In  Greek  mytholo- 
gy, the  muse  of  the  sublime  hymu. 

Polymnasilc.  {Grk.)  A  {general  name 
applied  by  the  ancients  to  certain  flutes 
invented  by  a  woman  named  Polymneste. 

Polymorpbons.  (Grk.)  Of  many  forms; 
an  cpitiiet  generally  applied  to  canons. 

Polyodia.  (Grk.)  A  combination  of 
sounds;  harmony;  any  composition  in- 
tended for  many  voices  or  instruments. 

Polyodlc.  (Grk.)  Consisting  of  several 
melodies  or  parts  in  harmony. 

Polyodle.  (Grk.)  Several  parte  in  har- 
mony. 

Polyphonla.  (Grk.)  A  combination  of 
many  sounds ;  a  composition  in  witich 
many  voices  or  instruments  perform  to- 
gether. 

Polyphonic.  (Grk.)  A  jjeneral  name 
for  all  compositions  consisting'  of  a  plu- 
rality of  parts,  but  generally  confined  to 
instrumental  music,  as  coneortos,  over- 
tures, &c. ;  a  style  of  composition  in  which 
all  the  voices  are  essential ;  contrapuntal. 

Polyphonism.  Multiplicity  of  sounds  ; 
composition  in  parts;  contrapuntal  com- 
position. 

Polypbonoas.    Having  many  sounds. 

Polyphony.  The  act  of  combining  and 
modulating  consonant  sounds ;  counter- 
point. 

Polyplcctra.  (Grk.)  A  general  name 
applied  to  a  class  of  instruments  invented 
by  Guido,  as  harpsichords  and  spinets. 

Polyplectrnnt.  (Grk.)  An  instrument 
resembling  the  spmct,  said  to  have  been 
invented  by  Guido,  so  called  because  its 
tones  were  produced  by  the  friction  of 
pieces  of  leather  acting  upon  strings,  and 
moved  by  pressing  or  striking  keys,  as  in 
the  pianoforte. 

Polythrou^um.  (Grk.)  An  ancient 
instrument  of  many  strings. 

Pomposo.  (Ita.)  In  a  grand  and  pompous 

manner. 
Pompoaauiente.     (Ita.)    Pompously. 

Ponctnatlon  Mnslcale.  (-fVe.)  JVIu- 
sical  punctuation  or  phrasing. 

Ponderoao.      (Ita.)    Heavily. 

Pouticello.  (Ita.)  The  bridge  of  the 
violin,  violoncello,  guitar,  or  similar  in- 
strument. 

Porrectus.  (Lot.)  One  of  the  ten  notes 
of  the  ancients. 

Portamento.  (Ita.)  The  manner  of  sus- 
taining and  conducting  the  voice  ;  a  gliding 
from  one  note  to  another. 

Portamento  dl  Voce.  (Ita.)  Carrying 
the  voice ;  the  blending  of  one  tone  into 
another. 

Portando  la  Voce.  (Ita.)  Sustaining 
the  voice ;  blending  of  tones  nicely,  and 
giving  to  each  strength  and  fulneM. 


Portare  la  Voce.    (Ita.)    The  act  of  car- 
rying the  voice. 
Porte-de-Volx.     (Fre.)     An   appo^gia- 

tura  ((54). 

Portee.    (Fre.)    The  staff  (4). 

Porter  la  Volx.  (Fre.)  The  holding  Of 
carrying  of  the  voice  in  all  varieties  of 
style. 

Porte  vent.  (Fre.)  The  pipe  of  an  in- 
strument. 

Porte  Voix.   (Fre.)    A  speaking  trumpet. 

Port  of  the  Voice.  The  faculty  or  the 
h«bit  of  making  the  shakes,  passages,  and 
diminutions,  in  which  the  beauty  of  a  song 
or  piece  of  music  consists. 

Ports.  A  name  given  by  the  Scotch,  in 
ancient  times,  to  airs  composed  for  the 
harp. 

Posa.  (Spa.)  The  passing  bell ;  panses 
made  by  the  clergyman,  at  a  funeral,  to 
sing  a  responsary. 

Posato.    (Ita.)    Quietly ;  steadily. 

Posanne.    (Ger.)    The  trombone. 

Posaunen.  (Ger.)  To  sound  on  the 
trombone. 

Posannenbass.  (Ger.)  A  bass  imitating 
the  trombone  ;  sackbut  stop. 

Posanueubl&aer.  (Ger.)  Sackbut  play- 
er ;  trumpeter. 

Posaunenruf .  ( Ger.)  Sound  of  the  sack- 
but  or  trombone  ;  trumpet  call. 

Posanneuzug.     ( Ger.)    A  sackbut. 
Posement.    (Fre.)     A  very  slow  time; 

adagio. 
Posltif.    (Fre.)    The  choir  organ ;  aamall 

organ  without  pedals. 

Positio.  (Lot.)  The  falling  of  the  hand 
in  beating  time. 

Position.  A  shift,  on  the  violin,  tenor,  o' 
violoncello  ;  the  arrangement  or  order  of 
the  several  members  of  a  chord. 

Position,  Close.  A  term  given  to  a  chord 
when  its  tones  are  near  together. 

Position,  Dispersed.  A  term  given  tp 
a  chord  when  its  tones  are  remote  from 
each  other. 

Positian,  Fundamental.  A  term  given 
to  the  place  of  a  chord  when  its  root  stands 
lowest  and  its  other  tones  stand  above 
each  other  at  the  distance  of  a  third  apart. 

Positiv.  (Ger.)  A  hand  organ  ;  chamber 
or  portable  organ ;  a  choir  organ. 

Positive.  An  appellation  formerly  given 
to  the  little  organ  placed  in  front  of  the 
full  or  great  organ  ;  a  choir  organ. 

Possiblle.    (Ita.)    Possible. 

Post  Horn.  A  species  of  bugle:  a  move- 
ment suited  to  and  imitating  the  notes  of 
such  an  instrument. 

Postlnde.    A  piece  performed  after  or  at 

the  close  of  a  performance. 
Postlndium.    (Lot.)    Afterpiece. 
Post  Position.    The  placing  of  adiacord 


POS 


181 


PRE 


ni>oii  the  accented  part  of  a  bar,  followed 

by  a  concord  on  the  next  unaccented  part, 

but  not  prepared  and  resolved  according 

to  the  rules  for  discords. 
Post,  Sound.  A  small  post  within  a  violin, 

nearly  under  the  bridyje. 
Potences.    The  curved  parts  of  a  trumpet. 
Poteiiza.     ( Ita.)    A  name  applied  by  the 

ancients  to  the  notes  and  sig-ns  of  music  ; 

any  sound  produced  by  an  instrument. 

Pot-pourri.  ( Fre.)  A  medley ;  a  capric- 
cio  or  lantasia,  in  wliich  dilferent  melodies 
and  frannienta  of  musical  pieces  are  oddly 
contrasted. 

Ponce.  (Fre.)  Thumb;  a  term  used  in 
guitar  music,  indicating  that  tlie  thumb  of 
the  right  hand  must  be  passed  lightly  over 
all  the  strings. 

Poule.  (Fre.)  One  of  the  movements  of 
the  quadrille. 

Pour.    (Fre.)    For. 

Pour  Faire  Passer  dessons  le  Ponce. 
(Fre.)  To  pass  tlie  thumb  under  the 
lingers. 

Pour  la  Harpe.    (Fre.)    For  the  harp. 

Pour  la  Premiere  Fois.  (Fre.)  A 
terra  signifying  that  the  passage  over 
wliich  it  is  placed  is  to  be  omitted  in  a 
repetition  of  the  strain  of  which  the  pas- 
sage forms  a  part. 

Pour  Keprendre  an  Commence- 
ment. (Fre.)  To  go  back  to  the  begin- 
ning. 

Pousse.    (Fre.)    An  up  bow. 

Poyn.    (Bus.)    To  sing. 

P.  P,    Pianissimo. 

P.  P.  P.    Very  pianissimo. 

Practical  Thorough.  Bass.  A  knowl- 
edge of  the  manner  of  taking  the  several 
chords  on  an  instrument  as  prescribed  by 
the  figures  placed  over  or  under  the  bass 
part  of  a  composition,  and  of  tlie  powers 
of  those  figures,  a  facility  in  taking  the 
chords  they  indicate,  and  jndgmfint  in  the 
various  applications  and  effects,  of  those 
chords  in  accompaniment. 

Practice.  The  frequent  repetition  of  a 
single  performance,  or  the  performance  of 
progressive  exercises  for  the  purpose  of 
acquiring  proficiency  ;  the  exercise  or 
actual  performance  of  music,  as  distin- 
guished from  a  mere  theoretical  profes- 
sion. 

Praelndo.    (Lat.)    To  prelude. 

Proesciae.  (Lat.)  Females  among  the 
ancients  employed  to  sing  dirges  over  the 
dead. 

Prall-Triller.  (Ger.)   A  transient  shake. 

Pratica  Antlqua.  (Ita.)  The  ancient 
practice. 

Pratica  Sloderna.     (Ita.)    The  modem 

practice. 

Pratico.  (Ita.)  Practised  ;  skilled  ,  expert. 
Pr.    Don.       An   abbreviation   of   Prima 

Donna. 
Preeentenr.    (Fre.)    A  precentor. 
16 


Precentor.  An  appellation  formerly  given 
to  the  master  or  leader  of  a  choir;  the 
leader  of  the  congregation  in  the  psalmody 
of  the  Scottish  church  ;  a  chanter. 

Precentore.    (Ita.)    A  precentor. 

Precettore  AXusico.     (Ita.)     A  teacher 

of  music. 
Prechantre.    (Fre.)    Precentor. 
Preclpitamente.    (Ita.)    Hurriedly. 

Precipitando.  (Ita.)  A  gradual  acceler- 
ation of  the  movement. 

Precipitato.  (Ita.)  In  a  precipitate 
manner. 

Precipitazione,Con.  (Ita.)  With  a  quick 
action. 

Precipite.    (Fre.)     Hurried ;  accelerated. 

Precipitoso.  (Ita.)  In  a  quick,  hasty 
manner, 

Precisionc.    (Ita.)   Precision ;  exaetitude. 

Preetce.  (Hin.)  The  third  of  the  Srootis 
into  which  the  fourtli  note  of  the  Hindoo 
scale  is  divided. 

Prelacion.  (Spa.)  Preface;  introduction. 
Prefazione.    (Ita.)    Preface. 
Preghiera.    (Ita.)    A  prayer. 

Prelude.  A  short  introductory  and  gen- 
erally extemporaneous  performance ;  a 
preliminary  movement  introducing  the 
theme  or  chief  subject. 

Preluder.    One  who  plays  preludes. 
Prelndiare.  (Ita.)   To  perform  a  prelude. 
Prcludio.    (Ita.  and  Spa.)    A  prelude. 
Preludium.    (Lat.)    A  prelude. 
Premier.    (Fre.)    First. 
Premiere  Pifre.    (Fre.)    Fife  major. 
Pi-euiiere  Fois.    (Fre.)    First  time. 
Premiere  Partie.    (Fre.)    First  part. 

Preparation.  A  term  used  by  theorists 
to  indicate  that,  in  harmony,  certain  dis- 
sonant notes  can  only  be  employed  with 
propriety  when  they  have  formed  an  in- 
togrnl  part  of  the  previous  chord,  and  aro 
continued  on  into  the  following  chord. 

Preparative  jVotea.    Appoggiaturas,  or 

leaning  notes. 
Prcparazione.    (Ita.)     The  preparation 

of  a  dissonance. 

Prepared.  Arranged  in  conformity  to  the 
rules  of  preparation. 

Prepared  Discord.  That  discord  the 
discordant  note  or  notes  of  which  havt. 
been  heard  in  a  concord. 

Prepared  Intervals.  Natural  intervals 
chanwd  from  large  to  small,  and  from 
small  to  large,  by  the  aid  of  intermediate 
tones. 

Prepared  Shako.  A  sb!»ke  preceded  by 
two  or  more  introductory  notes  (89). 

Pressa.  (Lat.)  A  character  formerly  em- 
ployed to  indicate  where  a  performer  is  to 
boglu. 

PresMtnte.    (Ita.)    Quick;  hurrying. 


PRE 


182 


PRO 


Presa,  L<«tt«r.  The  reading  matter  in  a 
mnsic  book,  so  called  to  aiftting^ish  it 
from  the  pages  or  passages  of  music. 

Pressure  Tone.  One  of  the  six  dynamic 
tones ;  a  very  sudden  crescendo  (107). 

Prcstamente.    (Ita.)    Hastily;  rapidly. 

Prestexza.    {Ita.)    Rapidity;  vivacity. 

Prestlss.    An  abbreviation  of  Prestissimo. 

Prestlssimamente.    (/(a.)    Very  quick. 

Prestissimo.    {Ita.)    Exceedingly  quick. 

Prestn^o.    An  abbreviation  of  Prestissimo. 

Presto.  {Ita.)  Very  quick,  but  not  the 
quickest  time. 

Presto  Assal.    {Ita.)    Very  quick. 

Presto,  ma  non  troppo.  {Ita.)  Quick, 
but  not  extremely  so. 

Presto  Presto.  {Ita.)  With  great  speed 
and  vigor. 

Priests,  Chantry.  Stipendiary  priests 
whose  particular  office  it  was  to  sing  mass 
in  the  chantries. 

Priests  of  the  Oratorio.  A  clerical 
order  established  in  Italy  in  1574. 

Prima.    {Ita.)    Principal;  flrrt. 

Prima  Buffa.  {Ita.)  The  principal  female 
performer  in  the  comic  opera. 

Prima  Donna.  {Ita.)  The  principal  fe- 
male singer  in  the  serious  opera. 

Prima  I>onna  Assolnta.  {Ita.)  The 
first  female  singer  alone. 

Prima  Donna  Serla.    {Ita.)     A  prima 

donna  who  sings    in   serious   or   tragic 

opera. 
Prima  Opera.    {Ita.)    First  work. 
Prima  Parte  Rcpetlta.    {Ita.)    Bepeat 

the  first  part. 
Primaril.  {Lot.)  Of  the  first  rank— a  term 

applied  to  the  first  and  second  tones  by 

old  writers. 
Primarjr  Chord.     The  common  chord ; 

the  first  chord. 
Prima  TIsta.    {Ita.)    At  first  sight. 
Prima  Volta.    {Ita.)    The  first  time. 
Prime.  {Ita.)    The  first ;  the  highest ;  the 

leading. 
Prime  Donne.  {Ita.)  The  plural  of  prima 

donna. 
Primes.      Two  notes  placed  on  the  same 

degree  of  the  staff,  and  having  the  same 

pitch  of  sound. 
Primes,  Perfect.    Primes  uninfluenced  in 

their  tones  by  sharps  or  flats. 
Primes,  Pure.    Primes  whose  tones  are 

not  influenced  either  by  a  sharp  or  a  flat. 

Printe,  Superfluous.  An  interval  arising 
from  the  fla.ttening  or  sharpening  of  one 
of  the  two  notes  denominated  primes. 

Prlmiccrio.    {Spa.)    Precentor. 

Primitive  Chord.  That  chord  the  lowest 
note  of  which  is  of  the  same  literal  de- 
nomination as  the  fundamental  bass  of  the 
harmony. 

Prim*.    {Ita.)    Principal ;  first. 


Primo  Alto.    {Ita.)    The  highest  aKo. 
Primo  BnlTo.    {fta.)     First  male  comic 

singer. 

Primo  Can  tan  t«.  {Ita.)  In  an  opera, 
the  first  male  singer. 

Primo  2IIusleo.  {Ita.)  First  male  singer 
in  the  serious  or  tragic  opera. 

Primo  Tempo.  {Ita.)  In  the  original 
time  —  an  expression  used  after  a  retard- 
ation or  acceleration  of  the  time,  to  signify 
that  the  first  motion  of  the  measure  is  re- 
sumed. 

Primo  Tenore.    {Ita.)    The  first  tenor. 

Prim.  Temp.  An  abbreviation  of  Primo 
Tempo. 

Principal.  A  term  applied  by  the  ancient 
Greeks  to  the  lowest  tctracliord,  also  to 
the  lowest  sound  of  the  lowest  two  tctr»- 
chords ;  an  organ  stop. 

Principal  Close.  The  usual  cadence  in 
the  principal  key,  so  called  because  gen- 
erally occurring  at  the  close  of  a  piece. 

Principale.    {Ita.)    Principal. 

Principal  Key.  The  key  in  which  apiece 
is  written  ;  the  original  key. 

Principal  Twines.  The  five  llnM  of  the 
stufl',  so  called  to  distinguish  them  from 
the  added  lines. 

Principalmente.    {Ita.)    Principally. 

Principal  of  Principals.  The  lowest 
chord  of  the  lowest  totrachorrt  of  the 
Greeks,  answering  to  B  natural  on  the 
second  line  in  the  bass  of  the  present 
scale. 

Principal  of  the  Dfean  Tetrachord. 
The  name  fjiveu  by  the  Greeks  to  that 
sound  which  was  last,  or  highest,  of  the 
first  tetrachord,  and  the  first,  or  lowest, 
of  the  second  tetrachord. 

Principal  Scale.  The  scale  in  which  a 
composition  begins  and  mostly  continues. 

Principal  Stop.  One  of  the  most  im- 
port.int  stops  in  an  organ,  generallv  made 
of  metal,  passing  through  the  whole  com- 
pass of  the  key  board,  and  tuned  an  octave 
above  the  diapasons. 

Principal  Violin.  The  first  or  leading 
violin  in  a  performance. 

Principal  Voices.  The  highest  and  low- 
est ;  the  soprano  and  bass. 

Princlpiante.    {Ita.)    A  beginner. 

Principien.  {Ger.)  Rudiments ;  elements. 

Probe.    {Ger.)    A  rehearsal. 

Procelcnsmatic.  {Grk.)  A  metrical 
foot  in  poetry  consisting  of  four  short 
syllables. 

Procella.  {Ita.)  A  composition  descriptive 
of  a  thunder  storm. 

Producente.  {Ita.)  Fiith  tone  of  the 
scale. 

Profane  9Iusie.  A  term  formerly  ap- 
plied to  all  music  not  adapted  to  churcb 
service ;  secular  music. 

Professenr  de  Chant.  {Fre.)  A  pro- 
fessor of  Tocal  music ;  a  singing  master. 


PRO 


183 


PSA 


professor.  An  officer  in  an  educational 
institution  whose  speciality  it  is  to  lecture 
on  musical  science,  contluct  musical  per- 
formances, and  qualify  individuals  to  be- 
come teachers  of  music. 

Professore  dt  >Iu8ica.  (Ita.)  A  pro- 
fessor of  music ;  one  who  makes  music 
his  chief  business. 

Pro^ramma.  (Grk.)  Symphonies  which 
form  descriptive  music. 

Proj^ramme.  A  list  of  pieces  to  be  per- 
formed in  a  c.oncert,  oratorio,  or  opera; 
an  outline  or  sketch  of  any  musical  per- 
formance or  entertainment ;  an  order  of 
exercises. 

ProjEfresslon.  A  succession  of  triads,  or 
perfect  chords,  which  are  confined  to  the 
tonic. 

Proi^resslon,  Triple.  In  old  music,  a 
series  of  fifths. 

ProgressfTe  Liessons.  Lessons  express- 
ly composed  for  the  purpose  of  practical 
improvement,  and  so  constructed  in  point 
of  inereasinij  execution  as  to  lead  the  prac- 
titioner to  those  difiiculties  which  he  could 
not  well  encounter  without  such  prepara- 
tory exercises. 

Prot^ressive  Notes.  Notes  which  suc- 
ceed each  otlier,  either  in  ascent  or  descent, 
by  those  do;::;-rees  the  settled  order  of  which 
constitutes  the  key  of  the  composition,  or 
the  passage  in  which  they  occur. 

Prohiblto.  (tta.)  Prohibited ;  not  proper 
or  according  to  just  rule. 

Prolation.  A  method  used  in  the  old 
music  of  determining  the  power  of  semi- 
breves  and  minims. 

Prolation,  Imperfect.  That  of  the  an- 
cients wherein  the  semitones  contained  but 
two  minims. 

Prolation,  IVote  of.    A  dotted  note  (3fi). 

Prolation,  Perfect.  That  wherein  the 
semibreve  contained  three  minims. 

Prolazlone.    (,Ita.)    Prolation. 

Prolazlone  Mag^Iore  Perfetta.  (Ita.) 
Perfect  mtyor  prolation. 

Prolazlone  minore  Perfetta.  (Ita.) 
Perfect  miner  prolation. 

Prologhetto.    (Ita.)    A  short  prologne. 

Prologo.    (Spa.)    Prologue. 

Prolo^pne.  The  preface  or  introduction 
to  a  musical  composition  or  performance ; 
a  prelude. 

Prolonged  Shake.  A  shako  which  can 
be  opened  or  closed  at  pleasure. 

Proloquinnt.  {Lnt.)  An  introductory 
exc<?ss  of  words,  or  syllables,  which  pre- 
cedes the  first  bar  of  a'cliant. 

Promenade  Concert.  A  vocal  or  In- 
strumental concert  during  which  the  audi- 
ence promenade  the  hall  instead  of  being 
seated. 

Prontamente.    {Ita.)    Quickly ;  nimbly. 

Pronto.  (,Ita.)  B^ady;  quick;  without 
loss  of  time. 

Pronnnzlara.     {Ita.)    To  pronounce. 


Prophet.  A  name  formerly  given  lA  barda 
and  rhapsodists. 

Propledad.    {Spa.)    Musical  propriety. 

Proportion,  mean.  The  second  of  any 
three  proportions  ;  the  tenor  part. 

Proportion,  RhytUiuical.  The  pro- 
portion in  relation  to  time  or  measure  be- 
tween the  notes  representing  duration. 

Proposta.     Ita.)    The  subject  of  a  fugue. 

Prosa.    {Spa.)    Prose  chanted  after  mass. 

ProsoB.  {Lat.)  Certain  hymns,  consisting 
of  rhyme  without  measure,  employed  in 
the  service  of  the  Catholic  church. 

Proscenio.    {Ita.  and  Spa.)    Proscenium. 

Proscenium.  The  ornamented  frame- 
work upon  which  the  curtain  of  a  stage  ia 
suspended. 

Proscorda.  {Grk.)  An  ancient  name  for 
an  instrumental  accompaniment  to  vocal 
music. 

Prose.    {Fre.)    A  hymn. 

Proslambanontenos.  ( Grk.)  The  low 
est  note  in  the  Greek  system,  equivalent 
to  A  on  the  first  space  in  the  bass  of  .the 
modern. 

Prosodia.  (Grk.)  A  sacred  song  or  hymn, 
sung  by  the  ancients  in  honor  of  their 
gods. 

Prosodlae.  (GrJc.)  A  style  of  Grecian 
air,  in  honor  of  Mars. 

Prosody.  The  name  of  a  melody  sung  by 
tlie  Greeks  at  tlie  entrance  of  sacrifices  ; 
the  !»rt  of  adjusting  accent  and  metrical 
quantity  of  syllables  in  lyrical  composi- 
tions. 

Protagonista.  {Ita.)  The  principal 
character  of  a  drama. 

Protesls.  {Grk.)  A  certain  pause  in  an- 
cient Greek  music. 

Prothalamlon.    {Grk.)    A  nuptial  song. 

Proton.  {Lat.)  A  word  applied  by  old 
composers  to  the  first  and  second  tones 
of  plain  song,  showing  them  to  be  of  the 
first  rank. 

Protopsaltes.  {Grk.)  The  name  of  that 
one  of  the  two  principal  singers  in  the 
patriarchal  church  of  Constantinople  who 
is  stationed  on  the  right  side  of  the  qhoir. 

Protracted  Cadenee.  Suspended  ca- 
dence. 

Protracted  Modulation.  Tliat  modu- 
lation which,  before  passing  to  its  natural 
harmony,  moves  to  an  intermediate  one. 

Prova.     {Ita.)    Rehearsal. 

Prova  Generate.  {Ita.)  The  last  rehear- 
sal previous  to  a  public  performance. 

Prowlsante.  {Ita.)  A  composer  of  im- 
promptus. 

Prowlsatore.    {Ita.)    Improvvisatore. 

Prusarunee.  {Hin.)  The  second  of  the 
Srootis  into  which  tlie  Muddhum,  or  fourth 
note,  of  the  Hindoo  scale  is  divided. 

Ps.    An  abbreviation  of  Psalm  or  Psalnu. 

Psallette.  {Fre.)  School  for  singing  boys. 

Paalm.     A  sacred  song,  composed  on  ■ 


PSA 


184 


PUN 


divine  subject  and  in  praise  of  God ;  a 
versification  of  Scripture  for  tlie  use  of 
cliurcijes. 

Psalmbuclt.    (Ger.)    A  boolc  of  psalms. 

PsalmdicUter.  (<?er.)  Psalmist ;  psalm 
siuger. 

Psalmen.  {Ger.)  To  sing;  to  chant 
psulms. 

Psalmist.  A  composer  and  singer  of 
psalms  or  sacred  song^ ;  a  cleric,  precentor, 
or  leader  of  music  in  tile  Koman  Catholic 
church. 

PsalmlstsB.  {Lot.)  Certain  canonical 
singers  in  the  primitive  church,  wiio  were 
not  considered  as  laymen,  but  amalga- 
mated with  the  ordinary  clergy. 

Psalmlstry.  The  act  of  singing  psalms ; 
psalmody. 

Psalmodie.    (Fre.)    Psalmody. 

Psalmodler.    (Fre.)    To  chant  psalms. 

Psalmodlst.  One  who  sings  sacred  songs 
or  psalms. 

Psalmodlze.  To  sing  psalms ;  to  practise 
psalmody. 

Psalmody.  The  art  or  practice  of  singing 
psalms:  a  style  or  collection  of  music  de- 
signed for  church  service. 

Psalmody  Island.  An  island  in  France, 
whiclj  liad  its  name  from  a  monastery 
founded  there  about  the  end  of  the  four- 
teenth century,  the  constitution  of  which 
enjoined  the  preserving  of  a  perpetual 
psalmody. 

Psalmody,  Perpetual.  The  Laus  Per- 
ennis  established  in  early  times  by  an 
order  of  monks,  whose  duty  it  was  to 
render  it  ceaseless. 

Psalmographlst.  A  composer,  writer, 
or  singer  of  psalms,  hymns,  or  divine 
songs. 

PsaImo|p:aphy.  The  art  of  writing  or 
composing  sacred  songs  and  liymns. 

Psalmsammsons.  (Ger.)  Collection 
of  psalms. 

Psalm  Tune.  A  melody  adapted  to  re- 
ligious service  ;  a  devotional  tune. 

Psalter.  A  boolc  containing  the  Psalms  of 
David,  with  or  without  tunes  ;  a  collection 
of  psalms  for  the  use  of  the  church. 

Psalterion.  (Grt.)  A  stringed  instru- 
ment much  used  by  the  ancient  Hebrews  ; 
the  nebcl. 

Psalterium.    (Xaf.)    The  Psalter. 

Psaltery.  The  neljel  of  the  ancient  He- 
brews ;  at  present,  atriangular  instrument 
strung  witli  thirteen  wires  tuned  in  uni- 
sons or  octaves,  mounted  on  two  bridges, 
and  played  with  a  plectrum. 

Psaltery  Rint^s.    Flat  rings  from  which 

project  strongVointed  quills,  used  to  play 

upon  tl»e  psaltery. 
Psaltrlte.    (Grk.)    Females  who  sang  at 

public  feasts  and  Imnquets  of  the  ancient 

Greeks  and  Romans. 

Psaome.    ( Fre.)    Psalm ;  a  sacred  song. 


Psanme  des  Xorts.  {Fre.)  Death  psaliai 

funeral  hymn. 
Psantier.    (Fre.)    The  Psalter. 
Pseautler.    (Fre.)    A  Psalter,  or  book  of 

psalms. 

Pn.  A  syllable  applied  to  the  fifth  note 
of  the  Hindoo  scale  in  solfaing. 

Pne.    To  make  a  low,  whistling  sonnd. 

Puente.  (Spa.)  The  bridge  of  a  stringed 
instrument. 

Puleha.  (/7m«.)  A  Russian  dance,  the 
original  of  the  polka. 

Pulcber.  (Lot.)  Beautiful ;  gay  ;  en- 
livening. 

Pnll-do'ivn  Wire.  The  last  connection 
between  the  key  or  pedal  of  an  organ  and 
the  valve  opening  into  the  wind  cliest. 

Pulsatile  Accompaniment.  An  ac- 
companiment consisting  of  regular  and 
monotonous  repetitious  of  the  chords ; 
an  accompaniment  by  pulsatile  instru 
ments. 

Pulsatile  Instruments.  Such  instru- 
ment-s  as  are  caused  to  sound  by  being 
struck  upon,  as  the  drum,  tamt>ourine,  &c. 

Pulsatilla.  (Lot.)   Pulsatile  instruments, 

Punchum.  (Ilin.)  Thenameof  the  fifth 
note  in  the  Hindoo  musical  scale. 

Puucta  contra  Puneta.   (Lot.)    Points 

agaiust  points ;  counterpoint. 
Pnncti  Convenientiee  ac  yiorse.  (Lot.) 

Characters  in  ancient  music,  denoting  that 

the  note  over  which  they  are  placed  is  to 

be  held  out  until  the  other  part«  reach 

their  conclusions. 
Punctus  Candatus.    (Lot.)    In  ancient 

music,  a  ciiaracter  otherwise  called  point 

of  alteration  or  division. 
Punkt.    (Ger.)    A  dot. 
Punkte.    ( Ger.)    Tots. 
Punktirt.    (Ger.)    Dotted. 
Punktirte     i¥oten.       (Ger.)       Dattei 

notes  (-iO). 
Punta.    (Ita.)    Point. 
Punta  dell'  Arco.     (Ita.)    The  point  of 

the  bow. 
Puntato.    (Ita.)    Pointed;  detaobed. 

Puntear.    (.S/>rt.)    To  play  upon  a  guitar 

by  pincliing  tlie  strings. 
Punto.    (Ita.)    Dot  or  point. 
Punto  a'   Organo.     (Ita.)     An   organ 

point. 
Punto  d'  Accressimento.    (Ita.)    The 

point  of  augmentation. 

Punto  dl  Alterazlone.  (Ita.)  In  old 
music,  a  polut  wliich,  placed  between  two 
semibrcvos  situated  t)etween  two  breves, 
lessens  the  breves  so  th.it  they  contaiu  but 
two  times,  —  and  so  with  regard  to  other 
notes,  as  minims  and  semibreves,  crotobett 
and  minims,  &c.        ,  . 

Punto  dl  DIvisione.  (Ita.)  Point  of 
division. 


PUN 


185 


QUA 


Pnnto  dl  Imperfettione.  (Ila.)  A 
,  point  in  the  anoient  system  by  which  a 
long'  was  diminished. 

Puuto  dl  Perfettione.  (7/a.)  A  point 
of"  augmentation  increasing'  the  value  of 
the  note  to  which  it  is  affixed  one  half. 

Panto  dt  Tradazlone.  (Itn.)  In  an- 
cient music  a  point  by  which  the  value  of 
one  note  is  carried  to  another. 

Punto  per  Punto.  {Ita.)    Note  for  note. 

Pupitre  a  Hasiqne.  (Fre.)  A  music 
stand ;  music  desk. 

Pure  Octave.  An  octave  containing  five 
largo  and  two  small  seconds. 

Pare  Primes.  Primes  neither  of  whose 
tones  is  affected  by  a  sharp  or  flat. 

Pure  Voice.    A  voice  coming  freely  from 


the  chest,  and  partaking  neither  too  strong- 
ly of  the  lips,  the  teeth,  the  nose,  nor  the 
tliroat. 
Porling.    A  sound  as  of  waves ;  a  soft  and 
mellow  undulation  of  the  voice. 

Pycnos.  (GrI:.)  A  name  given  by  the 
ancient  Greeks  to  two  of  their  genera  of 
music,  the  chromatic  and  the  enharmonic. 

Pyp.    (Dut.)    A  pipe. 

Pyrrhic.  (GrI:.)  An  ancient  military 
dance  to  the  accompaniment  of  the  flute, 
its  time  being  very  quick  and  light;  a  met- 
rical foot  consisting  of  two  short  sylla- 
bles. 

PyrrUiqae.    (Fre.)    A  military  dance. 

Pythagorean  Iiyre.  An  instrument 
said  to  have  been  invented  by  Pythagoras. 


a 


QTHE  initial  of  Quick. 
.    Qd.    An  abbreviation  of  Quadrille. 

<ts.    An  abbreviation  of  Quickstep, 

Q.  T.    The  initials  of  ^Mic&  Time. 

Qt.    An  abbreviation  of  Quartet. 

Quadrato.  (/to.)  The  note  B  in  the  natural 
or  diatonic  scale,  being  a  semitone  minor 
higher  than  B  mol. 

Qaadreble  Syglite.  An  expression  ap- 
plied by  the  old  writers  on  harmony  to 
the  rule  for  accompanying  the  eight  notes 
of  a  key. 

Quadrlclniam.  {Lat.)  A  composition  in 
four  parts. 

Qaadriglio.    {Ita.)    Quadrille. 

Quadrille.  (Fre.)  A  dance  made  up  of  sets 
of  dances  in  common  time,  four  couples  of 
dancers  comprising  each  set. 

Quadrillen.    (Ger.)    Quadrilles. 

Qoadrille,  Voice.  Quadrille  music  hav- 
ing vocal  accompaniment. 

Quadripartire.  (/to.)  To  divide  into 
lour  parts. 

Quadriplicate,    (/to.)    Quadruple. 

Quadrisillabo.  (/to.)  Of  four  sylla- 
bles. 

Quadriviam.  (Lat.)  The  general  name, 
intheyth  and  10th  centuries,  for  the  four 
sciences,  music,  arithmetic,  geometry,  and 
.\.itronomy. 

Quadro.  (Lat.)  A  name  given  to  the 
note  B  when  it  comes  in  the  natural  or 
diatonic  order. 

Quadraiu.    A  natural  (57). 

Quadruple.    Fourfold. 

Quadruple  Counterpoint.  Counter- 
point in  four  parts,  admitting  of  twenty- 
four  different  inver-sions. 

Quadruple  Croclie.  (/Ve.)  A  seml- 
demisemiquaver  (21). 

16* 


Qnadmplo.  (Lat.)  An  expression  for- 
merly applied  to  vocal  performances  of  the 
church  in  lour  parts. 

Qnagliere.  (/to.)  A  quail  pipe;  a  bird 
call. 

Quantity.  The  relative  duration  of  notes 
or  syllables. 

Quarta.    (/to.)    The  interval  of  a  fourth. 

Quantarii.  (Lat.)  A  word  .applied  by 
old  writers  to  the  seventh  and  eighth  tones 
or  modes  of  tlieir  plain  song,  to  signify 
that  they  are  to  be  of  the  fourth  rank. 

Quarto  Tono.  (Ita.)  The  subdominant, 
or  fourth  note  of  the  scale. 

Quart  Bassoon.  An  instrument  whose 
tones  are  a  fourth  lower  than  those  of  the 
bassoon. 

Quart  de  Sonptr.    (Fre.)    A  semiquaver 

rest  (.31). 
Quart  de  Ton.    (Fre.)    A  quarter  tone. 

Quarte.  (Fre.  aad  Ger.)  The  interval  of  a 
fourth. 

Quarte  Aagmentee.  (Fre.)  Greater 
fourth;  sharp  fourth. 

Quarte  Diminuee.  (Fre.)  Lesser 
fourtli;  minor  fourth. 

Quarte  du  Ton.  (Fre.)  The  fourth  note 
of  the  scale. 

Quarter  IVote.  A  note  equal  in  duration 
to  half  a  minim,  or  the  fourth  of  a  semi- 
breve;  a  crotchet  (17). 

Quarter  iVote  Rest.  A  pause  equal  to 
the  length  of  a  quarter  note;  a  crotchet 
rest  (;>i)). 

Quarter  Tone.  A  small  interval,  which, 
ill  the  mathematical  theory  of  music,  is 
found  to  exist  between  Dff  and  E  (j ,  Gjff 
and  A  [j ,  &c. 

Quartes.    (Fre.)    Fourths. 

Quartet.    A  composition  for  f  >ur  voices  or 


QUA 


186 


QUO 


histrumentg ;  four  vocalists  or  Instrumen- 
talists ;  a  stanza  of  four  lines. 

(tnartet,  Solo.  A  quartet  In  which  one 
of  tlie  voices  is  predominant. 

Quartet,  Stringed.  A  composition  ar- 
ranged for  four  stringed  instruments. 

Quartette.    A  quartet. 

Quartetto.    (_Ita.)    A  quartet. 

Uuartetto,  Solo.    (Ita.)    A  solo  quartet. 

Quartet,  Wood.  A  quartet  consisting  of 
the  flute,  oboe,  clarionet,  and  bassoon. 

Quart  F15te.    (Ger.)   A  flute  that  sounds 

a  fourth  higher. 
Quarto.    (Ita.)    The  fourth;  the  quarter 

note  (17). 
Quarto  d' Aspetto.  (7to.)  Asemiquarcr 

rest  (31). 
Quarto  di  Tnono.  (,Ita.)  A  quarter  tone. 

Quarto  9Iodo.  (/<a.)  The  fourth  mode 
or  tone. 

Quarto  Tiollno.  (Tta.)  The  fourth 
violin. 

Quasi.    (Ita.)    In  the  manner  or  style  of. 

Quasi  Allegretto.  (Ita.)  Like  an  alle- 
gretto. 

Quasi  Andante.  (Ita.)  In  the  andante 
style. 

Quasi  Presto.    (Ita.)    Rather  fast. 

Quasi  Recitativo.  (Ita.)  Kcsembling 
a  recitative. 

Quatrain.  A  stanza  of  four  lines  rhym- 
ing alternately. 

Quatre  Mains.    (Fre.)    Four  hands. 

Quatrlcroma.  (Lat.)  A  deraisemiquaver. 

Quattro.  (Ita.)  A  quartet;  a  piece  for 
four  hands  or  voices. 

Quattro  Maui.    (Ita.)    Four  hands. 

Qnatuor.    (Fre.)    Quartet. 

Quaver.  A  note  equal  in  relative  duration 
to  one  half  of  a  crotchet  (18),  or  one  quar- 
ter of  a  minim  in  the  same  movement;  a 
shake  or  tremulous  sound. 

Quavered.    Distributed  into  quavers. 

Quavering.  The  act  of  shaking  the  voice, 
or  of  makmg  r.ipid  vibratory  sounds  on  an 
instrument  of  music. 

Quaver  Rest.  An  eighth  rest;  a  rest 
equal  in  duration  with  the  time  of  a 
quaver  (30). 

Qnedo.  (Spa.)  Softly;  gently;  in  alow 
voice. 

Queerstriche.    (Ger.)    Ledger  lines  (4). 

QuerflOte.    (Ger.)    A  German  flute. 

Querintonla.  (Lat.)  Spiritual  lamen- 
tation; a  cantata  of  a  serious  cast. 


Queue.  (Fre.)  The  tailpiece  of  a  violin, 
violoncello,  tenor,  Ac;  the  tail  or  Bten\ 
with  its  hooks  or  blocks  used  to  indicate 
the  duration  of  a  note. 

Quickstep.  A  lively,  spirited  march,  gen- 
erally in  J  time. 

Qulebro.    (Spa.)    A  shake  or  trill  (S8). 

Qullisma.  (Lat.)  Name  of  one  of  the 
ten  notes  used  in  the  middle  ages. 

Quills.  The  plectrums,  instruments  for- 
merly used  instead  of  the  fingers  in  play- 
ing upon  the  harp,  guitar,  &c.,  in  harpsi- 
chords and  pianofortes,  for  striking  the 
strings. 

Quiuqne.    (Lat.)    Five. 

Quinta.    (Lat.)    The  interval  of  a  fifth. 

Quinta  Acuta.    (Lai.)    Fifth  above. 

Quinta  Decima.    (iMt.)    Fifteenth. 

Quinta  Gravis.    (Lat.)    Fifth  below. 

Quinta  Pars.  (Lat.)  An  expression  ap- 
plied, by  the  ecclesiastical  musicians  of 
the  14th  century,  to  the  fifth  or  additional 
part  of  the  cho'ral  service. 

Quinte.    (Fre.)    Interval  of  a  fifth. 

Quinte  Cacliee.    (Fre.)    Hidden  fifth. 

Qulntes.    (Fre.)    Fifths. 

Quintet.  A  composition  in  five  parts,  for 
five  voices  or  instruments. 

Quintette.    (Fre.)    Quintet. 

Quiutetto.    (Ita.)    A  quintet. 

Quiutilla.  (Spa.)  A  metrical  composi- 
tion of  five  feet. 

Quinto.    (Ita.)    The  interval  of  a  fifth. 

Quintoler .  ( Fre. )  A  term  appl  led  by  the 
old  French  writers  on  music  to  a  species 
of  descant  chiefly  consisting  of  fifths. 

Quintola.    (Grk.)    A  quintole: 

Quintole.  (Grit.)  A  musical  figure  of  five 
notes,  having  the  value  of  four. 

Quintuple.  Noting  a  species  of  time 
Duw  seldom  used,  containing  five  iiarts  in 
a  bar. 

Quire.  To  sing  as  in  a  choir;  to  8in<j  in 
concert;  a  company  of  singers;  a  choir. 

Qnirister.    A  chorister. 

Quirk.    An  irregular  or  broken  tunc. 

Qui  Tollis.  (Lat.)  A  movement  of  the 
Gloria. 

QnodI11>et.  (Lat.)  A  term  sometimes 
applied  to  a  certain  species  of  comi)osition 
written  in  a  comic  style ;  a  medley  formed 
of  various  pieces  of  music,  or  fragneuts 
of  larger  pieces. 

Quoing-Sage.  (Bel.)  Song;  musical 
flourish. 

Quoniam  Tn  solus.  (Lat.)  Part  of  the 
Gloria. 


B 


187 


EEC 


R. 


RIN  piano  music,  indicates  the  use  of 
,  the  right  hand  j  the  initial  of  iJeci- 
teUivo. 

Raas.    (Syr.)    A  Syrian  dance. 

Rabat.  (Per.)  A  Persian  poem  of  less 
than  five  lines. 

llabel.  (Spa.)  An  ancient  musical  instru- 
ment of  tliree  strings,  played  with  a  bow. 

Kaccourcir.    {Fre.)    To  abridge. 

Raclenr.    (Fre.)    A  poor  player, 

Itaddol.  An  abbreviation  of  Jiaddolcendo. 

Baddolcendo.  {Ita.)  With  augmented 
softness. 

Raddolcente.  (Ita.)  With  increased 
sofiuess. 

Itaddopptameuto.  (Ita.)  The  doubling 
of  an  iutorval. 

Baddopplata  TSota..  (Ita.)  Bepeated 
note. 

Kaddoppiato.  (Ita.)  Doubled,  or  com- 
pounded. 

Radical  Bass.    The  fundamental  bass. 

Radical  Cadence.  The  cadence  resulting 
when  the  bases  of  both  chords  are  the 
roots  of  their  respective  triads. 

Radical  iVote.    The  fundamental  note. 

Raggione.    (Ita.)    Ratio ;  proportion. 

Rail.    An  abbreviation  of  Rallentando. 

Rallentando.  (Ita.)  An  expression  im- 
plying tliat  the  time  of  the  passage  over 
Which  it  is  written  is  to  be  gradually  de- 
creased i  also,  a  corresponding  decrease  in 
the  quantity  of  tone. 

Rallentando  Assai.  (Ita.)  A  slacken- 
ing of  the  time. 

Rall°.    An  abbreviation  of  Rallentando. 

Rain's  Horn.  An  instrument  used  by  the 
ancient  Hebrews. 

li^nz  des  Vaches.  (Fre.)  A  general 
nai^je  for  a  class  of  simple  melodies  played 
by  Swiss  mountaineers  on  tlie  Alpine  horn. 

Rapidameute.    (Ita.)    Kapidly. 

Rapiflaniente  e  Brlllante.  (Ita.) 
Uapidly  and  brilliantly. 

Rapidlta.    (Ita.)    Rapidity. 
Rapido.    (Ita.)    Rapid;  swift. 
Rappel.    (Fre.)     In  imitation  of  a  bird  ; 

tlie  beat  of  a  drum  to  call  soldiers  to  arms. 
Rascb.    (Ger.)    Swift;  spirited. 
Rasguear.    (Spa.)    To  flourish  the  hand 

over  a  guitar. 

Rattencudo.  (Ita.)  Restraining  or  hold- 
ing back  the  time. 

Rattle.  A  kind  of  bird  note ;  a  rapid  suc- 
cession of  slinrp  sounds  ;  an  instrument 
witli  w^hich  a  clattering  sound  is  made. 

Rattles,  Tbumb.    Castanets. 


Ranecdlne.    (Ita.)    Hoarseness. 
Rauco.    (Ita.)    Hoarse;  harsh. 
Ranh.    ( Ger.)    Rough. 

Ranqne.  (Fre.)    A  rough  or  hoarse  rolce 

or  sound. 

Rauschen  de  Kfnsik.     (Ger.)     Loud, 

noisy  music. 
Rausclipfeife.     (Ger.)     In  organs,  the 

loud  alto. 
Ravanastron.  (Hin.)  The  most  primi- 
tive form  of  bow  instruments.  It  consists 
of  a  cylinder  of  sycamore  partially  hol- 
lowed out,  over  one  end  of  which  is  a 
piece  of  boa  skin.  The  bow  is  formed  of 
split  bamboo,  upon  which  is  a  mesh  of 
hair.  According  to  tradition,  this  instru- 
ment was  invented  live  thousand  years 
before  the  Christian  era. 

Rawivando.  (Ita.)  Reviving;  reani- 
mating ;  accelerating. 

Rawivando  il  Tempo.  (Ita.)  Ani- 
mating or  quickening  the  time. 

Re.  A  syllable  applied,  in  solfaing,  to  the 
note  D ;  the  second  tone  of  the  diatonio 
scale. 

Reading  Itlnslc.  The  act  of  designating 
the  proper  character  and  value  of  written 
or  printed  musical  notes,  or  of  singing 
and  playing  from  them  at  sight. 

Realejo,    (Spa.)    A  chamber  organ. 

Rebab.  (Tur.)  A  Turkish  instrument,  of 
spherical  form,  having  two  strings,  and 
played  with  a  bow,  now  but  little  used. 

Rebec.  (Fre.)  A  Moorish  instrument 
with  two  strings,  played  on  with  a  bow  ; 
an  old  English  liddle  with  tliree  strings, 

Rebecca.    A  rebec, 

Rebecchino.   (Ita.)    Small  rebec ;  guitar. 

Rec.    An  abbreviation  of  Recitative. 

Recall.  A  drum-beat  for  the  purpose  of 
recalling  the  troops. 

Rechauter.    (Fre.)    A  repeated  singing. 

Recbeat.  A  series  of  notes  which  hunts- 
men sound  on  the  horn  to  recall  the  hounds 
from  a  false  scent. 

Recbercbe.  (Fre.)  Research;  a  word 
sometimes  used  in  old  music  instead  of 
repeat,  replica,  &c. ;  a  species  of  prelude 
or  voluntary ;  a  cadence,  in  which  the  per- 
former, by  an  extemporaneous  prelude, 
leads  the  ear  to  the  subject  and  style  of 
the  piece  he  is  going  to  play ;  of  studied  ele- 
gance ;  peculiar  and  retincd. 

Recbercbes.  (Fre.)  Points  introduced 
by  the  singer,  according  to  his  fancy  and 
genius,  wliile  the  accompaniment  ceases, 
and  irom  which  he  returns,  at  his  pleasure, 
to  the  subject  matter  of  the  air. 

Recb«.   (Ger.)    Bight. 


EEC 


188 


RED 


ReehteHand.    (Ger.)    The  right  hand. 

Beclt.       An  abbreviation  of  Recitative. 

Iteclt.   (Fre.)    Recitative ;  an  organ  swell. 

Kecitado.    (Spa.)    Recitative. 

Kecltal.  Formerly  the  general  name  for 
any  performance  with  a  single  voice,  but 
at  present  only  applied  to  recitative. 

Recitando.  (Ita.)  In  the  style  of  recita- 
tion ;  declamatory. 

Recltante.  (,Ita.)  In  the  style  of  a  reci- 
tative. 

Recltare.    {Ita.)    To  sing ;  to  perform. 

RecitatU.    (Fre.)    A  recitative. 

Recitative.  A  tuneful  pronunciation 
more  musical  than  common  speech  and 
li'S8  than  song ;  a  piece  of  music  designed 
to  be  performed  in  the  recitative  style. 

Recitative,  Accompanied.  A  recita- 
tive which,  in  addition  to  that  for  the  bass, 
has  parts  arranged  for  other  instruments  ; 
passages  in  operatic  musicentirely  devoted 
to  passion,  but  which,  for  the  reason  that 
the  mind  of  the  speaker  is  agitated  by  a 
rapid  succession  of  various  emotions,  are 
not  adapted  to  any  particular  strain  of 
length  of  melody. 

Recitatively.  After  the  manner  of  a 
recitative. 

Recitative,  Oblls^to.  A  recitative  the 
phrases  of  wliiuh  'are  interrupted  by  short 
syrnplionies. 

Recitative,  Plain.  A  recitative  written 
with  no  other  accompaniment  than  a  bass 
part,  of  wliieh  tlie  notes  are  so  figured  as 
to  indicate  tlie  cliords  upon  which  the 
recitative  is  constructed. 

Recitative,  Simple.  Passages  of  narra- 
tive or  dialogue  in  operatic  music  devoid 
of  passion  and  sentiment,  such  as  by  their 
own  nature  cannot  be  made  the  subject  of 
musical  expression;  a  recitative  accom- 
panied by  a  bass  part  only ;  a  plain  reci- 
tative. 

Recitative,  Unmeasured.  A  recitative 
without  definite  measure. 

Recltativo.    (Jta.)    A  recitative. 

Recitativo  Accompagnato.  (Ita.)  A 
recitative  witli  an  accompaniment. 

Recitativo  Parlante.  (Ita.)  A  style 
intermediate  between  singing  and  speak- 
ing. 

Recitativo  Secco.  {Ita.)  Unaccompa- 
nied recitative. 

Recitativo  Semplice.  {Ifa.)  A  simple 
recitative. 

Recitativo  Stromentato.  (Ita.)  Reci- 
tative accompanied  by  the  orchestra. 

Recitatlvzug.    ( Ger.)    Recitative  stop. 

Kecitatore.  (Ita.)    He  who  acts  or  sings. 

Recltatrice.  (Ita.)  She  who  acts  or  sings. 

Itecitazione.    (Ita.)    Recitation. 

Reciter.    (Fre.)    To  perform  a  recitative. 

Rccitins  IVote.  Tlie  note  in  a  chord 
uiion  wiiiicli  the  voice  dwells  until  it  comes 
to  a  cadence. 


Redto.    An  ablreviation  of  Recitativo 
Reclamar.    (Spa.)    A  bird  call. 

Reclame.     (Fre.)     A  vocal  performanoa 

resembling  a  bird's  song. 
Reclamer.      (Fre.)      One  who  sings  io 

imitation  of  a  bird. 
Reco.    An  abbreviation  of  Recitativo. 
Recomposed.    Reset ;  composed  again. 
Record.    An  old  term  signifying  to  sing; 

or  to  repeat  a  tune. 

Recorder.  An  old  wind  instrument  some- 
what resembling  a  flageolet,  but  of  smaller 
bore  and  shriller  tone,  sometimes  used  to 
teach  birds  to  sing;  an  instrument  which, 
when  attached  to  a  pianoforte,  will  record 
upon  paper  the  notes  that  are  played. 

Recreation.  A  composition  of  attractive 
style  designed  to  relieve  the  tediousness 
of  practice  ;  an  amusement. 

Recreations  IMCusicalea.     (Fre.)     Ha- 

sical  recreations. 
Recta.    (Lat.)    Forward — a  word  applied 
particularly  to  a  canon. 

Rector  Chorl.     (Lat.)     The  leader  of  a 

choir. 
Recneil  d'Hymnes.  (Fre.)  Hymn  book. 
Red.    An  abbreviation  of  Redowa. 
Reddlta.    (Ita.)    Repeat. 

Reddolendo.  (Ita.)  To  be  performed, 
by  voice  or  instrument,  in  a  soft  and  pleas- 
ing style, 

Rcdoble.  (Spa.)  A  repetition ;  a  double 
beat  on  the  drum. 

Redondllla.  (Spa.)  A  roundelay;  a 
stanza  of  four  verses  of  eight  syllables 
each. 

Redoubled.  An  epithet  applied  to  any 
simple  interval  carried  into  its  octave  ;  as, 
the  thirteenth,  composed  of  a  sixth  and 
octave,  is  a  redoubled  sixth ;  and  the  fif- 
teenth, containing  two  octaves,  is  a  re- 
doubled octave. 

Redonblement.  (Fre.)  'X'he  doubliog 
of  au  interval. 

Redowa.  A  slow  and  graceful  danoe  in 
triple  time. 

Rcdubllcaute.    (Ita.)    Redoubling. 

Redublicato.    (Ita.)    Redoubled. 

Rednctio.  (Lat.)  A  term  given  by  Gnido 
to  the  fall  of  the  voice  in  pronouncing  the 
scale. 

Redundant  Chord.  A  chord  which 
contains  a  greater  number  of  tonea,  semi- 
tones, or  lesser  intervals,  than  it  docs  in 
its  natural  state,  as  from/a  to  sol,  sharp. 

Redundant  Fourth.  An  interval  con- 
taiuin;^  three  full  tones. 

Redundant  Interval.  ^n  interval 
greater  than  that  of  the  major  third,  and 
forming  a  passing  chromatic  to  the  fourth. 

Redundant  Second.  Au  interval  of 
conjoint  degree  composed  of  a  whole  tone 
and  a  minor  semitone. 


REE 


189 


REL 


Reed.  A  thin  piece  of  wood  forming  a 
])art  of  the  mouth-piece  of  the  clarionet, 
liatitboy,  bassoon,  and  similar  instru- 
meuts  ;  in  an  orjjan,  a  thin  plate  of  metal 
lixed  to  one  end  of  a  pipe,  and  producinjj, 
by  the  action  of  air,  a  reedy  thickness  of 
tone  ;  in  melodeons,  accordoons,  concerti- 
nas, Ac,  a  small  metal  tongue,  by  the 
vibrations  of  which  the  tones  of  the  in- 
strument are  produced  ;  a  rustic^  or  pas- 
toral pipe  made  of  the  hollow  joint  of 
some  plant. 

Ileed  Band.  A  band  of  musicians  whose 
performances  are  on  reed  instruments 
only. 

Beeden.    Consisting  of  reeds. 

Beed,  Free.  A  peculiar  form  of  organ 
reed,  the  tongue  of  which  passes  evenly 
within  the  pipe,  and  is  put  in  motion  by 
the  wind  on  its  i)asRago  upw.ards  from  the 
•  foot  of  the  pipe  into"  the  reed,  and  gives 
■way  under  its  pressure  for  so  much  of  its 
length  as  is  pliant  enough  to  do  so,  and  is 
then  brought  back  to  its  former  position 
by  its  own  spring-like  nature. 

Heed  Instrmneiits.  Instruments  whose 
sounds  are  produced  by  the  action  of  air 
upon  reeds  formed  of  wood  or  metal. 

Iteed  Or{^an.  An  organ  of  a  small  size  in 
which  the  keys  open  valves,  smd  allow  the 
wind  from  tlie  bellows  to  act  upon  reeds. 

Ileed  Pipe.  A  pipe  formed  of  reed,  used 
for  musical  punioses,  eitlier  singly,  as  in 
ancient  times,  in  numbers,  as  the  pipes  of 
Pan,  or  in  connection  with  other  kinds  of 
pipes,  as  in  the  organ  ;  a  reed  stop. 

Reed  Stops.  Those  stops  of  an  organ 
which  consist  of  pipes  upon  the  end  of 
which  are  fixed  thin,  narrow  plates  of 
brass,  which,  bein"  put  into  a  vibratory 
motion  by  the  windfrom  the  licllowa,  pro- 
duc«  a  reedy  thickness  of  tone ;  reed  pipes. 

Reed,  Striking.  A  peculiar  form  of  organ 
rce<l,  the  tongue  of  which  strikes  sharply- 
against  the  edge  of  the  groove  to  which  it 
is  affixed. 

Beed  Trumpet.  An  instrument  invented 
in  182'2,  consisting  of  a  trumpet  enclosing 
thirty-six  small  pipes,  each  having  n  brass 
tongue  or  reed,  arranged  in  a  circle  and 
pointing  towards  the  centre,  so  that  by 
turning  the  circle  e.ich  pipe  could  bo 
brought  in  succession  between  the  mouth- 
piece? and  the  bell  of  the  instrument. 

Reedy-Toned.  Partaking  somewhat  of 
the  tone  of  a  reed. 

Reel.  .\  sprightly  Scotch  dance,  the  ac- 
companying tune  "of  which  is  in  common 
time. 

Reflechlr.    (,Fre.)    To  reverberate. 

Beforzada.    (Spa.)    The  bass  chord  of  a 

stringed  instrument. 
Refrain.    The  burden  of  a  song:  that  part 

of  a  song  which  is  repeated  at  the  end  of 

each  stanza. 
Refrein.    (Fre.)    A  refrain. 
Beirct ,    A  refrain ;  the  burden  of  a  song. 


Begal.  A  small  portable  finger  organ,  not 
now  in  use. 

Begale.  (Fre.  and  Ita.)  A  regal ;  an  old 
finger  organ. 

Besalia.  (Spa.)  In  an  oropan,  a  pipe 
whose  tones  leserable  those  oi  the  human 
voice. 

Begimental  Band.  A  company  of  mu- 
sicians attached  to  a  regiment  j  a  military 
band. 

Begimentstrommelsclilager.  (Ger.) 
A  drum  major. 

BeiB^ina  Cceli.  (IxU.)  A  hymn  to  the 
Virgin. 

Beglster.  The  compass  of  a  voice  or  in- 
strument ;  an  organ  stop  of  any  species ; 
a  set  of  pipes  in  an  organ ;  the  knob  em- 
ployed by  an  or^^anist  to  control  a  stop;  a 
department  of  the  human  voice. 

Begister,  Sonnd.  An  apparatus  invented 
in  Paris  in  185-*,  by  means  of  which  sounds 
are  made  to  record  themselves. 

Begisterstimme.  (<?er.)  Tone  produced 
by  a  register  or  stop  on  the  organ. 

Begistre.    (Fre.)    Register ;  driiw  stop. 

Beglstro.    (Ita.)    Register. 

Begle.  (Fre.)  A  rule  or  precept  for  com- 
position or  performance. 

Begle  de  I'Octave.  (Fre.)  The  rule  of 
the  octave,  showing  the  manner  of  har- 
monizing the  scale  taken  as  a  bass. 

Begola.  (Ita.)  A  rule  for  composing  or 
performing. 

Begsana.    ( Ger.)    Agile ;  quick. 

Begula.    (Lat.)    A  rule. 

Begular  JLeaps.  Leaps  that  are  easily 
performed  by  the  voice  without  great 
effort. 

Begular  Itlotion.  Similar  motion  ;  a 
motion  in  which  two  or  more  partj*  al- 
ways ascend  or  descend  at  the  same  time. 

Behabeli.  (Am.)  A  viol  with  one  string, 
used  by  the  Arabians. 

Behearsal.  The  practice  of  a  composi- 
tion :  a  preparatory  perrormancc,  for  the 
purpose  of  securing  accuracy. 

Beihengesang.    (Ger.)    Song;  air. 

Beim.    (Ger.)    A  rhyming  verse. 

Beiselied.  (Ger.)  A  travelling  song;  a 
pilgrim's  hymn  or  song. 

Belteracion.  (Spa.)  Repetition;  reiter- 
ation. 

Belaeion.    (Spa.)    A  prelude  ;  a  ballal. 

Relncionero.     (.Spa.)    A  ballad  singer. 

Belated.  A  term  applied  to  those  chords, 
modes,  or  keys,  which,  by  reaso;i  of  their 
affinity  and  close  relation  of  some  of  their 
component  sounds,  admit  of  an  easy  and 
natural  transition  from  one  to  tlie  other. 

Belation.  That  connection  which  any 
two  sounds  have  with  one  another  in  re- 
spect of  the  interval  which  they  form. 

Belation,  Bnbarmonic.  Thnt  relation 
existing  between  two  chromatics,  when, 


REL 


190 


RES 


by  the  elevation  of  one  and  the  depreaalon 
of  the  other,  both  are  united  in  one. 

Belatlon,  False.  That  connection  which 
any  two  sounds  have  with  one  anotlier 
wlieu  the  inter  val  wliich  they  form  is  either 
superfluous  or  diminished. 

Relatlou,  Inharmoutc.  The  Intro- 
duction of  a  dissonant  sound  not  beard  in 
the  preceding^  chord. 

Relations,  Just.  Those  whose  extreme 
parts  form  consonant  intervals. 

Relations,  IVatural.  Those  relations  to 
each  other  sustained  by  tones  produced 
by  the  variously  proportioned  lengths  of 
musical  strings  when  combined  in  chords. 

Relative  Chords.  Chords  which,  by 
reason  of  affinity  and  identity  of  some  of 
their  component  parts,  admit  of  an  easy 
and  natural  transition  from  one  to  the 
other. 

Relative  Keys.  Those  keys  which  only 
differ  by  having  in  their  scales  one  flat  or 
sharp  more  or  less,  or  which  have  the 
very  same  signatures. 

Relative  modes.    Belative  keys. 

Relative  Scales.  Two  scales  which  hare 
several  tones  in  common. 

Rellgiosamente.    (^Ita.)    Devotionally. 

Religiose   Gesauge.    {Ger.)    Keligious 

EODgS. 

Religiose.  (Ita.)  In  a  solemn  style ;  ex- 
pressive of  religious  feeling. 

Relish,  Double.  One  of  the  old  English 
graces. 

Re  Majeur.    (Fre.)    D  major. 

Re  Mineur.   (Fre.)   D  minor, 

Remissio.  (.Lat.)  The  act  of  the  voice 
when  it  descends  from  a  high  note  to  a 
low  one ;  the  reverse  of  inientio. 

Remnant.  An  interval  used  in  the  ancient 
Greek  music,  less  by  a  comma  than  a  ma- 
jor semitone,  and  whielij  when  taken  from 
a  major  tone,  leaves  tue  apotome  for  a 
remainder. 

Remonter.  (Fre.)  To  restring  an  in- 
strument. 

Remote  Keys.  Keys  at  a  distance  from 
each  other,  as,  for  instance,  the  key  of  one 
sharp  and  the  key  of  five  sharps. 

Remplissage.  (Fre.)  A  florid  or  deco- 
rative flight  and  flourish  introduced  in 
concertos  and  bravura  airs. 

Remurmur.  To  respond  to  a  musical 
service  in  low  sounds ;  a  soft,  distant 
echo. 

Remnrmurlng.  Uttering  back  in  low 
sounds. 

Rendre  un  Ton.  (Fre.)  To  yield  or  give 
a  sound. 

Renverdie.  (Fre.)  Songs  celebrating  the 
return  of  verdure  and  spring  time. 

Renversement.    (Fre.)    An  inversion. 

Reuverser.    (Fre.)    To  invert. 

Renvoi.  (Fre.)  A  mark  of  repetition;  a 
repeat. 


Repeats.  Characters  indicating^  that  oer 
tain  measures,  passages,  or  strains,  are  t« 
be  sung  or  played  twice  ;  passages  of  mu- 
sic repeated  (42,  43,  44). 

Repeat  8va.    Repeat  an  octave  higher. 

Rcpereotimento.    (Ita.)    Repercussion. 

Repercussion.  A  frequent  repetition  of 
the  same  sound. 

Rcpercuter.    (Fre.)    To  reverberate. 

Repetent.  (Ger.)  A  teacher  who  con- 
ducts the  rehearsals. 

Repetimento.    (Ita.)    Repetition. 

Repetition.    (Fre.)    Rehearsal. 

Repetitious.    Containing  repetition. 

Rcpetizione.     (Ita.)    Repetition. 

Repertoire  de  I'Opera.  (Fre.)  A  col- 
lection of  pieces  from  an  opera. 

Repetere.    (Ita.)    To  repeat.  « 

Repicar.  (Spa.)  To  chime;  to  ring  a 
merry  peal. 

Rep!que.  (Spa.)  A  merry  i)eal  rung  on 
festive  occasions  ;  to  chime. 

Repitatore.    (Ita.)    A  private  teacher. 

Replica.    (Ita.)    A  repeat. 

Replicate.    A  repetition. 

Replication.  A  term  formerly  employed 
to  indicate  a  return. 

Replicato.    (Ita.)    Repeated. 

Replicazioue.    (Ita.)    Repetition. 

Repondre.  (Fre.)  Alternate  singing  by 
two  choirs. 

Reponse.  (Fre.)  The  answer  in  a  fugue ; 
a  response. 

Repos.    (Fre.)    Rest. 

Reprise.  (Fre.)  A  repetition  or  return 
to  some  preceding  part ;  a  pause  or  sus- 
pension ;  ;m  extempore  grace  ;  a  burden  ; 
a  refrain. 

Reprise  d'un  Opera.  (Fre.)  The  rep- 
resentation of  an  opera  which  lias  not 
been  given  for  some  time. 

Requarta.  (Spa.)  One  of  the  chords  of 
a  guitar. 

Reqniebro.    (Spa.)    A  trill  of  the  voice. 

Requiem.  (Lat.)  A  musical  service  in 
honor  of  a  deceased  person  ;  a  mass  y>er- 
formed  for  the  repose  of  a  departed  spirit. 


Reqnintar. 

the  tone. 


(Spa.)     To  raise  or  lower 


Resilience.    The  return  of  a  sound. 
Resina.    (Ita.)    Resin ;  rosin. 
Resolution.    The  passing  of  a  dissonant 

into  its  proper  consonant  cliord. 
Resolution  ot  a  Canon.      A  method 

adopted  in  former  times  of  resolving   a 

canon  into  its  elements  and  reducing  it 

into  score. 
Resolnzlone.    (Ita.)    Resolution. 
Resolve.    To  let  the  tones,  as  of  a  discord, 

follow  their  several  tendencies,  resulting 

in  a  concord. 
Resolved.    The  reiiult  of  resolution. 


RES 


191 


KET 


Besolvins  a  Discord.  Passings  a  disso- 
nance into  a  concord,  usually  after  it  has 
been  heard  in  the  preceding  harmony. 

Resoiiacioni.    (.Spa.)    Kesoundlng. 

Besonance.  A  prolongation  or  reflection 
of  any  sound. 

Besonancla.  (Spa.)  Besonance;  conso- 
nance; harmony. 

Besonansboden.  (ffer.)  The  sounduig 
board. 

Resonant.  Resounding  ;  capability  of 
returning  sound. 

Rcsonnemcnt.    (Fre.)    Eesoundlng. 

Besonner.    (Fre.)    To  resonnd. 

Resound.  To  echo  or  reflect  a  sound; 
to  sound  again. 

Respiration.  An  action  of  the  lungs  re- 
quired to  inhale  and  exhale  the  air  into 
and  from  the  chest. 

Resplro.    (Ita.)    A  rest. 

Respond.  A  short  anthem  interrupting 
the  reading  of  a  chapter,  which  is  not  to 
proceed  until  the  anthem  is  ended. 

Respousary.  In  church  music,  an  anthem 
of  any  kind,  in  which  the  choir  and  the 
people  sing  by  turns. 

Response.  An  anthem  sung  after  the 
morning  lesson,  concluding  in  the  manner 
of  a  rondo  ;  in  a  fugue,  the  repetition  of 
the  given  subject  by  anotlier  part. 

Response.  (Ita.)   Bcsponse. 

Responsory.   An  antiphony ;  a  response. 

Respuesta.    (Spa.)    Sound  echoed  back. 

Rest.  A  character  which  indicates  a  cessa- 
tion of  sound  (23  to  35) ;  a  pause ;  an  inter- 
val during  which  the  voice  or  sound  is 
intermitted. 

Rest,  Breve.    A  double  note  rest  (20). 

Rest,  Continued.  A  silence  continued 
through  several  successive  measures,  and 
indicated  by  a  figure  over  a  whole  rest, 
showing  the  number  of  measures,  and 
counted  by  adding  one  in  each  successive 
measure  (35). 

Rest,  Crotcliet.  A  rest  equal  in  duration 
to  the  length  of  a  crotchet  (29). 

Rest,  Demlsemiqaa-ver.  A  thirty-sec- 
ond note  rest  (32). 

Rest,  Dotted.  A  rest  having  a  dot  af- 
fixed, by  which  its  value  is  increased  one 
half  (39). 

Rest,  Donble  Dotted.  A  rest  which,  on 
account  of  two  dots  afBxed  to  it,  has  its 
value  increased  three  fourths  of  its  origi- 
nal length. 

Rest,  Double  IVote.  A  pause  equal  in 
poiut  of  duration  to  the  lengtii  of  a  double 
note  (2()). 

Rest,  Xlije^hth  ]Vote.  A  rest  equal  in 
duration  to  the  length  of  an  eighth  note  (30). 

Rest,  Eigbt  Semibreve.  A  rest  equal 
in  its  length  to  a  large,  or  eight  semi- 
breves  (23). 

Rest,  Four  Semibreve.    A  rest  having 


a  /ength  equal  to  that  of  four  Bemi- 
breves  (25). 

Rest,  Half  IVote.  A  pause  equal  in  da- 
ration  to  the  length  of  a  half  note  (28). 

Rest,  Hemldemisemiquaver.  A  sixty- 
fourth  note  rest  (.33). 

Rest,  iMIinini.    A  half  note  rest  (28). 

Rest,  One  Hundred  and  Twenty- 
£lebth  JVote.  A  rest  equal  in  its  time 
to  that  of  its  corresponding  note  (34). 

Restoration.  The  act  of  restoring  a  note 
made  flat  or  sharp  to  its  primitive  sound. 

Rest,  Quarter  BTote.  A  rest  or  pause 
equalling  in  length  a  quarter  note  (29). 

Best,  Quaver.    An  eighth  note  rest  (30). 

Best,  Semibreve.  A  rest  equal  in  dura- 
tion to  the  length  of  a  semibreve  (27). 

Best,  Semidemisemiqnaver.  A  rest 
equal  in  duration  to  the  length  of  a  semi- 
demisemiquaver  (33). 

Best,  Semiquaver.  A  rest  equal  in  du- 
ration to  a  semiquaver  (31). 

Best,  Six  Semibreve.  A  rest  having  a 
duration  equal  to  the  length  of  six  semi- 
breves  (24). 

Best,  Sixteenth  IVote.  A  pause  of  the 
same  length  as  that  of  a  sixteeutli  note  (31). 

Best,  Sixty-Fourth  IVote.  A  rest  of 
the  same  length  as  a  sixty-fourth  note  (33). 

Best,  Thirty-Second  IVote.  A  rest 
equal  in  length  with  that  of  a  thirty-sec- 
ond note  (.32). 

Best,  Triple  Dotted.  A  rest  Increased 
in  duration  seven  eighths  by  three  dots 
placed  after  it. 

Best,  Two  Semibreve.  A  donble  note 
rest ;  a  rest  equal  in  duration  to  the  length 
of  two  seniibreves  (20). 

Best,  Whole  jVote.  A  rest  equal  to 
the  length  of  a  whole  note  (27). 

Betard.    (Fre.)    Retardation. 

Betardando.  (Ita.)  A  retarding  of  the 
movement. 

Retardation.  The  keeping  back  of  an 
approaching  consonant  chord  by  so  pro- 
longing some  note  of  a  previous  chord 
as  to  continue  it  into  the  intermediate 
chord  which  follows. 

Betentir.  (Fre.)  To  ring;  to  sound 
again. 

Betentissant.  (Fre.)  Ringing ;  re- 
sounding. 

Betentissentent.  (FVe.)   A  great  sound. 

Betinte.    (Spa.)    A  tinkling  sound. 

Betiutin.  (Spa.)  An  afl'ected  tone  of  the 
voice ;  a  tinklmg  sound. 

Betraite.    (Fre.)    Tattoo. 

Betreat.  A  signal  given  in  the  army  or 
navy  by  the  beat  of  a  drum  or  the  sound- 
ing of  trumpets,  at  sunset,  or  for  retiring 
from  exercise  or  action. 

Betro.    (Lat.)    Backward. 

Retrograde  Imitation.  A  form  of  imi- 
t-ition  in  which  tlic  subject  is  commenced 
backwards  in  the  answer. 


RET 


192 


RIC 


Betroffracle  Inversion.  An  inversion 
made  oy  commenclnfj  on  the  last  note  of 
the  subject,  and  writings  it  bacliiwards  to 
the  first  note. 

Retrogrado.  (Ita.)  In  retrograde  move- 
ment. 

Retto.    (/<a.)    Direct  (114). 

Retnmbante.  (Spa.)  Kesonant ;  sono- 
rous. 

Retnmbo.    (Spa.)    Resonance;  echo. 

Return.    A  repetition  ;  a  second  part. 

Reveille.  (Fre.)  Tlie  beat  of  drums  at 
daybreak  for  awaking  the  soldiers,  and 
piittino;'  a  stop  to  the  ciinllenging^  of  senti- 
nels, also  for  calling  the  roll. 

Reverberate.  To  throw  back  a  sound  ; 
to  echo. 

Reverberberiren.  (ffer.)  To  rever- 
berate. 

Reversed  C.  A  sign  in  old  music  signi- 
fying' a  diminution  of  one  half  of  the  value 
o'f  the  notes  (124). 

Reversed  Retrograde  Imitation.    A 

form  of  imitation  m  which  the  subject  is 

commenced  backwards  in  the  answer,  and 

in  contrary  motion. 
Revert.    To  return  to  a  previous  passage  ; 

to  repeat. 
Revival  Hy^mns.      Compositions  which 

both  in  sentiment  and  melody  are  capable 

of  exciting  religious  feeling. 

Re-voice.     To  refit  an  organ  pipe  so  as  to 

restore  its  proper  qu.ility  of  tone. 
Rey.    (Spa.)    A  Sp.inish  dance. 
Rf .    An  abbreviation  of  Jlin/orso. 
Rfz.    An  abbreviation  of  Uinforzaio. 

R.  H.,  in  piano  music,  indicates  that  the 

right  h.ind  is  to  be  used. 
Rbapsodl.    ( Grh.)    Rhapsodists. 

Rbapsodie.  (Fre.)  A  rhapsody  ;  a  ca- 
priccio. 

Rhapsodists.  Those  persons  among  the 
ancients  whose  proi'cssiou  it  was  to  sing 
or  recite  the  verses  of  Homer,  and  otlier 
celebrated  poets. 

Rhapsody.  Originally  a  portion  of  an 
epic  poem  suitable  for  recitation  at  one 
time. 

Bho^.  (Wei.)  A  broken  or  rough  utter- 
ance. 

Rhomboid.  (Grk.)  A  four-sided  figure 
starrting  on  one  of  its  angles,  and  intimat- 
ing that  the  notes  of  the  passage  over 
which  it  is  placed  are  to  swell  iu  sound 
as  that  widens,  and  decrease  as  it  nar- 
rows (IKt). 

Rhyme.  The  correspondence  of  sounds 
iu  the  terminating  words  or  syllables  of 
two  lines,  one  of  wliich  succeeds  the  other 
immediately  or  .it  no  great  distance ;  an  har- 
mouical  succession  of  sounds. 

Rhyme,  Female.  The  .igreemcnt  in 
sound  of  the  last  two  syllables  of  verses, 
the  iast  syllabic  being  uaaccentcd. 


Rhyme,  ittale.  The  agreement  in  Bonnd 
of  only  the  final  syilabrcs  of  the  versea. 

Rhymlo.  That  part  of  ancient  musia 
which  taught  the  practice  and  rules  of 
movement  and  rhyme. 

Rhymopoeia.  (Grk.)  That  part  of '.he 
science  of  ancient  music  which  prescribed 
the  laws  of  rhyme  and  of  whatsoever  re- 
lated to  the  rliymie  art. 

Rhythm.  The  theory  of  musical  cadence, 
as  applied  to  melody  ;  the  simplest  com- 
bination by  which  evident  order  can  be 
given  to  the  sound  of  music  or  speech  ; 
tlie  harmonious  flow  of  vocal  sounds. 

Rhythme.    (Fre.)    Rhythm. 

Rhythm,  Higher.  A  form  of  rhythm 
larger  th;m  simple  measure. 

Rhytlimica.  A  branch  of  ancient  music 
which  regulated  the  rhythm. 

Rhythmical.  Relating  to  rhythm;  con- 
formable to  rliythra. 

Rhythmical  Accent.  An  accent  having 
reference  to  a  uniform  succession  of  larger 
and  smaller  groups  of  connected  tones, 
usually  proceeding  iu  a  measured  manner. 

Rhythmically.  Tn  a  rhythmical  manner. 

Rhythmical  Signatures.  Signs  placed 
at  the  boginniu'jf  of  a  piece  of  music  to 
denote  the  number  of  p.irts  into  which 
the  measure  is  divided ;  time  signa- 
tures (Gl). 

Rhythmics.  The  theory  of  rhythm  ; 
the  doctrine  which  relates  to  all  matters 
pertaining  to  time  ia  music. 

Rhythinique.    (Fre.)    Rhythmical. 

Rhythmisch.  (Ger.)  Rhythmical; 
rhythmic. 

Rhythm,  ^M^olossic.  Three  long,  strong- 
ly accented  syllables  in  succession. 

Rhythmometer.  An  instrument  for 
marking  time  to  movements  in  music. 

Rhythmus.    (Lat.)    Rhythm. 

Ri.  A  syllable  applied  to  the  second  note 
of  the  Hindoo  scale  in  soliiiing. 

Rlbattere.    (Tta.)    To  reverberate. 

Ribattimento.  (lia.)  Repercussion ; 
reverberation. 

Rlbattuta.  (Ita.)    A  repetition  of  a  note. 

Ribeba.    (Ita.)    Rebec;  the  Jewish  harp. 

Ribecca.    (Ita.)    A  rebec. 

Ribtbe.    A  stringed  instrument ;  a  rebec 

Ribible.  A  small  viol  with  three  atrings 
—  the  diminutive  ot  rebec. 

Ricantare.    (Ita.)    To  sing  again. 

Ricercari.  (Ita.)  Name  formerly  given 
to  solfeggi  for  the  voice,  also  to  original 
exercises  or  compositions  for  instruments, 
and  fantasias. 

Ricercari  da  Suonare.  (Tta.)  Instru- 
mental pieces  composed  of  variiitions, 
dances,  fugues,  and  fugued  pieces,  de- 
signed to  be  performed  on  the  viol,  basi 
viol,  lute,  theorbo,  &c. 

Rlcereata.  (Ita.)  A  fugue  replete  with 
contrapuntal  artifices. 


RIC 


193 


RIS 


Ulcli.  A  term  applied  to  compositions,  the 
parts  of  which  are  elaborately  and  in<^en- 
lously  combined,  and  which,  in  perform- 
ance, produce  elegance  and  fulness  of 
oflect. 

Kicliiaino.    (/fa.)    A  bird  call. 

Rich  tig  Singen.  {Ger.)  To  sing  in 
tune. 

Klcominciamo.  {Ita.)  Let  us  begin 
again. 

Ricta.  (Hin.)  The  second  of  the  Srootis 
inio  which  the  fifth  note  of  the  Hindoo 
ec;\\c  is  divided. 

Riddare.     (Ita.)    To  dance  in  a  ring. 

Riddle  Canon.  A  canon  written  without 
any  indication  of  tlie  number  of  parts,  in- 
tervals, or  points  of  introduction,  some- 
times with  false  directions,  designed  as  an 
amusement. 

Riddone.  (Ita.)  A  roundelay  ;  a  village 
dance. 

Kidean   d'£ntr'acte.        (Fre.)       Drop 

scene. 

Ridevolmeute.  {Ita.)  Ludicrously ; 
pleasantly, 

Ridicimento.  {Ita.)  Eepetition;  re- 
peating. 

Ridicolosamcnte.    {Ita.)    liidiculously. 

Rldotto.  {Ita.)  Adapted;  arranged;  an 
entertainment  consisting  of  singing  and 
dancing. 

Rifflorinientl.     {Ita.)     Extemporaneous 

cmbellis'.iments. 
Rlflettando.   {Ita.)    A  reflective  air  to  be 

assumed. 
Rigadoon.    A  lively  dance,  performed  in 

figure  by  one  coufie;   a  tune  written  in 

triple  time  to  accompany  the  dance. 

Riga  Iilnes.  {Ita.)  The  lines  upon  and 
between  which  the  notes  of  music  are 
written. 

Right  Beat.      A  movement  of  the  hand 

to  tlie  right  in  beating  time. 
Rigodon.    {Fre.)    A  rigadoon. 
Rigoletto.    (Ita.)    A  round  dance. 

Rigoll.  An  ancient  instrument,  consisting 
oi  several  sticks  bound  together,  but  sep- 
arated by  beads,  performed  upon  by  being 
struck  with  a  ball  iixed  upon  the  end  of  a 
stick. 

Rigore.  {Ita.)  TJigor;  strictness;  in  the 
most  exact  time. 

Rigorists.  Musicians  who  adhere  with 
severe  strictness  to  the  rules  of  musical  art. 

Rikhub.  {Ilin.)  The  name  of  the  sec- 
ond note  in  the  Hindoo  musical  scale. 

Rllasciando.  {Ita.)  Slackening  the 
time. 

Rima.    {Ita.)    Verse  ;  poem ;  song. 

Rimaillenr.    {Fre.)    A  rhymester. 

Rimbombameuto.  {Ita.)  Resounding; 
booming. 

Rimbombevole.  {Ita.)  Noisy;  resound- 
ing. 

17 


Rimer.    {Fre.)    Hhymc;  verse. 

Rimes    Crolsees.       {Fre.)       Alternate 

rhymes. 
Rimenr.    {Fre.)    Rhymer. 
Rindermagen.    {Ger.)     Fsalter  ;  psalm 

book. 
Rinf.    An  abbreviation  of  Hinforzando. 
Rinfoi-zando.      {Ita.)      With  additional 

tone  and  emphasis. 
Rinforzato.    {Ita.)     Increased  tone  and 

empliasis. 
Riuforzo.    {Ita.)    Greater  emphasis. 

Ring.  To  strike  a  bell  or  any  other  sonc  • 
rous  body  so  as  to  make  it  sound ;  to  mako 
a  sound  or  music  with  bells  ;  the  sound  of 
metids ;  a  chime. 

Ringelstnclc.   {Ger.)  Rondeau;  ronnde- 

lay. 
Ringeltanz.     {Ger.)    A  merry-go-round 

daiice. 
Ringen.    {Ger.)    To  ring  or  sound. 

Ringers.  Persons  who  perform  upon  a 
set,  or  chime,  of  bells  tuned  to  a  musical 
scale  ;  those  who,  with  a  number  of  hand 
bells,  varying  in  size  from  the  smallest  to 
the  largest,  produce  with  correctness  every 
variety  of  music. 

Ringing,  Change.  The  round  ringing 
of  a  chime  of  bells  varied  by  changes  at 
the  pleasure  of  the  performer. 

Ringing,  Round.  In  a  chime  of  bells, 
the  bells  being  set,  the  dropping  of  the 
treble  bell  followed  by  the  others  in  rapid 
succession,  the  whole  being  often  repeated. 

Rings,  Psaltery.  Flat  rings  from  which 
project  strong  pointed  quills,  used  to  play 
upon  the  psaltery. 

Rlutoccare.     {Ita.)    To  toll  a  bell. 

Rlntocco.    {Ita.)    Tolling ;  a  knell. 

Rintronato.  {Ita.)  Resounded ;  reechoed. 

Ripetitura.  {Ita.)  Repetition ;  burden 
of  a  song. 

Ri}ietizione.  (Ita.)  Repetition  ;  the  bur- 
den of  a  song  ;  a  refrain. 

Rlpieno.  {Ita.)  A  term  applied  to  such 
parts,  in  concerted  music,  as  are  introduced 
to  fill  up  and  augment  the  effect  of  a  full 
chorus  of  voices  or  instruments. 

Ripleno,  Alto.  (Ita.)  The  tenor  of  the 
great  chorus,  which  is  performed  at  some 
particular  place,  or  in  the  full  parts  of  a,, 
composition. 

Riposta.    (Ita.)    Repeat. 

Riprcsa.  (Ita.)    A  mark  of  repetition  (12, 

4:j,  U). 
Rise.    Increase  of  sound  on  the  same  kev ; 

elevation  or  ascent  of  the  voice  in  tho 

di.itonic  scale. 
Riseutito.    {Ita.)    Impressive;  vigorous. 
Risolntamente.    {Ita.)    Resolutely. 
Risolutisslmo.     (Ita.)     With   extreme 

resolution. 
Rtsoluto.    {Ita.)    Decided. 


RIS 


194 


ROM 


msolnclone.  (/to.)  The  resolution  of  a 
discord. 

Btsonanxa.    (/to.)    Resonance. 

Klsonare.    (/te.)    To  ring ;  to  resonnd. 

Rtsposta.    {Ita.)    The  answer  of  »  fn^ue. 

Rlsvesliare.  (/te.)  To  reanimate  the 
execution. 

Risvegllato.  (Tta.)  With  much  anima- 
tion. 

Rit.    An  abbreviation  of  Ritardando, 

Ritard.    An  abbreviation  oi  Ritardando. 

Ritardando.  (7ta.)  A  <?rafhial  retarding' 
or  s!  .nlcening'  of  the  time,  with  a  corre- 
fiponding  diminution  in  point  of  tone. 

Ritardato.    (/<a.)     Retarded  j  delayed. 

Ritardo.  ( Ita.)  A  retardation  ;  a  slack- 
ening' of  the  time. 

Ritardo  un  Pochettino.  (/to.)  Slaclcen 
the  time  a  little. 

Riteu.    An  abbreviation  of  Ritenuto. 

Riteueudo.  {Ita.)  Holding  back  in  the 
time. 

Rltenente.  {Ita.)  A  sudden  diminution 
of  time. 

Ritennto.  {Ita.)  Slackeninir  the  time. 
The  effect  differs  from  the  ritardando  by 
beinij  done  at  once,  while  the  other  is  ef- 
fected by  degrees. 

Rltmo.  {Ita,  and  Spa.)  Rhythm ;  cadence ; 
measure. 

Ritmo  a  tre  Battute.    {Ita.)    Rhythm 

in  three  beats. 
Rltor.    {Ita.)     An  abbreviation  of  Ritor- 

nello. 

Rltomelll.  {Ita.)  The  plural  of  RUor- 
nello. 

Ritornello.  {Ita.)  A  short  symphony 
or  introduction  to  an  air ;  the  symphonies 
between  the  members  or  periods  of  the 
air ;  the  tutti  parts,  introductory  to,  and 
between  the  solos  of  a  concerto  ;  a  repeat ; 
the  burden  of  a  song. 

Ritonmelle.    {Fre.)    Ritoruello. 

Riverberamettto.  {Ita.)    Reverberation. 

Riversa.    {Ita.)    The  opposite ;  reverse. 

Rivolgimento.  {Tta.)  The  inversion  of 
tlic  parts  in  double  counterpoint;  the 
placing  of  a  treble  or  other  upper  pjirt  in 
the  place  of  the  bass,  or  any  low  part,  or 
vice  versa. 

Rivoltare.    (Ita.)    To  change. 

Rivoltato.    {Ita.)    Inverted. 

Rivolto.    {Ita.)    Inversion 

Robato.    {Ita.)    Robbed;  borrowed. 

Roehezza.    {Ita.)    Hoarseness. 

Rock  Harmonleeii.  An  English  instru- 
ment consisting  of  a  wooden  frame  on 
which  are  placed  pieces  of  rock  arranged 
in  musical  order  as  regards  tone,  and 
played  upon  ivith  wooduu  hammers  held 
in  the  hand. 

Roeo.    ( Jta.)    Hoarse ;  croaking ;  harsh. 

Bogne'a   Tttarek.      Derisive  music  per- 


formed in  expellln"'  a  person  by  popular 
indignation,  or  in  drumming  a  worthlesa 
soldier  out  of  a  regiment  or  camp. 

Rohinee.  {Hiii.)  The  second  of  the 
Srootis  into  which  the  sixth  note  of  the 
Hindoo  scale  is  divided. 

Rolu-.    ( Ger.)    A  reed. 

Rohrwerk.   {Ger.)    Reed  work  :  the  reed 

stops  taken  collectively. 
Roi  des  Violona.     {Fre.)     King  of  the 

violins. 

Rdle.  {Fre.)  A  part  or  character  per 
formed  by  an  actor  in  an  opera. 

Roll.  The  main  feature  in  drum  playing, 
holding  the  same  relation  to  drum  ntusie 
as  the  gamut  does  in  music  for  wind  or 
stringed  instruments  ;  to  beat  with  rapid 
strokes. 

Rollando.  {Ita.)  The  roll  on  the  drum 
and  timibourinc. 

Roller.  A  portion  of  an  organ  moved  by 
the  tracker,  and  employed  to  draw  down 
the  pull-down  wire;  a  drum  roll. 

Roller  Roard.  A  large,  irregularly 
sliaped  board,  placed  perpendicularly  over 
each  set  of  keys  in  an  organ,  of  the  same 
length  as  the  sound  board,  and  having 
attached  to  it  as  many  rollers  as  there  are 
keys  in  the  set  to  wliich  it  belongs. 

Rolling.  A  rapid  pulsation  of  the  drnm, 
by  which  the  sounds  so  closely  succeed 
each  other  as  to  beat  upon  the  ear  with  a 
rumbling  continuity  of  effect. 

Roll,  Liong.  A  prolonged  roll  of  drums 
signalizing  an  attack  by  the  enemy,  and 
for  the  troops  to  place  themselves  in  line 
of  battle. 

Rollo.  {Ita.)  The  roll  of  a  drum  or  tam- 
bourine. 

Roll,  Single-Stroke.  In  drum  music, 
one  beat  with  each  hanii  alternately — a 
practice  designed  to  impart  to  pupils  skill 
in  a  free  use  of  the  sticks. 

Romaika.  A  dance  tune  of  the  modern 
Greeks  to  accompany  a  dance  of  the  tame 
name,  commoncinjj  in  a  slow  and  solemn 
style,  and  gradually  increasing  to  a  high 
degree  of  Bprightliness. 

Romance.    A  lyric  tale,  set  to  mnsie ;  a 

simple  and  elegant  melody  suitable  to  such 
words ;  an  irregular,  but  dclicjite  and  re- 
fined, composition,  combining  great  ex- 
pression and  variety  with  sentiment  and 
unexpected  phrases. 

Romance.    {Fre.)    Song;  ballad. 

Roman  Chant.    The  Gregorian  chant. 

Romauesca.    {Ifa.)     An  old,  lively  It» 

lian  dance  ;  a  galliard. 
Romanesque.    {Fre.)    Romantic. 

Romantic  Opera.  An  opera  consisting 
of  gay  and  sprightly  music  interwovca 
with  dialogue. 

Romanza.    {Ita.)    Romance. 

Romanzo.    {ltd.)    Romance. 

RomtMtre.    {Ita.)    To  drone ;  hum ;  ban. 


ROM 


195 


RUF 


Rttmlsche  Gesanisr-    (Ger.)     Tbe  plain 

chant  of  the  Catholic  Bcrvico. 
lion.    An  abbreviation  of  TJondo. 
ISoncon.    (Spa.)    The  ilrono  of  a  bagpipe. 
Ronde.   (Fre.)    A  scmlbrcve  ;  whole  note  5 

a  roundelay. 
ISondcan.    (,Fre.)    A  rondo. 

Rondeau  Misnon.  (,Fre.)  A  fayorite 
rondo. 

Rondeanx.    (Fre.)    Rondos. 

Roudelet.    (Fre.)    A  roundelay. 

Roudelle.    (Fre.)    A  roundelay. 

Ronde  Pointce.  (Frc.)  Dotted  Bemi- 
brcve  (30). 

Rondiletta.    (lia.)    A  short  rondo. 

Rondinetto.     (Ita.)    A  short  rondo. 

Rondino.    (Ita.)    A  sliort  rondo. 

Rondo.  (Ita.)  A  vocal  or  instrumental 
composition,  jjenerally  consistinjj  of  three 
strains,  the  first  of  which  closes  in  tlie 
original  key,  while  each  of  the  others  is 
BO  constructed,  in  point  of  modulation,  as 
to  recouduct  the  ear,  in  an  easy  aud  natu- 
ral manner,  to  the  first  strain  ;  a  rounde- 
lay ;  a  rondeau. 

Rondo  Form.  In  the  manner  of  a  rondo. 

Rondolet.    (Fre.)    A  roundelay. 

Rondoletto.    (Ita.)    A  short  rondo. 

Rouflant.    (Fre.)    Sonorous. 

Ronflement.  (Fre.)  A  peal  of  organ 
music,  or  of  bells. 

Ronfler.    (Fre.)    To  peal. 

Ronqnedad.  (Spa.)  Hoarseness ;  rough- 
ness of  voice. 

Ronzamento.  (Ita.)  Uumming;  buzz- 
ing. 

Ronzante.    (Ita.)    Buzzing ;  humming. 

Room,  ^M^usic.  A  room  appropriated  to 
instruction  and  practice  ;  a  concert  room. 

Root.   The  fundamental  note  of  any  chord. 

Ropalico.  (Spri.)  A  terra  given  to  versos 
of  which  the  first  word  is  a  monosyllable, 
aud  the  others  increaseprogressively. 

Rosalia.  (Ita.)  The  repetition  of  a  pas- 
sage several  times  over,  each  time  ascend- 
ing one  degree. 

Rosette.  The  circnlar  aperture  la  the 
sounding  board  of  a  guitar. 

Rosin.  The  resinous  residue  in  the  dis- 
tillation of  turpentine,  used  on  violin, 
violoncello,  and  bass  viol  bows. 

Rossignoler.  (Fre.)  To  imitate  the  song 
of  the  nightingale. 

Rostrum.  An  instrument  formerly  nsed 
to  rule  music  paper. 

Rota.    A  round. 

Rote.  Name  formerly  applied  to  the 
hurdy-gurdy. 

Rote,  Singing  by.  The  act  of  singing, 
not  from  a  knowledge  of  music,  but  from 
listening  to  the  siugmg  of  others. 

Rotouda.  (Ita.)  A  round,  full  tone  of 
voice  or  instrument. 


Rotondo.    (Ita.)    Bound,  or  full,  as  r» 

gards  tone. 

Rotund.    A  full  tone  of  voice  or  instra- 

mcnt. 

Roncouler.  (Fre.)  To  warble  plaintively. 
Rough.     Harsh  to  the  ear;  inharmonious; 

discordant. 
Roughness.    A  defect  of  the  voice  caused 

by  too  much  or  too  little  moisture  in  the 

breathing  passages,  or  by  a  natural  unevea- 

ncss  of  them. 
Roulade.     (Fre.)     A  division    or    rapid 

flight   of  decorative  or   extemporaneous 

notes. 

Roulemens.  (Fre.)  A  term  applied  to  all 
kinds  of  rapid  passages. 

Ronlement.       (Fre.)    The  drum  roll. 

Round.  A  species  of  fugue  in  the  unison, 
composed  in  imitation  of  a  catch,  in 
which  the  performers  follow  each  other 
through  the  various  parts  in  a  circulatory 
motion. 

Roundel.    A  roundelay. 

Roundelay.  A  species  of  ancient  poetry, 
comprising  thirteen  verses,  of  which  eight 
arc  in  one  kind  of  rhyme  and  five  in  an- 
other. It  is  divided  into  couplets,  at  the 
end  of  tlie  second  and  third  of  which  the 
beginning  of  the  poem  is  repeated ;  a  short 
and  lively  rural  strain;  a  dance  in  a  circle. 

Ronndelet.    A  roundelay. 

Round  Ringing.  In  a  chime  of  bells, 
the  bells  bein"  set,  the  dropping  of  the 
treble  bell  followed  by  all  the  others  in 
quick  succession,  the  whole  being  frequent- 
ly repeated. 

Rovescio.    (Ita.)    Inverted;  reversed. 

Rovescio,  Alia.  (Ita.)  In  contrary  or 
reverse  motion. 

Rovescione.     (Ita.)     Eeversed;    on  the 

other  side. 
Royal.    A  full  peal  apon  ten  bells. 
Royal  Chants.    Lyrics  written  on  lofty 

subjects,  and  much  employed  in  the  early 

times  of  French  poesy. 

Ru.  A  syllable  applied  to  the  second  note 
of  the  Hindoo  scale  in  solfaing. 

Rub-a-dub.  An  incessant  noise  or  con- 
tinued rattling  upon  a  drum. 

Rnbato.    (Ita.)    Kobbcd;  borrowed. 

Rubebbe.    A  viol  of  two  strings,  tancd  in 

fifths. 
Rucknng.    (Ger.)     Syncopation. 

Ructica.  (Hin.)  The  third  of  the  Srootis 
into  which  the  second  note  of  the  Hindoo 
octave  is  divided. 

Rudesse.    (Fre.)    Roughness;  harshness. 

Rudiments.  The  first  elements  or  prin- 
ciples. 

Ruf.  (Ger.)  Call;  cry;  voice;  to  wind  a 
horn ;  to  sound  a  trumpet  call. 

Ruff.  In  drum  music,  a  beat  preceding  the 
principal  note  or  beat,  imparting  to  it  a 
martial   finish;    a  vibrating  sound  mad? 


RUF 


196 


SAE 


npon  n  drum,  less  loud  than  the  roll,  used 
as  a  mark  of  respect;  a  ruffle. 

Raffing.    To  bent  a  ruff  on  a  drum. 

KuiDe.    A  beat  of  a  drum ;  a  ruff. 

Ruf  znm  Strelt.    (Ger.)    The  trumpets 
culling  to  combat. 

Rng-ndhyaj^.      {Hin.)     The  second  of 

the  seven  divisions  of  flindoostanee  mu- 
sic, defining  the  principles  of  melody. 

Rnliepauct.    (Ger.)    A  point  of  repose  in 
melody;  a  cadence. 

Rnhestelle.    ( Ger.)    A  pause ;  a  rest. 

Rabezeichen.    ( Ger.)    A  pause. 

Ruhig.    ( Ger.)    Tranquil. 

Rule.     The  name  formerly  applied  to  a 


Rambling. 

sound. 


A  low,    heavy,   continued 


Rnmmya.  (Bin.)  The  third  of  the 
Srootis  into  wliieh  the  sixth  note  of  the 
musical  scale  of  the  Hindoos  is  divided. 


Ran.  A  rapid  flight  of  notes  extemporane- 
ously introduced  as  an  embellishment;  a 
roulade. 

Ruudgedicbt.  (Ger.)  Rondeau ; rounde- 
lay. 

Randgesang.  (Ger.)  A  convivial  sonj;; 
a  roundelay ;  a  clioral. 

Rune.  (lYorw.)  An  <\ncieQt  Norwegian 
song. 

Rnujunee.  {Uin.)  The  second  of  the 
Srootis  of  the  Itikhub.  or  second  note  oi 
the  Hindoo  octave. 

Running  Passages.  Divisions;  series 
of  notes  appropriated  to  a  single  syllable 
of  texts. 

Rural  Itlasic.  Music  pertaining  or  rclat,- 
ing  to  rural  life  and  scenery. 

Russe.    Russian. 

Russe,  Alia.  (Ita.)  Resembling  Rus- 
sian music. 

Rustlco.    {Ita.)    Rustic;   simple. 

Rustic  Song.  Asongthe  words  of  which 
are  on  a  rural  subject,  and  the  melody  sim- 
ple and  unadorned. 


S. 


STHE  initial  of  Solo,  with  dots  affixed  to 
J  it,  is  used  as  the  Da  Capo  sign,  and 
marks  a  repeat  (-13).  S.  is  also  used,  in  con- 
nection with  figures  above  psalms  and 
hymns,  as  the  initial  of  Syllables,  in  the 
designation  of  metre. 

Sabeca.    Sackbut. 

Sabot.    {Fre.)    A  poor  violin. 

Sacabucbe.    (Spa.)    A  sackbut. 

S'accorder.    (Fre.)    To  accord. 

Sackbut.  A  brass  wind  instrument  re- 
sembling the  trumpet,  so  contrived  as  to 
be  capable  of  being  drawn  out  to  dif- 
ferent lengths,  according  to  the  tone 
required. 

Sackgeige.  (Ger.)  A  pocket  fiddle;  a 
kit. 

Sacquebuxo.    (Por.)    A  sackbut. 

Sacred  Concert.  A  concert  consisting 
only  of  oratorios,  or  other  music  denomi- 
nated sacred. 

Sacred  Music.  Music  composed  for  pub- 
lic religious  worship,  or  private  devotion ; 
oratorios;  psalmody. 

Sacred  Song.  A  psalm  or  hymn  taken 
from  or  embodying  the  sentiments  of  the 
sacred  Scriptures. 

Saering  Bell.  A  small  bell  used  in  the 
Roman  Catholic  church  to  call  attention  to 
the  more  solenm  parts  of  the  mass ;  saint's 
bell ;  mass  beil. 

Sacrist.  xV  person  employed  in  a  cathe- 
dral to  copy  music  for  the  use  of  the  choir, 
and  liave  charge  of  the  books. 


Seengerfest.  (Ger.)  A  festival  designed 
to  h"eighten  the  standard  of  musical  excel- 
lence, and  to  promote  social  good  feeling. 

Safara.  (Ara.)  To  hiss,  or  to  m.ake  a 
hissing  sound  by  blowing  on  a  wind  in- 
strument. 

Safety  Valves.  Valves  placed  on  the 
middle  board  of  organ  bellows,  which  open 
and  allow  the  air  to  pass  back  into  the 
feeders  when  the  reservoir  bas  reached  a 
certain  height. 

Saffico.    (Ita.)    Sapphic. 

Saflco.    (Spa.)    Sapphic. 

Sagglo.    (Ita.)    An  essay. 

Saint's  Bell.    Saering  bell. 

Saite.  (Ger.)  A  string  of  a  musical  in- 
strument. 

Saiten.  (Ger.)  Timbrel;  strings  of  a 
violin. 

Saltenbalter.  (Ger.)  The  tiiilpiece  of  a 
violin,  tenor,  &c. 

Saiteninstrument.  (Ger.)  A  stringed 
instrument. 

Saitenklang.  (  Ger.)  The  sound  or  vibra- 
tion  of  a  string. 

Saitenspiel.  (Ger.)  Music  of  a  stringed 
instrument. 

Saitenspleler.      (Ger.)      Pl.iyer     on     a 

stringed  instrument. 
Saitenton.     (Ger.)    The  tone  of  a  stringed 

instrument. 
Saitig.    (Ger.)    Stringed. 
Sakaten.    (Jar.)    A  style  of  music  similar 


SAL 


197 


SAR 


to  the  pelalc,  but  having  a  greater  number 
of  instruments. 

8alcional  Stop.    The  dulpiana  stop. 

Saleudro.  (Jar.)  The  most  perfect  style 
of  musical  execution  amoiiy:  ihe  Javanese, 
being  a  sympliony  of  many  instruments, 
each  of  which  has  tlie  same  number  of 
notes. 

Salil.  (Lat.)  The  name  given  by  the  Ro- 
mans to'  the  young  men,  twelve  in  number, 
aijpointed  to  sing  hymns  in  praise  of  tlie 
god  of  war. 

Salle  de  Concert.  (Fre.)  A  concert 
room. 

Salle  de  Masique.  (Fre.)  A  music 
room. 

Salxnear.    (Spa.)    To  sing  psalms. 

Salmeggiatnento.    {Ita.)    Psalmody. 

Saliueg-giare.    (Ita.)    To  sing  psalms. 

Salmeggiatore.  (ICa.)   Psalmist;  singer. 

Salmi  Concertatl.  (Ita.)  Psalms  ac- 
companied with  instrumental  music. 

Sal  ml  dl  Terza.    (Ita.)    Psalms  in  three 

parts. 
Salmista.    (Spa.  and  Ita.)    A  writer  of 

psalms;   a  chanter  of  psalms;    a  psalm 

book. 
Salmo.    (Ita.  and  Spa.)    A  psalm  or  psalm 

tune. 
Salmodla.    (Ita.)    Psalmody. 
Salmodiar.    (Spa.)    To  sing  psalms. 
Salmografo.    (Spa.)    A  writer  of  psalms. 
Salompret.     (Mai.)     A  tnunpet  of  the 

Malays. 
Saltando.    (Ita.)    Proceeding  by  skips  or 

bounds. 
Saltarello.    (Ita.)    A  particular  kind  of 

jig,  so  called  from  the  dance  of  that  name, 

chiefly  consisting  of  leaping  motions. 
Saltatia  Festiva.    (Lat.)    An  old  dance; 

the  galliard. 

Salterlo.    (Ita.)    A  Psalter. 

Saltero.  (Ita.)  A  Psalter,  or  book  of 
psalms. 

Saltl  Irregolare.  (Ita.)  Irregular  leaps. 

Saltl  Regolare.    (Ita.)     Regular  leaps. 

Saltl  Vietati.  (Ita.)  Intervals  abso- 
lutely forbidden  in  the  course  of  a  song. 

Salto.    (Ita.)     A.  skip,  or  leap. 

Salva,  Rfs^ina.  (iMt.)  A  hymn  addressed 
to  the  Virgin. 

Sambac.    (Ileb.)    Eight  stringed. 

Sainbonjah.  (Syr.)  A  wind  instrument 
made  of  reeds;  the  dulcimer  of  the  an- 
cients. 

Sainbaca.  (Lat.)  An  ancient  stringed 
instrument. 

Sn:nbucina.  (Lat.)  A  woman  that  plays 
on  a  dulcimer. 

SambucnH.  (Lat.)  An  ancient  wind  in- 
strument resembling  a  flute. 

Sambuke.  A  stringed  instrument  used 
by  the  ancient  Greeks,  j 

17* 


Sambnqne.  (ffeb.)  An  old  Hebrew  to* 
strument  of  the  harp  kind. 

Samodi.  (Grk.)  Greek  poets  who  went 
about  singing  merry  songs ;  hilarodi. 

Sampogna.     (Ita.)     The  flute-a-bcc,  or 

common  flute. 
Sampuuia.    (TTeb.)    A  pneumonic  instm 

ment  used  by  the  ancient  Hebrews,  resem- 

bliug  the  modem  bagpipe. 

Samsi.     (Jap.)     A  Japanese   instrument 

similar  to  a  guitar. 
Sance  Bell.    A  small  bell  formerly  used 

in  churches. 
Sanctus.    (Lat.)  A  principal  movement  of 

tlie  mass  in  the  Catholic  service;  an  anthem 

commencing  with  the  word  sanctus,  holy. 

Sanf  t.    ( Ger.)    Soft. 

Sang.    (Ger.)    Song;  strain. 

Sange.     (Afr.)     An  African   instrument 

formed  of  a  gourd. 

Sange.    (Ger.)    Songs;  strains. 

Sanger.    (Ger.)    A  singer. 

Siingerbund.  ( Ger.)  A  league,  or  afU- 
iated  brotherhood  of  singers;  a  convention 
of  singing  societies. 

Sanger  in  der  Klrcbe.  (Ger.)  A  chor- 
ister; a  chanter. 

Saugerinn.    ( Ger.)    A  songstress. 

SSngerverein.    (Ger.)    Singers*  union. 

Sangrede.    ( Ger.)    Recitative. 

Sangspiel.    (Ger.)    Vocal  music;  a  piece 

of  vocal  music. 


Saugstandcben. 

cnadc. 


(Ger.)     A  vocal  wr- 


Sans.    (Fre.)    Without. 
Sans  Pedales.    (Fre.)    Without  the  ped- 
als; a  term  employed  in  organ  music. 
Sans  Son.    (Fre.)    Without  sound. 
Santoral.    (Spa.)    A  church  choir  book. 

Santnr.  (Tur.)  A  Turkish  stringed  in- 
strument; the  psaltery. 

SapbarotU  Haijobelim.  (Heb.)  Trum- 
pets made  of  rams'  horns. 

Saphique.    (Fre.)    Sapphic. 

Sapphic  Strophe.  Three  sapphio  rersea 
followed  by  an  adonic. 

Sapphic  Verse.  In  poetry,  a  measure  of 
eleven  syllables  in  five  feet,  of  which  the 
first,  fourtli,  and  tifth  are  trocliees,  the  sec- 
ond a  spondee,  and  the  third  a  dactyl. 

Saqncbute.    (Fre.)    A  sackbut. 

Saraband.  An  antique,  slow,  Spanish 
dance;  a  tune  in  |  or  ^  time. 

Sarabanda.    (Ita.  xad  Por.)    A  saraband 

Sarabande.    (Fre.)    A  saraband. 

Saraswati.  (Ilin.)  In  Hindoo  mythol- 
ogy, the  wife  of  Brahma,  and  protectress 
of  music. 

SartArella.    (Ita.)    A  Xeapolitan  dance. 

Sartarello.    (Ita.)    A  Neapolitan  dance. 


SAS 


198 


SCA 


Sasoli.  (Sin.)  An  instmment  of  India, 
having'  four  or  fire  gut  strings,  and  played 
upon  with  a  bow. 

S' Attacca  Sablto.  (Ita.)  A  term  placed 
at  the  end  of  one  part  to  show  that  another 
part  immediately  follows. 

Sattel.  (Ger.)  The  nut  of  a  violin  finger 
board,  &c. 

Sanmgles.  (fl»n.)  A  bow  instrument 
made  in  India,  having  four  or  five  gut 
strings ;  the  sasoh. 

Saus.    ( Ger.)    Humming. 

Sanselaat.    (Ger.)    A  whistling  sound. 

Sfiuseln.  (Ger.)  To  murmur;  to  whisper, 
rustle,  whistle. 

Sauselnd.    (Ger.)    Humming;  lisping. 

Sausen.    (Ger.)    Whistling;  roaring. 

Santereau.  (Fre.)  The  jack  of  a  spinet 
or  virginal. 

Samrtry,  A  term  used  in  olden  times  for 
psaltery. 

Sax-horn.  One  of  a  class  of  brass  vrind  in- 
struments invented  by  M.  Sax,  of  Paris, 
and  much  used  in  military  bands. 

Saxophone.  An  instrument  said  to  com- 
bine the  qualities  of  the  alt-horn,  clarionet, 
and  flute,  having  for  a  mouth-pioce  a  reed 
like  that  of  a  clarionet.  The  body  of  the 
instrument  is  a  parabolic  cone  of  brass,  pro- 
vided witli  a  set  of  keys. 

Saxotromba.  A  brass  instrument  whose 
tone  partakes  of  that  of  the  trumpet  aud 
bugle.    It  has  three,  four,  or  five  cylinders. 

Saxtnba.  A  brass  instrument  curved 
somewhat  like  the  Uomau  buceina,  of  great 
sonorousness,  witli  a  mouth-piece,  and 
mechanism  of  three  cylinders. 

Sbalzo.  (Ita.)  A  skip  in  melody,  in  con- 
tradistinction to  a  progression  by  single 
degrees  only. 

Sbarra  Doppla.  (Ita.)  A  double  bar. 
Sc.    An  abbreviation  of  Score  and  Scale. 
Scabrous.    Harsh;  unmusical. 
Scasnello.      (Tta.)      Bridge  of  a  violin 

and  violoncello. 
Scala.    (Ita.)    A  scale  or  gamut. 

Scala  Cromatlca.  (Ita.)  The  chromatic 
scale. 

Scald.  The  name  given  by  the  ancient 
northern  nations  to  their  bards,  whose 
employment  it  was  to  compose  odes  and 
hymns  chanted  at  every  public  solemnity. 

Scale.  A  gamut;  a  series  of  lines  and 
spaces  on  which  notes  are  placed;  the 
regular  gradations  of  sound  limited  to  an 
octave,  or  extended  to  the  compass  of  any 
voice  or  instrument ;  compass. 

Scale,  Accompaniment  of  the.  The 
harmony  assigned  to  the  series  of  notes 
forming  the  diatonic  scale,  ascending  aud 
descending. 

Scale,  iEolle.  Among  the  ancients,  a  se- 
ries of  tones  beginning  with  A,  the  lowest 
tone  in  tlieir  music. 

Scale,  Artlflclal.  A  scale  in  which  there 
are  flats  aud  sharps,  in  contradlstinctioa 


to  the  natural  scale,  which  contains  nei- 
ther sharps  nor  flats. 

Scale,  Auxiliary.  A  scale  of  a  relative 
key  belonging  to  any  principal  key. 

Scale,  Bell.  A  scale  employed  to  de- 
termine the  size,  weight,  and  tone  of  bells. 

Scale,  Chinese.  A  scale  consisting  of 
live  notes  witliout  semitones,  the  music 
being  written  on  live  lines  in  perpendicular 
columns,  and  the  rising  aud  falling  of 
tones  indicated  by  distinctive  names. 

Scale,  Chromatic.  A  scale  which  divides 
every  wliole  tone  of  the  diatonic  scale,  and 
consists  of  twelve  semitones  in  an  octave. 

Scale,  Circular.  The  scale  of  a  piano- 
forte when  tlie  points  at  which  the  ham- 
mers strike  the  strings  are  in  a  circular  or 
curved  form. 

Scale,  Curved.  A  circular  scale  of  a 
pianoforte. 

Scale,  Diatonic.  A  melodic  representation 
of  tlie  seven  gradations  of  tone  arranged 
in  conformity  with  some  particular  key. 

Scale,  IDnharmouic.  A  scale  proceeding 
by  intervals  less  than  the  diatonic  and 
chromatic. 

Scale,  German.  A  scale  of  the  natural 
notes  formed  of  A,  H,  C,  D,  E,  F,  G,  in- 
stead of  A,  B,  C,  &c.,  the  B  being  reserved 
to  express  B  flat. 

Scale,  Great.  A  term  sometimes  applied 
to  the  entire  series  of  musical  sounds. 

Scale,  Greater.  A  scale  in  which  the 
thirds  are  greater;  the  m.yor  scale. 

Scale,  GreeU.  The  scale  of  the  ancient 
Greeks,  consisting  of  two  octaves,  their 
whole  musical  system  having  been  com- 
posed of  a  different  series  of  lour  sounds, 
with  a  note  added  to  the  bottom  of  the 
scale  to  complete  the  double  octave,  all  of 
which  sounds  having  had  various  denomi- 
nations, like  our  gamut. 

Scale,  Guide's.    The  gamut  of  Guido. 

Scale,  Irish.  A  senile  having  the  whol» 
tone,  instead  of  a  semitone,  between  the 
seventh  and  eighth  sounds. 

Scale,  Major  Diatonic.  A  scale  in  which 
the  semitones  fall  between  the  third  and 
fourth  and  seventh  and  eighth  notes,  both 
in  ascending  aud  descending. 

Scale,  Minor  Diatonic.  A  scale  in  which 
the  semitones  fall  between  the  second  and 
third  and  seventh  and  ci'dith  in  ascending, 
and  between  the  lifth  and  sixth  and  second 
and  third  in  descending. 

Scale,  Model.    The  natural  scale. 

Scale,  IVatnral.  The  scale  of  C,  socalled 
because  it  can  be  produced  without  the  aid 
of  sharps  or  flats. 

Scale  of  A  Flat  Major.  A  scale 
having  for  its  key  note  A  flat,  and  for  ita 
signature  A,  B,  D,  and  E  flat. 

Scale  of  A  Major.  A  scale  having  T>  for 
its  key  note,  and  for  its  signature  F.  C, 
and  G  sharp. 

Scale  of  B  Flat  Major.  A  scale 
having  B  flat  for  its  key  note,  and  for  ita 
signature  B  and  E  fiat. 


SCA 


199 


SCH 


Scale  of  B  AT ajor.  A  scale  having^  B  for 
its  key  note,  and  for  its  sig-nature  F,  C, 
G,  D,  and  A  sharp. 

Scale  o<  C  >IaJor.    The  natural  scalo. 

Scale  of  I>  Flat  Major.  A  scale  hav- 
ing for  its  kev  note  Dflat,  and  for  its  sig- 
nature G,  A,'B,  D,  and  E  flat. 

Scale  of  I>  illajor.  A  scale  in  which  D 
is  the  key  note,  having  for  its  signature 
F  and  C  sharp. 

Scale  of  E  Flat  Major.  A  scale  having 
for  its  key  note  E  flat,  and  for  its  signa- 
ture E,  A,  and  B  flat. 

Scale  of  E  Major.  A  scale  having  E  for 
its  key  note,  and  for  its  signature  F,  G,  C, 
and  E  sharp. 

Scale  of  F  Major.  A  scale  having  F 
for  its  key  note,  and  for  its  signature 
B  flat. 

Scale  of  G  Flat  Major.  A  scale  having 
for  its  key  note  G  flat,  and  for  its  signa- 
ture G,  A,  B,  C,  D,  and  E  flat. 

Scale  of  G  Major.  A  scale  in  which  G  is 
the  key  note,  having  for  its  signature  F 
sliarp. 

Scale  of  JVature.  The  gradual  succession 
of  fi.ved  sounds,  which  nature  produces 
from  a  string  when  divided  into  equal 
parts,  comprising  three  grand  divisions, 
the  diatonic,  the  chromatic,  and  the  enhar- 
monic. 

Scale,  Piano.  The  general  plan  of  the  in- 
terior of  a  piano. 

Scale,  Plain.  A  piano  scale  in  which  the 
points  at  which  the  hammers  strike  the 
strings  are  in  a  direct  line. 

Scale,  Principal.  The  scale  in  which  a 
composition  begins  and  mostly  continues. 

Scale,  Scotch.  A  scale  differing  from  that 
of  other  nations  by  its  omissioa  of  the 
fourth  and  seventh. 

Scale,  Seiultonic.  The  chromatic  scale 
proceeding  l)y  semitones,  formed  by  a 
division  of  the  diatonic  scale  into  serai- 
tones,  ascending  by  sharps  and  descending 
by  flats. 

Scales,  Irrelative.  Such  scales  as  are 
not  united  by  any  common  connecting  tie. 

Scales,  Relative.  Two  scales  (one  ma- 
jor, the  other  minor)  which  have  the  same 
signature ;  two  scales  having  several  tones 
in  common. 

Scale,  Straight.  Plain  scale  of  a  piano- 
forte. 

Scale,  Transposed.  A  scale  placed  in 
some  other  situation,  founded  or  based  on 
some  other  tone  than  the  tone  C. 

Scampanare.    ( Ita.)    To  chime  bells. 

Scampanlo.  (Ita.)  Christmas  chimes ; 
chimes. 

Scan.  To  mark  and  distinguish  the  feet 
of  which  a  verse  is  composed  ;  to  display, 
in  reading,  the  metrical  structure  of  verse  ; 
to  recite  metrically. 

Scazuicllo.    {Ita.)    The  violin  bridge. 

Scannctto.  (Ita.)  The  b'idge  of  a  violin, 
violoncello,  &c. 


Sconsione.    (Ita.)    Scanning. 

Scaramouch.  A  character  in  old  Italian 
comedy  and  opera,  characterized  by  boaat- 
fulness  and  poltroonery. 

Scavezze.  (Ita.)  Divisions  within  thp 
compass  of  the  sixth,  —  so  called  because, 
never  extending  to  the  octave,  the  com- 
pass becomes  broken  or  cut  short. 

Scemaudo.  (Ita.)  Diminishing ;  decreas- 
ing ;  nearly  synonymous  with  Mancando. 

Scena.  (Ita.)  A  scene  or  portion  of  an 
opera. 

Scena  da  Camera.  (Ita.)  Chamber  mu- 
sic ;  vocal  compositions  not  designed  for 
the  church  or  theatre. 

Scenario.  (Ita.)  Actor's  guide  book;  a 
programme ;  scenes  ;  decorations. 

Scene.  So  much  of  an  opera  as  passes 
without  change  of  locality  or  time,  or  im- 
portant change  of  character ;  the  decora- 
tions and  littings  of  a  stage. 

Scenic    Music.      Music  adapted  to  dra- 
matic performances. 
Sell.    An  abbreviation  of  Schottische. 
SchUferlied.    (Ger.)    A  pastoral  song. 

Scliaferpfeife.      (Ger.)      A   shepherd's 

bagpipe. 

Schall.    (Ger.)    Sound, 

Schallen.    (Ger.)     To  resound ;  to  yield 

a  sound. 
Schallos.    (Ger.)    Insonorous. 

Scliallstuck.  (Ger.)    The  bell  of  atrnm- 

pet,  bugle,  horn,  &c. 

Scliallwelle.    (Ger.)     An  undulation  or 

wave  of  sound. 
Schalmei.     (Ger.)    The  hautboy. 
Schalmeiblttser.      (Ger.)      A   hautboy 

player ;  a  piper. 

Schalmeie.     (Ger.)    A  shawm. 

Schalmeienklang.  (Ger.)  Sound  of 
the  bagpipe,  trumpet,  or  hautboy. 

Schalmeler.  (Ger.)  A  player  on  the  pipe ; 

a  hautboy  player. 

Schalmers.  (Fre.)  The  old  French  name 
for  hautboy. 

Scharf.    (Ger.)    Sharp;  keen. 

Schelle.    (Ger.)    A  bell;  a  jingle. 

Schellen.    ( Ger.)    To  ring. 

Schcllentromnacl.  (Ger.)  Atambonr- 
iuc ;  a  timbrel. 

Scheme.  (Grk.)  A  term  used  in  ancient 
music  to  express  the  varieties  arising 
from  the  diflerent  positions  of  tones  and 
semitones  in  a  consonance. 

Scherz.  An  abbreviation  of  Scheraando 
and  Scherzato. 

Scherzandlsslmo. 

iagly  playful  style. 
Scherzando.    (Ita.) 
Scherzante.    (Ita.) 
Scherzato.    (Ita.)    Light  an<}  playful. 


(Ita.)  In  an  exceed- 
Light  and  sportive. 
Sportive;  pLiyful. 


SCH 


200 


SCO 


Seberzevolmemte.  (/to.)  Playfully ; 
li-htly. 

Sclierzgedlcht.    (Oer.)    A  comic  poem. 

Scherzo.  (Ttn.)  A  composition  in  a  play- 
ful or  sportive  style. 

Scherzo  INlinuetto.  (.Ita.)  A  minuet 
employed  in  symphonies,  quartets,  &c. 

Scherzosamente.  (/to.)  Ligbtly  j  play- 
fully. 

Scherzoso.    (Ita.)    Playful ;  merry. 

Schiettamente.  (Ger.)  Simple;  in  a 
plain  manner. 

Schietto.    {Ger.)    Plainly;  simply. 

Stliifferlled.  (ffer.)  Song  of  the  gon- 
dolicTS. 

Schisma.  {GrTc.)  In  ancient  music,  a  Bmall 
iuterviil  equal  to  the  half  of  a  c^mma,  or 
the  eighteenth  part  of  a  tone. 

Schlachtgesans.  ( Ger.)  A  battle  strain 
or  chuut ;  martial  song ;  war  song. 

Schlachtlled.    (Ger.)    A  battle  song. 

Schlagt.    (Ger.)    Sound. 

Schleifemd.  (Ger.)  Bound;  closely 
joined. 

Schleifer.  ( Ger.)  Legato  or  slurred  pas- 
sage ;  Blurred  or  tied  notes ;  an  ancient 
dance. 

Schleiferlied.  (Ger.')  Song  of  the  knife- 
grinder  ;  the  tune  or  air  of  a  waltz. 

Schleifezeichen,    (Ger.)    A  shir  t77). 

Schleppend.      (Ger.)      Draggingly ;  te- 
diously. 
Schlnffel  elne  Buchse  zu  Spannen. 

(Ger.)  A  spanner,  an  instrument  lor 
tuning  stringed  instruiW:' '?.;  a  tuning 
key. 

Schlnas.  (Ger.)    Conclusion. 

Schlnssel.    (Ger.)    The  clef. 

Schmachtend.    (Ger.)    Languishing. 

Schmelzkessel.  ( Ger.)  A  pit  employed 
by  organ  builders  in  which  to  melt  tin  and 
lead  lor  pipes. 

Schmettern  de  Stimme.  (Ger.)  A 
clanging  voice. 

Schnarrbass.    (Ger.)    The  drone  bass. 

Schnarrpfeife.  (Ger.)  Drone  pipe ;  short 
bassoon  ;  reed  stop  in  organs. 

Schnarrpf  eif  en.  ( Ger.)  Eeed  work  ; 
reed  stops. 

Schnarrtrerlc.     (Ger.)     Beed  work  in 

organs. 
Schnell.    (Ger.)    Quick. 
Schnell 'Walzer.    (Ger.)    Quick  waltzes. 

Schnnrrant.  (Ger.)  A  strolling  mu- 
sician. 

Schoenlon.  (Gric.)  In  ancient  music,  a 
term  signifying  a  scientific  air  composed 
for  flutes. 

Schola  Cantoram.  (Lot.)  Name  given 
by  St.  Gitti^ory  to  a  body  of  chanters. 

Schollrohr.  (Ger.)  Trumpets;  bugles; 
brass  wind  instruments. 


SchOnsingen.  (Ger.)  To  sing  beauti- 
fully. 

School,  Sln^ng^.  A  place  for  instmctton 
in  vocal  music  and  the  cultivation  of  the 
voice. 

Schottlsche.  (Ger.)  A  modem  dance, 
being  a  variation  of  the  polka,  danced  by 
a  couple,  with  the  same  music  in  common 
time ;  a  tune  to  accompany  the  danc. \ 

Schrelbart.    ( Ger.)    Style. 

Schrittmassig.    (Ger.)     Slov,- time  ;  an- 
dante. 
SchnU-Tromppet.    (Dut.)    A  sackbut. 
Schule.    (Ger.)    A  school. 

Schulesiinger.  (Ger.)  A  school  singer ; 
a  chorister. 

Schusterfleck.  (Ger.)  A  reiteration  of 
a  passage  one  note  higher  than  previously 
given. 

Sch^vach.    ( Ger.)    Piano  ;  soft. 

Schwachestiinme.  (Ger.)  A  weak  voice. 

Sch-Mrankend.    ( Ger.)    Waving. 

Schwiirmerisch.  (Ger.)  Eccentric;  en- 
thusiastic. 

Schw^arze  Note.   (Ger.)   A  crotchet  (17). 

Sch-»veige.    (Ger.)    Rest. 

Sch^veigen.    (Ger.)    Kests. 

Sch-ivcizerbass.  (Ger.)  "With  organ 
builders,  pedal ;  bass  of  flageolets. 

Schwelzerflate.  (Ger.)  Flageolet;  fla- 
geolet stop. 

Schwer.    (Ger.)    DiflBcult. 

8ch%vere  Siitze.  (Ger.)  Difficult  pas- 
sages of  a  composition. 

Schwerfallig.    (Ger.)    Heavily. 

Schwermuth.    ( Ger.)    Melancholy. 

Sch wirreii.    ( Ger.)    Chirping ;  warbling. 

Sclalamo.  (Fre.)  A  word  employed,  in 
clarionet  music,  signifying  that  the  notes 
are  to  be  played  an  octave  lower  than 
written. 

Science  of  Mnsic.  Strictly,  tlie  theory 
of  music,  in  distinction  from  its  practice, 
the  latter  being  the  art  of  music. 

Scleutiflo  Musician.  One  whose  atten- 
tion is  applied  more  particularly  to  the 
philosophical  branches  of  the  science  of 
music. 

Sciolist.  One  who  professes  to  understand 
and  tCiKjh,  or  perform  upon,  many  diifer- 
ent  instruments,  but  who  is  not  a  tUor- 
ough  master  of  any. 

Scioltamente.   (Ita.)    With  freedom  and 

agility. 
Scioltezza.    (Ita.)    Dexterity ;  freedom. 

Sciolto.  (Ita.)  With  freedom  and  bold- 
ness, in  a  discoimected  style  sometimes ; 
staccato. 

Scivoletto.      (Ita.)      A  trill;   a  musical 

passage. 
Scoccobrino.    (Ita.)    Buffoon. 
Scolaro.    (Ita.)    A  scholar. 


SCO 


201 


SEC 


Scolla.  (Grk.)  Among  the  ancients,  song's 
in  general,  but  more  especially  those  ot  a 
festive  kind. 

Scoltum.  (Gr!:.)  In  the  music  of  the 
ancients,  a  festive  song. 

Scordare.  (Ita.)  To  be  out  of  tune  ;  to 
grate  upon  the  car  with  discordant  tones. 

Scordato.  (Ila.)  Out  of  tune  j  untuned  ; 
discordant. 

Score.  A  complete  and  orderly  assemblanre, 
in  one  view,  of  the  parts  of  a  vocal  or  in- 
strumental composition ;  to  collect  and 
arrange  under  each  other  the  several  de- 
tached parts  of  a  composition. 

Score,  Full.  A  complete  score  of  all  the 
parts  of  a  composition,  cither  vocal  or 
instrumental,  or  botii. 

Score,  Instrnmental.  A  score  in  which 
the  instrumental  parts  are  given  in  full. 

Score,  Partial.  An  arran^ment  in  which 
the  voices  are  condensed,  or  a  portion 
omitted  or  given  in  a  higher  or  lower 
octave ;  scores  in  which  the  leading  parts 
are  as  originally  written,  and  the  accom- 
paniment arranged  for  a  keyed  instru- 
ment. 

Score,  Piano.  A  score  in  which  the 
orchestral  accompaniments  are  com- 
pressed into  a  pianoforte  part ;  an  ar- 
rangement of  music  for  the  piano. 

Score,  Vocal.  The  notes  of  all  the  voice 
parts  placed  in  their  proper  bars  under 
each  otlier,  for  the  use  of  the  conductor 
of  a  vocal  performance. 

deoring.  The  forming  of  a  score,  by  col- 
loetinw  and  properly  arranging  the  de- 
tached parts  of  a  composition. 

Scorrendo.  (Ita.)  Passing  smoothly 
from  tone  to  tone. 

Scotch  Scale.  A  scale  differing  from  that 
of  tlie  otiier  nations  of  Europe  by  its 
omission  of  tlio  fourth  and  seventh,  —  a 
peculiarity  from  which  all  the  genuine 
Scottish  jnclodies  derive  their  national  and 
distinguishing  character. 

Scozzese.     {Ita.)    Scottish. 

Seozzese,  Alia.  {Jta.)  In  the  style  of 
Scotch  music. 

Scrape.  To  make  a  harsh  noise ;  to  play 
awkwardly  and  inharmoniously  ou  a  violin 
or  similar  iustrumeut. 

Scraping;.  Playing  awkwardly  on  a  violin. 
Scroty.     A  certain  kind  of  bird  note,  so 

called  by  English  bird  fanciers  of  the  last 

century. 

Scnola.  (Ita.)  A  school ;  a  course  of 
study. 

Scnola  DIcanto.  (Ita.)  A  singing 
school. 

Sdef^uosameute.    (Ita.)    Scornfully ;  in- 

digaautly. 
Sdef^uoso.    (Ita.)     Indignant ;  scornful ; 

morose. 

Bdrucclolante.  (Ita.)  Sliding  the  first 
finger  over  the  keys  or  strings  of  an  in- 
strument. 


Sdrncelolare.  (Ita.)  To  glide  the  finge'* 
up  and  down  the  keys  of  tlie  pianoforte. 

Seanacbaidhe.  (Iri.)  An  order  of  bards 
among  the  ancient  Irish  who  preserved  it* 
verse  antiquarian,  genealogical,  and  his- 
torical facts. 

Season ,  Opera.  The  period  during  which 
operatic  performances  are  given. 

Sea  Trumpet.  A  marine  trumpet,  for- 
merly much  used  on  shipboard. 

Sec.     (Fre.)     In  a  dry  or  unoraamcnted 

manner. 

Secco.      (Ita.)      A   plain,   unomamental 

style. 

Sechs.     (Ger.)    Six. 

Sechs  Achtcl  Takt.  ( Ger.)  MeasuTO  in 
six  eight  time. 

Sechste.  (Ger.)    A  sixth. 

Sediszehn.    (Ger.)    Sixteen. 

Sechszehnte.    (Ger.)    Sixteenth. 

Secliszelliges  Gediclit.  (Ger.)  A  hex- 
astich. 

Sechzehntel.    (Ger.)     Semiquavers  (19). 

Sechzehntelspanse.  (Ger.)  A  semi- 
quaver rest  (31). 

Sectizentbetl  IVote.  (Ger.)  A  semi- 
quaver ;  sixteenth  note  (19). 

Second.  An  interval  of  one  degree,  aa 
from  A  to  B,  B  to  C,  &c. ;  the  second  part 
in  a  concerted  piece ;  the  alto. 

Seconda.    (Ita.)    Second. 

Seconda  Donna.  (Ita.)  Second  female 
singer. 

Seconda  Opera.    (Ita.)    Second  work. 

Secondary  Tones.  Tones  introduced 
between  the  principal  tones  wherever  large 
seconds  occur,  denoted  by  adding  to  tl>* 
letters  sharps  or  flats. 

Second,  Augmented.    An  interval  con 

taining  one  whole  and  one  minor  semitone 

Seconda  Volta.    (Ita.)    The  second  time. 

Seconda     Volta    IVfolto    Crescendo. 

(Ita.)     Much  louder  the  second  time  of 

playing. 
Second  Bass.     Any  bass  the  notes  of 

which  flow  in  a  smooth  and  pleasing  man- 
ner, forming  in  themselves,  independently 

of  tlie  superior  parts,  a  grateful  kind  or 

jpaelody. 
Second,  Diminished.    An  interval  of 

conjoint  degree  containing  fiur  commas. 
Scconde.    (Fre.)    Second. 
Seconde  Fois.    (Fre.)    Second  time. 
Second,  Kxtreme  Sharp.    A  tone  and 

a  chromatic  semitone,  composed  of  two 

degrees. 
Second,  Flat.   The  minor  second,  formed 

by  two  sounds  at  the  distance  of  a  diatonio 

semitone,  as  B  C  and  E  F. 
Second  Inversion.    A  term  applied  to  a 

chord  when  its  fifth  is  the  lowest  tone. 
Second,  I^arge.    A  whole  tone. 
Second,  itlajor.    An  inten'al  of  coi^oiat 

degree  consisting  of  nine  commaa. 


SEC 


202 


SEM 


fieoond,  minor.  An  interval  of  conjunct 
degree  cousisting-  of  five  coaima8. 

Secoudo.    (_Ita.)    The  second. 

Secondo  Alto.    (Ita.)    The  lowest  alto. 

Second  Part.  Alto,  —  the  lowest  species 
of  woman's  voice. 

tJecoud,  Bedundant.  An  interval  of 
conjoint  degree  composed  of  a  whole  tone 
and  a  minor. 

Second  Shift.  A  violin  shift  on  the  eighth 
line,  or  A. 

Second,  Small.    A  semitone. 

Second  Soprano.    The  low  soprano. 

Second  Subject.  The  counter  subject  of 
a  fngue  wlieu  it  remains  unch.anged  in  all 
the  parts. 

Second  Tenor.    Low  tenor. 

Second  Treble.    Low  soprano,  or  alto. 

Second  Voice.  The  voice  next  below  the 
upper  voice  ;  the  alto. 

Sectio  Canonis.  (Lat.)  That  divis!io»i 
of  a  clionl,  invented  by  Euclid,  by  wh'cli 
the  portions  of  its  several  sounds  ore 
correctly  ascertained. 

Section.  A  complete,  but  not  an  inde- 
pendent musical  idea  ;  a  part  of  a  musical 
period,  composed  of  one  or  more  phrases 
(123). 

Section,  Cadence.  A  section  concluding 
witli  a  perfect  cadence. 

Section,  Contracted.  A  section  contain- 
ing not  over  three  bars. 

Section,  Dominant.  A  section  ending 
on  tlie  common  chord  of  the  dominant. 

Section,  lilxtended.  A  section  contain- 
ing from  live  to  eight  bars. 

Section,  Tonic.  A  section  terminating 
on  the  common  chord  of  the  tonic. 

Secular  Cantata.  A  style  of  composi- 
tion requiring  less  light  and  shade  than 
ecclesiastical  or  dramatic  music. 

Secular  Music.  Any  music  or  songs  not 
adapted  to  sacred  uses  or  church  service. 

Seculars.  Unordained  officiates  of  any 
cathedral  or  chapel,  whose  functions  arc 
confined  to  tlie  vocal  department  of  the 
clioir. 

Secular  Songs.  Songs  or  poems  com- 
posed for  tlie  secular  games  in  ancient 
Kome ;  songs  not  designed  for  religious 
worship. 

Secunde.  ( Ger.)  The  interval  of  a  sec- 
ond. 

Secundum  Artemi.  (Lat.)  According' 
to  art,  or  prol'essional  rule ;  with  slcill  and 
accuracy. 

Se  Scmancber.    (T^-e.)    To  shift. 

Se  Desaccorder.  (_Fre.)  To  put  out  of 
tune. 

Seer.  The  ancient  name  for  a  bard,  or 
rhapsodist. 

Scg.    An  abbreviation  of  iSfflrue. 

Segnare.    {Ita.)    To  beat  time. 


Segno.    (Ita.)    Sign. 

Seffue.  (Ita.)  Now  follows  ;  it  follows ; 
like  manner—  signifying  tlint  a  subsequent 
passage  is  to  be  played  lilce  that  which 
precedes  it. 

Segue  il  Coro.  (/<«.)  The  chorus  follows. 

Segue  la  Finale.  (Ita.)  TIic  finale  now 
follows. 

Segueute.    (Ita.)    Following. 
Segnenza.    (Ita.)    A  sequence  of  similai 
intervals  or  chords. 

Segue  Senza  intermlssione.  (Ita.) 
Go  on  without  stoi)ping. 

Segue  Subito  Senza  Carabiare  11 
Tempo.  (Ita.)  Proceed  directly,  and 
without  cliaugiug  the  time. 

Seguidilla.  (Spa.)  A  favorite  Spanish 
dance  in  simple  triple  time. 

Seguidillera.  (Spa.)  A  person  who 
sings  and  dances  seguidillas. 

Seguito.    (Ita.)    Followed ;  imitated. 
Segundilla.     (Spa.)     A  small  bell  used 

for  certain  acts  of  devotion. 
Segundo.    (Spa.  and  Por.)    Second. 

Seliardenit.   (Tern.)    An  instrument  used 

in  Africa,  similar  to  a  guitar. 
Sebnsuchtig.    ( Ger.)    Longingly. 
Sei.   (Ita.)    Six. 

Seis.    (Spa.)    Six ;  sixth;  a  boy  who  sings 

in  a  choir  of  a  cathedral. 
Seisillo.  (Spa.)  Union  of  six  equal  notes, 
Seitenbart.    ( Ger.)    The  ear  or  mouth  of 

an  organ  pipe. 

Seitenbe-wegnng.    (Ger.)    Oblique  mo. 

tion. 
Seizieme  de  Soupir.     (Fre.)    A  semi- 

demisemiquaver  rest. 
Sekunde.    (Ger.)    Second. 

Selah.  (Heb.)  A  term  anciently  used  to 
indicate  tlie  interlude,  in  which  the  priests 
should  blow  the  trumpets,  to  carry  up  the 
sentiments  expi-essed  for  a  memorial  be- 
fore God. 

S'Elever.    (Fre.)    To  ascend  in  tone. 
Sem.    An  abbreviation  of  Setnpre. 
Semeiotecbnie.     (Fre.)    The  system  of 

musical  characters. 

Se  Mettre  a  rUnisson  de.  (Fre.)  To 
be  in  unison  with. 

Semi.    (Lat.)    Half. 

Scinibreve.  A  note  of  lialf  tlie  time  or 
duration  of  the  breve,  equal  to  two  min- 
ims or  four  crotcliets ;  the  largest  note 
generally  employed  in  music,  the  standard 
by  which  all  tlie  notes  of  lesser  value  are 
measured  ;  a  whole  note  (15). 

Semlbreve,  Major.  A  note  of  the  value 
of  two  thirds  of  a  breve  in  the  imcient 
system. 

Semlbreve,  Minor.  A  note  among  the 
ancients  having  the  value  of  one  third  of 
a  breve. 


SEM 


203 


SEN 


HemlbreT'e  Rest.  A  rest  equal  ia  dura- 
tion to  a  semibreve  (27). 

Semibrlet.    A  semibreve  (15). 

Semicadeuza.    (/to.)    Semi-cadence. 

Semi-Cliiorus.  A  cliorns  to  be  sunj  by  a 
few  singers  ;  a  short,  simple  chorus. 

Semicircle,  Barred.  A  character  used 
to  denote  a  quicker  movement  than  the 
semicircle  without  the  bar  (123). 

Semicon.  (Grh.)  An  ancient  instrument 
of  tliirty-live  strings,  resembling  tlie 
harp. 

Semicorchea.   (^Spa.)   A  semiqaaver  (10). 

Seini-Croma.    {Grk.)   A  semiquaver  (19). 

Semlcromatlco.  {Spa.)  Semi-chromatie. 

Semi-Degree.    A  semitone. 

Seinidemiseinlqnaver.  A  quadruple 
quaver,  equal  in  duration  to  one  half  of  a 
demisemiquaver  (21). 

Semideiniiieinlq[aaver  Rest.      A  rest 

equal  in  duration  to  the  lengtli  of  a  senil- 
demisemiquaver  (33). 

Semldiapason.  {Lat.)  An  octave  di- 
niinislied  by  a  minor  semitone  j  an  imper- 
fect octave. 

Semidiapente.  {Ita.)  The  diminished 
or  imperfect  fifth. 

Semldiatesseron.  {Lat.)  A  false  or  de- 
fective fifth. 

Seiniditone.  {Lat.)  A  minor  third;  a 
hemiditone. 

Semiditono.    {Ita.)    A  minor  third. 

Semi-Predon,  (Fre.)   Ademiquaver  (19). 

Semitnsa.  {Lat.)  The  ancient  name  for 
a  semiquaver  (19). 

Semi-Grand  Pianoforte.  A  medium 
size  grand  pianoforte. 

Seml->finlm.  (Lat.)  Half  a  minim  ;  a 
quarter  note ;  crotchet  (17). 

Semimnsico.  {Ita.)  An  ignorant  musi- 
cian. 

Semlnlma.    (Spa.)    A  crotchet  (17). 

Seniioctava.  (.Spa.)  A  poetical  compo- 
sition of  four  verses  in  alternate  rhymes. 

Semiped.  {Lat.)    In  poetry,  half  a  foot. 

Semiquaver.  A  note  of  the  eighth  de- 
gree of  length,  reckoning  from  the  lar^e  ; 
half  a  quaver ;  a  sixteenth  note ;  to  smg 
or  to  play  in  semiquavers  (19). 

Semiquaver  Rest.  A  rest  equal  in  du- 
ration to  a  semiquaver  (31). 

Seml-Seria  Opera.  {Ita.)  An  opera 
equally  divided  in  its  character  between 
the  serious  and  the  comic. 

Semiaospiro.  {Ita.)  A  pause  equal  to 
an  eighth  of  a  bar  iu  common  time. 

Semi-Stop.    Half  a  stop. 

Semitone.  Hnlf  step ;  the  smallest  of  in- 
tervals allowed  iu  modern  music. 

Semitone,  >IaJor.  A  semitone  produced 
by  ascending'  a  degree,  as  from  G  natural 
to  A  flat. 


Semitone,  Ulinor.  A  semitone  produced 
by  passing  from  a  natural  note  to  ita 
sharp. 

Semitoulc.  Pertaining  to  a  semitone ; 
applied  to  intervals  consisting  of  half 
tones. 

Semitonic  Scale.  The  chromatic  scale, 
proceeding  by  semitones,  formed  by  a 
division  of  tlie  diatonic  scale  into  semi- 
tones, ascending  by  stiarps  and  descending 
by  fiats. 

Semitonlnm  9Iodi.  {Lai.)  Semitonic 
scale. 

Sen>ituono.    {Ita.)    A  semitone. 

Semi-Vocal.  Pertaining  to  semi-vowels ; 
half  or  imperfectly  vocal. 

Semp.  An  abbreviation  of  Semplice  and 
Semplicemente. 

Semper  Contrarius  I^sto.  {Lot.)  A 
term  in  enigmatical  canons  of  tlie  seven- 
teenth century,  indicating  that  the  conse- 
quent sliould  imitate  the  antecedent  by  a 
retrograde  movement. 

Semplice.    {Ita.)     Simple  and  unaffected. 

Semplicemente.  {Ita.)  Simply ;  plainly. 

Sempliclssimo.  {Ita.)  With  the  great- 
est simplicity. 

Sempllcita,  Con.  {Ita.)  With  simplicity ; 

artlessly. 
Sempre.    {Ita.)    Always. 
Sempre    con  Forza.     {Ita.)      Perform 

loud  throughout. 
Sempre  Forte.    {Ita.)    Always  loud. 
Sempre  Pianissimo.     {Ita.)     Continue 

to  play  very  softly. 
Sempre   Piano.     {Ita.)     Always  soil ; 

soft  throughout. 
Sempre  Piano  e  Rltenuto.  {Ha.)  With 

continually  increasing  softness,  and  falling 

off  in  the  degree  of  movement, 

Sempre  pin  I>ecrescendo  e  pin  Ral- 
leutando.  {Ita.)  Gradually  softer  and 
slower. 

Senipre  pin  Forte.  {Ita.)  Continually 
increasing  in  power. 

Sempre  piu  Forte  —  all.  if.  mo.  {Ita.) 
Louder  and  louder  to  the  fortissimo. 

Sempre  piu  Presto.  {Ita.)  Continually 
quicker. 

Sempre  Staccato.  {Ita.)  Always  stac- 
cato, or  detaclied. 

Sena.    {Spa.)    Sign. 

Senario.  {Spa.)  A  verse  of  six  iambic 
feet. 

Sennacliy.    A  Highland  bard  or  minstrel. 

Sennet.  A  set  of  notes  on  a  trumpet  or 
corhet,  differing  from  a  flourish. 

Sensibilita,  Con.  {Ita.)  With  sensibil- 
ity and  feeling. 

Sensible  IVote.  The  leading  note  of  the 
scale,  or  that  note  of  the  scale  which  is 
situated  a  semitone  below  the  key  note; 
the  major  seventh  of  the  scale. 

Sentences.  Certain  interlude  strains  some* 


SEN 


204 


SER 


times  introdaced  in  the  service  of  the 

church  of  England. 
Sentimento,  Con.    (Ita.)     TTith  feeling 

and  sentiment. 
Senza.    {Ita.)    Without. 
Senza  Battuta.    {Ita.)    At  the  pleas^urc 

of  the  performer  as  regards  the  beat,  or 

time. 
Seaza  Interrnzlone.     (Ita.)     Play  on 

without  interruption. 
Senza  Organo.       (Ita.)       Without   the 

organ. 
SenzaPedale.    (Ita.)    Without  pedals. 
Senza  Piaiio.    (Ita.)    Witliout  the  piano. 
Senza    Repetizione.      (Ita.)      Without 

repetition. 
Seuza  ISepllca.    (Ita.)     Without  repeti- 
tion. 
Senza    iligore    del    Tempo.        (Ita.) 

Without  a  strict  regard  to  time. 
Senza  liitmo.    (Ita.)     The  execution  to 

t>c  according  to  the  taste  of  the  performer. 

Senza  Sordini.  (Ita.)  In  piano  music, 
witliout  tlie  dampers ;  in  violin  and  vio- 
loncello music,  without  mutes. 

Senza  Stromenti.  (Ita.)  Without  In- 
struments. 

Senza  Tempo.  (Ita.)  At  the  pleasure 
of  the  performer  as  regards  time. 

Septenary.  Name  formerly  given  to  a 
scale  in  which  the  eighth  tone  is  omitted. 

Septet.    A  composition  for  seven  voices  or 

instruments. 
Septette.     (Ita.)     A  septet,  or  piece  for 

seven  instruments. 
Septieine.      (Fre.)      The    interval    of  a 

seventh. 
Septiemea.    (Fre.)    Sevenths. 
Septima.    ( Ger.)    A  heptachord. 
Septime.  (Ger.)  The  interval  of  a  seventh. 
Septnor.    A  composition  for  seven  voices 

or  instruments ;  a  septet. 

Sequence.  A  regular  alternate  succession 
of  simil.ir  chords  or  intervals  ;  a  liymn  of 
the  Koman  Catholic  church  introduced  on 
festival  days  after  the  graduate  or  introit. 

Seqnentia.  (Lat.)  Hymns  used  in  the 
Uoman  Catholic  cliurch,  so  called  t>ecause, 
though  in  their  composition  rhyme  is  ad- 
hered to,  the  laws  of  measure  and  quanti- 
ty are  neglected. 

Seqnenza.  (Ita.)  A  hymn  formerly  sung 
in  the  Uoman  Catholic  church  service  after 
the  graduale,  and  sometimes  in  the  vespers. 

Ser.     An  abbreviatioa  of  Seraphine  and 

Serpent. 
Seraphina.    A  seraphine. 

SerapUIne.  A  wind  instrument  having  a 
case  and  key  board  like  that  of  a  piano- 
forte, the  tones  being  produced  by  tlie 
action  of  wind  upon  thin  bras.s  metallic 
tongues  moving  freely  in  an  aperture  of  a 
plate. 


Serbano.  (Ita.)   The  serpent,  a  iass  wind 

instrument. 
Serbend.    (Per.)    A  kind  of  song. 
ScrdoTrm.    (Jav.)    An  instrument  of  the 

flute  species,  used  by  the  Malays. 

Serenade.  A  pcrform.ance  of  music  at 
night  near  the  dy  elling  of  the  person  to 
be  entertained ;  a  musical  composition  con- 
sisting of  song,  recitative,  and  chorus; 
any  liglit  and  pleasing  instrumental  com- 
position consisting  of  several  movements. 

Serenata.    (Ita.)    A  serenade. 

Serenate.    A  serenade. 

Seria.    (Ita.)    Serious. 

Seria,  Opera.    (Ita.)    A  serious  or  tragic 

opera. 

Seriner  nn  Air.  (Fre.)  To  play  a  tune 
on  the  bird  organ. 

Seriner  nn  Olsean.  (Fre.)  To  teach  a 
bird  with  a  bird  organ. 

Serinette.  (Fre.)  One  who  sings  without 
expression ;  a  bird  organ. 

Seriugbi.  (Ilin.)  A  Hindoo  instrument 
of  the  violin  class.  It  is  a  bow  instrument, 
and  lias  three  wire  strings  which  are  tuned 
D,  A,  L".  The  notes  are  stopped  only  upon 
the  upper  T>  string,  the  bow  being  con- 
stantly drawn  across  the  remaining 
strings,  always  open,  which  thus  i'orm  a 
sort  of  pedal  bass,  like  the  drone  of  a 
bagpipe. 

Serio.    (Ita.  and  Spa.)    Serious ;  grave. 

Serio-Comlc.  A  song  combining  the 
grave  with  the  ludicrous  or  humorous. 

Serioso.  (Ita.)  In  a  grave  and  serioaa 
style. 

Serious  Song.  A  song  comprising  pltin- 
tive  words  and  music. 

Serpeggiando.  (Ita.)  Sliding;  moving 
gently  onwards. 

Serpent.  A  bass  wind  instrument,  of  loud 
and  coarse  tone,  which  has  its  name  from 
its  curvilinear  form,  and  consisting  of 
several  folds  or  wreaths,  which  are  usn- 
ally  covered  with  leather. 

Serpentblfiser.    (Ger.)    A  player  on  the 

serpent. 

Serpente.    (Ita.)    Serpent. 

Serpentine  Verse.  A  line  of  poetry  be- 
ginning and  ending  with  the  same  word. 

Serpentone.  A  large  wind  instrument; 
a  serpent. 

Serte.    (Ger.)    A  sixth. 

Service.  A  musical  composition  adapted 
to  the  services  of  religious  worship. 

Service  Boole.  A  Missal;  a  book  co-i- 
taining  the  musical  service  of  the  char<;h. 

Service,  Choir.  The  duties  of  choir 
members. 

Service,  Cboral.  A  form  of  religions 
service  in  which  the  priest  sings  in  re- 
sponse to  the  choir. 

Service,  Full.  A  service  without  any 
verse  parts. 


SER 


205 


SEV 


Service  J  Verse.  A  serrlce  in  which  rrrses 
are  introduced. 

Servi  Sympboniaci.  (Lot.)  Among 
the  Roniiin.s,  a  band  of  masicians  kept  by  a 
person  of  rank,  for  the  amusement  of  him- 
self or  guests. 

Sesqnaltra.  {TmI.')  An  org-an  stop,  of  a 
shrill,  noisy  quality  of  tone,  consisting  of 
several  ranks  of  pipes  tuned  in  thirds, 
fifths,  or  octaves. 

Sesqul.    (  Lat.)    One  and  a  half. 

Sesquialter.  An  organ  stop;  the  sesqui- 
altera. 

Sesquialtera.  An  organ  stop  composed 
of  three  ranks  of  pipes;  scsqualtra. 

Seaqui-.Vlterate.  {Lat.)  (Greater  Im- 
perlect.)  In  old  music  a  triple  in 
which  the  breve,  when  dotted,  contained 
tliree  measures,  or  semibreves,  and  two 
when  without  a  dot. 

Sesqiil-Alterate.  {Lat.)  (Greater  Per- 
fect.) In  the  ancient  system  of  music,  a 
triple  in  which  the  breve  contained  three 
measures,  or  semibreves,  though  no  dot 
or  point  was  afSxed  to  it. 

Sesqul-AIterate.  {Lat.)  (Hiesner  Im- 
perfect.) In  the  old  musical  system,  a 
triple  lime  in  which  the  Kemibreve  con- 
tained three  measures  or  minima  when 
dotted,  and  two  when  not. 

Sesqni-Alterate.  {Lat.)  (liegser  Per- 
fect.) In  the  .ancient  musi-al  system, 
a  triple  time  in  which  the  seraibreve 
contained  three  measures,  or  minims, 
though  not  indicated  by  a  dot. 

Sesqnialtra.  {Lat.)  An  organ  stop  con- 
sisting of  three  ranks  of  pipes. 

Sesqiiiditoue.  {Lat.)  A  concord  re- 
sulting from  the  sound  of  two  strings, 
whose  vibrations  in  equal  times  are  to  each 
other  as  5  to  0. 

Sesqititertia.  {Lat.)  A  musical  ratio 
when  it  is  as  4  to  ■\. 

Sesqiiitoiie.  (Lat.)  A  minor  third,  or  an 
interval  consisting  of  three  semitones. 

Sesta.    {Ita.)    A  sixth. 

Sestet.  {Ita.)  A  vocal  or  instrumental 
composition  in  six  parts. 

Sestetto.    {Ita.)    A  sestet. 

Sestina.    ( lia.)    A  sextole. 

Sesto.    {Ita.)    Sixth. 

Sestola.    {Jta.)    A  sextole. 

Sestuor.  {Fre.)  A  vocal  or  instrumental 
CCB  position  in  six  parts;  a  sestet. 

Sestnplo.  {Ita.)  A  mixed  triple  beaten 
iu  double  time. 

Set.  The  act  of  adapting  words  to  music, 
or  music  to  words ;  to  pitch  the  tune,  or  to 
lead  ofl°  in  singing. 

Sette.    {Ita.)    Seven. 

Setter.  One  who  adapts  words  to  a  musi- 
cal composition,  or  vice  versa. 

Settiina..    {Ita.)    A  seventh. 

Settlma  Xagg^lore.  {Ita.)  Mi^jor  aeV' 
eutb. 

18 


Settiina  Itlinore.    {Ita.)    IVIinor  screnth. 
Settiino.    {Ita.)    The  seventh. 
Settiinola.    {Ita.)    A  septimole. 
Setzart.    {Ger.)    Style  of  composition. 

Setzkunst.  {Ger.)  The  art  of  musical 
composition. 

Severameiite.    {Ita.)    Severely;  rigidly. 

Severita,  Con.  {Ita.)  With  strict  and 
severe  style. 

Sevens  and  Sights  Metre.  A  metre 
designated  thus,  7s  &  8s,  consisting  of  a 
stanza  of  eight  lines  in  trochaic  measure, 
the  syllables  of  each  being  in  number  and 
order  as  follows :  7,  8,  7,  S,  8,  8,  8,  8. 

Sevens  and  Five  Metre.  A  metre  des- 
ignated thus,  7s  &,  5,  consisting  of  a  stanza 
oi' four  lines  in  trochaic  measure,  the  syl- 
lables of  each  being  in  number  and  ordei 
as  follows:  7,  7,  7,  5. 

Sevens  and  Fives  Metre.  A  metre  de- 
signated thus,  7s  &  5s,coasisting  of  a  stan- 
za of  eight  lines  in  troch.iic  measure,  the 
syllables  of  each  being  in  number  and  ordci 
as  follows :  7,  5,  7, 5,  7,  5.  7,  5,  or  7,  7,  7,  5, 
7, 7, 7, 5,  or  a  stanza  of  fou  r  lines  as  follows, 
7,  5,  7,  5. 

Sevens  and  Sixes  Metre.  A  metre  des- 
ignated thus,  7s  &  Os,  consisting  of  a 
stanza  of  eight  lines  in  trochaic  and  iam- 
bic measure,  the  syllables  of  each  being  in 
number  and  order  as  Ibllows  :  7,  0,  7,  (i,  7, 
7,  7,  0.  or  in  iambic  only,  as  follows,  7,  0, 
7,  0,  7,  0, 7,  6. 

Sevens,  flight,  and  Seven  Metre.  A 
metre  designated  thus,  7s,  8,  &  7,  consist- 
ing of  a  stanza  of  eight  lines  iu  iambic 
measure,  the  syllables  of  each  being  in 
number  and  orcler  as  follows  :  7,  7,  8,  7,  7, 
7,  8,  7. 

Sevens  Metre.  A  stanza  of  four  lines  in 
trochaic  measure,  each  line  containing 
seven  syllables. 

Sevens,  Sixes,  and  ISigltt  Metre.  A 
metre  designated  thus,  7s,  Os,  &  8,  consist- 
ing of  a  stanza  of  eight  lines  iu  trochaio 
and  iambic  measure,  the  syllables  of  each 
being  in  number  and  order  as  follows  :  7, 
€,  7,  a,  8,  7, 7,  6,  or  of  four  lines,  .is  follows, 
7,  0,  8,  (5. 

Seventli.  An  interval  formed  of  seven 
sounds,  or  six  diatonic  degrees;  the  sev- 
enth tone  of  any  scale  ascending  from  the 
key  note. 

Seventh,  Oimiuished.  A  dissonant 
seventli,  consisting  of  three  tones  (two 
minors  and  one  major),  and  three  mqjor 
semitones. 

Seventh,  Extreme  Flat.  The  minor 
seventh,  diminished,  consisting  of  ibur 
tones  and  two  diatonic  semitones,  forming 
seven  degrees. 

Seventh  Major.  An  interval  comprising 
five  tones  and  a  mrgor  semitone. 

Seventh  Minor.  An  interval  consisting 
of  four  tones  and  two  major  seinitoues. 

Seventh,  Simple,    A  seveutb  fornied  bf 


SEV 


206 


SHA 


adding  an  interval  of  a  seventh  to  the  other 
oommoa  cliords  of  the  key. 

fi^eventh,  Superfluous.  A  dissonant  in- 
terval containing  live  tones  (three  minors 
and  two  nnvjors),  a  semitone  major  and  a 
semitone  minor. 

Severita.    (Jta.)    In  a  severe  style. 

Sexta.    iLat.)    Sixth. 

Sextain.    A  stanza  of  six  lines. 

Sexta  Pars.  (iMt.)  The  name  given  in 
ancient  cliurcli  music  to  the  secuud  part 
added  to  the  four  parts,  to  wliich  musical 
compositions  for  tlie  churches  were  lim- 
ited. 

Sexte.    (Ger.)    The  interval  of  a  sixth. 

Sextet.  (Ita.)  A  composition  for  six  per- 
formers ;  a  sestet. 

Sextette  (Ha.)  A  piece  for  six  voices  or 
instruments;  a  sestet. 

Sextllla.  (Spa.)  A  Spanish  metrical  com- 
position of  six  feet. 

Sextina.  (Spa.)  Spanish  poetry  in 
which  every  sixth  verse  rhymes. 

Sexto.    (Spa.)    Sixth. 

Sextole.  The  union  of  two  trioles  or  trip- 
lets (00). 

Sextriplet.    A  group  of  six  notes  (66). 

Sextnor.  A  composition  for  six  voices  or 
instruments. 

Sextuple.  Name  formerly  given  to  what 
is  now  called  compound  common  time. 

Sextuple  Measure.  A  measure  having 
six  parts. 

Sexenoa.    (Spa.)    Seventeenth. 

Sf .    An  abbreviation  of  Sforzando. 

Stt.    An  abbreviation  of  Sforzato  Assai. 

Sfogato.    (Itu.)    A  very  high  soprano. 

Sf  orx.    An  abbreviation  of  Sforzato. 

Sforzando.  (Ita.)  A  term  implying' that 
a  particular  note  is  to  be  pl.iyed  with  em- 
phasis and  force  (100). 

Sforzare.    (Ita.)    To  weaken. 

Sforzare  la  Voce.  (Ita.)  To  overstrain 
the  voice. 

Sforzato.    (Ita.)    Play  with  emphasis  and 

force. 
Sforzato  Assai.    (Ita.)    A  term  Implying 

that  the  note  is  to  be  played  with  great 

emphasis  and  force  (108). 
Sfttggito.    (Ita.)    Avoided. 
Sfz.    An  abbreviation  of  Sforzando. 

Shake.  An  embellishment  consisting  of 
tlio  alternate  reiteration  of  two  notes  com- 
jirehending  an  interval  not  greater  than 
one  whole  tone,  nor  less  than  a  semitone; 
a  trill  (S8). 

Shake,  Accompanied.  A  shake  exe- 
cuted by  two  lingers,  while  the  other 
lingers  of  the  same  hand  play  the  notes 
by  which  it  is  accompanied. 

Shake,  Close.  One  of  the  old  English 
i^races,  comprised  in  the  class  denominated 
*'  sbaked." 


Shake,  Close  Plata.  A  semitone  shake 
rapid,  though  with  less  energy  than  the 
ojM-n  shake,  and  closing  without  a  turn 
(87). 

Shake,  Close  Turned.  A  close  shake 
ending  witli  a  turn. 

Shaked  JBagfall.  One  of  the  old  Eng. 
iJKh  graces,  of  the  class  known  as 
"  shaked." 

Shaked  Beat.  One  of  the  old  English 
graces,  of  the  class  denomiuuted 
"  shaked." 

Shaked  Cadent.  An  old  English  grace, 
one  of  the  division  kuown  as  "  shaked." 

Shaked  I^levatlon.  An  old  Euglivb 
grace,  of  the  class  kuown  as  "  shaked." 

Shaked  Graces.  One  of  the  two  ela<>scs 
into  which  the  old  English  graces  were 
divided. 

Shake,  Donble.  Two  simultaneous 
shakes  on  notes  which  are  either  sixths  or 
thirds  to  each  other  (UO). 

Shake,  Open  Plain.  A  moderately 
quick  Eliakc  of  readily  distinguished 
changes,  and  closing  without  a  turn. 

Shake,  Open  Turned.  An  open  plain 
shake  ending  with  a  turn. 

Shake,  Passing.  A  short  trill  made  in 
flowing  passages  of  quavers  or  semiqua- 
vers without  breaking  the  time,  or  inter- 
fering with  the  natural  course  of  the 
melody. 

Shake,  Plain.  A  shake  shorter  than  the 
passing  shake,  and  ending  without  a  turn. 

Shake,  Prepared.  A  shake  preceded  by 
two  or  more  introductory  notes. 

Shake,  Prolonged.  A  shake  capable  of 
being  opened  or  closed  at  pleasure. 

Shake,  Short.  A  shake  consisting  of  two 
or  more  notes  preceding  the  principal  note; 
a  mordente  (!)7). 

Shake,  Transient.    A  short  shake  (97). 

Shake,  Truncated.    A  short  shake  (97)« 

Shalishiiu.  (Syr.)  An  instrument  con- 
sisting of  a  triangle  of  rods  with  rings 
attached. 

Shalm.    A  shawm. 

Sharp.  A  sign  (55)  which  placed  before 
a  note,  shows  that  the  key  and  tone  origi- 
nally indicated  by  that  note  are  no  longer 
meant,  but  the  key  and  tone  next  above  it; 
to  raise  a  tone  to  the  extent  of  a  semitone; 
to  render  more  acute;  above  the  tme 
pitch ;  too  high. 

Sharp,  Accidental.  An  occasional 
sharp  placed  before  a  note  in  the  course  of 
a  piece. 

Sharp,  B.  The  sensihle  or  proper  seventh 
of  the  major  diatonic  of  C  sharp;  in  keyed 
instruments,  synonymous  with  C  natural. 

Sharp,  Biatonic.    Ptolemy's  proportions 

of  the  intervals. 
Sharpen.  To  make  higher ;  to  render  more 

acute. 
Sharp  Fifth.    An  interval  oonsiitiot;  of 

eit;ht  semitones. 


SHA 


207 


SID 


Sliarj)  Filth,  Extreme.  The  perfect 
fifth  increased  by  the  chromatic  semitone, 
consisting  of  four  tones,  forming  five  de- 
grees. 

SliarplnsT.  The  displacing  of  a  note  by 
one  thatis  a  small  second  higher. 

SUarp  Mixo-Iiydiau.  Tlie  Hyper-Ionian 
in  tlie  ancient  Greek  system. 

Sharps,  Double.  All  the  notes  having 
been  made  sharp,  the  same  series  again 
made  so  arc  termed  double  sharps. 

Sharp  Second,  Sxtreme.  Atone  and  a 
chromatic  semitone,  composed  of  two  de- 
grees. 

Sharp  Sixth.    A  large  sixth. 

Sharp  Sixth,  Extreme.  A  sixth  con- 
sisting of  ten  seniitonic  intervals. 

Sha'«vm.  (neb.)  A  wind  instrument  of 
the  ancient  Hebrews,  supposed  by  some  to 
have  had  the  form  of  a  clarionet,  by  oth- 
ers tlie  oboe. 

Sheet  Music.  Music  printed  on  sheets 
from  engraved  phites,  and  unbound. 

Sliell.  An  ancient  musical  instrument 
consisting  of  the  shell  of  a  tortoise,  over 
which  strings  were  drawn,  forming  the 
lyre  of  early  times. 

Shemlnith.  {Heb.)  A  stringed  instru- 
ment; a  species  oi' music;  a  particular  part 
of  a  composition. 

Shepherd's  Flute.  A  pastoral  flute, 
shorter  than  the  transverse  flute,  and 
blown  througli  a  lip-piece  at  the  extremity. 

Shift.  A  change  of  the  position  of  the 
hand  along  the  linger  board  of  a  violin, 
violoncello,  &c.,  necessary  to  the  execu- 
tion of  passages,  tlie  notes  of  which,  in 
point  of  gravity  or  acuteness,  lie  at  some 
distance  if  oni  each  other. 

Shut,  Double.  A  shift  on  the  seven- 
teenth line,  or  1),  of  a  violin. 

Shift,  First.  A  violin  shift  on  the  fifth 
line,  or  G;  the  half  shift. 

Shift,  Half.  The  first  shift  on  a  violin; 
that  on  the  fifth  line,  or  G. 

Shift,  Xiast.  In  violin  playing,  the  shift 
on  the  twentieth  line,  or  E. 

Shift,  Second.  A  Tiolin  Bhift  on  the 
eighth  line,  or  A. 

Shift,  IVhole.    A  second  shift. 

Shophar.  (Heb.)  A  trumpet,  or  bent  horn, 
BO  called  because  it  gave  a  brilliant,  clear, 
ringing  sound. 

Short  Appogf^atura.  An  appoggia- 
tura,  consisting  of  one  or  more  notes 
played  without  regard  to  the  value  of  the 
next  note,  though  governed  somewhat  by 
the  cliaracter  of  the  piece. 

Short  Fore  IVote.  A  fore  note  cither 
written  in  a  much  shorter  form  than  that 
of  the  long,  or  having  a  short  oblique 
stroke  drawn  through  it.  It  has  no  defi- 
nite length,  hut  is  very  short. 

Short  Hallelujah  Metre.  A  stanza 
of  six  lines  in  iambic  measure,  the  sylla- 
bles of  each  being  in  number  and  order  as 
follows :  0,  0,  8,  6,  8,  8. 


Short  Mass.  A  mass  in  which  wcrds  are 
scarcely  repeated. 

Short  Metre.  A  stanza  of  four  lines  in 
iambic  measure,  the  syllables  of  each 
being  in  number  and  order  as  follows  : 
f>,  0,  8,  (i. 

Short  Mordent.  A  mordent  consisting 
of  two  notes,  namely,  that  having  the  sign 
over  it,  and  that  below,  to  be  played  before 
the  principal  note  (97). 

Short  Octaves.  Those  lower  octaves  of 
an  organ,  the  extreme  keys  of  which,  on 
account  of  the  omission  of  some  of  the  in- 
termediate notes,  lie  nearer  to  each  other 
than  those  of  the  full  octaves. 

Short  Particular  Metre.  A  stanza  of 
six  lines  in  iambic  measure,  the  syllables 
of  each  being  in  number  and  order  as  fol- 
lows :  C,  6,  8,  6,  C,  8. 

Short  Shake.  A  grace  formed  by  two  or 
more  notes  preceding  the  principal  note. 

Shoshannim.  (Heb.)  A  musical  instru- 
ment, somewhat  resembling  the  form  of 
the  lily. 

Shout.  A  loud  vociferation  in  musical 
performances,  denoting  triumph,  exalta- 
tion, or  praise;  a  peculiar  religious  dance 
of  tlie  blacks  of  the  southern  portion  of 
the  United  States,  accompanied  by  singing. 

Shout  Sonjs;.  A  religious  song  sung  or 
chanted  by  the  blacks  of  the  southern  por- 
tion of  the  United  States,  accompanied  by 
daucing. 

Shrill.  A  term  applied  to  those  acute 
sounds  which  form  the  upper  part  of  the 
scale  of  sopr.ano  voices  and  treble  instru- 
ments ;  a  piercing,  tremulous  sound. 

Shur.    (Heb)    To  sing. 

Shushaneduth.  (Heb.)  The  cymbal  al- 
luded to  in  the  Bible. 

Si.  (Fre.)  A  syllable  applied,  in  solfidng, 
to  the  note  B. 

Si  Bemolle.    (Ita.)     B  flat. 

Sibilate.    To  sing  with  a  hissing  sound  by 
giving  an  undue  expression  of  the  letter  s, 
Slbilation.    A  hissing  sound. 
Sibllio.    (Ita.)    A  hiss;  a  hissing  sound, 

Stbilus.  (Lat.)  A  little  flute  or  flageolet 
used  to  teach  birds  to  sing. 

Siccama  Flute.    A  diatonic  flute. 

Sich  die  Zeit  mit  Mnsik.  (Ger.)  To 
pass  the  time  with  music. 

Sich  Uebersingen.  (Ger.)  To  tire  one'a 
self  with  singing  too  much. 

Siciliana.  (Ita.)  A  movement  of  a  slow, 
Koothing,  pastoral  character,  in  y  time,  re^ 
sembling  the  dance  peculiar  to  the  peas- 
antry of  Sicily. 

Siciliana,  Alia.  (Ita.)  In  the  style  of 
the  Sicilian  dance  music. 

Side  Beat.  The  motion  of  the  band  to- 
wards the  right  or  lelt  side  in  beating 
time. 

Side  Drum.    The  common  military  drrim, 


BID 


208 


BIL 


M  called  fi-om  Its  ban^ng  at  the  side  of 
the  drummer  when  played  upon. 

Side  Flamadlddle.  A  beat  used  in 
drumming  eighth  notes,  as  in  parade 
marches. 

Sldpnuee.  (Hin.)  The  third  of  the 
Srootis  into  which  the  fifth  note  of  the 
Hindoo  scale  is  divided. 

Sieben.    (Ger.)    Seven. 

Stebente.    (Ger.)    Seventh. 

Slebenzehate.    (Ger.)    Seventeenth. 

Slegesgesaug.  {Ger.)  A  triumphal  pxan, 
8011^  or  hymn. 

Siegesmarsch.  (Ger.)  Triumphal 
niiirch. 

Siegesslufonle.  (Ger.)  A  battle  piece 
for  an  orchestra. 

Sieffue.  (//«.)  It  follows  —  a  word  applied 
to  a  particular  passage,  signifying  that 
though  it  does  not  continue  to  be  made  out 
in  tlie  same  form  of  notes  in  which  it  com- 
menced, the  same  style  of  execution  is  to 
be  preserved. 

Siegne  il  Coro.  (Jta.)  The  chorus  fol- 
lows. 

Siegue  H  Ittenuetto.  (Ita.)  The  menu- 
etto  follows. 

Siegue  1' Avia.    (Ita.)    The  .lie  follows. 

Sieffue  Snbito  1'  Allegro.  (Ita.)  The 
allegro  follows  immediately. 

Siesta.  (Spa.)  Afternoon  music  in 
churches. 

SllSemcut.    (Fre.)    A  whistling. 

Slffier.    (Fre.)    To  make  a  hissing  noise, 

SMHer  iin  Air.  (Fre.)  To  whistle  a 
tunc. 

Slfflet.  (Fre.)  A  cat-call,  a  squeaking  in- 
strument used  in  play-houses  to  condemn 
a  performance. 

Siggvau.    (Got.)    To  sing. 

Slgbt  Singing.  A  system  of  notation 
iiitioduccd  by  Kousscau  in  1742,  in  which 
the  first  eight  numerals  are  substituted 
for  the  usual  signs  of  notes  and  points, 
cipher!^:,  &c.,  lor  other  characters ;  numeral 
notation. 

Slglttsman.  A  person  who  reads  or  sings 
music  readily  at  first  sight. 

Signa.    Signs. 

Slgnatura.    (Spa.)    Signature. 

Signature.  A  name  given  to  the  aggre- 
gate of  sharps  or  tlats  necessary  to  each 
key,  and  pbiced  .it  the  beginning  of  each 
stall'  to  indicate  the  key  (11^). 

Signature,  Ancient.  A  term  given  to  a 
devlHtion  produced  when,  instead  of  tlie 
complete  series  of  sharps  or  flats  of  the 
signature,  tlie  last  sharp  or  flat  is  sup- 
pressed, and  inserted  accidentally  when 
requisite. 

Signature,  Mensural.  Time  signature 
(02). 

Signature  Rhytlunlcal.  Time  signa- 
ture (62). 


Signature,  Time.  Two  flgnres  plaoeA 
at  the  beginning  of  a  composition,  or  at 
the  point  where  a  new  bar  is  required,  in 
the  form  of  a  fraction,  one  over  the  other, 
the  upper  of  which  indicates  the  order  of 
the  bar,  and  the  under  the  size  of  the  parts 
ofthebar  (02). 

Sign,  Canceling.    Anatiural. 

Sign,  Da  Capo.  A  mark  placed  before  a 
certain  note  when  a  piece  is  to  be  repeated, 
not  from  any  double  bar,  nor  from  the  be- 
ginning, but  from  that  note  (43). 

Signe.    (Fre.)    Sign. 

Signes  des  Silences.  (Fre.)  Sigiit  bt 
rest. 

Sign,  IVentrallzlng.    A  cancelling  sign ; 

a  natural. 
Signs.    A  general  name  for  all  the  dlflorent 

cliaractcrs  used  in  music,  such  as  flats, 

sharps,  dots,  &c. 

Signs,  Chromatic.    Accidentals. 

Signs,  Fluctuating.  Signs,  a  deviation 
from  the  exact  value  of  which  is  allowable. 

Sign  of  Iliong  IHordente.  A  sign  de- 
noting a  mordcatc  of  four  notes  (Oii,  98). 

Sign  of  Short  Mordente.  A  sign  indi- 
CMting  a  grace  formed  by  the  alternation 
of  the  principal  note  several  times  with 
the  note  above  or  below  (95,  97). 

Signs  of  Abbrev-latlon.  Strokes,  wav- 
ing lines,  dots,  and  figures,  employed  to  de- 
note a  repetition  of  notes,  continuation  of 
rests,  &c.    See  Abbreviation  Marks  (61,  i). 

Signs  of  Forzando.  Certain  characters 
showing  that  a  tone  is  to  be  emphasized 
stronger  than  its  rhythmical  accent  re- 
quires (103). 

Signs  of  the  Organ  Tone.  Two  paral 
lels  indicating  that  the  tone  is  to  com 
mence,  continue,  and  close  with  a  uniform 
degree  of  power  (105). 

Signs  of  the  Pressure  Tone.  Signs 
indicating  a  very  sudden  increase  of  tone 
(107). 

Siianlcos.  A  shell  common  to  India, 
Africa,  and  the  Mediterranean,  and  used  as 
a  trumpet  for  blowing  alarms  or  giving 
signals. 

Silaba.  (Spa.)  Two  or  three  sounds 
whii'h  correspond  with  every  letter  of  the 
gamut;  metrical  composition. 

Silbador.    (Spa.)    One  who  whistles. 

Silbar.    (Spa.)    To  whistle. 

Sllbato.    (Spa.)    A  whistle. 

Silbern.    (Ger.)    Of  a  silvery  tone. 

Silberton.  (Ger.)  Silver  tone;  silvery 
sound. 

SilbertOnend.    (Ger.)    Silver  sounding. 

Silboso.    (Spa.)    Whistling;  hissing. 

Silences  Polutes.    (Fre.)    Dotted  resi% 

(:W). 
Sllenclo.    (Spa.)    Silence. 


SIL 


209 


SIX 


Sfleuclosameute.  (Spa.)  Softly ;  gently. 

SI  l.eiitando.    (Ita.)    A  term  denoting  a 

slackening  of  the  time. 
Sllenzio.    (Ita.)    Silence  ;  pause ;  rest. 

81  I/evano  1  Sordini.    (Ita.)    Kaisc  the 

dampers. 
Sllver-Sonndini^.    A  soft,  clear,  gliding 

sound ;   a  term  mostly  applicable  to  the 

flute  or  voice. 

Silver  Trumpet.  The  chatsoteroth  of 
the  ancient  Hebrews,  stiaijrht,  a"  cubit 
long,  with  a  bell-shaped  mouth. 

Simi-Cain.  (Ork.)  An  ancient  instru- 
ment having  thirty-five  strings. 

Similar  Motion.  That  motion  in  which 
two  or  more  parts  osceud  or  descend  at  the 
same  time. 

Simile.    (Ita.)    Similarly ;  in  like  manner. 

Si  Minenr.    (Fre.)    B  minor. 

Simple  Cadence.  That  in  which  the 
notes  are  equal  throughout  all  the  parts. 

Simple  Common  Time.  A  time  con- 
sisting of  two  species,  the  jirst  containing 
one  semibrove  in  each  bar,  tl»e  second  only 
the  value  of  a  minim. 

Simple  Concord.  That  in  which  we  hear 
only  two  notes  in  consonance. 

Simple  Counterpoint.  That  connter- 
point  in  which  note  is  set  against  note, 
and  which  is  called  simple,  in  opposition 
to  more  elaborate  composition,  known  as 
flgurative  counterpoint. 

Simple  Fn|;ne.    A  fugue  containing  but 

a  single  subject. 
Simple  Harmony.      That  harmony  in 
which  there  is  no  concord  to  the  funda- 
mental above  an  octave. 

Simple  Imitation.  A  simple  fugue ; 
that  style  of  composition  in  which  a  sin- 
gle subject  is  employed,  or  a  partial 
response  retained  among  the  various 
parts. 

Simple  Intervals.  Such  as  do  not  ex- 
ceed an  octave;  in  the  ancient  Greek  sys- 
tem, the  diastems. 

Simple  Inversion.  An  inversion  made 
by  reversing  the  notes  of  a  fugal  or  other 
Bulyoct  in  its  answer  so  that  the  ascending 
notes  of  the  original  passage  descend  in 
the  answer,  and  vice  versa. 

Simple  Aladrij^als.  Madrigals  executed 
by  voices  without  instrumental  accompa- 
niment. 

Simple  Uecitative.  A  recitative  with 
tlie  accompaniment  of  a  bass  part  only  ;  a 
plain  recitative  ;  passages  of  narmtion  or 
jf  dialogue  in  operatic  music  that  are  de- 
7oid  of  passion  or  sentiment,  and  sucli  as 
by  their  own  nature  cjm  never  become  the 
subject  of  musical  expression. 

Simple  Seventli.  A  seventh  formed  by 
adding  an  interval  of  a  seventh  to  the 
other  common  chords  of  the  key. 

Simple  Sound.    A  pure,  unmixed,  single 

IS* 


sound ;  the  product  of  one  voice  or  instrn* 

ment. 
Simple    Sy^y^ia.       A   combination    of 

sounds  in  which  two  concords  at  least  are 

heard  together. 
Simple  Times.    Those  measures  which 

contain  but  one  principal  accent 
Simple  Triple  Time.   A  time  containing 

eitlier  a  dotted  semibrcve,  dotted  minim, 

or  dotted  crotchet  in  each  bar. 

Simplicity.  In  composition,  a  natural 
unadornefl  melody,  or  incomplex  combi- 
nation of  parts. 

Simplified.  Kendered  free  from  difficult 
passages. 

Sin'.    An  abbreviation  of  Sino. 

Sin'  al  Fine.    (Ita.)    To  the  end. 

Sincopa.    (Ita.)    Syncope. 

Sine-Keman.       (T\tr.)      A  Turkish  in- 
strument of  the  violin  class. 
Siuf.    An  abbreviation  of  Sinfonia. 

Siufonia.  (Ita.)  An  orchestral  compo- 
sition in  many  parts ;  a  symphony. 

Sinfonia  a  Fittorica.  (Ita.)  A  sym- 
pliony  descriptive  of  scenes  or  events. 

Sinfonia  a  Pro^E^ramma.  (Ita.)  A 
symphony  consisting  of  descriptive  music. 

Sinfonia  Armonlc«.  (Ita.)  Harmoni- 
ous symphony. 

Sinfonia  Concertante.  (Ita.)  A  con- 
certo for  many  instruments ;  a  concerto 
symphony. 

Sinfonia  Concertata.  (Ita.)  A  con- 
certo for  several  instruments. 

Sinfonia  Concertate.  (Ita.)  A  sinfonia 
concertante. 

Sinfonia  da  Cantera.  (Ita.)  Sympho- 
nies composed  for  chamber  use,  as  quar- 
tets, trios,  &c. 

Sinfonia  Froica.  (Ita.)  A  symphony 
in  the  heroic  style. 

Sinfonia  Fugata.  (Ita.)  A  fugued 
symphony. 

Sinf onie.    ( Ger.)    A  symphony. 

Sins'.  To  utter  sounds  with  musical  in- 
flections or  melodious  modulations  of 
voice  ;  to  celebrate  in  song. 

Singanstalt-     (Ger.)    Singing  club. 

Singbar.  (Ger.)  Tunable ;  easily  set  to 
music. 

Slng^ebass.    (Ger.)    A  vo&il  bass. 
Singecfior.    ( Ger.)    A  chorus  ;  choir. 
Singefuge.    (Ger.)    A  singing  fugue. 
Singcgediclit.    ( Ger.)    A  cantata. 
Singegediclitclien.     (Ger.)      A  canta- 

tilla. 
Singelcunst.    (Ger.)    Art  of  singing. 
Singelchrer.    ( Ger.)    A  singing  master. 
Siugeleiter.  (Ger.)  A  gamut  for  singing, 
Singemeister.    ( Ger.)    A  great  singer. 
Singemesse.  (Ger.)  Mass  that  is  chanted 


SIN 


210 


SIB 


Sini^n.  (Oer.)  To  sing;  to  carol j  to 
chant ;  to  pipe. 

Singenote.    (Ger.)    A  musical  note. 

Slngepnlt.    (Ger.)    A  chorister's  desk. 

Singer.  A  vocalist ;  one  whose  profession 
is  to  sinn^. 

Singer,  Ballad.  One  whose  employment 
is  to  8in<{'  ballads  ;  a  balladist. 

Singer,  Head.  The  leader  of  a  choir ;  u 
cliorister. 

Singerlnn.    (Ger.)    A  singer. 

Sin<;ers,  Kfaater.  A  class  of  poets  pop- 
ular in  Germany  in  the  fifteenth  century. 

Singesatz.    (Ger.)    The  vocal  part. 

Singeschnle.    (Ger.)    iiinging  school. 

Singescbnler.  (Ger.)  A  pupil  in  singing. 

Singesplel.  (Ger.)  A  man  who  sings 
in  an  opera. 

Slngespielerlnn.  (Ger.)  A  woman 
who  sings  in  an  opera  ;  a  prima  donna. 

Slngcsttmnie.    (Ger.)    A  musical  roice. 

Slngestnek.  (Ger.)  A  piece  of  vocal 
tnu»ie ;  a  cantata. 

Slnghiozzaudo.  (Ita.)  Perform  in  a  sor- 
rowing, moaning  style. 

Singing.  The  art  of  producing  with  the 
voice  the  sounds  of  any  melody,  together 
with  the  words  to  which  the  melody  is 
adapted ;  the  utterance  of  melodious 
sounds. 

Singing  Bass.  The  second  or  melodious 
basB  ;  the  bass  ohantantc. 

Singing  Book.  A  book  containing 
psalms,  hymns,  or  songs  with  appropriate 
tunes  lor  singing. 

Singing  by  Bote.  The  act  of  singing, 
not  from  an  understanding  of  the  princi- 
ples of  mu^ic,  but  from  listening  to  the 
singing  of  others. 

Singing,  Congregational.  A  mode 
of  singing  in  which  the  congregation 
unites  with  the  choir,  or  in  which  a  choir 
is  entirely  disi)en8ed  with. 

Singing,  Double.  An  old  mode  of  sing- 
ing in  two  parts,  usually  in  thirds. 

Singing  Flat.  A  defect  of  intonation 
caused  oy  a  weakness  of  the  general  vocal 
organs,  and  of  the  lips  of  the  glottis ; 
singing  below  the  proper  pitch. 

Singing  M^aster.  A  musician  whose  pro- 
fession it  is  to  teach  the  art  of  vocaliza- 
tion, or  the  cultivation  of  the  voice. 

Singing  Men.  An  appellation  formerly 
given  to  the  gentlemen  of  cathedral  choirs 
in  England. 

Singing  School.  A  school  having  for 
its  object  the  education  of  pupils  in  vocal 
music. 

Singing  Sharp.  A  defect  of  intonation, 
often  the  concomitant  of  thin,  wiry  voices, 
caused  by  weakness  and  an  undue  con- 
traction of  the  vocal  muscles,  produced  by 
an  overstrained  effort  or  fatigue;  singing 
above  the  proper  pitch. 

Singing,  Sight.    A  numerical  system  of 


notation  first  introduced  by  Rousseau  In 
1742,  in  which  the  first  eight  numerals  are 
substituted  for  the  eight  notes,  and  points, 
ciphers,  &c.,  for  other  characters. 

Single  Action  Ilarp.  A  harp  whose 
pedals  produce  but  a  single  change  in  the 
sound  of  the  instrument,  namely,  to  raise 
it  half  a  tone. 

Single  Bob  Minor.  Plain  bob;  seven 
humlred  and  twenty  changes  upon  a  peal 
of  six  bells. 

Single  Chant.  A  simple  harmonized  mel- 
ody extending  only  to  one  verse  of  a 
psiilm  as  sung  in  cathedrals,  &c. 

Single  Counterpoint.  A  counterpoint 
concerned  only  in  the  invention  of  two  or 
more  real  parts. 

Single  Curtail.  An  instrument  similar 
to  a  bassoon. 

Single  Brag.  A  dmm-beat  in  |  time, 
used  in  camp  duty  to  call  the  troops  to 
breakfast  or  supper. 

Single  Fugue.    A  fugue  with  only  one 

subject. 

Single  Paradlddle.    A  drum-beat. 

Single  Stroke.  A  mark  of  abbreviation 
attached  to  the  stem  of  a  note,  signifying 
tli;it  the  long  note  must  be  repeated  an 
often  as  it  contains  quavers  (01,  «). 

Single-Stroke  Roll.  In  drum  music, 
one  beat  with  each  hand,  alternately  —  a 
practice  designed  to  impart  to  pupils  a 
knowledge  of  a  free  use  of  the  sticks. 

Single  Suspension.  A  suspension  that 
retards  but  one  note,  and  requires  only  a 
single  preparation  and  resolution. 

Singschule.    (Ger.)    A  singing  school. 

Sing-Soug.  A  long,  drawling,  bumming 
style  of  singing. 

Sing-Song.  (Chi.)  A  company  of  Chi- 
nese musicians  who  give  eutcrtainmenta 
in  the  open  .air  ;  a  Chinese  theatre. 

Singstimmen.  (Ger.)  The  voices;  the 
vocal  parts. 

Sinlestra.    (Spa.)    The  left  hand. 

Slnljitra.  (Lat.)  The  left ;  the  name  by 
which  tiie  Romans  distinguished  the  flute 
which,  when  playing  two  flutes  at  the 
same  time,  they  fingered  with  the  left 
hand. 

Sinistra  >Iano.    (Ita.)    The  left  band. 

Sino.    (Ita.)    As  far  as. 

Sino  al  Fine.    (Ita.)    To  the  oonduaion. 

Sino  al  Segno.  (Ita.)  As  far  as  the 
sign. 

SiOng.    (Swe.)    Song. 

Siparlo.    (Ita.)    The  curtain  of  a  theatre. 

Si  Place.  (Ita.)  Perform  as  you  choose ; 
omit  if  you  think  best. 

Si  Radoppla  11  Tempo.  (Ita.)  Time 
or  movement  to  be  increased  one  half. 

Siren.  In  ancient  mythology,  a  goddess 
who  enticed  men  into  her  power  by  th« 
charms  of  music,  and  devoured  them. 


sm 


211 


SIX 


Strena.    (_Spa.\    A  siren. 

Sirene.  (Fre.)  An  instrument  for  deter- 
miniiis'  the  number  of  aerial  vibrations  per 
second  corresponding  to  any  musical 
sound. 

Slrenlon.  An  instrument  of  the  piano 
and  harpsichord  class. 

81r«ii  Song.  A  song  of  a  bewitching,  fas- 
cinating style. 

SI  Beplica.    (Jta.)    Repeat. 

SI  Replica  una  Volta.  (/<«.)  Play  the 
part  over  again. 

Sii-ventc.  {Fre.)  A  peculiar  sppcies  of 
poetry,  usually  satirical,  often  used  by 
the  troubadours  of  the  middle  ages. 

Sistcnia.    (//a.)     System. 

tSistrum.  (Lat.)  An  ancient  Egyptian 
instrument,  resembling  a  timbrel,  consist- 
ing of  a  tliin  metal  frame  of  oval  form, 
through  which  passed  a  number  of  metallic 
rods,  upon  which  were  rings,  and  having 
a  handle  by  which  it  was  shaken. 

Si  Tace.    {Ita.)    Be  silent. 

Siuu$;a.    {Swe.)    To  sing ;  singing. 

Sivee.  (ffi/i.)  The  first  of  the  Srootis 
into  which  the  third  note  of  the  Hindoo 
octave  is  divided. 

Si  Voltl.    {Ita.)    Turn  over  the  leaf. 

Sixain.  {Fre.)  Stanza;  stropheof  six  verses. 

Six-dglitli  Pleasure.  A  measure  hav- 
ing the  value  of  six  eighth  notes,  marked  y 

Sixes  and  Fives  Sletre.  A  metre  des- 
ignated thus,  Cs  &  53,  consisting  of  a 
stanza  of  eight  lines  in  iambic  or  trochaic 
measure,  the  syllables  of  each  being  in 
number  and  order  as  follows:  0,5,0,  5, 
0,  5,  0,  5. 

Sixes  and  Fonr  Metre.  A  metre  desig- 
nated thus,  fis  &  4,  consisting  of  a  stanza 
of  four  lines  in  iambic  measure,  the  sylla- 
bles of  eacli  being  in  number  and  order  as 
follows :  0,  0,  C),  4. 

Sixes  and  Fours  metre.  A  metre  des- 
ignated thus,  Cs  &  4s,  consisting  of  a  stanza 
of  six  lines  in  iambic  measure,  the  sylla- 
bles of  each  being  in  number  and  order  as 
follows  :  0,  0,  4,  0,  6,  4. 

Sixes  and  Tens  Metre.  A  metre  des- 
ignated thus,  Os  &  10s,  consisting  of  a 
stanza  of  six  lines  in  iambic  measure,  the 
syllables  of  each  being  in  number  and  order 
as  follows:  0,  6,  10,  0,  0,  10. 

Sixes  Metre.  A  metre  designated  thus, 
(is,  consisting  of  a  stanza  of  eight  lines, 
of  six  syllables  each,  in  iambic  measure. 

Sixes,  Sevens,  and  Ki^Iits  Metre.    A 

metre  designated  thus,  (is,  7s,  &  8s,  con- 
sisting of  a  stanza  of  eight  lines  in  iamtJc 
measure,  the  syllables  of  each  being  in 
number  and  order  as  follows  :  6,  7,  »,  7, 
0,  7,  8,  7. 
Sixfold  Measure.  A  measure  consisting 
of  two  troclioes,  or  musical  feet,  each 
formed  of  a  long  and  a  short  note,  or  of 
an  accented  and  unaccented  one ;  a,  measure 
of  six  equal  parts. 


Six  Pour  Quatre.  {Fre.)  S<x  notes  in- 
tended to  be  played  in  the  time  of  four ;  a 
sextuplet. 

Six  i^uarter  Measure.  A  measure  hav- 
ing the  amount  of  six  quarter  notes, 
marked  \. 

Six  Semlbreve  Rest.  A  rest  ha'<ing  a 
duration  equal  to  the  length  of  six  semi- 
breves  (24). 

Sixte.    {Fre.)    A  sixth. 

Sixteenth.  The  replicate  of  the  ninth  5 
an  interval  consisting  of  two  octaves  and 
a  second. 

Sixteenth  IVote.    A  semiquaver  (19). 

Sixteenth  iVote  Rest.  A  pause  equal  to 
the  length  of  a  sixteenth  note  (31). 

Sixtes.    {Fre.)    Sixths. 

Sixth.  An  interval  comprising  six  sounds, 
or  live  diatonic  degrees,  as  from  A  to  F. 

Sixth,  Added.  A  sixth  appended  to  a 
fundamental  chord. 

Sixth,  Augmented.  An  Interval  con- 
taining live  whole  tones. 

Sixth,  Diminished.  A  dissonant  sixth 
composed  of  two  notes  and  three  major 
semitones. 

Sixth,  ISxti-eme  Sliarp.  A  sixth  con- 
sisting of  ten  semitonic  intervals. 

Sixth,  French.  A  chord  composed  of  a 
major  third,  extreme  fourth,  and  extreme 
sixth,  as  F^,  D,  C,  Ajj. 

Sixth,  Crerman.  A  name  given  by  some 
writers  to  a  chord  composed  of  a  major 
third,  perfect  fifth,  and  extreme  sixth,  as 
Aifi,  G,  E,  C. 

Sixth,  Great.  The  chord  of  the  firth  and 
sixth,  when  the  fifth  is  perfect  and  the 
sixth  major. 

Sixth,  Italian.  That  species  of  the  chord 
of  the  superfluous  sixth  in  which  that  in- 
terval is  accompanied  only  by  a  m^u^r 
third. 

Sixth,  Major.  A  consonant  sixth  com- 
posed of  four  tones  and  a  mjyor  semitone. 

Sixth,  Minor.  A  consonant  sixth  com- 
posed of  three  tones  and  two  semitones 
major. 

Sixth,  IVeapolitan.  A  chord  composed 
of  a  minor  sixth,  which  is  situated  on  the 
fourth  degree  of  the  scale. 

Sixths,  Consonant.  The  minor  sixth 
composed  of  three  tones  and  two  semi- 
tones major,  and  the  major  sixth  com- 
posed of  four  tones  and  a  major  semitone. 

Sixths,  Dissonant.  The  diminished 
Bisth  composed  of  two  tones  and  three 
major  .  semitones,  and  the  superfluous 
sixth  composed  of  four  tones  and  a  migor 
and  a  minor  semitone. 

Sixth,  Sharp.    A  large  si.xth. 

Sixth,  Superfluous.  A  dissonant  inter- 
val composed  of  four  tou(»s  and  a  major 
and  a  minor  semitone. 

Sixty-Fourth  Kote.  A  hemideiaisemi- 
quaver  (:il). 


SIX 


212 


SNA 


sixty  •'Fourth  IVote  Rest.  A  pause 
equal  in  point  of  duration  to  the  length 
of  a  sixth -fourth  note  (itJ). 

Skalla.    {Swe.)    To  Bound  or  ringf. 

Skip.  A  pasRing'  over  of  one  or  more  of 
tlie  regular  degrees  of  the  scale. 

Sklppiuff  IVotes.  Notes  which  do  not 
proceed  by  conjoint  degrees,  nor  in  any 
regular  course,  but  lie  at  awkward  and 
unexpected  distances  from  each  other. 

Skollen.    (Swe.)    Drinking  song. 

Sle^ato.  (Ita.)  To  separate  or  discon- 
nect. 

Slegato,  nnn  liegato.  (Ita.)  Separated 
and  disconnected,  uot  smooth  and  gliding. 

Slcntando.  (/<«.)  A  gradual  diminution 
in  the  time  ol  tlio  movement. 

Slide.  An  cmbellisliraent  consistingf  of 
two  notes  gradually  rising  or  ialLiug 
towards  the  principal  note ;  in  guitar  play- 
ing, the  act  of  striking  the  first  note  and 
sliding  the  linger  of  the  left  hand  over 
the  frets  to  the  second.  It  is  indicated 
by  a8ign(l3<J). 

Sliders.  Movable  slips  of  wood  in  an 
organ,  which,  on  being  moved,  either  open 
or  close  at  once  all  the  holes  belonging  to 
the  pipes  of  any  one  stop. 

Slide,  Tnuln^.  An  English  instmment 
producing  tliirteen  semitones,  and  used 
lor  pitching  the  key  note. 

SlojE^an.    The  war  cry,  or  rallying  call,  of 

a  Scottish  clan. 
Slugliome.   (Sco.)    The  slogan — a  sound 

to  gather  a  clan. 
Slur.    A  curved  line  drawn  over  two  or 

more  notes  to  indicate  that  they  must  be 

smoothly  connected  ;  a  tie  (77). 

Slurred.  Notes  or  passages  performed  in 
a  smooth  and  gliding  manner ;  notes 
marked  with  a  slur,  or  tie. 

Slurring.  Performing  in  a  smooth,  glid- 
ing style. 

Slur,  Vertical.  A  perpendicular  slur,  or 
curved  line,  showing  that  the  chord  before 
which  it  stands  is  to  be  performtKl  in  imi- 
tation of  harp  music  (78). 

Slu.',  V'ibration.  A  slur  made  on  two 
strings  of  a  guitar  by  playing  the  higher 
note  and  forcibly  striking  the  note  to  be 
slurred  with  the  finger  of  the  left  hand. 

S.  91.    The  initials  of  Sinistra  Mano. 

Sin.  An  abbreviation  of  Smorzwndo,  Smi- 
nuendo,  and  Smorendo. 

Small  Barrer.  The  net  of  pressing  two 
or  three  strings  of  a  guitar  iit  the  same 
time  with  the  first  linger  of  the  left  band. 

Small  Fifth.  A  false  fifth;  an  interval 
whose  e.^ctent  is  a  semitone  less  than  that 
of  a  perfect  fifth. 

Small  Five  Times  IWarked  Octave. 
Tlie  ninth  octave,  indicated  in  the  German 
tablature  by  small  letters  having  five  lines 
above  them. 

Small  Four  Times  Marked  Octave. 


The  eighth  octave,  indicated  by  email 
letters  having  four  lines  above  them. 

Small  Keys.    Minor  keys. 

Small  Octave.  The  fourth  octave,  repre- 
sented in  the  German  tablature  by  smal.t 
letters. 

Small  Once-lfarked  Octave.  Tlia 
fifth  octave,  indicated  by  small  letters  with 
a  line  above  thorn. 

Small  Orchestra.  An  orchestra  com- 
posed of  violins,  two  horns,  one  flute, 
clarionet,  trumpet,  and  double  bass. 

Small  Second.    A  semitone. 

Small  Six  Times  Marked  Octave. 
The  tenth  octave,  indicated  by  small  let- 
ters having  six  lines  above  them. 

Small  Threefold  Chord.  A  threefold 
chord  having  the  interval  of  a  small  (mi- 
nor) third  between  its  fundamental  tone 
and  its  third. 

Small  Thrice-Marked  Octave.    The 

seventh  octave,  indicated  by  small  letters 
with  three  lines  above  them. 

Small  Tw^ice-Marked  Octave.      The 

sixth  ocfcive,  indicated  by  small  letters 
having  two  lines  above  them. 

Smauia,  Con.  (/to.)  With  fory ;  pas- 
sionately. 

Smanicando.  (//a.)  The  neck  of  an  in- 
strument. 

Smauicare.  (Ita.)  To  change  the  posi- 
tion of  the  hand  on  such  instruments  as 
the  violin,  guitar,  &c. 

Smanioso.  {Ita.)  Furious  ;  frenzied  ; 
eager. 

Sminnendo.  {Ita.)  Gradually  diminish- 
ing the  sound. 

Sminuito.    {Ita.)    Decreasing. 

Smith,  Music.  One  who  makes  the 
metal  plates  of  pianofortes. 

Smooth  Ditticd.  Sung  or  played  in  a 
smooth.  nu'Ilitluous  manner;  gently,  and 
without  harshness. 

Smooth  Oraces.  One  of  the  two  classes 
into  which  the  old  English  graces  were 
divided. 

Smorendo.  {Ita.)  Dying  away ;  waning  j 
fading ;  dying. 

Smorfloso.  {Ita.)    In  an  affected  manner. 

Smorz.    An  abbreviation  of  Smorzando. 

Sinorzando.  {Ita.)  An  expression  im- 
plying that  the  .sounds  of  the  passage 
over  which  it  is  placed  are  to  be  gradu- 
ally diminished. 

Smorzato.  {Ita.)  A  word  indicating  that 
the  sounds  of  the  passaM  over  which  it 
is  placed  are  to  be  gradually  diminished. 

Smorzatore.  {Ita.)  Gradually  decrease 
the  sound. 

Snap.  A  quick,  sharp  sound  ;  a  snddea 
twitching  of  a  violin  or  guitar  string  :  the 
breaking  of  a  string. 

Snare.  A  string  or  collection  of  strirg's  of 
twisted  raw  hide  drawn  over  the  j'>wer 
head  of  a  drum. 


SNA 


213 


SOL 


Snare  ]>rum.  The  commonly  used  small 
drum,  RO  nam?d  on  account  of  strings 
of  raw  hide  diawn  over  its  lower  head, 
nnd  to  disting-iish  it  from  the  large,  or 
bass  drum. 

S.  O.    The  initials  of  Senza  Organo. 

So.    An  abbreviation  of  Solo. 

Soave.    {Tin.)    Gentle:  delicate. 

SoaT-emente.  (/to.)  With  suavity ;  affa- 
bly ;  softly. 

Sobina.    (Spa.)    A  wooden  pin  or  peg^. 

Sobre.    (Spa.)    Above. 

Sobreagnda.  (Spa.)  One  of  the  seven 
small  letters  in  music. 

Sochantre.    (Spa.)    Sub-chanter. 

Soetete  Chantante.  (Fre.)  A  singing 
club. 

Socios.  (/to.)  Those  in  Italian  cities  who 
by  their  contributions  of  money  assist  in 
the  support  of  the  opera  and  theatre. 

Socoro.  (Spa.)  Among  the  ancients,  a 
place  under  the  choir. 

Soeck-Pipe.  Name  given  by  the  ancient 
northern  poets  to  the  bagpipe. 

Soft  B.    B  moll :  B  flat. 

Soft-Toned.  Having  a  mellow,  sweet 
sound,  like  the  lowest  tones  of  a  flute. 

Soft  Tones.  Tones  of  a  slight  degree  of 
strength  ;  silvery,  flute-like  sounds. 

Sogetto.    (/to.)    A  subject  or  theme. 

Sogetto  di  Contrapnnti.  (/to.)  One 
or  more  different  parts  composed  upon  a 
given  subject,  taken  from  church  music. 

Sogetto  dl  Fnga.  (/to.)  Subject  of  the 
iugue. 

Sogetto  InT-arlato.  (/to.)  The  invari- 
able subject  —  a  term  applied  to  the  sub- 
ject of  counterpoint  wlien  it  does  not 
change  the  figure  or  situation  of  notes. 

Sogetto  Variato.  (/to.)  Variable  sub- 
ject—a  term  applied  to  the  subject  of 
counterpoint  when  it  changes  the  figure  or 
situation  of  notes. 

Soln.    (Iri.)    Sound. 

Soiree,  Musical.  An  evening  party  hav- 
ing for  its  principal  ontcrtainmeut  rausiciil 
performance ;  a  miscellaneous  musical 
concert. 

Sol.  (/to.)  A  monosyllable  applied  by  the 
Itali.ins  to  G,  the  filth  sound  of  the  dia- 
tonic scale  or  octavo  of  C. 

Sol  Cleff.    (Fre.)    The  G,  or  treble  cleff. 

Solemn.    In  a  devout,  reverential  manner. 

Solemn  Mass.    High  mass. 

Solenne.    (/to.)    Solemn. 

Solennemeut<3.    (/to.)    Solemnly. 

Solennita.    (/to.)    ^Vith  solemnity. 

Solennlzzamento  (/to.)  Solemniza- 
tion. 

Bolfa.  (/to.)  To  pronounce  the  notes  of 
the  gamut,  ascending  or  descending  ;  sol- 
faing. 

Solfatng.    (/to.)    The  practice  of  solfeggi 


by  means  of  the  syllables  Do,  Ke,  Mi,  F» 
Sol,  La,  Si,  corresponding  to  the  notes  C, 
D,  E,  F,  G,  A,  B. 

Solfeador.  (Spa.)  A  singer;  a  music 
master. 

Solfear.  (Spa.'\  To  sing  according  to  the 
rules  of  melody  and  measure. 

Solf  ege.    ( Fre.)    Solfeggio. 

Solfeggi,  (/to.)  Solfeggios;  exercises 
for  the  voice. 

Solfeggiamenti.  (/to.)  Compositions 
iutcriilcd  as  exercises  for  singing  at  sight, 
and  of  which  the  syllables  Do,  Ke,  Mi, 
Fa,  Sol,  La,  Si  form  the  subject. 

Solfeggiare.    (lia.)    To  sing  the  gamut. 

Solfeggio,  (/to.)  A  system  of  arranging 
the  scale,  or  an  exercise  for  the  voice,  by 
the  use  of  the  syllables  Do,  Re,  Mi,  Fa, 
Sol,  La,  Si. 

Solf  eggiren.    (  Oer.)    To  solfa. 

Solfeo.    (Spa.)    Jlelodious  song. 

Solfler.    (Fre.)    To  solfa. 

Solflsta.  (Spa.)  Musician ;  a  person  skilled 
in  music. 

Soli,  (/to.)  The  performing  of  two  or 
more  instruments,  playing  their  respective 
parts  singly  ;  written  over  a  passage,  it 
implies  that  the  part  is  to  be  performed 
by  single  instruments. 

Sulito.    (/to.)    In  the  usual  manner. 

Sollecito.  (/to.)  In  a  careful  and  exact 
manner. 

Sol  Minenr.    (Fre.)    G  minor. 

Solmization.  Solfaing;  a  repetition  of 
the  notes  of  the  gamut,  together  with  its 
syllables. 

Solmization  a  la  Grec.  (Fre.)  A  spe- 
cies of  solmization  formerly  practised,  in 
which  the  old  Greek  system  of  tetrachords 
was  adliered  to,  so  far  aa  to  use  but  four 
characters,  which  were  repeated  from  tet- 
rachord  to  tetrachord  as  we  now  repeat 
from  OL'ive  to  octave. 

Solo,  (fta.)  Alone ;  a  composition  or 
passage  for  a  single  voice  or  instrument, 
with  or  without  accompaniments. 

Solo  Anthenn.  An  anthem  consisting  of 
solos  and  choruses  without  verse. 

Soloist.    One  who  performs  the  solos. 

Solomanie.  (Tur.)  A  Turkish  flute, 
entirely  open  and  without  any  reed.  It  is 
a  favorite  instrument  of  the  Mcrlavi  der- 
vishes. 

Solo,  Piano.    For  the  pianoforte  alone. 

Solo  Qnartet.  A  quartet  in  which  one 
voice,  sounds  predominantly. 

Solo  Qnartetto.    (/to.)    A  solo  quartet. 

Solo  Song.  One-voiced  song ;  a  song  by 
a  single  voice. 

Solo,  Soprano,  (/to.)  The  soprano  only. 

Solo  Stop.  An  organ  stop  which  may  be 
drawn  alone,  or  with  one  of  tlie  diapa- 
sons. 

Solo  Voice.    That  which  sings  alone. 


SOL 


214 


SON 


Sol  Post  Teaperas  IDecIinat.  (Lat.)  Tn 
old  cnig'matical  canons,  a  term  implying 
that  at  each  repeat  the  canon  should  be 
lowered  one  tone. 

Solns.  {Lat.)  Noting  the  act  of  a  per- 
former singing  alone. 

Sommeils.  {Fre.)  The  name  by  which 
the  French  distinguished  the  airs  in  tlieir 
old  serious  operas,  because  they  were  cal- 
culated tij  tranquillize  the  feelings,  and 
lull  even  to  drowsiness. 

Sommerlied.  {Ger.)  A  song  in  praise 
of  summer. 

Sotnmler.    {Fre.)    The  sound  board. 

Sommier  d'Orgne.  (-Fre.)    Sound  board 

of  an  organ. 
Son.    (Sax.,  Fre.,  and  Spa.)    Sound. 
Son.    An  abbreviation  of  Sonata. 
Sonablle.      (Ifa.)      Capable  of  emitting 

sound ;  sonorous. 
Sonnble.    (Spa.)    Sonorous. 
Son  Accordant.    (Fre.)    A  chord. 
Sonagliare.    (Ita.)    To  ring  small  bells. 
Sonagllata.    (Ita.)    The  ringing  of  small 

bells ;  tinlcling. 
SouagUo.    (Ita.)    A  little  bell. 
Son  Aign.    (Fre.)    A  sharp,  acute  sound. 
Sonajero.    (Spa.)    A  small  timbrel. 
Sonajica.  (Spa.)    Small  tabor  or  timbrel. 
Sonajor.    (Spa.)    A  timbrel. 

Sonamento.  i,Ita.)    Hinging;  sounding; 

playing. 
Sonauce.    (Fre.)    Sound. 
Sonant.     (Lat.)      Kelating  to  or  giving 

sound. 
Sonante.    (Spa.)    Sounding;  sonorous. 

Sonar.  (Spa.)  To  play  upon  an  instru- 
ment. 

Sonare.  (Ita.)  To  sound;  to  ring;  to 
play  upon. 

Sonat.    An  abbreviation  of  Sonata. 

Sonata.  (Ita.)  A  composition  consistinj;^ 
of  three  or  four  distinct  movements,  each 
with  a  unity  of  its  own,  yet  all  so  related 
as  to  form  a  perfect  whole,  and  generally 
for  a  single  instrument. 

Sonata   Cltharlstic.      (Ita,}      A   harp 

sonat<a. 
Sonata  da  Camera.     (Ita.)     A  sonata 

designed  for  the  chamber  or  parlor. 

Sonata  da  Chlesa.  (Ita.)  A  sonata  for 
the  church. 

Sonata  dl  Bravura.  (Ita.)  A  brave, 
bold  style  of  sonata. 

Sonata  Form.    In  the  style  of  a  sonata. 

Sonata,  Grand.  A  massive  and  extended 
sonatA,  consisting  usually  of  four  move- 
ments. 

Sonata  per  11  Cembalo  Solo.  (Ita,) 
A  sonata  for  the  harpsichord  without  ac- 
companiment. 


Sonata  per  11  Vlollno.  (Ita.)  A  sonata 
for  the  violin. 

Sonate.    (Fre.  and  Ger.)    A  sonata. 
Sonatc  Melancollqne.    (Fre.)     A  mel- 
ancholy composition. 

Sonate  Pathetlqne.  (Fre.)  A  pathctio 
composition. 

Sonatina.  (Ita.)  A  short  and  easy  so- 
nata. 

Sonatina  Form.     In  the  manner  of  • 

sonatina. 

Sonatine.  (Fre.)  A  small  sonata. 
Sonatino.  (Ita.)  A  little  sonata. 
Sonatojo.    (Ita.)    A  sounding  board. 

Sonatore.  (Ita.)  A  player  on  a  musical 
instrument. 

Sonatrlce.     (Ita.)     A  female  performer 

upon  a  musical  instrument. 
SonDonx.    (Fre.)    Soft  sound. 

Sonecillo.  (Spa.)  A  short  tune  ;  a  slight 
sound. 

Son  Eclatant.  (Fre.)  A  high  sound; 
sonorousness. 

Sonetazo.    (Spa.)    A  loud  sound. 

Sonetlco.    (Spa.)    A  merry  little  song. 

Sonettante.    ( Ha.)    A  singer  of  sonnets. 

Sonetto.    (Ita.)    Sonnet. 

Sonevole.  (Ita.)  Resounding;  sono> 
rous. 

Son  Faible.  (Fre.)  A  low  sound  ;  grave 
sound. 

Son;:;.  That  which  is  sung  or  uttered  with 
musical  modulations  of  the  voice;  a  short 
lyric  poem  set  to  music;  a  short  musi- 
cal composition,  either  with  or  without 
words  ;  a  hymn  ;  poetry. 

Song,  After.  A  song  following  the  per- 
formance of  a  drama'  or  other  eutertiiin- 
ment. 

Song,  Bacchanalian.  A  song  which, 
eitiier  in  scutimeat  or  style,  relates  to 
scenes  of  revelry. 

Song,  Birth.  A  song  ^vritten  for,  or 
sung  at,  tlie  nativity  of  a  person. 

Song,  Boat.  A  song  sung  by  the  rowers ; 
gondolier  song. 

Song,  Bridal.  A  song  composed  for,  or 
sung  at,  weddings,  or  m  honor  of  a  bride. 

Song,  Chnrch.  A  song  composed,  rerse 
for  verse,  from  scriptural  texts. 

Song,  College.  A  song  composed  for  the 
use  of  college  students,  usually  of  a  con- 
vivial and  spirited  cast,  nnd  liaving  for  its 
theme  local  incidents  and  customs  jwculiar 
to  the  institution. 

Song,  Comic.    A  combination  of  a  lively 

air  with  humorous  words. 
Song,  Convivial.    A  song  written  for  or 

sung  at  festive  entertainments. 
Song,  Cnrnle.     A  song  said  to  hsive  been 
composed   by  Olympus,    and    possessiug 
extraordinary  powers  of  arousing  the  en- 
thusiasm of  its  hearers. 


SON 


215 


SON 


Song,  Daybreak.  Among  ancient  Saxon 
ecclesinstics,  a sougemployed  at  daybreak; 
a  matin  song. 

Song,  I^rotlc.    A  love  song. 

Song,  Ethiopian.  A  song  in  the  dialect 
of  tiie  negroes  of  the  South,  humorous  or 
sentimental,  in  botli  cases  combined  with 
a  ^roteaqueness  that  distinguishes  it  from 
ail  otliers. 

Song,  Evening.  Among  the  ancient  ec- 
clesiastics, a  song  sung  at  evening;  a  ves- 
per hymn. 

Song,  Festive.  A  song  the  Tvorda  and 
music  of  which  are  designed  to  produce 
hilarity. 

Song,  Figured.  A  song  varying  from 
the  plain  or  common  song. 

Song,  Florid.  A  term  applied  by  mu- 
sicians of  the  Hth  century  to  figured  des- 
cant, in  order  to  distinguish  it  from  the 
old  chant,  or  plain  song. 

Soug  Form.    In  the  style  of  u.  song. 

Song,  Four  Part.  A  song  arranged  for 
four  voiced. 

Songful.    Melodious;  replete  with  music. 

Song,  Goat.  A  song,  or  anthem,  sung  by 
the  ancient  Greeks  to  their  god  Dionysos 
whilst  the  goat  stood  at  the  altar  to  be 
sacrificed. 

Song,  Gondolier.  A  song  composed  and 
sung  by  the  Venetian  gondoliers,  of  a  very 
graceful  and  pleasing  style,  otherwise 
called  barcarolle. 

Song,  Humorous.  A  song  in  which  the 
subject  and  execution  are  provocative  of 
merriment. 

Song,  Hunting.  A  melody  set  to  words 
in  praise  of  the  chase. 

Song  in  Score.  The  words  with  the  mu- 
sical notes  of  a  song  annexed. 

Song,  liove.  A  song  the  words  and  mel- 
ody of  which  are  expressive  of  love. 

Song,  3Iartial.  A  song  the  subject  .ind 
style  of  which  are  warlike. 

Song,  Iflasonic.  A  son^  composed  for 
and  used  in  the  ceremonials  of  the  masonic 
fraternity. 

Song,  itiidday.  A  song  among  the  an- 
cient Saxon  ecclesiastics  designed  to  be 
sung  at  noon. 

Song,  Iflidnlght.  An  old  Saxon  ecclesi- 
astical song  sinig  at  midnight. 

Song,  IVationai.  A  song  identified  with 
the  history  of  a  nation,  or  the  manner 
and  customs  of  its  people,  eiiher  by  means 
of  the  sentiments  it  expresses,  or  by 
long  use. 

Song,  Nautical.  A  song  relating  to 
the  customs  of  seafaring  life, 

Soug,  IVintb  Hour.  One  of  the  songs 
used  by  the  ancient  Saxon  ecclesiastics, 

Soug,  Nuptial.  A  song  written  for,  or 
congratulatory  of,  a  marriage  occasion. 

Song,  Orgiastic.  A  song  of  revelry;  a 
bacchaiiaii.m  soug;  a  convivial  song. 


Song,  Patriotic.  A  song  having  for  its 
.  theme  the  love  of  one's  country,  and  an 
*^  avowal  of  loyalty  to  its  government. 

Sons,  Plain.  The  old  ecclesiastical  chant, 
witnout  the  harmonic  appendaMs  with 
which  it  is  now  enriched;  simple,  slow, 
unfigured  vocal  music. 

Song,  Rustic.  A  melody,  simple  and 
unadorned,  accompanying  words  on  a  ru- 
ral theme. 

Song,  Sacred.  A  psalm  or  hymn  taken 
from  or  embodying  the  sentiments  of  the 
sacred  Scriptures;  a  devotional  song;  a 
hymn. 

Song,  Secular.  A  song  or  poem  com- 
posed for  the  secular  games  of  ancient 
Kome;  a  song  not  expressly  designed  for 
religious  worship. 

Song,  Serious.  A  song  comprising  plain- 
tive words  and  appropriate  music. 

Song,  Sliont.  A  religious  song  of  the 
blacks  of  the  southern  portion  of  the 
United  States,  sung  or  cliauted,  accompa- 
nied by  dancing. 

Song,  Siren.  A  song  of  a  bewitching, 
fascinating  cliaracter. 

Songs  of  the  Wells.  The  fountain  hymns 
of  the  ancients,  and  still  common  in  the 
Greek  isles, 

Soug,  Solo.  A  one-voiced  song;  a  song 
by  a  single  voice. 

Songster.  A  person  who  excels  as  a 
singer  of  songs  and  ballads. 

Songstress.  A  lady  gifted  with  vocal  ac- 
complishments. 

Songs  without  "Words.  Pianoforte 
pieces  consisting  of  a  melody  with  an  ac- 
companiment. 

Song,  Table.  A  song  for  male  voices, 
formerly  much  in  rogue  among  Gcrmaa 
glee  clubs. 

Song,  Third.  A  song  of  the  ancient 
Saxon  ecclesiastics,  designed  for  the  third 
hour. 

Song,  Under.  A  chorus ;  the  accompani- 
ment or  burden  of  a  song. 

Song,  War.  A  song  sung  for  the  purpose 
of  inspiring  soldiers,  or  for  celebrating  a 
victory. 

Son  Harmonleux.  {Fre.)  Harmonioaa 
sound, 

Sonido,    {Spa.)    Sound. 

Sonido  Agudo.    (,Spa.)   An  acute  sound. 

Soniferous.    Producing  sound. 

Son!  mobiles.  (Grk.)  The  name  by 
which  the  ancients  distinguished  the  inter- 
mediary soundsof  their  tetrachords. 

Son!  Stabiles.    (Grk.)    The  extremes  of 

the  Greek  tetrachords, 
Soni  Stantes.    (Grk.)    Extremes  of  the 

tetrachords  of  the  Greeks, 
Sonnant.    (Fre.)    Sounding. 

Sonner.  (Fre.)  To  have  a  sooud;  to 
ring;  to  winxln  horn. 


SON 


216 


SOR 


Sonner  a  Toute  Volee.  {Fre.)  Toiing^ 
u  full  pcul. 

Sonner  de  la  Trompettc.  (Fre.)  To 
sound  the  trumpet. 

Sonner  da  Cornet.  (.Fre.)  To  sound 
a  hum. 

Sonner  en  Volee.  (.Fre.)  To  ring  in 
peal. 

Sonnerle.    (Fre.)    A  ring  of  bells. 

Sonner  la  Cloche.   (Fre.)   To  ring  ii bell. 

Sonnet.  A  poem  of  fourteen  lines,  two 
stanzas  of  four  lines  each,  and  two  of 
three  each ;  a  little  song. 

Sonnetier.  (Fre.)  A  maker  or  seller  of 
bells. 

Sonnette.    (Fre.)    A  small  bell. 

Souuettier.    (Fre.)    Bell  maker. 

Sonuettucciaccio.  (Ita.)  A  poor  son- 
net. 

Sounenr.  (Fre.)  A  horn  player;  a  bell 
ringer. 

Sonometer.  An  instrument  for  measur- 
ing sounds  or  tlie  intervals  of  sounds. 

Sonora.    (Spa.)    A  cithern. 

Souoraineute.    (Ila.)    Sonorously. 

Sonore.    (Fre.)    Sonorous;   full-toned. 

Sonoridad.    (Spa.)    Sonorousness. 

Sonorlfic.  Giving  a  sound;  producing 
tone. 

Sonorita,  Con.  (Ita.)  With  sonorousness. 

Sonorite.  (Fre.  and  Spa.)  Full,  vibrat- 
ing, sonorous;  pleasing. 

Sonoro.    (Ita.)    Sonorous;  full-tonud. 

Sonoroso.    (Spa.)    Sonorous;  pleasing. 

Sonorous.  An  epithet  applied  to  what- 
ever is  capable  of  yielding  sound;  full, 
high,  or  loud  in  sound;  rich-toned;  mu- 
sical. 

Sonorous  Figures.  Figures  formed  by 
no<iul  lines,  as  when  fine  sand  is  strewed 
on  a  disk  of  glass  or  mefcil,  and  the  bow 
of  a  violin  drawn  on  its  edge,  a  luusioul 
note  will  be  he:ir(l,  and  at  the  same  iustiint 
the  sand  will  be  in  motion,  and  gather  it- 
self to  those  parts  whi^-h  continue  at  rest, 
th:it  is,  to  the  nodal  lines;  acoustic  fig- 
ures. 

Son  Perfant.    (Fre.)    A  shrill  sound. 

Son  Bade.    (Fre.)    A  harsh  sound. 

Sons.  (Fre.)  The  airs  and  lyric  poems  of 
the  Provencal  minstrels. 

Sons  Etonflfes.  (Fre.)  Soft  tones  pro- 
duced on  the  harp  by  checking  the  vibra- 
tion of  the  strings ;  muffled  tones. 

Sons  Harmoniques.  (Fre.)  Harmonic 
sounds  or  notes. 

Sous  Pleins.  (Fre.)  Terms  which  often 
occur  in  flute  music,  indicating  that  the 
notes  must  be  blown  with  a  very  full, 
round  tone. 

Souus.   (Lat.)    Sound. 

Sonus  Kxclusus.  (Lat.)  Excluded 
sound ;  one  of  tlic  three  radical  sounds 
composing  the  harmonic  triad ;  the  fifth. 


Soor.  (Hin.)  A  term  applied  by  the  Hin 
doos  io  their  Khuruj,  or  first  note,  or  fun- 
damental, by  way  of  preeminence. 

Snor-udhyay.  (Iliv.)  The  first  of  the 
seven  divisions  of  liiudoostanee  music, 
treating  of  the  seven  musical  tones,  with 
their  subdivisions. 

Sop.    An  abbreviation  of  Soprano. 

Sopr.    An  abbreviation  of  .Soprano. 

Sopra.    (Ita.)    Above;  upper;  superior. 

Sopra  I>ominante.    (Ita.)    The  fifth  oi 

upi>er  dominant. 
Sopran.    (Ger.)   Soprano;  treble. 

Soprani.    (Ita.)    Plural  of  Soprano;  the 

treble  or  higher  voice  parts. 
Soprauist.    A  treble  singer;  a  singer  of 

soprano. 
Soprano.     (Ita.)    The  highest  species  of 

the  human  voice ;  the  treble. 

Soprano    Acuto.     (Ita.)     A  very  higb 

soprano. 
Soprano  Cief .    The  C  clef  placed  on  the 

first  line;  the  treble  clef  (46). 

Soprano  Clef,  Oerman.  The  C  clef 
placed  on  the  first  line  of  the  staff,  for  so- 
prano, instead  of  using  the  G  clef  on  the 
second  line  for  that  part  (51). 

Soprano  Clef,  Mei»o.  The  C  clef  when 
placed  on  the  second  line  of  the  stiifT,  for- 
merly used  for  the  second  treble  voice, 
and  lor  which  the  soprano  clef  is  now  sub- 
stituted (5','). 

Soprano  Concertina.  A  concertina 
having  the  compass  of  a  violin. 

Soprano  First.    High  soprano. 

Soprano,  Half.  A  soprano  half  w.iy  be- 
tween soprano  and  alto. 

Soprano,  IHgh.  The  first  soprano;  first 
treble. 

Soprano,  r,ow.  The  second  soprano; 
second  treble. 

Soprano,  IWezzo.  (Ita.)  A  species  of 
female  voice  holding  a  middle  between 
soprano  and  alto. 

Soprano,  Second.    Low  soprano. 

Soprano  Secundo  od  Alto.  (Ita.) 
The  second  soprano  or  alto. 

Soprano  Solo.  (Ita.)  The  soprano 
alone. 

Sopra  Qulnta.  (Ita.)  Upper  domi- 
nant. 

Sopra  una  Corda.    (Ita.)    On  one  string. 

Sorda.    (Ita.)    Furnished  wifh  dampers. 

Sordamente.    (Ita.)    Muffled. 

Sordelliua.    (Ita.)    A  kind  of  bagpipe. 

Sordet.  A  damper  for  a  trumpet,  violini 
or  violoncello;  sordine. 

Sordina.    (Ita.  and  Spa.)    A  sordine. 

Sordine.  A  small  instrument  or  damper 
put  into  the  mouth  of  a  trumpet,  or  on  the 
bridge  of  a  violin  or  violoncello,  to  render 
the  sound  fainter. 


SOR 


217 


SOU 


Sordiui.    (Ita.)   Mutes;  dampers. 

Sordino.    (Ita.)    A  sordine. 

Sordini    I^evati.     {Ita.)     The   dampers 

rciiioved. 
Sordo.    (Ita.)    Furnished  with  dampers. 
Sospensione.    (Ita.)    A  suspension. 
Sospirando.    (Jta.)    With  apprehension; 

despondiiigly. 


Srtsptro.      (Ita.)    A  crotchet  rest  (29). 

Sost.    An  abbreviation  of  Sostenendo. 

SoMtenendo.  (Ita.)  An  even  deg-rce  of 
tone  throughout. 

Bostenente  Pianoforte.  A  pianoforte 
introduceil  in  181.",  ia  which  a  continuej 
tone  wa.s  attained  by  means  of  silk  threads 
iiiid  skeins  arranged  in  a  peculiar  manner. 

fiostenuto.  (Itn.)  A  term  implying- that 
the  notes  are  to  be  snstJiined  or  Iiclil  on  to 
the  extremity  of  their  lengths,  and  closely 
conjoined. 

Sostenuto,  Molto.  (Ita.)  In  a  highly 
sustained  manner. 

Sottana.    (Ita.)    The  octave  of  a  lute. 

gotto.    (Ita.)    Under;  below;  inferior. 

Sotto  Voce.  (Ita.)  In  a  soft  or  subdued 
manner ;  in  an  under  tone. 

SoufSerle.     (Fre.)     The    bellows  of  an 

organ. 
Souialear.    (Fre.)    A  prompter. 
Soufileur    d'Orgue.    (Fre.)    An  organ 

blower. 
Soul  Bell.    The  bell  th.it  is  rung  at  the 

hour  oi'deatli,  or  immediately  after. 

Soulius;.  (.lav.)  An  instrument  of  the 
flute  species,  played  upon  by  the  Malays. 

Sound.  The  effect  of  an  impression  on 
the  organs  of  hearing-  cjinsed  by  an  im- 
pulse or  vibration  of  the  air;  to  strike  t!io 
k("ys  or  strings,  or  to  blow  upon  an  in- 
ptrument  for  the  purpose  of  ascertaining 
its  tone. 

Sound  Board.  A  tliin  board  forming  a 
part  of  a  musical  instrument,  and  designed 
to  contribute  to  the  vibration  and  extent 
of  tlie  tone;  in  an  organ,  a  broad,  shallow 
box,  extending  nearly  tiie  whole  width  of 
the  instrument,  and  divided  by  partitions 
into  as  many  grooves  of  various  breadths 
ns  there  are  keys  to  which  it  belongs,  and 
upon  wliich  are  placed  the  ranks  of  pipes 
which  form  the  stops. 

Sound,  Compound.  The  union  of  sev- 
eral distinct  sounds  iu  the  same  time  and 
measure  of  duration. 

Sound,  Concrete.  A  movement  of  the 
voic(;  gliding  continuously  up  or  down. 

Sound,  Kxcluded.  One  of  the  three 
radical  sounds  comprising  the  harmonic 
triad. 

Sound,  Generating.  The  principal 
sound  caused  by  tlie  vibration  of  stringed 
instruments  when  one  tone  is  struck. 

Soundlni^  an  Instranient.  The  net 
of  testing  the  quality  and  capability  of  tlie 
tones  of  an  instrument;  the  act  of  playing 
upon  a  wind  Instrument. 

19 


Sounding  a   Trumpet.    A  few  notes 

given  as  a  signal. 
Sounding  Board.    A  sound  board. 
Sounding,  High.    The  capability  of  an 

iuslrumeut  of  being  strung  to  a  full  tone. 


Sounding,  IXoarse. 

rougli  sound. 


Producing  a  coarse, 


Sounding  Hole.  The  aperture  in  a  gui- 
tar, violin,  and  all  similar  instruments 
over  which  the  strings  pass. 

Sounding,  Silver.  A  soft,  clear,  gliding 
sound  —  u  term  mostly  applicable  to  the 
tones  of  the  flute  and  voice. 

Sound,  Musical.  Sound  consisting;  of 
certain  aerial  agit-itions,  of  such  qualities 
and  dispositions  as  to  produce  an  agree- 
able and  appreciable  effect  upon  the  ear, 
denominated  melodious,  or  harmonical. 

Sound,  iVasal.  A  sound  improperly  af- 
ly^fected  by  the  nasal  organs. 
"^  Sound,  Natural  Compound.  A  sound 
proceeding  from  the  manifold  reflections 
of  the  first  sound  from  adjacent  bodies 
given  at  the  same  moment,  as  well  as  in  the 
same  tone  or  pitch  with  the  first  note. 

Souitd,  0!>tuse.  A  heavy,  indistinct, 
dull  sound. 

Sound  Post.  A  small  post  or  prop  within 
a  violin,  nearly  under  the  bridge. 

Sound,  Register.  An  apparatus  invented 
in  I'aris  iulSjS.  by  means  of  which  sounds 
are  made  to  record  themselves,  whether 
those  of  ransiciil  instruments  or  of  the 
voice  iu  singing  or  speaking. 

Sounds,  Accessory.  Those  sounds  which 

iu  a  secondary  manner  assist  iu  producing 

an  effect. 
Sounds,       Concomitant.        Accessory 

sounds    accompanying  the   predominant 

and  apparently  simple  tone  of  any  chord 

or  string. 
Sounds,  Discrete.    A  movement  of  the 

voice  leaping  at  once  from  one  liue  of  pitch 

to  another. 

Sounds,  Harmonical.  Those  sounds 
produced  by  tlie  parts  of  the  chords,  &c., 
wliich  vibrate  a  certain  number  of  times 
while  the  whole  chord  vibrates  once. 

Sound,  Simple.  The  product  of  a  single 
voice  or  instrument ;  a  pure,  unmixed,  sin- 
gle sound. 


Sound  Strings.  Strings  drawn  across 
the  lower  head  of  a  drum. 

Sound,  Superfluous.  A  sound  contain- 
ing a  semitone  minor  more  tlian  a  tone. 

Sound,  Third.  An  interval  containing 
throe  diatonic  sounds,  tlie  ra.ijor,  com. 
posed  of  two  tones,  and  the  minor,  con- 
sisting of  a  tone  and  a  half. 


A  quarter  note  rest  (29). 
(Fre.)    An  eighth  note 


Sonpir.    (Fre.) 
Sonpir,    Demi. 

rest  (liO). 
Soupir,  Demlquart  de.   (Fre.)  A  demi- 

semiquavor  rest  (.'{'i). 
Sourdcline.    (Fre.)    A  kind  of  musette, 

or  bagpipe. 


sou 


218 


SQU 


Sourdet.  (Fre.)  The  little  pipe  of  a  trum- 
pet ;  a  Bordinc. 

Sourdine.    iFre.)    A  Bordine, 

Sous.    (,Fre.)    Under;  below. 

Sous-Chantre.    (,Fre.)    A  sub-chanter. 

Sousdominante.  (Fre.)  The  subdomi- 
ujiut,  or  the  fourth  of  the  scale. 

Sousincdiantfl.  (Fre.)  The  submediant, 
or  bixth  of  the  scale. 

Sonstonique.  (Fre.)  The  seventh  of  the 
scale,  or  subtonic. 

Soatenir.    (Fre.)    To  sustain. 

Souvenir.  (Fre.)  A  composition  intended 
to  express  remembrance  of  a  person, 
place,  or  event;  a  reminiscence. 

S.  P.    The  Initials  of  Sema  Pedale. 

Spaces.  Tlie  intervals  between  the  lines 
of  the  staff. 

Spagnoletta.    (Ita.)    A  serenade. 

Spaguuola.    (Ita.)    The  guitar. 

Spalla.    (Ita.)    The  shonlder. 

Spanbalg.  (Ger.)  Organ  bellows  with 
one  fold. 

Spatinm.  [Lat.)  The  space  between  the 
lines  upon  which  music  is  written. 

Spazio.    (Ita.)    A  space  of  the  staff. 

Species.  In  ancient  music,  the  subdivision 
of  the  genera. 

Sphere  M^elody.  The  melody  or  music 
of  the  spheres;  that  harmony  supposed  by 
the  ancients  to  result  from  the  orderly  mo- 
tion of  the  heavenly  bodies. 

Spianata.  (Ita.)  Even;  smooth;  drawn 
out,  as  when  several  notes  are  given  to 
each  syllable. 

Splecatamente.  (Ita.)  Brilliantly ;  con- 
spicuously. 

Spiceato.  (Ita.)  A  word  indicating  that 
every  note  must  be  pl.iyed  in  a  distinct 
and  "detached  manner;  in  violin  music,  it 
implies  that  the  notes  are  to  be  played 
with  the  point  of  tlie  bow. 

Spiel.    (Ger.)    Play;  performance. 

Splelen.    (Ger.)    To  play  upon  an  instru- 
ment. 
Spielleute.    (Ger.)     Musicians;  fiddlers. 
Bpiclmatz.    (Ger.)    I'Mddler;  thrummer. 

Spliice.  (Lat.)  The  original  name  of  tlie 
quills  of  the  spinet,  and  from  which  word 
that  instrument  received  its  appellation. 

Spinet.  An  instrument  of  the  J6th  cen- 
tury;  a  species  of  small  harpsichord,  em 
bracing  a  compass  of  something  less  than 
four  octaves,  consisting  of  a  large  triangu- 
lar bo.x,  containing  sometimes  as  many  as 
forty-nine  strings,  some  of  steel,  played 
upon  by  means  of  a  jack  and  quill. 

Spinet,  numb.    The  clavichord. 

Spiuetta.  (Ita.)  An  old  keyed  instrument ; 
the  spinet. 

Spinnlled.  (Ger.)  Songof  the  spinstress. 

Spirit  AInsie.  Music  produced  and  ren- 
dered audible  to  us  without  the  aid  of  hu- 


man hands  or  voices,  by  the  inhabitants 
of  the  spirit  world. 

Splrito,  Con.  (Ita.)  With  spirit,  or  ani- 
mation. 

Splrltosamente.    (Ita.)    Spiritedly. 

Spiritoso.      (Ita.)      Spirited;      dashing; 

lively. 
Spiritnal  Cantata.    Ecclesiastical   mo- 

sic,  consisting  of  several  solo  and  choral 

movements. 
Splritnale.  (Ita.)    Sacred;  devotional. 

Spissi  Oravisslml.  (Lat.)  Hypatoides  — 
tlie  deep  or  liass  sounds  of  the  ancient 
Greek  system. 

Spiasns.  (Lat.)  Thick;  full,  as  of  inter- 
vals. 

Spondanla.  ( Grk.)  Name  given  by  the 
ancients  to  a  performer  on  tlie  flute,  or 
some  similar  instrument,  who,  while  the 
sacrifice  was  ofTering,  played  a  suitable  air 
To  prevent  tlie  priest  from  listening  to  any- 
thing that  niigiit  interfere  with  lus  duty. 

Spondeasm.  (  Grk.)  An  alteration  in  the 
harmonic  genus,  by  which  a  chord  was 
elevated  three  dieses  above  its  ordinary 
pitch. 

Spondcasmus.  f<7rt.)  The  enharmonio 
genus  when  raised  three  dieses. 

Spondee.  A  musical  foot  consisting  of 
two  long  notes;  a  poetic  foot  of  two  long 
f-yllables. 

Spondeo.    (Ita.)    A  spondee. 

Spotted.  A  term  implying  that  the  note 
sliould  be  struck  short. 

Spottlied.    (Ger.)    A  satirical  song. 

Spracliinasctiine.  (Ger.)  An  instrument 
invented  by  Faber,  of  I'Yeyburg,  capable 
of  uttering  words  and  of  singing. 

Spring'.  An  embellishment  consisting  of 
two  small  notes  before  a  principal ;  a  tune; 
an  air;  a  melody. 

Spring-Back  Folio.  A  folio  having 
steel  springs  so  arranged  in  the  back  as 
to  clasp  and  firmly  hold  sheets  of  music  ia 
the  manner  of  a  bound  volume. 

Spring  Binder.  The  name  applied  in 
England  to  the  spring-back  folio. 

Springer.  One  of  the  old  English  graces, 
of  the  class  denominated  "  smooth." 

Sprinkled.  A  distribution  of  arpeg- 
gios. 

Spruchgesang.    (Ger.)    An  anthem. 

Square.  A  rectangular  lever  in  an  organ 
turning  on  a  centre,  and  moving  a  brace. 

Square  B.  Name  formerly  given  to  B 
n.ntural  on  account  of  the  shape  of  its  sig- 
nature. 

Scfuare  iVotes.  The  notes  used  by  the 
ancients,  so  called  on  account  of  their  form 
(12,  13,  14,  15). 

Squeaking.  A  sharp,  shrill  tone;  a  Iiigh, 
discordant  sound. 

SquUla.  (Ha.)  A  little  bell;  a  shrill- 
sounding  bell ;  the  clang  of  a  trumpet. 


SQU 


219 


STH 


Squlllante.      (Ita.)      Loud   and    shrill; 

clanging. 
Squillaiitemeiite.  (/to.)  Shrillf ;  loadly. 
iSqiiillare.      (/to.)     To    sound    loud  and 

^Il^iIl. 
Squillato.    (/to.)    Hung  with  bells. 
Squilletto.    (/to.)  A  shrill,  piping  sound. 
Squillo.    (/to.)    A  clanging  sound. 
Squillone.    (/to.)     A  large  bell. 
Squire  .llinstrel.    A  title  anciently  given 

to  a  pro.'cssionnl    minstrel,    a   eliaracter 

combining  the  offices  of  poet,  singer,  and 

musician. 
Sronnl.    {3/al.)    A  species  of  hautboy,  or 

trumpet,  used  by  the  Malays. 

Si-ootts.  (Hin.)  A  general  name  for  the 
twenty- two  minor  subdivisions  of  the  oc- 
tave of  the  Hindoo  scale. 

Sroanen.  (_Jav.)  Martial  music  of  the 
Javanese,  in  which  trumpets  and  other 
wind  instruments  are  introduced. 

S.  S.    The  initials  of  Senza  Sordi7W. 

S.  T.    The  initials  of  Senza  Tempo, 

Sta.    (/to.)    An  abbreviation  of  Stat. 

Stabat  Mater.  (Lut.)  The  Mother 
stood  —  aliymnon  the  cruciiixion,  begin- 
ning witlj  these  words,  sut  to  music  by 
various  composers,  and  performed  in  the 
service  of  the  Koman  Catholic  church. 

Stabili  Suoni.  (/to.)  The  highest  and 
lowest  sounds  of  every  tetrachord,  so 
named  because  their  places  could  not  be 
changed. 

Stac.    An  abbreviation  of  Staccato. 

Staccatissimo.    (/to.)    Very  detached. 

Staccato,  (/to.)  A  term  denoting  that 
the  notes  arc  to  bo  played  distinct,  short, 
and  detached  from  cacli  other  by  rests. 

Staccato  Relicatamente.  (/to.)  In 
staccato  style ;  very  delicately. 

Staccato  ^larks.  Small  perpendicular 
marks  or  strokes  placed  over  notes  to 
show  that  they  are  to  be  performed  in  a 
short,  detached  manner  (75). 

Staccato  Toncli.  A  short  and  sudden 
use  of  the  tips  of  the  lingers,  giving  to 
each  note  one  fourth  the  length  of  tone  al- 
lowed by  the  time. 

Stcefn.    (Sax.)    The  voice. 

Staff.  The  five  lines  and  their  spaces  on 
wliich  the  notes  of  music  are  written  (1); 
a  stanza;  a  series  of  verses  so  disposed 
that  when  it  is  concluded  the  same  order 
is  recommenced ;  a  part  of  a  psalm  ap- 
pointed to  be  sung  in  churches. 

Staff,  Bass.  The  staff  marked  with  the 
bass  clef  (53). 

Staff,  Octa-v^e.  A  system  of  notation  con- 
sisting of  three  groups  of  lines  combined, 
comprising  three  octaves  of  ordinary  vocal 
music,  dispensing  with  sharps  and  flats, 
and  giving  to  each  tone  its  own  position. 

Htaff,  Tenor.  The  staff  marked  with  the 
tcuor  clef  (I'J). 


Staff,  Treble.    A  staff  upon  which  is  thfl 

treble  clef  (40). 
Stall,  Head.    The   expistrum  —  a  ntensil 

employed  by  the  ancient  musicians. 

StAinbuzare.    ( /to.)    To  beat  the  drum. 

Stampita.  (/to.)  A  kind  of  song  or 
sonata;  tune;  air;  strain. 

Stance.    (Pre.)    Stanza. 

Standcben.    (Ger.)    Serenade. 

Stand,  iUnslc.  A  light  frame  designed 
for  holding  sheets  or  books  for  the  con- 
venience of  performers. 

Stanghetta.    (/to.)    A  bar  line  (5). 

Stanza.  A  number  of  lines  or  verses  of 
poetry  connected,  and  closing  with  a  full 
point  or  pause ;  a  part  of  a  poem  ordina- 
rily containing  every  variation  of  measure 
in  the  poem. 

Starke.    (Ger.)    Strength;  power. 

Starker.    (Cer.)    Stronger;  louder. 

Starkestimme.    (Ger.)    A  strong  voice. 

Stat.    {Lat.)    As  it  stands. 

Station.  A  term  used  by  ancient  musical 
authors  for  any  fixed  pitch  or  degree  of 
sound,  whether  produced  by  intension  or 
remission. 

Stave.    Name  formerly  given  to  the  Staff. 

Steg.  (Ger.)  The  bridge  of  a  violin, 
violoncello,  &c. 

Stegreife  Spielen.  (Gct*.)  To  play  at 
sight. 

Stem.  The  thin  stroke  or  short  perpen- 
dicular line  attached  to  the  head  of  a  note; 
a  tail  of  a  note  (8). 

Stem,  ]>oubIe.  A  stem  drawn  both  up- 
wards and  downwards  from  a  note,  in  or- 
der to  show  that  the  note,  as  used  in  one 
part,  has  its  natural  and  appropriate 
length,  while  in  the  other  it  is  shorter, 
having  a  length  corresponding  to  the  notes 
that  follow  it  (9). 

Steiitato.  (/to.)  In  a  loud,  forcible  man- 
ner. 

Stenterello.    (/to.)    Buffoon. 

Stentor.  A  herald,  in  Homer,  having  a 
very  loud  voice  —  hence,  any  person  hav- 
ing a  powerful  voice. 

Stentorophonlc.     Singing  or  sounding; 

very  loud. 
Stentoropbonlc    Tnbe.       A    speaking 
trumpet,  so  called  from  Stentor,  the  her- 
ald mentioned  by  Homer. 

Step.     A  degree  ujwn  the  staff;  a  whole 

tone. 
Step,  Half.    A  semitone. 

Sterbegesang.      ( Ger.)       Dirge  ;   dying 

song. 
Sterbelied.    (Ger.)    Funeral  hymn. 

Sterbeton.      (Ger.)      A  tone   insensibly 

dying  away. 
Stcsso.    (/to.)    The  same. 
Stbenochlre.     A  maelH"ne  for  sti-ength- 

ening  and  imparting  flexibility  to  the  fia- 


STI 


220 


STO 


gera,  being;  n  compound  of  the  dactylion 
and  the  haud-guide. 

Stlbacchlato.  (/to.)  Dragging;  relaxing 
in  tlic  time. 

SticcAdo.  (Ita.)  A  musical  instrument, 
the  sounds  of  which  are  produced  by 
striking  on  little  bars  of  wood,  metal,  or 
glass,  resting  on  the  edges  of  an  open  box. 

Sticcato.  (/to.)  A  rebec,  or  three-stringed 

violin. 
Stich.    ( Grk.)    A  verse. 
Stick,  Drum.     A  stick  formed  for  the 

purpose  of  beating  a  drum. 

Sticker.  A  portion  of  the  connection,  in 
an  organ,  between  the  keys  or  pedals  and 
the  valve;  a  short  liuk  attached  to  a  key 
or  pedal,  and  acting  on  the  back-fidl. 

Stile,    (/to.)    Style. 

Stile  a  Cappella.  (/to.)  In  the  chapel 
style. 

Stile  Grandi080.  (/to.)  A  grand  style 
of  composition  or  perlbrmance. 

Stile  Rigoroso.  (/to.)  In  a  rigid,  strict 
style. 

Stillgedack.  (Ger.)  An  organ  stop  of 
four  fcft ;  fourth  stop. 

Stillmesse.    (Cer.)    Low  mass. 

Stilo,    (/to.)    Style. 

Stilo  alia  Cappella.  (/to.)  In  the  church 
or  chajxil  style ;  strict  composition. 

Stilo  di  Ilecitativo.  (/to.)  A  tedious, 
monotonous  style  of  composition  formerly 
much  in  vogue  in  Italy. 

Stinimdraht.  (Ger.)  Stop  wire;  valve 
wire  of  the  wind  chest. 

Stimme.  (Ger.)  The  voice;  the  sound 
post  of  a  violin  or  similar  instrument ;  a 
part  in  vocal  or  instrumental  music ;  a  stop 
of  an  organ. 

Stimmeu.  ( Ger.)  To  be  in  tune ;  to  har- 
monize. 

Stimmenliacli.    {Ger.)  Partition ;  score. 

Stimmenfiibrer.  ( Ger.)  Leader  j  di- 
rector of  the  song. 

Stlmmenschliissel.    (Ger.)     Key;  clef. 
Stiiniuga1>el.   (Ger.)    Tuning  fork. 
Stimmltaminer.     (Ger.)     Tuning  ham- 
mer ;  tuner. 

Stiminhorn.     (Ger.)     A  tuner  for  the 

small  pipes  of  an  organ. 
Stimmpf  eif  e.    (  Ger.)    Tuning  pipe. 
Stimmschluasel.    (Ger.)    Tuning  key. 

Stiinin.setzer.  (Ger.)  A  fork  for  fixing 
the  sounding  post  of  a  violin. 

Stimmstock.  (Ger.)  Tlie  sound  post 
of  a  violin  or  any  similar  instrument. 

Stiinmnn^.  ( Ger.)  The  pitch  or  tone  of 
an  instrument. 

Stins^nendo.  (/to.)  Gradually  diminish- 
in^'-  the  tone. 

Stock-FIiite.    (Ger.)    The  Ciine  flute. 

Stonant.    (/to.)    Dissonant;  discordant. 


Stonazione.  (/to.)  Outofti  e;  getting 
out  of  tone. 

Stop.  The  pressure  of  the  fin^  rs  on  the 
strings  of  a  violin,  violonceli  >,  gruitar, 
&.C. ;  in  an  organ,  a  collection  of  pipes 
similar  in  tone  and  quality,  which  run 
through  the  whole  or  a  great  part  of  the 
compass  of  the  instrument. 

Stop,  Bassoon.  A  reed  stop  in  an  or<ran 
imitative  of  the  instrument  from  whieu  it 
derives  its  name. 

Stop,  Claribel.  A  stop  similar  to  the 
clarionet  stop. 

Stop,  Clarion.  A  stop  in  an  ornin,  same 
as  octave  trumpet  stop,  resemoling  the 
sound  of  the  trumpet,  but  an  octave 
higher. 

Stop,  Cornet.  An  organ  stop  consisting 
of  five  pipes  to  each  note. 

Stop,  Cremona.  A  reed  stop  in  an  organ, 
in  unison  with  the  diapasons. 

Stop,  Cromorna.  A  reed  stop,  voiced 
like  the  oboe,  but  of  diflerent  quality, 
bearing  the  same  relation  to  the  oboe  as 
the  stopped  diapason  to  the  open.  Some- 
times improperly  termed  Cremona. 

Stop,  Double  Diapason.  An  open  set 
of  pipes,  tuned  an  octave  below  the  diapa- 
sons. 

Stop,  Double  Trumpet.  A  reed  stop, 
the  most  powerful  in  the  organ,  the  pipes 
being  of  the  same  length  as  those  of  the 
double  diapason,  to  which  it  is  tuned  in 
unison. 

Stop,  DnIciana.  An  organ  stop  of  pe- 
culiar sweetness  of  tone,  which  it  chietiy 
derives  from  the  bodies  of  its  pipes  being; 
longer  and  smaller  than  those  of  the  pipes 
of  the  other  stops. 

Stop,  Fagotto.    The  bassoon  stop. 

Stop,  Fifteenth.  An  organ  stop  which 
derives  its  name  from  its  piteli,  or  scale, 
being  fifteen  notes  above  that  of  the  di- 
apason. 

Stop,  Flute.  An  organ  stop  imitative  of 
the  common  flute  or  flageolet. 

Stop,  Foundation.  An  organ  stop  the 
pipes  of  which  everywhere  give  such  notes 
only  as  arcexpcctcd  from  the  keys  touched, 
or,  at  leiist,  the  octaves  above  or  below 
them 

Stop,  Furniture.  An  organ  stop,  the 
same  as  mi.xture  stop,  comprising  two  or 
more  ranks  of  very  smalt  metjil  pipes, 
shriller  than  those  of  the  sequialteni,  and 
tuned  three  octaves  above  the  diapasons. 

Stop,  <arand.  In  organ  playing,  the  union 
of  all  the  reed  stops. 

Stop,  Grand  Flute.  The  lowest  flute 
stop  of  an  organ. 

Stop,  Hautboy.  A  reed  stop  in  an  or^an, 
having  a  tone  in  imitation  of  the  hautboy. 

Stop  Holes.  Apertures  in  a  flute  or  simi- 
lar instrument  having  no  keys,  but  opened 
or  closed  with  the  ends  of  the  fingers. 

Stop,  ]L<nrigot.  An  organ  stop,  tlie  sam< 
as  octave  twelfth,  the  scale  of  which  is  ai 
octave  above  the  twelfth. 


STO 


221 


STR 


4top,  3rixtt»re.  An  organ  stop  compris- 
ing two  or  more  ranks  of  pipes,  sliriller 
than  tliose  of  the  sesquialtera ;  furniture 
stop. 

Stop,  IVazard.    Twelfth  stop. 

Stop,  Octave.  An  organ  or  piano  stop 
having  witliin  its  compass  tones  an  octave 
above  corresponding  ones. 

Stop,  Octave  Trrnnpei.  A  stop  in  an 
organ  resembling  the  tone  of  the  trumpet, 
but  an  octave  higher  tlian  the  trumpet 
stop. 

Stop,  Octave  Twelfth.  An  organ  stop, 
tlio  scale  of  which  is  au  octave  above  tlie 
twelfth. 

Stop,  Open.  A  stop  used  to  regulate  the 
open  pipes. 

Stop,  Open  Diapason.  A  metallic  stop 
in  an  organ,  which  commands  the  whole 
scale  of  the  instrument. 

Stop,  Open  Unison.  The  open  diapason. 

Stop,  Organ.  A  collection  of  pipes  simi- 
lar in  tone  and  quality,  running  through 
the  whole,  or  a  great  part,  of  tlie  compass 
of  the  organ  ;  a  register. 

Stopped  Diapason  Stop.  A  stop  in  an 
organ,  so  named  from  having  its  pipes 
closed  at  the  top  with  a  wooden  plug,  by 
which  it  is  tuned,  and  by  wliich  its  notes 
are  rendered  solt  and  mellow. 

Stopped  IVotes.  In  music  for  the  violin, 
violoncello,  and  similar  instruments,  those 
notes  that  are  sounded  while  the  string  is 
pressed  by  the  finger. 

Stopped  Unison  Stop.  The  stopped 
di:ipason. 

Stopping.  Beg^lating  the  Boands  of  an 
instrument. 

Stopples.  Pieces  of  wood  with  which  the 
ancients  stopped  or  opened  the  holes  of  a 
flute,  before  the  performance  began,  in 
order  to  Jiccommodate  its  scale,  or  range 
of  sounds,  to  some  particular  mode  or 
genus. 

Stop,  Principal.  A  metallic  stop  in  an 
organ,  so  called  because  holding,  in  point 
of  pitch,  the  middle  station  between  the 
diapason  and  fifteenth. 

Stop,  Salclonal.    The  dulciana  stop. 

Stops,  Compound.  An  assemblage  of 
several  pipes  in  an  organ,  three,  four,  five, 
or  more  to  each  key,  all  answering  at  once 
to  the  touch  of  the  performer. 

Stops,  Draw.  Stops  in  an  organ  placed 
on  each  side  of  the  rows  of  keys  in  front 
of  the  instrumeut,  by  moving  which  the 
player  opens  or  closes  the  stops  within 
the  :Tjau. 

Stop,  Sesqnlaltera.  A  mixed  stop  in 
an  organ,  running  through  the  scale  of 
the  instrument,  and  consisting  of  three, 
four,  autl  sometimes  five  ranks  of  pipes, 
tuned  iu  thirds,  fifths,  and  eighths. 

Stops,  Key.    The  stops  of  a  keyed-stop 

violin. 
Stops,   mutation.      In   an   organ,   the 

twelfth,  tierce,  and  their  octaves. 

19* 


stop,  Solo.  A  s  op  which  may  be  drawn 
alone,  or  with  on.:  of  the  diapasons. 

Stops,  Reed.  Those  stops  of  an  organ 
consisting  of  pipes  upon  the  end  of  which 
are  fixed  thin,  narrow  plates  of  brass, 
which,  being  vibrated  by  the  wind  from 
the  bellows,  produce  a  reedy  thickness  of 
tone. 

Stop,  Stopped  Diapason.  A  stop  in 
an  organ,  so  called  from  having  its  pipes 
stopped  at  the  top  with  a  wooden  plug,  by 
which  it  is  tuned,  and  by  which  its  notes 
are  rendered  soft  and  mellow. 

Stop,  Stopped  Unison.  The  stopped 
diapason  stop. 

Stop,  Tierce.  An  organ  stop  tuned  a 
major  third  higher  than  the  fifteenth,  and 
only  employed  in  the  full  organ. 

Stop,  Treble  Forte.  A  stop  applied  to 
a  melodeon  by  means  of  which  the  treble 
part  of  the  instrument  may  be  increased 
in  power,  while  the  bass  remains  sub- 
dued. 

Stop,  Tremolo.  A  contrivance  by  means 
of  which  a  fine,  tremulous  effect  is  given 
to  any  or  all  the  registers  of  a  partial 
organ. 

Stop,  Trumpet.  A  stop  In  an  organ,  so 
called  because  its  tone  is  imitative  of  a 
trumpet.  In  largo  organs  it  generally 
extends  through  the  whole  compass. 

Stop,  Twelftli.  A  metallic  organ  stop, 
so  denominated  from  its  beiug  tuned  twelve 
notes  above  the  diapason. 

Stop,  Vox-Humana.  An  organ  stop, 
the  tone  of  which  resembles  the  human 
voice. 

Stoi-meggiare.  (Ita.)  To  ring  the  alarm 
bell. 

Str.  An  abbreviation  of  Strings  and 
Striiiffed. 

Straccicalando.  (^Ita.)  Chattering ; 
babbling ;  talkative. 

Stradivari.  The  name  of  a  very  superior 
make  of  violin,  so  called  from  their  makers, 
Stradivarius  (father  and  sou),  who  made 
them  at  Cremona,  Italy,  about  A.  D.  1G50. 

Straigbt  Scale.  The  plain  scale  of  a 
piano ;  a  scale  in  which  the  points  at 
which  tlic  hammers  strike  are  in  a  direct 
line. 

Straight  Trumpet.  An  ancient  Instru- 
ment, employed  by  the  Jewish  pnests  in 
the  daily  service  of  the  temijle  and  ou 
extraordinary  occasions. 

Strain.  A  portion  of  a  movement  the 
limit  of  which  is  marked  by  a  double  bar. 

Strains,  Apopemptlc.  In  ancient  times, 
the  songs  or  hymns  addressed  to  She  gods 
ou  consecrated  days. 

Strascicando.  (Ita.)  A  tardy,  dragging 
movement. 

Strascinando.  (I(a.)  A  grace  chiefly 
vocal,  and  used  in  slow  passages  ;  a  drag, 
consisting  of  about  oiirht  or  twelve  notes 
given  in  an  unequal  and  descendiag 
motion. 


STR 


222 


STR 


Btrasctnato.  (Ita.)  Relaxing  in  the 
movement. 

Strathspey.  A  lively  Scotcii  dnncc  in 
common  time  ;  a  tunc  used  in  connection 
witli  the  dance. 

Stravagaute.  {Ita.)  Extravagant ;  fan- 
tastic; odd. 

Stravaganxa.    (Ita.)    Extravagance. 

Street  Organ.    A  hand  organ. 

Streng.  (Ger.)  Strict,  in  relation  to  style. 

Streptto,  Con.   (Ita.)    Witli  impetuosity. 

Strepltosamente.  (Ita.)  With  much 
noise  and  power. 

Strepltoso.  (Ita.)  In  an  impetaous,  bois- 
terous style ;  noisy  manner. 

Strct.    An  abbreviation  of  Stretto. 

Stretta.  (Ita.)  Contracted;  compressed; 
hastened. 


Stretta,    Alia.      (Ita.) 
time. 


Increasing  the 


Stretto.  (Ita.)  Shortened ;  contracted ; 
compressed  ;  formerly  used  to  Bit;;nify 
that  the  movement  to  which  it  is  pretixcd 
was  to  be  performed  in  a  quick,  concise 
style ;  in  fujjue  writing,  it  implies  that  the 
subject  and  answer  bofjin  much  nearer  to 
one  another  than  at  the  comiaenoeiaeat  of 
tlie  fugue. 

Strlcli.    (Gtr.)    Bowing. 

Strlcharteu.  (Ger.)  Different  ways  of 
bowing. 

Strict  Canon.  A  canon  in  which  the 
rules  of  this  form  of  composition  are 
closely  followed. 

Strict  Composition.  A  method  of  com- 
position wliich  employs  voices  alone, 
without  the  use  of  instruments  ;  that 
which  rigidly  adheres  to  the  rules  of  art. 

Strict  Fngne.  A  fugue  In  which  the 
fugal  form  and  it«  laws  are  rigidly  ob- 
served. 

Strict  InT-erslon.  The  same  as  simple 
inversion,  but  requiring  that  whole  tones 
should  bo  answered  by  whole  tones,  and 
semitones  by  semitones. 

Strictly  Inverted  Imitation.  A  form 
of  imitation  in  whicli  half  and  whole 
tones  must  be  precisely  answered  in  con- 
trary motion. 

Strict  Style.  A  stvle  in  which  a  rigid 
adhevence  to  the  rules  of  the  art  is  ot>- 
served. 

Strident.    (Fre.)    Harsh. 

Stridente.    (Ita.)    Shrill ;  sharp. 

Stridevole.    (Ita.)    Sharp  ;  shrill ;  acute. 

Strldulons.    (Lat.)    Harsh;  grating. 

Strilte.    To  cause  to  sound. 

Striliing  Keed.  A  peculiar  form  of  organ 
reed,  so  named  in  distinction  from  the 
/ree  reed,  and  because  it  produces  a  sharp, 
metallic,  trumpet  quality  of  tone,  caused 
mainly  by  the  ton;,'ue  striking  sharplv 
against  the  edges  of  the  groove  to  which  ft 
is  affixed. 


Strillare.  (Ita.)  To  scream,  shriekt 
screech. 

Strillo.     (Ita.)     A  load  seream;  shrill 

cry ;  shriek. 

String.    An  abbreviation  of  5Mn<7enrfo. 

String  Band.  A  company  of  musicians 
whose  performances  are  confined  wholly 
or  chiefly  to  the  use  of  violins,  violon- 
cellos, and  similar  instruments. 

String,  Bass.  The  string  of  any  instra- 
ment  upon  which  the  lowest  note  is 
sounded. 

Stringcid  In8tmn>ent8.  Instruments 
M'hose  sounds  arc  produced  by  striking  or 
drawing  strings,  or  by  the  friction  of  a 
bow  drawn  across  them. 

Stringed  Orchestra.  An  orchestra 
formed  exclusively  of  stringed  instru- 
ments. 

Stringed  Quartet.  A  composition  ar- 
ranged for  four  stringed  instruments. 

Striugendo.  (Ita.)  Accelerating  the 
degree  of  movement ;  compressing. 

String,  Helical.    A  spiral  string. 

String  Pendulum.  A  Weber  chronom- 
eter. 

String  Plate.  The  plate  of  a  piano  in 
whicn  the  hitch  pins  arc  placed. 

Strings.  Wires  or  cords  used  in  musical 
instruments,  which,  upon  bcino'  struck  or 
drawn  upon,  produce  tones ;  the  stringed 
instruments  in  a  band  or  orchestra. 

Strings,  Drum.  The  cords  at  the  lower 
end  of  a  drum,  forming  the  snare. 

Strings,  Hiatten.  Wires  made  of  a  com- 
position consisting  of  copper  and  zinc. 

Strings,  Open.  The  strings  of  an  instru- 
ment wlieu  not  pressed. 

Strings,  Sound.  Strings  extended  across 
the  lower  end  of  a  drum. 

Strings,  Sympathetic.  Strings  of  metal 
fiisteucd  beneath  the  finger  board  of  the 
viola  d'  amore,  in  early  times,  under  the 
bridge,  and  being  tuned  to  those  above, 
vibrated  with  them. 

Str.  Insts.  An  abbreviation  of  Stringed 
Instruments. 

Strisclando.  (Ita.)  Gliding;  sliding; 
the  blending  of  one  tone  into  another. 

Strof a.    ( Ita.)    A  strophe. 

Strof accia.  (Ita.)  A  bad  strophe,  stanza, 
or  couplet. 

Strofetta.    (Ita.)    A  little  couplet. 

Stroke.    A  dash. 

Stroke,  Diagonal.  A  transverse  heavy 
stroke  luiving  a  dot  each  side  of  it,  de^n^t- 
ing  that  the  previous  measure,  or  tli€  pre- 
vious group  of  notes  in  the  same  measure, 
is  to  be  n^peated  (01,  b). 

Stroke,  Double.  Two  strokes  or  dashes 
implying  that  the  semibreveover  or  under 
which  they  are  drawn,  or  the  minim  or 
crotchet  throug'h  whoso  stem  they  pass, 
must  be  divided  into  as  many  semiquavers 
as  are  equivalent  to  it  in  duration  (Ul,  c). 


STR 


223 


STY 


stroke,  Single.  A  stroke  or  dash  drawn 
over  or  under  a  Bemibreve,  or  through  the 
Btem  of  a  minim  or  crotchet,  implying 
that  such  note  must  be  divided  into  as 
many  quavers  as  are  equivalent  to  it  in 
duration  (61). 

Stroke,  Transverse.  A  heavy  stroke 
placed  above  a  fundamental  note  to  indi- 
cate the  intervals  of  changing  notes,  and 
also  used  for  auticipatioa  in  an  upper 
part. 

Stroke,  Triple.  Three  strokes  or  dashes 
placed  over  or  under  a  semibreve,  or 
throu«-h  the  stem  of  a  minim  or  crotchet, 
implymg  that  such  note  must  be  divided 
into  as  many  demisemiquavers  as  are 
equivalent  to  it  in  duration  (61,  c). 

Strom.    An  abbreviation  of  Stromenti. 

Strombazzata.  (Ita.)  The  sound  of  a 
trumpet. 

Strombettata.  (/to.)  Th^  sound  of  a 
trumpet. 

Strombettlere.    (Ita.)    A  trumpeter. 

Strombettio.  (Ita.)  The  sound  of  a 
trumpet. 

Stroiuenti.    (Ita.)    Musical  instniments. 

Stromenti  d'  Arco.  (Ita.)  lustruments 
played  with  a  bow. 

Stromenti  di  Sinforzo.  (Ita.)  Instru- 
ments employed  to  support  or  strengthen 
a  performance. 

Stromenti  di  Vento.  (Ita.)  Wind  in- 
struments. 

Stromento.    (Ita.)    An  instrument. 

Stromento  da  Fiato.   (Ita.)  The  org.in. 

Strong  Parts.  The  accented  parts  of  a 
measure. 

Strophe.  (Grh.)  A  stanza,  or  certain 
number  of  verses  including  a  perfect 
sense,  succeeded  by  another,  called  antis- 
trophe,  corresponding  to  the  couplet  in 
songs,  and  stanza  in  epic  poetry. 

Strophe,  Sapphic.  Three  sapphic  verses 
followed  by  an  adonic. 

Strophic.     Relating  to,  or  composed  of, 

strophes. 
Stropliicus.   (Grk.)  One  of  the  ten  notes 

usoil,  forming  the  musical  system,  in  the 

middle  ages. 
Stroxciare.     (Ita.)     To    sound    like  the 

dash  of  waters ;  to  boom ;  murmur;  purl. 

Strnraentajo.  (Ita.)  A  musical  instru- 
ment maker. 

Stromentale.    (Ita.)    Instrumental. 

Striimentalmente.  (Ita.)  Instrumen- 
tally. 

Striimentare.  (Ita.)  To  perform  on  an 
instrument. 

Strumentazloue.  (Ita.)  Instrumenta- 
tion. 

Strnmenti,  Con.  (Ita.)  A  performance 
with  instruments. 

Strnmenti  da  Fiato.  (Ita.)  Wind  in- 
struments. 


Stmntentlao.     (Ita.)     A  small  iustrn- 

ment. 
Stmmento.  (Ita.)  A  musical  instrument. 
Struuiento  di  IMCusica.    (Ita.)    Musieal 

instrument. 
Strung,  High.    Strung  to  a  full  tone  or 

high  pitch. 
Studio.    (Ita.)    A  study  or  exercise. 
Stufe.    (Ger.)    A  degree. 
Stufe  der  Tonleiter.    (Ger.)    A  degree 

of  the  scale. 
Stuf en.    ( Ger.)    Steps  or  degrees. 
Stufenpfeife.    (Ger.)    Pan's  pipes. 
Stufenpsalm.    (Gtr.)    Gradual  psalm. 
Stulenweise.    (Ger.)    By  degrees. 
Stnndensang.    ( Ger.)    The  hour  chant ; 

the  chanting  of  the  canonical  hour. 
Stuonante.     (Ita.)     Dissonant;   out  of 

tune. 
Stuonare.     (Ita.)     Out  of  tune ;  to  sing 

out  of  tune. 
Stuouato.   (Ita.)    I^issonant ;  out  of  tune. 
Stnrmdrommete.    (Ger.)     The  alanim 

trumpet. 
Sturmglockc.    (Ger.)     The  tocsin;  the 

alarm  bell. 
Style.    That  cast  or  manner  in  composition 

or  performance  on  which  the  effect  chiefly 

or  wholly  depends. 
Style,    Accompanied.      That    style   in 

which  the  voices  are  accDmpanied  by  any 

low-toned     instrument,    to    sustain    the 

basses. 
Style,  Ballad.    In  the  time  or  manner  of 

a  ballad. 
Style,  Concerted.      A  style  of  perform- 
ance in  wliich  the  voices  are  accompanied 

by  every  variety  of  instruments. 
Style,  Free.    A  style  deviating  in  some 

points  from  the  rules  of  the  art  of  music. 
Style,  Harp.    Playing  in  arpeggios. 
Style,  liegato.    A  close,  connected,  glid- 
ing manner  of  performance. 
Style,  Staccato.    A  manner  of  execution 

in  which  the  notes  are  played  distiuct, 

short,  and  detached  from  one  another  by 

rests. 
Style,  Strict.   A  style  in  which  is  observed 

a  most  rigid  adherence  to  the  rules  app  i- 

cable  to  the  art  of  music. 
Stylo.    (Ita.)    Style. 
Stylo  Choraico.    (Ita.)    A  style  suitable 

for  dances. 
Stylo  Dramatico.    (Ita.)     In  dramatio 

style  ;  suited  to  passionate  expression. 
Stylo  Kcclesiastico.    (Ita.)    In  a  style 

majestic,  grave,  and  suited  to  inspire  de- 
votion. 
Stylo    Hyperchematico.       (Ita.)       A 

brisk  and  gay  style,  suited  to  dancing. 
Stylo-  Sladrigaleaco.     (Ita.)     A  style 

suited  to  the  expression  of  love. 
Stylo  Ittelismatico.    (Ita.)     A  natural, 

artless  style,  suitable  for  airs  and  ballads. 


STY 


224 


SUO 


stylo  niotectlco.    (<^.)    A  florid  style; 

ornamental. 
Stylo     Fanta§tIco.      (Ita.)      An   encf, 

humorous  raikii'iie.  ,  /^eefrom  all  restraint. 

Stylo  Xlappreseutativo.  (//a.)  An 
appellation  f^ivcn  to  rcoitatlve  music,  be- 
cause almost  exclusively  adapted  to  tbe 
draraii. 

Stylo  Recltativo.  (Ita.)  In  the  style  of 
a  recitative. 

Sw.  (Hin.)  A  syllabb  applied  to  tlie  first 
note  of  the  Hindoo  scale  in  solfaing. 

Su.    (Ita.)    Above;  upon. 

Suave.  (,Ita,  and  Spa.)  Sweet  and  deli- 
cate. 

Saavemente.  {Ita.  and  Spa.)  Sweetly 
and  delicately. 

Snavlta,  Con.  (Ita.)  With  sweetness 
and  delicacy  of  expression. 

Sub.    (Lat.)    Under;  below. 

Sub- Acute.  A  moderate  degree  of  ocutc- 
ness. 

Sub-Bass.  An  organ  stop  or  set  of  pipes 
belonging  to  its  pedals  ;  the  lowest  notes 
of  an  organ  ;  the  ground  basa. 

Subcantor.    (Spa.)    Subchantcr. 

Subchanter.  The  deputy  of  the  pre- 
centor in  a  cathedral ;  au  uudcr  chanter. 

Snbdominant.  The  fourth  note  of  the 
scale  of  any  kc/;  the  under-flominant : 
the  under  fifth,  or  tifth  of  the  octave 
below. 

Subitamente.    (Ita.)    Quickly. 

Snbito.     (Ita.)    Quick  ;  sudden  ;  hasty. 

Subitosaiuente.  (Ita.)  Unexpectedly ; 
suddenly. 

Subject.  The  principal  melody,  theme  or 
text  of  a  movement. 

Subject,  Counter.  The  first  part  of  a 
fugue  when  continued  along  with  the 
subject. 

Subject,  Intermediate.  Ideas  not  un- 
like the  principal,  or  counter  subject,  in  a 
fugue  introduce<l  for  embellishment. 

Subject,  luterveuing.  An  intermedi- 
ate subject  of  a  Tugue. 

Subject,  Second.  The  counter  subject 
of  a  fugue  when  it  remains  unchanged  in 
all  the  parts. 

Sub-M:ediant.  The  sixth  tone  of  the 
scale  ;  the  under  mediant. 

Sub-Pbry$;lan  Chant.  A  chant  em- 
ployed to  api)oase  the  furor  excited  by  the 
Phrygian  cliant. 

Sub-Semltoiie.  The  semitone  below  the 
key  note ;  the  sharp  seventh,  or  sensible 
of  any  key. 

Snb-Semttouium  Modi.  (Lat.)  The 
leading  note. 

Subsidiary  IVotes.  Notes  situated  one 
dc,|^ree  above  and  one  degree  below  the 
principal  note  of  a  turn. 

Bub-Tonic.  Under  the  tonic;  the  note 
situated  a  semitone  below  the  key  note. 


Snecentor.    A  person  who  sings  the  bass 

in  a  concert. 

Snccession.  The  successive  notes  in  mel- 
ody, in  ditttinction  from  the  successive 
chords  in  harmony,  called pro^re««»o». 

Succession,  Conjunct.  A  succession  of 
sounds  proceeding  regularly,  upward  or 
downward,  through  the  several  interven- 
ing degrees. 

Succession,  Disjunct.  A  succession  of 
sounds  in  melody  pa88in<'  from  oni>  degree 
to  another  without  touching  the  interme- 
diate degrees. 

Successive  Short  lilnea.  Short  hori- 
zontal lines  denoting  the  repetition  of  one 
and  the  same  interval  (03). 

Sudden  Itlodnlatlon.  Modulation  in 
which  the  modulating  chord  is  preceded 
by  one  which  is  not  doubtful. 

Sufiblamento.      (Ita.)      Hiss;  whistle; 

murmur. 

Suffolo.    (Ita.)    A  little  Ante  or  flageolet 

used  to  teach  birds  to  sing  certain  tuues. 

Suggeritore  dl  Teatro.  (Ita.)  The 
prompter  of  a  theatre. 

Suggetto.    (Ita.)    Tbe  subject  or  theme 

ol  a  composition. 

Suite.  (Fre.)  A  scries;  a  collection;  a 
single  piece  consisting  of  several  move- 
ments. 

Suites  des  Pieces.  (Fre.)  A  collection 
of  pieces. 

Sujet.  (Fre.)  The  subject,  theme,  or  mo- 
tive of  a  composition. 

Snl.    (Ita.)    On  or  upon  the. 

Sul  A.    (Ita.)    On  the  A  string. 

Snl  ».    (Ita.)    On  the  D  string. 

Sull'.    (Ita.)    An  abbreviation  of  S^mZ&i. 

Sulla.    (Ita.)    On  or  upon. 

Sulla  Mezza  Corda.  (Ita.)  On  the 
middle  of  the  striug. 

Sulla  Tastiera.  (Ita.)  A  term  imply inor 
that  the  bow  or  lini^ers  are  to  be  applica 
near  or  over  the  end  of  the  linger  board, 
very  far  from  the  bridge. 

Snl  Ponticello.  (Ita.)  On,  or  near,  the 
bridge. 

Suinara.  (^Tur.)  A  species  of  flute  hav- 
ing two  pipes,  common  in  Turkey ;  the 
shorter  pipe  is  used  for  playing  airs,  and 
the  longer  for  a  continued  bass. 

Summer.    The  sound  board  of  an  orgaa. 
Suinpunjah.     (Heb.)     Tbe  dulcimer  of 

the  ancients. 
Snmsen.    (Ger.)    To  hum. 
Sungeet.    (Hin.)    Music. 
Suo  ILiOco.     (Lat.)     In  its  own  or  nsual 

place. 
Suonantina.  (Ita.)  A  short,  easy  sonata. 
Snoiiarastorma.     (Ita.)     To  sound  the 

tocsin. 
Suonare.     (Ita.)     To  play  upon  one  ot 

more  instruments. 


suo 


225 


SUR 


Suonare  il  Como.  {Ita.)  To  wind  the 
horn. 

Suonata.    {Ita.)    Sonata. 

Suonatore.    {Ita.)    Musical  performer. 

Suonatore  di  VIoIino.  {Ita.)  A  violiu 
player. 

Suonatore  di  Flanto.    {Ita.)    A  flatist. 

Suonl.    {Ita.)    Sounds. 

Snoni  Alteratl.  {Ita.)  Notes  raised  or 
lowered  by  flats  and  sharps. 

Snoni  Antifoni.  {Ita.)  Sounds  which, 
though  distant  from  one  another  one  or 
more  octaves,  are  alternate  concords 
among  themselves. 

Suoni  Armoiiici.  {Ita.)  Harmonic  tones. 

Suoni  Baripicni.    {Ita.)    Fixed  sounds. 

Saoni  Chromatid.  {Itn.)  Sounds  raised 
a  semitone  minor  above  their  natural 
pitch. 

Snoni  Consoni.    {(ta.)    Concords. 

Suoui  Continni.  {Ita.)  Sounds  contin- 
ued for  the  pronunci.ition  of  some  sylla- 
ble, or  the  state  of  the  voice,  neither 
ascending  nor  descending. 

Suoni  Diafoni.  {Ita.)  Discordant  sounds. 

Snoni  'Diatonici.  {Ita.)  Natural  sounds  ; 

sounds  within  the  compass  of  the  human 

voice. 
Snoni   Sissonl.     {Ita.)      Inharmonious 

sounds  ;  discords. 
Snoni  Distinti.  {Ita.)    Sounds  sensibly 

separated     or     distinguished    one    from 

another. 
Suoni    Ecmeli.       {Ita.)       Unmelodious 

sounds. 
Snoni  Emmeli.  {Ita.)  Melodious  sounds. 
Snoni    Enarmonici.      {Ita.)       Sounds 

raised  above  tlieir  natural  pitch  by  means 

of  the  enharmonic  diesis. 
Suoni  Equi.    {Ita.)    Unisons. 
Snoni   Kqni   Toni.        {Ita.)        Sounds 

which,  though  distinct  one  from  another. 

yet  when  sounded  together  seem  one  and 

the  same  sound. 

Snoni  Flautati.  {Ita.)  A  terra  indi- 
cating a  special  manner  of  causing  strings 
to  sound  tlieir  natural  accessory  tones. 

Snoni  Zllobiles.  {Ita.)  Movable  sounds  ; 
the  second  and  tliird  sounds  of  every  tetra- 
chord  of  the  ancient  system. 

Suoni  iVaturali.  {Ita.)    Natural  sounds. 

Suoui  non  TIntsoni.  {Ita.)  Sounds 
diflering  in  gravity  and  acutenoss. 

Suoni  Oxipicni.  {Ita.)  A  general  name 
for  the  last  notes  but  one  in  tlio  tetra- 
cliords  of  the  ancient  Greek  scale. 

Snoni  Parafoni.  {Ita.)  Sounds  having 
between  them  the  interval  of  a  fourth  or 
fllth,  or  their  double,  and  tlicreforc  con- 
cord. 

Snoni  Perpetui.  {Ita.)  Perpetual  sounds  ; 
the  highest  and  lowest  sounds  of  every 
tetmoliord  in  the  ancient  uystcm. 


Snoni  Stabili.  (71a.)  Eight  Bounds  in 
the  ancient  system,  the  liiglii'st  and  low- 
est of  every  tetrachord,  so  called  because 
they  could  not  change  their  place. 

Suoni  Unisoni.    {Ita.)    Unisons. 

Suoni  Vaeanti.  {Ita.)  Movable  sounds; 
the  second  and  third  s>--inds  of  every  tet- 
rachord in  the  ancient  kjreek  system. 

Suono.  {Ita.)  A  sound ;  a  musical  in- 
strument ;  air ;  tune. 

Suono  ArjBfentino.  (Ita.)  Soft  and 
clear,  as  silver  tones  and  sounds. 

Super.    {Lett.)    Above;  over. 

Superano.    {Spa.)    Treble. 

Superdominant.  The  note  next  above 
the  dominant  in  the  scale. 

Superfluous  Interval.  An  augmented 
interval ;  an  interval  wliich  exceeds  a  true 
diatonic  interval  by  a  semitone  minor. 

Superfluous  Seventli.  A  dissonant 
interval  containing  five  tones  (three  minors 
and  two  m^ors),  a  semitone  migor,  and  a 
semitone  minor. 

Snperfluona  Sixtli.  A  dissonant  inter- 
val composed  of  four  tones,  a  miyor  and  a 
minor  semitone. 

Superfluous  Sound,  or  1'one.  One 
containing  a  semitone  minor  more  t.^an  a 
tone. 

Superfluous  Tliird.  A  dissonant  th  *d 
composed  of  two  tones  and  a  semitone. 

Superfluous  Triad.  The  triad  upon  th6 
tliird  degree  of  the  minor  scale. 

Superior  Appo^siatura.  An  appoggia> 

tura  situated  one  ae(;ree  above  its  princi- 
pal note  (6i). 
Superius.    {Lat.)    The  upper  part  of  any 

composition. 
Superunmerary.    The  last  chord  added 

to  tlie  ancient  Greek  system. 
Supersus.    {Lat.)    Name  formerly  given 

to  trebles  when  tljeir  station  was  very 

Iiigli  in  the  scale. 
Snpertonic.    The  note  above  tlie  tonic  or 

key  note. 
Supertouique.    {Fre.)     The  supertonic, 

or  second  note  of  tlie  scale. 
Supplementary    Parts.       Parts   of  a 

composition  not  necessarily  obligato. 
Support  IVotes.    Appoggiaturas. 
Supposed  Bass.     The  lowest  note  of  a 

cliord  when  not  the  fundamental  one. 

Supposition.  The  nse  of  two  successive 
notes  of  equal  value  as  to  time,  one  of 
which  being  a  di.scord  supposes  the  other 
to  be  a  concord. 

Sur.    {Fre.)    On  ;  upon ;  over ;  by. 

Surg^utn.    {Ilin.)    The  gamut. 

Surigx.    {Grk.)    The  pipes  of  Pan. 

Sur  la  (luatrieme  Corde.  {Fre.)  On 
the  I'junh  string — used  in  violin  and  sim- 
ilar music. 

Snr-Siiarp.  The  fifth  tetrachord  above 
added  by  Guido. 


SUR 


226 


SYM 


BorrneCorde.    (Pre.)    On  one  strin*. 

Suspended  Cadence.  Several  modala- 
tious  being  passed  through,  instead  of 
leading  directly  from  the  dominant  chord 
to  that  of  the  key  note. 

Suspended  Marmony.  One  or  more 
notes  of  a  chord  retained  in  that  whicli 
follows. 

Suspension.  A  passage  of  harmony  in 
•which  the  ear  is  for  a  while  kept  in  sus- 
pense by  the  prolongation  of  one  chord, 
after  another,  or  part  of  another,  has  been 
introduced,  and  by  means  of  which  com- 
binations of  sounds  that  would  prove  dis- 
cordant if  abruptly  introduced  all  together 
are  rendered  agreeable. 

Suspension,  'Double.  A  suspension  re- 
tarding two  notes,  and  requiring  a  double 
preparation  and  resolution. 

Suspension,  Single.  A  suspension  that 
retards  but  one  note,  and  requires  only  a 
single  preparation  and  resolution. 

Suspension,  Triple.  A  suspension 
formed  by  suspending  a  dominant  or 
diminished  seventh  on  the  tonic,  mediant, 
or  dominant  of  the  key. 

Suss.    (Ger.)    Sweet. 

Sussfldte.  (Ger.)  In  organs,  the  soft 
flute. 

Sustained.  A  term  applied  to  notes  when 
tlieir  sound  Is  continued  through  their 
whole  power  or  length. 

Snstaltlc.    {Grk.)    Mournful ;  affecting. 

Susurrando.  (^Ita.)  Whispering;  mur- 
muring. 

Snsurrar.    {Spa.)    To  purl,  as  a  stream. 

Susurration.  A  whispering;  a  Boft, 
murmuring  sound. 

Susnrro.    {Spa.)    Humming. 

Sutonique.     (Fre.)    Supertonic. 

S.  V.  The  initials  of  Sotto  Voce  and  Si 
Volti. 

Sveslia.  {Ita.)  The  soUnd  of  an  alarm 
befl. 

Svcgliato.  {Ita.)  A  gay  and  lively  style 
of  performance. 

Svegliatojo.    {Ita.)    An  alarm  bell. 

Svelto.    (Ita.)    Free;  unbound. 

S.  V.  S.    The  initials  of  Si  Volti  Suhiio. 

Svrarras.  (Hin.)  A  general  name  applied 
by  the  Hindoos  to  the  seven  notes  of  their 
musical  scale,  and  also  to  the  key  note. 

Sweet  Jug.  Name  given  by  English  bird 
fanciers,  in  the  last  century,  to  abird  note 
more  finely  drawn  and  sweeter  than  that 
denominated  J  «£r. 

S^veet-Toned.  Having  a  soft,  pleasing 
sound. 

Swell.    A  gradual  increase  of  sound. 

Sivell  Organ.  In  organs  having  three 
rows  of  keys,  the  third,  or  upper  row, 
controlling  a  number  of  pipes  enclosed  in 
a  box,  which  may  be  gradually  opened  or 
shut,  and  thus  the  tone  increased  or  di- 
miaisbed  by  degrees. 


Sivell   Pedal.      That  which   ndkn  tiM 

dampers  from  the  strings. 

S wn.    ( Wei.)    Sound. 

Sword  Dance.  An  ancient  Spanish  mel- 
ody, played  on  solemn  occasions. 

Syllables,  Fixed.  Syllables  which  do 
not  cliange  with  tlie  change  of  the  key. 

Syllables,  Guidonian.     The  syllables 

Ut,  Ke,  Mi,  Fa,  Sol,  La,  used  by  Guido  for 
his  system  of  hexachords. 

Sylva.  (iMt.)  A  poem  commenced  with 
a  feeling  of  transport ;  a  collection  of  va- 
rious poems. 

Sym.    An  abbreviation  of  Symphony. 

Symbal.    Cymbal. 

Symbols.  A  name  given  by  the  Greeks  to 
the  twenty-four  letters  of  their  alphabet, 
all  of  which  were  employed  as  characters 
indicative  of  sounds. 

Sympathetic  Strings.  Strings,  made 
of  mutal,  which,  in  olden  times,  were 
fastened  under  the  finger  board  of  the 
viola  d'  amorc,  bene.ith  the  bridge,  and, 
being  tuned  to  the  strings  above,  vibrated 
with  them  and  strengthened  the  tone. 

Symphonia.  {Grk.)  A  pulsatile  instru- 
ment of  the  ancients,  made  of  a  hollow 
tree,  closed  at  each  end  with  leather,  and 
struck  with  sticks,  producing  tones  of  va- 
ried pitch. 

Synipbouiac.  {Grh.)  An  epithet  .ipplicd 
to  music  in  parts,  or  couuterpoint. 

Sympboniaci  Pueri.  {Lat.)  Singing 
boys ;  choristers. 

Symphonial.  (Grk.)  A  term  applied  to 
tones  agreeing  in  quality. 

Symphouiale.  ( Grk.)  A  word  prefixed 
to  old  canons,  or  perpetual  fugues,  to  indi- 
cate that  they  are  in  unison. 

Symphonic.  In  the  style  or  manner  of 
a  symphony ;  harmonious  j  agreeing  la 
souud. 

Symplionie  Poem.  A  composition  of 
recent  invention,  occupying  a  certain  mid- 
dle place  between  opera  and  symphony, 
and  serving  as  a  connecting  link  between 
the  two. 

Sympbonie.    {Pre.)    Symphony. 

Syinphouienseser.  (Ger.)  Symphonist; 
a  composer  of  symphonies. 

Symphonlenspieler.  {Ger.)  Sympho- 
nist ;  a  player  of  symphonies. 

Symphonies,  Intermediate.  Short 
instrumental  passages  introduced  in  a 
vocal  performance  to  relieve  the  voice  and 
improve  the  general  effect. 

Symphonious.  A  teinn  applied  to  instru- 
ments or  voices  that  are  harmonious. 

Sympbouiscbe     I>ichtuug.         (Ger.) 

Syniphoiiic  poem. 

Sympbonlst.  One  who  composes  sym- 
phonies; a  composer  of  church  music. 

Symphonize.  To  agree  in  sound ;  to  pre- 
serve harmony. 

Symphonot.    {Grk.)    A  name  given  by 


SYM 


227 


SYS 


the  ancients  to  concords  and  those  sounds 
which  so  vaix.  and  unite  that  the  tone  of 
the  lower  is  scarcely  distinguishable  from 
the  upper. 

Symphony.  A  concordance  of  tones  ;  a 
concert  of  voices  or  instruments  ;  a  har- 
mony of  mingled  sounds ;  a  musical  in- 
strument resembling  a  drum  ;  an  intro- 
ductory, interineili.te,  or  concluding  part 
of  a  vocal  composition ;  an  instrumental 
composition  for  a  full  orchestra ;  formerly, 
a  composition  partly  vocal  and  party  in- 
strumeutal. 

Symposia.  (Grk.)  Cheerful  and  con- 
vivial compositions  ;  catches,  glees, 
rounds,  &c. 

Synaphe.  {Grk.)  A  term  applied  by  the 
ancients  to  the  conjunction  of  two  tetra- 
chords ;  the  resonance  of  the  homologous 
chords  of  two  conjoint  tetrachords. 

Synaulia.  (Grk.)  In  ancient  music,  a 
concert  of  flute  players,  who  answered 
each  other  alternately,  without  any  union 
of  the  voice. 

Syncopate.  To  continue  a  note  commenced 
on  the  unaccented  part  of  a  bar  to  the 
aoceuted  part  of  the  next  bar. 

Syncopation.  {Grlc.)  A  term  applied 
to  that  disposition  of  the  melody  or  har- 
mony of  a  composition,  by  which  the  last 
note  of  one  bar  is  so  connected  with  the 
first  note  of  the  succeding  bar  as  to  form 
but  one  and  the  same  souud. 

Syncopation,  Oiscords  of.  Discords 
which  constitute  a  portion  of  the  radical 
harmony. 

Syncope.  A  syncopation  ;  the  division  of 
a  note  introduced  when  two  or  more  notes 
of  one  part  answer  to  a  single  note  of 
another. 

Syncope  JEqnivagans.  (Lat.)  A  pas- 
sage in  whicli  all  the  parts  syncopate  at 
the  same  time,  yet  without  discords. 

Syncope  Consonans  Desolata.  (Lat.) 
A  syncopation  of  only  one  part,  and  yet 
without  discord. 

Syncoper.    {Fre.)    To  syncopate. 

Syngan.    {Sax.)    To  sing ;  singing. 

Synger.    {Dan.)    To  sing  ;  singing. 

Synkopiren.    {Ger.)    To  syncopate. 

Synnemenon.  {Grk.)  The  third  tctra- 
chord  of  the  ancients. 

Synnemenon  Oiatonos.  {Grk.)  In 
the  music  of  the  ancients,  the  third  chord 
of  the  tetrachord;  synucmenon  in  diatonio 
genus. 

Syntonic  Genu*.  A  species  of  tlie  dia- 
tonic genus  among  the  ancients,  in  which 
the  tetrachord  was  divided  iuto  a  semitone 
and  two  equal  tones. 

Syntouo-liydiau.     (Grk.)     One  of  the 

ancient  modes. 
Syren.    Siren. 
Syrinda.    An  East  Indian  guitar. 

Syrlnga:  (,Lat.)  Pandean  pipes;  Pan's 
pipes. 


Syringe.  (^Grk.)  A  kind  of  fistula,  or 
pipe,  used  by  the  ancient  Romans  to  reg- 
ulate the  voice  in  oratory  and  singing. 

Syrinx.  {Grk.)  A  pastoral  instrument 
composed  of  reeds  of  various  lengths 
bound  together,  and  rigardcd  by  th( 
Greeks  as  the  invention  or  their  tutelarj 
god.  Pan ;  the  shepherd's  pipe ;  the  pan- 
aeau  pipe. 

Systaltic.  {Grk.)  An  epithet  applied  by 
the  ancients  to  that  subdivision  of  their 
melopceia,  which  constituted  the  mournful 
and  pathetic. 

System.  An  interval  compounded,  or 
supposed  to  be  compounded,  of  several 
lessor  ones ;  a  method  of  calculation  to 
determine  the  relations  of  sounds,  or  an 
order  of  signs  establislied  to  express  aera ; 
the  code  of  harmonic  rules  drawn  from 
those  common  principles  by  which  they 
are  computed. 

Systema  llfaxlmunt.  (Lat.)  The  Greek 
system  as  perfected  by  Pythagoras,  by  his 
addition  of  the  proslambanomenos  below 
the  hypate  hypaton. 

Systema  Participate.  (Tta.)  A  di- 
vision of  the  octave  or  diapason  iuto 
twelve  semitones. 

Systema  Participatmm.  {Lat.)  A 
division  of  the  octave  or  diapason  into 
twelve  semitones. 

Systema  Perfectnm.  (^Lat.)  The  bis- 
diapason,  or  ancient  Greek  scale. 

Systema  Temperate.  {Ita.)  The  present 
system  of  tones. 

Systeniia  Temperatom.  {Lai.)  The 
attempered  system. 

System,  Cheve.  An  elementary  system 
of  vocal  music  much  in  vogue  in  Paris, 
having  for  ita  basis  notation  in  figures. 

System,  Cipher.  An  old  system  of  mu- 
sic, in  which  the  notes  were  represented 
by  numerals. 

Systeme.    {Fre.)    A  system. 

Systcme,  Oalin-Parls-CIieve.  The 
popular  name  given  in  France  to  the  Cheve 
system. 

System,  Isotonic.  A  musical  system 
consisting  of  intervals  in  which  each  con- 
cord is  alike  tempered,  and  in  wltich  there 
are  twelve  equal  semibreves. 

System,  HiOgieran.  A  system  of  piano- 
forte instruction,  the  main  leature  of  which 
is  the  use  of  mechanical  appliances  to  fa- 
cilitate the  progress  of  pupils. 

System,  Pestalozzlan.  A  system  cf 
induction,presentingananalytic;il  and  syn- 
thetical arrangement  of  the  rudiments  of 
music  in  their  natural  progressive  order. 

Systems,  General.  One  of  the  divisions 
into  which  the  ancients  placed  systems : 
it  was  formed  of  the  sum  of  all  the  par- 
ticular systems,  and,  consequently,  con- 
tained all  the  sounds  in  music. 

Systems,  Particular.  One  of  the  ancient 
divisions  of  systems  :  it  was  composed  of 
at  least  two  iutarvaU. 


SYS 


228 


TAL 


System,  Tonic  Sol  Fa.  A  pystem  of 
instruction  in  vocal  music,  the  leading^ 
feature  of  wliicli  is  the  recognition  of  tlie 
absolute  identity,  so  far  aa  intervals  are 
concerned,  of  all  the  major  scales. 

Sjrzygl*.  {Grk.)  A  pleasing  combination 
of  sounds. 


Synygla,  Conaponnd.  A  combination  of 
pounds  in  which  one  or  more  of  those  of 
the  harmonical  triad  are  doubled,  or  raJBod 
one  «r  more  octaves. 

Syzygia,  Simple.  A  combination  of 
sounds  in  whicli  two  concords  at  least  are 
heard  together. 


T. 


TTHE  initial  of  Tutti,  Tenor,  Tacet,  and 
a  sometimes  Trillot  it8  use  sometimes 
intimates  that  the  tenor  is  to  play  alone. 

Ta.  {Grk.)  One  of  the  four  syllables  used 
by  the  ancient  Greeks  in  Bolfainfr  their 
music,  answering  to  the  hypate,  or  Urst 
sound  of  the  tetrachord. 

Tatma.    (.Ara.)    A  tambour ;  a  tabor. 

Tabal.    {Syr.)    A  tabor;  tambour. 

Taballo.   (Ita.)  A  tymbal  or  kettle  dmm. 

Tabar.    (Ita.)    A  small  drum  ;  a  tabor. 

Tablatnra.  (Ita.)  The  ancient  mode  of 
representing  the  various  tones  of  music  by 
letters,  instead  of  notes  ;  tablature. 

Tablatare.  (Ita.)  The  expression  of 
musical  sounds  or  notes  of  composition 
by  letters  of  the  alphabet,  or  other  eliar- 
aeters  not  used  in  modern  music ;  the  man- 
ner of  writin^f  compositions  for  tlie  lute 
and  similar  mstruments  by  writing:  on 
parallel  lines,  each  of  which  represents  a 
string  of  the  instrument. 

Table.  A  portion  of  the  lute  ;  also  of  the 
violin. 

Table  d'Hanuonie.  (Fre.)  Sounding 
board. 

Table  Somss.  Songs  for  male  voices  for- 
merly much  in  vogue  in  German  glee 
clubs. 

Table,  Time.  A  representation  of  the 
several  notes  in  music,  sliowing  their  rel- 
ative lengths  or  durations. 

Tabor.  A  small  drum,  generally  used  to 
accompany  the  pipe  or  fife  in  dances. 

Taborer.      One  who  beats  the  tabor  or 

tambourine. 
Talioret.    A  small  tabor. 
Tabourin.  (Fre.)    A  tabor  or  tambourine 

—  a  shallow  drum  with  but  one  iiead. 
Tabrere.    An  obsolete  name  for  one  who 

plays  on  a  tabor. 
Tabret.    A  drum  of  the  ancient  Hebrews ; 

a  small  tabor. 
Tabulatur.    (Gfer.)    Tablature. 
Taburz.    (  TFel.)    A  tabor ;  a  small  drum. 

Taccnte.  (Ita.)  A  word  implying  that 
tiie  parts  to  which  it  is  applied  arc  silent. 

Tacet.  (Lat.)  Silent;  a  word  implying 
that,  daring  a  movement  or  part  of  a 


movement,  some  particnlar  instrnment  la 
to  be  silent. 

Tact.  An  abbreviation  of  Tactart  and 
Tactus. 

Tact.    (Ger.)    Time  ;  the  bar. 

Tactart.  (Ger.)  The  species  of  time  or 
measure. 

Tact-Feeling.  The  natural  beating  or 
measurement  of  time  existing  in  aliliv- 
ing  things,  forming  the  basis  of  harmony. 

Tactfest.   (Ger.)    Steady  in  keeping  time. 

Tactlubrer.   ( Ger.)  A  conductor  ;  leach>r. 

Tact  nalten.    (Ger.)    To  keep  time. 

Tactmesser.    (Ger.)    A  metronome. 

Tactuote.  (Ger.)  A  note  played  to  fill  up 
a  bar. 

Tactpanse.    (Ger.)    Bar  rest. 

Tactsclilag.    (Ger.)    Beating  of  time. 

Tactstricb.  (Ger.)    liar. 

Tactus.  (Lat.)  The  stroke  of  the  hand 
by  which  the  time  is  measured  or  beaten. 

Tactiis  3Iajor.  The  beating  of  a  time 
comprising  a  breve  in  a  bar  among  the 
ancients. 

Tactns  ■Winor.  With  the  ancients,  the 
act  of  beating  a  time  consisting  of  a  semi- 
breve  in  a  bar. 

TagUato.    (Ita.)    Clef. 

Tail.  A  line  passing  perpendicularly  up- 
ward or  downward  from  the  head  of  ■ 
note ;  the  stem  of  a  note  (8). 

Taille.    (Fre.)    The  tenor  voice  or  part. 

Tall  Piece.  In  a  violin,  violoncello,  and 
similar  instruments,  a  piece  of  ebony  at- 
tached to  the  lower  end,  and  to  which  the 
strings  arc  secured. 

Takt.    ( Ger.)    The  bar ;  time. 

Talitart.  (Ger.)  The  species  of  time  or 
measure. 

Talttffest.    (Ger.)    Firm  in  keeping  time. 

Tal£tlo3.    (Ger.)    Without  time. 

Tal&tiuassig.    (Ger.)    In  time. 

Taktstrich.    (Ger)    The  bar  lines. 

Talabalacco.  (Ita.)  Moorish  kdtla 
drum. 

Tale    Tellers.       A.  n.^me   given    by  th« 
Irish  to  their  bards  or  harpers. 
I  Talidan.    (Per.)    To  soiird;  toriog. 


TAL 


229 


TEA 


Talon.  (Fre.)  The  heel  of  the  bow ;  that 
part  near  the  nut. 

Tambor.    {Spa.  aad  Por.)    A  tambour. 

Tamboreta.    (,Spa.)    A  timbrel. 

Tamburil.  (Spa.)  Tabor  ;  a  drnra beaten 
in  villay:e8  on  iestive  occasions. 

Tamborilear.  (,Spa.)  To  beat  the  tabor 
with  one  stick,  accompanied  by  a  pipe. 

Tamborilero.  (,Spa.)  One  who  beats 
the  tabor,  taboret,  or  tambourine. 

Tamborltillo.  {Spa.)  A  small  drum  for 
children. 

Taiubor  Mayor.    (Spa.)    Drum  major. 

Xaiubonr.  {Fre.)  A  small  drum  used 
by  the  Biscayans ;  a  Turkish  instrument 
of  ci'ifht  strinn^s,  with  a  long  handle  on 
whicYj  the  scale  of  notes  is  marked  ;  in 
guitar  music,  used  to  denote  that  all  the 
string^s  near  the  bridge  are  to  be  struck 
with  the  thumb  of  the  right  hand. 

Tambour  de  Basque.  {Fre.)  A  tam- 
bourine. 

Tambonrln.    {Fre.)    A  tambourine. 

Xambourine.  A  pulsatile  instrument, 
reseml)linj|  the  head  of  a  drum,  with  jin- 
gles placed  round  it  to  increase  the  noise  ; 
a  lively  French  dance  formerly  much  cm- 
ployed  in  the  opera. 

Tambouriuer.  {Fte.)  To  drum,  or  beat 
the  timbrel. 

Tambnraccio.    {Ita.)    Large  drum  ;  ket- 
tle drum. 
Tambarello.    {Ita.)    Tabor;  tabret. 
Tamburetto.    {Ita.)    Tambourine  ;  small 

drum. 
Tanibaro.    {Ita.)    A  drum ;  a  tambour. 
Tamburo    Graude.      {Ita.)       A   large 

drum. 
Tamburo  Grosso.   {Ita.)  A  large  drum. 
Tamburo  Alllitare.    {Ita.)    A  military 

drum. 
Tambnrone.    {Ita.)    The  great  drum. 
Tamburo  Kulante.    {Ita.)    A  wooden 

roll  drum  ;  a  side  drum. 
Tampions.    {Fre.)    One  of  the  two  rows 

of  projecting  apertures  on  the  courtaut. 
Tam-Tam.   A  drum  used  by  the  Hindoos, 

made  of  an  alloy  of  copper  and  tin,  and 

very  sonorous. 
Tanedor.     {Spa.)     Player  on  a  musical 

instrument. 
Tanido.    {Spa.)    Played ;  touched ;  tune  ; 

sound. 
Tanto.    {Ita.)    Too  much  ;  much. 
Tantum  Kr^o.     {Lat.)     A  hymn  sung 

nt  the  benediction  iu  the  Roman  Catholic 

church  service. 
Tauzlled.    (Ger.)    Tune  of  a  dance. 
Tanz  Melodien.  {Ger.)  Dance  melodies. 
Tanzstuck.    {Ger.)    A  dance  tune. 
Tap.      A  drum  beat  of  a  single  note  — 

employed  in  staccato  movements. 
Tapatau.    {Spa.)    The  sound  of  a  drum. 
20 


Taptoe.    {Dut.)    A  tattoo. 

Tarabouk.  ( Tnr.)  A  musi  :a  instrument 
used  by  the  Turks,  formed  by  drawing  a 
parchment  over  the  bottom  of  a  large 
earthen  vessel ;  the  derbouka  of  the  Ara- 
bians. 

Tarantella.  {Ita.)  A  peculiar  sort  of 
dance  ;  a  time  supposed  to  have  the  effect 
of  curing  the  bite  of  a  venomous  species 
of  spider,  called  the  tarantella. 

Tarara.  {Spa.)  Trumpet  signal  for 
action. 

Tararear.   {Spa.)    To  sound  the  trumpet. 

Taratantara.  {Ita.)  Sound  of  a  trum- 
pet ;  clangor. 

Tardaudo.    {Ita.)    Retarding. 

Tardo.  {Ita.)  Slow ;  iu  a  dragging  man- 
ner. 

Tarrenas.    {Spa.)    Small  castanets. 

Tastame.  {Ita.)  Finger  board ;  keys  of 
an  organ. 

Tastatnr.  {Ger.)  The  key  board  of  a  piano- 
forte, and  similar  instruments. 

Tastntura.  {Lat.)  An  appellation  for- 
merly given  to  the  wliole  range  of  keys 
of  an  organ  or  pianoforte. 

Taste.    ( Ger.)    Key  of  an  instrument. 

Tastenbrett.  {Ger.)  The  keys  of  an 
instrument. 

Tasteuscbwanz.  {Ger.)  The  extremity 
of  the  keys. 

Tastenwrerk.  {Ger.)  A  keyed  instru- 
ment. 

Tastiera.  {Ita.)  Piano  key  board  ;  gen- 
eral name  for  the  keys  of  any  instrument ; 
the  linger  board  of  a  violin  or  similai  in- 
strument. 

Tasto.  {Ita.)  The  touch  of  any  insti'j- 
ment ;  the  keys  of  an  instrument ;  iLe 
band  on  a  guitar. 

Tasto  Solo.  {Ita.)  In  organ  and  piano- 
forte music,  indicates  that  certain  basa 
notes  are  not  to  be  accompanied  by  chords 
in  the  right  hand. 

Tattoo.  A  rapid  beat  of  a  drum,  usually 
at  night,  directing  the  soldiers  to  repair 
to  their  tents,  or  ordering  a  retreat. 

Tautological  Echo.  An  echo  that  re- 
peats  the  same  sound  or  passage  many 
times. 

Tautology.  A  tiresome  repetition  of  the 
same  passage  or  passages. 

Tautopbony.  Repetition  of  the  same 
sound. 

Taza-ba-taza.    (Bin.)    Brahmin  hymn. 

T.  B.    The  initials  of  Tutti  i  liassi. 

Te.  {Grk.)  One  of  the  syllables  used  by 
the  ancient  Greeks  in  soH'aing  their  music, 
answering  to  the  parypate,  or  second  sound 
of  the  tetrachord. 

Tear.  Formerly  signifying  a  dirge,  or 
lament. 

Teatrlno.    {Ita.)    A  little  theatre. 

Teatro.  {Ita.)  Theatre;  stage;  play- 
house. 


TEO 


2S0 


TEM 


Veela.    (Spa.)    The  key  ofa  pianoforte  or 

harpslcaord. 
Teclado.    (Spa.)    The  whole  series  of  the 

keys  of  an  organ,  pianoforte,  or  similar 

instrument. 
Teclear.    (Spa.)     To  strike  or  touch  the 

keys  of  a  tnuglcal   instrument;  to  move 

the  finvprs  as  if  touching  the  keys  of  an 

instrument. 
Teddeo.    (Ita.)     Te  Deum. 
Tedescsa.    (Ita.)    German. 

nCedesca,  Alia.  (Ita.)  In  the  German 
style. 

Tedesco.     (Ita.)    German. 

Te  1>eain.  (IaU.)  A  hymn  of  thanks- 
giving employed  in  churches. 

Te  Denm  ILia-ndamiiB.  (Lot.)  "  Thee, 
God,  we  praise,"  a  particular  song  of 
praise  and  thauksgiviug  to  God. 

Telemann's  Carve.  A  curve  indicatino- 
a  diminished  tri.id,  and  distinguishing  it 
from  the  minor  third  (1^1). 

Telephoiiie.  (Grk.)  Far  sounding;  that 
which  propels  sound  a  great  di:>taucc. 

Tele  phonography.  A  system  of  sig- 
nalizing by  the  use  of  trumpets  or  steam 
whistles. 

Telesticlt.  (Grk.)  A  poem  in  which  the 
final  letters  of  the  lines  form  a  name. 

Tell-Tale.  A  movable  piece  of  metal, 
bone,  or  ivory,  attached  to  an  organ,  indi- 
cating by  its  position  the  amount  of  wind 
supplied  by  the  bellows. 

Tern.    An  abbreviation  of  Tempo. 

Tema.    (Ita.)    A  subject  or  theme. 

Temp.    An  abbreviation  of  Tempo. 

Temper.  To  modify  or  amend  a  false  or 
imperfect  concord  by  transferring  to  it  a 
portion  of  the  beauty  of  a  perfect  one,  by 
dividing  the  tones  ;  to  modify  or  equalize, 
as  the  tones  of  an  instrument,  so  as  to 
distribute  the  imperfections  as  uniformly 
as  possible  among  the  different  intervals. 

Temperament.  The  accommodation  or 
adjustment  of  the  imperfect  sounds  by 
transferring  a  part  of  the  defects  to  the 
more  perfect  ones,  in  order  to  remedy,  in 
gome  dejjrce,  the  false  intervals  of  the 
organ,  pianoforte,  and  simitar  instru- 
ments, whose  sounds  are  fixed. 

Temperament,  £qaal.  A  species  of 
temperament  in  which  the  twenty-four 
keys  deviate  in  an  equal  degree  from  per- 
fect purity. 

Temperament,  Unequal.  A  species  of 
temperament  in  which  one  or  more  keys 
are  brought  nearer  to  the  ideal  purity, 
while  otiiers  are  removed  so  much  the 
farther  from  it. 

Temperatnr.    (Ger.)    Temperament. 

Tempered.  Having  a  perfect  adjustment 
of  sounds  ;  tuned. 

Tempering.  The  accommodating  of  the 
iiiii)L'ri"ect  concords  by  transferring  to 
them  a  portion  of  the  beauty  of  the  per- 
fect, in  order  to  remedy  the  defects  of  all 


musical  instrnments  whoM  toands   m« 

fi.xed. 

Tempesta.    (Ita.)    A  pasiuk^  in  imit«Uon 

of  a  storm. 
Tempe8tosainent«.    (Ita.)     Furiously . 

impetuously. 

Tempestoso.  (Tta.)  In  a  tempestuoiu 
manner ;  violently  agitated. 

Templador.  (Spa.)  Key  for  tuning;  a 
tuner. 

Templar.    (Spa.)    To  temper ;  to  tune  an 

instrument. 
Tempo.  (Ita.)  Time;  the  degree  of  more 

meut. 

Tempo,  A.  (Ita.)  In  time:  an  expression 
used  after  some  rclaxutiou  in  the  measure, 
to  iudicjite  a  return  to  the  original  degree 
of  movement. 

Tentpo  Alia  Breve.    (Ita.)    In  a  quick 

species  of  common  time. 
Tempo  a  Piacere.     (Ita.)    The  time  at 

pleasure. 

Tempo  Asslmllando  al  Movlmento 
Seguente.  (Ita.)  Assimilating  in  time 
to  the  following  movement. 

Tentpo  Rnono.    (Ita.)    Good  time. 

Tempo  Commodo.  (Ita.)  In  a  conven- 
ient degree  of  movement. 

Tempo  Debole.    (Ita.)    The  weak  parts 

of  the  bar. 

Tempo  dl  Ballo.  (Ita.)  In  the  time  of 
a  dance. 

Tempo  dl  Cappella.  (Ita.)  In  chnrcb 
style. 

Tempo  di  Gavotta.  (Ita.)  In  the  time 
of  a  gavot. 

Tempo  dt  IHarcia.  (Ita.)  In  the  time 
of  a  march. 

Tempo  dl  Marcla,  Melto  Maestoso. 
(/to.)  In  the  time  of  a  march,  and  ma- 
jestically. 

Tempo  di  llCennetto.  (Ita.)  In  the  time 
of  a  minuet. 

Tempo  di  Folaoca.  (Ita.)  In  the  time 
of  a  polaccii ;  a  medium  time  between  an- 
dante and  allegro. 

Tempo  dl  Prima.  (Ita.)  In  the  same 
time  as  at  first. 

Tempo  di  Valse.  (Ita.)  In  the  time  of 
a  waltz. 

Tempo  Frettolso.  (Ita.)  Accelerated 
time. 

Tempo  Ciiusto.  (Ita.)  In  exact  or  strict 
time. 

Tempo,  In.    (Ita.)    In  time. 

Tempo  }lfa^ja;iore.  (Ita.)  In  a  quick 
species  of  common  time. 

Tempo  Ordinario.  (Ita.)  In  usual  time. 

Tempo  Perdnto.  (Ita.)  A  gradual  de- 
crease of  time. 

Tentpo  Perietto.    (Ita.)    Perfect  time. 

Tempo,  Prlsko.  (Ita.)  Ketom  to  the 
original  time 


^ 


TEM 


231 


TEN 


Temporegglato.  (Ita.)  A  word  indicat- 
ing a  pause,  in  order  to  afford  the  voice  or 
instrument  an  opportunity  of  introdncing 
an  extemporary  grace  or  embellishment; 
a  holding  note. 

Tempo  Rnbato.  (Ila.)  The  time  to  be 
alternately  quiclcened  and  retarded,  but  so 
that  one  process  may  compensate  for  the 
other. 

Tempo,  Senza.    (Ita.)    Not  having  time. 

Temp.  Prim.  {Ita.)  An  abbreviation  of 
Tempo  I'rimo. 

Temps.  (Fre.)  Time;  the  various  parts 
or  divisions  of  the  bar. 

Temps  de  Alarclie.  {Fre.)  Time  of  a 
march. 

Temps  Fort.  (Fre.)  The  strong  parts 
of  tlie  bar. 

Temps  Frappe.  (Fre.)  The  accented 
parts,  or  down-beats. 

Temps  Iieve.  (Fre.)  The  unaccented 
parts,  or  up-be.its. 

Tempns  Perfectnm.  (Lat.')  A  species 
of  measure  comprising  three  whole  notes. 

Terns.    (Fre.)    Time, 

Ten.  An  nbbreviatiou  of  Tenute,  lenuio, 
and  Teiior. 

Tendada  8cena.  (Ita.)  Curtain  of  a 
theatre. 

Tendre.    (Fre.)    Tender. 

Tendrement.  (Fre.)  Aflfectlonately ; 
tenderly. 

Tenebrsc.  (Lat.)  The  Roman  Catholic 
musical  service  in  commemoration  of  tlie 
darkness  which  attended  the  crucilixion. 

Tenella.  (Grk.)  A  burden  of  ancient 
Greeic  songs  of  triumph. 

Teneramente.  (Ita.)  Tenderly;  deli- 
cately. 

Tenerezza,  Con.    (Ita.)  "With  tenderness. 

Tenero.    (Ita.)    Tender ;  delicate. 

Tenete  Sino  Alia  Flue  del  Suono. 
(Ita.)  Keep  the  keys  down  as  long  as  the 
sound  lasts. 

Tenlr.  (Fre.)  To  hold,  as  a  violin,  a 
bow,  &c. 

Tenir  I'Accord.    (Fre.)    To  keep  in  tune. 

Tentr  le  Piano.  (Fre.)  To  be  the  ac- 
companist on  the  piano. 

Tenor.  The  highest  adult  male  voice ;  the 
second  of  the  lour  parts  in  the  scale  of 
sounds ;  the  part  of  a  composition  adapted 
to  that  part;  the  person  who  sings  the 
tenor,  or  the  instrument  that  plays  it; 
formerly,  tlie  plain  song,  or  principal  part 
in  a  composition. 

Tenor,  Uass.  A  man's  voice  midway  be- 
tween bass  and  tenor. 

Tenor  Clef.  The  C  clef  when  on  the 
fourth  line  of  the  staff;  the  treble  clef  is 
also  used  for  tliis,  ana  recently  a  new 
form  of  clef,  which  places  the  letters 
the  same  as  the  treble  clef,  has  been 
adopted  (49). 

Tenor  Clef,  Counter.    The  C  clef  when 


placed  on  the  third  Hoe  in  order  to  accoi» 
modate  the  counter  tenor  voio;. 

Tenor,  Contra.  The  counter  tenor  voice ; 
contralto. 

Tenor,  Cornet.  A  style  of  cornet  in  use 
about  a  century  ago,  formed  of  a  curved 
tube  tliree  feet  in  length,  its  diameter  in- 
creasing from  the  mouth-piece  to  its  end. 

Tenor,  Counter.  The  highest  adult  male 
voice;  the  lowest  female  voice. 

Tenore.     (Ita.)    The  tenor  voice;   tenor 

singer;  a  high  male  voice. 
Tenore,  Alto.    (Ita.)    The  highest  tenor. 

Tenore  Contraltino.  (Ita.)  A  man's 
voice  of  a  very  high  range,  approaching 
alto. 

Tenore  di  Rrazla.  (Ita.)  A  delicate 
and  graceful  tenor. 

Tenoreg^giare.    (It^i.)    To  sing  tenor. 

Tenore  >Iezzo.    (Ita.)    Half  tenor. 

Tenore  Primo.    (Ita.)    First  tenor. 

Teikore  PrImo,  Secondo  Choro.  (Ifu.) 
The  tenor  of  the  first  and  second  chorus. 

Tenore  Klpieno.    (Ita.)    Tenor  of  the 

grand  chorus. 
Teuore  Robusto.    (Ita.)  A  strong  tenor 

voice. 
Tenore   Secondo.    (Ita.)    Second  tenor. 
Tenore  Viola.    (Ita.)    Tenor  viol. 
Tenor,  First.     High  tenor. 
Tenorgeige.    (Ger.)    Tenor  viol. 
Tenor,  nigb.    Counter  tenor  voice;  tho 

highest  natural  male  voice. 
Tenorist.    (Ger.)    One  who  has  a  tenor 

voice. 
Teuorista.    (Ita.)    The  person  who  sings 

or  plays  the  tenor  part. 

Tenor,  IjOvt.  A  baritone ;  a  voice  mid  way 
between  bass  and  tenor. 

Tenorscblassel.  (Ger.)  The  tenor 
clof(4'J). 

Tenor,  Second.    Low  tenor. 

Tenorstimuie.  (Ger.)  Tenor  voice;  a 
tenor. 

Tenor  Trombone.  A  trombone  having 
a  compass  from  the  small  c  to  the  one- 
lined  g,  and  noted  in  the  teuor  cleT. 

Tenor  Violin.    A  violin  of  low  tone. 

Tenor  Voice,  Counter.  The  male  voice 
next  above  tlie  tenor  voice;  the  lowest  of 
the  female  voices. 

Tcnorzeichen.  (Ger.)  Thetenor clef (19). 

Tens  and  Klevens  Metre.  A  metre 
designated  thus,  10s  &  lis,  consisting  of  a 
stanza  of  four  lines  in  anapostic  measure, 
the  syllables  of  each  being  in  number  and 
order  as  follows,  10,  10,  11,  11;  or  of  six 
lines  in  iambic  measure,  as  follows,  10,  10, 
10,  10,  11, 11. 

Tensile  Instruments.  Instruments  de- 
pendent upon  the  tension  of  s  rings  for 
their  tone. 


TEN 


232 


THE 


Tension.  Tlie  state  of  the  wires  or 
strings  of  a  piano,  harp,  or  {guitar,  or  tha 
head  of  a  drum,  or  similar  instrument, 
wlien  stretched  or  drawn,  the  g^reater  Ihe 
degree  of  tension  the  more  acute  the 
sound  capable  of  boing  produced. 

Tens  lUetrc.  A  metre  designated  thus, 
lOs,  ccnsistinpf  of  a  stanza  of  four  lines  in 
iambic  measure,  each  line  containing  ten 
lyllubles. 

Tensona.  {Pre.)  Songa  in  the  form  of  a 
dialogue. 

Tentellare.    (Ita.)    To  jingle. 

Tenth.  An  interval  comprehending  nine 
conjoint  degrees,  or  ten  sounds,  diaton- 
Ically  divided. 

Tenne  de  I'Arcliet.  (Fre.)  Holding 
the  bow. 

Tenne  du  Vlolon.  (Fre.)  Holding  the 
violin. 

Tennte.  (Ita.)  Implying  that  the  note  or 
notes  must  be  held  on,  sustained,  or  kept 
down  the  full  time. 

Tennto.    (Ita.)    Tenute. 

Teodia.    (Ita.)    Canticle. 

Teoretico.    (Ita.)    A  theorist. 

Teorla.    (Ita.)    Theory. 

Tepldamente.  (Ita.)  Coldly;  indiffer- 
eutly. 

Tepidita,  Con.  (Ita.)  With  coldness  and 
indifference. 

Ter.    (Ita.)    Thrice. 

Tereera.  (Spa.)  Consonance  compre- 
hending an  interval  of  two  and  one  half 
lines;  strings  of  a  guitar. 

Tercero.    (Spa.)    Third. 

Tercet.    A  third. 

Terceto.    (Spa.)    A  triplet. 

Ternts,  nfnsical.  Words  and  sentences 
applied  to  passages  of  music  for  the  pur- 
pose of  indicating  the  style  in  which  they 
should  be  performed. 

Ternarlo  Tempo.    (Ita.)    Triple  time. 

Temarjr  Measnre.  A  threefold  meas- 
ure; triple  time. 

Terpodion.  An  instmmcnt  Invented  by 
Iiu!<chpian,  the  tones  of  which  resembled 
those  of  a  horn. 

Terpsichore.   In  classical  mythology,  the 

muse  of  clioral  dance  aud  song. 
Terpslchorean.      (Grk.)      Eclating     to 

Terpsichore,  the  muse  who  presided  over 

the  choral  song  and  dancing. 
Terremoto.    (Ita.)    A  musical  represen- 

tition  of  an  earthquake. 
Tertla.    (Lat.)    Tliird. 
Tertia  Acuta.    (Lat.)    Third  above. 

Tertlarll.  (Lat.)  A  term  given  by  old 
composers  to  the  fifth  and  sixth  tones,  or 
modes  of  plain  song,  signifying  them  to 
be  of  the  third  rank. 

Ter  TTnca.  (Tfa.)  The  name  formerly 
given  to  a  demisemiquaver  (20). 


Terx.    (Ger.)    The  interval  of  a  third. 
Terxa.    (Ita.)    Interval  of  a  third. 
Terxa  Iflaffgrlore.    (Ita.)    The  large  ot 

major  tliird. 

Terza  Ittinore.    (Ita.)    A  minor  third. 

Terza  Rlma.  (Ita.)  A  peculiar  and  com- 
plicated mode  of  versification,  borrowed 
by  the  early  Italian  poets  from  the  trou- 
badours. 

Terzen.    (Ger.)    Thirds. 

Terzettl.    (Ita.)    Short  trios. 

Terzetto.  ( Ita.)  A  short  trio  or  piece  for 
three  voices  or  instrumen|B. 

Terz  FlOte.  (Ita.)  A  flute  whose  tonea 
are  a  minor  third  above. 

Terzie.    (Ger.)    Third. 

Terzina.    (Ita.)  A  triplet. 

Terzo.    (Ita.)    The  third. 

Teslusak.  (Tern.)  An  instrument  used 
in  Africa,  similar  to  a  horn. 

Testae.  (Lat.)  A  kind  of  applause  among 
the  ancients,  made  by  beating  sounding 
vessels. 

Testo.  (Ita.)  The  text  or  subject  of  a 
composition;  the  poetry  of  a  song. 

Testado.  (Grk.)  Name  given  by  the  an- 
cient Greeks  to  tiie  lyre  oi  Mercury. 

Tetartos.    (Grk.)    Of  the  fourth  rank,— 

by  old  writers  applied  to  the  seventh  and 

eighth  tones  of  plain  soug. 
Tetlnes.    (Fre.)    One  of  the  two  rows  of 

projecting    apertures    on   the   courtaut; 

tampions. 

Tetrachord.  (Grk.)  A  system  of  four 
sounds  among  the  undents,  in  which  the 
extremes  were  tixed,  but  the  middle 
sounds  were  varied  according  to  the  mode. 

Tetrachords,  Conjoint.  Two  tctra- 
cliords,  or  fourths,  where  the  same  note  is 
tlie  highest  of  one  aud  the  low-est  of  the 
other. 

Tetrachordio.    (Spa.)    Tetrachord. 

Tetradiapason.  (Grk.)  The  ancient 
Greek  appellation  ol  the  quadruple  octave, 
corresponding  to  the  twenty-ninth  of  the 
modern  system. 

Tetrameter.  ( Grk.)  In  ancient  poetry,  a 
verse  consistingof  four  measures,  namely, 
in  iambic,  trochaic,  and  anapestic  verse,  of 
eight  feet;  in  other  kinds,  of  four  feet. 

Tetrametro.  (Ita.)  Stanza  of  four  verses. 

Tetraphonic.    Consisting  of  four  voices. 

Tetrastich.  (Grk.)  A  poem  or  stanza 
consisting  of  four  verses. 

Tetratonon.  (Grk.)  With  the  ancient 
Greeks,  an  interval  of  four  tones,  now 
called  the  superfluous  fifth. 

Tetratos.  (Grk.)  The  four  anthentio 
modes  of  the  ancients,  called  the  MLxo- 
Lydian. 

The.  One  of  the  four  words  used  by  the 
ancient  Greeks  in  solfaing,  answering  to 
the  lychanos,  or  third  sound  of  the  tetra^ 
chord. 


THE 


233 


THR 


Theatre.  A  place  for  dramatic  and  oper- 
atic pcrformauces. 

Theatrical  >Iiisic.  Compositions  de- 
Bi;jrne(l  for  the  orchestra  of  a  theatre; 
dramatic  music. 

Thelle.  ( Ger.)  Parts  or  capital  divisions 
of  the  bar. 

Thema.  (Grk.  and  Lot.)  The  subject; 
the  theme. 

Theme.    The  subject  of  a  composition. 

Theme,  Counter.    A  second  subject. 

Themes,  Double.    Two  subjects. 

Theorbo.  An  ancient  strin;_fcd  iustrument 
of  the  lute  kind,  having  ciy'ht  bass  .strings 
double  the  length  of  those  of  the  lute,  anil 
two  necks,  the  longest  of  which  sustains 
the  four  last,  or  dee'post  toned  strings. 

Theoretical  Music.  A  generalization 
of  the  principles  of  the  science  of  mu- 
sic; speculation  concerning  music  inde- 
pendent of  its  practice. 

Theoretical  Tliorou^h  Bass.  A  com- 
prehension of  the  connection  and  disposi- 
tion of  all  the  several  chords,  harmonious 
and  dissonant,  including  ail  the  established 
laws  by  which  they  are  formed  and  regu- 
lated. 

Theoretiseh.    ( Ger.)    Theoretic. 

Thcoria.    {Lat.)    Theory. 

Theoriclen.    (Fre.)    A  theorist. 

Theorie.    {Fre.)    Theory. 

Theorist.  A  scientific  musician;  one  who 
speculates  upon,  and  is  acquainted  with, 
the  essence,  nature,  and  properties  of 
sound,  as  related  to  the  established  laws 
of  harmony,  melody,  and  modulation. 

Theory.  The  doctrine  of  music  as  it  re- 
gards speculation  on  the  science  and  its 
object,  —  sound,  —  independent  of  practice. 

Thep.  (Heb.)  An  instrument  resembling 
the  flute  or  hautboy,  but  having  fewer 
lioles,  and  possessing  a  more  limited  range 
of  notes. 

Thesis.  {Lnt.)  The  depression  of  the 
hand  in  marking  or  beating  time;  the  ac- 
cented part  of  a  measure. 

Theur^ic  Hymns.  (Grk.)  Songs  of  in- 
rantation ;  the  first  hymns  of  which  we 
have  any  account  in  Greece. 

Thigh-Bone  Trumpet.  A  trumpet 
made  of  a  human  thigh-bone,  perforated 
through  both  condyles,  and  used  in  reli- 
gious services  among  the  Himalayan 
mountains. 

Thin.  An  epithet  applied  to  music  the 
harmony  of  which  is  meagre  and  scanty, 
and  used  to  distinguish  it  from  rich  and 
elaborate  composition. 

Thiorba.  A  musical  instrument  in  the  form 
of  a  lute ;  a  theorbo. 

Third.  The  interval  of  a  tone  and  a  semi- 
tone, embracing  three  diatonic  degrees  of 
the  scale. 

Third,  Bi-eqnal.  A  name  given  to  in- 
tervals, two  of  which  added  to  a  major 

20* 


third  make  up  an  octave;  consequently 
two  of  them  equal  a  minor  si.xth. 

Third,  Itlminished.  A  dissonant  third 
onsistiug  of  two  major  semitones. 

Third,  Extreme  Flat.  Two  diatonic 
semitones  composed  of  tliree  degrees;  tlie 
minor  third  diminished  by  the  chromatic 
semitone. 

Third,  Inversion.  A  name  given  to  a 
chord  when  its  seventh  is  the  lowest. 

Third,  X<esser.    A  hcmiditone. 

Third,  major.  A  third  whose  degrees 
are  large  seconds;  a  consonant  third  com- 
posed of  two  tones. 

Third,  Ifliuor.  A  consonant  third  con- 
sisting of  a  tone  and  a  half. 

Third  i*art.  Tenor — the  highest  species 
of  men's  voice. 

Thirds,  Consonant.  The  major  third 
composed  of  two  tones,  and  the  minor 
third  consisting  of  a  tone  and  a  half. 

Third  Shift.    The  double  shift  in  violin 

playing. 
Tliird  Song.    A  song  used  by  the  Saxon 

ecclesiastics  at  the  third  hour  of  the  day. 

Third  Sound.  An  interval  containing 
three  diatonic  sounds,  the  major  com- 
posed of  two  tones,  and  the  minor  con- 
sisting of  a  tone  and  a  half;  a  third. 

Third,  Superfluous.  A  dissonant  third 
composed  of  two  tones  and  a  semitone. 

Third  Voice.    The  tenor. 

Thirteenth.  An  interval  forming  the 
octave  of  the  sixth,  or  the  sixth  of  the  oc- 
tave, containing  twelve  diatonic  degrees, 
or  thirteen  sounds. 

Thirty-Second  uVote.  A  demisemiqua* 
ver  (ao). 

Thirty-Second  iVote  Rest.  A  rest  or 
pause  equal  to  the  length  of  a  thirty- 
second  note  (32). 

Tho.  One  of  the  four  words  used  by  the 
ancient  Greeks  in  solfaing,  answering  to 
the  fourth  sound  of  the  tetrachord. 

Thorough  Bass.  Continued  bass;  the 
fundamental  bass  continued  through  a 
composition ;  tiie  harmony  or  accompani- 
ment of  a  continued  bass,  marked  by  tig- 
ures;  the  science  of  harmony. 

Thorough  Bass,  Practical.  A  knowl- 
edge of  the  manner  of  taking  the  several 
chords  on  an  iustrument,  as  prescribed  by 
the  figures  placed  over  or  under  the  ba.ss 
part  of  a  composition,  and  of  the  powers 
of  those  figures ;  a  facility  in  taking  the 
chords  they  indicate,  and  judgment  in  the 
various  appli  -ations  and  effects  of  those 
chords  in  accompaniment. 

Thorough     Bass,    Theoretical.       A 

comprehension  of  the  connection  and  dis- 
position of  nil  tho  several  chords,  harmo- 
nious and  dissonant,  including  all  the  es- 
tablished laws  by  which  they  are  formed 
and  regulated. 
Three><£ighth   Measure.     A    (leasurc 


THR 


234 


TiM 


having  the  value  of  thrcc-eigbth  notes, 
marked  g  or  3. 

Threefold  Chord.  A  chord  connisting' 
of  tliree  tones,  comprising  n  tone  com- 
bined with  its  third  and  filth. 

Threefold  Measure.  A  measure  di- 
vided into  tliree  equal  parts. 

Three-Half  Measure.  A  mensnre  hav- 
ing tb«  amount  of  three  half  notes,  marked 
gor3. 

Three-Quarter  Measure.  A  measure 
contaiuing  the  amount  of  three  quarter 
notes,  marked  ^  or  3. 

Threna.      (Grk.)    A  mourning  song. 

Threne.  (  Grb.)  A  Bad  strain ;  a  dirge,  or 
lament. 

Threnettc.    (Grli.)  Mournful ;  dirge-like. 

Threnodia.    (Lot.)    A  funeral  song. 

Threnodlst.    A  composer  of  dirges. 

Threnody.  (Grk.)  A  song  of  lamenta- 
tion composed  for  the  funeral  service  of  a 
distinguished  person. 

Throaty-  Tones.  Those  tones  produced 
whou  the  back  of  the  tongue  is  held  too  f.;.r 
backward  in  the  mouth,  or  is  compressed 
BO  as  to  form  a  lump  in  the  cavity  of  the 
lower  jaw,  which  it  sliould  merely  fill  up, 
while  its  edges  touch  the  teetli  around,  and 
sometimes  originating  irom  an  undue  size 
or  enlargement  of  the  tonsils,  or  glands 
situated  on  each  side  of  the  throat,  between 
the  palatine  arches. 

Thrum.  To  play  CArelcssly  with  the 
fingers  upon  a  stringed  instrument. 

Thumb.  To  play  carelessly,  thought- 
lessly; to  thrum. 

Thumb  Rattles.  A  term  applied  by  Ger- 
mans to  castauets. 

Thnriugeltiute.  ((Ter.)  Set  or  peal  of 
bells  in  a  tower;  ringing  of  the  bolls. 

Tibia.    {Lot.)    The  ancient  Roman  flute. 

Tlblee  Pares.  {Lot.)  Two  flutes  played 
by  one  person. 

Tibial.     {Lot.)    Pertaining  to  a  pipe  or 

flute. 
Tibia  Minor     (Zaf.)     An  old  wind  in- 
strument, said  to  have  resembled  a  small 
flute. 

Tibia  ITtricularla.  (Lat.)  Name  by 
which  the  bagpipe  was  known  among  the 
ancient  iiomaus. 

Tibieen.    {Lai.)    An  ancient  flute  player. 

Tlbicene.  {Ita.)  A  flute  player;  piper; 
minstrel. 

Tibicina.  {Lnt.)  A  female  performer  on 
the  flute  among  the  ancients;  the  seventh 
muse. 

Tibicinate.    To  play  on  a  pipe. 

Tibiciiiist.  (^Lat.)  An  ancient  flute 
player. 

Ticchettare.  {Ita.)  To  sound  the  alarm 
bell. 


Tie.     A.  curved  line  placed  over  noteB  (70). 

Tied  iVotes.  Connected  notes,  or  thoBA 
having  a  tie  above  them  or  below  them, 
denoting  that  they  are  to  be  slurred  (n). 

Tlempo.  {Spa.)  Time;  the  various  di- 
visions of  a  bar. 

Tier.  A  rank  or  range  of  pipes  in  an  organ 
in  the  front  of  the  instrument,  or  in  the 
interior,  when  the  compound  stops  have 
several  ranks  of  pipes. 

Tierce.  {Fre.)  The  inter val of  n third;  an 
organ  stop  tuned  in  tlie  relation  of  a  major 
tliird  to  tlie  principal,  or  a  mjijor  tenth 
above  the  diapasons. 

Tierce  de  Picardie.  {Fre.)  A  practice 
formerly  in  vogue  of  concluding  nearly 
every  piece  written  in  a  minor  key  with 
the  major  common  chord  of  the  tonic. 

Tierce  Stop.  An  organ  stop  tuned  a 
major  third  higher  than  the  fifteenth,  and 
only  used  in  the  full  organ. 

Tiercet.    {Grk.)    A  triplet. 

Tihon.  (Chi.)  One  of  the  eight  species 
of  sounds  in  the  musical  system  of  the 
Chinese,  being  those  produced  from  wood. 

Timbal.    {Spa.)  A  kettle  drum ;  a  tymbal. 

Timbale.    (.Fire.)    A  kettle  drum. 

Timbalear.  {Spa.)  To  beat  the  kettle 
drum. 

Timbaleo.     {Spa.)     Beat  of    fJie  kettle 

drum. 
Timbalero.    {Spa.)    A  kettle   drummer. 
Timbales.    {Fre.)    The  kettle  drums. 
Tiiubalier.    {Fre.)    A  kettle  drummer. 

Timbre.  {Fre.)  The  degree  and  quality 
of  vibration  and  tone  peculiar  to  any  iu- 
Btrument  or  voice. 

Timbrel.  An  ancient  Hebrew  drum,  like 
a  tiimbourine.  formed  of  a  brass  hoop,  over 
which  a  parcnmcut  was  drawn. 

Tiinbrelled.    Sung  with  the  accompani- 
ment of  a  timbrel. 
Timburine.    A  tambourine. 

Time.  The  measure  of  sounds  in  regard 
to  their  continuance  or  duration ;  a  quality 
of  tune. 

Time,  Common.  A  time  having  an  even 
number  of  parts  in  a  bar. 

Time,  Compound.  Measures  containing 
two  or  three  principal  accents. 

Time,  Compound  Common.  Moas- 
ures  of  two  times,  composed  of  six  equal 
notes,  three  for  each  time ;  sextuple  meas- 
ure. 

Time,  Compound  Triple.  A  time  hav- 
ing nine  quarter  or  eighth  lotes  in  a 
measure. 

Time,  Division  of.  A  regulation  of  the 
length  of  sounds  by  a  division  of  the  time 
occupied  in  the  porlormance  of  any  given 
melody,  or  harmony,  into  regular  portions, 
called  meaaurea. 


TIM 


235 


TIR 


Time,  Double.    A  time  having  two  parts 

or  motions  in  each  and  every  measure,  and 

marked  or  beat  by  an  alternate  rising  and 

falling  of  the  hand. 
Time,  I>nple.    Double  time. 
Time,  Half  Common.    A  measure  in 

which  there  are  only  two  crot-chets,  or 

their  equivalents. 
Time,  Imperfect.    A  term  by  which  the 

ancients    desit^nated    common   time,  .ind 

indioJited  by  a  semicircle  or  the  letter  C. 
Tlmelceeper,    Music.      An    instrument 

desiffued  to  enable  a  performer  to  keep 

time  in  music  in  any  measure  in  which  it 

is  written. 
Time,  Keeping.    Giving  to  every  sound 

or  silence  the  exact  duration  signified  by 

the  note  or  rest. 
Time,  ytnjor.    Among  the  ancients,  the 

time  of  the  full  C. 
Time  Measure.    A  system  by  which  the 

comparative  length  of  tones  is  determined, 

and  the  general  movement  of  a  series  of 

tones  is  governed. 
Time,  Minor.    In  ancient  music,  the  time 

of  the  reversed  C. 
Time,  Ottnpla.    (Ita.)    Common  time. 
Timic,  Perfect.   A  threefold  time,  in  which 

the  twofold  note  has  the  value  of  three 

whole  notes. 

Time  Signature.  Two  figures  placed  at 
the  beginning  of  a  composition,  or  at  the 
point  where  a  new  bar  is  required,  in  the 
Ibrm  of  a  fraction,  one  over  tlie  other,  the 
upper  of  which  indicjitcs  the  order  of  the 
bar,  and  the  under  the  size  of  the  parts  of 
the  bar  (0:.'). 

Time,  Simple  Common.  A  time  com- 
priwing  two  species,  the  first  of  which  con- 
t;iin8  one  semibreve  in  each  bar,  the  second 
only  the  value  of  a  minim. 

Time,  Simple  Triple.  A  time  having 
either  a  dotted  crotchet,  dotted  minim,  or 
dotteil  semibreve  in  each  bar. 

Times,  Simple.  Ittcasures  containing  but 
one  principal  accent. 

Time  Table.  A  representation  of  the  sev- 
eral notc«  in  music,  showing  their  relative 
lengths  or  durations. 

Time,  Triple.  A  time  in  which  each  bar 
contains  three  measures  of  equal  parts, 
the  first  two  of  which  are  indicated  bv  a 
downward  beat,  the  third  by  an  upward. 

Timidezza,  Con.    (Ita.)    With  timidity. 

TImist.  A  performer  who  preserves  a  just 
and  steady  time. 

TImorosamente.     (/to.)      Timorously ; 

fearfully. 

Tiinoroso.  (Ita.)  With  awe  and  timidity. 
Tiiup.    An  abbreviation  of  Timpanum. 
Timpane^giare.      (/<a.)      To  beat  the 
drum  or  timbrel. 

Timpouetto.    (7<a.)    Small  kettle  drum. 
Timpani.     (/A*,  and  Spa.)     The  kettle 
drama. 


Timpani  Scordatl.  (/to.)  Kettle  diuma 

out  of  tune. 
Timpani  Sordl.    (.Ita.)     Drums  having 

dampers. 
Tlmpanista.     (,Ita.)     A  player  on   the 

timbrel. 
Timpanlstria.      (Ita.)      A   tambourine 

player. 
Timpano.     (Ita.  and  Spa.)     The  kettle 

drum. 
Tincia-(v.    ( Wei.)    To  ring. 
Tlnga.    An  ancient  Peruvian  instrument, 

similar  to  a   guitar,  having  five  or  six 

strings. 
Tiniebla.    (Spa.)     Matins  sung  the  last 

tliree  days  of  the  holy  week. 
TinUlinj^.    A  succession  of  small,  sharp, 

quick  sounds. 
Tinnlent.    Kmitting  a  clear  sound. 
Tintamar.  (Fre.)    A  hideous  or  confused 

noise'. 
Tinter.    (Fre.)    To  toll  a  bell ;  to  ring. 
Tinter  le  Sermon.    (Fre.)    To  ring  the 

sermon  bell. 
Tinternell.    An  old  dance. 
Tiiitln.    (Ita.)    Tinkling ;  sound  of  small 

bells. 
Tintinnabula.    (Lat.)    Little  bells  used 

by  the  ancients. 
Tlntinnabulary.    Having  or  making  the 

sound  of  a  bell. 
Tintiuuabulnnt.    (Lat.)    A  little  bell. 
Tintinnalogia.    (Lat.)    The  art  of  ring- 
ing bells. 
Tintinnamento.     (Ita.)       Tinkling   of 

small  bells. 
Tintinnlre.  (Ita.)  To  tinkle  ;  to  resound. 
Tlntirintln.    (Spa.)    Echo  or  sound  of  a 

trumpet  or  other  sliarp-sounding  musical 

instrument. 
Tiompan.    An  ancient  instrument,  of  the 

drum  kind. 
TiorlMi.    (Ita.  and  Spa.)    Theorbo. 
Tiorbista.  (Ita.)  A  player  on  the  theorbo. 
Tiple.     (Spa.)      Treble ;   one  who  sings 

treble  ;  a  species  of  small  guitar. 

Tipping.  A  distinct  articulation  given  to 
the  tones  of  a  flute  by  placing  the  end  of 
the  tongue  on  the  roof  of  the  mouth ; 

tonguing. 

Tirade.  (Fre.)  The  filling  of  an  Interval 
by  the  intermediate  diatonic  notes. 

Tlramantici.  (Ha.)  An  organ  bellows 
blower. 

Tlranna.    (Spa.)    A  Spanish  national  air. 

Tirant.    (Fre.)    Strap  of  a  drum. 

Tirante.    (Spa.)     The  brace  of  a  drum; 

extended;  drawn. 

Tirasse.  (Fre.)  The  mechanism  by  which 
the  pedals  of  an  organ  act  upon  the  keys, 
by  pulling  them  down. 

Tirata.    (Ita.)  A  term  formerly  applied  to 


Tm 


236 


TON 


any  number  of  notes  of  equal  value  or 
length,  moving  in  conjoint  degrees. 
Ttrata  dl  Semlmiiilme.  (Ita.)  A  term 
applied  to  a  passage  in  which  many  crotch- 
ets follow  one  another,  moving  i4>\riinls 
or  downwards  in  conjoint  degrees. 

Ttrata  lieapatura.  (Ita.)  A  passrigc  in 
which  many  notes  of  the  game  value  fol- 
low one  another,  among  which  the  last  of 
one  bar  and  the  first  of  the  next  are  tied. 

Tlra  Tutto.  (Ita.)  A  pedal  or  draw- 
stop  in  an  organ,  which,  acting  upon  all 
the  stops  at  once,  enables  the  player  to 
obtain  the  full  power  of  the  instrument. 

Tire.  (Fre.)  Drawn  —  a  term  used  in  violin 
music  to  denote  a  down  bow. 

Tirellre.    (Fre.)    Carol. 

Tirolese.    (Ita.)    A  kind  of  dance. 

TIrotear.  (Spa.)  To  blow  wind  Instru- 
ments. 

TIroteo.  (Spa.)  Blast  or  sound  of  a  wind 
instrument. 

Tirra-T^irra.  A  fanciful  combination  of 
sounds  intended  to  imitate  the  note  of  a 
lark. 

Titiritajrna.  (Spa.)  A  confused  sound 
of  (lutes. 

To.  (Grk.)  One  of  the  four  words  used 
by  the  ancient  Greeks  in  solHiing,  answer- 
ing to  the  uete,  or  fourth  sound  of  tlie 
tetrachord. 

Tobend.    (Ger.)    Blusteringly;  violently. 

Tocador.    (Spii.)    A  tuning  key. 

Tocando  a  Muerto.  (Spa.)  A  requiem 
rung  upon  bells  for  a  deceased  pojie  or 
king. 

Tocar  la  Retlrada.  (<S^.)  To  sound  a 
retreat. 

Toccata.  An  old  form  of  composition  for 
the  organ  or  pianoforte,  somewhat  in  the 
style  of  a  fantasia,  the  peculiarity  of  which 
was  that  in  its  performanci'  the  hands  of 
the  player  changed  places  with  each  other. 

Toccatlna.    (Ita.)    A  short  toccato. 

Toccato.  (Ita.)  A  term  formerly  used  in 
the  old  trumpi't  music  as  the  name  of  the 
lowest  trumpet  part,  which,  in  the  want 
of  the  kettle  drums,  must  have  supplied 
their  place. 

Tocsin.  (Fre.)  The  sounding  of  a  bell 
lor  the  purpose  of  an  .ilarm. 

Todesgesaiig.    (Ger.)    A  dirge. 

Todeslied.    (Ger.)    A  funeral  song. 

Todteiiselante.  (Ger.)  The  passing 
bell. 

Todtenglockcheu.  (Ger.)  P^jneral bell. 

Todtenlied.  (Ger.)  Funeral  song  or 
anthem ;  dirge. 

Toeten.    (Dut.)    To  play  upon  a  horn. 

Toet-Hom.    (Dut.)    A  bugle-horn. 

Toll.  To  sound  or  ring  with  strokes 
slowly  and  uniformly  repeated. 

Tolline;.  The  act  of  sounding  a  church 
bell  in  a  slow,  monotonous  manner. 


Tolo.    ( Wei.)    A  loud  sound. 
Toiubaleh.    ( Tur.)    A  small  dmm  umA 
by  the  Turks. 

Toinbong  Boorong.   (Ilin.)   Birdsong^. 
Tome.    (Fre.)    Volume. 

Tompiou.  A  plug  used  In  the  upper  end 
of  organ  pipes. 

Toin-Toiu.  (Ilin.)  A  sort  of  drum  used 
by  the  natives  in  the  East  Indies  ;  a  tam- 
tam. 

Ton.  (Fre.  tm(\  Ger.)  Tone  ;  the  interval 
of  a  major  second  ;  the  pitch  of  any  note ; 
the  key. 

Tonabstand.    (Ger.)    Interval. 
Tonachte.    (Ger.)    AqnaTer(18). 
Tonada.    (Spa.)    A  tune. 
Touadica.    (Spa.)    A  short  tune  or  song. 
Tonal  Ilarniouy.  Theharmony  of  tones. 
Touart.    (Ger.)    Tone  ;  key ;  mode. 
Tonatillas.      (Spa.)      National    Spanish 

airs,  sung  to  a  guitar  accompaniment. 
Touans^veichung.  (Ger.)    Modulation. 
Ton  Bas.    (Fre.)    Bass  tone. 
Ton,  I>enil.    (Fre.)    A  semitone. 
Ton  de  Voix.    (Fre.)    Tone  of  voice. 
Toudiclitun§^en.    (Ger.)    Tone  poetry, 

Tondo.  (Ita.)  Kound  or  full,  as  regiirds 
toue. 

Ton  Donx.    (Fre.)    Soft,  sweet  ton?. 

Tone.  A  certain  degree  of  distance  or  in- 
terval between  two  sounds;  a  property  of 
sound  ;  the  particular  quality  of  the  sound 
of  any  voice  or  instrument. 

Toue  .'Vrt.    A  name  given  by  the  Germans 

to  musical  art. 

Tone  Artist.    A  practical  musician. 

Toue,  Bell.  A  tone  of  voice  of  a  remark- 
ably clear,  musical  flow,  possessed  only  by 
superior  sopr.ano  voices. 

Tone,  Demi.    An  interval  of  half  a  note. 

Tone  Down.  To  cause  to  give  a  lower 
sound  or  toue;  to  soften  the  tone  or  ex- 
pression. 

Toned,  Ili^h.  An  instrument  having  a 
high,  full,  strong  sound. 

Toned,  Reedy.  A  voice  or  instrument 
the  tone  of  which  partakes  of  that  of  a 
reed. 

Toned,  Soft.  ITaving  a  mellow,  sweet 
sound,  like  the  lowest  tones  of  a  flute. 

Toue,  r^xplosive.  A  tone  produced  by 
sounding  a  note  suddenly  and  with  gr^^at 
force,  and  as  suddenly  causing  it  to 
cease  (109). 

Toue,  Flatted.  A  tone  half  a  degree 
lower  than  its  usual  pitch. 

Tone,  Generating.  The  principal  tone 
c;msed  by  the  vibration  of  a  stringed  in- 
strument when  one  tone  is  struck. 

Toue  Holes.  The  apertures  at  the  sides 
of  flutes  and  similar  instruments  for  the 
variation  and  regulation  of  the  tone. 

Tone,  Husky.     A  defect   in  the  TOio* 


TON 


237 


TON 


caused  by  the  insufficient  closing  of  the 
lower  vocal  ligaments. 

Toneless.    Witliout  tone ;  unmusical. 

Tone  Master.    A  cx)Diposer  of  music. 

Tone  Measnrer.  A  monochord;  an  in- 
strument used  by  tlie  Greeks  for  deter- 
mining'  tlie  relations  of  tones  and  inter- 
vals. 

Tone,  Minor.  An  interval  between  two 
sounds  the  ratio  of  which  is  nine  to  ten, 
resulting:  from  the  dilTerence  of  the  minor 
third  to  the  fourth. 

TOnen.    ( Ger.)     To  sound ;  to  resound. 

Tone,  It'asal.  A  tone  unduly  affected  by 
the  nose. 

Tone,  IVatural.  A  tone  not  affected  by 
cither  a  flat  or  a  sharp. 

TOuend.    {Ger.)    Sounding. 

T3nen  des  Erx.  {Ger.)    Sounding  brass. 

Tone,  Open.    A  tone  produced  on  an  open 

string. 

Tone,  Organ.  One  of  the  six  dynamic 
tones,  a  tone  that  commenced,  continued, 
and  closed  with  a  uniform  degree  of 
power  (IOj). 

Tone,  Passing.  A  tone  introduced  be- 
tween two  othcis  for  the  purpose  of  poften- 
ing  a  distance  or  melodizing  a  pas-irige, 
but  which  forms  no  essential  part  of  the 
harmony. 

Tone  Piece.  A  name  applied  by  the  Ger- 
mans to  a  musical  composition. 

Tone,  Pressure.  One  of  the  six  dynamic 
tones  i  a  very  sudden  crescendo  (107). 

Tone,  Qnarter.  A  small  interval,  which, 
in  tlie  matiiematical  theory  of  music,  is 
found  to  exist  between  D#f  .and  E|>,  G.^ 
and  A  \) ,  &c. 

Tones,  Accessory.  Those  tones  indis- 
tinctly heard  in  higher  octaves  as  the 
principal  tone  passes  away  ;  harmonics. 

Tones,  Aliqaot.  Accessory  tones  or 
harmonies  ;  tones  heard  indistinctly  whicli 
are  always  produced  with  the  principal 
tone  at  harmonic  intervals  above  it. 

Tones,  Allied.  Accessory  tones  ;beitones. 

Tones,  Authentic.    Authentic  modes. 

Tones,  Chest.  The  most  natural  of  the 
tones  produced  by  the  vocal  organs  ;  those 
employed  in  ordinary  conversation;  the 
lower  tones  of  the  voice. 

Tone  Science.    Musical  science. 

Tones,  Colored.    Chromatics. 

Tone  Setter.    A  musical  composer. 

Tones,  Gregorian.  The  chants  used  for 
the  I'salms  in  the  Roman  Catholic  ser- 
vice ;  the  ancient  modes  or  tones  on  which 
the  Gregorian  chants  are  b.ised. 

Tones,  Head.  The  upper  tones  of  the 
voice  ;  tones  produced  by  a  greater  or  less 
contraction  of  the  larynjc. 

Tones,  Muffled.  Tones  produced  on  a 
guitar  by  pressing  the  fingors,  or  the  palm 
of  the  h;md,  upon  strings  just  played, 
utter  allowing  them  to  vibrate  their  writ- 


ten value ;   sounds  that  are  damped  or 

deadened. 

Tones,  Participating.   Tones  accessory 

to  the  tone  designed. 

Tones,  Secondary.  Tones  Introduced 
between  the  principal  tones  wlicrever 
liTl-ge  scrcnds  occur,  denoted  b^  the  addi- 
tion to  the  letter,  of  the  sign  of  a  sharp  or 
flat. 

Tones,  Setting.  The  art  of  composing 
music. 

Tone,  Soft.  A  tone  of  a  slight  degree  of 
strength ;  silvery,  flute-like. 

Tones,  Throaty.  Tones  produced  by 
holding  the  back  of  the  tongue  too  far 
backward  in  the  mouth. 

Tone,  Whole.    A  large  second  ;  a  tone. 

Ton  Faible.    {Fre.)    Under  tone. 

Ton!  all.    ( Ger.)    Cadence. 

Tonfarhe.    {Ger.)    Character  of  tone. 

Tonf  olge.  ( Ger.)  Diatonic  scale  ;  series 
of  tones ;  chromatic  scale. 

Tonfuhrung.    {Ger.)    Modulation. 

Tongue.  In  the  reed  pipe  of  an  organ,  a 
thin,  elastic  slip  of  metal,  somewhat  bent, 
and  placed  near  the  reed. 

Tonguing,  Double.  A  mode  of  articu- 
lating quick  notes,  used  by  flutists. 

Tonieenm.  ( Grk.)  In  ancient  music,  one 
of  th;>  divisions  of  the  chromatic  genus, 
in  which  the  tetrachord  rose  by  a  hemi- 
tone  and  trihemitone. 

Tonic.  The  key  note  of  any  composition ; 
the  first  tone  of  the  scale ;  that  of  the 
three  kinds  of  the  chromatic  genus,  which 
proceeded  by  two  consecutive  semitones 
and  a  minor  third  ;  tlie  sound  produced  by 
a  vocal  string  in  a  given  degree  of  tension. 

Tonica.  {Ita.  and  Ger.)  Tonic ;  key  note ; 
key  tone. 

Tonic  Major.  A  major  scale  having  the 
s.ame  key  note  as  its  relative  minor. 

Tonic  Minor.  A  minor  scale  having  the 
same  key  note  as  its  relative  major. 

Tonic  !:Vote.  The  key  note ;  the  first  note 
of  any  scale. 

Tonic  Pedal.  A  continued  bass  note  on 
which  chords  foreign  to  its  harmony  are 
given. 

Tonic  Section.  A  section  closing  on  the 
common  chord  of  the  tonic 

Tonic  Sol  Fa  Systent.  A  system  of  in- 
struction in  vocal  music  the  leading  feature 
of  which  is  the  recognition  of  the  abso- 
lute identity,  so  far  as  intervals  are  con- 
cerned, of  all  the  major  scales.  It  cliauges 
the  symbol  of  the  tonic,  or  key  i:ote,  up- 
wards or  downwards,  and  compels  all  the 
other  notes  of  the  scale  to  follow  suit. 

Tonic,  Sub.  Under  the  tonic ;  the  note  « 
semitone  below  the  key  note. 

Tonic  Triad.  A  triad  on  the  ttmic, 
whether  in  major  or  miuor. 

Touillo.  {Spa.)  A  disagreeable  monoto- 
nous tone. 


TON 


238 


TOU 


Tonlque.    (Fre.)    The  tonic  or  key  note 

of  a  piece. 
Tonliunde.   (Ger.)    Science  of  sounds. 
Tonkuudig.    ( Ger.)    Versed  in  music. 
Tonkanst.    ( Ger.)    Musical  science. 
Tonknustler.    ( Ger.)    A  musician. 
Toukunstlicli.    (Ger.)    Musical. 
Tonkunstschule.      (Ger.)      School  of 

music. 

Tonlekre.    (Ger.)    Acoustics ;  tones. 
Tonleiter.  (Ger.)  Diatonic  scale ;  gamut. 
Tunloclt.    ( Ger.)    Sound  hoie. 
Tonlos.     (Ger.)    Toneless. 
Tonmass.    (Ger.)    Measure;  time. 
Toiimeisterina.    (Ger.)    A  virtuoso. 
Tonmesser.    (Ger.)    Monochord. 
Tono.     (Spa.)    Tone. 
Touorium.     (Lat.)    A  pitch  pipe  used  by 

the  ancient  Romans  to  regulate  the  voices 

of  orators,  actors,  and  singers. 
Tonos.    (Grk.)    Tone. 
TonoteGhny.     The  art  of  inserting  brass 

points  or  pins  on  the  cylinders  of  a  hand 

organ. 

Ton  Pathetlqae.  (Fre.)  A  plaintive  or 
pallietic  tone. 

Ton  Percant.    (Fre.)    Shril!  tone. 

Ton  Relatif.    (Fre.)    Kelativc  tone. 

Ton  Relatif  Minenr.  (Fre.)  Relative 
minor  Icey. 

Tonscbluss.    ( Ger.)    A  cadence. 

Tons  de  I'Xlgllse.  (Fre.)  The  church 
modes,  or  tones. 

Tonsetzer.    (Ger.)    A  composer. 

Tonsetznng.  (Ger.)  Composition ;  com- 
posing. 

TonsUbe.    (Ger.)  Accented. 

Tonsinn.    (Ger.)    Talent  for  music. 

Touspiel.    (Ger.)    Music;  concert. 

Touspleler.  (Ger.)  A  musician;  a 
player. 

Tonstnek.  (Ger.)  A  musical  compo- 
sition. 

Tonstnfe.    (Ger.)    A  degree  of  the  staff. 

Ton-verS.nderung.    <  Ger.)    Modulation. 

TouTerli&ltnisg.    ( Ger.)    Rhythm. 

Tonfverk.  (Ger.)  A  musical  compo- 
sition. 

Tonwlssenschaft.  (Ger.)  The  science 
of  music. 

Tonzeiehen.    (Ger.)    Accent. 

Toon.    (Dut.)    Tone. 

Toot.  To  sound  a  horn,  the  tone  beinjj 
modified  at  the  beginning  and  close,  as  if 
by  uttering  the  sound  of  the  letter  t. 

Tooter.  One  who  blows  upon  a  pipe  or 
horn. 

Toph.  (lleb.)  An  inslrumcnt  resembling 
the  tambourine,  used  by  the  ancient  He- 
brews. 


Toqn«.    (Spa.)    Ringing  of  bells. 

Toque  a  Itlnerto.    (Spa.)    Passing  bell. 

Torek  I>ance.  A  dance  of  olden  times, 
in  wliich  tlie  dancers  carried  torches,  ac- 
companied by  festal  music. 

Torloroto.  (Spa.)  A  shepherd's  pipe  or 
flute. 

Tomeo.  (Spa.)  Danoe  in  imitation  of 
towmamcnts. 

Torrente.    (Spa.)    A  strong,  coarse  voice. 

Tosto.    (Jta.)    Soon;  quickly. 

Toucb.    The  resistance  made  to  the  fingers 
.  by  tiie  keys  of  an  organ,  pianoforte,  or 
similar  instrument;  the  style  of  striking 
or  pressing  ihe  keys  of  an  organ,  piano- 
forte, or  similar  instrument. 

Tonck,  I>emiIeg^ato.  A  touch  indicatr-d 
by  dots  ("4),  and  played  by  gently  raising 
the  liand,  with  a  motion  from  the  wrist, 
pressing  the  fingers  upon  tlie  keys,  and 
giving  to  each  three  fourths  of  the  lengtli 
of  tone  allowed  by  the  time. 

Tonck,  l>enil-Staccato.  The  striJcing 
of  the  key  forcibly,  and  sliding  off  of  the 
fingers,  giving  to  ciich  note  but  one  half 
the  length  ot  tone  allowed  by  the  time. 
The  notes  are  marked  with  dots  instead  of 
daslies  (70). 

Touch,  Dotted.  A  touch  upon  keyed  in- 
struments, whi/h  rigidly  marks  tlie  dis- 
tinction between  the  dotted  or  double 
dotted  note  and  that  which  follows  it. 

Tonche.  (Fre.)  An  organ  stop;  piano 
key;  tlie  fret  of  a  virginal;  string  of  an 
instrument;  tail-piece. 

Toncke  d'Orgne.  (Fre.)  Key  of  an 
organ. 

Toucker.  (Fre.)  To  play  upon  an  instru- 
ment. 

Toucker  la  Gultare.  (Fre.)  To  play 
upon  a  guitar. 

Touckes.  (Fre.)  The  keys  of  a  piano 
or  organ. 

Touckeurs.  (Fre.)  Players;  perform- 
ers ;  organists. 

Tonck,  Xiegato.  A  sliding  of  the  fingers 
on  and  off  the  keys,  holding  down  each  a 
short  time  after  the  next  one  is  struck.  It 
is  indicated  by  a  curved  dash  over  or  un- 
der the  note  (7:i). 

Tonck,  Hilgkt.  Atermapplied  to  apiano- 
forte,  organ,  or  similar  instrument,  when 
the  keys  offer  but  sliglit  resistance  to  the 
pressure  of  the  fingers  ;  a  delicate  fingering 
of  piano  koys. 

Touck,  ^Vatural.  An  easy,  unconstrained 
pressure  of  the  keys,  holding  down  each 
until  the  next  is  struck,  and  no  longer. 

Tonck  IVote.  A  transient  note  of  anima- 
tion,written  similar  to  an  appo^^giatura,  but 
used  to  give  force  and  strength  to  the  note 
to  which  it  is  prefi.\ed. 

Touck,  Organ.  The  manner  of  striking, 
or  pressing  the  keys  of  an  organ,  holding 
each  note  to  its  full  value  of  time;  playing 
passages  of  single  notes,  as  well  as  ot 
chordi.   in  such  a  smooth,  legato  stylo 


TOD 


239 


TRA 


that  one  note  follows  the  other  without 
any  interruption  of  sound. 

Toncli,  Piano.  The  manner  of  striking 
the  keys  ol  a  pianoforte. 

Toacli,  Staccato.  A  short  and  sudden 
touch  with  the  ends  of  the  fingers,  giving 
to  each  note  one  fourth  the  length  of  tone 
allowed  by  the  time. 

Tovquet.  (Fre.)  A  term  formerly  given 
to  the  lowest  trumpet  part. 

Tourne  Bout.  {Fre.)  A  magical  instru- 
ment, similar  to  a  flute. 

Tout  Ensemble.  (,Fre.)  The  whole 
together. 

To-wcr  Drums.  Certain  drums  of  great 
resonant  power,  taken  by  the  Duke  of 
Slarlborough  at  the  battle  of  Malplaquet, 
in  1709,  and  employed  by  Handel  in  the 
performance  of  his  oratories,  and  at  subse- 
quent festivals  and  state  ceremonials, 

lonvtk  Pipers.  Performers  on  the  pipe, 
one  of  whom  was  formerly  retained  by 
most  of  the  principal  towns  in  Scotland  to 
assist  in  the  celebration  of  particular  holi- 
days, festivals,  rejoicings,  &c. 

Toys.  A  word  formerly  applied  to  trifling 
airs,  or  dance  tunes;  a  term  applied  by 
bird  fanciers  to  the  songs  of  good  singing 
birds. 

Tr.  An  abbreviation  of  Trill,  Trio,  Tran- 
sient, and  Tremolo. 

Trabajar.  {Spa.)  A  practical  singer ;  one 
who  performs  in  an  opera. 

Trabattere.    (,Ita.)    To  beat. 

Trace.  A  link  in  an  organ  moved  by  the 
square,  and  moving  a  lever  which  actuates 
the  sliders. 

Trachea,  (ia/.)  The  windpipe :  the  car- 
tilaginous and  membranous  canal  which 
bcgms  at  the  root  of  the  tongue  and  ter- 
minates in  the  lungs,  receiving  from  them 
the  air,  the  expulsion  of  which  produces 
vocal  sounds. 

Tracker.  A  long  link  or  slender  strip 
of  pine  moved  by  the  backfall,  and  moving 
a  roller  in  an  organ. 

Traeto.  (Spa.)  Versicles  sung  at  mass 
between  the  Epistle  and  the  Gospel. 

Tradolce.    (Ita.)    Very  soft;  sweet. 

Tradotto.  (Ita.)  Transposed;  arranged; 
accommodated  —  a  term  applied  to  a  com- 
position when  made  out  from  the  original 
score  in  a  new  form,  for  the  convenience 
of  some  particular  instrument  or  instru- 
ments. 

Tragcdie  en  ^Insique.  (Fre.)  A  serious 
or  tragic  oijcra. 

Traaedy.  A  short,  dolefnl,  historical 
ballad;  originally,  a  hymn  sung  in  honor 
of  Bacchus,  by  a  chorus  with  dances,  and 
the  sacrifice  of  a  goat. 

Tragedy,  liyrlc.  A  tragedy  accompanied 
by  singing;  tragic  opera. 

Tralne.    (Fre.)  Connected;  closely  joined. 

Trfillerm.  (Ger,)  To  bum;  to  trill;  to 
quaver. 


Trait.    (Fre.)    A  run  or  passage. 

Traite.  (Fre.)  A  treatise  either  on  tlie 
practice  or  the  theory  of  music. 

Tramoya.  (Spa.)  Scene;  operatic  deco- 
ration. 

Tranquillamente.  (/to.)  Quietly; 
tranquilly. 

Tranquillita,  Con.  (Ita.)  With  mxirked 
tranquillity. 

Tranqnillo.    (Ita.)    Tranquil. 

Transcription.  A  fanciful  arrangement, 
for  the  pianoforte,  of  a  song  or  other  com- 
position, not  originally  designed  for  that 
instrument;  a  free  translation  of  a  vocal 
composition  into  an  instrumental  one;  an 
adaptation. 

Transient  Cbards.  Those  chords  of 
whose  harmony  no  account  is  intended  to 
be  taken,  but  which  are  introduced  in  order 
to  form  an  harmonious  transition  between 
two  chords. 

Transient  Grace.  A  species  of  shakfl 
produced  by  commencing  with  the  half 
tone  below  the  given  note,  quickly  repeat- 
ing both. 

Transient  Modulation.  Passing  mod- 
ulation, such  as  leaves  a  key  nearly  as  soon 
as  it  is  entered  upon. 

Transient  l\otes.  Passing  notes  ;  notes 
used  to  produce  a  pleasing  transition  from 
one  to  another. 

Transient  Slialce.  A  grace  formed  by 
two  or  more  notes  preceding  the  principal 
note. 

Transition.  The  softening  of  a  disjunct 
interval,  by  the  introduction  of  intermedi- 
ate sounds;  in  harmony,  the  changing  of 
the  genus  or  mode,  in  a  sensible  but  regu- 
lar manner. 

Transition,  Chromatic.  A  transition 
in  the  diatonic  genus,  in  which  the  bass 
moves  so  as  to  require  in  the  parts  the  in- 
troduction of  a  minor  semitone. 

Transition,  Ifiscords  of  Irregular. 
Passing  notes  introduced  on  the  strong 
part  of  a  measure. 

Transition,  Discords  of  Begnlar. 
Passing  notes  introduced  on  the  weak 
parts  of  a  measure;  after  notes. 

Transitns.    (Lai.)   Transition;  mutation. 
Transportar.   (Spa.)  To  change  the  key ; 

to  transpose. 
Transposed  Key.    A  key  in  which  the 

piece  was  not  originally  written. 
Transposed  Scale.    A  scale   placed   in 

some  other  situation,  founded  or  based  on 

some  other  tone  than  the  tone  c. 

Transposing  Piano.  A  piano  so  con- 
structed as  to  efi'ect  transposition  mechani- 
cally. 

Transposition.  A  change  made  in  a  com- 
position, by  which  the  whole  is  removed 
into  another  key,  higher  or  lower,  as  the 
compass  of  the  voices,  or  instruments,  re- 
quire. 

TransTerse  Ascending  lilne.  A 
short,  heavy  line,  placed  transversely  to 


TEA 


240 


TEE 


denote  that  tite  harmonfls  to  be  struck  on 
a  changiiijj  note. 
Transverse     Descending    I.ine.      A 

short,  heavy  line,  placed  transversely  on 
the  stafl",  to  point  out  permitted  hidden 
lirths,  or  octaves. 

Transverse  Flute.  The  German  flute; 
the  flauto  traverso. 

Transverse  Stroke.  A  heavy  stroke 
placed  above  a  iundaniental  note,  to  indi- 
cate the  intpr\'nls  of  changing  notes,  and 
alKO  used  lor  anticipation  iu  au  upper  part. 

TraquenartL     {Fre.)     A  brisk  sort  of 

dance. 
Trasclnando.    (Fta.)    Tardy  movements. 
Traste.    (Spn.)    A  fret. 
Trasteado.    (Spn.)    A  number  of  Ftrings 

tied  round  the  neck  of  a  lute,  or  guitar. 

Trasteante.    (Spa.)    An  expert  player  on 

the  guitar. 
Trastear.      (Spn.)    To  play  well  on  the 

guitar;  to  place  frets  on  the  neck  of  a 

guitar. 

Trattato.    (Ita.)    A  treatise  on  music,  in 

theory  or  practice. 
Trauer§;esang.    (Git.)    A  doleful  song; 

a  funeral  liyniii,  or  dirge. 
Trauerlaut.    (Ger.)    A  mournful  sound. 
Trauermarsch.    (Ger.)  A  funeral  march. 
Trauerssinfonic.  (Oer.)  Mourning sym- 

pliony ;  a  dirge. 
Tranerstlmtne.    (Ger.)    A   sad,  doleful 

voice. 
Tranerton.    {Oer.)    A  doleful  tone. 
Travally.    The  morning  drum-beat. 
Traversa.     The  Cterman  flute,  so  called 

because  it  is  blown  on  its  side. 

Traversiere.    (Fre.)    The  German  flute. 

Travcstie.    (Ger.)     Parody. 

Travestiren.    (Ger.)    To  parody. 

Travrangsa.  (Jav.)  An  instrument  of 
tlic  Javanese,  resembling  a  guitar. 

Tre.    (Ita.)    Three. 

Treadle,  Harp.  The  pedal  of  a  Iiarp,  by 
the  use  ol  which  the  tone  of  the  instru- 
ment is  elevated  a  small  second. 

TreS).    An  abbreviation  of  Treble. 

Treble.  The  highest  of  the  four  parts  in 
music;  tiie  soprano;  the  hi>;hest  vocal 
part;  that  part  which  generally  contains 
the  melody  ;  that  part  usually  sung  by 
women  and  boys,  and  played  by  acute  in- 
struments. 

Treble  Clef.  The  character  used  to  de- 
termine the  pitch  and  names  of  the  highest 
ol  the  parts  ol  music  (4r0. 

Treble  Cle*,  French.  The  G  clef  on  the 
bottom  line  of  the  staff,  formerly  much 
used  in  French  music,  for  the  violin,  flute, 
&c.  (47). 

Treble  Clc*  IVote.  That  note  which  in 
the  treble  staC'  is  placed  on  the  line  with 
the  clef. 

Treble,  Cornet.    An  old  style  of  comet, 


consisting  of  a  curvilincal  tube  abont  threti 
feet  in  length,  gradually  increaung  in  di- 
ameter from  the  mouth-piec«  to  the  lower 
end. 

Treble,  First.  The  highest  treble,  or 
soprano. 

Treble  Forte  Stop.  A  stop  recentljr 
applied  to  melodeons,  by  means  of  which 
the  treble  part  of  the  instrument  may  be 
Increased  in  power,  while  the  bass  remains 
subdued. 

Treble,  Half.    A  mezzo  soprano. 

Treble  Instruments.     Instruments  of 

high  tone. 
Treble,  Second.    Low  soprano,  or  alto. 

Treble  Staff.  A  staff  upon  which  the 
clef  is  placed. 

Treble  Voice.  The  highest  species  of  the 
feminine  voice. 

Tre  Corde.  (Ita.)  The  loud  or  opeij 
pedal  of  a  grand  ijianoforte. 

Tree,  Bell.  A  Turkish  instrument,  con- 
sistin";  of  au  upright  piece  ofwood  having 
branches,  upon  which  small  bells  are 
fastened. 

Trent.    An  abbreviation  of  Tremolo. 

Tremanilo.  (Ita.)  A  general  shaking  of 
the  whole  chord ;  in  a  tremulous  man- 
ner (lilt). 

Tremble.  A  qu.ivering  or  shaking  of  the 
voice. 

Trcmblement.     (Fre.)    A  trill  or  shake. 

Trembler.  (Fre.)  To  quaver;  to  make  a 
shake. 

Tremblotant.    (Fre.)    Trembling. 

Treinblotcr.    (Fre.)    To  tremble. 

Tremendo.  (Ita.)  TTith  au  expression 
of  horror. 

Tremente.  (Ifa.)  A  word  intimating  that 
the  notes  are  to  be  drawn  out  witli  a  trem- 
ulous motion,  iu  imitation  of  the  beatings 
of  an  organ ;  tremolo. 

Tremolando.  (Ita.)  In  a  tremulous  style. 

Treiuolante.    (Ita.)  Quivering;  quaking. 

Trcmolare.    (Ita.)    Tremulous, 

Tremolo.  (Ita.)  A  term  implying  tbo 
reiteration  of  a  note  or  ciiord  with  great 
rapidity,  so  as  to  produce  a  tremulous  kind 
of  motion;  iu  drum  music,  a  roll  ((W). 

Tremolosa.    (Ita.)    Tremulous. 

Tremolo  Stop.  A  mechanical  contri- 
vance, by  meaus  of  which  a  fine,  tremulous 
effect  is  given  to  the  tones  of  an  organ  or 
molodeon. 

Tremnlo.  (Ita.)  A  tremulous  or  rolling 
beat  of  a  drum. 

Trenchmore.    An  old  dance. 

Trenise.  (Fre.)  One  of  the  fire  move 
ments  of  the  quadrille. 

Trenodia.    (Ita.)    A  funeral  sonsj. 

Treiital.    An  elegy,  requiem,  or  dirge. 

TrescUerella.  (Ita.)  A  little  rustic  cianc*- 

Trescone.  (Ita.)  A  rigadoon;  a  jumping 
dance. 


TRE 


241 


TRI 


Tres  Fort.    (Fre.)    Very  loud. 

Tres  r-entement.    (Fre.)    Very  slow;  a 

inovemeut  between  grave  and  largo. 
Tres  Piano.    {Fre.)    Very  Boft. 
Tres  Vite  et  Impctueux.    (Fre.)    Very 

quick  and  impetuous. 
Tre  Volte,    {Ita.)    Three  times. 
Tria.    {Lot.)    Three;  trio. 
Triad.    The  common  chord,  consisting  of 

a  note  sounded  together  with  its  third  and 

filth,  with  or  without  the  octave. 
Triad,  Altered.    The  diatonic  dissonant 

triad  witli  its  third  flattened  or  sharpened. 
Triad,  l>imii»ished.    The  triad  upon  the 

scveulli  degree  of  the  miijor  senile,    and 

upon  tlie  second  and  seventh  degrees  of 

the  minor  scale ;  false  triad. 

Tria  Deflciens.  {Lnt.)  An  imperfect 
triad;  the  chord  of  the  tliird,  fiftii,  and 
eiglith,  taken  on  the  seventh  of  the  key, 
and  consisting  of  two  minor  thirds. 

Triade  Senaiiditoiiica.  (Lat.)  A  com- 
mon cliord,  comprising  two  small  tliirds. 

Triad,  Extreme.    A  triad  consisting  of 

a  fuudamcntnl  tone,  a  m.-^jor  third,  and  an 

extreme  fifth. 
Triad,  False.    The  diminished  triad  han 

been  thus  named  on  account  of  its  having 

a  so-called  false  fifth. 
Triad,  Flat.    An  arithmetical  division  of 

tlie  fifth  of  the  harmonic  triad,  in  which 

the  lesser  third  is  lowest. 

Triad,  Harmonic.  A  compound  of  three 
radiL-al  sounds,  consisting  of  a  fundamen- 
tal note,  its  third  and  its  fifth. 

Triad,  Imperfect.  The  chord  of  the 
third,  filth,  and  eighth,  taken  on  the  sev- 
enth of  the  key,  consisting  of  two  minor 
thirds. 

Triad,  Ma.'Jor.  A  nnlon  of  any  sound 
with  its  major  third  and  its  perfect  fifth. 

Triad,  Minor.  A  union  of  any  sound 
with  its  minor  third  and  perfect  fifth. 

Triad,  IVatnral.    The  harmonic  division 

of  the  fifth  into  two  thirds,  of  which  the 

greater  third  is  lowest. 
Triad  of  the  Dominant.     A  triad  on 

the  dominant  or  major  fifth. 
Triad  of  the  TVelsli  Bards.   Versified 

histories,  in  which  the  facts   stated  are 

grouped  by  threes. 
Triad,  Perfect.    The  harmonic  division 

of  the  fifth  into  two  thirds,  of  which  the 

greater  third  is  lowest. 
Triads,  Anomalous.    Altered  triads. 

Triad,  Snperflfons.  The  triad  upon  the 
third  degree  of  fne  minor  scale. 

Triad,  Tonic.  A  triad  on  the  tonic,  in 
major  or  minor. 

Tria  Harmonica.  (Lat.)  The  harmonic 
triad;  a  compound  of  three  radical  sounds, 
consisting  of  a  fundamental  note,  its  third 
and  its  fifth;  a  triad,  or  common  chord. 

Triangle.    An  instrument  consisting  of  a 

21 


small,  thrte-sided  steel  frame,  played  by 
being  struck  with  a  rod. 
Triangolo.    (/<«.)    A  triangle. 

Triangular  Harp.  An  instrument  sup- 
posed to  have  been  of  Phrygian  invention, 
resembling  the  Theban  harp. 

Triangulo.    (Spa.)    A  triangle. 

Triangulum.  (Lat.)  A  stringed  instru- 
ment of  a  triangular  shape,  played  upon 
with  a  plectrum,  invented  by  the  As- 
syrians. 

Triangulus.    (Lat.)    A  triangle. 

Trias,  Harmonica.  (Lat.)  The  barmon- 
ical  triad. 

Tribon.  (Spa.)  A  triangular  musical  in- 
strument. 

Tribrach.  (Grk.)  A  musical  foot  com- 
posed of  three  successive  short  notes,  equal 
among  themselves,  but  may  be  any  short 
notes  whatever;  a  poetic  foot  of  three 
short  syllables,  as  MeClus, 

Tribraquio.  (Spa.)  Foot  of  Latin  verse, 
consisting  of  three  short  syllables. 

Tribunal.  (Fre.)  A  gallerjr  or  eminence 
in  a  church,  or  other  place,  in  which  mu- 
sical performers  are  located  at  a  concert. 

Tribune  d'Orgue.  (Fre.)  An  organ 
loft. 

Tricche  Tracche.  (Ita.)  Words  imita- 
tive of  creaking  sounds. 

Trichord.  An  instrument,  or  lyre,  with 
three  strings. 

Trichordls.    (Lat.)    Three-stringed. 

Trichordos.  (Grk.)  A  name  originally 
g-iven  to  the  lyre,  when,  according  to 
Diodorus,  it  had  but  three  strings. 

Tricininnk.  (Grk.)  A  composition  in 
three  parts. 

Tricotets.  (Fre.)  A  Cheshire  round ;  a 
dance. 

Tri-Diapason.  (GrJc.)  A  triple  octave, 
or  twenty-second. 

Trigon.  ( Grk.)  A  three-stringed  instru- 
ment, resembling  the  lyre  of  the  ancient 
Greeks. 

Trigonon.  (Grk.)  A  musical  instrument 
of  the  ancients,  resembling  a  lyre;  the 
trigon. 

Trigonnm.  (Lat.)  The  triangular  harp, 
an  ancient  instrument  of  Phrygian  inven- 
tion ;  the  trigon. 

Trihemitone.  (Grk.)  An  interval  con- 
sisting of  three  halftones;  a  minor  third. 

Trlhemituono.    (Ita.)    A  minor  third. 

Trill.  A  shake;  an  embellishment  con- 
sisting of  the  alternate  reiteration  of  two 
notes,  comprehending  an  interval  not 
greater  than  one  whole  tone,  nor  less  than 
a  semitone  (88). 

TrlUa.    (Swe.)    A  trill  (88). 

Trillando.  (Ita.)  A  succession  of  shakes 
on  different  notes ;  trilling. 

Trillare.    y^Ita.)    To  trill;  to  shake. 


TM 


242 


TM 


Trill  CliRln.    A  Boccegsion  of  trills  on 

different  tones. 
Trill,  Double.    A  trill  consisting  of  two 

simultaneous  voices  (90). 

Trille.    {Fre.)    A  shake;  a  trill  (86). 
Trillen.    (Dut.)    To  quarer ;  to  trill. 
Trlller.    (Oer.)    A  shake;  a  trill  (86). 

Trtllerkette.    ( Ger.)    A  chain  of  shakes ; 

quavering. 
TrUlerlaui.    (Ger.)    Trilling. 

TrUlern.    (Ger.)    To  trill;  to  shake;  to 

quaver. 
Trilletta.       (Ita.)     A  short  or   passing 

shake;  a  little  trill. 

Trlllette.     {Fre.)    A  short  trill  or  shake. 

Trill,  Imperfect.  A  rapid  alternation 
of  two  adjacent  notes,  without  a  turn  at 
the  close. 

Trillo.  (Ita.)  A  shake;  a  trill;  on  a  drum, 
and  similar  instruments,  a  roll  (86). 

Trillo,  Slezzo.  {Ita.)  A  sixteenth  note  (19). 

Trillos.    (/to.)    Trills;  shakes  (88). 

Trlli^  Perfect.  A  quick  alternation  of 
two  notes,  tliat  over  which  is  the  sign,  and 
the  one  above  it,  ending  with  a  turn. 

Trimeres.  (Grk.)  A  nome,  or  air,  of  the 
adcient  Greeks,  executed  in  three  consec- 
utive modes,  namely,  the  Phrygian,  the 
Doric,  and  the  Lydian. 

Trimeters.  Lyrical  verses  of  three  meas- 
ures, forming  an  iambic  of  six  feet. 

Trimmings,  Violin.  The  strings, 
bridge,  pegs,  nuts,  &c.,  of  a  violin. 

Trlmpelio.  (/to.)  A  confused  sound; 
low  sound. 

Tiinado.  (Spa.)  A  trill;  a  shake;  a  trem- 
ulous sound. 

Trinar.    (Spa.)    To  trill ;  to  quaver. 
Trinkgesang.    (Ger.)    A  drinking  song; 

glee  or  chorus, 
Trinklied.    (Ger.)    A  bacchanalian  song. 
Triuo.    (Spa.)    A  trill  (88). 
Trinthorn.    A  wind  instrument ;  a  horn. 

Trio.  (Ita.)  A  piece  for  three  voices, 
or  instruments;  a  composition  in  three 
single  parts ;  a  second  movement  to  a 
waltz,  march,  minuet,  .fee,  which  always 
leads  back  to  a  repetition  of  the  first  or 
principal  movement. 

Triola.    A  triplet  (65). 

Trlole.    A  triplet  (65). 

Triolen.    (Ger.)    Triplets  (65). 

Triolet.  (Fre.)  A  triplet;  in  poetry,  a 
stanza  of  eight  lines,  in  which  tlie  flrst  line 
is  repeated  three  times. 

Triompliaut.    (Fre.)    Triumphantly. 

Trlonfante.    (Ita.)    Victoriously. 

Tripartite.    (Lat.)  Scorces  in  three  parts. 

Trlplioni«.    Composed  of  three  roioes . 


Trlpla.    (Ha.)    Triple  time. 
Triple.    Threefold;  treble. 
Triple  Counterpoint.    Conntcrpoint  il 
three  parts,  all  ol  which  are  invertible. 

Triple     CrocUe.      (Fre.)    A   demiseml- 

quaver  (20). 
Triple    Dotted  Note.     A  note  whose 

length  is  increased  seven  eigliths  of  its 

original  value  by  three  dots  placed  after 

it  (:«). 
Triple    Dotted    Reat.      A  rest  whose 

value  is  increased  seven  eighths  by  three 

dots  placed  after  it  (41). 
Triple    Grandsire.       The    ringing   of 

oOiO  changes  upon  seven  bells. 

Triple  Octa-ve.  The  tri-diapason  of  the 
Greeks;  a  twenty-second. 

Triple  Xhro^ession.  An  expression  in 
old  music,  implying  a  series  of  Hnhs. 

Triple  Stroke.  Three  strokes,  or  dashes, 
over  or  under  a  scmibreve,  or  through  the 
stem  of  a  minim,  or  crotchet,  implying 
that  such  note  must  be  divided  into  as 
many  demisemiquavcrs  as  are  equivalent 
to  it  in  duration. 

Triple  Suspension.  A  suspension 
formed  by  suspending  a  dominant,  or  di- 
minished seventh,  on  the  tonic  mediant,  or 
dominant  of  the  key. 

Triplet.  Three  notes  sung  or  played  in 
tlie  time  of  two ;  a  group  of  tliree  notes 
arising  from  the  division  of  a  note  into 
three  equal  parts  of  the  next  inferior  du- 
ration (05) ;  in  poetry,  tliree  verses,  or 
lines,  rhyming  togetlier. 

Triplet,  Double.    A  sextole  ^GC). 

Triple  Time.  A  time  in  which  each  bar 
contains  three  measures  of  equal  parts,  the 
first  two  of  which  are  indicated  hy  a 
downward  beat,  the  third  by  an  upward. 

Triple  Time,  Compound.  A  time  con- 
taining nine  quarter  or  eighth  notes  in  a 
measure. 

Triple  Times.  Those  times  having aa odd 
number  of  parts  in  a  bar. 

Triple  Time,  Simple.  Atime  compris- 
iu^,  in  cacli  bar,  a  dotted  semibreve,  dot- 
ted minim,  or  dotted  crotchet. 

Tripllce.  (Ita.)  Triple;  treble;  three- 
fold. 

Tripluxn.  Former  name  of  the  treble,  or 
hii,''hest  part. 

Tripodian.  (Grk.)  An  ancient  stringed 
instrument,  of  difficult  performance. 

Tripping.    A  light  kind  of  dance. 

Trisagio.    (Spa.)    A  trisagion. 

Trisa^i^lon.  (Grk.)  A  hymn  in  which  the 
word  ko}y  is  repeated  three  times  in  suo- 
cession. 

Tri  saginm.    (Lat.)    A  hymn ;  trisagion. 

Trite.  (Grk.)  A  term  signifying  three, 
or  third. 

Trite-Dlezengmenon.  (Grk.)  The 
third  string  of  tlie  diez<Miijmenoii,  or 
fourth  tctrocbord  of  the  aucicuts,  reckon- 


TRI 


243 


TRO 


lngfW)m  the  top,  the  sotmd  of  which  corre- 
sponded with  our  C  above  the  bass  clef. 

Trite-HjT»erbolaeon.  ( Grk.)  ITie 
third  string  of  the  ancient  hyperbolseon, 
or  fifth  totr.ichord,  answering 'to  oar  G  on 
the  second  line  in  the  treble. 

Trite-Synemmenon.  {Grk.)  The  third 
striufr,  reckoning  from  tlie  top  of  the  third, 
or  syncramcnon,  tctrachord;  correspond- 
ing with  our  B  flat  above  the  fiith  line  in 
tlie  bass. 

Trtto-nactylo-Gymnast.  An  instru- 
ment designed  to  render  the  third  finger 
equal  in  power  and  pliancy  to  the  others 
in  piano  playing. 

Triton.  {Lat.)  Of  the  third  rank;  a  term 
given  by  old  writers  to  tlie  fifth  and  sixth 
modes  or  tones  of  their  plain  song. 

Triton  Avis.  (Lat.)  The  name  of  a  West 
Indian  bird,  remarkable  for  its  musical 
powers,  having  tliree  distinct  notes  (its 
tonic,  or  lower  note,  and  the  twrlfth  and 
seventeenth  of  that  note),  and  capable  of 
sounding  tliem  all  at  the  same  time. 

Xritone.  (Ita.)  A  superfluous  or  ang- 
monted  fourth;  a  fiilse  concord,  or  disso- 
nant interval,  consisting  of  three  tones,  or 
two  tones  and  two  semitones. 

Tritono.  (Ita.)  A  superfluous  fourth;  a 
tritoue. 

Tritonus.  {Lat.)  An  augmented  fourth ; 
a  tritone. 

Tritos.  {Grk.)  Third;  the  ^olian mode 
of  the  ancients. 

friumpliant  Music.  Songs  and  In- 
strumental pieces  composed  or  performed 
for  the  celebration  of  victories. 

Trlumphirend.    ( Ger.)    Triumphant. 

Trinmplilied.    {Ger.)    Song  of  triumph. 

Trivagium.  A  hymn  of  the  early  Chris- 
tians, likewise  called  the  cherubical  hymn. 

Trochiiiscli.    {Ger.)    Trochaic. 

Trocliaua.    (Ger.)    Trochee. 

Trochee.  {Lat.)  A  musical  foot,  com- 
posed of  one  long  and  one  short  note,  or 
of  an  accented  and  an  unaccented  not«;  in 
poetry,  a  foot  of  two  syllables,  the  first 
long,  the  second  short. 

Troll.    To  sing  in  the  style  of  a  catcb. 

Trom.    {Dtit.)    A  drum. 

Tromba.    {Ita.)    A  trumpet. 

Trombacelloclj'de.    A  B  flat  ophicleide. 

Tromba  di  Basso.  {Ita.)  The  bass 
trumpet. 

Tromba  Marina.  {Ita.)  The  trumpet 
marine,  a  species  of  monochord. 

Tromba  Prima.    {Ita.)    First  trumpet. 

Trombare.    {Ita.)    To  sound  the  trumpet. 

Tromba  Seconda.  {Ita.)  Second  trum- 
pet. 

Tromba  Terza.    {Ita.)    Third  trumpet 
Trombe  Sorde.    {Ita.)    Trumpets  having 
dampers. 

Trombe  sol  Palco.  {Ita.)  The  trumpets 
on  the  stage. 


Trombetta.    {Ita.)    A  small  trumpet. 

Trontbetttno.    {Ita.)    A  trumpeter. 

Trombone.  {Tta.)  A  very  powerful  and 
sonorous  instrument  of  the  trumpet  kind, 
but  much  larger,  and  with  a  sliding  tube, 
commanding  every  semitone  throughout 
its  whole  compass. 

Trombone,  Alto.  A  trombone  baring  a 
compass  from  the  small  c,  or  e,  to  the  one- 
lined  a,  or  two-lined  c,  and  noted  in  the 
alto  clef. 

Trombone,  Bass.  A  trombone  with  a 
compass  from  the  great  C  to  the  one-lined 
c,  and  noted  in  the  F  clef. 

Trombone  Choir.  A  quartet  of  musi- 
cians instituted  among  the  Moravians, 
whose  duty  it  is  to  announce  from  the 
steeple  of  the  village  church  the  death  of 
individual  members,  and  take  a  part  in 
funeral  solemnities. 

Trombone,  Tenor.  A  trombone  having 
a  compass  from  the  small  c  to  the  one- 
lined  g,  and  noted  in  the  tenor  clef. 

Tromboni.    {Ita.)    Trombones. 

Trombonne.    {Fre.)    Trombone. 

Trombono.    {Ita.)    A  trombone. 

Troinbono    Piccolo.     {Ita.)     A  small 

sackbut. 

Tromlo.    {Ba.)    Tmmpet. 

Tromme.    {Dan.)    A  drum. 

Trommel.  (Ger.  and  i?o».)  Drum;  the 
great  drum. 

Trommelbass.  {Ger.)  A  monotonous 
bass. 

Trommelboden.  {Ger.)  Bottom  of  a 
drum. 

Trommeler.  {Ger.)  A  drummer;  a  care- 
less player  on  the  pianoforte. 

TrommelgetSs.  {Ger.)  Sound  of  the 
drum. 

Trommelkasten.    {Ger.)    Drum  barrel. 

Trommelleine.    {Ger.)    Drum  cord. 

Trommelrahmen.    {Ger.)    Tambour. 

Trommel  Bnhren.  {Oer.)  To  beat  a 
drum. 

Trommelschlag^.    {Ger.)    Beat  of  drum; 

drum  roll. 
Tromntelscbl&gel.    {Ger.)    Drumstick. 

Trommelsclil&ger.  {Ger.)  A  drum- 
mer. 

Trommelschnur.    {Ger.)   Drum  string. 

Trommelschraabe.  ( Ger.)  Drum 
screw. 

Trommelstuck.  {Ger.)  A  tambourine; 
a  tabor. 

Trompa.    {Spa.  and  Gae.)    A  trumpet. 

Trompald.    {Gae.)    A  trumpet. 

Trompe.    {Fre.)    Ajewsharp. 

Trompe.    ( Ger.)    Trumpet. 

Trompe  de  Beam.  {Fre.)  The  jew»- 
harp. 

Trontperie.    {Fre.)    A  term  given  to  a 


TRO 


244 


TRU 


cadence,  vhm,  having  done  everything 
proper  for  its  ending,  a  m.ark  of  silence  is 
substituted  for  tlie  final,  which  the  car 
naturally  expects. 

Trompet.  (Dut.,  Dan,,  and  Swe.)  A 
trumpet. 

Trompet*.    {Spa.)    X  small  trumpet. 

Trompetclien.    {Ger.)    A  trumpet. 

Trompete.    {Ger.)    Trumpet. 

Trompetear.  {Spa.)  To  sound  a  trumpet. 

Trompeten.  (Ger.)  To  play  upon  the 
trumpet. 

Tr^mpetenblaser.   ( (?er.)  A  trumpeter. 

Trompetenpfcife.       {Ger.)      Trumpet 

stop. 
TrompetenrBIire.      {Ger.)     Tube  of  a 

trumpet. 

Troiupetenmf.    {Ger.)    Trumpet  call. 
Trompeteniicliall.    {Ger.)    Sound  of  the 

trumpet. 
Trompetenscliinettem.     {Ger.)      The 

souauiug  of  trumpets. 

Trompetenstoss.      {Ger.)      A  trumpet 

blast. 
Trompetenstiick.     {Ger.)     A  piece  of 

music  for  a  trumpet. 
Trompetenton.    {Ger.)  A  trumpet  tone. 

Trompetenzag^.  {Ger.)  In  an  organ,  a 
trumpet  stop. 

Trompeter.  {Fre.  and  Ger.)  A  trum- 
peter. 

Trompeteria.    {Spa.)    I'ipesof  an  organ. 

Trompetermarscli..  {Ger.)  Trumpet 
march. 

Trompetllla.    {Spa.)    A  small  trumpet. 

Trompetlein.    {Ger.)    Trumpet. 

Trompett.    {Arm.)    A  trumpet. 

Trompette.    {Fre.)    Trumpet. 

Trompette  Harmonleuse.  {Fre.)  A 
sackbut. 

Trompette  Parlante.  {Fre.)  A  speak- 
ing trumpet. 

Trompill.    {Cel.)    Trumpet. 

Tronco.  {Ita.)  An  intimation  that  the 
sounds  are  to  be  cut  short,  or  ended  be- 
fore their  natural  termination. 

Tronco  per  Grazia.  {Ila.)  A  term  in- 
dicating that  the  voices,  as  well  as  the  in- 
struments, arc  not  to  draw  out  the  sound 
to  its  natural  length. 

Troop.  A  quick  march;  a  company  of 
musicians. 

Troparins.  ( Grk.)  A  hymn  of  the  Greek 
church  on  the  divinity  of  Christ. 

Troper.  A  book  fbrmerly  used  In  the 
church,  containing  the  chants. 

Tropea.  {Grk.)  Chants  sung  during  pas- 
sion week  in  the  Greek  church. 

Troppo.    {Ita.)    Too  much. 

Troppo  Caricata.  {Ita.)  A  term  ap- 
plied to  an  air  wlien  overburdened  with 
accompaniments. 

Troqueo.    {Spa.)    A  trochee. 


Trostlled.  {Ger.)  A  consoling  Bong  pr 
hymn. 

Troubadours.  Early  poet-musicians,  or 
minstrels,  of  Provence;  itinerant  bardi. 

Troupe,  Opera.  A  company  of  persons 
associated  together  for  the  purpose  of 
giving  oper.atic  performances,  usually 
travelling  from  place  to  place. 

Trouveres.    {Fre.)    Ancient  melodists. 

Trovatore.    {It-a.)    A  minstrel. 

Trugschluss.  {Ger)  A  deceptive  ca- 
dence; interrupted  cadence;  an  unusual 
and  unexpected  resolution  of  a  discord. 

Trnmma.    {Swe)    A  drum. 
Trnmi  Marsch.    {Stoe.)    A  drum  march. 
Trummscheit.    {Ger.)    A  rude,  mulT^Rl 
instrument,  with  one  or  more  chords. 

Tmmp.    A  trumpet;  to  blow  a  trumpet. 

Trumpet.  The  loudest  of  all  portable 
wind  instruments,  and  consisting  of  a 
folded  metallic  tube,  used  chiefly  m  mar- 
tial and  orchestral  music. 

Trumpet,  Alarum.  The  trumpet  that 
in  war  sounds  the  charge. 

Trumpet  Aria.    An  air  for  a  trumpet. 

Trumpet  Call.  The  sounding  of  a  trum- 
pet in  military  or  other  service,  for  the 
purpose  of  calling  those  within  hearing. 

Trumpet,  Crooked.  An  ancient  instru 
ment  made  of  the  horns  of  animals  ;  the 
crooked  horn. 

Trumpeter.  One  who  sounds  or  plays  a 
trumpet. 

Trumpet,  Harmonlcal.  An  instm- 
ment,  the  sounds  of  which  imitate  those 
of  a  trumpet,  6if[etin"  from  that  instru- 
ment only  in  being  longer  and  having 
more  branches ;  the  sackbut. 

Trumpet  Major.  The  leader  of  the 
trumpeters  iu  military  service. 

Trumpet,  Marine.  A  kind  of  monochord, 
Ibrmerly  in  use,  consisting  of  three  tiibles, 
forming  a  trlang^ilar  body.  It  had  a  nar- 
row neck,  with  one  thick  string  moimted 
on  a  bridge,  and  was  struck  with  a  bow  by 
the  right  liand,  while  the  thumb  of  the 
left  was  pressed  on  the  string,  so  as  to  pro- 
duce the  harmonic  sounds. 

Trumpet  Notes.  Notes  within  the  com- 
pass of  tlie  trumpet. 

Trumpet  of  tbe  Jubilee.  A  wind  in- 
strument of  the  ancient  Hebrews:  the 
tuba. 

Trumpet,  Reed.  An  mstmment  con- 
sisting of  a  trumpet,  within  wliich  were 
enclosed  thirty-six  brass-reeded  pipes,  ar- 
ranged in  a  circle,  so  that  in  turning  the 
circle  each  pipe  could,  in  turn,  be  brought 
between  the  mouth-piece  and  the  bell  of 
the  instrument. 

Trumpet,  Sea.  A  marine  trumpet,  for- 
merly much  used  at  sea;  a  trumpet  ma- 
rine ;  a  tromba  marina. 

Trumpet,  Silver.  A  straight  trumpet 
of  the  ancient  Hebrews,  a  cubit  long,  witb 
a  bell-shaped  moutb. 


TRU 


245 


TUO 


Trumpet  Stop.  A  otop  in  an  orgwa  Tiar- 
ing  a  tone  similar  to  that  of  a  trumpet. 

Trnmpet  Stop,  Octave.  A  stop  in  an 
orgfan  sounding  an  octave  higlier  than  the 
trumpet  stop. 

Trumpet.  Straljjht.  An  ancient  instru- 
ment pmployed  by  the  Hebrew  priests  in 
their  daily  service,  and  on  extraordinary 
secular  occasions. 

Trumpet,  Thl^e^h  Bone.  A  trumpet 
used  in  sacred  worship  among  the  Hima- 
layan mountains,  formed  of  a  liuman  thigh 
bouc,  perforated  through  both  condyles. 

Truntpet,  Valve.  A  trumpet  the  tones 
of  which  are  changed  by  the  use  of  valves. 

Truncated  Shake.  A  grace  formed  by 
two  or  more  notes  preceding  the  principal 
note. 

Trunk,  VTind.  A  passage  through  whicli 
the  air  is  carried  from  the  bellows  of  an 
organ  to  its  wind  chest. 

T.  S.    The  initials  of  Tasto  Solo. 

Tseltsel.  {ffeb.)  An  ancient  instrument, 
consisting  of  bro.ad  and  large  pl.ites  of 
brass  of  a  convex  form,  like  cymbals. 

Tseltsel  Im.  (Heb.)  Instruments  similar 
to  cymbals. 

Tuba.    (Lat.)    A  trumpet ;  the  sax  tuba. 

Tuba  Communis.  (Lat.)  An  instru- 
ment of  tlie  trumpet  kind,  in  use  among 
the  ancients. 

Tuba  Ductills.  (Lat.)  An  ancient 
trumpet  of  a  crooked  form. 

Tubare.    (Ita.)    To  blow  the  trumpet. 

Tuba  Stentorofonica.  (Ita.)  Name 
first  applied  to  tlic  speaking  trumpet;  the 
stentoropliouic  tube. 

Tubatore.    (,fta.)    A  trumpeter. 

Tubby.  Wanting  elasticity  of  sound; 
witliout  free  vibration. 

Tube,  Stentorophonic.  An  ancient 
speaking  trumpet,  so  cjilled  from  Stentor, 
the  herald  alluded  to  by  Homer. 

Tublcen.  (Lat.)  A  trumpeter;  one  who 
plays  on  a  trumpet. 

Tublclnate.    To  sound  a  trumpet. 

Tubular  Instruments.  Instruments 
formed  of  tubes,  straight  or  curved,  of 
wood  or  metal. 

Tucket.    A  flourish  on  a  trumpet. 

Tucket     Sonance.      The  sound  of  the 

tuekot. 

Tudel.  (Spa.)  A  metal  pipe  with  a  reed 
put  into  a  bassoon. 

Tul-ndhyay.  (ITin.)  The  third  of  the 
seven  divisions  of  Hindoostanee  music, 
descri!)ing  the  measures,  with  the  manner 
of  beating  time. 

Tunx-Tum.    An  African  drum. 

Tumultuoso.    (Ita.)    Excited;  stormy. 

Tunable.  A  term  applied  to  all  pipes, 
strings,  and  other  sonorous  bodies,  which, 
from  the  equal  density  of  their  partSi  are 
capable  of  being  perfectly  tuned. 

21* 


Tunableness.    Harmony. 

Tune.  A  piece  of  music;  a  sacccBsifm  of 
measured  sounds,  at  once  agreeable  to  the 
ear,  and  possessing  a  distinct  and  striking 
character;  to  put  into  a  proper  musical 
state ;  to  bring  into  harmony ;  being  in  a 
condition  to  give  a  proper  sound. 

Tune,  Ballad.  The  common  song,  or  air 
of  a  ballad. 

Tuned.    Put  in  tane. 

Tuneful.  A  term  applied  to  sounds  me- 
lodious either  in  their  tone  or  by  their 
succession,  but  more  especially  the  former. 

Tuneless.  Discordant;  sounds  out  of 
tune,  or  unmelodious  in  their  succession; 
false  strings,  false  pipes,  &c. 

Tune,  Psalm.  A  melody  suited  to  reli- 
gious worship ;  devotional  music. 

Tuner.  One  whose  occupation  is  to  put 
musical  instruments  in  tune,  or  to  rectify 
their  false  sounds. 

Tunes,  Act.  Melodies  performed  between 
the  acts  of  a  play. 

Tunes,  Border.  Melodies  composed  in 
the  English  counties  bordering  on  Scot- 
land. 

Tunes,  Irish.  Melodies  of  Irish  origin, 
distinguished  by  wildness,  sweetness,  and 
pathos. 

Tunes,  Play-house.  A  general  name 
for  all  theatrical  tunes  in  the  seventeenth 
century. 

Tunes,  Welsh.  Melodies  of  the  ancient 
Cambrians. 

Tunin§^.  Putting  in  tune;  rendering  the 
tones  of  an  instrument  accordant. 

Tuning;  Fork.  A  small  steel  instrument, 
having  two  prongs,  which,  upon  being 
struck,  gives  a  certain  fixed  tone,  used  for 
tuning  instruments,  and  for  ascertaining 
or  indicating  the  pitch  of  tunes. 

Tuning  Fork,  Chromatic.  A  tuning 
fork  so  constructed  as  to  sound  all  the  tones 
and  semitones  of  tlie  octave. 

Tunings  Hammer.  An  instrument  used 
by  tuners  in  tightening  or  loosening  the 
strings  of  the  harp  or  piano,  while  tuning 
those  instruments. 

Tunluff,  Interniediate.  A  method  of 
tuning,  in  which  each  key  yields  a  portion 
of  its  ideal  purity  for  tlie  common  good  of 
the  others,  and  therefore  holds  a  middle 
position  between  the  enharmonically  differ- 
ent tones. 

Tuning^  Key.    A  tuning  hammer. 

Tuning  Pins.  Wrest  pins;  those  pins 
about  whicli  the  strings  of  a  piano  are 
wound,  and  by  the  turning  of  which  the 
instrument  is  tuned. 

Tuning  Slide.  An  English  instrument 
for  pitching  the  key  note,  producing  thir- 
teen semitones  —  from  C  to  C. 

Tuonl  'Ecclesiastici.  (Ita.)  The  eocl» 
siastical  modes  or  tones. 

Tuono.    C^'"-)    Tone. 

Tuono,  ]IIezzo.    (Ita.)    A  semitone. 


TUO 


246 


TYR 


Tnorbe     (Fre.)    A  theorbo. 

Tnppab.    (Bin.)    The  dance  and  its  ran- 

Bic  used  in  the  procession  of  the  car  of 

Juggernaut. 

Turbo.  [Grk.)  A  sea  sheU  andeatlx em- 
ployed as  a  trumpet. 

Tnrca.    (Ita.)    Turkish. 

Tare*  Alia.    (Ita.)   In  the  Turkish  style. 

Turdlon.  (Spa.)  An  ancient  Spanish 
dance. 

Turn.  An  embellishment  formed  of  appog- 
giaturcs,  consisting  of  the  note  on  which 
the  turn  is  made,  the  note  above,  and  the 
semitone  below  it  (79). 

Torn,  Baclc.  A  turn  commencing  on  the 
semitone  below  the  note  on  which  the  turn 
is  made. 

Turn,  Common.  A  turn  commencing 
on  the  note  above  the  note  on  which  the 
turn  is  made  (~9). 

Turn,  Direct.  A  turn  expressed  by  the 
usual  Hiifu  ovi-ranotc,  and  formed  of  the 
note  above  that  over  which  the  sign  is 
written,  then  the  principal  note  and  the 
note  below  it,  closing  with  the  principal 
note  (80). 

Turned  Shake,  Open.  An  open,  plain 
shake,  closing  with  a  turn. 

Turn,  Full.  A  turn  consisting  of  four 
notes,  immediately  after  that  upon  which 
the  turn  is  made  ('81). 

Turn,  Inverted.  An  embellishmont 
formed  by  i)reflxing  three  notes  to  a  prin- 
cipal note  (8-2). 

Tusch.  (Ger.)  A  flourish  of  trumpets 
and  kettle  drums. 

Tute.    {Ger.)    A  cornet. 

Tnten.    ( Ger.)    To  blow  the  cornet. 

Tuter.  (G(?r.)  A  cornet  player;  a  cow- 
herd blowing  his  horn. 

Tutliorn.    (Ger.)   The  horn  of  a  cowherd. 

Tutrlce,  M^nsica.  {Ita.)  A  female  teacher 
of  music. 

Tutta.    (Ita.)    All. 

Tutta  Forxa.  (Ita.)  With  the  ntmost 
vehemence ;  as  loud  as  possible. 

Tutte.    (Ita.)    All. 

Tutte  Corde.  (Ita.)  Upon  all  the  strings  ; 
sometimes,  in  music  for  the  piano,  imply- 
ing that  the  pedal  which  shilt^  the  move- 
ment must  no  longer  bo  pressed  down. 

Tnttl.  (Ita)  All;  the  entrance  of  all  the 
instruments,  before  or  after  the  solo. 

Tutti  i  Bassl.    (Ita.)    All  the  basses. 

Tuttl  TTnlsonl.  (Ita.)  The  parts  in  uni- 
son ;  the  grand  chorus. 

Tutto.    (Ita.)    All. 

Tuyau.    (Fre.)    An  organ  pipe. 

Tivans.  A  series  of  sharp,  quick,  discon- 
necteci  sounds. 

Tiivelfth.  An  Interval  of  twelve  diatonic 
degrees. 


Twelfth  Stop.    An  organ  stop,  made  of 

metal;  and  tuned  twelve  notes  above  the 

diapason. 
Twelfth  Stop,  Octave.    A  stop  of  an 

organ  sounding  an  octave  higher  than  the 

twelfth  stop. 

T«velve  Fi§^hth  MTeasure.  A  measure 
containing  twelve  eighth  notes,  or  their 
equivalent,  marked  y. 

Twelve  In.    A  peal  upon  twelve  bells. 

Tivelves  and  XUevens  Metre.  A  me- 
tre designated  thus,  12s  &  lis,  consisting 
of  a  stanza  of  four  lines  in  anapostic  meas- 
ure, the  syllables  of  each  being  in  number 
and  order  as  follows  :  12,  II,  12,  11. 

Tw^elves,  Eleven,  and  Klght  Metre. 
A  metre  designated  thus,  12s,  11,  &  8,  con- 
sisting of  a  stanza  of  four  lines  in  anapes- 
tic  measure,  the  syllables  of  each  being  in 
number  and  order  as  follows  :  12,  11,  12,  8. 

Tw^elves  Metre.  A  metre  designated 
thus,  128,  consisting  of  a  stanza  of  four 
lines  in  anapestic  measure,  each  line  con- 
taining twelve  syllables. 

Ttvitter.  A  succession  of  small,  tremulous 
tones ;  the  playful  song  or  notes  of  a 
bird. 

Two  Eighth  Measure.  A  measure  hav- 
ing the  amount  of  two  eighth  notes, 
marked  |. 

T'»vofold  Measure.  A  measure  divided 
into  two  equal  parts. 

T^vo  Half  Measure.  A  measure  con- 
taining the  value  of  two  half  notes,  and 
marked  either  'i,  2,  or  C. 

Twro  Quarter  Measure.  A  measure 
containing  two  quarter  notes,  or  smaller 
notes  sufficient  to  amount  to  two  quarters, 
marked  \. 

Two  Semibreve  Best.  A  double  note 
rest  (2G). 

T"wo  Voiced.  A  composition  for  two 
voices ;  a  composition  in  two  parts. 

Tye.    A  tie. 

Tymbal.    A  species  of  kettle  dmm. 

Tympaui.    (Ita.)    Kettle  drums. 

Tympanize.  To  act  the  part  of  a  dmra- 
mer. 

TympanizinGf .  The  stretching  of  a  dmm 
head,  or  the  skin  of  a  timbrel  or  banjo. 

Tympano.    (Ita.)    Kettle  drum. 

Tympanon.    (Fre.)    Dulcimer. 

Tympanum.  (I.at.)  A  musical  instru- 
ment of  the  ancients,  similur  to  a  tam- 
bourine. 

Type,  Music.  Notes  of  music  cast  in 
mofcil,  or  cut  in  wood,  for  the  purpose  of 
printing. 

Tyro .  One  j  ust  commencing  mnsical  prac 
tice. 

Tyrolienne.  (Fre.)  A  dance  peculiar  ta 
the  iuhabitanti  of  the  Tyrol. 


UB£ 


247 


UNI 


u. 


UBERMASSTGE.  (Ger.)  Auj^mented; 
Bupcrfluous  in  regard  to  intervals. 

Ubuttg.  (Ger.)  Au  exercise  or  study 
for  auy  musical  instrument. 

IJbangsstucke.  (Ger.)  Pieces  for  study ; 
etudes. 

U.  C.    The  initials  of  Una  Corda. 

tJdimeiito.    {Ita.)    Tlie  act  of  hearinor. 

Udlto.    (/to.)    The  sense  of  hearing'. 

Uditore.    (Ita.)    An  auditor ;  a  hearer. 

Ueber  Etwas  Abstand.  (Ger.)  To  be 
dissonant;  to  jar;  to  grate. 

Uebongen.    (Ger.)    Exercises. 

ITebmigen  iiu  Auschlafs^e  der  Fin- 
ger der  r.inkeii  llaud.  (Ger.)  Ex- 
ercises for  tlie  fingers  of  tlie  left  baud  alone. 

Ucbnngeni  im  Anschlage  der  Fin- 
ger der  Rechten  Hand.  (Ger.)  Ex- 
ercises for  the  lingers  of  the  right  hand 
alone. 

Uebungen  im  Zasammenspielen 
der  Keiden  Haude.  (Ger.)  Exer- 
cises for  both  hands  together. 

Uebnug  In  Achteln.  (Ger.)  Exercises 
in  quavers. 

Uebangen  in  Doppelg^riffen.  (Ger.) 
Exercises  in  double  notes. 

ITebnng  zum  Unter-  und  TTeber-  8et- 
zen.  (Ger.)  To  pass  the  thumb  under 
the  fingers  and  the  fingers  over  the  thumb. 

Vgab.    (Heb.)    An  organ. 

Vgaale.    (Ita.)    Equal;  just  time. 

Ugualmeute.    (Ita.)     Equally. 

ITlapnnee.  (Ilin.)  The  fourth  of  the 
Srootis  into  which  the  fifth  note  of  the 
Hindoo  scale  is  divided. 

Ullaloo.  One  of  the  ancient  forms  of  lamen- 
tation, sung  or  chanted  by  the  Irish  over 
the  dead. 

1'Itra  Florid  Music.  Several  notes  rap- 
idly sung  to  a  syllable. 

Unikehrnng.  (Ger.)  Inversion,  in  speak- 
ing of  chords. 

ITmsclirelbung.  (Ger.)  Circumscrip- 
tion ;  limitation. 

TTna.    A  little  ;  one. 

Una  Altera  Volta.  (Ita.)  Play  it  over 
again. 

Unaccented.      A   term   applied  to  those 

parts  of  a  measure  which  have  no  accent. 
Unaccompanied.    A  song  or  other  vocal 

composition    performed    without    iustru- 

mental  accompaniment. 
Uuaccordaut.    Inharmonious. 
Unacknovvledi^ed  IVote.    A  note  which 

is  passing,  skipping,  and  foreign  to  the 

cLcjrd  in  which  it  occurs. 


Una  Corda.    (Ita.)    A  tenn  denoting  that 

a  passage  is  to  be  played  upon  one  string. 

Un  Amateur  Instrnit.  (Fre.)  An  in- 
structed .imatcur. 

Un  Buffo.  (Ita.)  A  comic  character  in  an 
opera. 

Unca.  (Lot.)  The  old  name  for  a  qua- 
ver (18). 

Un  Canto  Splanato.  (Ita.)  A  vocal 
composition,  the  notes  of  which  are  pecul- 
iarly distinct  from  one  another. 

Unchanted.  A  portion  of  a  musical  com- 
position to  be  sung,  not  chanted. 

Und.    (Ger.)    And. 

Undecima.    (Lat.)    The  eleventh. 

Under  Board.  The  board  which  closes 
in  the  tops  of  the  grooves  of  an  organ,  and 
in  whicli  as  many  holes  are  bored  over 
each  groove  as  ttiere  are  stops  on  the 
sound  board. 

Under  Part.    The  subordinate  part. 

Under  Song.  The  burden  or  accompani- 
ment of  a  song  ;  a  chorus. 

Under  Voice.  The  singer  who  i>erfonn8 
the  bass. 

Undulation.  A  successive  rising  and  fall- 
ing of  tones,  in  a  manner  resembling  the 
motion  of  waves. 

Undulazione.  (Ita.)  Undulation  ;  a  wav- 
ing  motion. 

Unequal  Counterpoint.  Compositions 
in  notes  of  unequal  duration. 

Unequal  Temperament.  A  species  of 
temperament  in  which  one  or  more  keys 
are  brought  nearer  to  the  ideal  purity, 
while  otiiers  are  removed  so  much  the 
farther  from  it. 

Unessential  'Notes.  Notes  whicli  form 
no  part  of  the  harmony. 

Une  Suite  de  Pieces.  (Fre.)  A  series 
of  lessons. 

Ungerade  Taktart.    ( Ger.)  Triple  time. 

Ungestnm.    (Ger.)    Impetuous. 

Ungez^Tungen.    (Ger.)     Easy;  natural. 

XTnbarmonious.  Without  harmony ;  dis- 
cordant. 

Unharmonischer  Querstand.  (Ger.) 
A  false  rtlation. 

Unis.    An  abbreviation  of  Unison. 

Unison.  That  consonance,  or  coincidence 
of  chords,  proceeding  from  an  equality  in 
the  number  of  vibrations  made  in  a  given 
time  by  two  sonorous  bodies;  the  union 
of  two  sounds  so  directly  similar  to  each 
other,  in  respect  of  acuteness,  or  gravity, 
that  the  car  perceives  no  difTcrence,  but  re- 
ceives them  as  one;  a  single,  unvaried 
tone. 

Unisonance.    The  equality  of  the  number 


UNI 


24S 


UTR 


of  TibrationS  of  sonorous  bodies  in  two 
equal  times. 

Unlsonaneia.  (Spa.)  Uniformity  of 
sound. 

UnisonAiit.  A  term  applied  to  those 
sounds  which  arc  of  the  same  degree  of 
acutcness  or  gravity. 

Unison,  Augmented.  A  minor  semi- 
tone. 

ITnlsont.  (Jto.)  A  term  implying  that 
two,  three,  or  more  parts  are  to  play  in 
unison  with  each  other,  or,  if  this  be  not 
practicable,  at  least  in  octaves. 

Unlsonl  Saonl.    (Ita.)    Unisona. 

Unisono.  (/to.and  (?er.)  A  unison;  with 
one  voice. 

Unisonous.  Sounds  having  the  same  de- 
gree of  acuteness. 

Unisonous  Accompaniment.  An  ac- 
companiment in  unison  with  the  melody. 

Unite.    {Fre.)    Unity. 

Unity.  A  combination  of  parts  so  to  con- 
stitute a  whole,  or  a  kind  of  symmetry  of 
style  and  character. 

Unlvalvo.    (Ita.)    Of  one  valve. 

UniT-ocal.     A  term  formerly  applied  to 

octaves  and  their  replicates. 
Unmeasured  Recitatives.    Becitatives 

without  definite  measure. 

Unmelodious.    "Wanting  melody. 

Unmusical.  A  word  applicable  to  jarring, 
dissonant  sounds;  iniiarmonioua;  not 
capable  of  performing  or  of  appreciating 
music. 

Un  Pen.    (Fre.)    A  Uttle. 

Un  Pen  X<ent.    (Fre.)    Rather  slow. 

Un     Pen     Plus    Vite     qn'Andante. 

(Fre.)    A  little  quicker  than  andante. 

Un  Peu  Vite  et  Gal.  (Fre.)  Pretty 
quick  and  gay. 

Un  Poco.    (Ita.)    A  little. 

Un  Poco  Meno  Alle^o.  (Ita.)  A  lit- 
tle less  gay. 

Un  Poco  Plu  Allegro.  (Ita.)  A  little 
more  brisk. 

Un  Poco  Pin  Presto.  (Ita.)  A  little 
quicker. 

Un  Poco  Rltenuto.  (Ita.)  Gradually 
slower. 

Un  Becltatlvo  Spianato.  (Ita.)  A 
recitative  having  notes  distinct  from  each 
other. 


Unstngbar.     (Cfer.)     Impossible    to    bo 

RUl^. 

Unstrung.  Relaxed  in  tension ;  the  con- 
dition of  an  instrument  from  which  the 
strings  have  been  taken. 

Untcr.    ( Ger.)    Under  ;  below. 

Unterbass.    ( Ger.)    Counter  bass. 

Fnterbrecbung.     ( Ger.)     Interruption. 

Unterlasten.    ( Ger.)    The  white  keys. 

Un  Terzo  di  Battuta.    (Ita.)    A  third 

part  of  the  bar. 
UntOned.    (Ger.)     Not  sonorous;  void  of 

tone. 
Untunable.    Incapable  of  being  tuned. 

Untune.  To  put  out  of  tune ;  to  make  dis- 
cordant, or  incapable  of  harmony. 

Untuned.    Kot  tuned  ;  discordant ;  harsh. 

Up  Beat.  The  raising  of  the  hand,  or 
baton,  in  beating  or  marking  time. 

Up  Bo>v  Sign.  A  mark  used  in  violin 
music,  showing  that  the  bow  is  to  be  car- 
ried up  (127). 

Upinge.  (Grk.)  A  song  consecrated  by 
the  ancient  Greeks  to  Diana. 

Upper  Board.  That  part  of  an  organ 
placed  directly  over  and  parallel  to  the 
under  board,  perforated  with  holes  corre 
spending  with  those  in  the  under  board 
and  in  wliich  the  feet  of  the  pipes  are  placed. 

Upper  Voice.  A  designation  applied  to 
the  person  who  sings  the  higher  part. 

UprififUt  Planoiortr.  A  pianoforte,  the 
strings  of  winch  are  placed  obliquely  or 
vertically  upward. 

Uranion.  An  instrument  in  make  simi- 
lar to  a  harpsichord  or  pianoforte. 

Urlare.  (Ger.)  A  disagreeable  drawling 
and  howling. 

Uscir  dl  Tuono.  (Ita.)  To  get  out  of 
tune. 

Usns.  (Grk.)  One  of  the  branches  of  the 
melopoeia,  comprising  rules  and  direc- 
tions for  the  proper  formation  of  melodies. 

Ut.  (Fre.)  A  monosyllable  used  by  the 
French  to  name  and  solfa  the  note  C. 

Ut  Mineur.    (Fre.)    C  minor. 

Ut  Qneant  Ijaxis.  (Lot.)  The  com- 
mencing words  of  the  hymn  to  St.  John 
the  Baptist,  from  which  hymn  Guido  is  said 
to  have  taken  the  syllables  ut,  re,  mi,  fa,  iolf 
la,  ior  his  system  of  solmization. 

Utricularis  Tibia.  (Lat.)  The  nama 
given  by  the  Koiiuaa  to  the  bagpipe. 


249 


VEE 


V. 


VTHE  initial  of  Violin. 
•    Va.    (,Ita.)    Go  on ;  continue. 

Vacillando.  (Ita.)  Wavering;  fluctu- 
ating ;  vacillating. 

Va.  con  Spirito.  (Ita.)  Continue  in  a 
spirited  style. 

Va  Crescendo.  (Ita.)  Continue  to  in- 
crease in  loudness. 

VagantI  Suoni.  (Ita.)  Morable  sounds  ; 
tiie  second  and  tliird  sounds  of  every  tet- 
racUord  in  the  ancient  system. 

Vago.    (Ita.)    TTith  a  vague  expression. 

Talcar.  (Fre.)  Value  or  lengtli  of  notes 
in  respect  to  time. 

Talore.    (Ita.)    Value. 

Talse.    (Fre.)    Waltz. 

Talse  a  Denx  Temps.  (Fre.)  A  modem 
waltz,  in  which  the  dancers  make  two  steps 
in  each  measure. 

Talue.    Length  of  notes  in  respect  to  time. 

Valve.  A  close  lid  or  other  contrivance 
designed  to  retard  or  modify  the  sound  of 
an  organ  pipe  or  any  wind  instrument. 

Valve  Horn.  A  horn  in  which  a  portion 
of  the  tube  is  opened  or  closed  by  the  use 
of  valves,  by  which  means  a  higher  or 
lower  pitch  is  obtained. 

Valve  Trumpets.  Trumpets  whose  tones 
are  varied  by  the  use  of  valves. 

V.  and  P.    Violin  and  piano. 

Var.  An  abbreviation  of  Variation  and 
Variardoni. 

Vardlokr.  (Ice.)  A  magical  song;  an 
iu^ntation. 

Var^eli.  One  of  the  classes  of  the  Mys- 
teries, the  subject  of  wliich  was  from  the 
New  Testament. 

Varlamento.  (Ita.)  In  a  free  and  varied 
manner ;  variations. 

Variations.  Ornamental  repetitions,  in 
which,  while  the  original  notes,  harmony, 
and  modulation  are,  or  should  be,  so  far 
preserved  as  to  sustain  the  original  sub- 
ject, the  passages  are  extended  in  flour- 
ishes or  multiplied  sounds,  and  a  more 
brilliant  execution  is  produced. 

Varlato  (Ita.)  Varied;  changed;  al- 
tered. 

Varlazione.    (Ita.)    Variation. 

Varlazloni.     (Ita.)    Variations. 

Varle.  (Fn.)  Varied ;  arranged  with  va- 
riations. 

Var 8.     An  abbreviation  of  Variations. 
VatcrUnser.    (Ger.)    Our  Father. 
Vandevll.    A  vaudeville. 
Vandevllle.     (Fre.)     A  short,  dramatic 

cutertainraent,    interspersed    with    little 

airs  ;  a  rustic  ballad  or  song. 


VandevlIIlste.    (Fre.)    A  ballad  writer. 

Vaudvll.    A  vaudeville. 

Vc.    An  abbreviation  of  Violoncello, 

Vedel,    (Dut.)    A  fiddle. 

Veemente.    (Ita.)    Vehement ;  forcible. 

Veemenza,  Con.  (Ita.)  With  vehe- 
mence and  force. 

Velato.    (Ita.)    Veiled;  indistinct. 

Vellntato.    (Ita.)    Soft  and  smooth. 

Veloce.  (Ita.)  In  a  rapid  time;  as  quick 
as  possible. 

Velocemente.    (Ita.)    Quickly. 

Veloclsslmo.  (Ita.)  With  extreme  ra- 
pidity. 

Velocita,  Con.    (Ita.)    With  velocity. 
Venezlana,  Alia.    (Ita.)     In  the  Vene- 
tian style. 
Vepres.    (Fre.)    Vespers. 
Ver.    An  abbreviation  of  Verse. 
Verfinderungeu.    (Ger.)    Variations. 
Verblndun§f .    ( Ger.)    Combination. 

Vergatternng.  (Ger.)  The  assembly 
drum-beat. 

Vergellen.  (Ger.)  Applied  to  a  tone,  to 
be  Tost  by  degrees  ;  to  gradually  diminish. 

Verger.    The  chief  officer  of  a  cathedral. 

Vergette.    (Ita.)    The  tail  of  a  note. 

Verghetta.    (Ita.)    The  tail  of  a  note. 

Verglledern.    (Ger.)    To  articulate. 

Verhallen.  (Ger.)  A  gradual  diminu- 
tion of  sound. 

Verklingen.  (Ger.)  The  fading  or  dying 
away  of  a  sound. 

Verlagsrecbt.    (Ger.)    Copyright. 

Verliischend.    (Ger.)    Extinguishing. 

Verminderte.  (Ger.)  Diminished,  in 
speaidug  of  intervals. 

Verschen.    (Ger.)    A  small  verse. 

Verse.  A  portion  of  an  anthem  or  service 
intended  to  be  performed  by  one  singer 
to  each  part;  an  anthem  bcginnmg  with 
verse  ;  in  poetry,  a  single  line,  in  distinc- 
tion from  a  stanza,  which  consists  of  two 
or  more  lines. 

Verse,  Acatalectlc.  A  verse  Iiaving  the 
complete  number  of  syllables,  without 
defect  or  excess. 

Verse,  Adonic.  A  verse  consisting  of  one 
long  and  two  short  and  two  loug  sylla- 
bles. 

Verse,  Alcaic.  A  form  of  verse  cmploved 
by  the  poet  Alcjeus,  consisting  of  two  dac- 
tyls and  two  trochees. 

Verse,  Alcmanian.  A  verse  consisting^ 
of  six  anapests  or  their  ;  luivalcnts,  waub 
Ing  the  last  two  syllables. 


VER 


250 


VER 


Verse,  Alexandrian.  'A  form  of  rerse 
consisting  of  twelve  syllables,  or  twelve 
and  thirteen  alternately,  first  introduced 
in  a  po;m  entitled  the  Alexnndriad. 

Verse,  Anapestic.  A  verse  each  metrical 
foot  of  which  contains  two  short  sylla- 
bles and  one  long-  one. 

Verse  and  Ctiorns  Anthem.  An  an- 
them composed  of  verse  and  chorus,  but 
commencing'  with  chorus. 

Verse  Anthem.  An  anthem  containing 
verse  and  choruS;  but  commencing  with 
verse. 

VVrse,  Ascleplad.  A  verse  consisting 
of  four  feet,  the  first  a  spondee,  the  sec- 
ond a  choriambus,  and  the  last  two 
dactyls. 

Verse,  Asynartete.  A  verse  consisting 
of  two  members  having  different  rhythms. 

Verse,  Blank.  Verse  without  rhyme, 
particularly  the  heroic  verse  of  five  feet 
without  rhyme. 

Verse,  Brachycatalectic  A  verse 
wanting  two  syllables. 

Verse  IXrlngen.    (Cer.)    To  versify. 

Verse,  Catalectic.  Verse  wanting  a  syl- 
lable at  the  end  ;  terminating  with  an  im- 
perfect foot. 

Verse,  I>actylie.  A  verse  ending  with 
a  dactyl  instead  of  a  spondee. 

Verse,  Doggerel.  Low,  burlesque  verse ; 
irregular  verse. 

Verse,  Elegiac.  A  pentameter  verse  used 
in  elegies. 

Verse,  £pic.  Hexameter  verse  used  in 
the  epic  poetry  of  the  Greeks  and  Ro- 
mans. 

Verse,  Glyeonle.  A  species  of  Greek  or 
Latin  verse  formed  of  a  spondee,  a  chori- 
ambus, and  a  pyrrhic. 

Verse,  Hendecasyllable.  A  verse  of 
eleven  syllables. 

Verse,  Heroic.  That  in  which  acts  of 
heroism  are  commemorated :  in  Greek 
and  I^tin,  the  hexameter  ;  in  Italian,  Ger- 
man, and  English,  the  iambic  of  ton  syl- 
lables ;  in  French,  the  iambic  of  twelve 
syllables. 

Verse,  Hexameter.  A  verse  having  six 
feet,  of  which  the  first  four  may  be  either 
dactyls  or  spondees,  the  fifth  must  be  a 
dactyl,  and  the  sixth  a  spondee. 

Verse,  Hudibrastlc.  Verse  in  the  style 
of  Hudibras  ;  doggerel  verse. 

Verse,  Hypercatalectlc.  A  verse  hav- 
ing one  or  more  syllables  too  many  at  the 
end. 

Verse,  Iambic.  A  verse  the  metrical  feet 
of  which  consist  of  a  short  syllable  fol- 
lowed by  a  long  one,  or  of  an  unaccented 
syllable  followed  by  an  accented  one. 

Verse,  Ionic.  A  verse  in  Ionic  metre  — 
the  greater  Ionic  consisting  of  a  spondee 
and  a  pyrrhic,  the  smaller  Ionic  of  a 
pyrrhic  and  n  spondee. 

Verse,  lieonine.  A  verse  the  termination 
of  which  rhymes  with  tire  middle  word. 


Verseln.  (Ger.)  To  rhyme  ;  to  scribble 
rhyme. 

Verse,  liyrle.  Verse  designed  to  be  snngr; 
among  the  ancients,  verse  sung  with  an 
accompaniment  on  the  lyre. 

Verse  illachen.  (Ger.)  1  o  make  verses ; 
a  couplet ;  a  strophe. 

Verse,  Palindrome.  A  palindromic 
verse. 

Verse,  Palindromic.  A  verse  which  Is 
the  same  read  backwards  or  forwards. 

Verse,  Pyrrbichian.  A  verse  each  met- 
rical foot  of  which  is  a  pyrrhic,  consiitiug 
of  two  short  syllables. 

Verses,  Acrostic.  Verses  in  which  the 
first,  or  the  first  and  last,  letters  of  each 
spell  some  name,  title,  or  motto. 

Verses,  Antoebean.  Alternating  verses  ; 
verses  arranged  in  dialogue  form. 

Verse,  Sapphic.  In  poetry,  a  measure 
of  eleven  syllables  in  five  feet,  of  which 
the  first,  fourth,  and  rtftli  are  trochees,  the 
second  a  spondee,  and  the  third  a  dactyl. 

Verses,  Cento.    Verses  formed  by  uniting 

passages  from  different  poems. 
Verse,  Serpentine.   A  verse  commencing 

and  closing  with  the  same  word. 

Verse  Service.   A  service  in  which  Temcs 

are  introduced. 

Verses,  Paracrostlc.  Verses  of  which 
the  first  contains,  in  order,  all  the  letters 
which  commence  the  remaining  verses  of 
the  poem. 

Verses,  Pentacrostlc.  Verses  so  dis- 
posed as  to  have  five  acrostics  of  the  samo 
name  in  five  divisions  of  each  verse. 

Verse,  Spondaic.      A  verse  formed   of 

spondees,  that  is,  of  feet  consisting  of  two 

long  syllables. 
Verses,  Triplet.    Three  verses  rhyming 

together. 
Verset.    A  little  verse. 
Verse,  Tetrameter.      A   verse  of  I'o'ir 

measures  or  feet. 
Verse,  Trochalcal. 

trochees. 
Versetta.    (Ita.)    A  short  verse. 
Versetten.    (Ger.)    Short  movements  for 

the  organ,  intended    as  preludes,   inter 

hides,  or  postludes  to  psalm  tunes,  &c. 
Versetto.    (Ita.)    A  short  verse. 
Versetzen.    (Ger.)    To  transpose. 
Versetznug-Zeiehen.     (Ger.)      Mark^ 

of  transposition. 
Versicle.    A  little  verse  ;  short  sentences 

in  the  liturgy. 
Verslculet.    (Fre.)    A  little  verse. 
Versificateur.    (Fre.)    Versifier. 
Versillo.    (Spa.)    A  little  verst. 
Versi  Sciolti.    (Ita.)    Blank  vtrse. 
Versmass.     (Ger.)     The  measure  of  the 

verse ;  the  metre. 
Versmessung.    ( Ger.)    The  metrical  art. 


Verse  consisting  of 


VEK 


2S1 


V30 


Verso.     (Ita.)    Verse. 

Verso  Ol>ll§:ato.  (lia.)  A  style  of  im- 
provisation in  which  a  set  rhyme  and  theme 
are  prescribed. 

Versus  Fescenuini.  Nuptial  son^s,  so 
called  because  tliey  wore  first  used  by  the 
people  of  Fessennia,  a  city  of  Etruria. 

Verte  Sublto.  (Lai.)  Turn  the  leaf 
quickly. 

Tertlcal  Slur.  A  perpendicular  slur,  or 
curved  line,  denoting'  that  the  chord  before 
which  it  stands  is  to  be  performed  in 
imitation  of  harp  music,  or  in  arpeggio 
style  (78^ 

FertOnen.  (Cer.)  To  cease  sounding;  to 
die  away. 

Vet>w^andt.  {Ger.)  Belated;  relative  as  to 
tlie  keys. 

Verwechslung.  (Ger.)  A  change  or 
mutation. 

Ver^vellend.    (Ger.)    Retarding. 

Versiernng.  (Cer.)  Embellishment;  va- 
riation. 

Vesperee.  {Ixit.)  Vespers,  or  the  evening 
service  of  the  Koman  Catholic  church. 

Fesperal.    {Lat.)     A  book  of  vespers. 

Vesper  Bell.  The  sounding  of  «  bell 
about  half  an  hour  after  sunset  in  Roman 
Catholic  countries,  calling  to  vespers. 

Vesper  Hymu.  A  hymn  sung  in  the  even- 
ing service  of  the  Roman  Catholic  church. 

Vespers.  The  evening  song  or  service  of 
the  Roman  Catholic  church. 

Vespertinl  Psalmi.  (Lot.)  Evening 
psalms  or  hymns. 

Vessels,  Acoustic.  Brazen  tubes  or  ves- 
sels of  bell  shape,  employed  in  the  thea- 
tres of  the  ancients  to  propel  the  voice  of 
the  performers  to  distant  points. 

Vezzosamente.    (7to.)    Tenderly. 

Vlbrante.  (Ita.)  A  peculiar  manner  of 
toucliing  the  keys  of  the  piano,  by  which  a 
vibratory  or  tremulous  sound  is  produced. 

Vibrare.    (Ita.)    To  vibrate. 

Vibration.  The  tremulous  motion  of  any 
sonorous  body  by  which  the  sound  is  pro- 
duced, the  sound  being  grave  or  acute  as 
the  vibrations  are  fewer  or  more  numerous 
in  any  given  time;  a  close  shake  (87). 

Vibration  Slurs.  Slurs  made  on  two 
strings  of  a  guitar  by  playing  tlie  higher 
note  and  forcibly  striking  with  the  finger 
of  the  left  hand  the  note  to  be  slurred. 

Vlbratlsslmo.  (/to.)  Vibrated  to  its 
fullest  extent. 

Vibrato.  {Jta.)  "With  a  strong,  vibrating 
quality  of  tone. 

Vibrato  molto.    (Ita.)    Violently  rapid. 

Vide.  (Fre.)  Open;  in  all  music  for  stringed 
instruments,  denoting  that  the  note  over 
which  it  is  placed  must  be  played  on  the 
open  string. 

Vldel.    (Ger.)    A  fiddle. 

Vido.    {lia.)    A  word  formerly  given  to  the 


sound  produced  on  the  open  Btrin|f  of  s 

violin  or  violoncello. 
Vlelle.    (_Fre.)    A  hurdy-gurdy, 
Vlelleur.  (F^e.)  A  player  upon  the  cymbali 
Vlelstlmmlg.    (Ger.)    Many  voiced. 

Vlelstlmntlges   Tonstvck.      (Ger.)    A 

piece  for  several  voices    .  cborau  piece ;  a 

glee. 
VleltSnlg.     (Ger.)    Multisonous;   many- 
sounding. 
Vler.    (Ger.)    Four. 
Vlergestrlclieue  STote.    (G«r.)    A  deml- 

semiquaver. 
Vierhfindlg.    ( Ger.)    For  four  hands. 
Vlerbfindlges    Tonstiick.      (Ger.)     A 

piece  for  four  hands. 
Vler   Masslg.     {Ger.)     Containing   four 

measures. 
Vleraaltlg.    (Ger.)    Four  stringed. 
Vler  sal  tlge  Kicier.  (Ger.)  A  four-stringed 

lyre;  a  tetrachord. 
Vlersplel.    (Ger.)    A  quadrille ;  a  quartet. 
Vlerstlmmlg.    (Ger.)    For  four  voices. 
V'lerstlmmlge.    (Ger.)    Four-voiced. 
Vlerstimmlges    Tonstiick.    (Ger.)    A 

quartet. 
Vierte.    (Ger.)    Fourth. 
Vlertel.    (Ger.)    Crotchet  (17). 
Vlertel  BTote.    (Ger.)    A  crotchet;  a  qnaiv 

ter  note  (17). 
Vlernndsechzlgatel.  (Ger.)  Hemidcmi- 

semiquavers  (21). 
Vler  Vlertel  Takt.     ( Ger.)    Measure  in 

common  time. 
Vlerzelm.    (Ger.)    Fourteen. 
Vlerzehute.    ( Ger.)    Fourteenth. 
Vletato.    (fta.)  Prohibited;  a  term  applied 

to  intervals  and  modulations  not  allowed 

by  the  laws  of  harmony. 
VliBfore,    Con.     (Ita.)     With   force   and 

vigor. 
Vlgorosamente.    (Ita.)     Boldly. 
Vlgoroso.    (Ita.)    Bold;  with  vigor. 
Vlf  et  Anime.    (Fre.)  Quick  and  spirited. 
Vihuela.    (Spa.)    Guitar. 
Vlhuelista.    (Spa.)    A  guitar  player. 
Vlllanclco.    (Spa.)    A  metrical  composi- 
tion sung  in  churches  on  certain  festival 

occasions. 
Vlllanclqnere.     (Spa.)     One  who  com- 
poses   small   metrical    compositions    for 

churches. 
Vlllanella.    (Ita.)    An  old  rustic  dance; 

the  tune  to  which  it  was  danced, 
Vlllano.    (Spa.)    A  Spanish  dance, 
Vlllotte.    (Ita.)    One  of  the  names  given 

to  the    first  secular  music  in  parts  after 

the  invention  of  counterpoint. 
Vina.    A  frr.-tted  instrument  of  the  guitar 

style,  in  use  in  Hindoostan. 
Vlo,    An  abbreviation  of  Violin. 


VIO 


292 


VIO 


Tlol.  A  stringed  instrument,  resemblinnr, 
in  shape  and  tone,  the  violin,  of  which  it 
was  tlje  origin,  but  larg-cr  in  size,  and  fur- 
nished witli  six  strings,  to  be  fttruck  with  a 
DOW,  und  a  neclc  having  frets  for  stopping 
the  strings. 

Tlola.  A  tenor  violin ;  an  instrument  sim- 
ilar in  tone  and  formation  to  the  violin,  but 
larger  in  size,  and  having  a  compass  a  fifth 
lower  in  the  great  scale  of  sounds. 

Viola,  Alta.    (Ita.)    A  counter  tenor  viol. 

Viola  Bastarda.  ( Tta.)  A  bastard  viol,  with 
six  or  seven  strings,  an  ancient  instrument. 

Viola  dl  Amore.    (Ita.)    A  viol  of  love; 

a  viol  larger  than  the  violin,  having  six 

brass  or  steel  wires,  yielding  a  very  soft 

and  silvery  sound. 
Viola  dl  Bardone.    (Ita.)    A  large  viol, 

having   forty-four   strings,  used   by  the 

ancients. 
Viola  dl   Bracclo.      (Ita.)    Viol  of  the 

arm;  the  counter  tenor  viol,  resembling 

the  viola,  so  called  because  held  upon  the 

arm  while  being  played. 
Viola  dl  Gamba.    (Ita.)   Tiolof  theleg; 

so  called  from  the  manner  of  holding  it 

while  being  played  upon.    It  resembles  the 

viol,  but  is  larger. 

Viola  dl  Gamblat.  (Ita.)  A  performer 
or  professor  of  the  viol  di  gamba. 

Viola  dl  Spalla.  (Ita.)  Viol  of  the 
shoulder;  an  instrument  intermediate  in 
size  between  the  viola  and  the  viola  di 
gamba,  and  held  upon  the  shoulder  while 
being  played. 

Viola,  Fall-toned.  An  old  instrument 
of  a  larger  size  than  the  violin,  but  other- 
wise the  same. 

Viola  Quarta.    (Ita.)    The  fourth  viol. 

Viol,  Arm.  An  instrument  answering  to 
the  counter  tenor,  treble  or  fifth  violin, 
named,  by  Italians,  viola  di  braccio. 

Vlolars.  Strolling  violinists  of  the  12th 
century. 

Viola,  Tenore.    (Ita.)    A  tenor  viol. 

Viol,  Baas.  The  violoncello;  a  strin^^ed 
instrument  in  the  form  of  a  violin,  but 
much  larger,  having  four  strings  and  eight 
stops,  wiiich  are  subdivided  into  semi- 
stops,  and  performed  on  with  a  bow. 

Viol  d'Amore.    (Ita.)  The  viole  d'amour. 

Vlole  d'Amoar.  (Fre.)  A  viol  furnished 
with  six  brass  or  steel  wires ;  viola  d'amore. 

Viol,    I>onble    Bass.     The  largest  and 

deepest  toned  of  stringed  instruments. 
Viole.    (Fre.)     A  viol. 
Viole  Alt.    (Ger.)    The  tenor  violin. 
Violentemente.    (Ita.)    Violently. 
Vlolenza,  Cou.    (Ita.)    With  violence. 
Violetta.    (Ita.)    Small  alto  viol. 
Violetta  Marina.    (Ita.)    A  stringed  in- 

struuje-nt;  the  marine  trumpet. 
Violetto.     An  instrument  similar  to  the 

viula  d'amore,  having  the  lower  A  string 

omitted. 


Vlollno   Secondo  Concertino.    (Tta.) 

Second  principal  violin. 
Viol,  Greater.    The  viola  di  gamba. 

Viol,  narpsicliord.  An  instrument  in- 
vente<l  in  Paris  in  1717,  resembling  a  viol, 
placed  upon  a  table,  and  played  with  a 
wheel  instead  of  a  bow,  producing  a  sound 
resembling  that  of  a  viol. 

Violicembalo.  A  pianoforte  played  with 
a  bow,  invented  in  1823. 

Violin.  An  instrument  having  four  stiingn, 
played  with  a  bow,  the  most  perfect  musi- 
cal instrument  known,  of  brilliant  tone, 
and  capable  of  every  variety  of  exprension ; 
in  written  music,  a  term  implying  the  use 
of  treble  violin. 

Violin,  Bass.  The  violoncello:  when,  in 
instrumental  music,  the  passage  nscenda 
above  the  bass  staff,  the  ten'»r  clef  is  intro- 
duced, and  the  notes  are  played  on  that 
instrument. 

Violinbogeu.    ( Ger.)    A  violin  bow. 

Vlolinl  dl  Concertino.  (Ita.)  Those 
violins,  whether  first  or  second,  that  play 
through  the  piece. 

Viollne.    (Ger.)    A  violin. 

Violinete.    (Spa.)    A  kit ;  pocket  violin. 

VloUnler.    (Fre.)    A  violinist. 

Violinist.    A  performer  on  the  violin. 

Viollnlsta.  (Ita.  and  Spa.)  A  violin 
player. 

Violini  Unlsonl.  (fta.)  The  violins  In 
unison. 

Violin,  Keyed.  An  instrument  having 
forty  strings  arranj.'cd  like  those  of  a  piano, 
and  acted  upon  by  horse-hair  bows  under 
the  pressure  of  keys,  like  those  of  an  organ 
or  pianoforte. 

Violin,  Keyed  Stop.  An  arrangement 
to  be  attached  to  a  violin.,  consisting  of  a 
finger  board  made  of  ebony,  with  thirty- 
three  stops,  called  key  stops,  which  stand 
above  the  strings,  projecting  one  sixteenth 
of  an  inch,  and  acting  upon  them  perpen- 
dicularly. 

Violin  Mnte,  Folding.  An  article  de- 
signed to  increase  the  softness  and  purity 
of  the  tone  of  a  violin. 

Viollunoten.  (Ger.)  Notes  for  the  violin. 

Vlollno.    (Ita.)    The  violin. 

Vlollno.  Alto,  (fta.)  Countertenor  viol, 
or  small  tenor  viol,  on  which  the  alto  may 
be  played. 

Violin  Oder  G.  Schlnssel.    (Ger.)    The 

treble  or  G  clef 
Vlollno  Prlmo.    (Ita.)    The  first  violin. 

Vlolino  Prlmo  Concertino.  (Ita.)  First 

principal  violin. 
Violin,  Principal.    The  first  or  leading 

violin  in  a  performance. 
Violino    Principale.    (Ita.)    The  prin 

cipal  violin  part. 
Vlollno  Tacet.    (Ita.)    The  violin  to  to 

silent. 


VIO 


2SS 


voc 


Vlollnschlnssel.  (Ger.)  Key  of  or  for 
the  violin;  in  flute  und  violia  music,  the 
treble  clef. 

Tiolinscbule.  (ffer.)  School  for  the  violin. 

Tioltuspieler.    (Cer.)    A  violinist. 

Violinstimme.  (ffer.)  Part  for  the 
violin. 

Violin  Tenor.     A  violia  of  low  tone. 

Violin  Trimmings.  The  pegs,  uuts, 
bridge,  striu<,'s,  &c.,  of  a  violin. 

Vlolinvirtuosinn.  {Ger.)  A  first  class 
violinist ;  a  virtuoso  on  the  violin. 

Vlollnzelchen.  [Ger.)  The  treble  clef, 
used  for  the  violin,  (lute,  &c. 

Viol,  T,eg.  The  viola  di  gamba  ;  the  bass 
viol. 

Viol,  Iiove.  A  strinpred  instrument  of  the 
violin  species,  so  named  on  account  of  Its 
peculiar  sweetness  of  tone. 

Viol,  Xjyra.  (Ita.)  An  instrument  formed 
like  a  viol,  having  six  strings  and  seven 
frets,  or  stops,  to  which  are  assigned  the 
letters  C,  C,  D,  E,  F.  G,  H,  the  letter  A 
answering  to  the  open  string  where  it 
occurs. 

Violon.    (_Fre.)    Violin. 

Violon.    ( Ger.)    Bass  viol. 

Violoucell.    {Ger.)    Violoncello. 

Violoncelle.    (Fre.)    Violoncello. 

Vialoncelli  Soli.  (Ita.)  The  violoncel- 
los alone;  in  orchestral  music,  the  violon- 
cellos without  the  double  basses. 

Violoncellist.    A  player  on  a  violoncello- 

Vloloncellista.  (Ita.)  A  violoncello 
player. 

Violoncello.  (Ita.)  A  small  bass  viol 
containing  four  string's,  the  lowest  of 
which  is  tuned  to  double  C. 

Violoncello,  Double-toned.  A  violon- 
cello having  steel  wires  within  it  drawn 
to  a  higli  degree  of  tension. 

Violonchelo.      (.Spa.)    Violoncello. 

Violone.  A  bass  viol  of  four  strings;  a 
bass  violin  with  long,  stout  strings,  sound- 
ing an  octave  lower  than  a  violoncello ;  a 
double  bass. 

Violone,  Contra.  (Ita.)  A  large  bass 
violin ;  the  double  bass. 

Vlolono.    (Ita.)    The  double  bass. 

Viols,  Chest  of.  An  expression  formerly 
applied  to  a  set  of  viols,  consisting  of  six, 
the  particular  use  of  which  was  to  play 
fantasias  in  six  parts,  generally  two  each 
of  bass,  tenor,  and  treble. 

Virelal.  (Fre.)  An  ancient  French  song 
or  ballad;  a  poem  turning  upon  two  sets 
of  rhymes,  the  first  of  which  continues 
through  the  piece,  the  other  occasionally 
iutroduced  to  produce  variety, 

Virelay.  A  rural  ballad  or  song;  a  vau- 
deville. 

Virginal.  An  instrument  of  the  time  of 
Queen  Elizabeth.  The  strings,  which  were 
of  catgut,  were  at  once  struck  and  pulled 
by  pieces  of  quill  fastened  to  the  upper 

22 


extremity  of  short,  upright  jacks  upon  the 
inner  ends  of  the  keys. 

Virgnla.    (Lat.)    One  of  the  ten  notes  of 

the  middle  ages. 

Virgnlom.  (Lat.)  Former  name  of  the 
branch,  tail,  or  stem  of  a  note. 

Virtn.  (Tta.)  A  love  for  choice  passages 
of  music,  and  for  a  nicety  of  performance; 
objects  of  art  taken  collectively. 

Virtnosita.  (Ita.)  Taste  and  skill  in  x>er- 
i'ormance. 

VirtuositSt.    ( Ger.)    Skill  in  musical  art. 

Virtuoso.  (I(a.)  One  who  possesses  taste 
orskill  in  the  theory  and  practice  of  music; 
one  who  is  critically  appreciative  of  a  per- 
formance. 

Virtuosone.  (Ita.)  A  term  used  in  a 
ludicrous  sense  to  denote  a  great  or  grand 
virtuoso. 

Vis-a-Vis  Harpsichord.  A  double 
harpsichord,  invented  by  Johann  Stein  of 
Augsburg,  so  called  l>ecause  each  of  its  ex- 
tremities was  furnished  with  a  key  board, 
by  which  means  two  performers  played  at 
the  same  time. 

Vistamente.    (Ita.)    Quickly. 

Vlsto.    (Ita.)    Quick;  without  delay. 

Vite.  (Fre.)  With  quickness;  spirited; 
lively. 

Vite  et  Bapide.    (Fre.)    Quick  and  rapid, 

Vitement.    (Fre.)    Rapidly. 

Vitten.    (Dut.)    To  sing. 

Viula.  The  name  given  in  the  twelfth  cen- 
tury to  the  viol. 

Vivace.  (Ita).  Vivaciously;  quickly; 
briskly. 

Vivace,  ma  non  troppo  presto,  (/to.) 
Lively,  but  not  too  quick. 

Vivacemente.    (Ita.)    Quick  and  lively. 

Vivacetto.  (Ita.)  A  little  lively;  some- 
what quick. 

Vivacissimo.  (Ita.)  With  extreme  vi- 
vacity. 

Vivacita.    (Ita.)    Vivacity. 

Vivamente.  (Ita.)  In  a  sharp,  lively 
manner. 

Vivezza,  Con.    (Ita.)  With  vivacity. 

Vivo.     (Ita.)    Animated;  lively. 

Vivo,  Piu  Vivo.  (Ita.)  Lively,  more 
lively. 

Vllo.    An  abbreviation  of  Vtoloncello. 

Vo.    An  abbreviation  of  VioHno. 

Voc.    An  abbreviation  of  Vocal. 

Vocal.  Belonging  or  relating  to  the  human 
voice. 

Vocal  Concert.  A  performance  of  musio 
consisting  of  songs,  glees,  quartets,  cho- 
ruses, Sx. 

Vocalist.    A  singer. 

V'ocality.  The  quality  of  being  utfe^rable 
by  the  voice. 

Vocalization.    The  practice  of  solfcggioi. 


voc 


2H 


vol 


TocaliKatlona.  Exercises  for  the  proper 
development  of  the  voice,  with  n  view  to 
singing. 

Vocalize.  To  perform  with  the  voice ;  to 
practise  singing  on  the  vowels,  chiefljr  the 
Itiilian  A,  lor  tlie  improvement  ot  the 
voice  or  the  acquisition  of  vocal  skill. 

Focalixed.  Made  vocal  j  formed  into 
voice. 

Foealixes.  Solfeggios;  exercises  for  the 
voice. 

Vocalizzare.  (Ita.)  To  sing  solfeggios ; 
exercises  for  the  vocal  organs. 

Tocalizzazione.  (ito.)  Singing  upon  the 
vowels. 

Tocallzzl.  (Ita.)  Vocal  exercises  to  be 
sung  on  the  vowels  ;  vocalizes. 

Vocallzzo.  (Ita.)  Vocalizes;  musical 
notes  without  text. 

Vocally.    In  a  vocal  manner. 

Vocal  Ittuslc.  Music  composed  for  tlic 
voice ;  sounds  uttered  or  modulated  by  the 
voice;  singing. 

Vocal  Performance.  A  performance 
executed  by  voices. 

Vocal  Score.  An  arrangement  in  notes 
of  all  the  separate  voice  parts,  placed  in 
their  proper  bars  under  each  other,  and  used 
by  the  conductor  of  a  vocal  performance. 

Voce.    (Ita.)    Voice. 

Voce  Acuta.    (Ifa.)    A  shrill  voice. 

Voce  di  Camera.  (Ita.)  A  voice  suited 
for  private  rather  than  for  public  singing. 

Voce  dl  Petto.  fZta.)  The  chest  or  nat- 
ural voice;  the  lowest  register  of  tlie 
human  voice. 

Voce  di  Testa.  (Ita.)  The  head  voice; 
the  falsetto  or  feigned  voice. 

Voce  Mezza.  (Ita.)  With  a  modera+f! 
strength  of  tone,  and  iu  a  delicate  manner. 

Voce  Alolto.    (Ita.)    Full  voiced. 

Voce  Musicale.  (Ita.)  Musical  voice; 
the  tonic  or  major  key  note,  iu  solmizatiou 
called  do. 

Voce  Piacente.    (Ita.)    A  pleasing  voice. 

Vocerelliua.    Qlta.)    A  pretty  little  voice. 

Voce  Sola.  (Ita.)  The  voice  alone  ;  with- 
out an  accompaniment. 

V^oce  Spianata.  (Ita.)  An  even  and  sua- 
tiiined  voice. 

Voce  Umana.    (Ita.)    The  human  voice. 

Vociaccia.  (Ita.)  A  bad,  disagreeable 
voice. 

Vocl  Ittnaioall.  (Ita.)  The  seven  de- 
grees of  sound  within  the  compass  of  the 
octave. 

Voclna.    (Ita.)    A  soft,  pleasing  voice. 

Vocino.    (Ita.)    A  sweet,  low  voice. 

Vocula.    (Lat.)   A  diminutive,  feeble  voice. 

Vocule.    A  short  and  feeble  utterance. 

Vocz.  An  abbreviation  of  Vocaiizes,  and 
Vocalizaiions. 

Voice.  Sound  or  sounds  produced  by  the 
vocal  organs  in  singing ;  distinctive  char- 


acter or  quality  of  tone ;  to  fit  for  prodo- 

cing  the  proper  sounds ;  to  regulate  tones. 
Voice,  Alto.    The  lowest  female  voice. 
Voice,  Baritone.    A  male  voice,  interme- 
diate, iu  respect  to  pitch,  between  the  basa 

and  tenor,  the  compass  usually  extending 

from  li  flat  to  F. 
Voice,  Bass.    The  gravest  or  deepest  of 

the  male  voices. 
Voice,  Basso.     A  bass  voice ;  the  lowest 

male  voice. 
Voice,    Breast.     The    natuntl    voice    of 

adults ;  the  lower  register  of  the  voice. 
Voice,  CUamber.    A  voico  suited  to  the 

performance  of  parlor  music. 
Voice,  Cliest.    The  register  of  the  chest 

tones. 
Voice,  Counter  Tenor.    The  male  voice 

next  above  the  tenor  voice;    the  lowest 

female  voip«. 
Voiced,  Hij^Ii.    Having  a  strong  tone  or 

pitch  of  voice;  a  voice  of  great  acuteness. 
Voice,  False.    A  falsetto  voice. 
Voice,  Falsetto.    A  man's  voice  resem- 
bling a  woman's  voice,  so  called  because  it 

is  not  strictly  a  true,  but  a  false  or  assumed 

one. 
Voice,  First.    The  soprano. 
Voice,  Fourth.    The  bass. 
Voice,    Guttural.     A  voice  proceeding 

mainly  from  the  throat. 
Voice,  Head.    The  falsetto  in  male  voices ; 

the  high  register  of  the  voice. 
Voice,  IVasal.    A  voice  unduly  affected  bf 

the  nose. 
Voice,  Pure.    A  voice  proceeding  freely, 

and  partaking  neither  too  strongly  of  the 

nasal,  labial,  guttural,  or  other  sound. 
Voice,  (inadrllle.    Quadrille  music  with 

vocal  accompaniment. 
Voices  Accessory.  Accompanying  voices. 
Voice,  Second.    Tlie  alto. 
Voice,  Second  Treble.    The  alto  voice; 

lowest  female  voice. 
Voices,    Equal.    Com(>osition3  in  which 

cither  all  male  or  all  female  voices  are 

required. 
Voices,  middle.    Voices  between  tenor 

and  alto. 
Voice,  Soprano.  The  highest  female  voice. 
Voices,  Outer.    The  highest  and  lowest 

voices. 
Voices,  Principal.  Thebassand  soprano; 

the  highest  and  lowest. 
Voice,  Tenor.    The  highest  male  voice. 
Voice,  Third.    The  tenor. 
Voice,   Treble.    The  highest  species  of 

female  voices. 
Voice,  Under.    A  designation  applied  to 

the  vocalist  who  executes  the  bass. 
Voice,  Upper.    The  singer  who  performs 

the  higher  part  of  a  composition. 
Voicing.    The  adjustment  of  the  parts  of  an 

organ  pipe  for  the  purpose  of  giving  it  its 


vol 


295 


VYR 


proper  pitch  and  its  peculiar  character  of 

sound. 
%'^oix.    (_Fre.)    Voice. 
Voix  Aij^re.    {Fre.)    Harsh  voice. 
Voix    Argentine.    {Fre.)    A  clear,  fine- 
toned  voice,  a  silvery  voice. 
Volx  Claire.   {Fre.)    A  clear,  shrill  voice. 
Voix  de  Tete.    {Fre.)    Falsetto  voice. 
Voix  X^clatante.  {Fre.)  A  piercinfj  voice. 
Voix  Flutee.    {Fre.)    A  soft,  sweet  voice. 
Voix    dapissante.      {Fre.)      A    shrill, 

squeaking  voice. 
Voix  ttrele.    {Fre.)    A  sharp,  shrill  voice. 
Voix  Monotone.    {Fre.)    A  monotonous 

voice. 
Voix  Per^ante.    {Fre.)    Shrill  voice. 
Voix  Roude.    {Fre.)    A  round,  full  voice. 
Voix  Traiuante.  {Fre.)  A  drawling  voice. 
Volante.    i^Ita.)     Flying';  in  a  light  and 

rapid  manner. 
Volata.    {Ita.)     Notes  in  rapid  succession; 

a  division,  or  rapid  flight  of  notes. 

Volatiue.    {Fre.)    A  rapid  succession  of 

notes. 
Volee.    {Fre.)    A  rapid  flight  of  notes. 
Volks^eaaug.    {Ger.)    A  national  song; 

popular  song. 

V^olkslied.  {Ger.)  A  national  song;  a 
popular  song,  tune,  or  ballad. 

Voll.    {Ger.)    Full. 

VoIUcommen.    {Ger.)    Perfect. 

Vollstiinmig.    {Ger.)    In  full  harmony. 

Vollstimnii^e  Alusik.    ( Ger.)   Concert. 

Vollstiinmiges  Toustack.  {Ger.) 
Symphony. 

Vollstimmif;keit.  {Ger.)  Perfect  har- 
mony. 

VolItUiii^e  Stimme.  {Ger.)  Full  toned, 
sonorous  voice. 

Volonte.    {Fre.)    Will;  pleasure. 

Volta.  {Ita.)  Time;  turn;  an  old  three- 
timed  air;  an  old  Italian  dance  in  J  time. 

Volta  Prima.    {Ita.)    The  first  time. 

Voltare.    {Ita.)    Turn  over;  change. 

Volta  Seconda.    {Ita.)    The  second  time. 

Volte.  {Ita.)  An  obsolete  dance  resem- 
bling tlie  galliard,  written  in  '\  time. 

Voltl.    {Ita.)    Turn  over,  or  cliango. 

Volti  Segue  la  Seconda  Parte.  {Ita.) 
Turn  over,  the  second  part  follows. 

Volti  Subito.    {Ha.)    Turn  over  quickly. 

VolnbUita,  Con.  {Jta.)  With  freedom 
and  ease. 

Volubllmente.  {Ita.)  With  volubility  and 
froudom  ol'  performance ;  with  ease. 

Volume.  The  compass  of  a  voice  ;  the  tone 
or  power  of  a  voice;  the  quantity  or  full- 
ness  of  the  sound  of  a  voice  or  instrument. 


Voluntary.  An  extemporaneous  intro- 
ductory performance  a  composition  gen- 
erally consisting  of  two  or  three  move- 
ments, calculated  to  display  the  capabilities 
of  an  organ  and  the  skill  of  the  player. 

Voluntary,  Concluding.  A  voluntary 
for  an  organ  designed  to  be  performed  at 
the  conclusion  of  church  service. 

Volver  a  la  >Iisma  Canciou.  {Spa.) 
To  return  to  the  old  tune. 

Von.    {Ger.)    By;  of. 

Vorausnalime.  {Ger.)  An  anticipation 
in  melody  or  harmony. 

Vorbereitnng.    {Ger.)    A  preparation. 

Vorbereitungsunterriclit.  {Ger.)  Pre- 
paratory lesson;  elementary  instruction. 

Vorhalt.  {Ger.)  A  suspension  or  retar- 
dation either  in  melody  or  harmony ;  a  pro- 
longed note. 

Vorheulen.  {Ger.)  To  sing  in  a  whining 
tone. 

Vorklingen.  {Ger.)  To  sound  louder  or 
stronger. 

Vorleiern.  ( Ger.)  To  play  tediously  on 
an  instrument. 

Vorsang.  {Ger.)  Leading  off  in  the  song; 
act  of  beginning  the  tune. 

Vorsanger.  {Ger.)  The  leading  singer  in 
a  choir;  a  precentor. 

Vorschlag.    {Ger.)   Anappog^atura(i34). 

Vorspiele.  {Ger.)  An  introductory  move- 
ment; a  prelude  in  organ  playing. 

Vorspielen.  {Ger.)  To  be  the  leader  of 
an  orchestra ;  to  prelude. 

Vorzeichnung.    (Ger.)    The  signature. 

Vox.    {Lat.)    Voice. 

Vox   Acuta.     {Lot.)     An  acute  or  high 

voice. 
Vox  Gravis.    {Lat.)  A  grave  or  low  voice. 

Vox  Humana  Stop.  An  organ  stop  re- 
sembling in  tone  the  sound  of  the  iiuman 
voice. 

Vox.    {Spa.)  Voice;  sound  in  general ;TocaI 

music. 

Vox  Argeutada.  {Spa.)  A  clear,  BOnoroas 

voice. 

Voz  Cascarrona.  {Spa.)  A  harsh,  un- 
pleasant tone  of  voice. 

Voz  de  Carretero.  {Spa.)  Aharsh,Ioud, 
unpleasant  voice. 

Vozes.    {Spa.)    Voices. 

V.  P.    The  initials  of  Violino  Primo. 

V.  Primo.    {Ita.)    First  violin. 

V.  S.  The  initials  of  VoUi  Subito,  and  of 
Violino  Secondo. 

Vutde.  {Fre.)  Open  ;  a  term  used  in  mu- 
sic for  stringed  instruments;  vide. 

V".  V.    Violins;  two  violins. 

Vyrdon.  ( Wei.)  The  sixth  string  o/  Um 
crutb. 


2!M 


WHO 


W. 


W 


THE  Initial  of  Waltz. 


■  .  •  TVRits.  Ori^nally,  musical  watch- 
men who  guarded  tlie  streets  in  England  ; 
latterly,  persons  who,  about  Christmas, 
play  psalm  tunes,  Ac,  In  the  streets  dur- 
ing the  night ;  an  obsolete  term  for  haut- 
boys. 

Waldliorn.  (Ger.)  Hunting  bom  i  bugle. 

Wals.    (,Dut.)    A  waltz. 

TTaltc.  {Ger.)  A  dance  originating  in 
Germany,  performed  by  two  persons  in 
circular  figures,  with  a  whirling  motion ; 
music  usually  in  |  measure,  regulating  the 
movements  of  the  dance. 

Walzer.    {Ger.)    A  waltz. 

TVarble.  To  quaver  the  sound  ;  to  modu- 
late with  turns  or  variations,  in  a  manner 
imitative  of  the  songs  of  birds ;  to  be  qua- 
vered or  modulated. 

War  Songs.  Songs  written  for  and  sung 
for  the  purpose  of  inspiring  soldiers,  or 
of  celebrating  a  victory. 

Wassail.  An  old  term  signifying  a  merry 
or  coni*fvial  song  or  glee ;  a  ditty. 

'Waaserongel.    (Ger.)    Hydraulic  organ. 

Water  Bubble.  A  name  applied  by  Eng- 
lisli  bird  fanciers  of  the  last  century  to  a 
bird  note  resembling  in  sound  that  of  the 
flowing  of  water  through  a  deep  and  nar- 
row channel. 

Watering  Call.  A  call  or  sound  of  a 
trumpet,  on  which  the  cavalry  assemble  to 
water  their  horses. 

Water  Itluslc.  A  term  applied  by  Handel 
to  certain  airs  composed  by  him  and  per- 
formed on  the  water  by  the  first  band  of 
wind  instruments  instituted  in  England. 

Water  Organ.    The  hydraulica. 

Wa-res  of  Sound.  Undulations  propa- 
gated to  the  ear  and  producing  sound. 

Waving  lilne.  A  line  which,  when  placed 
perpendicularly  upon  the  stjifT,  indicates 
t-iiat  tlie  notes  are  not  to  be  played  liter- 
ally all  together  at  the  same  instant,  but 
a  mere  trifle  after  each  other,  the  lowest 
generally  first.  If  their  succession  should 
be  as  swift  as  possible,  a  line  is  drawn 
across  the  notes  (115).  Wlien  the  line  is 
placed  horizontally,  it  shows  that  the  ef- 
fect of  the  8va  sign  is  to  be  prolonged  to 
the  extent  of  the  line  ((U,  d). 

Wayghtes.  AVaits;  itinerant  musicians 
who  perform  in  the  streets  during  the 
nights  preceding  Christmas. 

Way,  Iiyra.  One  of  the  two  modes  of 
notation  in  the  ancient  Greek  system. 

Weak  Parts.  The  unaccented  parts  of  a 
measure. 


Web.  Chron.    An  abbreviation  of  Wdbtf 

Chronometer. 

Weber  Clironometer.  An  instrument 
similar  to  a  metronome,  but  simpler  in  its 
construction,  invented  by  Weber.  It  con- 
sists of  a  piece  of  twine,  about  five  feet  in 
len'jth,  on  which  are  fifty-five  inch  sp.ices, 
ana  a  small  weight  at  the  lower  end,  the 
degree  of  motion  being  determined  by  the 
length  of  twine  swinging  with  the  weight. 
Its  use  is  shown  by  a  sign  (131). 

WecUselchor.  (Ger.)  Alternate  chorus 
or  choir. 

Wecbselnoten.  {Ger.)  Irregular  tran- 
sient notes ;  appoggiaturas. 

W^ebmnth.    {Ger.)    Sadness. 
W^ebmutbig.    {Ger.)    Sad;  sorrowful. 
Weiberstlmnte.    {Ger.)    A  female  voice  ; 

treble  voice. 
Weiblicbereime.        {Ger.)        Trochaic 

rhymes. 
'Weibnacbtslied.      {Ger.)      Canticle    at 

Christmas  ;  Christmas  hymn  or  carol. 
■Wcicbe.    {Ger.)    Minor  in  respect  to  Icey a 

and  mode. 
"IVeicbelied.  {Ger.)  A  consecration  song. 
^Veise.    {Ger.)    Melody;  air;  song. 
W^eite    Harmonic.      {Ger.)      Dispersed 

harmony. 
Welsb  Harp.    An  instrument  of  ancient 

origin,  having  about  one  hundred  strings. 
Welsb  Tunes.      Melodies  of  the  ancient 

Cambrians,  and  said  by  Caradocus,  in  hie 

Chronicle  of  Wales,  to  be  derived  from 

the  Irish  through  the  means  of  Griffith 

Ap-Conan,  of  Irish  birth,  and  King  of 

North  Wales. 
TVeltlicbe.   (Ger.)    Secular. 
VTeltliche   Lieder.      {Ger.)      Worldly 

songs  ;  secular  songs. 
W^erk.    {Ger.)    Work;  opus. 
^Vesentlicb.    {Ger.)    Essential. 
Wettgesaug.    {Ger.)    A  singing  match. 
^Vbaigbtes.    Waits. 
Wbiffle.    A  fife  or  small  flute. 
Wblfller.    A  fifer  or  a  piper. 
>Vblstle.  A  small,  shrill  wind  instmment, 

in  tone  resembling  a  fife,  but  blown  at  th« 

end,  like  the  old  English  flute;  to  make  s 

musical  sound  by  blowing  through  a  small 

orifice  made  by  compressing  the  lips. 
Wbite  ]Vote8.  The  notes  with  open  heads. 
'^Vblzzing.    A  humming  or  hissing  sound 

in  a  voice  or  instrument. 
■Wbole  IVote.    A  semibreve  (15). 
Wbole  jVote  Rest.     A  pause  equal  in 

length  to  a  whole  note  (27). 
Wliole  Sbif  t.  A  violm  shift  on  the  eighth 

line,  or  A. 


WHO 


257 


XYL 


Wlaole  Tone.    A  tone  ;  a  large  Becond. 

^Vlederholung.    ( Ger.)    Repetition. 

TViederhoIungszeicIieii.  (Ger.)  Signs 
for  repetition. 

Wlederkllugen.  {Ger.)  To  reeound ; 
to  reecho. 

Wlna.  (^iR.)  An  instrument  of  India, 
consisting  of  a  bamboo  body  attached  to 
two  large  ojourds,  mounted  with  strings, 
which  in  playing  are  pressed  on  bridges 
with  the  fingers. 

TVlnch.  A  rectangular  lever  within  a  bar- 
rel or  Iiand  organ,  by  means  of  which  the 
bellows  are  moved. 

TTind.  To  sound  so  that  the  notes  are 
prolonged  and  naturally  involved. 

Wind  Chest.  An  air-tight  box  under  the 
sound  board  of  an  organ,  into  which  tlie 
wind  pusses  from  the  bellows,  and  from 
which  it  passes  to  the  pipes. 

Wind  Instruments.  A  general  name 
for  nil  instruments  the  sounds  of  which 
are  produced  by  the  breath  or  by  the  wind 
of  bellows. 

TTlndlade.  (Ger.)  The  wind  chest  of  an 
organ. 

Wind  Orchestra.  A  combination  of  va- 
rious wind  instrumcuta. 

Windstock.  ( Ger.)  Cover  of  organ  pipes. 

Wind  Trunk.  A  large  passage  in  an 
organ  tlirough  which  air  is  conveyed  from 
the  bellows  to  the  wind  chest. 

Windzonge.  (Ger.)  Tongue  of  an  organ 
pipe. 

Winseliff.    (Ger.)    Plaintive. 

Winselstinune,  (Ger.)  A  plaintive 
voice. 

Wirbel.  ( Ger.)  A  peg  of  a  violin,  tenor, 
&c.  -y  a  drum  roll. 

Wirbel  I3iner  Gelge.  (Ger.)  Peg  or 
screw  of  a  violin. 

Wirbelstock.    (Ger.)    A  sound  board. 


'Wogend.    (Ger.)    Waving. 

W^ohlklang.  (Ger.)  Agreeable  sound} 
harmony. 

Wohlkling^end.  ( Ger.)  Harmonious ; 
sonorous. 

Wohl-Iaut.    ( Ger.)    Euphony ;  harmony. 

W^ohl-lauten.  (Ger.)  To  sound  agree- 
ably. 

Woli.  A  noise  produced  by  playing  npon 
an  organ  which,  in  being  tuned,  has  had  nil 
its  imperfections  so  arranged  as  to  fall 
upon  remote  keys  which  are  seldom  used ; 
the  interval  from  the  false  octave,  by  the 
fifth,  to  the  true  one. 

Wonnegesangf.  (Ger.)  A  delightful, 
charming  song. 

Wood  Horn.    The  French  horn. 

Wood  Instruments.  Such  as  have  bone 
or  wood  for  their  body. 

IVood  <^uartet.  A  quartet  consisting  of 
the  flute,  oboe,  clarionet,  and  bassoon. 

Worked-up  Fugue.  A  fugue  consist- 
ing of  several  themes,  and  having  many 
developments. 

Wortklang.    (Ger.)    Accent;  tone. 

Wrest.    An  old  name  for  a  tuning  key. 

Wrest  Pins.  Movable  pins  in  a  piano, 
about  which  one  end  of  the  string  is 
wound,  and  by  turning  of  which  the  in- 
strument is  tuned. 

Wrest  Plank.  That  part  of  a  piano  ia 
which  the  wrest  pins  are  iixed. 

Wrist  Guide.  That  part  of  Logier's 
chiroplast  which  guides  the  wrist. 

Wnnderlich.    ( Ger.)    Odd ;  capricious. 

Wunderstiinme.    (Ger.)    A  wonderful, 

extraordinary  voice. 
TVurde.    ( Ger.)    Dignity. 
Wurdig.    (Ger.)    ATorthy;  dignified. 
Wnth.    (Ger.)    Madness  j  rage. 


X. 


XABARDILLO.    (Spa.)    A  company  of 
strolling  players. 
Xabei^a.    (Spa.)     A  wind  instrument  of 

the  Moors. 
Xabeha.    (Spa.)    A  Moorish  wind  instru- 
ment similar  to  a  flute. 
Xacara.  (Spa.)    A  rustic  tune  for  singing 

or  dancitig  j  a  dance. 
Xacarero.    (Spa.)    To  sing  xacaras. 
Xanorphica.    A  keyed  violin. 
Slauorphika.    (Ger.)    A  Ciermaa  instru- 
22* 


ment  having  a  vlolia  bow  and  keys;  • 
keyed  violin. 

Xenorphica.  An  instrument  of  the  harp- 
sichord and  pianoforte  class. 

Xulharmonicon.  An  instrument  in  its 
general  cliaracter  similar  to  the  pianoforte 
and  harpsichord. 

Xylorganon.  (Ger.)  An  instrument 
composed  of  dry  staves  of  wood  united 
with  straw,  and  struck  in  the  same  nuta- 
ner  as  a  dulcimer. 


TA 


aw 


zis 


Y. 


YA.     (Chi.)     One  of  the  el«fht  spedeg 
of  sound  in  the  musical  system  of  the 
Chinese,  being  that  produced  from  wood. 
Tabal.    {Heb.)    The  blast  of  a  trumpet. 
Tamblco.    (Spa.)    An  iambic. 


Tamlto.     (Spa.)    An  Iambic  foot. 
ITastlo.    (Grk.)    One  of  the  ancient  Gretfk 

modea  or  tones. 
Tonlco.    (Gric.)     The  Ionic  mode  of  the 

Greeks. 


z. 


ZA.    A  syllable  formerly  applied  by  the 
French,  in   their  church  music,  to  B 

flat,  to  distinguish    it   from   B  natural, 

called  Si. 
ZaHorar.    (Spa.)    To  hare  a  repast  with 

music. 
Zamacuca.     The  national  dance  of  the 

Chilians. 
Zambacneca.     A  favorite  dance  of  the 

Peruvians. 
Zambapalo.  (Spa.)    An  ancient  dance. 
Zambomba,     (Spa.)     A  kind  of  rustic 

drum. 

Zambra.  (Spa.)    A  festival  attended  with 

daueing'  and  music. 

Zampogino.  (Ita.)  A  small  flageolet  or 
b;igpipe. 

Zampogna.  (Ita.)  The  flute-a-bec,  or 
commou  flute. 

Zampognare.     (lia.)     To  play  on  the 

pipes. 

Zampoguatore.    (Ita.)    A  piper. 
Zampoguatori.    (Ita.)     Mountain  min- 
strels. 

Zampognetta.  (Ita.)  A  small  pipe ; 
bagpipe. 

Zampognlno.  (Ita.)  A  small  flageolet 
or  bagpipe. 

Zampona.  (Spa.)  A  mstic  instrument ; 
a  kiad  of  bagpipe. 

Zampouear.  (Spa.)  To  play  the  bag- 
pipe. 

Zang.    (Dut.)    Song. 

Zangl.    (Per.)    A  little  bell. 

Zapatear.    (Spa.)    To  beat  time  with  the 

foot. 
Zarabanda.      (Spa.)      An  old  dance  in 

wiUtz  time  ;  a  dance  ;  a  sarabanda. 

Zarambeque.  (Spa.)  A  kind  of  merry 
tuue  and  noisy  dance. 

Zarge.  (Ger.)  The  sides  of  musical  in- 
struments of  the  violin  class. 

Zart.  (Ger.)    Tender;  delicate. 

Zfirtlich.    (Ger.)    AfTectionate ;  tender. 

Zaaberlied.    (Ger.)    A  cliarming  song. 


Zaaberstlmme.  (Ger.)  A  chsmdng, 
bewitching  voice. 

Zehn.    (Ger.)    Ten. 

Zehnte.    (Ger.)    Tenth 

Zeichen,  Alt.  (Ger.)  The  C  clef  on  the 
third  line. 

Zeitniass.  (Ger.)  The  time  or  degree 
of  movement. 

Zel.  A  Moorish  instrument  of  music,  sim- 
ilar to  tiie  cyml>als. 

Zelo.    (Ita.)    Zeal. 

Zelosamente.  (Ita.)  Zealously  and  en- 
thusiastically. 

Zeloso.    (Ita.)    Zeal ;  enthusiasm. 

Zeug.    (Per.)    The  Persian  eymbals. 

Zerstreut.  (Ger.)  Dispersed,  scattered, 
with  respect  to  the  notes  of  arpeggios  or 
chords,  the  situation  of  the  different  parts 
of  a  composition,  &c. 

Zeze.  (Afr.)  An  African  instrument  sixn- 
ilar  to  a  guitar. 

Zierlicbes  Singen.  ( Ger.)    Modulation. 

Zn.    (Tur.)    Turkish  cymbals. 

Zillo.    (Ita.)    Chirp;  chirping. 

Zlncke.  ( Ger.)  A  kind  of  rustic  pipe,  no 
longer  used  ;  a  cornet. 

Ziiigana.   (Ita.)    Ballad  ;  Bohemian  song. 

Zlngaresa,  Alia.    (Ita.)     In  the  Gypsy 

style. 
Zingaresca.    (Ita.)    A  Gypsy  song. 
Zingen.    (Dut.)    To  smg ;  singing. 

Zinke.  (Ger.)  A  kind  of  rustic  pipe;  a 
cornet. 

Zinke  IngMrer.  (Ger.)  A  Ciimet ;  bu- 
gle; shawm  ;  a  register  of  an  orgau. 

Zinzilulare.  (Ita.)  To  make  a  succes- 
sion of  small, tremulous  sounds ;  to  twitter. 

Ziraleet.  (Grk.)  A  species  of  chorub 
sung  by  the  women  of  Kastcrn  countries 
upon  occasions  of  joy. 

Zirlare.    (Ita.)    To  whistle  like  a  thrush. 

Zisch.    (Ger.)    A  hiss. 

Ziscblant.    ( Ger.)     A  hissing  sound. 


ZIT 


259 


ZWO 


Zither.    (Ger.)    A  guitar ;  a  cithern. 

Zlthern.  An  instrument  which  is  a  com- 
pound of  the  harp  and  guitar. 

Zitherspleler.  (Ger.)  A  player  on  the 
guitar. 

Zitterndestimme.  (Ger.)  A  trembling 
voice. 

Zittlno.    (/to.)    Silence. 

ZOjjernd.    (Ger.)    Tarrying. 

Zoppa,  Alia.  (Ita.)  In  a  constrained, 
limping  style. 

Zoppe.    (/<«.)    A  limping,  leaping  style. 

Zoppo.  (Ita.)  In  a  limping  manner ;  a 
species  of  counterpoint  in  wliich  to  the 
given  subject  one  note  is  so  placed  as  to 
produce  a  syncope,  or  leaping  effect,  in  its 
performance. 

Zornlg.    ( Ger.)    Angry  ;  wrathful. 

Zourna.  (Per.)  A  hautboy  used  by  the 
Persians. 

Zn.    ( Ger.)    At ;  by ;  in  ;  to  ;  unto. 

Zufallig.    (Ger.)    Accidental. 

Zufulare.    (Ita.)    To  whistle ;  to  hiss. 

Zufoletto.  (Ita.)  A  little  whistle  or 
fl;igeolet. 

Zuf  olo.  A  little  flute  or  flageolet,  chiefly 
used  to  teach  birds  to  sing. 

Zuf  olone.  (Ita.)  A  large  whistle ;  a 
Ilute. 

Zu$;eeignet.    (Ger.)    Dedicated. 

ZiiseglOckcIien.  (Ger.)  The  passing 
bi^l ;  a  knell. 

Zulu  Viol.  The  gumbu,  a  musical  instru- 
ment used  by  the  Zulu  Kafirs,  in  South 
Africa,  consisting  of  a  calabash  attached 
to  the  middle  of  a  bow,  which  holds  a  cord 
in  tension  between  its  two  ends. 

Zumbar.  (Spa.)  To  resound  ;  to  emit  a 
continuous  harsh  sound  ;  to  hum. 

Zuinbido.  (Spa.)  A  continued  buzzing 
sound. 

Zniu  Klavier  Singen.  ( Ger.)  To  sing 
with  piano  accompaniment. 

Zummarah.  (Egy.)  An  Egyptian  mu- 
sical instrument,  very  harsh  and  discord- 
ant in  its  tone,  formed  of  reeds. 

Zuneiimeud.    (Ger.)    Increasing. 

Zurna.  (Tur.)  A  military  iustrnment 
used  by  tlie  Turks. 

Zuruclcblaseu.  (Ger.)  To  blow  a  re- 
cheat. 

Zuritckhaltung.    (Ger.)    Retardation. 

Zurucktonen.    (Ger.)    To  resound. 

Zurucktreibeu.  (Ger.)    To  reverberate. 

Zusaiumen.    (Ger.)    Together. 

Zusanimeiiblasen.  {Ger.)  To  play  to> 
gctber  on  wind  instruments. 


Zasammengesetzt.  (Ger.)  Compoond, 
in  speaking  of  times. 

Zasammenklang.  (Ger.)  Agreement; 
unison. 

Zusanunenlaut.    ( Ger.)    Consonance. 
Zusammenlauten.    (Ger.)    To  ring  all 

the  bells  together. 
Znsammenposaanen.    (Oer.)    To  play 

together  on  the  sackbut. 
ZusammensclUag.     (Ger.)     A  broken 
or  abrupt  manner  of  striking  a  chord. 

Zusamiueusingeu.  (Ger.)  To  sing  to- 
gether. 

Zasammenstimiiinng.  (Ger.)  Tun- 
ing; concert, 

Zusammentromiuelii.  (Ger.)  To 
drum  together ;  to  assemble  by  beat  of 
drum. 

Zutraullcli.    (Ger.)    Confidently. 
Zuversiclit.    ( Ger.)    Confidence. 
Zwanzig.    (Ger.)    Twenty. 
Zwanzigste.    (Ger.)    Twentieth. 
Zwei.    (Ger.)    Two. 
Z-weigesang.    (Ger.)    A  duet. 
Z^veibaudige  TTbuussstncke.    (Ger.) 
Exercises  for  two  hands. 

Z-vveimal.    (Ger.)    Twice. 

Zwetspiel.    ( Ger.)    A  duet. 

Z^veistimmig.  (Ger.)  For  two  Toicea 
or  parts. 

Z-iTcite.    (Ger.)    Second. 

Zvreitemal.    ( Ger.)    Second  time. 

Z-iveiunddreisstgstel.  (Ger.)  A  thirty- 
second  note  (20). 

Zweinnddreissigstelspanse.  (Crer.) 
A  thirty-second  note  rest  (20). 

Zweiviertelsnote.  (Ger.)  A  minim  (16). 

Zwei-riertelspaase.  (Ger.)  A  minim 
rest  (2<j). 

Zweivierteltakt.  ( Ger.)  Time  of  two 
crotchets  in  a  bar. 

Z^veyfacbe  Intervallen.  (Ger.)  Com- 
pound intervals. 

Z>reyklang.  (Ger.)  A  chord  of  two 
sounds. 

Zwischen  Harmonie.  (Ger.)  Between 
harmony ;  the  connecting  harmony  in  a 
fugue. 

Zwischenrfiume.  (Ger.)  The  spaces 
between  the  lines  of  tne  stafi*. 

Z^vischenspiel.    (Ger.)    Interlude. 

Z^vischeustille.    (Ger.)    A  pause. 

Zwisclieustimme.    (Ger.)    High  tenor. 

Zwiscbentoii.  (Ger.)  Intermediate 
sound. 

ZwSU.    (Ger.)    Twelve. 


APPENDIX 


1.   BtmM. 


a.    Steiriitmes. 


8'    Staff  Spaces. 


4.    Added  or  I^eger  rrlues. 

Friocipal. 


Added. 


5.    Single  Bar  lilnea. 
Bars  or  measures. 


i 


Bar  Line. 


Bar  line. 


Bar  or  Measure.        Bar  or  Measure. 


0     Ilonble  Bars. 


:I^P^i 


7.    Braces. 


8.    Slnsle  Stem  IVote.      — J  9.    Double  Stem  IVote. 1 — - 

— 0 — : 


(2ftl) 


262 


APPENDIX. 


10.  Tntit« 

Notea. 


12,    X<arge. 


14.  Sonble  IVote. 

Breve. 

15.  Whole  Note. 

Semibreve. 

16.  Half  IVote. 

minim. 

17.  Quarter  IVote. 

Crocbet, 

19.    Sixteenth  BTote. 
Semiquaver. 


H 


13.    X<ong. 


M 


Old  form  of  Brere. 

Old  foim  of  Semibrere. 
O 

Old  foxm  of  Xinim. 


18.    Eighth  Note. 
Quaver. 

20.    Thirty-Second  IVote. 
I>eml8emlquaver. 


21     Sixty-Fourth  Note. 

Hemidemlsemiquaver. 

22.    One  Hundred  and  Tw^enty-Elghth  Note. 
'Demlg  cmldemlsemiquaver. 


23.    Eight-Note  Rest.  — J 

Eight  Senkibreve  Rest.    ^11 


24.   Six-Note  Rest. 

Six  Semibreve  Rest. 


:K^- 


P 


^1 


25.    Four-Note  Rest. 

Xiong,  or  Four  Semibreve  Rest. 


26.    Double  Note  Rest. 

Breve,  or  Turo  Semibreve  Rest. 


27.    Whole  Note  Rest.        — ^!^ —       28.    RaM  Note  Rest. 


Semibreve  Rest. 


Minim  Rest. 


29.    Quarter  Note  Rest. 
Crochet  Rest. 


*~ZZ       30.    Eighth  Note  Rest. 
Quaver  Rest. 


-^- 


81.    Sixteenth  Note  Rest.  _" 32.  Thirty-Second  Note  Rest.  — HZ— 

Sentlquaver  Rest.  '""  Bemisemlquaver  Rest.       —Zt'.TL 


APPENDIX. 


Ui 


S3.    Slxty-Fonrth  ^Tote  Best. 

Hemideiuiseiii.iqna'rer  Best. 


-?- 


84.    One  Hundred  and  Twenty-X^Ightlt  IVote  Best. 
Demlaemldemisemlqaaver  Best. 


Written.        Counted. 

5  1^3     223     333423     523 


35.    Continued  Best. 


W^t 


86.    Dotted  Notes. 


87.    Double  Dotted  STotes. 


npsn 


=p=t=!;^^-g=H- 


88.    Triple  Dotted  Notes. 


39.    Dotted  Bests. 


e 


1^      ^      i?      I?      i?" 


40.    Double  Dotted  Bests 


41-    Triple  Dotted  Bests. 


^^^^=E=3H3=i=i^=l=B 


of  repetition  of      III                —  .-j-| — 

'receding strain.   -^^4 *' *-l-|~ 


/Sign 
ttie  preceding 


42.    Dotted  Bars. 
Signs  of  Bepetltlon. 


jSigB  of  repetition  of  ~r|:i;" 

V  the  following  strain.   | 


^m 


Sign  of  repetition  of  —j 
tlie 
following 


#/ 


43.    Da  Capo  Sl^ns. 
Signs  of  Bepetition. 


r  repetition  or  ~~tTl"i —        ZZ-'Crl^       ti 

preceding  and  .ifti—   ^,  — itti —  ap- — i4ff--~ 
>wiDg  strains.  -^H-^ — hj-- — 1|- — ■ 


MA 


APPENDIX. 


44.  Carved I^lne  Bepcat.Av-p-'    j    ff^^-^-f"  ' 


HS. 


45.    Sign  indicating  the  close  of  a  Repeat, 
or  the  end  of  a  Piece. 


46.    Soprano  Clef. 

Treble,  or  Q  Clef. 


47.    French  Soprano, 
or  Treble  Clet. 


48.    C  Clef, 

Admitting  of    ; 
four  situations.' 


49.    Tenor  Clef. 


Various  1 
of  the  I 


Old  form. 

^^  60.    Alto  Clef.  ^ 


6L    German  Soprano  Clef.       ^^ 52.   JMezzo  Sojirano  Clef.  IWtn 


63.    F,  or  Baas  Clef  SiZIZ  B*-    Baritone  Cler  ^! 


65.    Sharp.        ^zZ 


56.    Flat. 


'—  57.    Watnral.      —  1 


58.    Double  Sharp.       — X—  or  r||—  *'     X-        59.    Doulle  Flat.     —W— 


80.    A  Natural  employed  to  contradict  a  Flat  or  Sharp,  _  k^_  ^^^ 

Or  to  restore  tlie  single  Flat  or  Sharp.  ~~        ^" 


61.    Abbreviation 
Maries. 


^  ^  ^   <^    &5. 

^^      ^^      ^^      ^^ 


m 


h 

as 


HLE=z:     -/^=     .nri^-z 


62     Time  Signatures. 


t  or  ^  indicating  two  half  or  bur  quarter  notes 
in  each  bar.  |  two  quarter.  |  three  half.  | 
three  quarter.  ^  three  eighth.  |  six  quarter. 
I  six  eighth.     ^^  twelve  eightli .      1 8     J     8     A 


63.    norizontal  X<ines, 
or  Strokes. 


APPENDIX.  285 

*-);  -h-* — » — ~»^T^^^^»  — *"~~F"t"""H" 


64.    Appogg^aturag. 


65.    Triplets. 


66.    ]>onbIe  Triplet. 
Sextole. 


67.    Arpeggio. 


68.    Tremolo. 


69.    Trenutndo. 


70.    Bind  or  Tie. 


71.    Tied  Notes. 


72.    A  Beat. 


_l=^tzz£±iEzz5=tz£ 


7       —       —  6       7       


Simple. 


-^-t—^- 


-h»-i 


Supcri 

'^t9.<t «?!*-•  _J 


=t;=^^= 


Compound. f"*  "H 1 f     T     "*  uT —  ■       ■       '"~F 

Prepared.    '^^^^^^^^^^ 


*izf=.^-^=^: 


Written. 

(2 


iP^&=s£l^| 


Written.  f^   Played. 


-S 

-o 


-0-9-9-9 — O-0-0-0- 


■^3""L±id 


Written. 

(2 


-»- 


Played. 

_« #_ 


i •-! # ' »-l # 1- 

I 1 1 1 1 ! : 1 «- 


Written.  Played. 
gw —     —  Sometimes  represented  by 

—     -f-m-^-e-^-  i       ^ 


SM 

73.    I<efi;ato. 

75.    Staccato. 


APPENDIX. 

-0- 


•-y •-f -P  -         74.    Deml-IiCgato. 


(Iff 

-f-f-fg-f-         76.    ■Demi-Staccato. 


77.    A  Slur. 


79.    A  Tom. 


TTritten.      Played. 


78.    Vertical 
Slur. 


Written.      Played. 


"Written. 

«\9 


Played. 


81.   FnU  Toxau 


82.    XnvertMl 
Turn. 


84.    A  Turn, 

With,  the  not*  above 
made  Flat. 


(2- 


:BEF^ 


Written 

Played. 

m       '  i 

—» — 

— p-«-?-^ 

L_.----_^_l_ 

83.    Partial 
Xurn. 


7-iii 


86.    Marks  of  a  Trill  or  SlkakLC 


85.    A  Tom, 

With  the  no*«  J>eto'» 
mad*  Sharp. 


87.    Sisn  of  a  Vibration,  or 

Close  Plain  Trill  or  Sbake. 


88.    Plain  TrUI  or  Shalce. 


89.    Prepared  Trill  or  Sbake. 


Written. 
^  Played. 


00.    I>o«Ue  TrlU  or  Sliake. 


.^a«<Hfc^-. 


APPENDIX. 


S67 


91.    Passing  Trill  or  Sbake. 


02.    After  Note. 


93.    Double  After  R'ote 


tr^  Jr 


VTritten 


Played. 


gl o o'W. 5 


Written. 


:zq=:---q^r 


Played 


j2=-.a= 


94.    Figures  of  Dlminntion. 


-a 


■**?±z~5*~I~'*Sx?' 


i^g; 


95.    Siisrn  of  Short     I 
itiordeiite.  \ 


V    or    Av    or    f^ 


96.    Sign  of  XiOng 
Mordente. 


Written. 


Played. 


97.    Sbort  ]M:ordente. 


98.    liong  Mordente. 


99.    Sfarcato. 


100.    I>rtTlng  Notes. 


irfc 


?-h  —0 — 0 — » — 0 0 — 0- 


101.    Crescendo  Sign. 

103.  Crescendo>I>ecrescendo  Sign. 

104.  Secrescendo^Crescendo  Sign. 

105.  Sign  of  tbe  Organ  Tone. 


100.    Marks  indicating  a  -very  strong 
and  over^vlieliuiug  expression. 

107.    Signs  of  tbe  Pressure  Tone.       >       > 


102.    I>ecrescendo  Sign. 


a      n 


^^^ 


m 


APPENDIX 


108.    Slfiu  of  Sforzato  Assal. 


— 0^0 


iiiSai 


100>    signs  of  Forzando,  indicating  that  a  tone  is  to  ) 

be  emphasized  stronger  than  its  rhythmical  accents  ^       Y      A       -t*       "^ 

reqoiies.  ) 

110.    Crovmed  Ifot«. 


-/7\ 


111.   »oU.  — Ff 


^":= 


112.    Signjttares  of  the  K«ya. 


Key  of  C. 


W^ 


1=11 


Key  of  a. 


si^ 


:i-===F 


Key  of  D. 


S^I 


mmm^ 


01^^^ 


Key  of  A. 


m 


mim 


tt===^ 


5?f* 


Key  of  B. 


lE=^t 


Key  of  B. 


^i-- 


Mii 


f- 


i%- 


Key  of  fJ}!. 


I^ie( 


KeyofC^^. 


^l=i(i:i==^ 


^-^=r=: 


I 


Key  of  F. 


^m^i^^m 


Key  of  Bjj 


Key  of  ¥,\f. 


^ 


:i2==: 


^r. 


Key  of  DI^. 


i^^iP  mm^^ 


j2-t> 


fifcK5^= 


Key  ofGJj. 


igl^==E 


KeyofClj. 


APPENDIX. 


SW 


113.    PMUse  or  Kold. 


115.    Waving  lilne. 


116.    BTarmonic  Slark. 


/TN 


114.    A  Direct. 


EHHE 


117.    Daslt. 


118. 
119. 
121. 

122. 
124. 
126. 

127 
129. 

131. 
132. 
133. 

134. 
135. 

136. 
137. 

138. 


Division  Karlcs. 
Colon.  i 


IVotca   marked   by  the 
Teleiuauu's  Curve. 


3, 


9, 


&e. 


120.    Sign  of  a  Period. 


Sign  of  a  Plurase. 
Reversed  C. 


A    A 


"SZ3" 


123.    Sign  of  a  Section. 


125.    Barred  C,  or 
Semi-circle. 


Cadence  Varies. 

Father !  thy  |  will,    not  |  mine  be  |  done. 


Up  Bovir  Sign. 
Circolo.  I 


A 

o     o 


128.    Down  Bow  Sign. 


130.    nietrononke  jlCarks, 


r=i2o 


m 


J  =  89 
Weber  Cbronometer  Signs.         Web.  Chroti.  J  =  38"  Rh.,  (39 1^  Eng.) 

In  tlie  Natural  Scale  or  Gamut  of  Wind  Instruments, 

Ueaotes  an  open  hole,        Q 

i<  «  «  U  C4  <i 

•  Denotes  a  closed  hole, 

In  Flageolet  and  similar  instrnments,  denotes  a  pinched  or  half  closed  hole,        Q 


In  Drum  music,  placed  above  the  stafT,  to  indicate  that  the  left  hand  stick 
is  raised,  and  beloto  the  staff  to  show  that  the  right  hand  stick  is  raised, 

In  Drum  music,  used  to  indicate  a  tap,  or  a  tap  beat. 

In  Drum  music,  to  denote  that  both  sticks  drop  on  the  drum  head  at  the 
same  time, 

Left  band.  Open  string,  0 

"  First  string,  1 

"  Second  string,  2 

"  Third  string,  8 

lUght  hand,  First  strinp;, 

"  Second  string,  .   . 

"  Third  string,  .    . 

"  ThHmb,  ^ 


Signs  employed  in  Gnltmr  mnaio, 

to  indicate  the  fingering. 


t70  APPENDIX. 

139.  In  Guitar  mnsle,  sign  of  a  Slide,  ^' 

140.  Sign  employed  In  Piano  and  Sfelodeon  music,  to  IndkiM  Kcm 

use  of  tbc  tbumb.  -^ 


141.  Peda  Slf^ns.  The  use  of  the  Pedil  is  usually 
indicated  b;  the  syllable  Pes.,  and  a  discontinuance 
of  its  use  by  the  foUowing  signs. 


U2.    SCoBio  Trade  Mark. 


j  *  .  ®  4-  t 


SYNONYMOUS  MUSICAL  TEEMS. 


New  Terms.  Old  Terms. 

Added  lines Leger  lines. 

Alto t  Counter- 
Diminished   Extreme  flat. 

Double  note Breve. 

Eighth  note Quaver. 

Fore-note Appogrgiature,  or  Appoggiatans 

Four-half  measure , Alla-brevc  measure. 

Four-quarter  measure Common  Time. 

Half  note Minim. 

Hold Pause. 

Key Mode. 

Key  note Tonic. 

Large Major. 

Large  fifth Perfect  fifth. 

Large  fourth i  '^ ^'t""*^' 

'  Sharp  fourth. 

Large  second   .......  Tone. 

(  Bar, 

Measure |  ^j^^^^ 

Nine-eiglith  measure       ^ 

Nine-quarter  measure     >    .      .      .      .  Compound  Triple  Time. 

Nine-sixteenth  measure  ' 

Note-lines Staflf. 

Quarter-note Crotchet. 

Scale Gamut. 

Second Tone. 

Six-eighth  measure   | Compound  Common  TUBS 

Six-quarter  measure ' 

Sixty-fourth  note Hemidemisemlquarer. 

Small Minor. 

Small  fifth Flat  Fifth. 

Small  fourth Perfect  fourth. 

Small  second Semitone. 

Soprano Treble. 

Superfluous Extreme  sharp. 

Thirty-second  note Demisemiquaver. 

Three-eighth  measure Triple  Time. 

Threefold  chord Triad. 

Three-half  measure       {      .      ,      .      .  Triple  Tmie. 
Three-quarter  measure  ' 

Tones Sounds. 

Trill Shake. 

Twelve-eighth  measure Compound  Common  JUrati. 

Two-naii  measure        {       .      .      .      .  Common  Time. 
Two-quarter  measure » 

Voice Part. 

Whole  note      .......  Semibrere. 

{tn) 


ELEVENTH  REVISED  EDITION. 


RUDIMEITS  OF  MUSIC 

7CB   IRE  USE  or 

Sf^a^heiis  and  ih^ir  fusils, 

AMD  X8FBCIAIXT  IKTSITOEO  rOB 

CLASS    TEACHING. 

BY 

EUGENE  TRASTOUR  DE  VARANO,    A.  E!.. 

Professor  of  Musical  Science  of  the  UuiTersity  of  the 
City  of  New  York. 

BEE  TESTIMONIAL  VEOM 

8.  B.   MILI^S  AND   1^.   M.   G0TTS0H4J:K 

OS  vouuovma  PAoxa. 

NEW- YORK '. 

PIJBLISHED    BY   S.   T.    GORDON    &    SON. 
IS  Samt  Fodbtbsntb  Stkbet,  kear  Fivth  Atejtua 


Batered  according  to  Act  of  Congnm,  in  the  yoar  1866,  bf 

8.  T.  GORDON, 

la  tlie  Cerk's  ofiSce  of  the  District  Court  of  the  United  SUtes  for  the  Sontban 
District  oi  New  York. 


RUSSELL  BROTHCBS,  PRINTERS,  17  TO  23  ROSE  ST.,  N.  Y. 


TESTIMONIALS. 


Althoufrli  the  book  of  Mr.  Eugene  Trastour  recommends  itself  U 
tlie  impartial  reader  by  its  clearness,  its  correctness  and  its  concise- 
ness, "yet,  as  it  has  been  examined  by  competent  judj^es  who  have 
pronounced  on  its  merits  and  declared  it  to  be  the  best  boolc  ever 
writteo  of  the  itiiid,  we  will  give  a  few  of  the  testimonials  received. 

S.  T.  GORDON,  Publisher. 


From  L.  M.  GOTTSCHALK,  Esq. 

Dear  Sir:  I  have  carefully  read  the  "Rudiments  of  Music," 
which  you  have  written  and  intend  publishing.  I  consider  your 
work  to  be  admirably  well  calculated  to  facilitate  a  progressive 
knowledge  of  the  rudiments  of  music.  It  will  impart  a  clear  and 
correct  knowledge  of  the  principles  of  music  and  its  use  will  greatly 
benefit  the  musical  student. 

We  have  long  felt  the  want  of  sneh  a  book  for  class  teaching  and  the 
Uoards  of  Education  of  our  large  cities  could  hardly  do  the  cause  of 
ait  a  trreater  favor  than  by  adopting  your  excellent  book  in  »11  the 
ward  schools  at  once. 

N.  Y..  Sept.  7th,  1864. 

L.  M.  GOTTSCHALK. 
To  EcoEXK  Trastoob,  Esq 

Care  of  Messrs.  Beer  &  Schirmer, 
701  Broadway,  N.  Y. 

9 


4  TESTIMONIALS. 

From  S.  B.  MILLS,  Esq. 

I  have  seen  and  carefully  read  Mr.  Eugene  Trastour's  excellent 
book  on  the  "  Rudiments  of  Music,"  and  I  most  earnestly  recommend 
it  to  all  musical  people,  teachers,  pupils,  etc. 

I  feel  sure  that  it  supplies  »  want  long  felt  by  the  profession  and 
the  public. 

N.  Y.,  Sept.  8th,  1864.  S.  B.  MILLS. 


From  B.  BEER,  Esq.,  of  the  firm  of  Beer  <f  Schirmer,  701  Broadway. 

I  have  read  the  "  Rudiments  of  Music  "  of  Mr.  Eugene  Trastour 
with  attention  and  I  must  say  with  pleasure.  I  consider  this  work, 
for  the  clearness  aud  lucidity  with  which  it  brings  a  true  and  pro- 
gressive musical  knowledge  before  the  pupil  as  the  l»est  ever  published 
Af  this  kind«  I  think  it  principally  adapted  to  the  use  of  private  as 
well  as  public  schools,  which  were  very  muck  in  want  of  a  similar  work, 

N,  Y.,  Sept.  9th,  1864.  B.  BEER. 


From  CHARLES  FRADEL,  Esq. 

I  have  carefully  examined  the  "Rudiments  of  Music"  of  Mr. 
Eugene  Trastour.  It  is  a  work  which  was  greatly  needed  in  this 
ronntry,  and  Mr.  Trastour  in  bis  book  brings  the  knowledge  of  music 
to  the  mind  of  the  student  in  such  a  correct,  simple  and  progressive 
manner  that  his  book  can  only  become  a  popular  one  in  both  private 
and  public  schools  for  which  it  is  admirably  adapted.  I  recommend 
it  with  pleasure  to  all  those  who  wish  to  progress  rapidly  in  the 
study  of  music. 

N.  Y.,  Sept.  15th,  1864.  CHARLES  FRADEL. 


From  C.  JEROME  HOPKINS,  Esq.,  Professor  in  the  Cooper  Union 
Institute  and  Director  of  the  Orpheon  Choral  School,  Brooklyn. 

Mr.  Eugene  Trastour's  "  Rudiments  of  Music  "  as  practised  by  the 
Moderns  ha.?  interested  me  strangely.  I  find  it  not  only  original, 
but  original  in  a  way  which  is  calculated  to  be  of  the  utmost  practical 
service.  Its  use  will  not  necessarily  involve  the  supervision  of  an 
experienced  theoretician,  but  must  be  very  great  in  the  hands  of  any 
earnest  student  possessing  a  moderate  degree  of  intelligence. 


TESTIMONIALS.  O 

Mr.  Trastonr  may  well  be  envied  the  authorship  of  so  valuable  « 
text-book. 
N.  Y.,  Sept.  16th,  1864. 

C  JEROME  HOPKINS. 


;Fhw»  ALBERT  H.  WOOD,  Esq.,  Organist  of  St.  Thomas  Church, 
Kew  York  City. 

I  have  carefully  examined  the  "Rudiments  of  Music"  of  Mr. 
Eugene  Trastour.  It  is  a  work  which  was  greatly  needed  in  this 
conntry,  and  Mr.  Trastour  in  his  book  brings  the  knowledge  of  music 
to  the  mind  of  the  pnpil  in  such  a  correct,  simple  and  progressive 
manner  that  his  book  can  but  become  a  popular  one  in  both  private 
and  public  schools  for  which  it  is  admirably  adai)ted.  We  recommend 
it  to  all  those  who  wish  to  progress  rapidly  in  the  study  of  music. 

N.  Y.,  Sept.  15th,  1864. 

ALBERT  H.  WOOD. 


From  W.  W.  CHESTER,  Esq.,  CouncUlor  of  the  University  of 

New  York. 
I  have  read  the  work  of  Mr.  Eugene  Trastour  upon  the  "Rudi- 
ments of  Music,"  ajid  I  think  it  is  the  best  elementary  work  I  I»ave 
ever  seen.  It  is  precise,  complete  and  elegantly  finished,  and  well 
adapted  for  class  teaching  and  public  schools,  and  I  have  no  doubt 
it  will  become  very  popular. 
N.  Y.,  Jan.  10th,  1865. 

W.  W.  CHESTER. 


From  F.  F.  MULLER,  Esq.,  Professor  of  Music  of  I  he  Packer  CollC' 

giale  Inslilute,  Brooklyn,  and  of  Ihc  Ferris  Inslilute,  New  York; 

Organist  arid  Musical  Director  of  Plymouth  Church, 

{Henry  Ward  Bccchefs). 

The  "  Rudiments  of  Music "  of  which  Mr.  Eugene  Trastour.  an 
enthusiastic  musical  gentleman,  is  the  author,  is  a  "desideratum" 
much  needed.  It  is  an  excellent  work,  well  calculated  for  what  il 
is  intended,  and  I  cheerfully  recommend  it. 

N.  Y.,  October  14th,  1866. 

F.  F.  MULLER. 


.^ 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 

AUG  0  2   1379  Los  Angeles 

This  book  is  DUE  on  the  last  date  stamped  below. 


A    000  494  114    2 


MUSIC 
LIBRARY 

ML 

108 

A21^ne 


P^ 


^,-, 


r- 


/• 


f 


!    J 


«- 


iLlABLE  mmM  WORKS 


r  iiUSiiKii  ny 


T.  COnD!}i^  A  'f«1«,  13  EAST  14th  ST.,  N.  Y. 


RLLAK'S  1 
flTEirS  I'r. 

LIFTON'.'S  rir.iui  .v. 
CH  VMRli'Scrlobratc 
r  ;t()S.S■^^  Piauo  Mo. 

UKTIS'.S  Ptaiio  ^' 


\  KU>;<>V  o  Kf. 


t'lano  Method 


:s  Kxercisea,,g^ 
MoclianuBne,... 


.•  --.'r  K  nrS  EXPRESSIONS, 

LOLB  MOUKllN  PIAKU,  Diivemoy, 

Op.  240,  bi».  Kxcrcises  Jonriialiers,  Part  2, 2  00 

Oi  .  240,  bis.  "  Book  1  and  2,  each 100 

KRIiZ'S  Kxorciscs  r^        -  » 0  75 

J  i.nK.S'S  Twel-p  I  Ifls, ' 0  f.5 

xV.NOPTICON  STl  .kl.Partl,  A.  W.  Berg, 100 

"  "  •  "  2,  "  1  00 

PUPIL'S  Dallv  Exercise, 0  25 

SCAT  ES  ANT)  CAnE;s'CfES  in  Major  and  Minor  Keys - 0  15 

•SCH.MIUT'S  Pianist's  Best  Compaiiiou, 0  60 

TWELVE  IIUII-LANT  PRELUDES,  for  Piano  ,  J.  H.  Jone-J,. .  0  65 

BLItUOWES'  Pia»o  Primer  and  Guide 0  30 

"  "  "       doth,.... 040 

JOrSSE'S  Catochi(<!r-.  ofMnsic, 0  25 

EXCELP.IOIl  MELODBOX  INSTRUCTOR,  D.  A.  Warrlfn 1  60 

B.\L1ARU'S  Mcthodfor  Uii?  Uniiar, Sth edition, .  3  00 

"  "  abridged, ...150 

V.'EIL.VNr>'S  New  and  Improved  Guitar Metli"**  . .  1  50 

POUTER'S  Vl'^lin  Ins.. ,.  tor  for  the  WilHon,.  0  5f 

BAGIOLI'Si  V'o.al  .Nf;iIio  I, .3  00 

"  12  Solfoijt'i, 100 

CONCONE'S  25  Lfssoos  de  Chant,  Op  10,  Book  C.,  Pnrt  1, 1  00 

''  "  "  "  "  '•    2, 100 

"  Complete, *' 2  00 

"  18f?o!f(>g5:,   piano  score  ,,  2  00 

"  "  ,\oeaIacoi-c ,  ....0  50 

COOKE'S  Vocanfetboa,... »  ...500 

naiVELLl'S  ArtofSinginjt, ..1  50 

I(  HTEEN  SOLFEGGI,  piano  ("-ore  ,  C*V^np,  . .  .2  00 

"  • "  (vocal  jcorol,        ,«,  •  . .  0  50 

.  ACHE'S  Method  of  Singint, '  .2  50 

'<  "  "  AbrJdsroil .  .     1  60 

H'>N  llKElil-.^'SVeExfrtlse.sofVocAlJzation, i> 100 

TWE:-'T  i'FIVE  1-BSSOKS  DE  CH  AxN'T,  P»rt  1,  Concon*,^  , 1  00 

"  "  "  "    2.        "  ^,  >f»0 

d0.C>1)!i'       .  '■■        'lA- ~  ~' 

VACCAI'S'  ..-iiigMetho.l. 

76  Vocalizes 

lEMPLl  f'Al;  ■.  '.N  A.     A  I',  llcrtionof  li  ■.irii:  .-Mn-i-  ,  hv  Knigshn-,!  it" 

.MANISCiJIl'  1      HANT  B(m)K,  bv  G«o.  F.  Jon.--<, ....." ".  .1  5,0 

~T.\i::.TON'S  t. 'MirchCha.it Book.    Anew  edition, 0  60 

-■  "  Mnsi'".  publislii  d  in  the  Tnitod  .''tatps,  and  a  l.-»r?e  a-ssortment  of 
-II  Music  coii8ti  utly  oti  liand.     Catalopin-s  foruishod  pratis. 
^:..   i.  Mt  ^^\■  M?il    freo  of  cbarpo ,  on  rerfiipt  of  the  marked  price. 
lit  fffir:;!  daas 
:      i  0ETE8.  MELODEONS  AND  HARMONIUMS, 

...,   .;;.  I..xud  — for  .Sale  or  for  Houi. 


^izirM: 


"mcr 


02^^ 


I 
^ 


